A
GEOGRAPHICAL
HISTORIE
of
AFRICA
,
Written
in
Arabicke
and
Italian
by
IOHN
LEO
a
More
,
borne
in
Granada
,
and
brought
vp
in
Barbarie
.
Wherein
he
hath
at
large
described
,
not
onely
the
qualities
,
situations
,
and
true
distances
of
the
regions
,
cities
,
townes
,
mountaines
,
riuers
,
and
other
places
throughout
all
the
north
and
principall
partes
of
Africa
;
but
also
the
descents
and
families
of
their
kings
,
the
causes
and
euents
of
their
warres
,
with
their
manners
,
customes
,
religions
,
and
ciuile
gouernment
,
and
many
other
memorable
matters
:
gathered
partly
out
of
his
owne
diligent
obseruations
,
and
partly
out
of
the
ancient
records
and
Chronicles
of
the
Arabians
and
Mores
.
Before
which
,
out
of
the
best
ancient
and
moderne
writers
,
is
prefixed
a
generall
description
of
Africa
,
and
also
a
particular
treatise
of
all
the
maine
lands
and
Isles
vndescribed
by
Iohn
Leo.
And
after
the
same
is
annexed
a
relation
of
the
great
Princes
,
and
the
manifold
religions
in
that
part
of
the
world
.
Translated
and
collected
by
IOHN
PORY
,
lately
of
Goneuill
and
Caius
College
in
Cambridge
.
LONDINI
,
Impensis
Georg.
Bishop
.
1600
TO
THE
RIGHT
HONORAble
sir
ROBERT
CECIL
Knight
,
principall
Secretarie
to
her
Maiestie
,
Master
of
the
Court
of
Wardes
and
Liueries
,
and
one
of
her
Highnes
most
Honorable
priuie
Counsell
.
LO
heere
the
first
fruits
,
or
rather
the
tender
buddes
and
blossomes
of
my
labours
.
Which
least
in
this
their
winterly
sprouting
they
might
perhaps
by
some
bitter
blasts
of
censure
be
frost-nipped
,
I
humbly
recommend
to
your
Honorable
protection
.
Most
due
they
are
onely
to
your selfe
,
being
for
the
greatest
part
nothing
else
,
but
a
large
illustration
of
certaine
southern
voiages
of
the
English
,
alreadie
dedicated
to
your
Honour
.
And
at
this
time
especially
I
thought
they
would
prooue
the
more
acceptable
:
in
that
the
Marocan
ambassadour
(
whose
Kings
dominions
are
heere
most
amplie
and
particularly
described
)
hath
so
lately
treated
with
your
Honour
concerning
matters
of
that
estate
.
Vouchsafe
therefore
(
right
Honorable
)
according
to
your
accustomed
humanitie
towards
learning
,
to
accept
of
this
Geographicall
historie
,
in
like
manner
as
it
pleased
your
Honour
not
long
since
most
fauourablie
to
take
in
good
part
those
commendable
indeuours
of
my
reuerend
friend
M.
Richard
Hakluyt
:
who
out
of
his
mature
iudgement
in
these
studies
,
knowing
the
excellencie
of
this
storie
aboue
all
others
in
the
same
kinde
,
was
the
onely
man
that
mooued
me
to
translate
it
.
At
London
this
three
and
fortieth
most
ioifull
Coronation-day
of
her
sacred
Maiestie
.
1600.
Your
Honors
alwaies
most
readie
to
be
commanded
IOHN
PORY
.
To
the
Reader
.
GIue
me
leaue
(
gentle
Readers
)
if
not
to
present
vnto
your
knowledge
,
bicause
some
perhaps
may
aswel
be
informed
as
my selfe
;
yet
,
to
call
to
your
remembrance
,
some
fewe
particulars
,
concerning
this
Geographicall
Historie
,
and
Iohn
Leo
the
auther
thereof
.
Who
albeit
by
birth
a
More
,
and
by
religion
for
many
yeeres
a
Mahumetan
:
yet
if
you
consider
his
Parentage
,
Witte
,
Education
,
Learning
,
Emploiments
,
Trauels
,
and
his
conuersion
to
Christianitie
;
you
shall
finde
him
not
altogither
vnfit
to
vndertake
such
an
enterprize
;
nor
vnwoorthy
to
be
regarded
.
First
therefore
his
Parentage
seemeth
not
to
haue
bin
ignoble
:
seeing
(
as
in
his
second
booke
himselfe
testifieth
)
an
Vncle
of
his
was
so
Honorable
a
person
,
and
so
excellent
an
Oratour
and
Poet
;
that
he
was
sent
as
a
principall
Ambassadour
,
from
the
king
of
Fez
,
to
the
king
of
Tombuto
.
And
whether
this
our
Author
were
borne
at
Granada
in
Spaine
,
(
as
it
is
most
likely
)
or
in
some
part
of
Africa
;
certaine
it
is
,
that
in
naturall
sharpenes
and
〈◊〉
of
Wit
,
he
most
liuely
resembled
those
great
and
classicall
authours
,
Pomponius
Mela
,
Iustinus
Historicus
,
Columella
,
Seneca
,
Quintilian
,
Orosius
,
Prudentius
,
Martial
,
Iuuenal
,
Auicen
,
&c.
reputed
all
for
Spanish
writers
;
as
likewise
Terentius
After
,
Tertullian
,
Saint
Augustine
,
Victor
,
Optatus
,
&c.
knowen
to
be
writers
of
Africa
.
But
amongst
great
varietie
which
are
to
be
found
in
the
processe
of
this
not
able
discourse
,
I
will
heere
lay
before
your
view
one
onely
patterne
of
his
surpassing
wit
.
In
his
second
booke
therefore
,
if
you
peruse
the
description
of
Mount
Tenueues
,
you
shall
there
finde
the
learned
and
sweete
Arabian
verses
of
Iohn
Leo
,
not
being
then
fully
sixteene
yeeres
of
age
,
so
highly
esteemed
by
the
Prince
of
the
same
mountaine
,
that
in
recompence
thereof
,
after
bountifull
entertainment
,
he
dismissed
him
with
gifts
of
great
value
.
Neither
wanted
he
the
best
Education
that
all
Barbarie
could
affoord
.
For
being
euen
from
his
tender
yeeres
trained
vp
at
the
Vniuersitie
of
Fez
,
in
Grammar
,
Poetrie
,
Rhetorick
,
Philosophie
,
Historie
,
Cabala
,
Astronomie
,
and
other
ingenuous
sciences
,
and
hauing
so
great
acquaintance
and
conuersation
in
the
kings
court
:
how
could
he
choose
but
prooue
in
his
kinde
a
most
accomplished
and
absolute
man
?
So
as
I
may
iustly
say
(
if
the
comparison
be
tolerable
)
that
as
Moses
was
learned
in
all
the
wisedome
of
the
Egyptians
;
so
likewise
was
Leo
,
in
that
of
the
Arabians
and
Mores
.
And
that
he
was
not
meanely
,
but
extraordinarily
learned
;
let
me
keepe
silence
,
that
the
admirable
fruits
of
his
rare
Learning
,
and
this
Geographicall
Historie
among
the
rest
may
beare
record
.
Besides
which
,
he
wrote
an
Arabian
Grammar
,
highly
commended
by
a
great
Linguist
of
Italie
,
who
had
the
sight
and
examination
thereof
;
as
likewise
a
booke
of
the
liues
of
the
Arabian
Philosophers
;
and
a
discourse
of
the
religion
of
Mahumet
;
with
diuers
excellent
Poems
,
and
other
monuments
of
his
industrie
,
which
are
not
come
to
light
.
Now
as
concerning
his
Emploiments
,
were
they
not
such
as
might
well
beseeme
a
man
of
good
woorth
?
For
(
to
omit
how
many
courts
and
campes
of
princes
he
had
frequented
)
did
not
he
,
as
himselfe
in
his
third
booke
witnesseth
,
personally
serue
king
Mahumet
of
Fez
in
his
wars
against
Arzilla
?
And
was
he
not
at
another
time
,
as
appeereth
out
of
his
second
Booke
,
in
seruice
and
honorable
place
vnder
the
same
king
of
Fez
,
and
sent
ambassadour
by
him
to
the
king
of
Maroco
?
Yea
,
how
often
in
regard
of
his
singular
knowledge
and
iudgement
in
the
lawes
of
those
countries
,
was
he
appointed
,
and
sometimes
constrained
at
diuers
strange
cities
and
townes
through
which
he
trauelled
,
to
become
a
iudge
and
arbiter
in
matters
of
greatest
moment
?
Moreouer
as
touching
his
exceeding
great
Trauels
,
had
he
not
at
the
first
beene
a
More
and
a
Mahumetan
in
religion
,
and
most
skilfull
in
the
languages
and
customes
of
the
Arabians
and
Africans
,
and
for
the
most
part
trauelled
in
Carouans
,
or
vnder
the
authoritie
,
safe
conduct
,
and
commendation
of
great
princes
:
I
maruell
much
how
euer
he
should
haue
escaped
so
manie
thousands
of
imminent
dangers
.
And
(
all
the
former
notwithstanding
)
I
maruel
much
more
how
euer
he
escaped
them
.
For
how
many
desolate
cold
mountaines
,
and
huge
drie
,
and
barren
deserts
passed
he
?
How
often
was
he
in
hazard
to
haue
beene
captiued
,
or
to
〈◊〉
had
his
throte
cut
by
the
prouling
Arabians
,
and
wilde
Mores
?
And
how
hardly
manie
times
escaped
he
the
Lyons
greedie
mouth
,
and
the
deuouring
iawes
of
the
Crocodile
?
But
if
you
will
needes
haue
a
briefe
iournall
of
his
trauels
:
you
may
see
in
the
end
of
his
eight
booke
,
what
he
writeth
for
himselfe
.
Wherefore
(
saith
he
)
if
it
shall
please
God
to
vouchsafe
me
longer
life
,
I
purpose
to
describe
all
the
regions
of
Asia
which
I
haue
trauelled
:
to
wit
,
Arabia
Deserta
,
Arabia
Petrea
,
Arabia
Felix
,
the
Asian
part
of
Egypt
,
Armenia
,
and
some
part
of
Tartaria
;
all
which
countries
I
sawe
and
passed
through
in
the
time
of
my
youth
.
Likewise
I
will
describe
my
last
voiages
from
Constantinople
to
Egypt
,
and
from
thence
vnto
Italy
,
&c.
Besides
all
which
places
he
had
also
beene
at
Tauris
in
Persia
:
and
of
his
owne
countrey
,
and
other
African
regions
adioining
and
remote
,
he
was
so
diligent
a
traueller
;
that
there
was
no
kingdome
,
prouince
,
signorie
,
or
citie
;
nor
scarcelie
any
towne
,
village
mountaine
,
valley
,
riuer
,
or
forrest
,
&c.
which
he
left
vnuisited
.
And
so
much
the
more
credite
and
commendation
descrueth
this
woorthy
Historie
of
his
;
in
that
it
is
(
except
the
antiquities
,
and
certaine
other
incidents
)
nothing
else
but
a
large
Itinerarium
or
Iournal
of
his
African
voiages
:
neither
describeth
he
almost
any
one
particular
place
,
where
himselfe
had
not
sometime
beene
an
eie-witnes
.
But
,
not
to
forget
His
conuersion
to
Christianitie
,
amidst
all
these
his
busie
and
dangerous
trauels
,
it
pleased
the
diuine
prouidence
,
for
the
discouery
and
manifestation
of
Gods
woonderfull
works
,
and
of
his
dreadfull
and
iust
iudgements
performed
in
Africa
(
which
before
the
time
of
Iohn
Leo
,
were
either
vtterly
concealed
,
or
vnperfectly
and
fabulously
reported
both
by
ancient
and
late
writers
)
to
deliuer
this
author
of
ours
,
and
this
present
Geographicall
Historie
,
into
the
hands
of
certaine
Italian
Pirates
,
about
the
isle
of
Gerbi
,
situate
in
the
gulfe
of
Capes
,
betweene
the
cities
of
Tunis
and
Tripolis
in
Barbarie
.
Being
thus
taken
,
the
Pirates
presented
him
and
his
Booke
vnto
Pope
Leo
the
tenth
:
who
esteeming
of
him
as
of
a
most
rich
and
inualuable
prize
,
greatly
reioiced
at
his
arriuall
,
and
gaue
him
most
kinde
entertainement
and
liberall
maintenance
,
till
such
time
as
he
had
woone
him
to
be
baptized
in
the
name
of
Christ
,
and
to
be
called
Iohn
Leo
,
after
the
Popes
owne
name
.
And
so
during
his
abode
in
Italy
,
learning
the
Italian
toong
,
he
translated
this
booke
thereinto
,
being
before
written
in
Arabick
.
Thus
much
of
Iohn
Leo.
Now
let
vs
acquaint
you
with
the
Historie
it selfe
.
First
therefore
from
so
woorthy
an
author
,
how
could
an
historie
proceed
but
of
speciall
woorth
and
consequence
?
For
proofe
whereof
,
I
appeale
vnto
the
translations
thereof
into
Latine
,
Italian
,
Spanish
,
French
,
English
,
and
(
if
I
be
not
deceiued
)
into
some
other
languages
;
which
argue
a
generall
〈◊〉
of
the
same
.
I
appeale
also
to
the
grand
and
most
iudiciall
Cosmographer
[
](A05331-e1030-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Read
pag.
58.
of
places
vndescribed
by
Iohn
Leo.
Master
Iohn
Baptista
Ramusius
,
sometime
Secretarie
to
the
state
of
Venice
,
who
in
the
Preface
to
his
first
volume
of
voiages
,
so
highly
commendeth
it
to
learned
Fracastoro
,
and
placeth
it
euery
word
in
the
very
forefront
of
his
discourses
,
as
the
principal
&
most
praise-woorthy
of
them
all
.
And
were
renoumed
Ortelius
aliue
,
I
would
vnder
correction
report
me
to
him
;
whether
his
map
of
Barbarie
and
Biledulgerid
,
as
also
in
his
last
Additament
that
of
the
kingdomes
of
Maroco
and
Fez
,
were
not
particularly
and
from
point
to
point
framed
out
of
this
present
relation
,
which
he
also
in
two
places
at
the
least
preferreth
farre
before
all
other
histories
written
of
Africa
.
But
to
leaue
the
testimonies
of
others
,
and
to
come
neerer
to
the
matter
it selfe
;
like
as
our
prime
and
peerelesse
English
Antiquarie
master
William
Camden
in
his
learned
Britannia
,
〈◊〉
exactly
described
England
,
Scotland
,
Ireland
,
and
the
isles
adiacent
(
the
which
by
Leander
for
〈◊〉
,
by
Damianus
a
Goez
briefly
for
Spaine
,
by
Belforest
for
France
,
by
Munster
for
vpper
Germanie
,
by
Guiccardini
for
the
Netherlandes
,
and
by
others
for
other
countries
hath
beene
performed
)
so
likewise
this
our
author
Iohn
Leo
in
the
historie
ensuing
hath
so
largely
,
particularly
,
and
methodically
deciphered
the
countries
of
Barbarie
,
Numidia
,
Libya
,
The
land
of
Negros
,
and
the
hither
part
of
Egypt
,
as
(
I
take
it
)
neuer
any
writer
either
before
or
since
his
time
hath
done
.
For
if
you
shall
throughly
consider
him
,
what
kingdome
,
prouince
,
citie
,
towne
,
village
,
mountaine
,
vallie
,
riuer
;
yea
,
what
temple
,
college
,
hospitall
,
bath-stoue
,
Inne
;
or
what
other
memorable
matter
doth
he
omit
?
So
doth
he
most
iudicially
describe
the
temperature
of
the
climate
,
and
the
nature
of
the
soile
,
as
also
the
dispositions
,
manners
,
rites
,
customes
,
and
most
ancient
pedigrees
of
the
inhabitants
,
togither
with
the
alterations
of
religion
and
estate
,
the
conquests
and
ouerthrowes
of
the
Romaines
,
Goths
,
and
Arabians
,
and
other
things
(
by
the
way
)
right
woorthie
the
obseruation
.
So
that
the
Africans
may
iustly
say
to
him
,
and
the
English
to
master
Camden
,
as
the
prince
of
Roman
oratours
did
vnto
Marcus
Varro
the
learnedst
of
his
nation
.
Nos
in
patria
nostra
peregrinantes
errantesque
tanquam
hospites
,
tui
Tull.
Acad
,
quaest
,
lib.
libri
quasi
domum
deduxerunt
,
vt
possemus
aliquando
,
qui
&
vbi
essemus
,
agnoscere
.
Tuaetatem
patriae
,
tu
descriptiones
temporum
,
tu
sacrorum
iura
,
tu
domesticam
,
tu
bellicam
disciplinam
,
tu
sedem
regionum
&
locorum
,
&c.
Which
may
thus
be
rudely
〈◊〉
.
Wandring
vp
and
downe
like
Pilgrimes
in
our
owne
natiue
soile
,
thy
bookes
haue
as
it
were
led
vs
the
right
way
home
;
that
we
might
at
length
acknowledge
both
who
and
where
we
are
.
Thou
hast
reuealed
the
antiquitie
of
our
nation
,
the
order
of
times
,
the
rites
of
our
religion
,
our
manner
of
gouernment
both
in
peace
and
warre
,
yea
thou
hast
described
the
situations
of
countries
and
places
,
&c.
Now
as
concerning
the
additions
before
and
after
this
Geographicall
Historie
;
hauing
had
some
spare-howers
since
it
came
first
vnder
the
presse
;
I
thought
good
(
both
for
the
Readers
satisfaction
,
and
that
Iohn
Leo
might
not
appeere
too
solitarie
vpon
the
stage
)
to
bestowe
a
part
of
them
in
collecting
and
digesting
the
same
.
The
chiefe
scope
of
this
my
enterprize
is
,
to
make
a
briefe
and
cursorie
description
of
all
those
maine
lands
and
isles
of
Africa
,
which
mine
author
in
his
nine
bookes
hath
omitted
.
For
he
in
very
deed
leaueth
vntouched
all
those
parts
of
the
African
continent
which
lie
to
the
south
of
the
fifteene
kingdomes
of
Negros
,
and
to
the
east
of
Nilus
.
For
the
manifestation
whereof
,
I
haue
(
as
truely
as
I
could
coniecture
)
in
the
mappe
adioined
to
this
booke
,
caused
a
list
or
border
of
small
prickes
to
be
engrauen
;
which
running
westward
from
the
mouth
of
Nilus
to
The
streights
of
Gibraltar
,
and
from
thence
southward
to
the
coast
of
Guinie
,
and
then
eastward
to
the
banks
of
Nilus
,
and
so
northward
to
the
place
where
it
began
;
doth
with
aduantage
include
all
places
treated
of
by
Leo
,
and
excludeth
the
residue
which
by
way
of
Preface
we
haue
described
before
the
beginning
of
his
African
historie
.
Likewise
at
the
latter
end
I
haue
put
downe
certaine
relations
of
the
great
Princes
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
Christian
,
Iewish
,
Mahumetan
,
and
Gentilish
religions
there
〈◊〉
.
The
Princes
of
greatest
account
either
inhabiting
or
at
least
possessing
large
territories
there
,
are
first
The
grand
Neguz
or
Christian
Emperour
of
Abassia
or
the
higher
Ethiopia
,
commonly
called
Presbyter
Iohn
or
(
as
Zagazabo
his
owne
The
varietie
of
this
emperours
names
read
in
a
marginall
note
Pag.
12.
of
places
vndescribed
by
Iohn
Leo.
ambassadour
would
haue
him
)
Pretious
Iohn
;
but
bicause
〈◊〉
all
the
Ethiopick
relation
of
Francis
Aluarez
,
being
the
best
that
euer
was
written
of
those
parts
,
he
is
continually
named
Prete
Ianni
,
in
imitation
of
him
I
also
most
commonly
call
him
by
that
name
.
And
so
likewise
though
Zagazabo
(
for
the
more
magnificent
reputation
of
his
prince
)
will
haue
his
dominions
called
Ethiopia
;
yet
with
the
consent
of
some
approoued
authors
,
and
also
to
distinguish
the
country
of
this
emperour
from
many
other
regions
situate
both
in
the
higher
Ethiopia
,
and
in
the
lower
;
I
haue
set
it
downe
in
my
mappe
,
and
in
my
discourses
do
most
vsually
speake
thereof
vnder
the
name
of
Abassia
.
The
other
great
Princes
intreated
of
in
the
said
relations
,
are
The
K.
of
Spaine
,
The
Turkish
Emperour
,
The
[
](A05331-e1710-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
Or
Xeriso
,
or
Serifo
.
Xarifo
otherwise
called
The
Miramonin
,
or
the
king
of
Maroco
Sus
and
Fez
,
and
the
emperour
of
Monomotapa
.
My
methode
in
the
discourse
before
Leo
is
,
after
a
generall
preface
of
Africa
,
to
begin
at
the
Red
sea
,
where
Leo
endeth
;
and
thence
(
as
well
in
the
description
of
the
maine
lands
,
as
of
the
isles
by
him
vntouched
)
to
proceed
on
southerly
to
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
;
from
which
cape
we
returne
toward
the
north
,
describing
all
along
the
westerne
countries
and
isles
of
Africa
,
till
we
haue
brought
our
whole
descriptions
to
an
end
vpon
the
most
southwesterly
parts
〈◊〉
Barbarie
,
where
our
author
Iohn
Leo
beginneth
his
.
Et
quoniam
(
as
one
saith
)
turpe
non
est
,
per
quos
profeceris
,
agnoscere
:
my
principall
authors
out
of
whom
I
haue
gathered
this
store
,
are
,
of
the
ancienter
note
,
Ptolemey
,
Strabo
,
Plinie
,
Diodorus
Siculus
,
&c.
and
amongst
later
writers
,
I
haue
helped
my selfe
out
of
sundrie
discourses
in
the
first
Italian
volume
of
Baptista
Ramusio
,
as
likewise
out
of
Iohn
Barros
,
Castanneda
,
Ortelius
,
Osorius
de
reb.
gest
.
Eman.
Matthew
Dresserus
,
Quadus
,
Isolario
del
mundo
,
Iohn
Huighen
van
Linschoten
,
&
out
of
the
Hollanders
late
voiages
to
the
east
Indies
,
and
to
San
Tomé
:
but
I
am
much
more
beholding
to
the
history
of
Philippo
Pigafetta
,
to
the
Ethiopick
relations
of
Francis
Aluarez
,
&
of
Damianus
a
Goez
,
and
beyond
all
comparison
(
both
for
matter
and
method
)
most
of
all
,
to
the
learned
Astronomer
and
Geographer
Antonius
Maginus
of
Padua
,
and
to
the
vniuersall
relations
written
in
Italian
by
G.
B.
B.
And
heere
,
before
I
surcease
,
I
must
admonish
the
Reader
of
certaine
faults
escaped
in
some
copies
:
as
namely
in
the
description
of
the
isles
in
the
Barbarian
bay
,
Açotatado
,
for
Açotado
;
in
a
marginall
note
ouer
against
the
description
of
Tombuto
in
the
seuenth
booke
of
Iohn
Leo
,
Money
for
Gold
;
in
the
relation
of
the
Christianitie
of
Egypt
,
Hypostasis
twise
togither
,
in
stead
of
Hypostases
;
and
in
the
discourse
of
the
Christianitie
of
Congo
,
Paulo
Aquitino
,
for
Panso
Aquitimo
.
Other
literall
faults
(
if
there
be
any
)
will
not
be
hard
for
the
Reader
himselfe
to
amend
.
A
generall
description
of
all
Africa
,
togither
with
a
comparison
of
the
ancient
and
new
names
of
all
the
principall
countries
and
prouinces
therein
.
THat
part
of
inhabited
lande
extending
southward
,
Africa
otherwise
called
Libya
.
which
we
call
Africa
,
and
the
Greeks
Libya
,
is
one
of
the
three
generall
parts
of
the
world
knowen
vnto
our
ancestors
;
which
in
very
The
greater
part
of
Africa
vnknowen
in
〈◊〉
ages
.
deed
was
not
throughly
by
them
discouered
,
both
bicause
the
Inlands
coulde
not
be
trauailed
in
regard
of
huge
deserts
full
of
dangerous
sands
,
which
being
driuen
with
the
winde
,
put
trauailers
in
extreme
hazard
of
their
liues
;
and
also
by
reason
of
the
long
and
perilous
nauigation
vpon
the
African
coasts
,
for
which
cause
it
was
by
very
few
of
ancient
times
compassed
by
nauigation
,
much
lesse
searched
or
intirely
known
.
Of
which
few
,
the
principall
were
Hanno
a
Carthaginian
captaine
sent
by
the
gouernours
of
that
commonwelth
When
Africa
was
sailed
round
about
.
for
discouerie
of
the
saide
lande
,
and
one
Eudoxus
that
fled
from
Ptolemaeus
Lathyrus
,
the
king
of
Alexandria
.
Howbeit
in
these
latter
times
it
hath
beene
often
[
](A05331-e2300-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
And
since
also
by
the
English
,
French
,
and
Dutch.
by
the
Portugals
sailed
round
about
,
and
diligently
searched
,
especially
along
the
shore
,
euen
from
the
streights
of
Gibraltar
to
the
enterance
of
the
red
sea
:
[
](A05331-e2310-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
〈◊〉
Dias
doubled
the
cape
before
;
but
returned
fearefuily
without
proceeding
any
farther
.
The
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
of
this
worde
Africa
.
but
the
first
Portugall
that
euer
doubled
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
,
and
coasted
the
south
and
southeast
parts
of
Africa
,
in
former
〈◊〉
vnknowne
,
was
Vasco
da
Gama
,
in
the
yeere
1497.
who
from
hence
sailed
to
Calicut
in
the
east
Indies
,
to
the
vnspeakeable
gaine
of
the
Portugals
.
To
omit
Iohn
Leo
his
etymologies
of
this
name
Africa
;
Festus
will
haue
it
to
be
deriued
from
the
Greeke
worde
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
which
signifieth
horror
or
colde
,
and
from
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
the
particle
priuatiue
,
as
who
shoulde
say
,
Africa
is
a
place
free
from
all
horror
and
extremitie
of
colde
,
bicause
it
lieth
open
to
the
heauens
,
and
is
sandie
,
drie
,
and
desert
.
Others
say
that
it
is
called
Africa
quasi
Aprica
,
that
is
exposed
and
subiect
to
the
scorching
beames
of
the
sunne
,
the
most
part
there
of
lying
betweene
the
Tropicks
.
Iosephus
wil
haue
Why
〈◊〉
was
called
Libya
.
it
so
called
from
〈◊〉
one
of
the
posteritie
of
Abraham
,
and
others
from
Afer
sonne
to
Hercules
of
Libya
.
But
it
was
by
the
Greekes
called
Libya
,
bicause
it
was
in
old
time
conquered
by
Libs
the
king
of
Mauritania
.
In
the
holie
Scriptures
it
is
called
Chamesis
,
by
the
Arabians
and
Ethiopians
〈◊〉
,
and
by
the
Indians
Besecath
.
In
situation
&
shape
this
land
of
Africa
is
almost
an
islle
,
being
by
a
very
The
situation
and
shape
of
Africa
.
small
and
narrowe
neckland
(
passing
betweene
the
Mediterran
sea
and
the
gulfe
of
Arabia
,
〈◊〉
the
red
sea
)
conioined
to
Asia
,
and
in
extension
of
ground
being
almost
twise
as
bigge
as
Europe
,
albeit
for
inhabitants
it
is
not
halfe
so
populous
.
Wherefore
though
in
longitude
from
west
to
east
Africa
A
comparison
betweene
Africa
and
Europe
.
be
shorter
then
Europe
in
some
places
,
yet
extendeth
it
so
farre
vnto
the
south
,
that
Europe
in
that
respect
is
nothing
comparable
vnto
it
:
for
Africa
containeth
almost
seuentie
degrees
in
latitude
,
whereas
Europe
stretcheth
but
fiue
and
thirtie
degrees
:
moreouer
Africa
is
more
vniforme
and
spacious
;
but
Europe
is
of
a
more
distracted
and
manifolde
shape
,
being
in
sundry
The
causes
why
Africa
is
so
slenderly
inhabited
.
places
dispersed
&
restrained
by
the
sea
.
Howbeit
notwithstanding
Africa
hath
farre
greater
extension
of
ground
then
Europe
,
yet
is
it
not
so
populous
,
nor
so
commodious
to
inhabite
:
for
the
lande
of
Africa
is
in
many
places
vnhabitable
;
the
principall
causes
whereof
are
,
the
scarcitie
of
water
,
the
barrennes
of
the
soile
,
being
either
couered
with
〈◊〉
sande
,
dust
,
or
ashes
,
or
else
being
subiect
to
extreme
heate
of
the
sunne
:
also
there
Sandie
seas
in
Africa
.
are
certaine
dangerous
heapes
of
sande
,
which
being
raised
by
the
winde
,
are
driuen
vp
and
downe
like
the
waues
of
a
tempestuous
sea
:
In
briefe
,
there
are
such
abundance
of
venemous
and
hurtfull
creatures
,
that
for
feare
of
them
the
land
in
some
places
can
very
hardly
,
&
in
others
by
no
meanes
be
manured
or
inhabited
,
be
it
neuer
so
fruitfull
.
Wherefore
in
diuers
parts
this
region
lieth
waste
and
vnpeopled
:
howbeit
where
it
is
inhabited
,
it
is
exceeding
fertile
,
and
that
especially
in
the
north
parts
thereof
,
lying
ouer
against
Europe
,
where
(
according
to
the
report
of
many
historiographers
,
and
cosmographers
)
it
was
in
ancient
times
abundantly
furnished
with
inhabitants
:
so
likewise
all
the
westerne
coast
betweene
Cabo
de
buena
esperança
,
and
Cabo
Negro
situate
about
nineteene
degrees
of
southerly
latitude
,
containeth
many
plaines
,
hils
,
vallies
,
and
other
places
most
fruitfull
and
pleasant
,
it
being
there
a
continuall
spring
,
and
elsewhere
also
it
is
verie
fertile
,
as
it
shall
be
declared
more
at
large
in
the
particular
descriptions
of
each
region
.
The
Equinoctiall
circle
doth
in
a
manner
diuide
Africa
in
the
verie
The
position
of
Africa
,
according
to
the
heauens
.
midst
thereof
;
from
whence
it
stretcheth
not
onely
to
each
tropique
,
but
also
twelue
degrees
almost
beyond
them
both
:
wherefore
the
greater
part
is
comprized
betweene
the
saide
Tropiques
vnder
the
Torrid
or
burnt
Zone
,
for
which
onely
cause
the
ancient
writers
supposed
it
to
be
vnhabitable
and
desert
in
so
many
places
:
which
indeed
is
much
rather
to
be
ascribed
to
the
waste
wildernesse
,
the
barren
and
sandie
soile
,
and
the
〈◊〉
of
waters
and
fountaines
.
It
comprehendeth
therefore
fully
and
perfecty
the
three
first
northerly
climates
,
and
so
many
and
the
like
climates
southerly
;
for
it
is
situate
betweene
the
eleuenth
north
Parallele
,
and
the
eleuenth
Antiparallele
,
or
south
Parallele
,
both
which
are
equally
distant
from
the
Equinoctiall
on
either
side
.
But
about
either
of
the
foresaid
extremes
,
the
longest
day
consisteth
of
fowerteene
howers
and
one
fourth
part
,
and
about
the
midst
,
of
twelue
howers
exactly
.
Likewise
as
touching
the
longitude
,
Africa
stretcheth
from
the
Meridian
vnder
fower
degrees
to
the
Meridian
vnder
fower-score
and
two
degrees
of
longitude
,
to
wit
,
from
Cabo
Roxo
,
or
the
Red
cape
on
the
west
,
to
Cape
Guardafu
on
the
east
side
,
betweene
which
two
capes
is
the
greatest
bredth
of
Africa
.
Africa
hath
too
narrowe
boundes
allotted
vnto
it
by
Iohn
Leo
and
certaine
The
boundes
of
Africa
.
others
,
for
they
disioine
the
greater
part
of
Egypt
and
all
Ethiopia
there-from
.
Wherefore
it
is
more
conuenient
in
this
behalfe
to
follow
Ptolemey
,
and
the
late
writers
,
limiting
the
same
on
the
north
with
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
the
streights
of
Gibraltar
;
on
the
east
with
the
Red
sea
or
the
Arabian
gulfe
,
and
the
small
neckland
of
Asia
passing
betweene
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
the
said
gulfe
;
on
the
south
(
at
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
,
where
it
endeth
in
forme
of
a
wedge
)
with
the
maine
Ocean
partly
called
the
Ethiopian
sea
,
as
being
neere
vnto
the
land
of
Ethiopia
;
and
on
the
west
,
from
the
hither
side
of
the
Equinoctiall
line
,
with
the
Atlantike
Ocean
,
(
called
by
Ptolemey
Mare
Occiduum
,
by
Dionysius
Hesperium
,
and
part
thereof
by
the
Spaniards
Mar
del
Norte
)
but
beyond
the
Equinoctiall
line
it
is
bounded
westward
with
the
Ethiopian
sea
.
Africa
hath
very
many
and
most
exceeding
great
mountaines
,
the
principal
The
mountaines
of
Africa
.
wherof
is
Mount-Atlas
,
whose
tops
of
incredible
height
rising
out
of
Mount
Atlas
.
the
midst
of
sandy
desertes
,
exalt
themselues
aboue
the
cloudes
.
This
mountaine
beginneth
westward
at
that
place
,
where
it
distinguisheth
the
Ocean
by
the
name
of
Atlanticus
:
from
whence
by
a
perpetuall
ridge
,
after
many
windings
and
turnings
,
it
extendeth
east
toward
the
confines
of
Egypt
:
moreouer
it
is
in
most
places
rounde
,
hard
to
ascend
,
craggie
,
steepe
,
impassable
,
cold
,
barren
,
shadie
,
and
euery
where
full
of
woods
and
fountaines
,
with
cloudes
alwaies
houering
about
the
tops
thereof
,
being
forlorn
and
desolate
toward
the
Ocean
,
but
ouer
against
[
](A05331-e2630-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
The
prouinces
of
〈◊〉
,
Alger
,
Bugia
,
Constantina
,
and
Tunis
.
Africa
minor
,
most
fertile
,
and
abounding
with
plentie
of
corne
and
of
thick
woods
which
are
clad
with
a
kinde
of
mosse
no
whit
inferior
to
silke
.
The
tops
of
this
mountaine
are
couered
with
deepe
snowes
euen
in
the
midst
of
sommer
:
and
sometimes
when
the
North
winds
blow
any
thing
sharpe
,
the
snow
falleth
in
such
abundance
,
that
it
hideth
the
trees
growing
vpon
the
sides
therof
,
and
is
deadly
both
to
man
and
beast
.
Moreouer
the
fountaines
which
are
here
found
,
are
so
extreame
cold
in
Extreme
cold
fountaines
.
the
hottest
of
sommer
,
as
if
a
man
should
dip
his
hand
therein
but
for
a
short
space
,
it
would
loose
both
life
,
sence
,
and
motion
.
Besides
Mount
Atlas
Mountaines
called
Os
Picos
〈◊〉
:
that
is
to
say
,
sharpe
pointed
.
Iohn
〈◊〉
:
Dec.
1.
lib.
8.
cap.
4.
those
mountaines
likewise
are
very
famous
,
which
being
situate
on
the
south
part
of
Africa
,
are
called
by
the
Portugales
Os
Picosfragosos
:
for
by
reason
of
their
surpassing
height
and
craggie
cliffes
it
is
impossible
to
skale
them
,
and
they
are
bare
,
forlorne
,
and
destitute
of
all
reliefe
.
Likewise
the
cape
commonly
called
Sierra
Leonais
as
it
were
framed
out
of
an
exceeding
high
mountaine
,
which
may
be
kenned
a
mightie
distance
off
:
the
top
of
this
mountaine
is
continuallie
ouershadowed
with
cloudes
,
which
often
send
forth
dreadfull
thunder
and
lightening
:
whereupon
some
think
it
to
haue
bin
called
by
Ptolemey
,
and
by
Hanno
of
Carthage
,
The
chariot
of
the
gods
.
The
mountaines
of
the
moone
also
,
knowen
of
old
,
and
situate
vnder
the
Lunae
montes
.
Tropique
of
Capricorne
,
being
very
high
and
craggie
,
are
inhabited
by
barbarous
and
sauage
people
,
nere
vnto
which
are
valleis
of
such
exceeding
depth
,
as
if
they
reached
to
the
center
of
the
earth
.
Likewise
there
are
certain
mountaines
in
Angola
called
Cabambe
containing
most
rich
siluer-mines
,
&c.
Also
in
Africa
are
certaine
mightie
lakes
,
which
for
their
extension
seem
The
lake
of
Zembre
,
which
by
some
others
is
placed
vnder
the
Equinoctiall
.
rather
to
be
seas
,
the
principal
wherof
called
by
some
Zembre
,
being
situate
by
a
number
of
huge
mountaines
,
and
distant
from
the
Equinoctial
eleuen
or
twelue
degrees
to
the
south
,
containeth
about
fiue
hundred
leagues
in
compasse
,
out
of
which
lake
doe
spring
the
famous
riuers
of
Nilus
,
Zaire
,
and
Cuama
,
and
some
affirme
very
strange
sea-monsters
to
be
therein
.
Africa
likewise
hath
many
exceeding
great
riuers
,
as
namely
Nilus
,
Niger
,
The
riuers
of
Africa
.
Senaga
,
Gambra
,
Zaire
,
Abagni
,
Tagassi
,
Coluez
,
Coauo
,
Cuama
,
and
Maniche
,
or
Rio
del
spirito
santo
,
all
which
are
in
a
manner
of
the
same
qualitie
and
disposition
;
for
with
their
yeerlie
in
undations
they
doe
most
wonderfullie
fatten
and
enrich
the
soile
of
the
territories
adioyning
.
Nilus
the
Nilus
.
most
famous
riuer
of
the
world
,
diuiding
Egypt
in
the
midst
,
and
with
his
ouerflowes
making
it
most
fruitefull
,
continueth
in
his
yeerely
increase
fortie
daies
,
and
forty
daies
in
decrease
;
to
wit
,
from
the
seuenteenth
of
Iune
to
the
sixt
of
October
:
and
this
riuer
after
a
mightie
long
course
through
Ethiopia
and
Egypt
,
dischargeth
his
streames
into
the
Mediterran
sea
.
The
riuer
of
Niger
,
running
through
the
land
of
Negros
,
called
of
old
(
as
Solinus
Niger
.
supposed
)
by
the
naturall
inhabitants
Astabus
,
and
(
according
to
Marmolius
)
Hued
Nijar
in
the
Arabian
toung
,
is
now
esteemed
by
Paulus
Iouius
to
be
Gambra
,
and
by
Cadamosta
the
riuer
of
Senaga
;
but
that
both
of
them
are
deceiued
,
it
is
euident
out
of
the
description
of
Sanutus
,
who
putteth
downe
the
two
foresaid
riuers
seuerallie
,
and
thinketh
Niger
to
be
that
which
is
now
called
Rio
grande
.
This
riuer
taketh
his
beginning
,
as
some
thinke
,
out
of
a
certain
desert
to
the
east
,
called
Seu
,
or
springeth
rather
out
of
a
lake
,
and
after
a
long
race
,
falleth
at
length
into
the
western
Ocean
.
It
increaseth
also
,
for
the
space
of
fortie
daies
like
Nilus
,
and
is
for
so
long
space
decreasing
about
the
verie
same
time
;
by
which
inundation
it
bringeth
such
fruitfulnes
vnto
all
the
land
of
Negros
(
certain
mountaines
onely
excepted
)
as
no
place
in
the
world
can
be
imagined
more
fertile
.
Senaga
or
Canaga
,
a
most
notable
riuer
,
called
,
as
some
thinke
,
Baratis
by
Ptolemey
,
and
for
the
length
therof
,
and
manifold
strange
creatures
therein
contained
,
comparable
to
Nilus
,
seuereth
by
his
winding
chanel
the
barren
and
naked
soile
,
from
the
greene
and
fruitefull
.
Moreouer
it
maketh
a
separation
betweene
nations
of
sundrie
colours
:
for
the
people
on
this
side
are
of
a
dead
ash-colour
,
leane
,
and
of
a
small
stature
;
but
on
the
farther
side
they
are
exceeding
blacke
,
of
tall
and
manly
stature
,
and
very
well
proportioned
:
howbeit
neere
vnto
the
riuer
on
either
side
,
they
are
of
a
meane
colour
,
complexion
,
and
stature
betweene
both
the
aboue
mentioned
.
It
falleth
into
the
sea
by
two
mouthes
,
the
principall
whereof
is
about
a
mile
broad
,
vp
into
the
which
the
sea
entreth
almost
60.
miles
.
It
springeth
(
according
to
Iohn
Barros
)
out
of
two
lakes
(
the
greater
whereof
is
now
called
the
lake
of
Gaoga
,
but
heretofore
by
Ptolemey
Chelonidae
paludes
,
and
the
lesser
Ptolemey
calleth
Nubaepalus
)
as
also
out
of
a
riuer
named
by
Ptolemey
Ghir
.
This
riuer
of
Senaga
hath
great
variety
of
strange
fishes
,
and
other
creatures
that
These
two
riuers
of
Senaga
and
Gambra
are
not
certainly
known
,
whether
they
be
maine
riuers
of
themselues
,
or
branches
and
mouthes
of
Niger
.
liue
in
the
water
,
as
namely
,
sea-horses
,
crocodiles
,
winged
serpents
,
and
such
like
:
neere
vnto
it
also
are
great
store
of
Elephants
,
wilde
bores
,
lyons
,
and
leopards
.
Gambra
or
Gambea
a
very
great
riuer
,
lying
betweene
Senaga
and
Niger
,
and
esteemed
by
Sanutus
to
be
that
which
Ptolemey
called
Stachir
,
fetcheth
his
originall
from
the
lake
of
Libya
,
and
from
the
fountaines
which
Ptolemey
assigneth
to
the
riuer
of
Niger
:
this
riuer
in
greatnes
and
depth
exceedeth
Senaga
,
and
hath
many
vnknowne
riuers
falling
thereinto
,
and
bringeth
foorth
all
kindes
of
liuing
creatures
that
Senaga
doth
.
In
the
midst
of
this
riuer
standeth
the
Isle
of
Elephants
,
so
called
,
in
regarde
of
The
isle
of
Elephants
.
great
numbers
of
those
beasts
.
The
riuer
Zaire
beginneth
out
of
the
same
lake
from
whence
Nilus
springeth
:
this
being
one
of
the
greatest
riuers
of
all
Africa
,
and
vtterly
vnknowne
vnto
ancient
writers
,
containeth
at
the
mouth
eight
and
twentie
miles
in
bredth
,
hauing
a
very
safe
harbour
for
ships
to
ride
in
:
also
there
are
many
and
great
Islands
in
the
chanell
thereof
,
and
sundrie
riuers
do
fall
thereinto
,
the
principall
whereof
are
Vumba
,
Barbela
,
Coanza
,
and
Lelunda
:
in
briefe
,
this
riuer
Zaire
running
through
These
two
riuers
of
Cuama
and
Magnice
(
according
to
Philippo
Pigafetta
)
spring
both
out
of
the
great
lake
and
are
not
branches
of
one
riuer
.
the
kingdome
of
Congo
,
disgorgeth
it selfe
into
the
maine
Ethiopian
sea
.
Out
of
the
same
lake
,
which
is
the
very
fountaine
of
Nilus
,
springeth
another
notable
and
famous
riuer
,
which
after
a
long
race
toward
the
south
and
east
,
is
diuided
into
two
branches
:
the
northerly
branch
,
which
is
exceeding
great
(
for
it
〈◊〉
fixe
great
riuers
thereinto
,
and
is
nauigable
for
the
space
of
seuen
hundred
miles
)
being
properly
called
Cuama
,
and
the
other
branch
more
southerly
,
which
is
verie
great
also
,
being
named
Manich
or
Magnice
,
or
Rio
del
spirito
santo
.
The
promontories
,
capes
,
or
headlands
of
Africa
be
verie
many
,
the
most
The
promontories
or
capes
of
Africa
.
famous
and
principal
wherof
are
,
The
cape
of
Buena
esperança
,
or
good
hope
,
Cabo
verde
,
and
Cabo
de
los
corrientes
.
The
cape
of
Buena
esperança
Cabo
de
buena
esperanza
.
or
good
hope
is
the
extreame
southerly
point
of
all
Africa
,
being
a
most
renowmed
and
dangerous
promontorie
,
which
in
the
yeere
one
thousand
foure
hundred
nintie
seuen
was
the
second
time
discouered
by
Vasco
da
Gama
at
the
commandement
of
Don
Emanuel
king
of
Portugal
:
this
cape
the
mariners
were
woont
to
cal
the
lion
of
the
Ocean
,
and
the
tempestuous
cape
,
by
reason
of
the
ruffling
and
roring
of
the
windes
,
which
they
found
there
for
the
most
part
very
boisterons
:
for
the
sea
thereabout
is
exceeding
rough
,
by
reason
of
the
continual
fury
of
the
windes
;
neither
will
any
nauigatours
touch
vpon
the
cape
,
except
they
be
enforced
by
meere
necessitie
.
Cabo
verde
or
The
greene
head-land
,
is
esteemed
by
some
to
be
the
same
Cabo
〈◊〉
.
which
Ptolemey
calleth
Promontorium
Arsinarium
,
&
is
compassed
on
either
side
by
the
riuers
of
Senega
and
Gambra
.
Cabo
de
los
corrientes
,
otherwise
Cabo
de
los
corrientes
.
called
the
cape
of
San
Sebastian
,
stretcheth
foorth
it selfe
right
ouer
against
the
south
ende
of
the
great
Isle
of
Madagascar
:
it
is
a
cape
well
knowne
,
by
reason
it
is
so
dangerous
to
double
,
which
the
Moores
durst
not
passe
for
a
very
long
time
.
And
heere
as
concerning
the
strange
beasts
,
fishes
,
serpents
,
trees
,
plants
,
and
roots
of
Africa
,
as
likewise
touching
the
diseases
,
whereto
the
African
people
are
most
subiect
;
and
the
varietie
of
languages
(
excepting
the
Chaldaean
,
Egyptian
,
Turkish
,
Italian
,
and
Spanish
toongs
)
which
are
now
and
haue
beene
of
ancient
times
spoken
in
Africa
;
I
refer
the
Reader
to
the
first
and
last
bookes
of
Iohn
Leo
,
and
to
other
places
,
where
they
are
at
large
and
purposely
intreated
of
.
Moreouer
this
part
of
the
worlde
is
inhabited
especially
by
fiue
principall
The
inhabitants
of
Africa
.
nations
,
to
wit
,
by
the
people
called
Cafri
or
Cafates
,
that
is
to
say
outlawes
,
or
lawlesse
,
by
the
Abassins
,
the
Egyptians
,
the
Arabians
,
and
the
Africans
or
Moores
,
properly
so
called
;
which
last
are
of
two
kinds
,
namely
The
diuersitie
of
religions
in
Africa
.
white
or
tawnie
Moores
,
and
Negros
or
blacke
Moores
.
Of
all
which
nations
some
are
Gentiles
which
worship
Idols
;
others
of
the
sect
of
Mahumet
;
some
others
Christians
;
and
some
Iewish
in
religion
;
the
greatest
part
of
which
people
are
thought
to
be
descended
from
Cham
the
cursed
son
of
Noah
;
except
some
Arabians
of
the
linage
of
Sem
,
which
afterward
passed
into
Africa
.
Now
the
Arabians
inhabiting
Africa
are
diuided
into
many
seuerall
kinds
,
possessing
diuers
and
sundrie
habitations
and
regions
;
for
some
dwell
neere
the
sea
shore
,
which
retaine
the
name
of
Arabians
;
but
others
inhabiting
the
inland
,
are
called
Baduini
.
There
bee
likewise
infinite
swarmes
of
Arabians
,
which
with
their
wiues
and
children
,
leade
a
vagrant
and
roguish
life
in
the
deserts
,
vsing
tents
in
stead
of
houses
:
these
are
notable
theeues
,
and
very
troublesome
both
to
their
neighbour-inhabitants
,
and
also
to
merchants
:
for
which
cause
trauellers
and
merchants
dare
not
passe
ouer
the
African
deserts
alone
,
but
onely
in
Carouans
,
which
are
great
companies
of
merchants
riding
,
and
transporting
their
goods
vpon
their
camels
and
asses
:
who
go
very
strong
,
and
in
great
numbers
,
for
feare
of
the
said
theeuish
Arabians
.
Ptolemey
in
his
fourth
booke
of
Geography
diuideth
Africa
into
twelue
The
ancient
diuision
of
Africa
by
Ptolemey
;
and
a
comparison
of
the
ancient
with
the
moderne
names
.
regions
or
prouinces
:
namely
,
Mauritania
Tingitana
,
Mauritania
Caesariensis
,
Numidia
,
Africa
propria
,
Cyrenaica
,
Marmarica
,
Libya
propria
,
AEgyptus
superior
,
AEgyptus
inferior
,
Libya
interior
,
AEthiopia
sub
AEgypto
,
&
AEthiopia
interior
.
Mauritania
Tingitana
,
the
most
rich
and
beautifull
couutrey
of
Africa
,
Mauritania
Tingitana
,
being
all
one
with
the
kingdomes
of
Maroco
and
Fez.
so
named
of
the
citie
Tingis
,
which
we
at
this
day
call
Tanger
,
was
sometimes
also
(
as
Plinie
witnesseth
)
called
Borgundiana
:
moreouer
others
haue
called
it
by
the
names
of
Mauritania
Sitiphensis
,
Hispania
Transfretana
,
and
Hispania
Tingitana
:
but
Solinus
termeth
the
same
Mauritania
inferior
.
The
inhabitants
were
of
old
named
by
the
Graecians
Maurusij
,
and
by
the
Romaines
Mauri
,
but
the
Spaniards
at
this
present
terme
them
Alarabes
.
In
this
part
of
Africa
are
now
contained
two
stately
kingdomes
,
namely
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
,
〈◊〉
the
kingdome
of
Fez
;
both
which
are
enuironed
with
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
,
the
Ocean
and
the
Mediterran
seas
,
and
to
the
east
with
the
riuer
of
Muluia
.
Mauritania
Caesariensis
,
named
according
to
the
citie
of
Caesaria
,
Mauritania
Caesariensis
called
at
this
present
Tremizen
,
and
Aiger
.
which
was
so
called
after
the
name
of
Claudius
Caesar
,
at
this
present
bearing
the
name
of
Tiguident
or
Tegdemt
,
which
worde
in
the
Arabian
toong
signifieth
ancient
;
was
by
Victor
Vticensis
,
termed
Mauritania
maior
;
by
Strabo
Massilia
,
and
Massaesilia
,
and
the
inhabitants
thereof
by
Plinie
Massaesuli
.
At
this
present
it
containeth
the
kingdome
of
Tremizen
,
as
Dominias
Niger
,
and
Giraua
are
of
opinion
.
Numidia
the
ancient
,
called
in
the
time
of
Ptolomey
,
The
new
,
but
by
Numidia
the
ancient
,
contayning
Bugia
,
Constantina
,
Bona
,
Mezzab
,
&c.
the
Greekes
(
as
Plinie
testifieth
)
Metagonitis
,
and
the
inhabitants
thereof
Numidae
,
and
Nomades
;
is
that
region
which
lieth
betweene
The
great
riuer
,
and
the
riuer
Megerada
,
ouer
which
countrey
king
Masinissa
bare
rule
.
It
containeth
now
(
as
I
coniecture
)
the
prouinces
of
Bugia
,
Constantina
,
Bona
,
and
Mezzab
.
Howbeit
at
this
present
we
vnderstande
by
Numidia
that
region
which
lieth
betweene
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
and
the
Libyan
deserts
,
called
by
Iohn
Leo
and
Marmolius
Biledulgerid
,
or
the
lande
of
Dates
,
bicause
this
is
the
onely
region
for
plentie
of
Dates
,
in
all
Africa
.
Africa
propria
,
situate
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
betweene
the
regions
Africa
〈◊〉
all
one
with
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
.
of
old
Numidia
,
and
the
Cyrene
,
is
called
by
Plinie
Zeugitania
,
who
diuideth
it
into
the
ancient
and
the
new
.
At
this
present
it
is
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
,
for
it
containeth
Byzacium
,
which
by
Strabo
is
accounted
a
part
of
Africa
propria
.
The
head
of
this
prouince
in
times
past
was
Carthage
,
whereof
at
this
present
there
are
nothing
but
ruines
extant
.
Cyrene
,
or
Cyrenaica
,
by
Plinie
called
Pentapolis
,
and
by
the
Hebrews
Cyrene
now
called
Mesrata
.
Lebahim
,
is
esteemed
by
Giraua
to
be
at
this
present
called
Corene
,
and
by
Andrew
Theuet
,
Assadib
:
but
Iohn
Leo
and
Marmolius
name
it
Mesrata
.
Marmarica
is
called
by
Plinie
Mareotis
,
and
Libya
:
howbeit
at
this
present
Marmarica
comprehended
in
the
desert
of
Barcha
.
the
desert
of
Barcha
,
described
by
Iohn
Leo
in
his
sixt
booke
,
containeth
a
great
part
of
Cyrenaica
,
and
all
Marmarica
.
But
Libya
propria
,
retaineth
till
this
present
the
name
of
Libya
,
and
is
Libya
propria
,
called
Sarra
.
that
part
which
the
Arabians
call
Sarra
,
which
worde
signifieth
a
desert
.
Both
the
ancient
Ethiopias
are
now
possessed
by
the
Abassins
,
vnder
AEthiopia
,
now
called
Abassia
.
the
dominion
of
Prete
Ianni
.
Egypt
retaineth
euen
till
this
day
,
the
ancient
name
.
The
best
moderne
diuision
of
Africa
,
for
these
our
times
is
to
adde
vnto
the
foure
general
partes
,
Barbaria
,
Numidia
,
Libya
,
and
the
land
of
Negros
,
set
downe
by
Iohn
Leo
,
three
other
generall
partes
to
wit
,
Egypt
;
the
inner
or
the
vpper
Ethiopia
,
containing
Troglodytica
,
Nubia
,
and
the
empire
of
Prete
Ianni
;
and
the
lower
,
or
the
extreme
Ethiopia
,
stretching
from
the
said
empire
along
the
sea-coast
,
and
through
the
Inland
euen
to
the
Cape
of
Buena
Esperança
.
Thus
much
of
Africa
in
generall
.
Now
it
remaineth
that
we
briefly
describe
in
particular
all
the
principall
maine
landes
,
and
islands
,
(
vndescribed
by
Iohn
Leo
)
which
thereto
belong
,
or
adioyne
;
beginning
first
with
the
Red
sea
one
of
the
chiefe
limites
of
Africa
,
and
from
thence
shaping
our
course
along
the
easterne
or
farthest
quarters
thereof
,
through
the
dominions
of
Prete
Ianni
,
the
lande
of
Zanguebar
,
the
empires
of
Mohenemuge
,
and
Monomotapa
,
and
the
region
of
Cafraria
:
and
then
,
hauing
doubled
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
,
range
we
along
the
westerne
partes
by
the
kingdomes
of
Angola
,
Congo
,
Anzichi
,
Benin
,
Ghinea
,
and
by
the
capes
of
Sierra
Leona
,
Capo
verde
,
and
the
castle
of
Arguin
,
till
we
haue
brought
our selues
to
finish
our
course
,
vpon
the
most
southwesterne
partes
of
Barbarie
,
from
whence
our
author
Iohn
Leo
beginneth
his
.
A
particular
description
of
all
the
knowne
borders
,
coastes
and
inlands
of
Africa
,
which
Iohn
Leo
hath
left
vndescribed
:
collected
out
of
sundry
ancient
and
late
writers
.
Of
the
red
sea
.
THe
red
sea
called
by
others
the
Arabian
gulfe
,
and
the
streight
of
Mecha
,
containing
in
length
twelue
hundred
miles
,
and
in
bredth
but
one
hundred
,
is
deuided
into
three
partitions
or
chanels
;
the
middlemost
whereof
being
called
The
large
or
deepe
sea
,
is
without
danger
nauigable
both
day
and
night
,
because
it
hath
from
fiue
and
twentie
to
fiftie
fathomes
water
,
especially
from
the
isle
of
Camaran
euen
to
Suez
standing
at
the
very
bottome
of
the
gulfe
:
the
other
two
partitions
,
which
are
the
easterne
and
westerne
extremities
,
are
incumbred
with
so
manie
little
isles
and
rockes
,
as
it
is
impossible
to
saile
ouer
them
but
onely
by
day-light
,
and
with
most
expert
pilots
,
which
are
to
be
hired
at
a
small
island
lying
ouerthwart
the
This
isle
I
take
to
be
Babelmandel
.
very
mouth
or
entrance
of
the
red
sea
;
which
the
ancient
kings
of
Egypt
(
if
the
report
of
Strabo
be
true
)
barred
with
a
chaine
,
from
the
African
,
to
the
Arabian
side
.
This
sea
is
very
skarce
of
fish
;
perhaps
because
there
fall
no
riuers
thereinto
,
which
with
their
fresh
and
sweete
waters
doe
much
delight
and
nourish
the
fish
;
and
the
strand
or
shore
thereof
is
destitute
of
all
greene
grasse
,
herbes
,
or
weedes
.
The
portes
and
hauens
of
this
sea
are
for
the
most
part
very
dangerous
and
difficult
to
enter
,
by
reason
of
the
manifold
windings
and
turnings
,
which
must
be
made
,
to
auoide
the
rockes
.
At
the
very
head
or
North
end
of
this
gulfe
,
standeth
Suez
,
which
heretofore
Suez
called
of
olde
Heroum
ciuitas
,
and
Hazion
Geber
.
seemeth
to
haue
bin
called
Ciuitas
Heroum
,
and
in
the
times
of
Dauid
and
Salomon
Hazion-Geber
,
from
whence
the
fleetes
of
those
partes
were
sent
to
Ophir
for
golde
and
other
rich
commodities
.
Vnder
the
Egyptian
Ptolemeys
and
the
Romans
,
this
towne
flourished
exceedingly
,
by
reason
of
the
infinite
quantitie
of
merchandize
brought
thither
from
the
east
Indies
,
and
Arabia
.
But
now
it
is
nothing
so
frequented
;
partly
in
regard
of
the
mighty
concurse
and
traffique
which
Mecha
draweth
vnto
it selfe
,
and
partly
by
reason
of
the
Portugales
conueiance
of
spices
and
other
Indian
commodities
about
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
.
At
this
present
the
great
Arsenale
signifieth
a
store-house
for
munition
,
and
for
all
necessaries
to
build
,
repaire
,
and
furnish
a
fleete
.
Turke
hath
there
an
Arsenale
,
with
certaine
gallies
,
for
feare
of
the
Portugals
aforesaid
:
against
whome
there
haue
bin
dispatched
from
this
place
two
greate
fleetes
,
one
for
the
assailing
of
〈◊〉
,
and
another
for
Ormuz
.
Howbeit
because
all
the
countries
round
about
are
vtterly
destitute
of
wood
,
it
is
a
matter
of
infinite
charge
to
furnish
foorth
a
fleete
from
hence
;
for
they
are
constrained
to
fetch
their
timber
as
far
as
Caramania
,
partly
by
sea
,
and
partly
vpon
camels
backs
.
At
this
towne
of
Suez
they
haue
no
fresh
water
;
but
all
their
water
is
brought
them
from
a
place
sixe
miles
distant
vpon
camels
backs
,
being
notwithstanding
brackish
and
bitter
.
The
western
shore
of
the
Red
sea
is
inhabited
with
people
called
in
old
Troglodytae
were
a
people
that
liued
in
caues
vnder
the
earth
to
auoide
the
extrem
heat
,
being
deriued
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
time
Troglodytae
,
which
at
this
present
do
all
of
them
yeelde
obedience
to
the
great
Turke
:
who
considering
,
that
the
fleets
of
the
Portugales
entered
very
often
into
the
Red
sea
,
and
were
there
receiued
by
the
subiects
of
Prete
Gianni
,
and
did
him
great
domage
;
hath
thereupon
taken
occasion
not
onely
to
conquer
the
Troglodytae
,
but
also
to
wast
and
subdue
a
great
part
of
Barnagasso
,
the
most
Northerlie
prouince
of
the
said
Prete
.
So
that
the
audacious
attempts
of
the
Portugales
in
those
partes
haue
bred
two
most
A
great
part
of
Barnagasso
subdued
by
the
Turke
.
dangerous
and
bad
effects
;
the
one
is
,
that
the
Arabians
haue
most
strongly
fortified
all
their
sea-townes
,
which
before
lay
naked
and
without
fortification
;
the
other
,
for
that
the
Turke
also
hath
bin
occasioned
thereby
to
make
warre
against
the
Prete
.
Wherefore
they
ought
not
to
haue
vndertaken
any
such
enterprise
,
but
with
full
resolution
and
sufficient
forces
to
accomplish
the
same
:
for
lesser
attempts
serue
to
no
other
end
,
but
onely
to
rouze
and
arme
the
enimie
,
which
was
before
secure
and
quiet
.
Neither
is
it
heere
to
be
omitted
,
that
in
the
foresaide
sea
,
a
man
can
saile
in
no
ships
nor
barks
,
but
only
those
of
the
great
Turke
,
or
at
least
with
his
licence
,
paying
vnto
him
for
tribute
a
good
part
of
the
fraight
.
For
this
purpose
he
hath
certaine
Magazines
or
store-houses
of
timber
,
which
is
brought
partly
from
the
gulfe
of
Satalia
,
and
partly
from
Nicomedia
,
and
other
places
vpon
the
Euxin
sea
,
vnto
Rosetto
and
Alexandria
;
from
whence
it
is
afterward
transported
to
Cairo
,
and
thence
to
Suez
.
This
sea
is
called
the
Red
sea
,
not
in
regard
that
the
waters
thereofbe
all
red
,
but
(
as
some
thinke
)
from
certaine
red
rushes
which
growe
vpon
the
shore
:
and
(
as
others
are
of
opinion
)
from
a
kinde
of
red
earth
which
in
sundry
places
it
hath
at
the
bottome
:
which
earth
dieth
not
the
very
substance
of
the
water
red
,
but
by
transparence
causeth
it
(
especially
neere
the
shore
)
to
appeere
of
that
colour
.
Africa
Troglodytica
.
THat
sandie
,
barren
,
and
desert
part
of
Africa
which
lieth
betweene
Nilus
and
the
Red
sea
,
especially
to
the
south
of
the
tropike
,
was
in
old
times
inhabited
by
the
Troglodytae
,
a
people
so
called
,
bicause
of
their
dwelling
in
caues
vnder
the
ground
.
Along
this
westerne
coast
of
the
Red
sea
runneth
a
ridge
of
mountaines
,
which
being
an
occasion
that
the
inland
riuers
can
not
fall
into
the
saide
sea
,
they
are
forced
to
discharge
themselues
into
Nilus
.
The
foresaide
mountaines
and
sea
coast
are
now
inhabited
by
Mahumetans
,
being
partly
Arabians
,
and
partly
Turkes
:
which
not
many
yeeres
ago
haue
attempted
to
saile
that
sea
,
and
to
inuade
the
regions
adioining
.
The
naturall
inhabitants
are
a
rude
barbarous
people
,
and
very
poore
and
beggerly
.
The
chiefe
places
of
habitation
are
Corondol
,
a
speciall
good
porte
;
Alcosser
a
place
well
knowne
,
bicause
that
neere
vnto
it
the
saide
mountaines
open
themselues
,
and
giue
passage
to
the
bringing
in
of
the
fruits
and
commodities
of
Abassia
;
Suachen
esteemed
one
of
the
principall
ports
in
all
the
streights
,
and
being
made
by
an
island
.
Here
resideth
the
Bassa
of
the
great
Turke
,
which
is
called
the
gouernour
of
Abassia
,
with
three
thousand
soldiers
or
thereabout
.
Next
followeth
Ercoco
the
onely
hauen
towne
of
the
Prete
,
lying
ouer
against
the
little
isle
of
Mazua
:
and
heere
the
mountaines
make
an
other
opening
or
passage
,
for
transporting
of
victuals
out
of
the
lande
of
the
saide
Prete
Ianni
.
From
hence
almost
to
the
very
entrance
of
the
Red
sea
,
the
coast
is
at
this
present
vninhabited
,
forlorne
,
and
desert
.
Likewise
from
Suachen
to
Mazua
is
a
continuall
woode
,
the
trees
whereof
are
but
of
small
woorth
.
Iust
within
the
saide
entrance
standeth
the
towne
and
port
of
Vela
,
vnder
the
iurisdiction
of
the
king
of
Dancali
a
Moore
.
Vpon
all
this
west
shore
of
the
Red
sea
,
as
likewise
vpon
the
contrary
east
shore
,
scarcitie
of
water
is
the
cause
,
why
there
are
so
fewe
,
and
so
small
places
of
habitation
:
and
the
people
runne
and
flocke
togither
,
where
they
may
finde
any
pit
or
fountaine
of
water
.
Some
curious
reader
might
here
expect
,
because
I
haue
nowe
passed
so
neere
the
frontiers
of
Egypt
,
that
I
should
make
an
exact
description
of
that
most
famous
and
fruitefull
prouince
,
and
likewise
of
the
great
city
of
Alcair
,
and
of
the
inundation
and
decrease
of
Nilus
:
all
which
,
because
they
are
expressed
in
most
orient
&
liuelie
colours
by
our
author
Iohn
Leo
;
I
should
shew
my selfe
both
iniurious
to
him
,
and
tedious
to
all
iudiciall
readers
,
in
anticipating
and
forestalling
that
,
before
the
beginning
of
his
booke
,
which
he
so
neere
the
end
doth
in
such
large
and
particular
wise
intreate
of
.
Now
therefore
let
vs
proceed
to
the
vpper
or
inner
Ethiopia
,
beginning
with
the
first
and
most
northerly
prouince
thereof
called
Nubia
.
Nubia
.
PAssing
therefore
westward
from
the
Island
of
Siene
,
you
enter
into
the
prouince
of
Nubia
,
bordering
on
the
west
vpon
Gaoga
,
eastward
vpon
the
riuer
Nilus
,
towards
the
North
,
vpon
Egypt
,
and
southward
vpon
the
desert
of
Goran
.
The
inhabitants
thereof
called
by
Strabo
〈◊〉
,
liue
at
this
present
(
as
Francisco
Aluarez
reporteth
)
a
most
miserable
and
wretched
kinde
of
life
:
for
hauing
lost
the
sinceritie
and
light
of
the
gospel
,
they
do
embrace
infinite
corruptions
of
the
Iewish
and
Mahumetan
religions
.
At
the
same
time
when
the
foresaid
Aluarez
was
in
Abassia
,
there
came
certaine
messengers
out
of
Nubia
,
to
make
suit
vnto
the
Prete
,
that
he
would
send
them
priests
,
and
such
persons
as
might
preach
and
administer
the
sacraments
vnto
them
.
But
he
returned
answere
,
that
he
coulde
not
in
regard
of
the
scarcitie
of
great
cler-giemen
in
his
dominions
:
The
said
messengers
reported
,
that
the
Nubians
had
sent
often
to
Rome
for
a
bishop
;
but
being
afterward
by
the
inuasions
of
the
Moores
and
the
calamitie
of
warre
,
cut
short
of
that
assistance
,
they
fell
for
want
of
teachers
and
ministers
,
into
extreme
ignorance
of
Christian
religion
,
and
by
little
and
little
were
infected
with
the
impious
and
abominable
sects
of
the
Iewes
and
Mahumetans
.
Some
Portugals
trauailing
to
those
parts
,
sawe
many
churches
destroied
by
the
handes
of
the
Arabians
,
and
in
some
places
the
pictures
of
saints
painted
vpon
the
wals
.
They
are
gouerned
by
women
,
and
call
their
Queene
Gaua
.
Their
principall
citie
called
Dangala
,
and
consisting
Dangala
the
head
citie
of
Nubia
.
of
about
ten
thousand
housholds
,
is
a
place
of
great
traffike
,
bicause
it
is
so
neere
vnto
Egypt
and
the
riuer
Nilus
.
All
their
other
habitations
are
villages
and
base
cottages
.
Their
houses
are
built
of
claie
,
and
couered
with
strawe
.
The
chiefe
commodities
of
this
region
are
rice
,
stone-sugar
,
sanders
,
iuorie
,
(
for
they
take
many
elephants
)
as
likewise
abundance
of
ciuet
,
and
golde
in
great
plentie
.
The
countrey
is
for
the
most
part
sandie
:
howbeit
there
are
certaine
mightie
lakes
,
by
the
benefite
whereof
a
great
part
of
Nubia
is
watred
and
made
fruitfull
.
The
Isle
of
Meroe
.
MEroe
called
at
this
time
by
the
names
of
Guengare
,
Amara
,
and
Nobe
,
being
the
greatest
and
fairestisle
which
Nilus
maketh
,
and
resembled
by
Herodotus
to
the
shape
of
a
target
,
containeth
in
bredth
a
thousand
,
and
in
length
three
thousand
stadios
or
furlongs
.
It
aboundeth
with
golde
,
siluer
,
copper
,
iron
,
Eben-wood
,
palme-trees
,
and
other
such
commodities
as
are
in
Nubia
.
Some
write
,
that
there
growe
canes
or
reeds
of
so
huge
a
bignes
,
that
the
people
make
botes
of
them
.
Heere
also
you
haue
minerall
salt
,
and
lions
,
elephants
,
and
leopards
.
This
island
is
inhabited
by
Mahumetans
,
who
are
confederate
with
the
Moores
against
Prete
Ianni
.
Strabo
affirmeth
,
that
in
old
time
the
authoritie
of
the
priests
of
this
island
was
so
great
,
that
by
a
meane
and
ordinarie
messenger
they
woulde
command
the
king
to
murther
himselfe
,
and
woulde
substitute
an
other
in
his
roome
.
But
at
length
,
one
king
hauing
in
a
certaine
temple
put
all
the
saide
priests
to
death
,
quite
abolished
that
monstrous
custome
.
And
heere
as
Nilus
vnfoldeth
himselfe
into
two
branches
,
to
embrace
this
Islande
,
he
receiueth
from
the
east
the
riuer
of
Abagni
,
and
from
the
west
the
riuer
Sarabotto
,
which
haue
likewise
other
smaller
riuers
falling
into
them
.
The
Abassins
are
of
opinion
,
that
the
Queene
of
Saba
,
which
trauelled
so
farre
to
heare
the
wisedome
of
Salomon
,
was
mistresse
of
this
isle
.
Paulus
Ionius
saith
,
here
are
three
kings
,
one
a
Gentile
,
the
second
a
Moore
,
and
the
third
a
Christian
,
subiect
vnto
the
Prete
.
From
Meroe
to
Siene
it
is
accounted
fifteene
daies
iourney
by
water
.
[
](A05331-e3970-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
Or
AEthiopia
the
higher
.
Abassia
,
or
the
empire
of
Prete
Ianni
.
THe
Abassins
are
a
people
subiect
to
[
](A05331-e4000-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Commonly
called
in
Latine
writers
,
Presbiter
Iohannes
,
by
the
Moores
Asiclabassi
,
and
by
the
Abassins
his
owne
subiects
Acegue
,
that
is
,
Emperour
,
&
Neguz
which
importeth
a
king
,
and
Belul
also
,
being
all
one
with
Encoe
in
the
Chaldean
toong
,
both
which
wordes
signifie
pretious
or
high
.
Prete
Ianni
:
whose
empire
(
if
we
consider
the
stile
which
he
vseth
in
his
letters
)
hath
most
ample
confines
.
For
he
intituleth
himselfe
emperour
of
the
great
and
higher
Ethiopia
,
king
of
Goiame
,
which
(
as
Botero
supposeth
)
is
situate
betweene
Nilus
and
Zaire
;
of
Vangue
a
kingdome
beyond
Zaire
;
of
Damut
which
confineth
with
the
land
of
the
Anzichi
;
and
towards
the
south
he
is
called
king
of
Cafate
and
Bagamidri
,
two
prouinces
bordering
vpon
the
first
great
lake
,
which
is
the
originall
fountaine
of
Nilus
;
as
likewise
of
the
kingdomes
of
Xoa
,
Fatigar
,
Angote
,
Baru
,
Baaliganze
,
Adea
,
Amara
,
Ambea
,
Vaguc
,
Tigremahon
,
Sabaim
,
where
the
Queene
of
Saba
gouerned
,
and
lastly
of
[
](A05331-e4030-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Barnagasso
Barnagaes
,
and
lorde
as
farre
as
Nubia
,
which
bordereth
vpon
Egypt
.
But
at
this
present
the
center
or
midst
of
his
Empire
(
as
Iohn
Barros
writeth
)
is
the
lake
of
Barcena
.
For
it
extendeth
eastward
towarde
the
Red
sea
,
as
farre
as
Suaquen
,
the
space
of
two
hundred
twentie
and
two
leagues
.
Howbeit
betweene
the
sea
and
his
dominions
runneth
a
ridge
of
mountaines
inhabited
by
Moores
,
who
are
masters
of
al
the
sea-coast
along
,
except
the
porte
of
Ercoco
,
which
belongeth
to
the
Prete
.
And
likewise
on
the
west
,
his
empire
is
restrained
by
another
mountainous
ridge
stretching
along
the
riuer
of
Nilus
;
where
are
founde
most
rich
mines
of
golde
;
Most
rich
gold-mines
.
amongst
which
are
the
mines
of
Damut
and
of
Sinassij
,
wholie
in
the
possession
of
Gentiles
which
pay
tribute
vnto
the
Prete
.
Northward
it
is
bounded
by
an
imaginarie
line
supposed
to
be
drawen
from
Suachen
to
the
beginning
of
the
isle
Meroe
aboue
mentioned
;
which
line
extendeth
an
hundred
and
fiue
and
twentie
leagues
.
From
thence
the
Abassin
borders
trend
south
somewhat
crookedly
in
manner
of
a
bowe
,
as
farre
as
the
kingdome
of
Adea
(
from
the
mountaines
whereof
springeth
a
riuer
called
by
Ptolemey
[
](A05331-e4090-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
And
by
the
late
writers
〈◊〉
.
Raptus
which
falleth
into
the
sea
about
Melinde
)
for
the
space
of
two
hundred
and
fiftie
nine
leagues
;
next
vnto
the
which
borders
,
inhabite
certaine
Gentiles
of
blacke
colour
,
with
curled
haire
.
And
heere
the
〈◊〉
empire
is
limited
by
the
kingdome
of
Adel
,
the
head
citie
whereof
called
Arar
,
standeth
in
the
latitude
nine
degrees
.
So
that
all
this
great
empire
may
containe
in
compasse
sixe
hundred
threescore
and
two
leagues
,
little
more
or
lesse
.
It
is
refreshed
and
watered
by
two
mightie
riuers
which
conuey
their
streames
into
Nilus
,
called
by
Ptolemey
Astaboras
and
Astapus
,
and
by
the
naturall
inhabitants
Abagni
and
Tagassi
;
the
first
whereof
taketh
his
originall
from
the
lake
of
Barcena
,
and
the
second
from
the
lake
of
Colue
.
Barcena
lieth
in
seuen
degrees
of
north
latitude
;
&
Colue
vnder
the
verie
Equinoctiall
.
The
first
(
besides
Abagni
)
ingendereth
also
the
riuer
of
Zeila
:
and
the
second
(
besides
Tagassi
)
giueth
essence
to
the
riuer
of
Quilimanci
.
Between
Abagni
and
the
Red
sea
lieth
the
prouince
of
Barnagasso
:
betweene
Abagni
and
Tagassi
are
the
kingdomes
of
Angote
and
Fatigar
;
and
more
towards
the
[
](A05331-e4110-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Sinus
Barbaricus
,
a
mightie
gulfe
on
the
backeside
of
Africa
,
stretching
(
as
some
will
haue
it
)
from
4.
degrees
of
northerly
to
17.
of
southerly
latitude
.
bay
of
Barbarians
,
the
prouinces
of
Adea
and
of
Baru
;
and
somewhat
lower
,
that
of
Amara
.
In
briefe
,
beyond
the
riuer
of
Tagassi
ly
the
regions
of
Bileguanzi
,
and
of
Tigremahon
.
The
Abassins
haue
no
great
knowledge
of
Nilus
by
reason
of
the
mountaines
which
deuide
them
from
it
;
for
which
cause
they
call
Abagni
the
father
of
riuers
.
Howbeit
they
say
that
vpon
Nilus
do
inhabite
two
great
and
populous
nations
;
one
of
Iewes
towards
the
west
,
vnder
the
gouernment
of
a
mighty
king
;
the
other
more
southerly
,
consisting
of
Amazones
or
warlike
women
;
whereof
wee
will
speake
more
at
large
in
our
relation
of
Monomotapa
.
Throughout
all
the
dominion
of
the
Prete
there
is
not
any
one
city
of
importance
,
either
for
multitude
of
inhabitantes
,
for
magnificent
buildings
,
or
for
any
other
respect
.
For
the
greatest
townes
there
,
containe
not
aboue
two
thousand
housholds
;
the
houses
being
(
cottage-like
)
reared
vp
with
clay
and
couered
with
straw
,
or
such
like
base
matter
.
Also
Ptolemey
intreating
of
these
partes
,
maketh
mention
but
of
three
or
foure
cities
onely
,
which
he
appointeth
to
the
south
of
the
Isle
Meroe
.
Howbeit
in
some
places
vpon
the
frontiers
of
Abassia
there
are
certaine
townes
verie
fairely
built
,
and
much
frequented
for
traffique
.
The
Portugales
in
their
trauailes
throughout
the
empire
haue
often
declared
vnto
the
Abassins
,
how
much
better
it
were
,
for
auoiding
of
the
outragious
iniuries
and
losses
daily
inflicted
by
the
Moores
and
Mahumetans
both
vpon
their
goods
and
persons
,
if
the
emperour
would
build
cities
and
castles
stronglie
walled
and
fortified
.
Whereunto
they
made
answere
,
that
the
power
of
their
Neguz
,
or
emperour
,
consisted
not
in
stone-walles
,
but
in
the
armes
of
his
people
.
They
vse
not
ordinarily
any
lime
or
stone
,
but
onely
for
the
building
of
churches
(
saying
,
that
so
it
becommeth
vs
to
make
a
difference
between
the
houses
of
men
,
and
churches
dedicated
to
God
)
and
of
their
Beteneguz
or
houses
of
the
emperour
,
wherein
the
gouernours
of
prouinces
are
placed
to
execute
iustice
.
These
Beteneguz
stand
continually
open
,
and
yet
in
the
gouernours
Of
these
Beteneguz
read
Francis
Aluarez
cap.
42.
absence
no
man
dare
enter
into
them
,
vnder
paine
of
being
punished
as
a
traytour
.
Moreouer
in
the
city
of
Axuma
(
esteemed
by
them
to
haue
beene
the
seate
of
the
Queene
of
Saba
)
stand
certaine
ruinous
buildings
like
vnto
pyramides
;
which
by
reason
of
their
greatnes
,
remaine
euen
til
this
present
,
notwithstanding
their
many
yeeres
antiquitie
.
Likewise
there
are
in
this
countrie
diuers
churches
and
oratories
hewen
out
of
the
hard
rocke
,
consisting
but
of
one
onely
stone
,
some
sixtie
,
some
fortie
,
and
some
thirtie
[
](A05331-e4180-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Or
yardes
:
for
Braccia
signifieth
both
.
fathomes
long
,
being
full
of
windowes
,
and
engrauen
with
strange
and
vnknowne
characters
.
Three
such
churches
there
are
of
twelue
[
](A05331-e4190-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Or
yardes
:
for
Braccia
signifieth
both
.
fathomes
broade
and
eightie
in
length
.
The
Abassins
which
are
subiect
to
the
Prete
,
hold
opinion
,
that
their
Of
Melich
read
more
at
large
in
Francisco
Aluarez
cap.
37.
and
cap.
138.
prince
deriueth
his
petigree
from
〈◊〉
the
sonne
of
Salomon
,
which
(
as
they
say
)
he
begot
of
the
Queene
of
Saba
;
and
that
themselues
are
descended
from
the
officers
and
attendants
which
Salomon
appointed
vnto
this
his
sonne
when
he
sent
him
home
vnto
his
mother
:
which
seemeth
not
altogether
vnlikely
,
if
you
consider
the
Iewish
ceremonies
of
circumcision
,
obseruing
of
the
sabaoth
,
&
such
like
,
which
they
vse
vntill
this
present
:
likewise
they
abhorre
swines
flesh
and
certaine
other
meates
,
which
they
call
vncleane
.
The
Prete
absolutely
gouerneth
in
all
matters
,
except
it
be
in
administring
of
the
sacraments
,
and
ordaining
of
priests
.
Hee
giueth
and
taketh
away
benefices
at
his
pleasure
;
and
in
punishing
offenders
,
maketh
no
difference
betweene
his
clergie
and
laitie
.
The
administration
of
their
sacraments
is
wholie
referred
to
the
Abuna
or
Patriarke
.
The
Prete
is
lorde
and
owner
of
all
the
lands
and
possessions
in
his
empire
,
except
those
of
the
church
;
which
are
in
number
infinite
;
for
the
monasteries
of
saint
Antonie
(
besides
which
there
are
none
of
any
other
order
)
and
the
colleges
of
the
Canons
and
of
the
Hermites
,
togither
with
the
parishes
,
are
innumerable
.
They
are
all
prouided
by
the
king
,
both
of
reuenewes
and
of
ornaments
.
They
haue
two
winters
and
two
summers
;
which
they
discerne
not
by
colde
and
heate
,
but
by
rainie
and
faire
weather
.
They
begin
their
yeere
vpon
the
26.
of
August
,
and
diuide
it
into
twelue
moneths
,
each
moneth
containing
thirtie
daies
,
whereunto
they
adde
euery
common
yeere
fiue
daies
,
and
in
the
leape
yeere
sixe
,
which
odde
daies
they
call
Pagomen
,
that
is
,
The
end
of
the
yeere
.
Their
ordinarie
iourneies
in
trauelling
are
twelue
miles
a
day
.
The
common
harlots
dwell
without
their
townes
,
and
haue
wages
allowed
them
out
of
the
common
purse
:
neither
may
they
enter
into
any
cities
,
nor
apparell
themselues
,
but
only
in
yellow
.
The
soile
of
Abassia
aboundeth
generally
with
graine
,
and
in
especiall
with
〈◊〉
and
all
kindes
of
Pulse
,
but
not
so
much
with
wheate
;
they
haue
〈◊〉
likewise
(
not
knowing
how
to
refine
it
)
and
hony
,
and
cotton-wooll
,
orenges
,
cedars
,
and
limons
,
grow
naturally
there
.
They
haue
neither
melons
,
citrons
,
nor
rape-roots
:
but
many
plants
&
herbes
different
from
ours
.
Their
drinke
is
made
of
barley
and
millet
:
neither
haue
they
any
wine
made
of
grapes
,
but
onely
in
the
houses
of
the
emperour
,
and
the
[
](A05331-e4320-b)*
*
*
*
Or
〈◊〉
.
Abuna
.
They
are
not
destitute
of
Elephants
,
mules
;
lions
,
tygres
,
ounces
,
and
deere
.
Their
owne
countrey
horses
are
but
of
a
small
size
:
how beit
they
haue
also
of
the
Arabian
and
Egyptian
breed
,
the
coltes
whereof
within
fower
daies
after
they
be
foled
,
they
vse
to
suckle
with
kine
.
They
haue
great
and
terribles
apes
;
and
infinite
sorts
of
birds
;
but
neither
cuckowes
nor
Pies
,
so
farre
as
euer
could
bee
learned
.
Heere
are
likewise
great
store
of
mines
of
gold
,
siluer
,
iron
,
and
copper
;
but
they
know
not
how
to
digge
and
refine
the
same
:
for
the
people
of
this
countrey
are
so
rude
and
ignorant
,
that
they
haue
no
knowledge
nor
vse
of
any
arte
or
occupation
.
Insomuch
as
they
esteeme
the
carpenters
or
smithes
craft
for
an
vnlawfull
and
diabolicall
kinde
of
science
;
and
such
as
exercise
the
same
,
liue
among
them
like
infamous
persons
;
neither
are
they
permitted
to
enter
into
any
of
their
churches
.
In
the
kingdome
of
Bagamidri
are
founde
most
excellent
mines
of
siluer
,
which
they
knowe
none
other
way
how
to
take
from
the
ore
,
but
onely
by
melting
it
with
fire
into
thinne
plates
.
Goiame
aboundeth
with
base
gold
.
In
the
kingdome
of
Damut
they
digge
and
refine
it
somewhat
better
.
They
haue
neither
the
arte
of
making
cloth
(
for
which
cause
the
greater
part
of
them
go
clad
in
beasts
skins
)
nor
yet
the
manner
of
hauking
,
fowling
,
or
hunting
;
so
that
their
countries
swarme
with
partridges
,
quailes
,
fesants
,
cranes
,
geese
,
hens
,
hares
,
deere
,
and
other
like
creatures
:
neither
knowe
they
how
to
make
any
full
vse
or
benefite
of
the
fruitefulnes
of
their
countrey
,
nor
of
the
commoditie
of
riuers
.
They
sowe
mill
for
the
most
parte
,
sometimes
in
one
place
,
and
sometimes
in
another
,
according
as
the
raine
giueth
them
opportunitie
.
In
summe
,
they
shew
no
wit
nor
dexterity
in
any
thing
so
much
as
in
robbery
and
warre
;
vnto
both
which
they
haue
a
kind
of
naturall
inclination
.
Which
is
occasioned
(
as
I
suppose
)
by
the
continuall
voiages
made
by
the
Prete
,
and
by
their
vsuall
liuing
in
the
wide
fields
,
and
that
in
diuers
and
sundry
places
.
For
to
trauaile
continually
,
and
remaine
in
the
fields
without
any
stable
or
firme
habitation
,
compelleth
men
as
it
were
,
of
necessitie
,
to
lay
holde
on
all
that
comes
next
to
hande
,
be
it
their
owne
,
or
belonging
to
others
.
They
are
not
much
subiect
to
tempests
;
but
to
an
inconuenience
far
more
intollerable
,
namely
to
innumerable
swarmes
of
locusts
,
which
bring
such
desolation
vpon
them
,
as
is
most
dreadfull
to
consider
:
for
they
consume
whole
prouinces
,
leauing
them
quite
destitute
of
succour
both
for
man
and
beast
.
They
vse
no
stamped
coine
in
all
this
empire
,
but
insteede
thereof
certaine
rude
pieces
of
golde
,
and
little
balles
of
iron
,
especially
in
Angote
;
as
likewise
salt
and
pepper
,
which
are
the
greatest
riches
that
they
can
enioy
.
Hence
it
is
,
that
the
tributes
which
are
payed
to
the
prince
,
consist
onely
of
such
things
as
his
owne
dominions
do
naturally
afforde
;
as
namely
of
salt
,
gold
,
siluer
,
corne
,
hides
,
elephants
teeth
,
the
horne
of
the
Rhinoceros
,
with
slaues
,
and
such
like
.
Which
forme
of
tribute
(
being
most
agreeable
to
nature
)
is
vsed
also
in
other
parts
of
Africa
.
Their
salt
is
taken
out
of
a
certaine
great
mountaine
in
the
prouince
of
Balgada
,
and
is
made
into
square
pieces
.
The
most
populous
place
in
all
Abassia
is
the
court
of
the
Prete
,
wheresoeuer
it
resideth
;
and
there
are
erected
fiue
or
sixe
thousand
tents
of
cotton
of
diuers
colours
,
with
so
notable
a
distinction
of
streetes
,
lanes
,
market-places
,
and
Tribunals
;
that
euen
in
a
moment
euery
man
knoweth
his
owne
station
and
the
place
where
he
is
to
doe
his
busines
.
A
man
may
coniecture
the
greatnes
of
this
courte
,
if
he
doe
but
consider
,
that
(
according
to
the
report
of
some
who
haue
there
bin
personally
present
)
besides
the
camels
which
carry
the
tents
,
the
mules
of
carriage
exceede
the
number
of
fiftie
thousand
.
Their
mules
serue
them
to
carry
burthens
,
and
to
ride
vpon
:
but
their
horses
are
onely
for
the
warres
.
The
Mahumetans
haue
now
brought
this
prince
to
great
extremity
:
but
heretofore
while
he
was
in
his
flourishing
estate
,
he
liued
so
maiestically
,
that
he
neuer
spake
but
by
an
interpreter
;
nor
would
be
seene
to
his
subiects
,
but
onely
vpon
solemne
dayes
.
At
other
times
it
was
held
as
a
great
fauour
,
if
he
did
shew
but
the
halfe
part
of
his
feete
to
ambassadours
,
and
to
his
fauorites
.
And
no
maruel
:
for
amongst
the
Ethiopians
it
hath
beene
an
ancient
custome
(
as
Strabo
writeth
)
To
adore
their
kinges
like
gods
,
who
for
the
most
part
liue
enclosed
at
home
.
This
so
strange
and
stately
kinde
of
gouernment
,
did
exceedingly
abase
his
subiects
,
whom
the
Prete
vsed
like
slaues
;
so
that
vpon
the
smallest
occasions
that
might
be
,
he
would
depriue
them
of
all
honour
and
dignity
,
were
they
neuer
so
great
.
Abassia
containeth
many
large
plaines
,
and
very
high
mountaines
,
all
fruitfull
.
In
some
places
you
shall
haue
most
extreame
coulde
and
frostie
weather
:
but
not
any
snowe
throughout
the
whole
empire
,
no
not
in
the
mountaines
.
The
Prete
hath
many
moores
in
his
dominions
,
and
vpon
his
borders
;
but
the
most
populous
of
all
others
are
the
Moores
called
Dobas
,
who
are
The
Moores
called
Dobas
.
bound
by
a
law
neuer
to
marry
,
till
they
can
bring
most
euident
testimony
,
that
each
of
them
hath
slaine
twelue
Christians
.
Wherefore
the
Abassin
merchantspasse
not
by
their
country
,
but
with
most
strong
guardes
.
A
particular
and
briefe
relation
of
all
the
kingdomes
and
prouinces
subiect
to
the
Christian
Emperour
of
Abassia
,
commonly
called
Prete
Ianni
.
〈◊〉
.
OF
all
the
prouinces
subiect
vnto
the
Prete
,
that
of
[
](A05331-e4500-b)*
*
*
Barnagaez
.
Barnagasso
is
best
knowne
vnto
vs
,
bicause
it
is
so
neere
vnto
the
Red
sea
;
ouer
against
the
shore
whereof
it
stretcheth
in
length
from
Suachen
,
almost
as
farre
as
the
very
mouth
or
entrance
of
the
streight
,
being
(
as
is
before
saide
)
bounded
on
the
south
part
with
the
mightie
riuer
of
Abagni
,
which
runneth
westward
out
Out
of
this
lake
also
the
riuer
of
Zeila
runneth
eastward
into
the
Red
sea
.
of
the
lake
of
Barcena
into
Nilus
.
Howbeit
it
hath
no
other
port
vpon
the
Red
sea
but
onely
Ercoco
,
situate
neere
the
Isle
of
Mazua
;
neither
hath
the
Prete
any
porte
but
this
,
in
all
his
dominions
;
so
that
he
is
(
as
it
were
)
on
all
sides
land-locked
,
which
is
one
of
the
greatest
defects
in
any
empire
,
kingdome
or
state
,
that
can
be
imagined
.
This
prouince
is
full
of
townes
&
villages
,
as
likewise
of
riuers
and
pooles
which
make
it
exceeding
fruitfull
.
The
Viceroy
or
gouernour
hereof
,
called
also
by
the
name
of
[
](A05331-e4530-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
〈◊〉
in
the
Abassin
toong
signifieth
the
Sea
,
and
Neguz
a
king
:
so
that
Barnagaez
or
Barnagasso
,
is
as
much
as
king
of
the
sea
,
or
Lord
high
admirall
.
Barnagasso
,
resideth
in
the
citie
of
Beroa
,
otherwise
called
Barua
,
and
by
Ptolemey
(
as
Sanutus
thinketh
)
Coloue
,
situate
vpon
a
pleasant
riuer
abounding
with
fish
.
Vnto
him
likewise
are
subiect
the
gouernments
of
Danfila
and
of
Canfila
,
neere
vnto
the
borders
of
Egypt
.
Certaine
yeeres
past
the
great
Turkes
forces
haue
mightily
afflicted
this
prouince
,
destroying
the
townes
,
and
leading
the
people
captiue
:
so
that
in
the
end
Isaac
the
lorde
Barnagasso
was
inforced
to
compound
with
the
Turkes
lieutenant
(
bearing
title
,
The
Bassa
of
Abassia
,
and
residing
in
Suachen
)
for
the
yeerely
tribute
of
a
thousand
ounces
of
golde
.
Ouer
and
besides
he
paieth
euery
yeere
vnto
his
soueraigne
the
Prete
,
an
hundred
and
fiftie
excellent
horses
,
with
cloth
of
silke
and
of
cotton
,
and
other
matters
.
On
the
most
westerly
part
of
Barnagasso
,
beginneth
a
mightie
ridge
of
mountaines
,
which
for
a
good
space
waxing
narrower
and
narrower
,
at
length
in
the
kingdome
of
Angote
dilateth
〈◊〉
selfe
into
a
rounde
forme
,
All
persons
of
the
Abassin
blood
royall
enclosed
within
a
mightie
roundel
of
mountaines
.
Francis
Aluarez
cap.
57
,
58
,
59
,
60
,
61
,
&c.
enuironing
with
the
steepe
sides
,
and
impassable
tops
thereof
,
many
fruitefull
and
pleasant
vallies
,
for
the
space
of
fifteene
daies
iourney
in
compasse
:
within
which
vallies
(
as
it
were
in
walled
castles
)
all
persons
whatsoeuer
,
both
male
and
female
,
of
the
Abassin
bloud
royall
,
are
vnder
paine
of
most
extreme
punishment
,
togither
with
their
whole
families
,
limited
to
remaine
.
Within
this
great
roundell
or
enclosure
of
mountaines
,
there
is
(
among
many
others
)
contained
one
lesser
,
which
is
begirt
arounde
with
a
mountainous
wall
so
craggie
,
steepe
,
and
vnscaleable
,
that
no
man
can
come
in
or
out
,
but
onely
by
a
certaine
basket
drawne
vp
and
downe
vpon
a
rope
:
neither
is
it
possible
to
famish
the
parties
within
by
a
siege
,
be
it
neuer
so
long
:
for
they
haue
fruitefull
ground
,
with
houses
,
a
church
,
a
monasterie
,
cesternes
of
water
,
and
all
other
necessaries
for
the
continuall
maintenance
of
fiue
hundred
persons
.
Within
this
strong
citadell
of
mountaines
(
for
the
auoiding
of
all
tumults
and
seditions
)
are
locked
vp
those
great
personages
which
come
neerest
in
bloud
to
the
Prete
,
and
are
in
possibilitie
of
the
crowne
;
and
here
must
they
all
liue
and
die
,
except
a
very
few
of
them
,
who
attaine
at
length
vnto
the
gouernment
of
the
empire
.
The
Abassins
haue
a
tradition
,
that
one
Abraham
an
emperour
of
theirs
being
admonished
in
a
dreame
,
that
he
shoulde
keepe
his
dominions
in
tranquillitie
by
the
meanes
aforesaid
,
was
the
first
that
founde
this
mountaine
,
and
vsed
it
for
the
same
purpose
.
Tigremahon
.
TIgremahon
,
a
very
large
kingdome
,
lieth
betweene
the
riuer
Marabo
,
Nilus
,
the
Red
sea
,
and
the
kingdome
of
Angote
.
The
gouernour
heere
of
paieth
for
yeerely
tribute
vnto
the
Prete
two
hundred
Arabian
horsés
,
a
great
quantitie
of
silke
and
cotton-cloth
,
and
very
much
golde
.
Vnto
this
kingdome
is
subiect
the
prouince
of
Tigray
,
wherein
standes
the
citie
of
Caxumo
,
sometimes
the
royall
seate
of
the
Queene
of
Saba
(
which
they
say
was
called
Maqueda
,
of
whom
Salomon
begat
a
sonne
named
Melich
,
before
mentioned
)
which
citie
was
the
seate
likewise
of
Queene
Candace
.
Also
to
the
said
kingdome
of
Tigremahon
belong
the
prouinces
of
Sabaim
,
Torrates
,
Balgada
,
and
others
.
Angote
.
THis
kingdome
standing
betweene
the
kingdomes
of
Tigremahon
and
Amara
,
is
full
of
mountaines
and
valleies
,
and
aboundeth
mightilie
with
all
kinde
of
corne
and
cattell
.
The
inhabitants
eate
but
one
meale
in
fower
and
twentie
howers
,
and
that
alwaies
in
the
night
:
their
foode
is
most
commonly
rawe
flesh
,
with
a
kinde
of
sauce
made
of
an
oxegall
.
In
stead
of
money
they
vse
salte
,
and
little
balles
of
iron
,
as
is
before
saide
.
Vnto
this
kingdome
do
belong
the
prouinces
of
Abuguna
,
and
Guanamora
,
with
other
regions
and
places
.
Amara
.
THe
kingdome
of
Amara
bordering
north
vpon
Angote
,
east
vpon
Xoa
,
south
vpon
Damut
,
and
extending
west
almost
as
farre
as
Nilus
;
is
for
the
most
part
a
plaine
region
,
without
mountaines
,
very
fertile
,
and
abounding
with
cattell
.
Vpon
the
frontiers
of
this
kingdome
standeth
the
foresaide
large
,
high
,
and
〈◊〉
mountaine
,
wherein
the
sonnes
,
brethren
,
and
kinsfolkes
of
the
Prete
are
most
warily
kept
,
and
from
whence
after
his
decease
the
heire
apparant
is
brought
,
to
be
inuested
in
the
empire
.
The
kingdome
of
Xoa
situate
betweene
the
kingdomes
of
Amara
,
Damut
,
and
Fatigar
,
containeth
many
deepe
vallies
,
and
aboundeth
with
all
kinde
of
corne
and
cattell
.
In
the
kingdome
of
Goiame
are
two
mightie
lakes
,
from
which
Nilus
is
saide
to
fetch
his
originall
.
Heere
is
exceeding
plentie
of
golde
vnrefined
:
the
north
part
of
this
region
is
full
of
deserts
and
mountainous
places
.
Bagamidri
one
of
the
largest
kingdomes
in
all
the
vpper
Ethiopia
,
extendeth
in
length
by
the
riuer
Nilus
,
the
space
almost
of
six
hundred
miles
:
and
in
〈◊〉
kingdome
are
many
mostrich
siluer-mines
.
The
kingdome
of
Fatigar
lying
betweene
the
kingdomes
of
Adel
,
and
of
Xoa
,
consisteth
the
greatest
parte
of
champion
groundes
,
which
yeelde
wheate
,
barly
,
and
other
graine
most
plentifully
.
In
this
kingdome
standes
an
exceeding
high
mountaine
,
on
the
toppe
whereof
is
a
lake
of
twelue
miles
in
compasse
,
abounding
with
great
varietie
of
fish
,
and
from
this
mountaine
〈◊〉
many
riuers
stored
with
fish
also
.
The
kingdome
of
Damut
(
as
Sanutus
affirmeth
)
doth
border
vpon
the
kingdome
of
Xoa
,
and
is
enclosed
on
either
side
with
the
lake
of
Barcena
,
and
the
lande
of
Zanguebar
.
Howbeit
others
place
Damut
betweene
the
kingdomes
of
Vangue
and
Goiame
towarde
the
west
,
which
opinion
seemeth
most
probable
.
This
countrey
aboundeth
with
golde
,
ginger
,
grapes
,
corne
,
and
beasts
of
all
sortes
.
The
slaues
of
this
kingdome
are
much
esteemed
,
and
are
commonly
solde
throughout
all
Arabia
,
Persia
,
and
Egypt
,
where
they
prooue
most
valiant
soldiers
.
The
greater
part
of
the
people
of
Damut
are
Gentiles
,
and
the
residue
Christians
,
who
haue
certaine
monasteries
.
In
this
kingdome
is
that
exceeding
high
and
dreadfull
The
mountaine
of
death
.
mountaine
,
(
hauing
one
narrow
passage
onely
to
ascend
by
)
whither
the
Prete
sendeth
his
nobles
which
are
conuicted
of
any
heinous
crime
,
to
suffer
ignominious
death
with
hunger
and
cold
.
About
the
fountaines
of
Nilus
some
say
,
that
there
are
Amazones
or
women-warriers
,
most
valiant
Of
these
Amazones
read
more
in
the
discourse
of
Monomotapa
following
.
and
redoubted
,
which
vse
bowes
and
arrowes
,
and
liue
vnder
the
gouernement
of
a
Queene
:
as
likewise
the
people
called
Cafri
or
Cafates
,
being
as
blacke
as
pitch
,
and
of
a
mightie
stature
,
and
(
as
some
thinke
)
descended
of
the
Iewes
;
but
now
they
are
idolaters
,
and
most
deadly
enimies
to
the
Christians
;
for
they
make
continuall
assaults
vpon
the
Abassins
,
dispoiling
them
both
of
life
and
goods
:
but
all
the
day-time
they
lie
lurking
in
mountaines
,
woods
,
and
deepe
valleies
.
The
stile
vsed
by
Prete
Ianni
in
his
letters
.
I
the
king
,
whose
name
the
lions
doe
reuerence
,
and
who
by
the
grace
of
This
stile
is
taken
out
of
a
letter
written
by
Dauid
the
Emperour
of
AEthiopia
1524.
God
was
at
my
baptisme
called
Athani
Tingil
,
that
is
,
The
incense
of
the
virgine
,
but
now
at
the
beginning
of
my
raigne
,
tooke
vpon
me
the
name
of
Dauid
;
beloued
of
God
,
the
piller
of
faith
,
descended
of
the
tribe
of
〈◊〉
,
the
sonne
of
Dauid
,
the
sonne
of
Salomon
,
the
sonne
of
the
piller
of
Sion
,
the
sonne
of
the
seede
of
Iacob
,
the
sonne
of
the
hand
of
Marie
;
the
sonne
of
Nahu
according
to
the
flesh
,
the
sonne
of
the
holy
Apostles
Peter
and
Faul
according
to
grace
,
Emperour
of
the
higher
and
greater
〈◊〉
,
and
of
most
large
kingdomes
,
territories
,
and
iurisdictions
,
the
king
of
Xoa
,
Caffate
,
Fatigar
,
Angote
,
Barú
,
Baaliganze
,
Adea
,
Vangue
,
and
Goiame
,
where
the
fountaines
of
Nilus
are
;
as
likewise
of
〈◊〉
,
Baguamedri
,
Ambea
,
〈◊〉
,
Tigremahon
,
Sabaim
the
countrie
of
the
Queen
of
Saba
,
of
Barnagasso
,
and
lorde
as
farre
as
Nubia
,
which
confineth
vpon
Egypt
.
Certaine
answeres
of
Don
Francisco
Aluarez
,
(
who
from
the
yeere
1520.
for
the
space
of
sixe
yeeres
next
ensuing
,
had
trauailed
and
remained
in
the
countrey
of
PRETE
IANNI
with
the
Portugall
ambassadour
Rodrigo
de
Lima
)
made
vnto
sundrie
demaunds
or
questions
of
the
Archbishop
of
Bragança
,
concerning
the
state
of
the
foresaide
countrey
and
prince
,
and
of
the
disposition
,
manners
,
and
customes
of
the
people
.
Io.
Bap.
Ramusius
,
vol.
1.
delle
voiag
.
fol.
254.
255.
THe
Ethiopian
Emperour
called
Prete
Ianni
hath
no
setled
place
of
abode
where
he
continually
resideth
;
but
is
alwaies
flitting
vp
and
downe
,
sometimes
to
one
place
,
and
sometimes
to
another
,
and
liueth
in
tentes
set
vp
in
the
fields
,
enuironed
with
a
kinde
of
fortification
;
of
which
tents
there
may
be
in
his
campe
of
all
sorts
to
the
number
of
5000.
or
6000
;
and
of
horsemen
and
mules
50000.
and
vpwards
.
It
is
a
generall
custome
of
the
Prete
and
of
all
his
subiects
not
to
passe
on
horsebacke
by
any
church
(
so
great
is
their
reuerence
to
holy
places
)
but
so
soone
as
they
approch
thereunto
,
they
light
vpon
the
ground
,
and
hauing
passed
by
,
they
mount
on
horsebacke
againe
.
Whensoeuer
the
Prete
marcheth
with
all
his
troupes
,
there
is
carried
before
him
vpon
the
shoulders
of
certaine
priests
an
altar
and
a
consecrated
stone
,
whereon
they
vse
to
administer
their
communion
:
the
priests
appointed
to
cary
it
vpon
a
frame
of
wood
,
are
eight
in
number
,
seruing
fower
and
fower
by
turnes
;
before
whom
goeth
a
clerke
with
a
censer
and
a
little
bell
sounding
;
at
the
sight
and
noise
whereof
all
persons
forsake
the
way
,
and
such
as
are
on
horsebacke
,
dismount
.
In
all
this
countrey
there
is
not
any
towne
consisting
of
aboue
1600.
families
,
&
there
are
very
few
that
haue
so
many
:
neither
are
there
any
castles
or
walled
places
;
but
〈◊〉
manie
villages
,
and
infinite
numbers
of
people
.
Their
houses
are
built
round
,
al
of
earth
,
flat-roofed
,
and
couered
with
a
kind
of
thatch
which
wil
last
the
time
of
a
mans
life
,
being
compassed
about
with
courts
or
yards
.
They
haue
no
bridges
of
stone
vpon
their
riuers
,
but
all
of
wood
.
They
sleep
commonly
vpon
oxe-hides
,
or
else
vpon
certaine
couches
corded
&
sustained
with
thongs
made
of
the
said
hides
.
They
haue
no
kind
of
tables
to
eat
their
meat
vpon
,
but
haue
it
serued
in
vpon
plaine
&
very
broad
platters
of
wood
,
without
any
table-cloth
at
al.
Also
they
haue
certaine
great
deep
dishes
like
basons
made
of
black
earth
shining
in
maner
of
Iet
,
with
other
cups
of
the
same
earth
,
out
of
which
they
vse
to
drinke
water
&
wine
.
Many
of
them
eate
raw
flesh
,
but
others
broile
it
vpon
the
coles
or
firebrands
:
and
some
places
there
are
so
destitute
of
wood
,
that
the
people
are
faine
to
dresse
their
meate
with
oxe-dung
.
Their
armour
and
weapons
be
Azagaie
or
short
darts
,
some
few
swords
,
and
certaine
shirts
of
male
verie
long
and
streight
,
and
(
as
some
of
our
men
which
haue
seene
them
doe
report
)
made
of
naughtie
and
vnseruiceable
matter
.
They
haue
bowes
and
arrowes
great
store
,
but
not
with
feathers
as
ours
be
:
as
likewise
helmets
and
head-peeces
,
but
very
few
,
and
first
brought
in
since
they
began
to
haue
traffique
with
the
Portugals
:
howbeit
they
haue
manie
strong
targets
.
Of
artillerie
they
had
[
](A05331-e5190-b)*
*
*
1526.
at
our
departure
foureteene
small
yron-peeces
,
which
they
had
bought
of
certaine
Turkes
that
vsually
came
to
trafficke
vpon
the
coast
;
for
which
peeces
the
Prete
willed
that
they
should
haue
their
vttermost
demande
,
to
the
end
they
might
be
the
willinger
to
returne
and
bring
more
;
and
he
caused
some
of
his
seruants
also
to
learne
how
to
discharge
them
.
The
riuer
of
Nilus
,
I
my selfe
neuer
saw
,
although
at
one
time
I
was
Philippo
〈◊〉
will
haue
〈◊〉
to
spring
out
of
one
great
lake
onely
,
which
is
to
the
south
of
Goiame
.
within
thirtie
miles
thereof
:
howbeit
some
of
our
Portugales
haue
trauelled
to
the
very
fountaines
of
Nilus
,
which
are
two
great
lakes
comparable
to
seas
,
situate
in
the
kingdome
of
Goiame
;
out
of
which
hauing
conueyed
it selfe
a
small
distance
,
this
riuer
embraceth
certaine
Islets
,
and
then
holdeth
on
his
course
to
Egypt
.
The
reason
why
Nilus
yeerely
ouerfloweth
Egypt
,
is
,
because
the
generall
The
true
cause
of
the
increase
of
Nilus
.
winter
of
Ethiopia
holding
on
with
most
mightie
and
continual
raines
from
the
middle
of
Iune
to
the
midst
of
September
,
doth
make
the
said
riuer
so
exceedingly
to
swel
,
that
the
waters
thereof
couer
al
the
plaine
countrie
of
Egypt
.
In
all
the
foresaid
dominions
of
the
Prete
,
they
vse
not
to
write
one
to
another
,
neither
do
the
officers
of
Iustice
commit
any
of
their
affaires
to
writing
,
but
all
matters
are
dispatched
by
messengers
and
by
wordes
of
mouth
:
onely
it
was
told
me
,
that
the
reuenues
and
tributes
of
the
Prete
,
are
put
downe
in
writing
both
vpon
the
receite
,
and
at
the
disbursement
.
The
emperour
Prete
Ianni
hath
two
speciall
princely
names
,
to
wit
,
Acegue
,
which
signifieth
an
emperour
,
and
Neguz
,
a
king
.
The
Patriarke
or
arche-prelate
of
all
Abassia
is
called
Abuna
,
that
is
to
say
,
Father
;
neither
is
there
any
in
all
the
whole
empire
which
ordaineth
ministers
,
but
onely
hee
.
There
is
no
wine
of
the
grape
made
publiquely
in
any
place
,
but
onelie
in
the
houses
of
the
Prete
and
of
the
Patriarke
;
for
if
it
be
made
anie
other
where
,
it
is
done
by
stealth
.
The
wine
which
is
vsed
in
their
communions
,
they
make
of
raisins
steeped
ten
daies
in
water
,
and
afterward
streined
in
a
wine-presse
;
and
it
is
a
most
cordiall
,
delicate
,
and
strong
wine
.
In
this
countrey
is
great
abundance
of
golde
,
siluer
,
copper
,
and
tinne
,
but
the
people
are
ignorant
how
to
worke
it
out
of
the
mines
:
neither
haue
they
any
coine
of
golde
or
siluer
,
but
all
their
bargaines
are
made
by
bartering
of
one
commoditie
for
another
.
Also
they
trucke
little
peeces
of
gold
,
some
weighing
a
dram
,
and
some
an
ounce
.
But
salt
is
the
principall
thing
which
runneth
currant
for
money
throughout
all
the
emperours
dominions
.
Some
places
there
are
which
yeeld
wheat
and
barly
,
and
others
millet
in
great
plentie
;
and
where
the
saide
graines
are
not
reaped
,
there
groweth
Tafo
daguza
,
a
seede
vtterly
vnknowne
in
these
parts
,
as
likewise
lentiles
,
beanes
,
pease
,
fitches
,
and
all
kinde
of
pulse
in
abundance
.
Heere
are
infinite
store
of
sugar
canes
,
which
they
know
neither
how
to
boile
nor
refine
,
but
eate
it
rawe
.
There
be
great
plentie
of
faire
grapes
and
peaches
,
which
are
ripe
in
the
moneths
of
Februarie
and
Aprill
.
Of
orenges
,
limons
,
and
citrons
,
the
quantitie
is
innumerable
;
for
they
growe
most
naturally
out
of
the
Abassin
soile
:
garden-herbes
there
are
but
fewe
,
bicause
the
people
delight
neither
to
set
nor
sowe
them
.
All
the
whole
countrey
is
full
of
Basill
,
which
groweth
very
tall
both
in
the
woods
and
vpon
the
mountaines
:
so
are
there
likewise
other
odoriferous
herbes
of
diuers
sorts
,
but
vnknowen
vnto
vs
.
Of
trees
common
with
vs
I
remember
none
other
kinds
growing
there
,
but
onely
Cypresses
,
damsin-trees
,
sallowes
by
the
waters
side
,
and
trees
of
Iuiubas
.
Honie
there
is
exceeding
great
plentie
all
the
countrey
ouer
:
neither
are
their
bee-hiues
placed
abroad
in
the
open
aire
as
ours
are
:
but
they
set
them
in
chambers
,
where
making
a
little
hole
in
the
wall
,
the
bees
go
thicke
in
and
out
,
and
come
home
laden
with
honie
.
Wherefore
there
is
great
quantitie
gathered
in
all
the
empire
,
but
especially
in
the
monasteries
,
where
they
make
it
a
great
part
of
their
sustenance
.
There
are
founde
also
swarmes
of
bees
in
the
woodes
and
vpon
the
mountaines
,
neere
whom
they
place
certaine
hollowe
boxes
made
of
barke
,
which
being
filled
with
honicombes
,
they
take
vp
,
and
carrie
home
to
their
houses
.
They
gather
much
waxe
,
whereof
they
make
their
candles
,
because
they
haue
no
vse
of
tallow
.
They
haue
no
oyle
of
oliues
,
but
of
another
kinde
which
they
call
Hena
:
Oyle
strayned
out
of
an
herbe
.
and
the
hearbe
whereout
they
straine
it
,
is
like
a
little
vine-leafe
:
neither
hath
this
oyle
any
smell
at
all
,
but
in
colour
it
is
as
beautifull
as
gold
.
Heere
likewise
they
haue
store
of
flax
,
but
they
know
not
how
to
make
cloth
thereof
.
Here
is
also
great
plenty
of
cotton
,
whereof
they
make
cloth
of
diuers
colours
.
One
countrie
there
is
so
extreamely
colde
,
that
the
people
are
inforced
to
clad
themselues
in
very
course
cloth
of
a
darke
tawnie
.
Concerning
phisicke
,
and
the
cure
of
diseases
,
they
know
verie
little
or
nothing
;
but
for
aches
in
any
partes
of
their
bodies
the
onely
remedy
which
they
vse
is
to
apply
cupping-glasses
;
and
for
head-aches
they
let
the
great
vaine
of
the
temples
bloud
.
Howbeit
they
haue
certaine
herbes
,
the
iuice
whereof
being
drunke
,
serueth
them
in
steede
of
a
purgation
.
There
would
in
this
conntrie
be
gathered
infinite
store
of
fruit
,
and
far
greater
quantitie
of
corne
,
were
not
the
poore
commons
most
miserablie
oppressed
by
their
superiours
,
who
extorte
all
their
substance
from
them
;
so
that
they
neuer
till
nor
plant
any
more
,
then
they
must
of
meere
necessitie
.
In
no
place
wheresoeuer
I
trauelled
,
could
I
see
any
shambles
of
flesh
,
but
onely
at
the
court
of
the
Prete
:
for
in
other
places
no
man
may
kill
an
oxe
,
though
it
bee
his
owne
,
without
licence
from
the
gouernour
of
the
countrie
.
As
touching
their
ordinary
proceeding
in
iustice
,
they
vse
not
to
put
Their
manner
of
Iustice
.
any
to
sudden
death
,
but
beate
them
with
bastonados
according
to
the
quality
of
the
offence
,
and
likewise
they
plucke
out
their
eyes
,
and
cut
off
their
handes
and
feete
:
howbeit
during
mine
abode
there
I
saw
one
burnt
for
robbing
of
a
church
.
The
common
sort
speake
truth
very
seldome
,
though
it
bee
vpon
an
oathe
,
vnlesse
they
be
forced
to
sweare
By
the
head
of
the
King
.
They
feare
exceedingly
to
be
excommunicated
;
so
that
being
enioined
any
thing
that
tendeth
to
their
preiudice
,
if
they
do
it
at
all
,
it
is
done
for
feare
of
excommunication
.
Their
depositions
or
othes
are
performed
in
this
manner
.
The
partie
to
Their
maner
of
swearing
.
be
deposed
goeth
accompanied
with
two
priests
,
carrying
with
them
fire
and
incense
to
the
church-doore
,
whereon
he
layeth
his
hande
;
and
then
the
said
priests
adiure
him
to
tell
the
truth
,
saying
:
If
thou
sweare
falsly
,
as
the
lyon
〈◊〉
the
beasts
of
the
forest
,
so
let
the
diuell
deuoure
thy
soule
;
and
as
corne
is
ground
vnder
the
mill-stone
,
so
let
him
grinde
thy
bones
;
and
finally
,
as
the
fire
burneth
vp
the
wood
,
so
may
thy
soule
burne
in
the
fire
of
hell
:
and
the
partie
sworne
,
answereth
to
euery
of
the
former
clauses
,
Amen
.
But
if
thou
speake
truth
,
let
thy
life
be
prolonged
with
honour
,
and
thy
soule
enter
into
Paradise
with
the
blessed
:
and
he
againe
answereth
,
Amen
.
Which
being
done
,
hee
giueth
testimonie
of
the
matter
in
question
.
No
person
may
sit
in
their
churches
,
nor
enter
into
them
with
his
The
ceremonies
〈◊〉
in
their
Churches
.
shooes
on
,
nor
spit
within
them
,
neither
may
any
dogge
or
any
other
creature
voide
of
reason
come
within
them
.
They
confesse
themselues
standing
vpon
their
feete
,
and
so
standing
likewise
,
receiue
absolution
.
They
〈◊〉
their
forme
of
publike
praier
after
one
and
the
same
manner
,
both
in
the
churches
of
their
Canons
,
and
of
their
friers
:
which
friers
haue
no
wiues
;
but
the
Canons
and
priests
are
permitted
to
haue
.
Where
the
Canons
liue
togither
,
they
go
each
man
to
diet
at
his
owne
house
;
but
the
friers
eate
their
meate
in
common
.
Their
ecclefiasticall
gouernours
are
called
Licanati
.
The
sonnes
of
the
Canons
are
,
as
it
were
by
inheritance
,
Canons
;
but
priests
sonnes
haue
no
such
priuilege
,
vnlesse
they
be
ordained
by
the
Abuna
.
They
pay
no
tithes
to
any
churches
,
but
the
clergie
are
maintained
by
great
possessions
belonging
to
their
churches
and
monasteries
.
Also
when
any
priest
is
cited
,
he
is
conuented
before
a
secular
iudge
.
Whereas
I
saide
,
they
sit
not
in
their
churches
,
it
is
to
bee
vnderstoode
,
that
alwaies
without
the
church
doore
stande
a
great
number
of
woodden
crutches
,
such
as
lame
men
vse
to
goe
vpon
;
where
euery
man
taketh
his
owne
,
and
leaneth
thereupon
all
the
time
of
their
diuine
seruice
.
All
their
books
(
which
they
haue
in
great
numbers
)
are
written
in
parchment
,
for
paper
they
haue
none
;
and
the
language
wherein
they
are
written
named
Tigia
,
is
all
one
with
the
Abassin
language
:
but
so
it
was
called
from
the
name
of
the
first
towne
in
all
that
empire
,
which
was
conuerted
to
the
Christian
religion
.
All
their
churches
haue
two
curtaines
,
one
about
their
great
altar
,
with
belles
,
within
which
curtaine
none
may
enter
but
onely
priests
:
also
they
haue
another
curtaine
stretching
through
the
midst
of
their
church
,
and
within
that
may
no
man
come
,
but
such
as
haue
taken
holy
orders
:
insomuch
that
many
gentlemen
and
honorable
persons
take
orders
vpon
them
,
onely
that
they
may
haue
accesse
into
their
churches
.
The
greater
part
of
their
monasteries
are
built
vpon
high
mountaines
,
or
in
some
deepe
valley
:
they
haue
great
reuenues
and
iurisdictions
;
and
in
many
of
them
they
eate
no
flesh
all
the
yeere
long
.
Neither
do
they
spende
any
store
of
fish
,
bicause
they
know
not
how
to
take
it
.
Vpon
the
wals
of
all
their
churches
are
painted
the
pictures
of
Christ
,
of
the
blessed
virgine
Marie
,
of
the
apostles
,
prophets
and
angels
,
and
in
euery
one
the
picture
of
Saint
George
a
horseback
.
They
haue
no
Roodes
,
neither
will
they
suffer
Christ
crucified
to
be
painted
,
bicause
they
say
,
they
are
not
woorthy
to
behold
him
in
that
passion
.
All
their
priests
,
friers
,
and
noblemen
continually
carrie
crosses
in
their
hands
;
but
the
meaner
sort
of
people
carrie
them
about
their
neckes
.
Their
mooueable
feasts
,
namely
Easter
,
the
feast
of
Ascension
&
Whitsontide
,
they
obserue
at
the
verie
same
daies
and
times
that
we
do
.
Likewise
as
concerning
the
feasts
of
Christmas
,
the
Circumcision
,
the
Epiphanie
,
and
other
the
feasts
of
the
saints
,
they
agree
whollie
with
vs
,
though
in
some
other
things
they
varie
.
They
haue
great
store
of
leprous
persons
,
who
are
not
put
apart
from
the
rest
of
the
people
,
but
liue
in
company
with
them
:
and
many
there
are
who
for
charitie
and
deuotions
sake
do
wash
them
,
and
heale
their
wounds
.
They
haue
a
kinde
of
trumpets
,
but
not
of
the
best
,
and
likewise
certaine
Their
musicall
instruments
.
drums
of
brasse
which
are
brought
from
Cairo
,
and
of
woode
also
couered
with
leather
at
both
endes
,
and
cimbals
like
vnto
ours
,
and
certaine
great
basons
whereon
they
make
a
noise
.
There
are
flutes
in
like
sort
,
and
a
kinde
of
square
instruments
with
strings
,
not
much
vnlike
to
an
harpe
,
which
they
call
Dauid
Mozan
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
harpe
of
Dauid
;
and
with
these
harpes
they
sounde
before
the
Prete
,
but
some
what
rudely
.
Their
horses
of
the
countrey-breed
are
in
number
infinite
,
but
such
small
hackney-iades
,
that
they
doe
them
little
seruice
:
howbeit
those
that
are
brought
out
of
Arabia
and
Egypt
are
most
excellent
and
beautifull
horses
:
and
the
great
horse-masters
also
in
Abassia
haue
certaine
breeds
or
races
of
them
,
which
being
new
foled
,
they
suffer
not
to
sucke
the
damme
aboue
three
daies
,
if
they
be
such
as
they
meane
to
backe
betimes
:
but
separating
them
from
their
dammes
,
they
suckle
them
with
kine
,
and
by
that
meanes
they
prooue
most
sightly
and
gallant
horses
.
Hitherto
Aluarez
.
Thus
much
(
I
hope
)
may
suffice
to
haue
bin
spoken
concerning
the
vpper
or
Inner
Ethiopia
which
containeth
the
empire
of
Prete
Ianni
:
now
sithens
we
are
so
far
proceeded
,
let
vs
take
also
a
cursory
and
briefe
surueie
of
the
lower
or
extreme
Ethiopia
,
extending
it selfe
in
forme
of
a
speares
point
,
or
a
wedge
,
as
far
as
thirtie
fiue
degrees
of
southerly
latitude
.
Of
the
lower
or
extreme
Ethiopia
.
THis
parte
of
Africa
being
vtterly
vnknowne
to
Ptolemey
and
all
the
ancient
writers
,
but
in
these
later
times
,
throughly
discouered
by
the
Portugales
,
especially
along
the
coast
,
beginneth
to
the
Northwest
about
the
great
riuer
of
Zaire
,
not
far
from
the
Equinoctial
:
from
whence
stretching
southward
to
thirtie
fiue
degrees
,
and
then
Northward
along
the
sea-coast
on
the
backside
of
Africa
,
as
far
as
the
very
mouth
or
enterance
of
the
Arabian
gulfe
,
it
limiteth
the
south
and
east
frontiers
of
the
Abassin
Empire
last
before
described
.
In
this
part
also
are
many
particulars
very
memorable
,
as
namely
besides
sundry
great
empires
&
kingdomes
,
The
famous
mountaines
of
the
moon
,
the
mightie
riuers
of
Magnice
Cuama
,
and
Coauo
,
springing
out
of
the
lake
Zembre
,
the
renowmed
cape
of
good
hope
,
and
other
matters
whereof
we
will
intreate
in
their
due
places
.
This
portion
of
Africa
is
diuided
into
sixe
principall
partes
,
namely
:
The
land
of
Aian
,
the
land
of
Zanguebar
,
the
empire
of
Mohenemugi
,
the
empire
of
Monomotapa
,
the
region
of
Cafraria
,
&
the
kingdome
of
Congo
.
Aian
the
first
generall
part
of
Ethiopia
the
lower
.
THe
land
of
Aian
is
accounted
by
the
Arabians
to
be
that
region
The
riuer
of
Quilimanci
in
nine
degrees
of
northerly
latitude
.
which
lyeth
betweene
the
narrow
entrance
into
the
Red
sea
,
and
the
riuer
of
Quilimanci
;
being
vpon
the
sea-coast
for
the
most
part
inhabited
by
the
said
Arabians
;
but
the
inland-partes
thereof
are
peopled
with
a
black
nation
which
are
Idolaters
.
It
comprehendeth
two
kingdomes
;
Adel
and
Adea
.
Adel
is
a
very
large
kingdome
,
and
extendeth
from
the
mouth
of
the
Adel
the
first
generall
part
of
Aian
.
Arabian
gulfe
to
the
cape
of
Guardafu
called
of
olde
by
Ptolemey
Aromata
promontorium
.
South
and
west
it
bordereth
vpon
the
dominions
of
Prete
Ianni
,
about
the
kingdome
of
Fatigar
.
The
king
of
this
countrie
being
a
Moore
,
is
accounted
amongst
the
Mahumetans
a
most
holy
man
,
and
very
much
reuerenced
by
them
,
because
he
wageth
continuall
war
with
the
Christians
,
taking
captiue
many
of
the
Abassins
,
and
sending
them
to
the
great
Turke
,
and
the
princes
of
Arabia
,
of
whome
he
receiueth
greate
ayde
for
the
maintenance
of
his
warres
,
both
of
horse
and
foote
.
The
people
of
Adel
are
of
the
colour
of
an
oliue
,
being
very
warlike
,
notwithstanding
that
the
greatest
part
of
them
want
weapons
.
Their
principall
city
is
called
[
](A05331-e5930-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Arar
.
Anar
,
as
some
are
of
opinion
.
Vnto
this
kingdome
is
subiect
the
citie
of
Zeila
inhabited
by
Mooes
,
situate
on
a
sandie
and
low
soile
,
which
some
suppose
to
be
built
in
the
very
same
place
,
without
the
enterance
of
the
Red
sea
,
where
Ptolemey
placed
the
ancient
mart-towne
of
Aualites
.
This
citie
is
Ptol.
geog
.
lib.
4.
cap.
7.
a
place
of
great
traffike
;
for
hither
they
bring
out
of
India
,
cloth
,
elephants
teeth
,
frankincense
,
pepper
,
golde
,
and
other
rich
merchandize
.
The
territorie
adioining
yeeldeth
abundance
of
honie
,
waxe
,
and
great
quantitie
of
oile
,
which
they
make
not
of
oliues
,
but
of
a
kinde
of
daintie
plums
:
it
affourdeth
likewise
such
plentie
of
〈◊〉
,
of
cattell
,
and
of
fruits
differing
from
ours
,
that
they
are
transported
by
shipping
to
other
nations
.
Barbora
likewise
,
a
citie
of
the
Moores
,
standeth
in
this
kingdome
of
Adel
,
and
hath
a
commodious
hauen
,
whereunto
resort
many
ships
laden
with
merchandize
,
from
Aden
in
Arabia
,
and
from
Cambaya
vpon
the
riuer
of
Indus
.
The
citizens
are
blacke
people
,
and
their
wealth
consisteth
most
of
all
in
flesh
.
In
the
yeere
1541.
Gradaameth
the
king
of
this
place
,
after
manie
mischiefes
which
he
had
done
to
Claudius
the
emperour
of
Abassia
,
being
vanquished
by
Christopher
de
Gama
,
the
Indian
Viceroy
of
Iohn
the
third
king
of
Portugale
;
hee
did
by
meanes
of
the
souldiers
and
warlike
prouisions
,
which
were
sent
him
from
the
Sheque
or
gouernour
of
Zebit
,
ouercome
the
Portugals
&
the
Abassins
.
Howbeit
afterward
hauing
sent
the
said
forces
backe
againe
to
Zebit
,
himselfe
was
slaine
,
and
his
whole
armie
ouerthrowne
by
king
Claudius
aforesaide
.
But
certaine
yeeres
after
,
the
successour
of
Gradaameth
hauing
in
a
warlike
encounter
subdued
the
Prete
,
rode
in
triumph
vpon
a
little
asse
;
signifying
thereby
,
that
he
ascribed
not
the
victorie
to
his
owne
forces
,
but
to
the
power
of
God
,
Adea
,
the
second
kingdome
of
the
land
of
Aian
,
situate
vpon
the
easterne
Adea
,
the
second
part
of
Aian
.
Ocean
,
is
confined
northward
by
the
kingdome
of
Adel
,
&
westward
by
the
Abassin
empire
.
It
is
exceeding
fruitful
,
&
one
part
thereof
mightily
aboundeth
with
woods
,
the
residue
being
sufficiently
stored
with
cattell
&
corne
.
The
inhabitants
being
Moores
by
religion
,
and
paying
tribute
to
the
emperour
of
Abassia
,
are
(
as
they
of
Adel
before-named
)
originally
descended
of
the
Arabians
:
who
many
hundred
yeeres
agoe
,
partly
by
their
rich
traffike
,
and
especially
by
force
of
armes
,
became
lords
not
onely
of
Aian
,
but
of
all
the
sea-coast
along
as
farre
as
Cabo
de
los
corrientes
,
standing
in
the
southerly
latitude
of
fower
and
twentie
degrees
.
In
all
which
space
the
cities
standing
vpon
the
sea-coast
;
before
the
Portugals
discouered
the
east
Indies
,
lay
open
and
vnfortified
to
the
sea
(
bicause
the
Arabians
themselues
were
absolute
lords
thereof
)
but
were
strongly
walled
toward
the
lande
,
for
feare
of
the
Cafri
,
or
lawlesse
wilde
Negros
,
who
were
deadly
enimies
to
the
Arabians
,
and
vtterly
misliked
their
so
neere
neighbourhood
.
Howbeit
since
the
Portugals
taking
of
Magadazo
,
and
diuers
other
townes
vpon
the
coast
,
they
haue
applied
themselues
very
much
to
fortification
.
But
,
to
returne
The
kingdome
and
citie
of
Magadazo
.
to
the
matter
where
we
left
,
vnto
the
foresaid
kingdome
of
Adea
belongeth
the
kingdome
of
Magadazo
,
so
called
of
the
principall
citie
therein
,
which
is
a
most
strong
,
beautifull
,
and
rich
place
,
and
is
subiect
to
the
kingly
gouernment
of
a
Moore
.
The
territorie
adiacent
is
exceeding
fruitfull
,
abounding
with
sheepe
,
kine
,
horses
,
wheate
,
barly
,
and
other
kindes
of
graine
.
It
hath
also
an
excellent
hauen
,
and
much
frequented
by
the
ships
of
Aden
and
Cambaya
,
which
come
thither
laden
with
sundrie
kindes
of
cloth
,
with
spices
and
other
merchandize
;
and
from
hence
they
carrie
elephants
teeth
,
golde
,
slaues
,
honie
,
and
waxe
.
The
inhabitants
are
of
an
oliue-colour
,
and
some
of
them
blacke
,
like
vnto
the
nations
adioining
,
and
they
go
naked
from
the
girdle-stead
vpward
,
and
speak
the
Arabian
toong
.
They
are
but
meanely
weaponed
,
which
causeth
them
to
shoote
poisoned
arrowes
.
This
citie
was
in
times
past
head
of
all
the
townes
and
cities
of
the
Moores
standing
along
this
coast
for
a
great
distance
.
Zanguebar
or
Zanzibar
,
the
second
generall
part
of
the
lower
Ethiopia
.
ZAnzibar
or
Zanguebar
,
so
called
by
the
Arabians
and
Persians
,
is
that
tract
of
lande
,
which
runneth
along
some
parte
of
the
dominions
of
Prete
Ianni
,
and
from
thence
extendeth
it selfe
by
the
east
of
Mohenemugi
,
til
it
ioyneth
with
the
frontiers
of
Monomotapa
.
Howbeit
some
there
are
who
vnder
the
name
of
Zanzibar
will
haue
all
the
south
part
of
Africa
to
be
vnderstood
,
euen
as
far
as
Cabo
Negro
,
which
stretcheth
into
the
western
Ocean
about
18.
degrees
of
southerly
latitude
:
so
that
they
comprehend
therein
the
empires
of
Mohenemugi
and
Monomotapa
,
and
all
the
land
of
Cafraria
.
But
in
this
controuersie
wee
rather
chuse
to
follow
the
opinion
of
Sanutus
,
affirming
with
him
,
that
the
said
maritime
tract
of
Zanguebar
(
as
it
is
by
vs
before
limited
)
is
alowe
,
fennie
,
and
woodie
countrie
,
with
many
greate
and
small
riuers
running
through
it
:
which
extremity
of
moisture
in
those
hot
climates
causeth
the
ayer
to
be
most
vnholesome
and
pestilent
.
The
inhabitants
are
for
the
most
part
black
,
with
curled
haire
,
being
Idolaters
,
and
much
addicted
to
sorcery
and
witchcraft
.
They
go
naked
all
the
vpper
part
of
their
bodies
,
couering
their
nether
partes
with
clothes
of
diuers
colours
,
and
with
beasts
skins
.
And
this
tract
of
lande
stretching
along
the
sea-coast
from
the
riuer
Quilimanci
to
the
riuer
of
Magnice
containeth
the
kingdomes
and
territories
of
Melinde
,
Mombaza
,
Quiloa
,
Moçambique
,
Sofala
,
and
others
.
Melinde
,
the
most
Northerly
kingdome
of
Zanguebar
,
situate
in
two
degrees
Melinde
the
first
part
of
Zanguebar
.
and
an
halfe
of
southerly
latitude
,
and
stretching
from
the
coast
vp
into
the
main
for
the
space
of
an
hundred
miles
,
hath
a
strong
and
stately
city
of
the
same
name
,
being
seuentie
miles
distant
from
Mombaça
.
It
aboundeth
with
Rice
,
Millet
,
flesh
,
limons
,
citrons
,
and
all
kinds
of
fruites
:
but
as
for
corne
,
it
is
brought
hither
out
of
Cambaya
.
The
inhabitants
(
especially
on
the
sea
coast
)
are
Moores
and
Mahumetans
:
who
build
their
houses
very
sumptuously
after
the
manner
of
Europe
.
They
are
of
a
colour
inclining
to
white
,
and
some
blacke
people
they
haue
also
among
them
,
which
are
for
the
greatest
part
Idolaters
:
howbeit
all
of
them
pretend
a
kinde
of
ciuilitie
both
in
their
apparell
,
and
in
the
decencie
and
furniture
of
their
houses
.
The
women
are
white
,
and
sumptuously
attired
after
the
Arabian
fashion
with
cloth
of
silke
.
Likewise
they
adorne
their
neckes
,
armes
,
hands
,
and
feete
with
bracelets
and
iewels
of
golde
and
siluer
.
When
they
go
abroad
out
of
their
houses
,
they
couer
themselues
with
a
vaile
of
taffata
,
so
that
they
are
not
knowne
but
when
they
themselues
list
.
Vpon
this
coast
of
Melinde
you
haue
a
very
safe
harborough
,
wherunto
the
ships
that
saile
those
seas
do
vsually
resort
.
In
briefe
the
inhabitants
are
a
kind
,
true-harted
,
&
trustie
people
,
&
courteous
to
strangers
.
They
haue
alwaies
beene
in
league
with
the
Portugals
,
giuing
them
most
friendly
entertainment
,
&
reposing
much
confidence
in
them
;
neither
haue
they
euer
done
them
any
iniury
.
The
kingdome
of
Mombaça
,
being
the
second
generall
part
of
Zanguebar
,
Mombaza
the
second
portion
of
Zanguebar
.
and
situate
in
three
degrees
and
an
halfe
beyond
the
Equinoctiall
line
,
bordering
to
the
north
vpon
Melinde
,
and
to
the
south
vpon
Quiloa
;
is
so
called
after
the
name
of
a
certaine
isle
and
citie
vpon
the
coast
,
both
which
are
named
Mombaça
,
and
are
peopled
with
Mahumetans
:
their
houses
are
of
many
stories
high
,
and
beautified
with
pictures
both
grauen
and
painted
.
Their
kings
are
Mahumetans
,
and
most
deadly
enimies
to
the
Christians
:
one
of
the
which
taking
vpon
him
to
resist
the
Portugals
,
was
himselfe
quite
vanquished
and
ouerthrowen
,
and
constrained
to
leaue
his
citie
to
the
sacke
and
spoile
of
his
enimies
,
who
found
therein
a
good
quantitie
of
gold
,
siluer
,
and
pearle
;
and
likewise
cloth
of
cotton
,
of
silke
,
and
of
gold
,
with
great
numbers
of
slaues
,
&
such
other
commodities
.
Howbeit
they
remained
not
there
any
long
time
,
but
were
inforced
to
abandon
the
place
in
regard
of
the
most
vnholesome
and
infectious
aire
.
This
kingdome
is
tributarie
to
the
great
empire
of
Mohenemugi
.
The
kingdome
of
Quiloa
situate
in
nine
degrees
towarde
the
pole
Antarticke
,
Quiloathe
third
part
of
〈◊〉
.
and
(
like
the
last
before
mentioned
)
taking
the
denomination
thereof
from
a
certaine
isle
and
citie
both
called
by
the
name
of
Quiloa
;
may
be
accounted
for
the
third
portion
of
the
lande
of
Zanguebar
.
This
island
hath
a
very
fresh
and
coole
aire
,
and
is
replenished
with
trees
alwaies
greene
,
and
with
plentie
of
all
kinde
of
victuals
.
It
is
situate
at
the
mouth
of
the
great
riuer
Coauo
which
springeth
out
of
the
same
lake
from
whence
Nilus
floweth
,
and
is
called
also
by
some
Quiloa
,
and
by
others
Tahiua
,
and
runneth
from
the
saide
lake
,
eastward
for
the
space
of
sixe
hundred
miles
,
till
it
approcheth
neere
the
sea
,
where
the
streame
thereof
is
so
forcible
,
that
at
the
very
mouth
or
out-let
,
dispersing
it selfe
into
two
branches
,
it
shapeth
out
a
great
island
,
to
the
west
where
of
vpon
the
coast
you
may
behold
the
little
isle
and
the
citie
of
Quiloa
,
being
separated
from
the
maine
by
a
very
narrow
arme
of
the
sea
.
This
isle
(
as
also
the
great
isle
before
named
)
is
inhabited
by
Mahumetans
,
who
are
of
colour
whitish
.
Their
women
are
comely
,
and
rich
in
their
attire
.
Their
houses
are
fairely
builte
of
lime
and
stone
,
and
haue
within
them
very
gallant
and
costly
furniture
,
and
without
they
are
enuironed
with
gardens
and
orchards
full
of
sundry
delicate
fruits
and
herbes
.
Of
this
island
the
whole
kingdome
(
as
is
aforesaide
)
tooke
the
name
;
which
vpon
the
coast
extendeth
it selfe
to
Cabo
Delgado
,
or
the
slender
Cape
(
being
the
limite
betweene
Moçambique
and
this
kingdome
of
Quiloa
)
&
from
thence
it
stretcheth
vnto
the
foresaid
riuer
of
Coauo
.
In
old
time
this
kingdome
of
Quiloa
was
the
chiefest
of
all
the
principalities
there
adioining
;
for
the
Arabians
which
were
masters
thereof
had
inlarged
their
dominions
for
the
space
of
nine
hundred
miles
,
so
that
all
the
sea-coast
and
the
islands
,
as
farre
as
Cabo
de
los
Corrientes
situate
in
fower
and
twentie
degrees
of
southerly
latitude
,
were
tributarie
and
subiect
thereunto
.
Whereupon
when
the
Portugals
arriued
in
those
countries
,
the
king
of
this
place
trusted
so
much
to
himselfe
,
that
he
thought
he
was
able
with
his
owne
forces
,
not
onely
to
make
a
defensiue
warre
against
them
,
but
also
to
driue
them
from
those
places
,
which
they
had
already
surprized
.
Howbeit
,
quite
contrarie
to
his
expectation
,
he
was
by
the
Portugals
vtterly
vanquished
and
put
to
flight
.
Who
seazing
vpon
the
isle
and
citie
,
enriched
themselues
with
the
great
booties
&
spoiles
that
they
found
therein
.
Thus
the
mightie
king
of
Quiloa
(
who
before
the
Portugals
arriuall
in
those
parts
,
enioied
also
the
chiefe
commoditie
of
the
rich
gold
mines
of
Sofala
)
became
atlength
,
by
a
composition
made
with
Don
Pedro
Cabral
,
tributarie
to
the
crowne
of
Portugall
,
paying
for
tribute
at
the
first
fiue
hundred
,
and
afterward
fifteene
hundred
peeces
of
gold
.
Vpon
the
foresaid
isle
the
Portugals
erected
a
fortresse
,
which
their
king
afterward
commanded
them
to
deface
,
considering
that
there
were
other
forts
sufficient
enough
for
that
coast
.
Betweene
the
two
mightie
riuers
of
Coauo
and
Cuama
(
both
which
Mozambique
the
fourth
part
of
Zanguebar
.
spring
out
of
one
lake
with
Nilus
)
among
the
kingdomes
of
Mombara
,
Mozimba
,
Maeuas
,
and
Embeoe
,
which
are
not
as
yet
perfectly
discouered
,
lieth
the
kingdome
of
Moçambique
,
so
called
of
three
small
islets
,
situate
in
the
mouth
of
the
riuer
[
](A05331-e6210-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Moghincats
.
Meghincate
in
fowerteene
and
a
halfe
,
or
fifteene
degrees
of
southerly
latitude
,
which
kingdome
in
ancient
time
by
Ptolemey
was
called
Promontorium
〈◊〉
.
In
the
principall
of
the
three
foresaide
isles
,
there
is
a
very
commodious
and
secure
hauen
,
capable
of
all
kinde
of
vessels
,
and
there
also
the
Portugals
haue
built
a
very
strong
forte
:
where
albeit
in
regard
of
the
lownes
and
moisture
of
the
soile
,
being
full
of
bogges
and
fens
,
the
aire
be
most
vnholsome
,
and
in
manner
pestilent
:
yet
the
oportunitie
of
the
place
,
and
the
plentie
of
victuals
,
haue
made
it
one
of
the
most
famous
and
frequented
hauens
in
all
that
Ocean
.
For
which
cause
the
fleetes
which
saile
from
Portugall
to
the
east
Indies
,
when
they
are
out
of
hope
to
performe
their
voiage
in
summer
,
do
vsually
resort
to
spend
the
whole
winter
at
Moçambique
:
and
those
Portugale
ships
also
which
come
from
the
Indies
toward
Europe
,
must
of
necessitie
touch
at
this
place
,
to
furnish
themselues
with
victuals
.
Along
these
coasts
do
saile
certaine
Moores
in
vessels
sowed
or
fastened
togither
with
thongs
of
lether
,
the
sailes
whereof
they
make
of
Palme-leaues
,
and
in
stead
of
pitch
and
tallow
,
they
calke
them
with
gumme
which
they
gather
in
the
woods
.
Vnto
this
kingdome
of
Moçambique
belongeth
the
prouince
of
Angoscia
,
so
Angoscia
.
called
from
certaine
isles
of
that
name
,
lying
directly
ouer
against
it
,
which
prouince
stretcheth
to
the
riuer
of
Cuama
.
It
is
inhabited
by
Mahumetans
and
Gentiles
,
who
are
for
the
greatest
part
merchants
,
and
do
trafficke
along
that
coast
with
the
same
wares
and
commodities
wherewith
the
people
of
Sofala
do
trade
.
Sofala
,
or
Sefala
,
the
fift
and
last
general
part
of
Zanguebar
,
is
a
small
Sofala
the
fift
part
of
Zanguebar
.
kingdome
lying
vpon
the
sea-coast
,
between
the
riuers
of
Cuama
and
Magnice
,
being
so
called
after
the
name
of
a
riuer
running
through
it
,
in
which
riuer
lyeth
an
Island
,
which
is
the
head
and
principal
place
of
the
whole
countrie
.
On
this
Island
the
Portugales
〈◊〉
built
a
most
strong
forte
,
by
meanes
whereof
they
are
become
Lordes
of
the
richest
trade
in
all
those
parts
.
For
(
to
say
nothing
of
the
Iuorie
,
Amber
,
and
slaues
which
are
hither
brought
)
all
the
gold
in
a
manner
that
is
taken
out
of
those
manifolde
and
endlesse
mines
of
Sofala
and
all
the
Inland-countries
thereabouts
,
is
here
exchanged
vnto
the
Portugales
for
cotton-cloth
,
silkes
,
and
other
commodities
of
Cambaia
:
all
which
is
thought
yeerely
to
amount
vnto
the
summe
of
two
millions
of
gold
.
This
golden
trade
was
first
in
the
power
of
the
Moores
of
Magadazo
;
and
afterward
it
befell
to
them
of
Quiloa
.
The
inhabitants
of
Sofala
are
Mahumetans
,
being
gouerned
by
a
king
of
the
same
sect
,
who
yeeldeth
obedience
to
the
crowne
of
Portugale
,
because
hee
will
not
be
subiect
to
the
empire
of
Monomotapa
.
Neither
is
it
heere
to
bee
omitted
,
that
in
these
parts
vnder
the
name
of
Iuorie
,
are
bartered
not
onely
elephants
teeth
,
but
also
the
teeth
of
sea-horses
:
which
creatures
are
commonly
found
in
the
riuers
of
Nilus
,
Niger
,
Coauo
,
Cuama
,
Magnice
,
and
all
other
the
great
riuers
of
Africa
.
The
empire
of
Mohenemugi
,
the
third
generall
part
of
the
lower
Ethiopia
.
THis
mightie
empire
bordering
south
vpon
the
kingdome
of
Moçambique
,
and
the
empire
of
Monomotapa
;
to
the
riuer
Coauo
,
and
beyond
;
west
with
the
riuer
Nilus
;
North
vpon
the
dominions
of
Prete
Ianni
;
and
east
vpon
the
kingdomes
of
Melinde
,
Mombaça
,
and
Quiloa
,
hath
not
many
yeeres
ago
bin
discouered
or
at
least
heard
of
by
the
Portugales
,
vpon
occasion
perhaps
of
the
warres
,
which
with
vnfortunate
successe
they
haue
waged
against
Monomotapa
.
The
emperour
of
this
country
holdeth
a
continuall
league
with
the
princes
of
Melinde
,
Mombaça
,
and
Quiloa
,
towards
the
sea
,
for
traffiques
sake
:
for
they
prouide
his
dominions
with
cloth
of
cotton
,
cloth
of
silke
,
and
sundrie
other
commodities
brought
from
Arabia
,
Persia
,
Cambaya
,
and
India
,
which
are
very
well
esteemed
in
those
parts
:
but
among
the
rest
they
bring
especially
certaine
little
balles
,
of
a
red
colour
,
and
in
substance
like
vnto
glasse
,
being
made
in
Cambaya
of
a
kinde
of
Bitumen
or
clammie
claie
,
which
balles
they
vse
to
weare
like
beades
about
their
necks
.
They
serue
also
to
them
in
stead
of
money
,
for
gold
they
make
none
account
of
.
Likewise
with
the
silkes
that
are
brought
vnto
them
they
apparel
themselues
from
the
girdle
downward
.
In
exchange
of
all
the
foresaide
wares
and
commodities
they
giue
gold
,
siluer
,
copper
,
and
iuorie
.
Howbeit
vpon
his
Inland
frontiers
to
the
south
and
southwest
,
he
maintaineth
continuall
and
bloudie
warres
against
the
emperour
of
Monomotapa
,
his
principall
and
greatest
forces
consisting
of
a
most
barbarous
and
fierce
nation
,
called
by
the
people
of
Congo
Giachi
,
but
by
themselues
Agag
,
who
inhabite
from
the
first
great
lake
which
is
the
fountaine
of
Nilus
,
for
a
certaine
space
vpon
both
sides
of
the
said
riuer
,
and
then
afterward
on
the
westerne
banke
as
farre
as
the
second
great
lake
from
whence
Zaire
hath
his
chiefe
original
,
&
thence
euen
to
the
confines
of
Prete
Ianni
.
They
are
a
wilde
and
lawles
people
,
liuing
(
after
the
manner
of
the
ancient
Scythians
and
Nomades
,
and
like
the
Tartars
and
Baduin-Arabians
of
these
times
)
a
vagrant
kind
of
life
,
vnder
cabbins
and
cottages
in
the
open
forrests
.
They
are
of
stature
tall
,
and
of
countenance
most
terrible
,
making
lines
vpon
their
cheekes
with
certaine
iron-instruments
,
and
turning
their
eie-lids
backward
,
whereby
they
cast
vpon
their
enimies
a
most
dreadfull
and
astonishing
aspect
.
They
are
man-eaters
,
and
couragious
in
battaile
.
For
their
armour
of
defence
they
vse
certaine
Pauises
or
great
targets
wherwith
they
couer
their
whole
bodies
,
being
otherwise
naked
:
and
their
offensiue
weapons
are
dartes
and
daggers
.
It
is
not
many
yeeres
since
these
cruel
sauages
ranging
westward
from
Nilus
,
inuaded
the
kingdome
of
Congo
,
vanquished
the
inhabitants
in
sundrie
battels
,
tooke
the
head
citie
,
and
forced
the
king
Don
Aluaro
to
flee
for
succour
and
safetie
vnto
the
isle
of
horses
,
in
the
mouth
of
the
great
riuer
Zaire
,
being
one
of
the
extreme
frontiers
of
his
dominions
.
Where
the
king
himselfe
was
taken
with
an
incurable
dropsie
,
and
his
people
in
great
numbers
died
of
famine
;
who
to
relieue
their
extreme
necessities
,
sold
their
wiues
,
their
children
,
and
their
owne
selues
for
slaues
vnto
the
Portugals
.
Howbeit
these
warlike
Giacchi
,
notwithstanding
their
hautie
courage
,
and
great
exploits
,
are
no
whit
feared
,
but
rather
most
boldly
encountered
,
and
sometimes
vanquished
by
the
Amazones
or
women
warriers
of
Monomotapa
.
Which
two
nations
,
what
by
warlike
stratagems
,
and
what
by
open
and
maine
force
,
do
often
fight
the
most
desperate
and
doubtfull
battailes
,
that
are
performed
in
all
those
southern
parts
.
The
empire
of
Monomotapa
,
the
fourth
generall
part
of
the
lower
Ethiopia
.
BEnomotapa
,
Benomotaxa
,
or
Monomotapa
is
a
large
empire
,
so
called
after
the
name
of
the
prince
thereof
,
who
in
religion
is
a
Gentile
,
and
for
extension
of
dominions
,
and
military
forces
,
a
renowmed
and
mightie
emperour
;
in
the
language
of
whose
subiects
an
emperour
is
signified
by
this
word
Monomotapa
.
This
empire
of
his
lyeth
,
as
it
were
,
in
an
Island
which
containeth
in
compasse
seuen
hundred
and
fiftie
,
or
(
as
some
thinke
)
one
thousand
leagues
,
being
limited
on
the
north-west
by
the
great
lake
whereout
Nilus
springeth
;
on
the
south
,
by
the
riuer
Magnice
and
the
tributarie
kingdome
of
Butua
or
Toroa
;
on
the
east
it
hath
the
sea-coast
and
the
kingdome
of
Sofala
,
which
in
very
deed
is
a
member
thereof
;
and
the
North
part
abutteth
vpon
the
riuer
of
Cuama
,
and
the
empire
of
Mohenemugi
.
That
part
of
this
great
Island
which
lyeth
betweene
the
mouth
of
Cuama
,
Some
will
haue
Magnice
and
Cuama
to
be
two
branches
of
one
mightie
riuer
springing
out
of
the
great
lake
;
which
being
so
,
they
must
quite
separate
Monomotapa
from
the
same
lake
.
and
the
cape
de
los
Corrientes
,
is
a
very
pleasant
,
holesome
,
and
fruitfull
country
.
And
from
the
said
cape
to
the
riuer
of
Magnice
,
the
whole
region
aboundeth
with
beasts
both
great
and
small
;
but
it
is
cold
by
reason
of
the
sharp
brizes
which
come
off
the
sea
;
and
so
destitute
of
wood
,
that
the
people
for
fewel
are
constrained
to
vse
the
dung
of
beasts
,
and
they
apparel
themselues
in
their
skinnes
.
Along
the
banke
of
the
riuer
Cuama
are
diuers
hilles
and
downes
couered
with
trees
,
and
vallies
likewise
watered
with
riuers
,
being
pleasantly
situate
,
and
well
peopled
.
Here
are
such
plenty
of
Elephants
,
as
it
seemeth
by
the
great
quantitie
of
their
teeth
,
that
there
are
yeerely
slaine
betweene
foure
and
fiue
thousand
.
Their
elephants
are
nine
cubites
high
,
and
fiue
cubites
in
thicknes
:
They
haue
long
and
broad
eares
,
little
eyes
,
shorte
tailes
,
and
great
bellies
:
and
some
are
of
opinion
,
that
Ethiopia
yeeldeth
as
many
elephants
,
as
Europe
doth
oxen
.
The
townes
and
villages
of
this
empire
are
very
few
,
and
their
buildings
are
of
wood
and
clay
,
couered
with
thatch
.
None
may
haue
doores
to
their
houses
but
onely
great
personages
.
Their
principal
cities
are
[
](A05331-e6370-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
This
place
both
in
regard
of
the
name
and
situation
may
seeme
to
haue
been
Agysimba
mentioned
by
Ptolemey
.
Zimbas
,
and
Benamataza
,
the
first
whereof
is
one
and
twentie
,
and
the
second
fifteene
daies
iourney
from
Sofala
.
They
serue
this
emperour
at
the
table
vpon
their
knees
:
to
sit
before
him
,
is
all
one
,
as
with
vs
for
a
man
to
stand
vpon
his
feete
,
neither
may
any
presume
to
stand
in
his
presence
,
but
onely
great
lords
.
He
is
tasted
vnto
,
not
before
,
but
after
he
hath
eaten
and
drunke
.
For
his
armes
he
hath
a
spade
and
two
dartes
.
Tribute
he
taketh
none
,
but
onely
certaine
daies
seruice
and
giftes
presented
vnto
him
;
without
which
there
is
no
appearing
in
his
sight
.
Hee
carrieth
,
whithersoeuer
he
go
,
foure
hundred
dogs
,
as
a
most
sure
and
trustie
guard
.
Hee
keepeth
all
the
heires
of
his
tributary
princes
,
as
vassals
,
and
as
pledges
of
their
fathers
loialtie
.
There
are
no
prisons
in
al
his
empire
:
for
sufficient
testimonie
being
brought
of
the
commission
of
any
crime
,
iustice
is
executed
out
of
hand
:
and
of
all
offences
none
are
punished
with
greater
seueritie
and
rigour
,
then
witchcraft
,
theft
,
and
adulterie
.
His
people
are
of
a
meane
〈◊〉
,
blacke
,
and
well
proportioned
.
They
are
Gentiles
in
religion
,
hauing
no
idols
,
but
worshipping
one
onely
God
whom
they
call
Mozimo
.
They
go
apparelled
in
cloth
of
cotton
,
either
made
by
themselues
,
or
brought
from
other
countries
:
howbeit
the
king
will
in
no
case
weare
any
forrein
cloth
for
feare
of
poison
or
such
like
trecherie
:
and
the
meaner
sort
of
his
subiects
are
clad
in
beasts
skins
.
Among
all
the
armies
and
legions
of
soldiers
,
which
this
emperour
(
for
the
defence
of
his
great
estate
)
is
forced
to
maintaine
,
his
Amazones
or
women
warriers
before
mentionied
are
the
most
valiant
,
being
indeed
the
very
sinewes
and
chiefe
strength
of
all
his
militarie
forces
.
These
women
,
after
the
manner
of
the
ancient
Scythish
or
Asiatike
Amazones
,
so
much
spoken
of
in
histories
of
former
times
,
seare
off
their
left
paps
,
that
they
might
not
be
an
hinderance
vnto
them
in
their
shooting
.
They
are
most
expert
in
warlike
stratagems
,
and
swift
of
foote
.
Their
weapons
are
bowes
and
arrowes
.
At
certaine
times
for
generations
sake
they
accompany
with
men
;
sending
the
male
children
home
to
their
fathers
,
but
keeping
their
daughters
vnto
themselues
.
They
inhabite
towards
the
west
,
not
farre
from
the
beginning
of
Nilus
,
in
certaine
places
which
themselues
make
choise
of
,
and
which
are
graunted
vnto
them
by
the
fauour
of
the
Emperour
.
This
empire
of
Monomotapa
comprehendeth
not
onely
the
foresaid
great
island
,
but
stretcheth
it selfe
farther
also
toward
the
cape
of
Buena
esperanca
,
as
farre
as
the
kingdomes
of
Butua
or
Toroa
,
which
being
gouerned
by
particular
lords
,
do
acknowledge
Monomotapa
for
their
soueraigne
.
Throughout
all
this
emperours
dominions
is
found
infinite
quantitie
of
gold
,
in
the
earth
,
in
the
rockes
,
and
in
the
riuers
.
The
gold-mines
of
this
countrey
neerest
vnto
Sofala
are
those
of
Manica
,
vpon
a
plaine
enuironed
with
mountaines
;
and
those
also
in
the
prouince
of
Matuca
,
which
is
inhabited
by
the
people
called
Battonghi
,
and
situate
betweene
the
Equinoctiall
line
and
the
Tropique
of
Capricorne
.
These
mines
are
distant
from
Sofala
,
betweene
the
space
of
300.
and
sixe
hundred
miles
:
but
those
of
the
prouinces
of
Boro
and
Quiticui
are
fifteene
hundred
miles
distant
towards
the
west
.
Others
there
are
also
in
the
kingdomes
of
Toroa
or
Butua
:
so
that
from
hence
or
from
Sofala
,
or
from
some
other
part
of
Monomotapa
,
some
are
of
opinion
,
that
Salomons
gold
for
the
adorning
of
the
temple
at
Ierusalem
,
was
brought
by
sea
.
A
thing
in
truth
not
very
vnlikely
:
for
here
in
Toroa
,
and
in
diuers
places
of
Monomotapa
are
till
this
day
remaining
manie
huge
and
ancient
buildings
of
timber
,
lime
and
stone
,
being
of
singular
workemanship
,
the
like
whereof
are
not
to
be
found
in
all
the
prouinces
there
abouts
.
Heere
is
also
a
mightie
wall
of
fiue
and
twentie
spannes
thicke
,
which
the
people
asoribe
to
the
workemanship
of
the
diuell
,
being
accounted
from
Sofala
fiue
hundred
and
ten
miles
the
neerest
way
.
All
other
houses
throughout
this
empire
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
consist
of
timber
,
claie
,
and
thatch
.
And
heere
I
may
boldly
affirme
,
that
the
ancient
buildings
of
this
part
of
Africa
,
&
along
the
coast
of
the
east
Indies
,
may
not
onely
be
compared
,
but
euen
preferred
before
the
buildings
of
Europe
.
The
authors
of
which
ancient
monuments
are
vnknowen
:
but
the
later
African
buildings
haue
beene
erected
by
the
Arabians
.
In
the
time
of
Sebastian
king
of
Portugale
,
the
emperour
of
Monomotapa
and
many
of
his
nobles
were
baptized
:
howbeit
afterward
being
seduced
by
certaine
Moores
,
hee
put
Gonsaluo
Silua
to
death
,
who
conuerted
him
to
the
Christian
religion
.
Whereupon
Sebastian
king
of
Portugall
sent
against
him
an
armie
of
*
Mine
author
here
setteth
downe
too
great
a
number
.
sixteene
thousand
,
consisting
for
the
most
part
of
gentlemen
and
men
of
qualitie
,
vnder
the
conduct
of
Francisco
Barretto
.
The
Monomotapa
being
afraid
of
the
Portugall
forces
,
offered
Barretto
as
good
and
acceptable
conditions
of
peace
as
might
be
desired
:
but
he
not
contented
with
reason
,
was
quite
ouerthrowne
,
not
by
his
enimies
,
but
by
the
vnholesome
aire
of
Ethiopia
,
and
by
the
manifold
diseases
which
consumed
his
people
.
Cafraria
the
fift
generall
part
of
the
lower
Ethiopia
.
CAfraria
,
or
the
land
of
the
Cafri
we
esteeme
to
be
both
the
coasts
and
inlands
of
the
extreame
southerly
point
of
Africa
,
beginning
from
the
riuer
Magnice
,
and
thence
extending
by
Cabo
da
pescaria
,
Terra
do
Natal
,
Bahia
da
lagoa
,
Bahia
fermosa
,
about
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
,
by
the
bay
called
Agoada
Saldanha
,
and
thence
Northward
along
the
westerne
coast
of
Africa
,
as
far
as
Cabo
Negro
,
or
the
blacke
cape
,
which
is
situate
verie
neere
vnto
eighteene
degrees
of
Southerly
latitude
.
The
saide
Cape
of
Buena
esperança
is
deuided
into
three
smaller
headlands
or
capes
;
The
westermost
,
being
called
Cabo
de
buena
esperança
,
or
The
cape
of
good
hope
after
the
name
of
the
whole
promontorie
,
and
being
cut
from
the
rest
of
the
firme
land
:
The
middlemost
is
named
Cabo
falso
,
because
the
Portugales
in
their
voiage
homewards
from
the
east
Indies
,
haue
sometimes
mistaken
this
for
the
true
cape
beforementioned
;
betweene
which
two
capes
runneth
into
the
sea
a
mightie
riuer
called
by
the
Portugales
Rio
dolce
(
where
their
caraks
often
take
in
fresh
water
)
and
by
the
naturall
inhabitants
Camissa
,
which
springeth
out
of
a
small
lake
called
Gale
,
situate
among
The
mountaines
of
the
moon
so
much
celebrated
by
ancient
geographers
:
The
third
and
eastermost
cape
stretching
farthest
into
the
sea
,
is
called
Cabo
das
Agulhas
,
or
the
cape
of
Needles
,
because
there
the
needles
of
dialles
touched
with
the
loadstone
,
stand
directly
North
,
without
any
variation
either
to
the
east
or
to
the
west
:
betweene
this
cape
and
the
foresaid
westermost
cape
(
which
ly
forth
into
the
sea
like
two
hornes
)
is
the
bredth
of
this
mightie
promontorie
,
containing
about
fiue
and
twentie
leagues
;
the
length
whereof
from
the
riuer
of
Fernando
Poo
,
where
it
beginneth
to
iuttie
forth
into
the
sea
,
along
the
westerne
coast
southward
,
to
the
cape
das
Agulhas
,
amounteth
to
two
thousand
two
hundred
Italian
miles
;
and
from
Cabo
das
Agulhas
,
along
the
easterne
shore
northward
,
to
Cape
Guardafu
,
are
three
thousand
three
hundred
of
the
same
miles
.
This
cape
at
the
first
discouerie
thereof
was
called
by
Nauigators
,
The
Lyon
of
the
sea
;
&
Cabo
tormentoso
,
or
The
tempestuous
cape
;
not
so
much
,
as
I
take
it
,
for
the
dangerous
and
stormie
seas
more
about
this
cape
then
any
other
;
but
partly
in
regard
of
the
chargeable
,
dangerous
,
and
long
trauels
of
the
Portugals
before
they
could
attaine
vnto
it
;
and
partly
bicause
of
the
great
compasse
which
in
their
voiages
outward
they
are
constrained
to
fetch
for
the
doubling
thereof
;
and
partly
also
in
regard
of
some
tempestuous
and
stormie
weather
wherewith
they
haue
beene
encountered
at
this
Cape
;
which
notwithstanding
at
certaine
times
is
an
ordinarie
matter
vpon
all
shores
and
promontories
ouer
the
face
of
the
whole
earth
.
And
albeit
some
will
not
come
within
sight
of
this
cape
,
but
keepe
a
great
distance
off
,
for
feare
of
the
dangerous
seas
beating
thereupon
(
as
namely
Francis
de
Almeida
who
sailed
aboue
an
hundred
leagues
to
the
south
,
in
fortie
degrees
G.
B.
B.
Rel.
vn
.
dell
.
Afr.
Part.
1.
lib.
2.
of
latitude
;
Pedro
de
Agnaia
in
fortie
fiue
;
and
Vasco
Carualho
in
fortie
seuen
,
where
in
the
moneth
of
Iuly
eight
of
his
men
died
for
cold
)
yet
we
finde
by
the
late
and
moderne
experience
of
sir
Francis
Drake
,
master
Candish
,
master
Lancaster
in
his
returne
from
the
east
Indies
,
and
of
the
Hollanders
in
their
nauigations
thither
,
begun
in
the
yeere
1595.
that
those
seas
are
at
sometimes
not
onely
free
from
stormie
tempests
,
but
most
pleasant
also
to
saile
vpon
,
with
faire
and
gentle
weather
.
And
as
the
Spaniards
for
a
long
time
(
that
they
might
discourage
all
other
nations
from
attempting
nauigation
vpon
The
south
sea
beyond
America
)
blinded
all
Christendome
with
a
report
,
that
the
streights
of
Magellan
were
vnrepasable
:
so
perhaps
the
Portugals
,
to
terrifie
all
others
from
sailing
to
the
east
Indies
,
and
to
keepe
the
gaine
and
secrets
of
that
rich
trade
entire
vnto
themselues
,
haue
in
their
writings
and
relations
made
the
doubling
of
the
cape
of
Buena
Esperança
,
and
the
crossing
ouer
those
seas
,
a
matter
of
farre
greater
difficultie
and
danger
,
then
it
is
of
late
manifestly
found
to
be
.
The
name
of
Buena
esperança
or
good
hope
,
was
giuen
vnto
this
promontory
by
Iohn
the
second
king
of
Portugall
;
bicause
that
when
his
fleetes
had
once
doubled
this
cape
,
either
outward
or
homeward
,
they
then
stedfastly
hoped
in
good
time
to
performe
the
residue
of
their
voiage
;
otherwise
not
.
In
the
midst
of
this
cape
lieth
a
plot
of
ground
of
that
beautie
and
delight
,
as
that
without
any
humane
industrie
it
may
compare
with
the
most
artificiall
gardens
of
Europe
.
On
the
top
of
this
place
,
nature
minding
as
it
were
to
excell
her-selfe
,
hath
framed
a
great
plaine
,
which
for
beautifull
situation
,
fruitfulnes
of
herbes
,
varietie
of
flowers
,
and
flourishing
verdure
of
all
things
,
seemeth
to
resemble
a
terrestriall
paradise
.
The
Portugals
terme
it
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
vnfitly
,
The
table
of
the
cape
.
And
to
the
end
they
might
not
faile
of
the
meanes
to
enioy
so
pleasant
a
place
,
there
is
close
vnder
it
a
very
good
harbour
which
is
called
The
port
of
Conception
.
The
people
of
this
place
called
in
the
Arabian
toong
Cafri
,
Cafres
,
or
Cafates
,
that
is
to
say
,
lawlesse
or
outlawes
,
are
for
the
most
part
exceeding
blacke
of
colour
,
which
very
thing
may
be
a
sufficient
argument
,
that
the
sunne
is
not
the
sole
or
chiefe
cause
of
their
blacknes
;
for
in
diuers
other
countries
where
the
heate
thereof
is
farre
more
scorching
and
intolerable
,
there
are
tawnie
,
browne
,
yellowish
,
ash-coloured
,
and
white
people
;
so
that
the
cause
there
of
seemeth
rather
to
be
an
hereditarie
qualitie
transfused
from
the
parents
,
then
the
intemperature
of
an
hot
climate
,
though
it
also
may
be
some
furtherance
thereunto
.
The
Hollanders
in
the
yeere
1595.
entering
the
harbour
of
Saint
Bras
,
somewhat
to
the
east
of
Cabo
das
Agulhas
,
had
conuersation
&
truck
with
some
of
these
Cafres
,
whom
they
found
to
be
a
stoute
and
valiant
people
,
but
very
base
and
contemptible
in
their
behauiour
and
apparell
,
being
clad
in
oxe
and
sheeps
skins
,
wrapped
about
their
shoulders
with
the
hairie
sides
inward
,
in
forme
of
a
mantle
.
Their
weapons
are
a
kinde
of
small
slender
dartes
or
pikes
,
some
whereof
are
headed
with
some
kinde
of
mettall
,
the
residue
being
vnheaded
,
and
hardened
onely
at
the
points
with
fire
.
They
couer
their
priuie
parts
with
a
sheepes
tayle
,
which
is
bound
vp
before
and
behinde
with
a
girdle
.
Their
horne-beasts
are
,
like
those
of
Spaine
,
verie
well
limmed
and
proportioned
.
Their
sheepe
are
great
and
faire
,
not
hauing
any
wooll
on
their
backes
,
but
a
kinde
of
harsh
haire
like
goates
.
Other
particulars
by
them
obserued
,
for
breuities
sake
,
I
omit
.
Now
that
we
may
proceede
in
describing
the
residue
of
Cafraria
,
hauing
sayled
about
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
westward
,
albeit
the
coast
in
regard
of
the
greatnes
thereof
may
seem
to
ly
directly
north
,
yet
for
the
space
of
seuenteene
degrees
,
till
you
come
to
Cabo
Negro
,
(
the
farthest
Northwesterne
bound
of
this
fift
part
of
the
lower
Ethiopia
)
it
trendeth
somewhat
to
the
west
:
along
which
coast
somewhat
within
the
lande
appeareth
a
mighty
ranke
or
ridge
of
mountaines
,
called
by
the
Portugales
Os
picos
fragosos
,
Os
Picos
fragosos
.
that
is
,
the
ragged
points
or
spires
,
being
besides
their
excessiue
height
,
craggie
,
rough
,
and
steepe
,
lying
bare
,
desolate
,
and
vtterly
voide
of
all
succour
,
and
seruing
for
no
other
end
,
but
for
an
obiect
to
the
windes
,
and
a
mark
for
the
tempests
.
The
residue
of
the
coast
,
till
you
come
to
Cabo
Negro
,
sometimes
lying
lowe
and
sometimes
high
,
sometimes
shooting
into
the
sea
,
and
sometimes
again
gently
retiring
,
containeth
many
plaines
,
hils
,
vallies
,
and
places
most
fertile
and
delightful
;
some
of
them
being
alwaies
of
so
fresh
and
pleasant
view
,
as
they
seeme
to
represent
a
continuall
spring
.
The
sixt
and
last
part
of
the
lower
or
extreme
Ethiopia
,
containing
the
kingdome
of
Congo
;
whereunto
in
times
past
were
tributarie
and
subiect
the
kingdomes
of
Matama
,
and
Angola
to
the
south
;
the
kingdomes
of
Quisama
,
and
Pangelungos
to
the
east
;
and
to
the
north
the
kingdome
of
Anzicana
inhabited
by
the
Anzichi
,
and
Loango
peopled
by
the
Bramas
.
FIrst
therefore
(
according
to
our
proposed
order
)
The
kingdome
of
Matama
.
that
we
may
begin
with
the
most
southerly
parts
;
The
kingdome
of
Matama
so
called
after
the
name
of
the
king
thereof
,
(
who
being
a
Gentile
ruleth
ouer
diuers
prouinces
named
Quimbebe
)
bordereth
north
vpon
the
first
great
lake
whereout
Nilus
springeth
,
and
vpon
the
south
frontiers
of
Angola
;
east
it
abutteth
vpon
the
western
banke
of
the
riuer
Bagamidri
;
and
stretcheth
south
as
far
as
the
riuer
Brauagul
,
which
springeth
out
of
the
mountains
of
the
moone
.
This
countrey
standeth
in
a
good
&
holesome
aire
,
&
aboundeth
with
mines
of
cristall
&
other
metals
,
&
hath
victuals
great
plenty
.
And
although
the
people
thereof
&
their
neighbour-borderers
doe
traffike
togither
;
yet
the
king
of
Matama
and
the
king
of
Angola
wage
war
oftentimes
one
against
another
:
also
the
said
riuer
Bagamidri
deuideth
this
kingdome
of
Matama
from
the
great
empire
of
Monomotapa
before
described
,
which
lieth
to
the
east
thereof
.
Next
followeth
Angola
,
a
kingdome
subiect
in
times
past
to
the
king
of
Angola
.
Congo
,
the
gouernour
whereof
not
verie
many
yeeres
ago
,
growing
exceedingly
rich
&
mightie
,
rebelled
against
his
soueraigne
,
&
by
diuers
attempts
shaking
off
the
yoke
of
superioritie
,
became
himselfe
an
absolute
prince
.
This
countrey
,
by
reason
that
the
people
are
suffered
to
haue
as
many
wiues
as
they
list
,
is
a
place
most
woonderfully
populous
.
They
goe
whole
millions
of
them
to
the
warres
,
not
leauing
any
men
of
seruice
behinde
:
but
for
want
of
victuals
they
are
often
constrained
to
leaue
their
enterprises
halfe
vndone
.
Vpon
this
king
,
Paulo
Diaz
,
who
remained
gouernour
in
these
parts
for
the
king
of
Portugall
,
waged
warre
:
the
reason
was
,
bicause
certaine
Portugall
merchants
and
others
going
by
way
of
traffike
to
Cabaza
,
a
towne
situate
an
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
from
the
sea
,
where
the
king
of
Angola
vsually
resideth
;
they
were
by
order
from
this
king
,
the
same
yeere
that
king
Sebastian
died
in
Barbarie
,
sodainly
spoiled
of
their
goods
,
and
part
of
them
slaine
;
it
being
alleaged
,
that
they
were
all
spies
,
and
came
to
vndermine
the
present
state
.
Whereupon
Paulo
Diaz
prouided
himselfe
,
and
with
two
galeots
did
many
notable
exploits
on
both
sides
of
the
riuer
Coanza
.
Finally
hauing
built
a
forte
in
a
very
commodious
and
hillie
ground
,
at
the
confluence
or
meeting
of
the
riuer
last
mentioned
,
and
the
riuer
Luiola
,
with
a
small
number
of
Portugals
,
ioined
to
the
aide
sent
him
from
the
king
of
Congo
and
from
certaine
princes
of
Angola
his
confederates
,
he
gaue
the
foresaid
king
(
notwithstanding
his
innumerable
troupes
of
Negros
)
diuers
&
sundry
ouerthrowes
.
The
said
riuer
Coanza
springeth
out
of
the
lake
of
Aquelunda
,
situate
westward
of
the
great
lake
whereour
Nilus
takes
his
originall
.
In
this
kingdome
are
the
mountaines
of
Cabambe
,
The
siluer-mines
of
Cabambe
.
abounding
with
rich
and
excellent
siluer
mines
;
which
haue
ministred
the
chiefe
occasion
of
all
the
foresaid
warres
.
This
region
aboundeth
also
with
other
minerals
,
and
with
cattell
of
all
sorts
.
Most
true
it
is
,
that
dogs-flesh
is
heere
accounted
of
all
others
the
daintiest
meate
;
for
which
cause
they
bring
vp
and
fatten
great
plentie
of
dogs
for
the
shambles
.
Yea
it
hath
beene
constantly
affirmed
,
that
a
great
dogge
accustomed
to
the
bull
was
sold
in
exchange
of
two
and
twentie
slaues
,
the
value
of
whom
coulde
not
amount
to
much
lesse
then
two
hundred
and
twentie
ducats
.
The
priests
of
Angola
called
Gange
,
are
helde
in
such
estimation
and
account
,
as
the
people
are
verily
perswaded
,
that
they
haue
in
their
power
abundance
and
scarcitie
,
life
and
death
.
For
they
haue
knowledge
of
medicinable
hearbes
,
and
of
deadly
poisons
also
,
which
they
keepe
secret
vnto
themselues
;
and
by
meanes
of
their
familiaritie
with
the
diuell
,
they
often
foretell
things
to
come
.
Towards
the
lake
of
Aquelunda
before
mentioned
,
lieth
a
countrey
called
Quizama
.
Quizama
;
the
inhabitants
whereof
being
gouerned
after
the
manner
of
a
common
wealth
,
haue
shewed
themselues
very
friendly
to
the
Portugals
,
and
haue
done
them
speciall
good
seruice
in
their
warres
against
the
king
of
Angola
.
Thus
hauing
briefely
pointed
at
the
former
three
bordering
countries
,
let
vs
now
with
like
breuitie
passe
through
the
kingdome
of
Congo
it selfe
.
Bahia
das
〈◊〉
,
or
the
baye
of
Cowes
.
This
kingdome
therefore
(
accounting
Angola
,
as
indeede
it
is
,
a
member
thereof
)
beginneth
at
Bahia
das
vacas
in
thirteene
,
and
endeth
at
Cabo
da
Caterina
in
two
degrees
and
an
halfe
of
southerly
latitude
.
True
it
is
that
the
coast
neere
vnto
the
saide
Bay
of
Cowes
is
subiect
to
the
king
of
Congo
,
but
the
inland
is
gouerned
by
him
of
Angola
.
East
and
west
it
stretcheth
from
the
sea
in
bredth
as
farre
as
the
lake
of
Aquelunda
,
for
the
space
of
sixe
hundred
miles
,
and
is
diuided
into
sixe
prouinces
:
namely
,
the
prouince
The
six
prouinces
of
Congo
.
of
Pemba
,
situate
in
the
very
hart
and
center
of
the
whole
kingdome
;
Batta
,
the
most
easterly
prouince
,
where
the
ancient
writers
seeme
to
haue
placed
Agisymba
;
Pango
which
bordereth
vpon
the
Pangelungi
;
Sundi
the
most
Northerly
prouince
;
Sogno
which
stretcheth
ouer
the
mouth
of
the
great
riuer
Zaire
;
and
Bamba
which
is
the
principall
of
all
the
rest
both
for
extension
of
ground
,
for
riches
,
and
for
militarie
forces
.
In
the
prouince
of
Pemba
,
or
rather
in
a
seuerall
territorie
by
it selfe
,
standeth
the
S.
Saluador
the
chiefe
citie
of
Congo
.
citie
of
Sant
Saluador
,
in
former
times
called
Banza
,
being
the
metropolitan
of
all
Congo
,
and
the
seate
of
the
king
,
situate
an
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
from
the
sea
,
vpon
a
rockie
and
high
mountaine
;
on
the
verie
top
whereof
is
a
goodly
plaine
abounding
with
fountaines
of
holesome
and
sweete
water
,
and
with
all
other
good
things
which
are
requisite
either
for
the
sustenance
,
or
solace
of
mankinde
:
and
vpon
this
plaine
where
Sant
Saluador
is
seated
,
there
may
inhabite
to
the
number
of
an
hundred
thousand
persons
.
In
this
citie
the
Portugals
haue
a
warde
by
themselues
,
separate
from
the
rest
,
containing
a
mile
in
compasse
:
and
about
that
bignes
also
is
the
palace
or
house
of
the
king
.
The
residue
of
the
people
dwell
for
the
most
part
scatteringly
in
villages
.
It
is
a
place
enriched
by
nature
with
corne
,
cattell
,
fruits
,
and
holesome
springs
of
water
in
great
abundance
.
The
principall
riuer
of
all
Congo
called
Zaire
,
taketh
his
chiefe
originall
The
great
〈◊〉
of
Zaire
.
out
of
the
second
lake
of
Nilus
,
lying
vnder
the
Equinoctiall
line
:
and
albeit
this
is
one
of
the
mightiest
riuers
of
all
Africa
,
being
eight
and
twentie
miles
broad
at
the
mouth
,
yet
was
it
vtterly
vnknowen
to
ancient
writers
.
Amongst
other
riuers
it
〈◊〉
Vumba
and
Barbela
,
which
spring
out
of
the
first
great
lake
.
In
this
countrey
are
sundry
other
riuers
also
,
which
fetch
their
originall
out
of
the
lake
of
Aquelunda
:
the
principall
whereof
are
Coanza
,
which
diuideth
the
kingdome
of
Congo
from
that
of
Angola
,
and
the
Crocodiles
.
riuer
Lelunda
,
which
breedeth
crocodiles
&
water-horses
which
the
Greeks
call
Hippopotami
,
of
which
creatures
the
isle
of
horses
in
the
mouth
of
the
riuer
Zaire
taketh
denomination
.
The
Hippopotamus
or
water-horse
is
Water-horses
.
somewhat
tawnie
,
of
the
colour
of
a
lion
;
in
the
night
he
comes
on
lande
to
feed
vpon
the
grasse
,
and
keepeth
in
the
water
all
the
day
time
.
The
Africans
tame
and
manage
some
of
these
horses
,
and
they
prooue
exceeding
swift
;
but
a
man
must
beware
how
he
passe
ouer
deepe
riuers
with
them
,
for
they
will
sodainly
diue
vnder
water
.
Also
in
these
riuers
of
Ethiopia
are
bred
a
kinde
of
oxen
,
which
liue
euery
night
vpon
the
lande
.
Here
likewise
breedeth
another
strange
creature
,
called
in
the
Congonian
language
Ambize
Angulo
,
that
is
to
say
,
a
hogge-fish
,
being
so
exceeding
fatte
,
and
of
such
greatnes
,
that
some
of
them
weie
aboue
fiue
hundred
pound
.
This
abundance
of
waters
,
togither
with
the
heat
of
the
climate
,
which
proceedeth
from
the
neerenes
of
the
sunne
,
causeth
the
countrey
to
be
most
fruitfull
of
plants
,
herbes
,
fruits
,
and
corne
;
&
much
more
fertile
would
it
be
,
if
nature
were
helped
forward
by
the
industrie
of
the
inhabitants
.
Heere
also
,
besides
goates
,
sheepe
,
deere
,
Gugelle
,
conies
,
hares
,
ciuet-cats
,
and
ostriches
,
are
great
swarmes
of
tigres
,
which
are
very
hurtfull
both
to
man
and
beast
.
The
Zebra
or
Zabra
of
this
countrey
being
about
the
bignes
of
a
mule
,
is
a
The
Zabra
.
beast
of
incomparable
swiftnes
,
straked
about
the
body
,
legges
,
eares
,
and
other
parts
,
with
blacke
,
white
and
browne
circles
of
three
fingers
broad
;
which
do
make
a
pleasant
shew
.
Buffles
,
wilde
asses
called
by
the
Greekes
Onagri
,
and
Dantes
(
of
whose
hard
skins
they
make
all
their
targets
)
range
in
heards
vp
and
downe
the
woods
.
Also
here
are
infinite
store
of
elephants
The
elephant
.
of
such
monstrous
bignes
,
that
by
the
report
of
sundrie
credible
persons
,
some
of
their
teeth
do
weigh
two
hundred
pounds
,
at
sixteene
ounces
the
pound
:
vpon
the
plaines
this
beast
is
swifter
then
any
horse
,
by
reason
of
his
long
steps
;
onely
he
cannot
turne
with
such
celeritie
.
Trees
he
ouerturneth
with
the
strength
of
his
backe
,
or
breaketh
them
between
his
teeth
;
or
standeth
vpright
vpon
his
hinder
feete
,
to
browse
vpon
the
leaues
and
tender
sprigs
.
The
she
elephants
beare
their
brood
in
their
wombes
two
yeeres
before
they
bring
foorth
yoong
ones
:
neither
are
they
great
with
yoong
,
but
onely
from
seuen
yeeres
to
seuen
yeeres
.
This
creature
is
saide
to
liue
150.
yeeres
;
hee
is
of
a
gentle
disposition
;
and
relying
vpon
his
great
strength
,
he
hurteth
none
but
such
as
do
him
iniurie
;
only
he
will
in
a
sporting
maner
gently
heaue
vp
with
his
〈◊〉
such
persons
as
he
meeteth
.
He
loueth
the
water
beyond
measure
,
and
will
stande
vp
to
the
mid-body
therein
,
bathing
the
ridge
of
his
backe
,
and
other
parts
with
his
long
promuscis
or
trunke
.
His
skin
is
fower
fingers
thicke
;
and
it
is
reported
,
that
an
elephant
of
this
countrey
being
stricken
with
a
little
gunne
called
Petrera
,
was
not
wounded
therewith
,
but
so
sore
brused
inwardly
,
that
within
three
daies
after
he
died
.
Heere
are
likewise
reported
to
be
mightie
adders
or
snakes
of
fiue
and
twentie
spannes
long
,
and
fiue
spans
broad
,
which
will
swallow
vp
an
whole
stagge
,
or
any
other
creature
of
that
bignes
.
Neither
are
they
here
destitute
of
Indie-cockes
and
hens
,
partridges
,
feasants
,
and
innumerable
birds
of
praie
,
both
of
the
lande
and
of
the
sea
;
whereof
some
diue
vnder
the
water
,
which
the
Portugals
call
Pelicans
.
Ouer
against
the
most
southerly
part
of
the
said
kingdome
of
Congo
,
The
isle
and
hauen
of
Loanda
.
where
it
confineth
with
Angola
,
lyeth
an
Isle
called
Loanda
,
being
twentie
miles
long
,
and
but
one
mile
broad
at
the
most
,
betweene
which
and
the
maine
land
is
the
best
port
of
all
that
Ocean
.
About
this
Isle
do
haunt
infinite
store
of
whales
,
where
notwithstanding
no
amber
at
all
is
found
;
which
is
a
manifest
argument
that
it
proceedeth
notfrom
these
creatures
.
Here
they
fish
for
certaine
little
shels
,
which
in
Congo
and
the
countries
adioyning
are
vsed
in
steed
of
mony
.
The
well-waters
of
this
Isle
,
when
the
sea
ebbeth
,
are
salte
,
but
when
it
floweth
they
are
most
fresh
and
sweet
.
In
this
Isle
the
Portugals
haue
a
towne
from
whence
they
traffique
to
Congo
and
Angola
:
and
amongst
other
commodities
,
they
get
euery
yeere
in
those
parts
about
fiue
thousand
slaues
;
the
custome
of
which
trade
belongeth
by
ancient
constitutions
vnto
the
crowne
of
Portugale
.
To
the
north
of
Congo
vpon
the
sea
coast
beginneth
the
kingdome
of
Loango
.
Loango
tributarie
in
times
past
to
the
king
of
Congo
:
It
aboundeth
with
elephants
;
and
the
inhabitants
called
Bramas
are
circumcised
after
the
Iewish
manner
.
Next
vpon
them
doe
border
the
Anzichi
,
who
are
possessed
of
large
Anzichi
.
countries
,
namely
from
the
riuer
Zaire
euen
to
the
deserts
of
Nubia
.
They
abound
with
mines
of
copper
,
and
with
sanders
both
Red
,
and
Gray
which
are
the
best
;
and
some
are
of
opinion
,
that
here
groweth
the
right
Lignum
Aquilae
,
which
is
of
so
excellent
vertue
in
phisick
.
They
haue
one
supreme
king
,
with
many
princes
vnder
him
.
They
traffique
in
Congo
,
and
carrie
home
from
thence
salt
and
great
shels
to
be
vsed
for
coine
(
which
are
brought
thither
from
the
Isle
of
San
Tomé
)
in
exchange
of
their
cloth
of
the
palme
tree
,
and
of
Iuory
:
but
the
chiefe
commodities
which
they
part
from
,
are
slaues
of
their
owne
nation
and
of
Nubia
:
and
the
said
shels
they
vse
also
insteed
of
Iewels
and
ornaments
.
Both
they
and
the
Bramas
before
mentioned
do
carry
for
their
defence
in
the
warres
,
certaine
targets
made
of
the
skin
of
a
beast
which
in
Germany
is
called
Dante
:
their
weapons
offensiue
be
little
bowes
and
shorte
arrowes
,
which
they
shoot
with
such
woonderfull
celerity
,
as
they
will
discharge
twentie
one
after
another
,
before
the
first
arrow
fall
to
the
ground
.
They
haue
shambles
of
mans-flesh
as
wee
haue
of
beeues
and
muttons
.
They
eat
their
enemies
which
they
take
in
the
warres
:
their
slaues
which
they
cannot
make
away
for
a
good
round
price
,
they
sell
vnto
the
butchers
:
and
some
will
offer
themselues
to
the
slaughter
,
for
the
loue
of
their
princes
and
patrons
:
so
sillie
they
are
,
that
to
do
their
lordes
a
pleasure
,
they
will
not
refuse
present
death
:
wherefore
the
Portugals
repose
not
so
much
trust
in
any
kinde
of
slaues
as
in
them
:
and
they
are
very
valiant
also
in
the
warres
.
But
,
to
returne
vnto
the
sea-coast
;
from
the
mouth
of
the
riuer
Zaire
Northward
,
the
land
bearing
out
somewhat
more
to
the
west
,
is
framed
into
three
headlands
,
namely
,
Cabo
primero
,
Cabo
da
Caterina
,
and
the
cape
of
Lopo
Gonsalues
,
which
is
a
cape
very
well
knowen
in
regard
of
the
eminency
and
outstretching
thereof
.
Itlyeth
in
one
degree
of
southerly
latitude
,
Ouer
against
which
cape
within
the
land
do
inhabite
the
people
called
Bramas
in
the
kingdome
of
Loango
beforementioned
.
From
hence
for
the
space
of
fiue
or
sixe
degrees
,
till
you
come
to
Punta
delgada
,
or
The
slender
point
,
the
coast
lyeth
in
a
manner
directly
North
;
most
of
which
tract
is
inhabited
by
a
nation
of
Negros
called
Ambus
.
North
of
the
said
slender
point
you
haue
Rio
dos
Camarones
,
or
the
riuer
of
shrimpes
,
which
is
full
of
little
Isles
;
not
far
from
which
riuer
are
The
countries
of
Biafar
and
Medra
,
inhabited
with
people
which
are
addicted
to
inchantments
,
witchcrafts
,
and
all
kind
of
abominable
sorceries
.
Much
more
might
be
said
concerning
this
sixt
part
of
the
lower
Ethiopia
:
but
because
it
is
in
so
ample
and
methodicall
a
manner
described
in
the
historie
of
Philippo
Pigafetta
,
most
iudiciously
and
aptly
Englished
by
the
learned
Master
Abraham
Hartwell
;
I
refer
the
reader
thereunto
,
as
to
the
principal
and
the
very
fountaine
of
all
other
discourses
which
haue
bin
written
to
any
purpose
of
Congo
and
the
countries
adioyning
.
Of
the
countries
of
Benin
,
Meleghete
,
Ghinea
,
and
Sierra
Leona
.
WEstward
from
the
countries
last
mentioned
lyeth
the
kingdome
of
Benin
,
hauing
a
very
proper
towne
of
that
name
,
and
an
hauen
called
Gurte
.
The
〈◊〉
liue
in
Idolatry
,
and
are
a
rude
and
brutish
nation
;
notwithstanding
that
their
prince
is
serued
with
such
high
reuerence
,
and
neuer
commeth
in
sight
but
with
great
solemnity
,
&
many
ceremonies
:
at
whose
death
his
chiefe
fauorites
count
it
the
greatest
point
of
honour
to
be
buried
with
him
,
to
the
end
(
as
they
vainely
imagine
)
they
may
doe
him
seruice
in
another
world
.
This
countrie
aboundeth
with
long
pepper
called
Of
this
long
pepper
read
Ramusius
,
vol.
1.
fol.
115.
pag.
2.
by
the
Portugals
Pimienta
dal
rabo
,
which
is
as
much
to
say
,
as
ppeper
with
a
tayle
:
This
tailed
or
long
pepper
so
far
excelleth
the
pepper
of
the
east
Indies
,
that
an
ounce
therof
is
of
more
force
then
halfe
a
pound
of
that
other
.
For
which
cause
the
kings
of
Portugale
haue
done
what
lay
in
them
,
to
keep
it
from
being
brought
into
these
parts
of
Europe
,
least
it
should
too
much
abase
the
estimation
and
price
of
their
Indian
pepper
.
All
which
notwithstanding
there
hath
bin
great
quantitie
secretly
conueied
from
thence
by
the
Portugals
:
as
likewise
the
English
and
French
nations
,
and
of
late
yeeres
the
Hollanders
haue
had
great
traffique
into
those
parts
.
Next
follow
the
kingdomes
of
Temian
and
Dauma
;
and
lower
to
the
The
prouinces
of
Temian
,
Dauma
,
and
〈◊〉
.
south
the
prouince
of
Meleghete
,
a
place
very
famous
and
well
knowne
,
in
regard
of
a
little
red
graine
which
there
groweth
,
being
in
shape
somewhat
like
to
the
〈◊〉
of
Italy
,
but
of
a
most
vehement
and
firy
tast
:
and
these
little
graines
are
by
the
apothecaries
called
Grana
Paradisi
.
Here
also
is
made
Grana
Paradisi
.
of
〈◊〉
and
the
ashes
of
the
Palme-tree
,
a
kind
of
sope
,
which
hath
double
the
force
of
ours
.
For
which
cause
it
is
forbidden
by
the
Portugals
,
who
The
〈◊〉
of
Mina
.
haue
vpon
that
coast
a
little
to
the
east
of
Cabo
das
tres
puntas
,
in
the
northerly
latitude
of
fiue
degrees
,
a
strong
castle
called
San
Georgio
de
lá
Mina
,
whereunto
by
way
of
traffike
they
draw
all
the
gold
and
riches
of
the
countries
adioining
.
Westward
of
these
lieth
the
countrie
of
Ghinea
,
inhabited
by
a
people
which
the
ancient
writers
called
[
](A05331-e7020-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
Pliny
calleth
them
〈◊〉
.
Autolatae
,
and
Ichthyophagi
:
Ghinea
is
so
named
,
according
to
the
chiefe
citie
thereof
called
Genni
,
being
situate
vpon
the
riuer
of
Sanega
.
The
people
of
this
countrie
towards
the
sea-coast
liue
vpon
fish
;
and
they
of
the
inland
sustaine
themselues
with
Lizards
and
such
like
creatures
;
&
in
some
places
more
temperate
their
food
consisteth
of
herbes
and
milke
.
They
conuerse
togither
in
great
families
;
and
they
fight
oftentimes
for
water
and
for
pastures
;
neither
haue
they
〈◊〉
knowledge
of
learning
or
liberall
arts
.
So
long
as
the
sun
continueth
in
our
northren
signes
,
that
is
,
from
the
xj
.
of
March
to
the
xiij
.
of
September
,
this
people
in
regard
of
extreme
〈◊〉
heat
,
are
constrained
all
the
day
time
(
being
ordinarily
with
them
of
12.
howers
)
to
retire
themselues
within
their
houses
,
and
to
do
all
their
busines
in
the
night
.
The
countrey
in
most
places
is
destitute
of
trees
that
beare
fruite
:
neither
haue
the
greatest
part
of
the
inhabitants
any
haire
on
their
bodies
,
saue
onely
a
thicke
tuft
growing
vpon
their
heads
:
they
sell
their
children
vnto
strangers
,
supposing
that
their
estate
cannot
possiblie
be
impaired
.
Vnto
these
naturall
miseries
of
the
place
,
you
may
ad
the
insupportable
mischiefes
which
are
here
done
by
the
locustes
:
for
albeit
these
creatures
do
infinite
harme
likewise
in
all
the
inner
parts
of
Africa
;
yet
seemeth
it
that
this
countrey
of
Ghinea
is
their
most
proper
habitation
;
whither
they
do
often
resort
in
such
innumerable
swarmes
,
that
like
a
mightie
thicke
cloud
they
come
raking
along
in
the
skie
,
and
afterward
falling
downe
,
they
couer
the
face
of
the
earth
,
deuouring
all
things
that
they
light
vpon
.
Their
comming
towards
any
place
is
known
two
or
three
daies
before
by
the
yellownes
of
the
sunne
.
But
in
most
places
〈◊〉
.
where
they
haunt
,
the
poore
people
are
reuenged
of
them
by
killing
and
driuing
them
in
the
aire
for
their
foode
:
which
custome
is
commonly
vsed
by
the
Arabians
and
Ethiopians
;
and
the
Portugals
also
haue
found
vessels
full
of
them
vpon
the
coast
of
Cambaia
,
where
they
do
the
like
mischiefes
.
They
which
haue
eaten
of
them
affirme
that
they
are
of
a
good
taste
,
and
that
their
flesh
(
so
much
as
it
is
)
is
as
white
as
that
of
a
lobster
.
These
may
seem
to
be
al
one
with
those
grashoppers
which
God
sent
to
plague
Egypt
;
and
the
same
kind
of
locustes
,
which
the
holy
prophet
Iohn
Baptist
fed
vpon
in
the
wildernes
.
Moreouer
along
the
coasts
of
Meleghete
and
Ghinea
are
diuers
small
riuers
and
freshets
,
containing
little
water
,
and
running
a
slow
pace
:
which
notwithstanding
are
the
best
and
pleasantest
things
that
are
to
be
founde
in
these
forlorne
countries
.
For
wheresoeuer
any
little
water
springeth
or
runneth
,
thither
do
the
people
resort
,
partly
for
the
watring
of
their
scorched
grounds
,
&
partly
to
quench
their
own
thirst
.
Also
vpon
these
coasts
are
diuers
and
sundry
headlands
which
stretch
into
the
sea
;
as
namely
The
faire
cape
,
The
three-pointed
cape
,
The
cape
of
Palmetrees
,
Cabo
da
Verga
,
&
Sierra
Sierra
〈◊〉
.
Leona
.
This
cape
last
mentioned
hath
an
exceeding
high
mountaine
thereupon
,
which
causeth
it
to
be
seene
a
mightie
distance
off
.
It
seemeth
to
be
the
same
promontorie
which
Hanno
and
Ptolemey
call
The
chariot
of
the
gods
.
It
is
called
by
the
name
of
a
lyon
in
regard
of
the
dreadfull
thunders
and
lightnings
which
are
continually
heard
from
the
top
thereof
:
howbeit
neere
vnto
it
are
found
apes
,
munkeies
,
and
such
other
beasts
as
liue
in
temperate
places
.
Of
Cabo
verde
,
Sanega
,
and
Gambra
or
Gambea
.
NOrthward
of
Sierra
Leona
lieth
Cabo
verde
,
or
the
greene
cape
,
called
by
Ptolemey
Arsinarium
,
and
being
one
of
the
most
famous
headlands
in
all
Africa
.
It
is
enuironed
with
two
riuers
,
namely
the
riuer
of
Gambra
or
Gambea
on
the
south
,
and
the
riuer
of
Senaga
on
the
north
;
which
last
riuer
is
esteemed
to
be
an
arme
of
Ghir
or
Niger
.
Gambea
springeth
out
of
the
same
fountaines
assigned
by
Ptolemey
vnto
Niger
(
which
by
all
the
ancient
writers
is
placed
heereabout
)
and
out
of
the
lake
of
Libya
.
It
is
larger
and
deeper
then
that
other
of
Senaga
,
and
runneth
a
crooked
course
,
receiuing
many
lesser
riuers
thereinto
.
A
factorie
of
the
Portugals
.
One
hundred
and
eightie
leagues
within
the
mouth
of
this
riuer
the
Portugals
haue
a
factorie
or
place
of
traffique
,
called
the
factorie
of
Cantor
.
Hither
by
exchange
of
sundry
wares
,
they
draw
the
gold
of
all
those
countries
.
In
the
midde
way
(
as
it
were
)
vnto
the
said
factorie
,
there
The
isle
of
elephants
.
is
a
place
called
the
isle
of
Elephants
in
regard
of
the
huge
numbers
of
those
creatures
.
The
riuer
of
Senaga
is
thought
to
take
his
original
out
of
the
lakes
called
Chelonides
.
It
containeth
certaine
Isles
,
which
in
regard
of
their
rough
and
ragged
shape
are
good
for
nothing
,
but
to
breed
adders
and
such
like
hurtfull
things
,
and
these
Isles
in
many
places
make
the
riuer
vtterly
innauigable
.
About
one
hundred
and
fiftie
leagues
from
the
mouth
thereof
,
A
mightie
cataract
or
fall
of
Senaga
.
it
falleth
spouting-wise
with
such
maine
force
from
certaine
high
cliffes
or
rockes
,
that
a
man
may
walke
drie
vnder
the
streame
thereof
.
The
Negros
in
their
language
call
this
place
a
Bowe
.
It
is
reported
that
Nilus
doth
the
like
at
his
Cataracts
or
ouerfals
.
And
Strabo
writeth
of
certaine
riuers
of
Hircania
,
which
from
exceeding
steepe
and
craggie
rockes
gush
with
such
violence
into
the
Caspian
sea
,
that
whole
〈◊〉
may
passe
vnder
them
without
danger
of
drowning
.
Into
this
riuer
of
Senaga
,
among
many
riuers
vnknowne
,
falleth
one
,
which
passing
through
a
red
soile
,
is
it selfe
also
died
red
:
and
whosoeuer
drinketh
of
the
waters
first
of
the
Red
riuer
,
and
after
of
Senaga
,
is
constrained
extremely
to
〈◊〉
.
Along
the
bankes
of
this
mightie
riuer
inhabite
the
blacke
and
barbarous
nations
of
the
Gialofi
,
the
Tucuroni
,
the
Caraguloni
,
and
the
Bagani
.
Finally
it
voideth
into
the
sea
at
two
mouths
,
one
of
which
mouthes
is
a
mile
broad
.
And
it
is
strange
to
consider
,
how
vpon
the
south
side
of
this
riuer
the
people
are
blacke
and
well
proportioned
,
and
the
soile
pleasant
and
fertile
;
whereas
on
the
north
side
they
are
browne
and
of
a
small
stature
,
and
do
inhabite
a
barren
and
miserable
countrie
.
In
both
the
said
riuers
of
Gambra
and
Senaga
do
breed
diuers
strange
kindes
offishes
,
and
other
creatures
of
the
water
,
as
namely
crocodiles
,
sea-horses
,
and
winged
serpents
;
and
hither
come
to
drinke
sundry
sorts
of
wilde
beafts
.
The
lands
comprehended
betweene
them
both
,
by
reason
of
their
yeerely
inundation
(
for
from
the
xv
.
of
Iune
they
increase
fortie
daies
togither
,
and
are
so
long
time
decreasing
,
after
the
manner
of
Nilus
)
abound
with
all
kinds
of
graine
and
pulse
wherof
the
climate
is
capable
,
as
namely
with
beanes
,
〈◊〉
,
millet
,
&c.
but
wheate
,
rie
,
barley
,
and
grapes
cannot
there
attaine
to
ripenes
and
perfection
,
by
reason
of
ouermuch
moisture
:
saue
onely
some
small
quantitie
of
wheat
neere
the
deserts
where
the
Caraguloni
inhabite
.
But
their
chiefe
sustenance
is
Zaburro
,
otherwise
called
Ghinie-wheate
or
Maiz
,
which
they
sowe
after
the
inundation
of
their
riuers
,
casting
some
quantitie
of
sande
thereupon
to
defend
it
from
the
heate
,
which
otherwise
would
scorch
the
grounde
too
excessiuely
.
They
drinke
the
iuice
of
the
palme-tree
,
which
they
cut
and
lance
for
that
purpose
:
and
this
iuice
not
being
tempered
,
is
as
strong
and
headie
as
any
wine
.
Neither
are
they
heere
destitute
of
mightie
adders
,
of
lions
,
leopards
,
and
elephants
:
but
beasts
for
labour
they
haue
none
,
saue
onely
a
small
kinde
of
oxen
,
and
goates
.
The
horses
which
are
brought
thither
by
merchants
,
liue
but
a
short
time
.
The
aire
,
by
reason
of
abundance
of
lakes
bredde
by
the
ouerflowes
of
their
riuers
,
is
moist
and
grosse
.
And
heere
fall
most
vnholesome
and
palpable
dewes
.
It
raineth
in
these
countries
from
October
till
the
end
of
Iuly
,
euery
day
about
noone
,
with
thunder
and
lightning
.
All
the
kingdomes
and
countries
by
vs
before
described
,
from
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
,
to
the
riuer
last
mentioned
,
are
inhabited
by
blacke
people
.
The
most
northerly
are
the
Gialofi
,
who
spread
themselues
between
the
two
foresaid
riuers
for
the
space
of
fiue
hundred
miles
eastward
:
so
that
the
riuer
Senaga
is
the
vtmost
northren
bound
of
Negros
,
or
nations
extremely
blacke
;
howbeit
vpon
the
bankes
thereof
are
found
people
of
sundry
colours
,
by
reason
of
the
varietie
of
women
.
Betweene
this
riuer
of
Senaga
and
Cabo
blanco
,
or
the
white
cape
,
lieth
a
countrey
called
by
some
Anterote
,
being
all
ouer
in
a
manner
sandy
,
barren
,
lowe
,
and
plaine
;
neither
is
there
in
all
this
distance
any
place
of
account
or
reckoning
,
saue
onely
the
isles
of
Arguin
(
where
of
we
will
intreat
among
the
isles
of
Africa
)
and
a
territorie
or
towne
sixe
daies
iourney
within
the
maine
,
called
Hoden
.
This
towne
is
not
walled
,
but
lieth
open
,
and
〈◊〉
vol.
1.
fol.
99.
consisteth
of
the
wandring
Arabians
rude
and
homely
habitations
,
being
notwithstanding
a
place
of
Rendeuous
or
meeting
for
all
such
as
trauell
in
Carouans
from
Tombuto
,
and
other
places
in
the
lande
of
Negros
to
Barbarie
.
The
principall
food
of
the
inhabitants
heere
,
are
dates
and
barly
,
both
which
the
soile
yeeldeth
indeed
,
but
not
in
so
plentifull
a
manner
:
and
they
drinke
the
milke
of
camels
&
of
other
beasts
,
for
wine
they
haue
none
at
all
.
These
people
are
Mahumetans
,
and
most
deadly
enimies
to
Christians
:
neither
abide
they
long
in
any
place
,
but
runne
rouing
and
wandring
vp
and
downe
those
deserts
.
They
are
themselues
very
populous
,
and
haue
abundance
of
camels
,
vpon
whose
backes
they
carrie
copper
,
siluer
,
and
other
commodities
from
Barbarie
to
Tombuto
,
and
to
the
residue
of
the
land
of
Negros
.
From
Cabo
blanco
to
the
regions
of
Sus
,
and
Hea
(
which
are
the
first
prouinces
described
by
Iohn
Leo
)
excepting
a
small
portion
onely
of
Biledulgerid
,
you
haue
nothing
but
part
of
the
vast
,
fruitles
,
&
vninhabitable
desert
of
Libya
,
called
by
the
Arabians
Sarra
,
which
stretcheth
from
the
westerne
Ocean
as
farre
as
the
frontiers
of
Egypt
.
Thus
from
the
very
bottome
of
the
Red
sea
,
hauing
coasted
along
the
easterne
and
westerne
shores
of
the
most
southerly
partes
of
Africa
,
and
briefly
described
all
the
principall
knowen
empires
,
kingdomes
,
and
regions
within
that
maine
,
which
are
left
vntouched
by
our
author
Iohn
Leo
;
let
vs
now
with
like
or
more
breuitie
prosecute
the
description
of
the
islands
which
are
by
the
hand
of
the
omnipotent
creator
planted
round
about
this
ample
and
spacious
continent
.
A
briefe
enumeration
and
description
of
all
the
most
famous
and
knowne
Islandes
situate
round
about
the
coasts
of
Africa
,
which
haue
beene
omitted
by
IOHN
LEO
:
beginning
first
with
the
most
northeasterly
,
and
so
by
little
and
little
bringing
our selues
about
the
Cape
of
Buena
Esperança
neerer
vnto
Europe
.
The
Islands
of
the
Red
sea
.
BOth
the
shores
of
the
Red
sea
,
as
well
on
the
African
as
on
the
Arabian
side
,
are
euerie
where
beset
with
many
small
islets
and
rockes
,
which
lie
so
thicke
togither
,
that
they
make
the
nauigation
all
along
the
said
coasts
to
be
most
dangerous
and
difficult
.
〈◊〉
.
The
isles
of
the
Red
sea
most
woorthie
to
be
remembred
,
are
these
following
.
Babelmandel
a
little
isle
situate
in
the
very
mouth
of
the
Red
sea
,
in
twelue
degrees
,
containeth
two
leagues
in
compasse
,
being
from
either
of
the
firme
lands
three
miles
distant
,
and
standing
about
twentie
paces
high
out
of
the
water
.
By
Ptolemey
it
is
called
The
isle
of
Diodorus
.
Vpon
this
isle
,
or
one
of
the
continents
adioining
,
are
to
be
hired
the
most
experimented
pilots
for
al
that
narrow
sea
,
euen
as
far
as
Suez
.
And
from
the
easterne
and
westerne
side
of
this
islet
,
Strabo
reporteth
that
the
twofold
enterance
of
the
Arabian
Gulfe
was
barred
with
a
double
chaine
.
More
to
the
north
standeth
Camaran
,
being
about
eight
leagues
The
isle
of
Camaran
.
from
the
Arabian
coast
in
fifteene
degrees
of
latitude
.
Vpon
this
isle
are
to
be
seene
great
ruines
of
ancient
buildings
.
It
hath
one
indifferent
good
hauen
,
and
aboundeth
with
fresh
water
,
(
a
thing
most
precious
and
acceptable
in
those
parts
)
with
salt
,
and
with
cattell
.
On
the
other
side
towards
Africa
,
in
fifteene
degrees
and
an
halfe
,
standeth
the
isle
of
Dalaqua
of
about
Dalaqua
.
thirtie
miles
in
circuite
,
which
space
is
almost
contained
in
the
length
thereof
,
being
a
place
very
famous
for
the
abundance
of
pearles
which
are
there
caught
;
wherewithall
likewise
the
isle
of
Mua
neere
vnto
it
is
richly
Mua
.
〈◊〉
end
owed
.
Next
followeth
Mazua
in
forme
like
to
an
halfe
moone
,
and
not
aboue
a
bow-shoot
distant
from
the
African
maine
:
betweene
which
isle
and
the
continent
,
there
is
an
excellent
hauen
which
is
now
the
only
porte
that
Prete
Ianni
hath
in
all
his
dominions
;
for
which
(
as
you
may
read
before
in
the
description
of
the
said
princes
empire
)
his
lieutenant
Barnagasso
is
constrained
to
pay
a
great
yeerely
tribute
to
the
Turke
.
Ouer
against
Mazua
,
vpon
the
firme
,
standeth
the
towne
of
Ercoco
.
Vpon
this
little
isle
are
diuers
houses
of
Arabians
,
built
of
lime
and
stone
;
and
The
isle
,
hauen
,
and
citie
of
Suaquen
.
others
of
claie
couered
with
thatch
.
North
of
Mazua
standeth
Suaquen
in
a
certain
lake
made
by
the
sea
,
which
there
insinuateth
it selfe
within
the
land
,
and
frameth
a
most
secure
and
commodious
hauen
.
On
this
small
islet
is
built
the
faire
and
stately
citie
of
Suaquen
,
being
almost
as
large
as
the
isle
it selfe
;
wherein
resideth
the
Turkes
lieutenant
or
Bassa
of
Abassia
.
Of
the
Isle
of
Socotera
and
other
isles
lying
without
the
narrow
entrance
of
the
Arabian
gulfe
.
WIthout
the
streight
of
Babelmandel
there
are
no
islands
woorthy
of
mention
,
saue
onely
Socotera
;
which
(
as
Iohn
Barros
supposeth
)
was
of
old
called
by
Ptolemey
Dioscoridis
&
lieth
in
sight
of
cape
Guardafu
,
which
the
same
author
nameth
Aromata
Promontorium
.
Being
about
threescore
miles
long
,
and
fiue
and
twentie
miles
broad
,
it
is
diuided
with
a
rough
and
exceeding
high
ridge
of
mountaines
,
and
is
subiect
vnto
most
terrible
and
boisterous
windes
,
which
do
out
of
measure
dry
and
parch
the
same
.
For
which
cause
,
and
in
regard
of
the
slothfull
rudenes
of
the
inhabitants
,
it
is
very
scarce
of
victuals
:
for
it
yeeldeth
neither
wheate
,
rice
,
wine
,
nor
hony
.
In
the
vallies
and
places
of
shelter
it
affoordeth
some
quantitie
of
Millet
,
of
dates
,
and
of
sundrie
kinds
of
fruits
:
neither
is
it
altogither
destitute
of
pasture
for
cattell
.
It
is
frequented
by
merchants
for
[
](A05331-e7490-b)*
*
*
*
Or
vermillion
.
Cinabre
,
Sanguis
Draconis
,
and
the
most
excellent
Aloës
of
the
world
.
It
hath
no
hauen
of
importance
.
Two
townes
of
the
Portugales
in
Socotora
.
The
Portugals
are
heere
possessed
of
two
small
townes
,
one
called
Coro
,
and
the
other
Benin
;
and
here
in
times
past
the
king
of
Fartac
[
A
countrey
of
Arabia
Foelix
,
]
had
a
castle
&
a
garrison
of
soldiers
vpon
this
isle
,
which
castle
being
taken
by
the
Portugals
,
was
afterward
by
them
abandoned
,
bicause
it
quited
not
the
cost
.
The
inhabitants
being
of
a
browne
colour
,
and
of
a
good
constitution
;
are
in
religion
a
kind
of
Christians
.
They
hold
an
opinion
that
Saint
Thomas
suffred
shipwracke
vpon
this
isle
,
and
that
of
his
ship
was
built
a
most
ancient
church
,
which
as
yet
is
to
be
seene
walled
round
about
,
with
three
allies
or
partitions
,
and
three
doores
.
Furthermore
they
liue
for
the
most
part
in
caues
or
in
cabins
made
of
boughes
,
very
farre
from
the
sea
.
They
go
apparrelled
in
course
cloth
,
or
in
the
skins
of
beastes
.
In
war
their
weapons
are
slings
,
and
swordes
made
of
base
iron
:
and
the
women
are
as
good
soldiers
as
the
men
.
They
are
much
addicted
vnto
Magick
and
inchantments
,
and
doe
bring
to
passe
matters
incredible
.
They
haue
no
vse
at
all
of
nauigation
,
nor
of
traffique
,
and
yet
forsooth
they
esteeme
themselues
the
most
noble
and
worthy
people
vnder
the
heauens
;
as
also
they
are
vtterly
voide
of
learning
:
which
I
doe
note
,
because
that
such
as
are
learned
make
but
small
account
of
their
wisedome
.
To
the
North
of
Socotera
are
two
small
Isles
which
are
called
the
two
The
two
sisters
.
sisters
:
the
inhabitants
whereof
being
of
an
oliue-colour
,
liue
without
lawe
,
and
haue
no
conuersation
with
any
other
people
.
The
commodities
of
these
Islets
are
Iuorie
,
amber
,
Sanguis
draconis
,
Aloës
,
and
a
kind
of
pretious
stones
called
Nizzolij
.
Likewise
ouer
against
Socotera
are
two
other
Islets
,
one
called
the
Isle
of
men
,
and
the
other
the
Isle
of
women
,
being
distant
thirtie
miles
asunder
,
and
fiue
miles
from
Socotera
.
They
are
so
termed
,
because
that
in
the
one
dwell
men
onely
,
and
in
the
other
women
.
Howbeit
they
visite
one
another
at
certaine
seasons
:
but
they
cannot
stay
one
in
the
Isle
of
another
aboue
three
moneths
,
in
regarde
of
a
secret
qualitie
of
the
ayer
which
is
contrary
to
either
sexe
.
A
matter
(
if
it
be
true
)
most
strange
and
admirable
.
Of
the
Isles
lying
in
the
sea
called
Sinus
Barbaricus
,
ouer
against
the
Easterne
and
Southeasterne
shore
of
Africa
.
ALl
along
from
the
cape
of
Guardafu
to
the
cape
of
Buena
Esperança
are
found
sundry
Islands
,
partly
dispersed
heere
and
there
in
the
sea
,
and
partly
adioining
vpon
the
firme
land
.
Such
as
are
far
into
the
sea
,
are
the
greatest
part
vnhabited
,
as
namly
,
the
Isle
of
Don
Garçia
,
The
*
three
and
The
*
seuen
brethren
,
As
rocas
partidas
,
the
Isles
of
Sant
Brandan
,
and
Isles
which
are
not
inhabited
.
those
of
Mascarenha
,
of
Sant
Francis
,
of
Santa
Apollonia
,
of
Iohn
de
Lisboa
,
of
Cosinoledo
:
and
betweene
the
great
Isle
of
Saint
Laurence
and
the
maine
,
the
Isles
Do
Natal
or
of
the
natiuitie
,
as
likewise
the
three
Isles
of
Comoro
,
with
those
of
Alioa
,
of
Spirito
Santo
,
and
of
sant
Christopher
.
But
of
those
which
the
vicinity
of
the
firme
land
hath
made
more
noble
Concerning
the
isles
of
Mombaça
,
Quiloa
,
&
Moçambique
read
more
at
large
in
the
discourse
of
Zanguebar
before
set
downe
,
whereas
〈◊〉
thought
it
〈◊〉
to
intreat
of
them
,
being
(
as
it
were
)
certaine
fragments
of
the
maine
,
&
hauing
large
territories
therof
subiect
vnto
them
.
and
frequented
,
the
first
that
offereth
it selfe
to
our
consideration
,
is
the
Isle
of
Mombaza
in
foure
degrees
of
southerly
latitude
,
cut
out
by
a
certaine
chanel
or
arme
of
the
sea
,
which
deuideth
the
same
from
the
maine
of
Africa
:
in
compasse
it
containeth
twelue
miles
;
and
at
the
entrance
of
the
saide
chanel
,
vpon
a
downe
,
standeth
the
city
of
Mombaça
,
built
very
handsomely
after
the
Arabian
fashion
.
Somewhat
farther
from
the
continent
are
situate
the
Isles
of
Pemba
,
Zanzibar
,
and
Monfia
inhabited
by
Negros
;
the
greatest
of
which
is
Zanzibar
,
the
prince
whereof
is
called
by
the
name
of
a
king
;
and
it
lyeth
vnder
sixe
degrees
,
of
south
latitude
,
being
from
the
main
ten
leagues
distant
.
But
the
soueraigne
of
all
these
Isles
was
Quiloa
,
inhabited
like
the
rest
,
with
Mahumetans
of
little
bodies
and
abiect
mindes
.
It
aboundeth
with
rice
,
millet
,
cattel
,
woods
of
palme-trees
,
limons
,
orenges
,
&
sugar-canes
;
where
of
notwithstanding
they
are
ignorant
how
to
make
sugar
.
The
city
standeth
vpon
the
sea-shore
ouer
against
the
firme
〈◊〉
:
it
is
built
of
pure
marble
,
and
the
streetes
are
very
narrow
:
a
thing
common
among
the
Arabians
,
whereby
they
vse
to
defend
themselues
,
after
the
enemie
hath
once
entered
their
townes
.
From
this
Isle
to
Moçambique
are
about
an
hundred
leagues
.
Without
the
porte
lieth
Misa
,
and
three
miles
off
Songo
and
Canga
inhabited
by
Moores
.
Next
follow
As
Ilhas
do
Açotatado
,
or
The
isles
of
the
scourged
,
bicause
here
a
certaine
pilot
that
was
a
Moore
,
who
had
determined
to
wracke
the
whole
fleete
of
Vasco
da
Gama
,
receiued
punishment
.
Concerning
Moçambique
called
by
Ptolemey
and
other
ancient
writers
Prassia
,
we
haue
intreated
before
.
Fower
miles
from
thence
lie
the
desert
isles
of
Saint
George
:
and
then
the
isles
of
Angoscia
inhabited
by
Moores
.
These
are
stored
with
indifferent
quantitie
of
victuals
:
and
here
Plentie
of
Ambergrise
.
vpon
an
east
winde
they
gather
plentie
of
Ambergrise
.
An
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
from
Cabo
dos
corrientes
,
lieth
A
Ilha
das
vacas
,
or
The
isle
of
Cowes
,
with
a
castle
thereupon
,
and
store
of
good
water
.
As
Ilhas
llanas
,
or
The
plaine
isles
are
not
woorth
the
speaking
of
.
A
Ilha
da
cruz
,
otherwise
called
Ilha
das
fontanhas
,
was
the
farthest
limite
of
Bartholomew
Diaz
his
nauigation
,
who
was
the
first
Portugale
that
euer
doubled
the
cape
of
Buena
esprança
,
and
hauing
doubled
it
,
returned
backe
without
discouering
any
farther
.
Of
the
Isle
of
Saint
Laurence
,
otherwise
called
Madagascar
.
THis
isle
called
by
the
Portugales
The
isle
of
Sant
Laurence
,
by
the
naturall
inhabitans
Madagascar
,
by
Paulus
Venetus
Magastar
,
by
Ptolemey
Menuthias
,
and
by
Plinie
Cerne
,
is
accounted
one
of
the
greatest
,
noblest
,
and
richest
in
the
whole
world
.
About
the
midst
thereof
it
approcheth
towards
the
maine
of
Africa
,
in
forme
of
an
elbowe
,
being
distant
from
thence
an
hundred
threescore
and
ten
miles
.
The
extreames
of
this
isle
are
very
farre
separate
from
the
saide
maine
,
and
especially
that
which
stretcheth
toward
the
northeast
.
The
whole
isle
containeth
in
bredth
fower
hundred
and
fowerscore
,
in
length
one
thousand
two
hundred
,
and
in
compasse
fower
thousand
miles
;
so
that
in
bignes
it
farre
exceedeth
Italy
,
though
it
be
not
so
well
inhabited
and
manured
.
Situate
it
is
beyond
the
Equator
in
seuenteene
degrees
,
and
stretcheth
from
thence
to
sixe
and
twentie
degrees
and
an
halfe
of
southerly
latitude
.
It
is
plentifully
endowed
with
all
things
needfull
for
mans
vse
:
for
it
yeeldeth
cotton
,
Millet
,
Rice
,
Potatos
,
sweete
orenges
,
sugar-canes
,
and
sundry
kindes
of
pulse
:
as
likewise
,
amber
,
Iette
,
siluer
,
copper
,
red
sanders
,
saffron
,
a
spice
somewhat
like
vnto
cloues
,
and
some
quantitie
of
ginger
.
Moreouer
,
heere
are
lions
,
leopards
,
stags
,
roe-deere
,
goates
,
kine
,
sheepe
,
and
other
beastes
both
tame
and
wilde
.
Heere
are
likewise
innumerable
elephants
,
so
that
from
hence
is
conueied
great
quantitie
of
iuorie
.
They
haue
also
great
store
of
camels
,
whose
flesh
the
inhabitants
eate
for
the
holesomenes
thereof
.
The
people
(
except
some
few
Moores
vpon
the
coast
)
are
idolaters
,
of
colourblack
,
with
curled
haire
,
very
barbarous
,
and
in
fashions
resembling
much
the
Cafres
.
They
go
naked
all
saue
their
priuities
,
which
they
couer
with
cloth
of
cotton
:
and
they
vse
in
the
warre
certaine
crooked
staues
headed
with
bone
.
The
Iesuits
in
their
letters
report
,
that
in
one
part
of
this
island
there
are
white
people
found
;
who
(
as
they
affirme
)
are
descended
from
the
people
of
China
;
whereby
may
be
gathered
the
great
length
of
the
Chinians
nauigations
,
and
the
largenes
of
their
empire
.
The
Portugals
sailing
towards
India
in
due
time
,
do
passe
betweene
this
great
isle
and
the
firme
land
;
but
if
the
season
groweth
towards
winter
,
they
holde
on
their
course
(
as
themselues
report
)
on
the
backe
side
thereof
.
In
these
two
courses
of
nauigation
they
haue
found
,
and
daily
do
discouer
sundrie
isles
,
but
of
small
account
,
part
whereof
we
haue
mentioned
before
.
Amongst
others
,
as
it
were
ouer
against
Moçambique
,
lieth
on
a
certaine
strand
or
shold
an
isle
called
Langane
of
a
reasonable
bignes
,
with
a
great
riuer
therein
,
being
inhabited
by
Moores
.
And
the
farthest
toward
the
west
are
those
isles
which
the
Portugals
call
Os
Romeros
.
On
the
northeast
part
of
this
isle
is
the
Bay
of
Antogill
,
being
one
of
the
safest
and
most
commodious
harbours
in
the
world
.
Of
the
Isles
of
the
Ethiopian
sea
about
the
cape
of
Buena
esperança
.
THis
sea
I
take
to
be
most
exceeding
deepe
,
because
it
hath
fewer
Isles
then
the
former
,
and
those
few
which
it
hath
are
but
little
ones
.
The
first
that
was
discouered
on
this
side
the
cape
of
Buena
Esperança
is
that
of
Don
Aluarez
,
situate
in
thirtie
degrees
and
an
halfe
.
And
to
the
northwest
of
that
is
the
Isle
of
Tristan
d'
Acunna
beeing
distant
〈◊〉
.
miles
from
the
cape
,
and
beyond
the
Equinoctiall
eight
and
thirtie
degrees
;
which
beeing
of
a
round
forme
,
containeth
in
compasse
fiftie
leagues
.
It
is
full
of
birdes
,
and
especially
of
sea-crowes
or
cormorants
,
and
round
about
it
lie
foure
other
small
islets
.
The
marriners
hold
,
that
neere
vnto
this
isle
,
as
vnto
that
of
Bermuda
,
there
are
continual
stormes
and
tempestes
.
Not
far
from
the
main
are
certaine
dry
and
rockie
isles
,
and
others
of
none
account
.
The
Isles
of
Santa
Helena
,
and
of
the
Ascension
.
NExt
followeth
in
the
height
of
sixteene
degrees
of
southerly
latitude
the
isle
of
Santa
Helena
,
discouered
by
Iuan
da
Noua
,
being
so
fitly
and
commodiously
situate
for
such
as
returne
home
from
the
east
Indies
into
Europe
,
as
it
seemeth
there
of
purpose
to
haue
beene
planted
by
God
for
the
furtherance
of
this
voiage
,
and
for
the
refreshing
and
comfort
of
nauigators
.
In
compasse
it
containeth
nine
miles
,
&
hath
a
most
perfect
healthfull
〈◊〉
,
and
sundry
freshets
of
excellent
water
.
The
soile
is
of
a
red
colour
,
and
like
vnto
ashes
;
it
giueth
way
to
ones
footing
like
sand
,
and
a
man
may
shake
euery
tree
vpon
the
isle
.
Heere
the
kings
of
Portugall
haue
enacted
,
that
none
may
remaine
to
inhabite
,
except
it
be
sometime
two
or
three
〈◊〉
persons
for
the
recouerie
of
their
health
;
to
the
end
that
the
fleets
may
heere
plentifully
and
of
free
cost
furnish
themselues
with
fresh
victuals
,
fruits
,
and
water
.
So
that
when
they
arriue
,
they
vsually
plant
or
sow
some
one
thing
or
other
,
which
presently
springeth
and
groweth
to
ripenes
;
and
then
the
seed
falling
into
the
earth
,
it
multiplieth
of
it selfe
.
Heere
are
woods
of
Ebàn
and
Cedar
,
with
infinite
store
of
〈◊〉
,
orenges
,
and
all
sorts
of
fruits
;
as
likewise
hogs
,
geese
,
hens
,
partridges
,
feasants
,
Guinie-cocks
,
and
other
like
creatures
brought
thither
by
the
Portugals
out
of
Europe
,
or
from
other
countries
.
In
sailing
from
Portugall
toward
India
it
is
not
so
easily
found
:
but
in
their
returne
home
they
do
heere
in
fewe
daies
cure
all
their
diseases
,
and
relieue
their
wants
:
and
heere
to
their
〈◊〉
solace
and
recreation
they
hunt
,
foule
,
and
fish
,
and
prouide
themselues
of
water
,
wood
,
and
all
things
necessarie
.
To
the
west
thereof
appeere
in
the
sea
the
isles
of
Santa
Maria
,
and
of
the
Trinitie
,
which
serue
for
signes
vnto
the
mariners
.
To
the
northwest
of
this
isle
,
towards
the
coast
of
Brasil
,
are
the
The
isles
of
Ascension
.
isles
of
Ascension
,
so
called
,
bicause
they
were
first
discouered
by
Tristan
Acunna
in
his
returne
from
the
Indies
vpon
Ascension
day
in
the
yeere
1508.
They
are
all
vnhabited
and
desert
,
and
haue
vpon
them
infinite
swarmes
of
a
kinde
of
fowles
of
the
bignes
of
duckes
.
Of
the
Isles
of
Loanda
,
Nobon
,
and
Saint
Thomas
.
HArd
vpon
the
firme
land
of
the
south
part
of
Congo
,
is
situate
the
isle
of
[
](A05331-e7850-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Concerning
this
isle
read
more
at
large
in
the
description
of
Congo
.
Loanda
before
mentioned
.
And
ouer
against
the
cape
of
Lopo
Gonsalues
in
a
manner
,
lieth
the
small
isle
of
Nobon
,
being
a
rockie
and
desolate
place
,
but
of
great
importance
for
fishing
;
for
which
cause
it
is
frequented
by
the
inhabitants
of
Saint
Thomas
isle
.
This
isle
of
Saint
Thomas
being
an
hundred
and
fower-score
miles
distant
from
the
maine
,
is
of
a
round
forme
,
containing
threescore
Italian
miles
from
side
to
side
,
and
an
hundred
and
fower-score
miles
also
in
compasse
:
of
which
isle
(
bicause
it
is
situate
iust
vnder
the
Equinoctiall
,
so
that
the
horizon
thereof
passeth
by
both
the
poles
)
it
will
not
be
from
our
purpose
to
intreat
somewhat
at
large
;
to
the
end
we
may
the
better
vnderstand
the
qualitie
and
temperature
of
such
places
as
are
seated
in
that
part
of
the
world
.
This
isle
when
it
was
first
discouered
was
nothing
else
but
a
woode
of
vnprofitable
trees
,
with
their
boughs
turning
crookedly
vpward
.
The
aire
is
extremely
hot
:
in
the
moneths
of
March
and
September
,
when
the
sunne
passeth
perpendicularly
ouer
,
it
raineth
heere
out
of
measure
,
and
in
other
moneths
heere
falleth
onely
a
moist
dewe
which
watereth
the
ground
.
In
the
verie
midst
it
hath
a
woodie
mountaine
,
which
is
continually
ouershadowed
with
a
thick
cloud
,
which
cloud
so
moistneth
the
trees
that
grow
in
great
abundance
vpon
this
mountaine
,
that
from
hence
droppeth
water
sufficient
for
the
watering
of
al
their
fields
of
sugar-canes
.
By
how
much
the
sun
is
more
perpendicular
ouer
this
isle
,
by
so
much
is
the
aire
more
cloudie
&
darke
;
and
contrariwise
,
the
farther
it
is
distant
from
perpendicularitie
,
the
cleerer
and
brighter
is
the
skie
.
In
the
moneths
of
December
,
Ianuarie
,
and
Februarie
,
such
as
are
borne
in
Europe
,
can
very
hardly
walke
or
mooue
themselues
for
faintnes
:
and
all
the
rest
of
the
yeere
,
once
in
eight
or
ten
daies
,
they
seeme
to
be
taken
with
an
hot
and
a
cold
fit
of
an
ague
,
which
continueth
vpon
them
for
tow
howers
togither
.
They
are
thrice
or
oftner
let
bloud
euerie
yeere
:
and
few
of
them
liue
aboue
fiftie
yeeres
;
but
their
Negros
remaine
more
then
an
hundred
yeers
aliue
.
They
which
newly
arriue
there
,
are
commonly
surprized
with
a
most
dangerous
feauer
,
which
holdeth
them
for
twentie
daies
togither
.
And
these
are
let
bloud
,
without
any
reckoning
of
ounces
.
Heereblow
no
windes
at
all
,
but
onely
from
the
southeast
,
south
,
and
southwest
,
which
windes
stirre
not
in
the
moneths
of
December
,
Ianuarie
,
and
Februarie
,
and
therefore
these
moneths
are
most
extremely
hot
.
But
in
Iune
,
Iuly
,
and
August
,
they
blow
a
fresh
gale
.
In
this
isle
the
French
euill
,
and
the
scuruies
are
verie
rife
.
The
soile
is
of
a
meane
colour
betweene
red
and
yellow
,
being
clammie
like
claie
,
and
by
reason
of
the
continuall
nightly
dewes
,
as
soft
and
pliable
as
waxe
,
and
of
incredible
fertility
.
Besides
diuers
other
good
ports
,
it
hath
one
principall
among
the
rest
,
belonging
to
the
chiefe
towne
or
citie
called
[
](A05331-e7860-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Or
perhaps
Pouaçaon
,
which
(
as
I
coniecture
)
may
be
all
one
with
Poblacion
in
Spanish
,
which
signifieth
a
Colonie
or
towne
.
Pauoasan
,
consisting
of
aboue
seuen
hundred
families
,
and
inhabited
by
Portugals
,
and
into
the
saide
port
runneth
a
little
riuer
of
excellent
water
.
To
euery
of
the
Ingenios
or
sugar-houses
(
which
in
all
may
amount
to
the
number
of
seuentie
)
do
belong
Negro-slaues
,
for
the
planting
of
their
Seuentie
Ingenios
in
San
Tomé
.
canes
and
the
dressing
of
their
sugars
,
to
some
,
two
hundred
,
and
to
others
,
three
hundred
a
piece
,
who
liue
vpon
Maiz
or
Ghiny-wheat
:
the
number
of
which
slaues
is
so
great
,
that
oftentimes
they
rebell
,
to
the
great
domage
of
the
Portugals
.
They
haue
good
sustenance
also
by
meanes
of
a
root
,
called
there
Igname
,
but
in
the
west
Indies
Batata
.
Wheat
that
is
heere
sowen
,
groweth
not
to
any
ripenes
or
graine
,
but
is
resolued
altogether
into
grasse
.
They
make
wine
of
the
Palme-tree
.
Vines
prosper
nothing
kindely
in
this
place
,
except
it
be
heere
and
there
one
,
planted
by
an
house-side
,
and
attended
with
great
diligence
.
They
bring
forth
clusters
at
the
same
time
,
some
ripe
,
some
greene
,
and
some
blossomes
onely
;
and
they
beare
fruit
twice
in
the
yeere
,
as
doe
the
fig-trees
likewise
.
They
haue
sugar-canes
ripe
all
the
yeere
long
:
but
melons
onely
in
Iune
,
Iuly
,
and
August
.
No
tree
that
beareth
fruit
with
a
stone
or
kernell
will
fructifie
or
prosper
in
this
place
.
〈◊〉
are
found
all
ouer
the
Isle
certaine
crabs
or
creuises
like
vnto
them
of
the
sea
;
heere
be
likewise
gray
parots
,
and
infinite
other
birds
of
diuers
sortes
;
and
in
the
sea
are
mightie
store
of
whales
,
especially
toward
the
firme
land
.
The
principall
riches
of
this
isle
consist
in
sugars
,
whereof
there
groweth
great
abundance
.
The
sugar-canes
are
planted
and
cut
euery
moneth
,
and
in
fiue
months
they
grow
to
ripenes
,
but
by
reason
of
the
moistnes
of
the
ayer
,
they
neither
prooue
hard
nor
white
,
but
are
of
a
reddish
colour
.
The
tenths
which
belong
to
the
king
amount
to
the
number
of
12.
or
14.
thousand
Arrouas
,
euery
Arroua
being
one
and
thirtie
Italian
pound-weight
.
In
times
past
there
were
fortie
ships
yeerely
laden
therewith
;
but
now
of
late
certaine
wormes
which
eat
the
roots
of
the
canes
,
or
(
as
others
think
)
white
antes
or
mise
,
haue
so
mightily
impaired
the
growth
of
this
commodity
,
that
now
there
are
not
aboue
sixe
ships
laden
therewith
.
The
sugar-canes
,
after
they
be
once
ground
,
they
giue
vnto
their
hogges
,
wherewith
they
prooue
fat
,
and
their
flesh
is
very
sauory
.
For
returne
of
sugars
,
the
merchants
of
Europe
carry
thither
meale
,
wine
,
swordes
,
oile
,
cheese
,
hides
,
drinking-glasses
,
and
certaine
shels
,
which
there
and
in
the
countries
adioining
they
vse
insteed
of
mony
.
Of
the
coniunction
betweene
the
men
of
Europe
and
the
Negro
women
are
bred
a
generation
of
browne
or
tawnie
people
.
This
Isle
of
Saint
Thomas
together
with
the
principal
towne
and
castle
,
was
in
October
1599
taken
by
part
of
the
same
fleet
of
Hollanders
,
which
not
fullie
foure
moneths
before
had
sacked
the
isles
,
castles
and
townes
of
Gran
Canaria
and
Gomera
.
Of
the
Isle
del
principe
,
and
that
of
Fernando
Po.
THe
Isle
del
principe
or
of
the
prince
,
situate
in
three
degrees
of
Northerly
latitude
,
and
one
hundred
twentie
miles
on
this
side
the
isle
of
Sant
Thomas
,
is
little
in
quantitie
,
but
excellent
in
qualitie
:
for
which
cause
it
is
throughly
tilled
and
manured
.
The
reuenues
thereof
(
which
consist
the
greatest
part
in
sugars
)
were
in
times
past
allowed
vnto
the
prince
of
Portugale
;
whereupon
it
was
named
The
isle
of
the
prince
.
This
Isle
was
in
the
yeere
1598
taken
by
certaine
ships
of
war
sent
forth
vnder
the
conduct
of
Iulianus
Clerehagen
at
the
charges
of
Balthasar
Musheron
of
Camphere
in
Zeland
merchant
,
who
had
the
conquest
thereof
giuen
him
by
patent
from
Prince
Maurice
,
and
the
States
generall
of
the
vnited
prouinces
.
That
of
Fernando
Po
hath
no
other
matter
of
speciall
note
,
saue
onely
a
certaine
lake
which
is
the
originall
of
sundry
freshets
of
sweete
and
holesome
water
,
which
make
the
island
to
be
most
pleasant
.
It
seemed
so
beautifull
to
the
first
discouerer
thereof
,
that
he
termed
it
Ilha
fermosa
,
or
The
faire
isle
.
To
the
west
of
these
two
isles
are
situate
the
isle
of
Sant
Matthew
,
and
that
of
Santa
Cruz
;
and
afterward
hauing
passed
the
Equinoctial
,
you
come
to
the
isle
of
Sant
Paule
,
and
the
isle
of
conception
,
both
which
were
discouered
by
Pedro
Aluarez
Cabral
in
the
yeere
1501.
Of
the
isles
of
Cabo
verde
.
NExt
vnto
Cape
verde
it selfe
stand
The
Barbacene
which
are
seuen
small
isles
replenished
with
greene
trees
,
and
full
of
strange
birds
vnknowne
to
vs
;
and
yet
are
they
vtterly
voide
of
inhabitants
.
But
those
that
are
called
the
isles
of
Cape
verde
(
which
by
ancient
authors
are
thought
to
haue
bin
named
Gorgones
,
or
Gorgades
,
or
Hesperides
)
are
nine
in
number
,
and
are
fituate
betweene
Cabo
verde
and
Cabo
blanco
.
They
were
first
discouered
by
Antonio
di
Nolli
a
Genoway
,
and
began
in
like
sort
to
be
peopled
,
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1440.
Albeit
there
are
none
of
them
now
inhabited
,
but
onely
the
isle
of
Sant
Iago
,
and
Isla
del
fo
go
or
The
burning
isle
.
The
principall
of
them
all
is
Sant
Iago
being
seuentie
miles
long
,
This
towne
was
taken
by
sir
Francis
Drake
1585.
and
by
sir
〈◊〉
Sherley
1596.
whereon
the
Portugals
haue
a
faire
and
strong
towne
called
Ribera
grande
,
with
a
riuer
running
through
it
,
and
a
commodious
and
secure
hauen
:
it
is
very
strongly
seated
betweene
two
mountaines
,
and
consisteth
of
fiue
hundred
families
at
the
least
.
The
riuer
(
which
springeth
two
leagues
from
the
city
)
is
beautified
vpon
the
bankes
thereof
with
Cedars
,
Orenge-trees
,
and
diuers
other
plants
,
amongst
which
the
Palme
tree
of
India
that
beareth
nuts
,
prospereth
exceeding
well
.
The
hearbes
of
Europe
grow
here
as
naturally
as
in
their
original
soile
;
howbeit
the
seeds
thereof
must
euery
yeere
be
brought
out
of
Spaine
.
The
isle
is
generally
vneuen
and
mountainous
:
but
the
valleis
are
passing
fertile
,
and
throughly
inhabited
:
and
here
is
sowed
abundance
of
rice
and
Saburro
,
which
groweth
to
ripenes
in
fortie
daies
.
Howbeit
the
soile
will
beare
no
wheat
.
Here
is
store
of
cotton
also
,
the
cloth
whereof
is
dispersed
along
the
coast
of
Africa
.
The
shee-gotes
here
,
as
likewise
in
all
the
isles
adiacent
,
bring
forth
three
and
more
kids
at
a
birth
,
euery
foure
moneths
.
When
the
sunne
is
in
Cancer
,
it
raineth
here
in
a
manner
without
ceasing
.
To
the
west
of
Sant
Iago
stand
the
isles
of
Fogo
and
Braua
being
but
of
small
importance
(
albeit
that
of
Fogo
is
in
some
parts
thereof
inhabited
)
and
to
the
North
of
the
same
is
situate
the
isle
of
Maio
,
where
there
is
a
lake
of
two
leagues
long
,
which
is
full
of
salt
;
the
which
is
a
common
thing
in
all
these
islands
;
but
in
one
,
more
then
in
any
of
the
other
,
in
that
it
is
full
of
such
like
salt
pits
,
and
is
therefore
called
The
island
of
salt
,
being
destitute
of
all
other
liuing
things
,
saue
onely
of
wild
gotes
.
The
isle
of
Buena
vista
hath
a
name
contrary
to
the
quality
;
for
it
is
without
all
shew
of
beauty
.
Of
the
others
I
haue
nothing
woorthie
the
obseruation
.
Of
the
Isles
of
Arguin
.
A
Little
to
the
south
or
on
the
backside
of
Cabo
blanco
,
within
a
certaine
gulfe
or
baie
which
entereth
thirtie
miles
into
the
maine
,
lie
the
isles
of
Arguin
,
which
were
discouered
in
the
yeere
1443.
so
called
after
the
name
of
the
principall
of
them
,
which
hath
great
store
of
fresh
water
,
whereof
all
the
residue
are
destitute
.
Heere
the
king
of
Spaine
hath
a
fortresse
,
for
the
traffique
of
gold
and
other
rich
commodities
of
those
countries
.
These
isles
are
sixe
or
seuen
in
number
,
all
little
ones
,
being
inhabited
by
the
Azanaghi
,
who
liue
of
fish
,
whereof
there
is
plentie
in
that
baie
.
They
go
to
sea
in
certaine
small
botes
which
they
call
Almadies
.
The
names
of
the
other
isles
(
as
farre
as
I
coniecture
)
are
The
isle
of
Penguins
,
The
isles
of
Nar
,
Tider
,
and
Adeget
.
Of
the
Isles
in
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
and
first
of
the
Canaries
.
FOr
so
the
isles
named
of
olde
Insulae
fortunatae
(
which
euer
since
the
decay
of
the
Romaine
empire
,
till
within
these
two
hundred
yeeres
,
lay
vndiscouered
)
are
at
this
present
called
.
They
are
in
number
twelue
,
(
although
the
ancient
writers
make
mention
but
of
sixe
)
that
is
to
say
,
Canaria
,
Lançarotta
,
〈◊〉
ventura
,
Hierro
,
Palma
,
Gomera
,
Santa
Clara
,
Isla
de
lobos
,
La
Roca
,
Gratiosa
,
Alegrança
,
and
Infierno
.
They
〈◊〉
abound
with
barly
,
sugar
,
hony
,
goates
,
cheese
,
hides
,
and
Orchel
,
being
herbe
commodious
to
die
cloth
withall
,
and
whereof
they
make
great
merchandise
.
Amongst
other
beasts
they
haue
also
camels
.
The
natural
inhabitants
of
the
countrey
are
of
a
good
disposition
,
and
notable
agilitie
;
but
before
they
were
discouered
,
they
were
so
grosse
and
rude
,
as
they
knewe
not
the
vse
of
fire
.
They
beleeued
in
one
creatour
of
the
world
,
who
punished
the
〈◊〉
,
and
rewarded
the
good
;
and
in
this
point
they
all
consented
,
but
in
other
matters
they
were
very
different
.
They
had
no
iron
at
all
,
but
yet
esteemed
it
much
when
any
came
to
their
hands
,
for
the
vse
thereof
.
They
made
no
account
of
gold
or
siluer
,
iudging
it
a
folly
to
esteem
of
that
mettal
,
which
could
not
serue
for
mechanicall
instruments
.
Their
weapons
were
stones
and
staues
.
They
shaued
their
heads
with
certaine
sharpe
stones
like
to
〈◊〉
.
The
women
would
not
willingly
nurse
their
owne
children
,
but
caused
them
to
be
suckled
by
goates
.
They
were
and
are
at
this
day
delighted
with
a
kinde
of
dance
which
they
vse
also
in
Spaine
and
in
other
places
,
and
because
it
tooke
originall
from
thence
,
it
is
called
The
Canaries
.
From
hence
also
they
bring
certaine
birds
which
sing
at
all
times
of
the
yeere
.
The
greatest
of
all
these
isles
is
the
[
](A05331-e8140-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
This
isle
with
the
principall
towne
and
castles
was
sacked
by
the
Hollanders
in
〈◊〉
Anno
1599.
Gran
Canaria
,
containing
fower-score
and
ten
miles
in
circuit
,
and
it
hath
to
the
number
of
nine
thousand
inhabitants
.
Tenerif
is
not
altogither
so
great
.
This
is
esteemed
one
of
the
highest
islands
in
the
world
,
by
reason
of
a
mountaine
therein
of
the
forme
of
a
diamond
,
The
Pike
of
Tenerif
.
being
(
as
it
is
reported
)
fifteene
leagues
high
,
&
it
may
be
seene
more
then
threescore
leagues
off
.
Hierro
hath
neither
spring
nor
well
,
but
is
miraculously
furnished
with
water
by
a
cloud
which
ouer-spreadeth
a
tree
,
from
whence
distilleth
so
much
moisture
,
as
sufficeth
both
for
men
and
cattell
.
This
cloud
ariseth
an
hower
or
two
before
the
sunne
,
and
is
dissolued
two
howers
after
sunne
rising
.
The
water
falleth
into
a
ponde
made
at
the
foote
of
the
tree
.
The
isle
of
Palma
is
little
,
but
beautifull
,
and
abundant
in
sugar
,
wine
,
flesh
,
and
cheese
:
wherefore
such
ships
as
go
from
Spaine
to
Terra
firma
,
and
Brasil
,
do
there
ordinarily
prouide
themselues
of
fresh
victuall
.
It
is
from
Lisbon
a
thousand
miles
by
sea
,
being
much
subiect
to
tempests
,
and
especially
those
which
come
from
the
northwest
.
Of
these
islands
Lançarota
,
Hierro
,
and
Gomera
are
in
the
hands
of
priuate
men
:
the
others
belong
to
the
crowne
.
Of
the
Isles
of
Madera
and
Puerto
santo
.
MAdera
is
the
greatest
and
most
principal
of
all
the
isles
in
the
Atlantick
Madera
in
Spanish
signifieth
wood
or
timber
.
Ocean
.
It
standeth
in
two
and
thirtie
degrees
and
an
halfe
,
fortie
miles
to
the
southwest
of
Puerto
santo
.
So
it
is
called
,
because
at
the
first
discouerie
thereof
it
was
all
ouergrowen
with
mightie
thick
woods
.
Wherfore
,
to
waste
the
said
woods
,
and
to
make
it
fit
to
be
manured
,
the
first
discouerers
set
them
on
fire
,
which
continued
burning
(
as
some
report
)
for
the
space
of
certaine
yeeres
together
:
whereupon
it
grew
so
exceeding
fertile
,
that
of
corne
it
yeeldeth
sixtie
folde
for
one
:
and
for
a
certaine
space
the
fifte
part
of
the
sugars
amounted
yeerely
to
threescore
thousand
Arrouas
(
one
of
which
Arrouas
containeth
fiue
and
twentie
pounds
of
sixteene
ounces
the
pound
)
but
now
it
cometh
not
to
the
one
halfe
of
that
reckoning
.
This
isle
containeth
in
compasse
an
hundred
&
sixtie
miles
.
It
is
dided
into
foure
regions
or
quarters
,
that
is
to
say
Comerico
,
Santa
Cruz
,
Funcial
,
and
Camara
de
los
Lobos
.
It
aboundeth
with
water
:
and
besides
diuiuers
&
sundry
fountaines
,
it
hath
eight
small
riuers
which
make
it
as
fruitfull
and
pleasant
as
a
garden
.
It
yeeldeth
euery
thing
in
such
perfection
,
that
Cadamosta
(
in
regard
of
their
excellency
)
affirmeth
all
commodities
which
are
there
gathered
,
to
be
gold
.
It
produceth
infinite
store
of
fruits
,
excellent
wines
,
and
sugars
which
cannot
be
matched
.
Heere
is
likewise
great
abundance
of
cedars
,
whereof
are
made
fine
chestes
and
other
works
of
account
:
for
which
purpose
there
are
diuers
sawing
milles
vpon
the
foresaid
riuers
.
This
isle
is
very
scarce
of
oile
and
of
corne
.
The
head
or
principall
citie
hereof
is
Funciall
,
being
the
seat
of
an
archbishop
who
hath
8000.
ducates
of
reuenue
.
Here
are
two
fortresses
built
which
command
the
hauen
.
Fortie
miles
to
the
northeast
of
Madera
lieth
the
isle
of
Puerto
santo
,
so
Puerto
santo
,
the
principall
〈◊〉
whereof
was
taken
by
sir
Amias
Preston
1596.
called
bicause
it
was
discouered
vpon
the
day
of
all
saints
,
in
the
yeere
1428.
It
containeth
in
compasse
fifteene
miles
,
and
aboundeth
with
oxen
,
wilde
swine
,
and
honie
;
and
yeeldeth
wheat
sufficient
for
the
vse
of
the
inhabitants
.
Heere
groweth
a
fruite
in
bignes
and
shape
like
vnto
a
cherry
,
but
of
a
yellow
colour
.
The
tree
that
〈◊〉
this
fruit
being
cut
neere
the
roote
with
certaine
strokes
of
an
hatcher
,
putteth
foorth
the
yeere
following
a
kinde
of
gum
which
is
called
Sanguis
Draconis
.
The
generation
of
one
shee-cony
bigge
with
yoong
,
brought
hither
out
The
〈◊〉
increase
of
one
shee
-
〈◊〉
.
of
Portugale
at
the
first
inhabiting
of
this
isle
,
did
in
short
time
so
exceedingly
increase
,
that
the
inhabitants
were
quite
out
of
hope
euer
to
repaire
the
ruine
and
waste
which
they
committed
.
At
this
present
there
is
a
small
isle
neere
vnto
Puerto
santo
which
breedeth
nothing
but
conies
.
Vnto
all
these
might
be
added
such
isles
as
lie
neere
the
African
coast
within
the
streights
of
Gibraltar
:
the
principall
whereof
(
as
namely
Pennon
or
The
little
rocke
ouer
against
Velles
de
Gumera
,
with
the
isle
of
Gerbi
,
&c.
)
bicause
they
are
largely
described
by
Iohn
Leo
,
I
hold
it
a
matter
meerely
vaine
and
superfluous
in
this
place
to
stande
vpon
them
.
An
approbation
of
the
historie
ensuing
,
by
me
RICHARD
HAKLVYT
.
BEing
mooued
to
publish
mine
opinion
as
touching
this
present
Historie
of
Iohn
Leo
;
I
do
hold
and
affirme
it
to
be
the
verie
best
,
the
most
particular
,
and
methodicall
,
that
euer
was
written
,
or
at
least
that
hath
come
to
light
,
concerning
the
countries
,
peoples
,
and
affaires
of
Africa
.
For
which
cause
,
and
knowing
well
the
sufficiencie
of
the
translator
,
my selfe
was
the
first
and
onely
man
that
perswaded
him
to
take
it
in
hand
.
Wherein
how
diligently
and
faithfully
he
hath
done
his
part
,
and
how
he
hath
enlarged
and
graced
this
Geographicall
historie
out
of
others
,
the
best
ancient
,
and
moderne
writers
,
by
adding
a
description
of
all
those
African
maine
lands
and
isles
,
and
other
matters
verie
notable
,
which
Iohn
Leo
himselfe
hath
omitted
:
I
referre
to
the
consideration
of
all
iudiciall
and
indifferent
Readers
.
Richard
Hakluyt
.
VNto
this
approbation
of
master
Richard
Hakluyt
,
I
holde
it
not
altogither
amisse
to
adioine
the
testimonies
of
certaine
moderne
writers
,
the
most
approoued
and
famous
for
their
skill
in
Geographie
and
historie
,
which
they
haue
also
purposely
set
downe
in
commendation
of
this
author
of
ours
Iohn
Leo.
First
therefore
master
Iohn
Baptista
Ramusius
,
Secretarie
to
the
State
of
Venice
,
and
a
man
of
singular
iudgement
and
diligence
in
these
matters
,
in
his
epistle
Dedicatorie
before
the
third
edition
of
his
first
volume
of
voiages
,
speaking
of
the
manifold
difficulties
which
he
vnderwent
to
bring
the
important
discourses
therein
,
to
light
,
writteth
vnto
learned
Fracastorius
in
manner
following
.
Oltra
che
gli
essemplari
che
mi
son
venute
alle
mani
,
&c.
MOreouer
(
saith
he
)
those
copies
which
haue
come
to
my
hands
,
haue
beene
extremely
fowle
and
vncorrect
;
a
matter
sufficient
to
discourage
the
minde
of
any
man
,
though
neuer
so
forward
and
resolute
,
were
it
not
sustained
by
considering
what
vnspeakable
delight
these
discourses
will
breed
vnto
all
those
that
are
studious
in
Geography
;
and
most
especially
this
of
Africa
written
by
Iohn
Leo.
Concerning
which
part
of
the
world
,
euen
till
these
our
daies
,
we
haue
had
no
knowledge
in
a
manner
out
of
any
other
authour
,
or
at
leastwise
neuer
any
information
so
large
,
and
of
so
vndoubted
truth
.
But
what
do
I
heere
speake
of
the
delight
which
those
that
are
learned
and
studious
shall
reape
heereby
?
As
though
it
were
not
a
matter
which
will
affoord
also
very
much
satisfaction
vnto
the
greatest
Lords
and
Princes
?
Whom
it
concerneth
more
then
any
other
to
know
the
secrets
and
particularities
of
this
African
part
of
the
world
,
togither
with
the
situations
of
all
the
regions
,
prouinces
,
and
cities
thereof
,
and
the
dependences
,
which
the
princes
and
people
haue
one
towards
another
.
For
albeit
they
may
haue
some
aduertisements
&
instructions
from
others
that
haue
personally
trauailed
these
countries
,
&
may
think
their
writings
&
discourses
to
be
very
large
;
yet
am
I
well
assured
,
that
hauing
once
read
this
booke
of
Iohn
Leo
,
and
throughly
considered
the
matters
therein
contained
and
declared
,
they
will
esteeme
the
relations
of
all
others
,
in
comparison
of
this
,
to
be
but
briefe
,
vnperfect
,
and
of
little
moment
:
so
great
will
be
the
fruit
which
to
their
exceeding
contentment
,
all
readers
shall
reape
heereby
,
&c.
Thus
farre
Ramusius
.
Abraham
Ortelius
before
his
generall
mappe
of
Africa
hath
these
wordes
.
Ex
recentioribus
,
&c.
AMong
the
late
writers
(
for
your
more
perfect
knowledge
of
Africa
)
you
must
read
Aloisius
Cadamosta
,
Vasco
da
Gama
,
and
Francis
Aluarez
,
who
trauailed
Ethiopia
;
Sed
omnium
accuratissime
&c.
but
of
all
others
you
haue
it
most
exactly
described
by
Iohn
Leo.
Also
the
same
author
before
his
map
of
Barbary
and
Biledulgerid
.
BVt
(
saith
he
)
concerning
these
regions
and
people
,
you
shall
finde
a
most
exquisite
description
in
the
Historie
of
Iohn
Leo
,
&c.
The
opinion
of
IOHN
BODIN
in
the
fourth
chapter
of
his
method
of
reading
Histories
concerning
this
our
author
.
Ita
quoque
Leo
Afer
,
genere
Maurus
,
&c.
SO
likewise
Leo
Afer
by
descent
a
More
,
borne
in
Spaine
,
in
religion
a
Mahumetan
,
and
afterward
a
Christian
,
hauing
by
continuall
iournies
trauelled
almost
ouer
all
Africa
;
as
also
ouer
Asia
minor
,
and
a
good
part
of
Europe
,
was
taken
by
certaine
pirates
,
and
presented
vnto
pope
Leo
the
tenth
:
vnder
whom
he
translated
into
Italian
all
those
things
which
with
incredible
studie
and
diligence
he
had
written
in
the
Arabick
toong
,
concerning
Africa
,
the
manners
,
lawes
,
and
customes
of
the
African
people
,
and
the
situation
and
true
description
of
the
whole
countrey
.
Their
militarie
discipline
he
lightly
passeth
ouer
:
and
briefly
mentioneth
the
conflicts
and
victories
of
famous
warrious
,
without
any
orations
or
ornaments
of
speech
,
rather
like
a
Geographer
then
a
Chronicler
:
and
with
a
perpetuall
delight
of
new
and
strange
things
,
he
doth
(
as
it
were
)
perforce
detaine
his
Reader
,
&c.
And
a
little
after
he
addeth
:
Profecto
vnus
est
ex
omnibus
,
&c.
Certes
of
all
others
this
is
the
onely
man
,
by
whom
Africa
,
which
for
a
thousand
yeeres
before
had
lien
buried
in
the
barbarous
and
grosse
ignorance
of
our
people
,
is
now
plainly
discouered
and
laide
open
to
the
view
of
all
beholders
.
Antonius
Posseuinus
de
historicis
sect.
7.
cap.
2.
Sed
&
perdigna
est
lectu
,
&c.
ALso
the
Historie
of
Leo
Afer
the
Geographer
is
most
worthie
to
be
read
,
bicause
it
containeth
an
exact
description
of
all
the
regions
and
people
of
Africa
;
and
it
hath
beene
published
in
Italian
and
French
.
IOHN
LEO
HIS
FIRST
BOOKE
OF
the
description
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
memorable
things
contained
therein
.
Why
this
part
of
the
worlde
was
named
Africa
.
AFRICA
is
called
in
the
Arabian
toong
〈◊〉
,
of
the
word
Faraca
,
which
signifieth
in
the
said
language
,
to
diuide
:
but
why
it
should
be
so
called
,
there
are
two
opinions
;
the
first
is
this
:
namely
,
because
this
part
of
the
worlde
is
diuided
from
Europa
by
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
from
Asia
[
](A05331-e8890-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Others
diuide
it
from
Asia
by
the
red
sea
.
by
the
riuer
of
Nilus
.
Others
are
of
opinion
,
that
this
name
Africa
was
deriued
from
one
Ifricus
the
king
of
Arabia
Foelix
,
who
is
saide
to
haue
beene
the
first
that
euer
inhabited
these
partes
.
This
Ifricus
waging
warre
against
the
king
of
Aslyria
,
and
being
at
length
by
him
driuen
out
of
his
kingdome
,
passed
with
his
whole
armie
ouer
Nilus
,
and
so
conducting
his
troupes
westward
,
made
no
delay
till
he
was
come
vnto
the
region
lying
about
Carthage
.
Hence
it
is
that
the
Arabians
do
imagine
the
countrie
about
Carthage
onely
,
and
the
regions
lying
westward
thereof
,
to
comprehende
all
Africa
.
The
borders
of
Africa
.
AFRICA
(
if
we
may
giue
credite
vnto
the
writers
of
that
nation
,
being
men
of
learning
,
and
most
skilfull
Cosmographers
)
beginneth
southward
at
certaine
riuers
issuing
foorth
of
a
lake
in
the
desert
of
Gaoga
.
Eastward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
riuer
Nilus
.
It
extendeth
northward
to
that
part
of
Egypt
,
where
Nilus
at
seuen
mouthes
dischargeth
his
streames
into
the
Mediterran
sea
:
from
whence
it
stretcheth
westward
as
farre
as
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
,
and
is
bounded
on
that
part
with
the
vtmost
sea-towne
of
all
Libya
,
called
[
](A05331-e8960-b)*
*
*
Non.
Nun.
Likewise
the
south
part
thereof
abutteth
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
,
which
compasseth
Africa
almost
as
farre
as
the
deserts
of
Gaoga
.
The
〈◊〉
of
Africa
.
OVR
authors
affirme
,
that
Africa
is
〈◊〉
into
fower
partes
,
that
is
to
say
,
Barbaria
,
Numidia
,
Libya
,
and
the
lande
of
Negros
.
Barbaria
taketh
beginning
from
the
hill
called
Meies
,
which
is
the
extreme
part
of
all
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
,
being
distant
from
Alexandria
almost
three
hundred
miles
.
It
is
bounded
on
the
North
side
with
the
Mediterran
sea
,
stretching
thence
to
mount-Meies
aforesaid
,
and
from
mount-Meies
extending
itselfe
to
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
.
Westward
it
is
limited
with
the
said
streites
,
from
whence
winding
it selfe
out
of
the
Mediterran
sea
into
the
maine
Ocean
,
it
is
inclosed
with
the
most
westerly
point
of
Atlas
:
namely
,
at
that
Westerne
cape
which
is
next
vnto
the
towne
called
Messa
.
And
southward
it
is
bounded
with
that
side
of
Atlas
which
lieth
towards
the
Mediterran
sea
.
This
is
the
most
noble
and
worthie
region
of
all
Africa
,
the
inhabitants
whereof
are
of
a
browne
or
tawnie
colour
,
being
a
ciuill
people
,
and
prescribe
wholsome
lawes
and
constitutions
vnto
themselues
.
The
second
part
of
Africa
is
called
of
the
Latines
Numidia
,
but
of
the
Arabians
Biledulgerid
:
this
region
bringeth
foorth
dates
in
great
abundance
.
It
beginneth
eastward
at
the
citie
of
Eloacat
,
which
is
an
hundred
miles
distant
from
Egypt
,
&
extendeth
west
as
far
as
the
towne
of
[
](A05331-e9030-b)*
*
*
〈◊〉
.
Nun
,
standing
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
.
Northward
it
is
inclosed
with
the
south
side
of
Atlas
.
And
the
south
part
thereof
bordereth
vpon
the
sandie
deserts
of
Libya
.
All
the
Arabians
doe
vsually
call
it
The
land
of
dates
:
because
this
onely
region
of
Africa
beareth
dates
.
The
third
part
called
of
the
Latines
Libya
,
and
of
the
Arabians
Sarra
(
which
word
signifieth
a
desert
)
beginneth
eastward
at
that
part
of
Nilus
which
is
next
vnto
the
citie
of
Eloacat
,
and
from
thence
runneth
westward
as
far
as
the
Ocean
sea
.
Northwarde
it
is
bounded
with
Numidia
,
southward
it
abutteth
vpon
the
land
of
Negros
,
eastward
it
taketh
beginning
at
the
kingdome
of
Gaoga
,
and
stretcheth
westwarde
euen
to
the
land
of
Gualata
,
which
bordereth
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
.
The
fourth
part
of
Africa
which
is
called
the
land
of
Negros
,
beginneth
eastward
at
the
kingdome
of
Gaoga
,
from
whence
it
extendeth
west
as
far
as
Gualata
.
The
north
part
thereof
is
inclosed
with
the
desert
of
Libya
,
and
the
south
part
,
which
is
vnknowen
vnto
vs
,
with
the
Ocean
sea
:
howbeit
the
merchants
which
daily
come
from
thence
to
the
kingdome
of
Tombuto
,
haue
sufficiently
described
the
situation
of
that
countrie
vnto
vs
.
This
lande
of
Negros
hath
a
mightie
riuer
,
which
taking
his
The
〈◊〉
of
Niger
.
name
of
the
region
,
is
called
Niger
:
this
riuer
taketh
his
originall
from
the
east
out
of
a
certaine
desert
called
by
the
foresaide
Negros
Seu.
Others
will
haue
this
riuer
to
spring
out
of
a
certaine
lake
,
and
so
to
run
westward
till
it
exonerateth
itselfe
into
the
Ocean
sea
.
Our
Cosmographers
affirme
,
that
the
said
riuer
of
Niger
is
deriued
out
of
Nilus
,
which
they
imagine
for
some
certaine
space
to
be
swallowed
vp
of
the
earth
,
and
yet
at
last
to
burst
foorth
into
such
a
lake
as
is
before
mentioned
.
Some
others
are
of
opinion
,
that
this
riuer
beginneth
westward
to
spring
out
of
a
certaine
mountaine
,
and
so
running
east
,
to
make
at
length
a
huge
lake
:
which
verily
is
not
like
to
be
true
;
for
they
vsually
saile
westward
from
Tombuto
to
the
kingdome
of
Ginea
,
yea
and
to
the
land
of
Melli
also
;
both
which
in
respect
of
Tombuto
are
situate
to
the
west
:
neither
hath
the
said
land
of
Negros
any
kingdomes
comparable
,
for
beautifull
and
pleasant
soile
,
vnto
those
which
adioine
vnto
the
bankes
of
Niger
.
And
here
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
(
according
to
the
opinion
of
our
Cosmographers
)
[
](A05331-e9100-b)*
*
*
Aethiopia
.
that
land
of
Negros
by
which
Nilus
is
said
to
run
(
namely
,
that
part
of
the
world
which
stretcheth
eastward
euen
to
the
Indian
sea
,
some
northerly
parcell
whereof
abutteth
vpon
the
red
sea
,
to
wit
,
the
countrie
which
lieth
without
the
gulfe
of
Arabia
)
is
not
to
be
called
any
member
or
portion
of
Africa
;
and
that
for
many
reasons
,
which
are
to
be
found
in
the
processe
of
this
historie
set
downe
more
at
large
:
The
said
countrie
is
called
by
the
Latines
Aethiopia
.
From
thence
come
certaine
religious
Friers
seared
or
branded
on
the
face
with
an
hot
iron
,
who
are
to
be
seene
almost
ouer
all
Europe
,
and
specially
at
Rome
.
These
people
haue
an
Emperour
,
which
they
call
Prete
Gianni
,
the
greater
part
of
that
land
being
inhabited
with
Christians
.
Howbeit
,
there
is
also
a
certaine
Mahumetan
among
them
,
which
is
said
to
possesse
a
great
dominion
.
A
diuision
of
the
fower
forenamed
partes
of
Africa
.
BArbarie
is
distinguished
into
fower
kingdomes
:
the
first
whereof
is
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
;
which
is
likewise
diuided
into
seuen
regions
or
prouinces
;
namely
,
Hea
,
Sus
,
Guzula
,
the
territorie
of
Maroco
,
Duccala
,
Hazcora
,
&
Tedles
.
The
second
kingdome
of
Barbarie
called
Fez
,
comprehendèth
in
like
sort
seuen
regions
within
the
bounds
thereof
;
to
wit
,
Temesne
,
the
territorie
of
Fez
,
Azgara
,
[
](A05331-e9160-b)*
*
*
Habat
.
Elabat
,
Errif
,
Garet
,
and
[
](A05331-e9170-b)*
*
*
Chauz
.
Elcauz
.
The
third
kingdome
is
called
[
](A05331-e9180-b)*
*
*
Tremizen
.
Telensin
,
and
hath
three
regions
vnder
it
,
namely
,
the
mountaines
,
Tenez
,
and
Algezer
.
The
fourth
kingdome
of
Barbarie
is
named
Tunis
;
vnder
which
are
comprized
fower
regions
,
that
is
to
say
,
Bugia
,
Constantina
,
Tripolis
in
Barbarie
,
and
Ezzaba
,
which
is
a
good
part
of
Numidia
.
Bugia
hath
alwaies
beene
turmoiled
with
continuall
warres
;
because
sometimes
it
was
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
sometimes
againe
vnto
the
king
of
Tremizen
.
Certaine
it
is
that
euen
vntill
these
our
daies
,
this
Bugia
was
a
kingdome
of
it selfe
,
and
so
continued
,
till
the
principall
citie
of
that
region
was
at
the
commandement
of
Ferdinando
the
king
of
Castile
,
taken
by
one
Peter
of
Nauarre
.
The
diuision
of
Numidia
.
THis
is
the
basest
part
of
all
Africa
;
neither
will
our
Cosmographers
vouchsafe
it
the
name
of
a
kingdome
,
by
reason
that
the
inhabitants
thereof
are
so
far
distant
asunder
;
which
you
may
easily
coniecture
by
that
which
followeth
.
Tesset
a
citie
of
Numidia
containeth
about
fower
hundred
families
,
and
is
in
regard
of
the
Libyan
desert
,
seuered
from
all
places
of
habitation
almost
three
hundred
miles
;
wherefore
this
second
part
is
thought
by
diuers
not
to
be
woorthie
the
name
of
a
kingdome
.
Howbeit
we
will
make
some
relation
of
the
habitable
partes
of
Numidia
;
some
whereof
may
not
vnfitly
bee
compared
with
other
regions
of
Africa
,
as
for
example
,
that
of
Segelmess
,
which
territorie
of
Numidia
lieth
ouer
against
Barbarie
;
likewise
Zeb
,
which
is
situate
against
Bugia
,
and
the
signiorie
of
Biledulgerid
,
which
extendeth
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
.
Reseruing
therefore
many
particulars
for
the
second
part
of
this
historie
,
we
wil
make
our
entrie
and
beginning
at
those
places
,
which
lie
vpon
the
west
of
Numidia
:
the
names
whereof
be
these
;
Tesset
,
Guaden
,
Ifren
,
Hacca
,
Dare
,
Tebelbelt
,
Todga
,
Fercale
,
Segelmess
,
Benigumi
,
Fighig
,
Tegua
,
Tsabit
,
Tegorarin
,
Mesab
,
Tegort
,
and
Guarghela
.
The
region
of
Zeb
containeth
fiue
townes
,
to
wit
,
Pescara
,
Elborgh
,
Nesta
,
Taolac
,
and
Deusin
:
so
many
cities
likewise
hath
the
territorie
of
Biledulgerid
;
namely
,
Teozar
,
Caphesa
,
Nefreoa
,
Elchamid
,
and
Chalbis
:
and
from
hence
eastward
are
found
the
isles
of
Gerbe
,
Garion
,
Mesellata
,
Mestrata
,
Teoirraga
,
Gademis
,
Fizza
,
Augela
,
Birdeoa
,
and
Eloacat
.
These
are
the
names
of
the
most
famous
places
of
all
Numidia
,
being
bounded
(
as
is
said
before
)
westward
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
,
and
eastward
with
the
riuer
of
Nilus
.
A
description
of
the
Libyan
deserts
,
which
lie
betweene
Numidia
and
the
〈◊〉
of
Negros
.
THese
deserts
haue
not
as
yet
any
certaine
name
amongst
vs
,
〈◊〉
they
be
diuided
into
fiue
partes
,
and
receiue
all
their
denomination
from
the
inhabitants
which
dwell
vpon
them
,
that
is
to
say
,
from
the
Numidians
,
who
are
in
like
sort
themselues
diuided
into
fiue
partes
also
,
to
wit
,
the
people
or
tribes
called
Zanega
,
Ganziga
,
Terga
,
Leuta
,
and
Berdeoa
.
There
bee
likewise
certaine
places
,
which
take
some
proper
and
particular
name
from
the
goodnes
and
badnes
of
the
soile
;
as
namely
the
desert
of
Azaohad
,
so
called
for
the
drought
and
vnfruitfulnes
of
that
place
:
likewise
Hair
,
albeit
a
desert
,
yet
so
called
for
the
goodnes
and
temperature
of
the
aire
.
A
diuision
of
the
land
of
Negros
into
seuerall
kingdomes
.
MOreouer
,
the
land
of
Negros
is
diuided
into
many
kingdomes
:
whereof
albeit
a
great
part
be
vnknowen
vnto
vs
,
and
remooued
farre
out
of
our
trade
;
we
will
notwithstanding
make
relation
of
those
places
,
where
we
our selues
haue
aboad
,
and
which
by
long
experience
are
growne
very
familiar
vnto
vs
:
as
likewise
of
some
other
places
,
from
whence
merchants
vsed
to
trauell
vnto
the
same
cities
wherein
my selfe
was
then
resident
;
from
whom
I
learned
right
〈◊〉
the
state
of
their
countries
.
I
[
](A05331-e9300-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Iohn
〈◊〉
ouer
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
the
〈◊〉
of
Negros
.
my selfe
saw
fifteene
kingdoms
of
the
Negros
:
howbeit
there
are
many
more
,
which
although
I
saw
not
with
mine
owne
eies
,
yet
are
they
by
the
Negros
sufficiently
knowen
and
frequented
.
Their
names
therefore
(
beginning
from
the
west
,
and
so
proceeding
Eastward
and
Southward
)
are
these
following
:
Gualata
,
Ghinea
,
Melli
,
Tombuto
,
Gago
,
Guber
,
Agadez
,
Cano
,
Casena
,
Zegzeg
,
Zanfara
,
Guangara
,
Burno
,
Gaoga
,
Nube
.
These
fifteene
kingdomes
are
for
the
most
part
situate
vpon
the
riuer
Niger
,
through
the
which
merchants
vsually
trauell
from
Gualata
to
the
citie
of
[
](A05331-e9310-b)*
*
*
Cairo
.
Alcair
in
Egypt
.
The
iourney
indeede
is
very
long
,
but
yet
secure
and
voide
of
danger
.
All
the
said
kingdomes
adioine
one
vpon
another
;
ten
whereof
are
separated
either
by
the
riuer
Niger
,
or
by
some
sandie
desert
:
and
in
times
past
each
one
of
the
fifteene
had
a
seueral
king
,
but
now
[
](A05331-e9320-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
About
the
yeere
1526.
at
this
present
,
they
are
all
in
a
manner
subiect
vnto
three
kings
onely
:
namely
,
to
the
king
of
Tombuto
who
is
Lord
of
the
greatest
part
;
to
the
king
of
Borno
,
who
gouerneth
the
least
part
,
and
the
residue
is
in
subiection
vnto
the
king
of
Gaoga
:
howbeit
he
that
possesseth
the
kingdome
of
Ducala
hath
a
very
small
traine
attending
vpon
him
.
Likewise
these
kingdomes
haue
many
other
kingdomes
bordering
vpon
the
South
frontiers
of
them
:
to
wit
,
Bito
,
Temiam
,
Dauma
,
Medra
,
and
Gorhan
;
the
gouernors
and
inhabitants
whereof
are
most
rich
and
industrious
people
,
great
louers
of
iustice
and
equitie
,
albeit
some
lead
a
brutish
kinde
of
life
.
Of
the
habitations
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
signification
of
this
word
Barbar
.
OVr
Cosmographers
and
historiographers
affirme
,
that
in
times
past
Africa
was
altogether
disinhabited
,
except
that
part
which
is
now
called
the
land
of
Negros
:
and
most
certaine
it
is
,
that
Barbarie
and
Numidia
were
for
many
ages
destitute
of
inhabitants
.
The
tawnie
people
of
the
said
region
were
called
by
the
name
of
Barbar
,
being
deriued
of
the
verbe
Barbara
,
which
in
their
toong
signifieth
to
murmur
:
because
the
African
toong
soundeth
in
the
eares
of
the
Arabians
,
no
otherwise
then
the
voice
of
beasts
,
which
vtter
their
sounds
without
any
accents
.
Others
will
haue
Barbar
to
be
one
word
twise
repeated
,
forsomuch
as
Bar
in
the
Arabian
toong
signifieth
a
desert
.
For
(
say
they
)
when
king
Iphricus
being
by
the
Assyrians
or
Aethiopians
driuen
out
of
his
owne
kingdome
,
trauelled
towards
Aegypt
,
and
seeing
himselfe
so
oppressed
with
his
enimies
,
that
he
knew
not
what
should
become
of
him
and
his
followers
,
he
asked
his
people
how
or
which
way
it
was
possible
to
escape
,
who
answered
him
Bar-Bar
,
that
is
,
to
the
desert
,
to
the
desert
:
giuing
him
to
vnderstand
by
this
speech
,
that
he
could
haue
no
safer
refuge
,
then
to
crosse
ouer
Nilus
,
and
to
flee
vnto
the
desert
of
Africa
.
And
this
reason
seemeth
to
agree
with
them
,
which
affirme
the
Africans
to
be
descended
from
the
people
of
Arabia
foelix
.
The
originall
of
the
people
of
Africa
.
ABout
the
originall
of
the
Africans
,
our
historiographers
doe
much
disagree
.
For
some
will
haue
them
to
be
deriued
from
the
inhabitants
of
Palaestina
;
because
(
as
they
say
)
being
expelled
out
of
their
owne
countrie
by
the
Assyrians
,
they
came
at
length
into
Africa
,
&
seeing
the
fruitfulnes
of
the
soile
,
chose
it
to
be
their
place
of
habitation
.
Others
are
of
opinion
,
that
they
tooke
their
originall
from
the
Sabeans
a
people
of
Arabia
foelix
,
and
that
,
before
such
time
as
they
were
put
to
flight
by
the
Assyrians
or
Aethiopians
,
as
hath
beene
aforesaid
.
Some
others
report
,
that
the
Africans
descended
from
certaine
people
of
[
](A05331-e9450-b)*
*
*
*
*
Fortè
Asia
minor
.
Asia
,
who
being
chased
thence
by
reason
of
warres
which
were
waged
against
them
,
fled
into
Greece
,
which
at
the
same
time
had
no
inhabitants
at
all
.
Howbeit
the
enimie
still
pursuing
them
,
they
were
forced
to
crosse
the
sea
of
Morea
,
and
being
arriued
in
Africa
,
to
settle
themselues
there
:
but
their
enimies
aboad
still
in
Greece
.
All
which
opinions
and
reportes
are
to
bee
vnderstood
onely
of
the
originall
of
the
tawnie
people
,
that
is
to
say
,
of
the
Numidians
and
Barbarians
.
For
all
the
Negros
or
blacke
Moores
take
their
descent
from
Chus
,
the
sonne
of
Cham
,
who
was
the
sonne
of
Noë
.
But
whatsoeuer
difference
there
be
betweene
the
Negros
and
the
tawnie
Moores
,
certaine
it
is
that
they
had
all
one
beginning
.
For
the
Negros
are
descended
of
the
Philistims
,
and
the
Philistims
of
Mesraim
the
[
](A05331-e9500-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Genesis
the
10.
v.
the
6.
Mezraim
is
accounted
the
〈◊〉
of
Chus
.
sonne
of
Chus
:
but
the
tawnie
Moores
fetch
their
petigree
from
the
Sabeans
,
and
it
is
euident
that
Saba
was
begotten
of
[
](A05331-e9530-b)*
*
*
*
*
Gen.
10.
7.
Rama
,
which
was
the
eldest
sonne
of
Chus
.
Diuers
other
opinions
there
be
as
touching
this
matter
:
which
because
they
seeme
not
so
necessarie
,
wee
haue
purposely
omitted
.
A
diuision
of
the
tawnie
Moores
into
sundrie
tribes
or
nations
.
THE
tawnie
Moores
are
diuided
into
fiue
seuerall
people
or
tribes
:
to
wit
,
the
tribes
called
Zanhagi
,
Musmudi
,
Zeneti
,
Hacari
,
and
Gumeri
.
The
tribe
of
Musmudi
inhabite
the
westerne
part
of
mount
Atlas
,
from
the
prouince
of
Hea
to
the
riuer
of
[
](A05331-e9590-b)*
*
*
Guadalhabit
.
Seruan
.
Likewise
they
dwell
vpon
the
south
part
of
the
said
mountaine
,
and
vpon
all
the
inward
plaines
of
that
region
.
These
Musmudae
haue
fower
prouinces
vnder
them
:
namely
,
Hea
,
Sus
,
Guzula
,
and
the
territorie
of
Marocco
.
The
tribe
of
Gumeri
possesse
certaine
mountaines
of
Barbarie
,
dwelling
on
the
sides
of
those
mountaines
which
lie
ouer
against
the
Mediterran
sea
:
as
likewise
they
are
Lords
of
all
the
riuer
called
in
their
language
Rif.
This
riuer
Tremizen
called
by
the
ancient
Cosmographers
Caesaria
or
Mauritania
Caesariensis
.
hath
his
fountaine
neere
vnto
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
,
and
thence
runneth
eastwards
to
the
kingdome
of
Tremizen
,
called
by
the
Latines
Caesaria
.
These
two
tribes
or
people
haue
seuerall
habitations
by
themselues
:
the
other
three
are
dispersed
confusiuely
ouer
all
Africa
:
howbeit
they
are
,
like
strangers
,
discerned
one
from
another
by
certaine
properties
or
tokens
,
maintaining
continuall
warre
among
themselues
,
especially
they
of
Numidia
.
These
(
I
say
)
are
those
very
people
(
as
some
report
)
who
had
no
other
places
then
tents
and
wide
fields
to
repose
themselues
in
:
and
it
is
reported
,
that
in
times
past
they
had
great
conflicts
together
,
and
that
the
vanquished
were
sent
to
inhabit
townes
and
cities
,
but
the
conquerors
held
the
champions
and
fieldes
vnto
themselues
,
and
there
setled
their
aboad
.
Neither
is
it
altogether
vnlikely
;
because
the
inhabitants
of
cities
haue
all
one
and
the
same
language
with
the
countrie
people
.
For
the
Zeneti
,
whether
they
dwell
in
the
citie
or
in
the
countrie
,
speake
all
one
kinde
of
language
:
which
is
likewise
to
be
vnderstood
of
the
rest
.
The
tribes
of
Zeneti
,
Haoari
,
and
Sanhagi
;
inhabit
the
countrie
of
Temesne
:
sometimes
they
liue
peaceably
,
and
sometimes
againe
,
calling
to
minde
their
ancient
quarrels
,
they
breake
foorth
into
cruell
warres
and
manslaughters
.
Some
of
these
people
beare
rule
ouer
all
Africa
,
as
namely
the
Zeneti
,
who
in
times
past
vanquished
the
familie
called
Idris
;
from
which
some
affirme
the
true
and
naturall
Dukes
of
Fez
,
and
the
founders
of
the
same
citie
to
deriue
their
petigree
:
their
progenie
likewise
was
called
Mecnasa
.
There
came
afterward
out
of
Numidia
,
another
familie
of
the
Zeneti
called
Magraoa
:
this
Magraoa
chased
the
familie
of
Mecnasa
with
all
their
Dukes
and
chieftaines
out
of
their
dominions
.
Not
long
after
,
the
said
tribe
of
Magraoa
was
expelled
in
like
sort
by
certaine
others
of
the
race
of
the
Sanhagij
,
called
by
the
name
of
Luntuna
,
which
came
also
out
of
the
desert
of
Numidia
.
By
this
familie
was
the
countrie
of
Temesna
in
processe
of
time
vtterly
spoiled
and
wasted
,
and
all
the
inhabitants
thereof
slaine
,
except
those
which
were
of
their
owne
tribe
and
kindred
of
Luntuna
,
vnto
whom
was
allotted
the
region
of
Ducala
to
inhabit
,
and
by
them
was
built
the
citie
commonly
called
Maroco
.
It
fell
out
afterwards
by
the
Who
were
the
founders
of
Maroco
.
inconstancie
of
fortune
,
that
one
Elmahdi
the
principall
〈◊〉
preacher
among
them
,
conspiring
with
the
Hargij
(
these
Hargij
were
of
the
familie
of
Musmuda
)
expelled
the
whole
race
of
the
Luntuna
,
and
vsurped
that
kingdome
vnto
himselfe
.
After
this
mans
decease
,
succeeded
in
his
place
one
of
his
disciples
called
Habdul
Mumen
a
Banigueriaghel
of
the
kindred
of
the
Sanhagij
.
The
kingdome
remained
vnto
this
family
about
an
120.
yeeres
,
whereunto
all
Africa
in
a
manner
was
subiect
:
At
length
being
deposed
by
the
Banimarini
,
a
generation
of
the
Zeneti
,
the
said
familie
was
put
to
flight
:
which
Banimarini
are
said
to
haue
raigned
afterward
for
the
space
of
170.
yeeres
.
The
Banimarini
which
descended
of
the
Sanhagij
and
of
Magroa
,
waged
continuall
warre
against
Banizeijan
the
king
of
Telensin
:
likewise
the
progenie
of
Hafasa
,
and
of
Musmuda
are
at
variance
and
dissension
with
the
king
of
Tunis
.
So
that
you
see
what
stirres
and
tumults
haue
at
all
times
beene
occasioned
in
those
regions
by
the
foresaid
fiue
families
.
Certaine
it
is
,
that
neither
the
Gumeri
,
nor
the
Haoari
haue
at
this
present
any
iurisdiction
at
all
;
albeit
heretofore
(
as
we
reade
in
their
chronicles
)
they
had
some
certaine
dominion
,
before
such
time
as
they
were
infected
with
the
Mahumetan
lawe
.
Out
of
all
which
it
is
euident
,
that
in
times
past
all
the
foresaid
people
had
their
habitations
and
tents
in
the
plaine
fields
:
euery
one
of
which
fauoured
their
owne
faction
,
and
exercised
all
labours
necessarie
for
mans
life
,
as
common
among
them
.
The
gouernours
of
the
countrie
attended
their
droues
and
flockes
;
and
the
citizens
applied
themselues
vnto
some
manuall
art
,
or
to
husbandrie
.
The
said
people
are
diuided
into
fiue
hundred
seuerall
families
,
as
appeereth
by
the
genealogies
of
the
Africans
,
author
whereof
is
one
Ibnu
Rachu
,
whom
I
haue
oftentimes
read
and
perused
.
Some
writers
are
of
opinion
,
that
the
king
of
Tombuto
,
the
king
of
Melli
,
and
the
king
of
Agadez
fetch
their
originall
from
the
people
of
Zanaga
,
to
wit
,
from
them
which
inhabite
the
desert
.
The
agreement
or
varietie
of
the
African
lauguage
.
THe
foresaid
fiue
families
or
people
,
〈◊〉
diuided
into
hundreds
of
progenies
,
and
hauing
innumerable
habitations
,
doe
notwithstanding
vse
all
one
kinde
of
language
,
called
by
them
Aquel
Amarig
,
that
is
,
the
noble
toong
:
the
Arabians
Aquel
Amarig
which
inhabite
Africa
,
call
it
a
barbarous
toong
;
and
this
is
the
true
and
naturall
language
of
the
Africans
.
Howbeit
it
is
altogether
different
from
other
languages
,
although
it
hath
diuers
words
common
with
the
Arabian
toong
;
whereupon
some
would
inferre
,
that
the
Africans
(
as
is
aboue
said
)
came
by
lineall
descent
from
the
Sabeans
,
a
people
of
Arabia
foelix
.
Others
say
,
that
these
words
were
euen
then
inuented
when
the
Arabians
came
first
into
Africa
,
and
began
to
take
possession
thereof
:
but
these
authors
were
so
rude
and
grosse-witted
,
that
they
left
no
writings
behinde
them
,
which
might
be
alleaged
either
for
,
or
against
.
Moreouer
they
haue
among
them
another
diuersitie
,
not
onely
of
〈◊〉
,
but
of
significant
words
also
:
as
namely
,
they
which
dwell
neere
vnto
the
Arabians
,
and
exercise
much
traffique
with
them
,
doe
for
the
greater
part
vse
their
language
.
Yea
,
all
the
Gumeri
in
a
manner
,
and
most
of
the
Haoari
speake
Arabian
,
though
corruptly
;
which
(
I
suppose
)
came
first
hereupon
to
passe
,
for
that
the
said
people
haue
had
long
acquaintance
and
conuersation
with
the
Arabians
.
The
Negros
haue
diuers
languages
among
themselues
,
among
which
they
call
one
Sungai
,
and
the
same
is
current
in
many
regions
;
as
namely
,
in
Gualata
,
Tombuto
,
Ghinea
,
Melli
,
and
Gago
.
Another
language
there
is
among
the
Negros
,
which
they
cal
Guber
;
&
this
is
rife
among
the
people
of
Guber
,
of
Cano
,
of
Casena
,
of
Perzegreg
,
&
of
Guangra
.
Likewise
the
kingdom
of
Borno
hath
a
peculiar
kinde
of
speech
,
altogether
like
vnto
that
,
which
is
vsed
in
Gaoga
.
And
the
kingdome
of
Nube
hath
a
language
of
great
affinitie
with
the
Chaldean
,
Arabian
,
&
Egyptian
toongs
.
But
all
the
sea-towns
of
Africa
from
the
Mediterran
sea
to
the
mountains
of
Atlas
,
speake
broken
Arabian
.
Except
the
kingdome
and
towne
of
Maroco
,
&
the
inland
Numidians
bordering
vpon
Maroco
,
Fez
,
&
Tremizen
;
all
which
,
vse
the
Barbarian
toong
.
Howbeit
they
which
dwel
ouer
against
Tunis
&
Tripoli
,
speake
indeede
the
Arabian
language
;
albeit
most
corruptly
.
Of
the
Arabians
inhabiting
the
citie
of
Africa
.
OF
that
armie
which
was
sent
by
Califa
[
](A05331-e9820-b)*
*
*
〈◊〉
.
Otmen
the
third
,
in
the
fower
hundred
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
there
came
into
Africa
fowerscore
thousand
gentlemen
and
others
,
who
hauing
subdued
sundrie
prouinces
,
at
length
arriued
in
Africa
:
and
there
the
Generall
of
the
whole
armie
called
[
](A05331-e9840-b)*
*
*
〈◊〉
.
Hucha
〈◊〉
Nafich
remained
.
This
man
built
that
great
citie
which
is
called
of
vs
[
](A05331-e9860-b)*
*
*
Cairaoan
.
Alcair
.
For
he
stood
in
feare
of
the
people
of
Tunis
,
least
they
should
betray
him
,
misdoubting
also
that
they
would
procure
aide
out
of
Sicily
,
and
so
giue
him
the
encounter
.
Wherefore
with
all
his
treasure
which
he
had
got
,
he
trauelled
to
the
desert
&
firme
ground
,
distant
from
[
](A05331-e9870-b)*
*
*
Tunis
.
Carthage
about
one
hundred
and
twentie
miles
,
and
there
is
he
said
to
haue
built
the
citie
of
[
](A05331-e9880-b)*
*
*
〈◊〉
.
Alcair
.
The
remnant
of
his
soldiers
he
commanded
to
keepe
those
places
,
which
were
most
secure
and
fit
for
their
defence
,
and
willed
them
to
build
where
no
rocke
nor
fortification
was
.
Which
being
done
,
the
Arabians
began
to
inhabit
Africa
,
and
to
disperse
themselues
among
the
Africans
,
who
,
because
they
had
beene
for
certaine
yeeres
subiect
vnto
the
Romans
or
Italians
,
vsed
to
speake
their
language
:
and
hence
it
is
,
that
the
naturall
and
mother-toong
of
the
Arabians
,
which
hath
great
affinitie
with
the
African
toong
,
grewe
by
little
and
little
to
be
corrupted
:
and
so
they
report
that
these
two
nations
at
length
conioined
themselues
in
one
.
Howbeit
the
Arabians
vsually
doe
blaze
their
petigree
in
daily
and
triuiall
songs
;
which
custome
as
yet
is
common
both
to
[
](A05331-e9890-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
The
Moores
of
Granada
.
vs
,
and
to
the
people
of
Barbarie
also
.
For
no
man
there
is
,
be
he
neuer
so
base
,
which
will
not
to
his
owne
name
,
adde
the
name
of
his
nation
;
as
for
example
,
Arabian
,
Barbarian
,
or
such
like
.
Of
the
Arabians
which
dwell
in
tents
.
THE
Mahumetan
priestes
alwaies
forbad
the
Arabians
to
passe
ouer
Nilus
with
their
armies
and
tents
.
How
be
it
in
the
fower
hundred
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
we
reade
,
that
they
were
permitted
so
to
doe
by
a
certaine
factious
and
schismaticall
[
](A05331-e9930-b)*
*
*
*
*
A
〈◊〉
patriarke
.
Califa
:
because
one
of
his
nobles
had
rebelled
against
him
,
vsurping
the
citie
of
Cairaoan
,
and
the
greatest
part
of
Barbarie
.
After
the
death
of
which
rebell
,
that
kingdome
remained
for
some
yeeres
vnto
his
posteritie
and
familie
;
whose
iurisdiction
(
as
the
African
chronicles
report
)
grew
so
large
and
strong
in
the
time
of
Elcain
(
the
Mahumetan
Califa
and
patriark
of
Arabia
)
that
he
sent
vnto
them
one
Gehoar
,
whom
of
a
slaue
he
had
made
his
counsellour
,
Gehoar
a
slaue
by
condition
,
conquered
all
Barbarie
,
Numidia
,
Egypt
,
and
Syria
.
with
an
huge
armie
.
This
Gehoar
conducting
his
armie
westward
,
recouered
all
Numidia
and
Barbarie
.
Insomuch
that
he
pierced
vnto
the
region
of
Sus
,
and
there
claimed
most
ample
tribute
:
all
which
being
done
,
he
returned
backe
vnto
his
Calipha
,
and
most
faithfully
surrendred
vnto
him
whatsoeuer
he
had
gained
from
the
enemie
.
The
Calipha
seeing
his
prosperous
successe
,
began
to
aspire
vnto
greater
exploites
.
And
Gehoar
most
firmely
promised
,
that
as
he
had
recouered
that
westerne
dominion
vnto
his
Lord
,
so
would
he
likewise
by
force
of
warre
most
certainly
restore
vnto
him
the
countries
of
the
East
,
to
wit
,
Egypt
,
Syria
,
and
all
Arabia
;
and
protested
moreouer
that
with
the
greatest
hazard
of
his
life
,
he
would
be
auenged
of
all
the
iniuries
offered
by
the
familie
of
Labhus
vnto
his
Lords
predecessors
,
and
would
reuest
him
in
the
royall
seate
of
his
most
famous
grandfathers
,
great-grandfathers
,
and
progenitors
.
The
Calipha
liking
well
his
audacious
promise
,
caused
an
armie
of
fower-score
thousand
soldiers
,
with
an
infinite
summe
of
money
and
other
things
necessarie
for
the
warres
,
to
be
deliuered
vnto
him
.
And
so
this
valiant
and
stout
chieftaine
being
prouided
for
warfare
,
conducted
his
troupes
through
the
deserts
of
Aegypt
&
Barbarie
;
&
hauing
first
〈◊〉
to
flight
the
vice-Califa
of
Aegypt
(
who
fled
vnto
Eluir
the
Califa
of
Bagdet
)
in
short
time
he
subdued
very
easily
all
the
prouinces
of
Aegypt
and
Syria
.
Howbeit
he
could
not
as
yet
hold
himselfe
secure
;
fearing
least
the
Califa
of
Bagdet
would
assaile
him
with
an
armie
out
of
Asia
,
and
least
the
garrisons
which
he
had
left
to
keepe
Barbarie
,
should
be
constrained
to
forsake
those
conquered
prouinces
.
Wherefore
hee
built
〈◊〉
,
and
caused
it
to
be
walled
round
about
.
In
which
citie
he
left
one
of
his
most
trustie
captaines
,
with
a
great
part
of
the
armie
:
and
this
Gehoar
the
first
〈◊〉
of
Cairo
.
citie
he
called
by
the
name
of
Alchair
,
which
afterward
by
others
was
named
Cairo
.
This
Alchair
is
saide
daily
so
to
haue
increased
,
that
no
citie
of
the
world
for
buildings
and
inhabitants
was
any
way
comparable
thereunto
.
Now
when
Gehoar
perceiued
that
the
Calipha
of
Bagdet
made
no
preparation
for
warre
,
he
foorthwith
wrote
vnto
his
Lord
,
that
all
the
conquered
cities
yeelded
due
honour
vnto
him
,
and
that
all
things
were
in
quiet
and
tranquillitie
:
and
therefore
,
that
himselfe
(
if
he
thought
good
)
should
come
ouer
into
Aegypt
,
and
thereby
with
his
onely
presence
should
preuaile
more
to
recouer
the
remnant
of
his
dominions
,
then
with
neuer
so
huge
an
armie
:
for
he
was
in
good
hope
that
the
Calipha
of
Bagdet
hearing
of
his
expedition
,
woulde
leaue
his
kingdome
and
prelacie
,
and
would
betake
himselfe
to
flight
.
This
notable
and
ioyfull
message
no
sooner
came
to
the
eares
of
Califa
Elcain
;
but
he
being
by
his
good
fortune
much
more
encouraged
then
before
,
and
not
forethinking
himselfe
,
what
mischiefe
might
ensue
,
leuied
a
great
armie
,
appointing
for
vice-roy
of
all
Barbarie
one
of
the
familie
of
Sanagia
aforesaid
,
finding
him
afterward
not
to
be
his
trustie
friend
.
Moreouer
Califa
Elcain
arriuing
at
Alchair
,
and
being
most
honorably
entertained
by
his
seruant
Gehoar
,
began
to
thinke
vpon
great
affaires
,
and
hauing
gathered
an
huge
armie
,
resolued
to
wage
battell
against
the
Califa
of
Bagdet
.
In
the
meane
season
he
that
was
appointed
vice-roy
of
Barbarie
compacting
with
the
Calipha
of
Bagdet
,
yeelded
himselfe
and
all
Barbarie
into
his
hands
.
Which
the
Califa
most
kindly
accepted
,
and
ordained
him
king
ouer
all
Africa
.
But
Califa
Elcain
hearing
this
newes
at
Alchair
was
woonderfully
afflicted
in
minde
;
partly
because
he
saw
himselfe
repelled
from
his
owne
kingdome
,
and
partly
for
that
he
had
spent
all
his
money
which
hee
brought
with
him
:
insomuch
that
he
knew
not
what
in
the
world
to
doe
,
determining
some
seuere
punishment
for
Gehoar
,
by
whose
counsell
he
left
his
kingdome
of
Arabia
.
Howbeit
there
was
one
of
his
secret
counsellers
a
very
learned
and
wittie
man
,
who
seeing
his
Lord
so
sad
and
pensiue
,
and
being
desirous
by
some
good
aduise
to
preuent
the
danger
imminent
,
comforted
him
in
this
wise
:
Your
highnes
knoweth
(
most
inuincible
Califa
)
that
fortune
is
most
variable
,
and
that
the
courage
of
your
soldiers
is
no
whit
daunted
by
reason
of
these
mishaps
.
For
mine
owne
part
,
as
I
haue
heretofore
shewed
my selfe
to
be
your
trustie
seruant
,
so
will
I
at
this
time
giue
you
such
profitable
counsell
,
whereby
you
may
within
short
space
recouer
all
those
dominions
which
haue
beene
so
treacherously
taken
from
you
,
and
may
without
al
peraduenture
most
easily
attaine
vnto
your
owne
harts
desire
.
And
this
you
may
doe
without
maintaining
any
armie
at
all
;
yea
,
I
assure
you
,
if
you
please
to
take
mine
aduise
,
that
I
will
foorthwith
procure
you
such
an
armie
,
as
shall
giue
you
great
store
of
money
,
and
yet
notwithstanding
shall
doe
you
good
seruice
also
.
The
Califa
being
somewhat
〈◊〉
these
speeches
,
asked
his
counsellour
how
this
might
possibly
be
brought
to
effect
:
My
Lord
(
saith
his
counseller
)
certaine
it
is
,
that
the
Arabians
are
now
growen
so
populous
and
to
so
great
a
number
,
that
all
Arabia
cannot
containe
them
,
scarcely
wil
the
yeerely
increase
of
the
ground
suffice
to
feede
their
droues
,
and
you
see
with
what
great
famine
they
are
afflicted
,
and
how
they
are
destitute
not
onely
of
habitations
,
but
euen
of
victuals
and
sustenance
.
Wherefore
if
you
had
heeretofore
giuen
them
leaue
,
they
would
long
ere
this
haue
inuaded
Africa
.
And
if
you
will
now
licence
them
so
to
doe
,
doubt
you
not
,
but
that
you
shall
receiue
of
them
an
huge
masse
of
golde
.
This
counsell
could
not
altogether
satisfie
the
Califa
his
minde
:
for
he
knew
right
well
that
the
Arabians
would
so
waste
all
Africa
,
as
it
should
neither
bee
profitable
for
himselfe
,
nor
for
his
enemies
.
Notwithstanding
,
seeing
that
his
kingdome
was
altogether
endangered
,
hee
thought
it
better
to
accept
those
summes
of
money
which
his
counsellour
promised
,
and
so
to
be
reuenged
of
his
enemie
,
then
to
lose
both
his
kingdome
and
gold
all
at
once
.
Wherefore
hee
permitted
all
Arabians
,
which
would
pay
him
ducats
apeece
,
freely
to
enter
Africa
;
conditionally
that
they
would
shewe
themselues
most
deadly
enemies
vnto
the
treacherous
king
of
Barbarie
.
Which
libertie
Ten
tribes
of
Arabians
〈◊〉
Africa
.
being
granted
vnto
them
,
it
is
reported
that
ten
tribes
or
families
of
Arabians
,
being
halfe
the
people
of
Arabia
deserta
,
came
immediately
into
Africa
;
vnto
whom
certaine
inhabitants
of
Arabia
foelix
ioyned
themselues
,
insomuch
that
there
were
found
amongst
them
about
fiftie
thousand
persons
able
to
beare
armes
:
their
women
,
children
,
and
cattell
were
〈◊〉
Rachu
a
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
almost
innumerable
:
the
storie
whereof
Ibnu
Rachu
,
the
most
diligent
chronicler
of
African
affaires
(
whom
we
haue
before
mentioned
)
setteth
downe
at
large
.
These
Arabians
hauing
trauersed
the
desert
betweene
Aegypt
and
Barbarie
,
first
laid
siege
vnto
Tripolis
a
citie
of
Barbarie
,
which
being
ouercome
,
they
slew
a
great
part
of
the
citizens
,
the
residue
escaping
by
flight
.
Next
of
all
they
encountred
the
towne
of
Capes
,
which
was
by
them
taken
and
vanquished
.
At
length
they
besieged
Cairaoan
also
;
howbeit
the
citizens
being
sufficiently
prouided
of
victuals
,
are
said
to
haue
indured
the
siege
for
eight
monethes
:
which
being
expired
,
they
were
constrained
to
yeeld
:
at
what
time
there
was
nothing
in
Cairaoan
but
wofull
slaughters
,
hideous
outcries
,
and
present
death
.
This
land
the
Arabians
diuided
among
themselues
,
and
began
to
people
and
inhabite
the
same
;
requiring
in
the
meane
space
large
tributes
of
the
townes
and
prouinces
subiect
vnto
them
.
And
so
they
possessed
all
Africa
,
vntill
such
time
as
one
Ioseph
the
sonne
of
Ieffin
attained
to
the
kingdom
of
Marocco
.
This
Ioseph
was
the
first
king
of
Marocco
,
who
endeuored
by
all
meanes
to
aduance
the
friends
and
kinred
of
the
late
deceased
king
of
Africa
vnto
the
kingdome
;
neither
did
he
cease
vntill
he
had
expelled
all
the
Arabians
out
of
Cairaoan
.
Howbeit
the
Arabians
possessed
the
regions
thereabout
,
giuing
themselues
wholy
to
spoiles
and
robberies
:
and
the
friends
of
the
said
deceased
king
could
beare
rule
but
in
certaine
places
only
.
Afterward
succeeded
in
the
kingdome
of
Marocco
one
Mansor
,
who
was
the
fourth
king
and
prelate
of
that
Mahumetan
sect
which
was
called
Muachedim
.
This
man
,
albeit
his
grand-fathers
&
great
grand-fathers
had
alwaies
fauoured
the
posteritie
and
friends
of
the
foresaid
deceased
African
king
,
and
had
restored
them
to
their
ancient
dignitie
;
deuised
altogether
how
to
oppose
himselfe
against
them
,
and
to
vsurpe
all
their
authoritie
.
Wherefore
making
a
fained
league
with
them
,
we
reade
,
that
he
prouoked
the
Arabians
against
them
,
and
so
very
easily
ouercame
them
.
Afterward
Mansor
brought
the
greatest
part
of
the
Arabians
into
the
westerne
dominions
of
Africa
;
vnto
the
better
sort
of
whom
he
gaue
the
habitation
of
Duccala
&
Azgara
,
and
vnto
the
baser
remnant
he
bequeathed
the
possession
of
Numidia
.
But
in
processe
of
time
he
commanded
the
Numidian
slaues
to
be
set
at
libertie
,
and
so
in
despight
of
the
Arabians
,
he
caused
them
to
inhabite
that
part
of
Numidia
which
he
had
allotted
vnto
them
.
But
as
for
the
Arabians
of
Azgara
and
of
certaine
other
places
in
Barbarie
,
he
brought
them
all
vnder
his
subiection
.
For
the
Arabians
out
of
deserts
are
like
fishes
without
water
:
they
had
indeede
often
attempted
to
get
into
the
deserts
;
but
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
,
which
were
then
possessed
by
the
Barbarians
,
hindred
their
passage
.
Neither
had
they
libertie
to
passe
ouer
the
plaines
,
for
the
residue
of
the
Barbarians
were
there
planted
.
Wherefore
their
pride
being
abated
,
they
applied
themselues
vnto
husbandrie
,
hauing
no
where
to
repose
themselues
,
but
onely
in
villages
,
cottages
,
and
tents
.
And
their
miserie
was
so
much
the
greater
,
in
that
they
were
constrained
yeerely
to
disburse
vnto
the
king
of
Marocco
most
ample
tribute
.
Those
which
inhabited
Duccala
,
because
they
were
an
huge
multitude
,
easily
freed
themselues
from
all
tribute
,
and
imposition
.
A
great
part
of
the
Arabians
remained
still
at
Tunis
,
for
that
Mansor
had
refused
to
carie
them
along
with
him
:
who
,
after
the
death
of
the
said
Mansor
,
grew
to
be
Lords
of
Tunis
,
and
so
continued
,
till
they
resigned
their
gouernment
vnto
the
people
called
Abu-Haf
;
vpon
condition
that
they
should
pay
them
halfe
the
reuenues
thereof
:
and
this
condition
hath
remained
firme
euen
vntill
our
daies
.
Howbeit
,
because
the
Arabians
are
increased
to
such
innumerable
swarmes
,
that
the
whole
reuenues
are
not
sufficient
for
them
,
the
king
of
Tunis
most
iustly
alloweth
some
of
1526.
them
their
duties
,
to
the
end
they
may
make
secure
passage
for
merchants
,
which
indeede
they
performe
without
molestation
or
hurt
of
any
.
But
the
residue
which
are
depriued
of
their
pay
,
betake
themselues
wholy
to
robberies
,
thefts
,
slaughters
,
and
such
other
monstrous
outrages
.
For
these
,
lurking
alwaies
in
the
woods
,
no
sooner
see
any
merchant
approching
,
but
suddenly
they
breake
foorth
,
depriuing
him
of
his
goodes
and
life
also
:
insomuch
that
now
merchants
dare
not
passe
that
way
but
with
a
garrison
of
safe-conduct
.
And
so
they
passe
sometimes
to
their
great
inconuenience
.
For
they
are
notwithstanding
constrained
to
giue
vnto
the
foresaid
Arabians
,
which
are
in
pay
with
the
king
of
Tunis
,
great
summes
of
money
:
and
are
likewise
oftentimes
so
in
danger
of
robbers
,
that
they
lose
both
their
goods
&
liues
.
Adiuision
of
the
Arabians
which
inhabite
Africa
,
and
are
called
by
the
name
of
Barbarians
,
into
diuers
progenies
or
kinreds
.
THE
Arabians
which
inhabite
Africa
are
diuided
into
three
partes
:
one
part
whereof
are
called
Cachin
,
the
second
Hilell
,
and
the
third
Machill
.
The
Cachin
are
diuided
into
three
nations
or
tribes
;
to
wit
,
the
tribes
of
Etheg
,
Sumait
,
and
Sahid
.
Moreouer
Etheg
is
diuided
into
three
families
;
that
is
to
say
,
the
familie
of
Delleg
,
Elmuntefig
,
and
Subair
:
and
these
are
dispersed
into
many
regions
.
Hilel
are
deriued
into
fower
generations
;
to
wit
,
the
people
of
Benihemir
,
of
Rieh
,
of
Sufien
,
and
of
Chusain
.
The
familie
of
Benihemir
is
diuided
into
the
linages
of
Huroam
,
Hucben
,
Habrum
and
Mussim
.
The
tribe
of
Rieh
are
distributed
into
the
kinreds
called
Deuvad
,
Suaid
,
Asgeg
,
Elcherith
,
Enedri
,
and
Garfam
;
which
kinreds
possesse
many
dominions
.
Machil
haue
three
tribes
vnder
them
:
to
wit
,
Mastar
,
Hutmen
,
and
Hassan
.
Mastar
are
diuided
into
Ruchen
,
and
Selim
;
Hutmen
into
Elhasi
and
Chinan
;
and
Hassan
into
Deuihessen
,
Deuimansor
,
and
Deuihubaidulla
.
Deuihessen
is
distinguished
into
the
kinreds
called
Dulein
,
Berbun
,
Vodein
,
Racmen
and
Hamram
;
Deuimansor
into
Hemrun
,
Menebbe
,
Husein
,
and
Albuhusein
;
and
lastly
Deuihubaidulla
,
into
Garag
,
Hedeg
,
Teleb
,
and
Geoan
.
All
these
doe
in
a
manner
possesse
innumerable
regions
;
insomuch
that
to
reckon
them
vp
at
large
,
were
a
matter
not
onely
difficult
,
but
almost
impossible
.
Of
the
habitations
and
number
of
the
foresaid
Arabians
.
THE
most
noble
and
famous
Arabians
were
they
of
the
familie
of
Etheg
,
vnto
whome
Almansor
gaue
the
regions
of
Duccala
and
of
Tedles
to
inhabit
.
These
Arabians
euen
till
our
times
haue
beene
put
to
great
distresse
and
hazard
,
partly
by
the
Portugall
king
,
and
partly
by
the
king
of
Fez.
They
haue
at
all
oportunities
,
if
need
should
require
,
a
hundred
thousand
soldiers
fit
to
beare
armes
,
a
great
part
whereof
are
horsemen
.
The
Arabians
called
Sumait
enioy
that
part
of
the
Libyan
desert
which
lieth
ouer
against
the
desert
of
Tripoly
.
These
make
often
inuasions
into
Barbarie
,
for
they
haue
no
places
allotted
them
therein
,
but
they
and
their
camels
doe
perpetually
remaine
in
the
deserts
.
They
are
able
to
leuie
fowerscore
thousand
soldiers
,
the
greatest
part
being
footmen
.
Likewise
the
tribe
of
Sahid
doe
inhabite
the
desert
of
Libya
:
and
these
haue
had
alwaies
great
league
and
familiaritie
with
the
king
of
Guargala
.
They
haue
such
abundance
of
cattell
,
that
they
doe
plentifully
supply
all
the
cities
of
that
region
with
flesh
,
and
that
especially
in
sommer
time
,
for
all
the
winter
they
stirre
not
out
of
the
deserts
.
Their
number
is
increased
to
about
a
hundred
and
fiftie
thousand
,
hauing
not
many
horsemen
among
them
.
The
tribe
of
Delleg
possesse
diuers
habitations
,
howbeit
[
](A05331-e10270-b)*
*
*
〈◊〉
.
Caesaria
containeth
the
greatest
part
of
them
.
Some
also
inhabit
vpon
the
frontiers
of
the
kingdome
of
Bugia
;
who
are
said
to
receiue
a
yeerely
stipend
from
their
next
neighbours
.
But
the
least
part
of
them
dwell
vpon
the
field-countrey
of
Acdes
,
vpon
the
borders
of
Mauritania
,
and
vpon
some
part
of
mount
Atlas
,
being
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Fez.
The
people
of
Elmuntefig
are
seated
in
the
prouince
of
Azgar
,
and
are
called
by
the
later
writers
Elcaluth
.
These
also
pay
certaine
yeerely
tribute
vnto
the
King
of
Fez
,
beeing
able
to
furnish
about
eight
thousand
horsemen
to
the
warres
.
The
kindred
of
Sobair
doe
inhabit
not
farre
from
the
kingdome
of
Gezeir
,
being
many
of
them
vnder
the
pay
of
the
king
of
Tremizen
,
and
are
said
to
enioy
a
great
part
of
Numidia
.
They
haue
,
more
or
lesse
,
three
thousand
most
warlike
horsemen
.
They
possesse
likewise
great
abundance
of
camels
;
for
which
cause
they
abide
all
winter
in
the
deserts
.
The
remnant
of
them
occupieth
the
plaine
which
lieth
betweene
Sala
and
Mecnes
.
These
haue
huge
droues
of
cattell
,
and
exercise
themselues
in
husbandrie
,
being
constrained
to
pay
some
yeerely
tribute
vnto
the
king
of
Fez.
They
haue
horsemen
,
who
,
as
a
man
may
say
,
are
naturally
framed
to
the
warres
,
about
fower
thousand
in
number
.
Of
the
people
of
Hillel
,
and
of
their
habitations
.
HIllel
,
which
are
also
called
Benihamir
,
dwell
vpon
the
frontiers
of
the
kingdome
of
Tremizen
and
Oran
.
These
range
vp
and
downe
the
desert
of
Tegorarin
,
being
in
pay
vnder
the
king
of
Tremizen
,
and
of
great
riches
and
power
;
insomuch
that
they
haue
at
all
times
in
a
readines
for
the
〈◊〉
six
thousand
horsemen
.
The
tribe
of
Hurua
possesse
onely
the
borders
of
Mustuganim
.
These
are
sauage
people
,
giuing
themselues
wholy
to
spoiles
and
robberies
,
and
alienating
their
mindes
from
the
warres
.
They
neuer
come
foorth
of
the
deserts
;
for
the
people
of
Barbarie
will
neither
allow
them
any
places
of
habitation
,
nor
yet
any
stipend
at
all
:
horsemen
they
haue
to
the
number
of
two
thousand
.
The
kindred
of
Hucban
are
next
neighbours
vnto
the
region
of
Melian
,
who
receiue
certaine
pay
from
the
king
of
Tunis
.
They
are
rude
and
wilde
people
,
and
in
very
deede
estranged
from
al
humanitie
:
they
haue
(
as
it
is
reported
)
about
fifteene
hundred
horsemen
.
The
tribe
of
Habru
inhabit
the
region
lying
betweene
Oran
and
Mustuganim
:
these
exercise
husbandrie
,
paying
yeerely
tribute
vnto
the
king
of
Tremizen
,
and
being
scarce
able
to
make
one
hundred
horsemen
.
The
people
called
Mussim
possesse
those
deserts
of
Masila
which
extend
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Bugia
.
These
likewise
are
giuen
onely
to
theft
and
robberie
;
they
take
tribute
both
of
their
owne
people
,
and
of
other
regions
adioyning
vnto
them
.
The
tribe
of
Rieeh
inhabite
those
deserts
of
Libya
which
border
vpon
Constantina
.
These
haue
most
ample
dominions
in
Numidia
,
being
now
diuided
into
sixe
parts
.
This
right
famous
and
warlike
nation
receiueth
stipende
from
the
king
of
Tunis
,
hauing
fiue
thousande
horsemen
at
command
.
The
people
of
Suaid
enioy
that
desert
,
which
is
extended
vnto
the
signiorie
of
Tenez
.
These
haue
very
large
possessions
,
receiuing
stipend
from
the
king
of
Tremizen
,
being
men
of
notable
dexteritie
,
as
well
in
the
warres
as
in
all
other
conuersation
of
life
.
The
kindred
of
Azgeg
dwell
not
all
together
in
one
place
:
for
part
of
them
inhabite
the
region
of
Garet
among
the
people
called
Hemram
:
and
the
residue
poslesse
that
part
of
Duccala
which
lieth
neere
vnto
Azaphi
.
The
tribe
of
Elcherit
dwell
vpon
that
portion
of
Helin
which
is
situate
in
the
plaine
of
Sahidim
,
hauing
the
people
of
Heah
tributarie
vnto
them
,
and
being
a
very
vnciuill
and
barbarous
people
.
The
people
called
Enedri
are
seated
in
the
plaine
of
Heah
:
but
the
whole
region
of
Heah
maintaineth
almost
fower
thousand
horsemen
;
which
notwithstanding
are
vnfit
for
the
warres
.
The
people
of
Garfa
haue
sundrie
mansions
;
neither
haue
they
any
king
or
gouernour
.
They
are
dispersed
among
other
generations
,
and
especially
among
the
kindreds
of
Manebbi
and
Hemram
.
These
conuay
dates
from
Segelmessa
to
the
kingdome
of
Fez
,
and
carrie
backe
againe
from
thence
such
things
as
are
necessarie
for
Segelmess
.
Of
the
tribe
of
Machil
.
THE
people
called
Ruche
,
who
are
thought
to
be
descended
from
Mastar
,
doe
possesse
that
desert
,
which
lieth
next
vnto
Dedes
and
Farcala
.
They
haue
very
small
dominions
,
for
which
cause
they
are
accounted
no
whit
rich
;
howbeit
they
are
most
valiant
soldiers
,
and
exceeding
swift
of
foote
;
insomuch
that
they
esteeme
it
a
great
disgrace
,
if
one
of
their
footemen
be
vanquished
by
two
horsemen
.
And
you
shall
finde
scarce
any
one
man
among
them
,
which
will
not
outgoe
a
very
swift
horse
;
be
the
iourney
neuer
so
long
.
They
haue
about
fiue
hundred
horsemen
;
but
most
warlike
footemen
,
to
the
number
of
eight
thousand
.
Selim
inhabite
vpon
the
riuer
of
Dara
;
from
whence
they
range
vp
and
downe
the
deserts
.
They
are
endowed
with
great
riches
,
carrying
euery
yeere
merchandize
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Tombuto
,
and
are
thought
to
be
in
high
fauour
with
the
king
himselfe
.
Traffique
to
Tombuto
.
A
large
iurisdiction
they
haue
in
Darha
and
great
plentie
of
camels
:
and
for
all
oportunities
of
warre
they
haue
euer
in
a
readines
three
thousande
horsemen
.
The
tribe
of
Elhasis
dwelleth
vpon
the
sea-coast
neere
vnto
Messa
.
They
doe
arme
about
fiue
hundred
horsemen
,
and
are
a
nation
altogether
rude
and
vnacquainted
in
the
warres
.
Some
part
of
them
inhabiteth
Azgara
.
Those
which
dwell
about
Messa
are
free
from
the
yoke
of
superioritie
,
but
the
others
which
remaine
in
Azgar
are
subiect
to
the
king
of
Fez.
The
kindred
of
Chinan
are
dispersed
among
them
which
before
were
called
Elcaluth
,
and
these
also
are
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Fez.
Very
warlike
people
they
are
;
and
are
able
to
set
foorth
two
thousand
horsemen
.
The
people
of
Deuihessen
are
diuided
into
the
kindreds
of
Duleim
,
Burbun
,
Vode
,
Deuimansor
,
and
Deuihubaidulla
.
Duleim
are
conuersant
in
the
deserts
of
Libya
with
the
African
people
called
Zanhaga
.
They
haue
neither
dominion
nor
yet
any
stipend
;
wherefore
they
are
very
poore
and
giuen
to
robberie
:
they
trauell
vnto
Dara
,
and
exchange
cattell
for
dates
with
the
inhabitants
there
.
All
brauerie
&
comelines
of
apparell
they
vtterly
neglect
;
and
their
number
of
fighting
menis
ten
thousand
,
fower
thousand
being
horsemen
and
the
residue
footmen
.
The
people
called
Burbun
possesse
,
that
part
of
the
Libyan
desert
,
which
adioyneth
vnto
Sus.
They
are
a
huge
multitude
,
neither
haue
they
any
riches
beside
camels
.
Vnto
them
is
subiect
the
citie
of
Tesset
,
which
scarce
sufficeth
them
for
the
maintenance
of
their
horses
,
being
but
a
few
.
The
people
of
Vode
enioyeth
that
desert
,
which
is
situate
betweene
Guaden
and
Gualata
.
They
beare
rule
ouer
the
Guadenites
,
and
of
the
Duke
of
Gualata
they
receiue
yeerely
tribute
,
and
their
number
is
growen
almost
infinite
For
by
report
they
are
of
abilitie
to
bring
into
the
field
almost
threescore
thousand
most
skilful
soldiers
;
notwithstanding
they
haue
great
want
of
horses
.
The
tribe
of
Racmen
occupie
that
desert
which
is
next
vnto
Hacha
.
They
haue
very
large
possessions
,
and
doe
in
the
spring-time
vsually
trauell
vnto
Tesset
:
for
then
alwaies
they
haue
somewhat
to
doe
with
the
inhabitants
there
.
Their
people
fit
for
armes
are
to
the
number
of
twelue
thousand
;
albeit
they
haue
very
few
horsemen
.
The
nation
of
Hamrum
inhabit
the
deserts
of
Tagauost
,
exacting
some
tribute
of
the
inhabitants
there
,
and
with
daily
incursions
likewise
molesting
the
people
of
Nun.
Their
number
of
soldiers
is
almost
eight
thousand
.
The
people
descended
of
Deuimansor
.
THE
generation
of
Dehemrum
,
which
are
saide
to
deriue
their
petigree
from
Deuimansor
,
inhabite
the
desert
ouer
against
Segellmess
,
who
continually
wander
by
the
Libyan
deserts
as
farre
as
Ighid
.
They
haue
tributarie
vnto
them
the
people
of
Segelmesse
,
of
Todgatan
,
of
Tebelbelt
,
and
of
Dara
.
Their
soile
yeeldeth
such
abundance
of
dates
,
that
the
yeerely
increase
thereof
is
sufficient
to
maintaine
them
,
although
they
had
nothing
else
to
liue
on
.
They
are
of
great
fame
in
other
nations
,
being
able
to
furnish
for
the
warres
about
three
thousand
horsemen
.
There
dwell
likewise
among
these
certaine
other
Arabians
of
more
base
condition
,
called
in
their
language
Garfa
Esgeh
;
which
notwithstanding
haue
great
abundance
of
horses
and
of
all
other
cattell
.
A
certaine
part
also
of
the
people
Hemrun
obtaineth
many
and
large
possessions
among
the
〈◊〉
,
from
whence
they
haue
a
notable
yeerely
reuenue
brought
them
in
:
this
part
of
Hemrun
maketh
often
excursions
towards
the
deserts
of
Fighig
.
In
summer
they
disperse
themselues
all
ouer
the
prouince
of
Garet
,
possessing
the
east
part
of
Mauritania
.
They
are
noble
and
honest
persons
,
and
endued
with
all
kinde
of
humanitie
and
ciuilitie
;
insomuch
that
all
the
kings
of
Fez
in
a
manner
do
vsually
chuse
them
wiues
out
of
the
same
tribe
;
needes
therefore
must
there
be
great
friendship
and
familiaritie
among
them
.
The
people
of
Menebbe
doe
almost
inhabite
the
very
same
desert
,
hauing
two
prouinces
of
Numidia
vnder
them
;
to
wit
,
Matgara
,
and
Retebbe
.
These
also
are
a
most
valiant
nation
,
being
in
pay
vnder
the
prouince
of
Segelmess
,
and
being
able
to
make
about
two
thousand
horsemen
.
The
kindred
of
Husein
,
which
are
thought
to
be
descended
of
Deuimansor
,
are
seated
vpon
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
.
They
haue
in
the
said
mountaines
a
large
iurisdiction
,
namely
diuers
castles
euery
where
,
and
many
most
rich
and
flourishing
cities
,
all
which
,
they
thinke
,
were
giuen
them
in
olde
time
by
the
vice-royes
of
the
Marini
:
for
so
soone
as
they
had
woon
that
kingdome
,
the
kindred
of
Husein
affoorded
them
great
aide
and
seruice
.
Their
dominion
is
now
subiect
vnto
the
kings
of
Fez
and
of
Segelmess
.
They
haue
a
captaine
,
which
for
the
most
part
resideth
at
the
citie
commonly
called
Garseluin
.
Likewise
they
are
alwaies
,
in
a
manner
,
trauersing
of
that
desert
which
in
their
language
is
called
Eddara
.
They
are
taken
to
be
a
most
rich
and
honest
people
,
being
of
abilitie
to
furnish
for
the
warres
about
sixe
thousande
horsemen
.
Among
these
you
shall
oftentimes
finde
many
Arabians
of
another
sort
,
whom
they
vse
onely
to
be
their
seruants
.
The
tribe
of
Abulhusein
doe
inhabite
part
of
the
foresaid
desert
of
Eddara
,
howbeit
a
very
smal
part
:
the
greatest
number
of
whom
are
brought
vnto
such
extreme
miserie
,
that
they
haue
not
in
those
their
wilde
tents
sufficient
sustenance
to
liue
vpon
.
True
it
is
,
that
they
haue
built
them
certaine
habitations
vpon
the
Libyan
deserts
;
but
yet
they
are
cruelly
pinched
with
famine
and
with
extreme
penurie
of
all
things
:
and
(
that
there
might
be
no
end
of
their
miserie
)
they
are
constrained
to
pay
yeerely
tribute
vnto
their
kindred
and
parents
.
The
ofspring
of
Deuihubaidulla
.
ONE
generation
of
the
people
of
Deuihubaidulla
are
those
which
are
named
Gharrag
:
these
enioy
the
deserts
of
Benigomi
and
Fighig
,
hauing
very
large
possessions
in
Numidia
.
They
are
stipendaries
vnto
the
king
of
Tremizen
;
who
diligently
endeuoreth
to
bring
them
to
peace
and
tranquillitie
of
life
;
for
they
are
wholy
giuen
to
theft
and
robberie
.
In
sommer
time
they
vsually
repaire
vnto
Tremizen
,
where
they
are
thought
for
that
season
of
the
yeere
to
settle
their
aboad
:
their
horsemen
are
to
the
number
of
fower
thousand
,
all
which
are
most
noble
warriours
.
The
kindred
of
Hedeg
possesse
a
certaine
desert
neere
vnto
Tremizen
,
called
in
their
owne
language
Hangad
.
These
haue
no
stipend
from
any
prince
,
nor
yet
any
iurisdiction
at
all
,
rapine
and
stealth
is
onely
delightfull
vnto
them
,
they
prouide
onely
for
their
familie
and
themselues
,
and
are
able
to
set
foorth
about
fiue
hundred
horsemen
.
The
tribe
of
Theleb
inhabite
the
plaine
of
[
](A05331-e10440-b)*
*
*
Alger
.
Algezer
:
these
haue
often
vagaries
ouer
the
deserts
vnto
the
prouince
of
Tedgear
.
Vnto
them
were
subiect
in
times
past
the
most
famous
cities
of
Algezer
and
Tedelles
:
howbeit
in
these
our
daies
they
were
recouered
againe
from
them
by
Barbarossa
the
Turke
;
which
losse
could
not
but
greatly
grieue
and
molest
their
king
.
It
is
reported
moreouer
,
that
at
the
same
time
,
the
principal
of
the
said
people
of
Theleb
were
cut
off
.
For
strength
and
cunning
in
chiualrie
they
were
inferiour
to
no
other
nation
;
their
norsemen
were
about
three
thousand
.
The
tribe
of
Gehoan
inhabite
not
all
in
one
place
:
for
part
of
them
you
may
finde
among
the
people
of
Guarag
,
and
the
residue
amongst
the
people
of
Hedeg
,
and
they
are
vnto
them
no
otherwise
then
their
seruants
,
which
condition
they
notwithstanding
most
patiently
and
willingly
submit
themselues
vnto
.
And
here
one
thing
is
to
be
noted
by
the
way
;
to
wit
,
that
the
two
forenamed
people
called
[
](A05331-e10460-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
The
Arabians
called
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
descended
from
Ismael
the
base
sonne
of
Abraham
.
Schachin
and
Hilel
are
originally
Arabians
of
Arabia
deserta
,
and
thinke
themselues
to
be
descended
from
Ismael
the
sonne
of
Abraham
.
And
those
which
wee
called
Machil
,
came
first
forth
of
Arabia
foelix
,
and
deriue
their
petigree
from
Saba
.
Before
whom
the
Mahumetans
preferre
the
former
,
which
of
Ismael
are
called
Ismaelites
.
And
because
The
Arabians
called
〈◊〉
descended
of
Saba
.
there
hath
alwaies
beene
great
controuerfie
among
them
,
which
part
should
be
of
greater
nobilitie
,
they
haue
written
on
both
sides
many
dialogues
and
epigrams
,
whereby
each
man
is
woont
to
blaze
the
renowme
,
the
vertuous
manners
,
and
laudable
customes
of
his
owne
nation
.
The
ancient
Arabians
,
which
were
before
the
times
of
the
Ismaelites
,
were
called
by
the
African
historiographers
Arabi-Araba
,
as
if
a
man
should
say
,
Arabians
of
Arabia
.
But
those
which
came
of
Ismael
,
they
call
Arabi
Mus-Araba
,
as
if
they
should
say
,
Arabians
ingraffed
into
the
land
of
Arabia
,
or
Arabians
accidentally
,
because
they
were
not
originally
bred
&
borne
in
Arabia
.
And
then
which
afterward
came
into
Africa
,
they
name
in
their
language
Mustehgeme
,
that
is
,
barbarous
Arabians
;
and
that
because
they
ioyned
themselues
vnto
strangers
,
insomuch
that
not
only
their
speech
,
but
their
manners
also
are
most
corrupt
and
barbarous
.
These
are
(
friendly
reader
)
the
particulars
,
which
for
these
ten
yeeres
my
memorie
could
reserue
,
as
touching
the
originals
and
diuersities
of
the
Africans
and
Arabians
;
in
all
which
time
I
remember
not
,
that
euer
I
read
or
saw
any
historie
of
that
nation
.
He
that
will
know
more
,
let
him
haue
recourse
vnto
Hibnu
Rachu
the
historiographer
beforenamed
.
The
manners
and
customes
of
the
African
people
,
which
inhabit
the
deserts
of
Libya
.
THose
fiue
kindes
of
people
before
rehearsed
,
to
wit
,
the
people
The
people
of
Numidia
.
of
Zenega
,
of
Gansiga
,
of
Terga
,
of
Leuta
,
and
of
Bardeoa
,
are
called
of
the
Latins
Numidae
:
and
they
liue
all
after
one
manner
,
that
is
to
say
,
without
all
lawe
and
ciuilitie
.
Their
garment
is
a
narrow
and
base
peece
of
cloth
,
wherewith
scarce
halfe
their
bodie
is
couered
.
Some
of
them
wrap
their
heads
in
a
kinde
of
blacke
cloth
,
as
it
were
with
a
scarfe
,
such
as
the
Turks
vse
,
which
is
commonly
called
a
Turbant
.
Such
as
will
be
discerned
from
the
common
sort
,
for
geutlemen
,
weare
a
iacket
made
of
blew
cotton
with
wide
sleeues
.
And
cotton-cloth
is
brought
vnto
them
by
certaine
merchants
from
the
land
of
Negros
.
They
haue
no
beastes
fit
to
ride
vpon
except
their
camels
;
vnto
whom
nature
,
betweene
the
bunch
standing
vpon
the
hinder
part
of
their
backes
and
their
neckes
,
hath
allotted
a
place
,
which
may
fitly
serue
to
ride
vpon
,
in
stead
of
a
saddle
.
Their
manner
of
riding
is
most
ridiculous
.
For
sometimes
they
lay
their
legs
acrosse
vpon
the
camels
neck
;
and
sometimes
againe
(
hauing
no
knowledge
nor
regard
of
stirrops
)
they
rest
their
feete
vpon
a
rope
,
which
is
cast
ouer
his
shoulders
.
In
stead
of
spurres
they
vse
a
truncheon
of
a
cubites
length
,
hauing
at
the
one
end
thereof
a
goad
,
wherewith
they
pricke
onely
the
shoulders
of
their
camels
.
Those
camels
which
they
vse
to
ride
vpon
haue
a
hole
bored
through
the
gristles
of
their
nose
,
in
the
which
a
ring
of
leather
is
fastened
,
whereby
as
with
a
bit
,
they
are
more
easily
curbed
and
mastred
;
after
which
manner
I
haue
seene
buffles
vsed
in
Italie
.
For
beds
;
they
lie
vpon
mats
made
of
sedge
and
bulrushes
.
Their
tents
are
couered
for
the
most
part
with
course
chamlet
,
or
with
a
harsh
kinde
of
wooll
which
commonly
groweth
vpon
the
boughes
of
their
date-trees
.
As
for
their
manner
Wooll
growing
vpon
the
Palme
tree
.
of
liuing
,
it
would
seeme
to
any
man
incredible
what
hunger
and
scarcitie
this
nation
will
indure
.
Bread
they
haue
none
at
all
,
neither
vse
they
any
seething
or
rosting
;
their
foode
is
camels
milke
onely
,
and
they
desire
no
other
dainties
.
For
their
breakefast
they
drinke
off
a
great
cup
of
camels
milke
:
for
supper
they
haue
certaine
dried
flesh
stieped
in
butter
and
milke
;
wherof
each
man
taking
his
share
,
eateth
it
out
of
his
fist
.
And
that
this
their
meate
may
not
stay
long
vndigested
in
their
stomackes
,
they
sup
off
the
foresaid
broth
wherein
their
flesh
was
steeped
:
for
which
purpose
they
vse
the
palmes
of
their
hands
as
a
most
fit
instrument
framed
by
nature
to
the
same
end
.
After
that
,
each
one
drinks
his
cup
of
milk
,
&
so
their
supper
hath
an
ende
.
These
Numidians
,
while
they
haue
any
store
of
milke
,
regard
water
nothing
at
all
,
which
for
the
most
part
happeneth
in
the
spring
of
the
yeere
,
all
which
time
you
shall
finde
some
among
them
that
will
neither
wash
their
hands
nor
their
faces
.
Which
seemeth
not
altogether
to
be
vnlikely
;
for
(
as
we
said
before
)
while
their
milke
lasteth
,
they
frequent
not
those
places
where
water
is
common
:
yea
,
and
their
camels
,
so
long
as
they
may
feede
vpon
grasse
,
will
drinke
no
water
at
all
.
They
spende
their
whole
daies
in
hunting
and
theeuing
:
for
all
their
indeuour
and
exercise
is
to
driue
away
the
camels
of
their
enemies
;
neither
will
they
remaine
aboue
three
daies
in
one
place
,
by
reason
that
they
haue
not
pasture
any
longer
for
the
sustenance
of
their
camels
.
And
albeit
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
they
haue
no
ciuilitie
at
all
,
nor
any
lawes
prescribed
vnto
them
;
yet
haue
they
a
certaine
gouernour
or
prince
placed
ouer
them
,
vnto
whom
they
render
obedience
and
due
honour
,
as
vnto
their
king
.
They
are
not
onely
ignorant
of
all
good
learning
and
liberall
sciences
;
but
are
likewise
altogether
careles
and
destitute
of
vertue
:
insomuch
that
you
shall
finde
scarce
one
amongst
them
all
which
is
a
man
of
iudgement
or
counsell
.
And
if
any
iniuried
partie
will
goe
to
the
lawe
with
his
aduersarie
,
he
must
ride
continually
fiue
or
sixe
daies
before
he
can
come
to
the
speech
of
any
iudge
.
This
nation
hath
all
learning
and
good
disciplines
in
such
contempt
,
that
they
will
not
once
vouchsafe
to
goe
out
of
their
deserts
for
the
studie
and
attaining
thereof
:
neither
,
if
any
learned
man
shall
chance
to
come
among
them
,
can
they
loue
his
companie
and
conuersation
,
in
regarde
of
their
most
rude
and
detestable
behauiour
.
Howbeit
,
if
they
can
finde
any
iudge
,
which
can
frame
himselfe
to
liue
and
continue
among
them
,
to
him
they
giue
most
large
yeerely
allowance
.
Some
allow
their
iudge
a
thousand
ducates
yeerely
,
some
more
,
and
some
lesse
,
according
as
themselues
thinke
good
.
They
that
will
seeme
to
be
accounted
of
the
better
sort
,
couer
their
heads
(
as
I
said
before
)
with
a
peece
of
blacke
cloth
,
part
whereof
,
like
a
vizard
or
maske
,
reacheth
downe
ouer
their
faces
,
couering
all
their
countenance
except
their
eies
;
and
this
is
their
daily
kinde
of
attire
.
And
so
often
as
they
put
meate
into
their
mouthes
they
remooue
the
said
maske
,
which
being
done
,
they
foorth
with
couer
their
mouths
again
;
alleging
this
fond
reason
:
for
(
say
they
)
as
it
is
vnseemely
for
a
man
,
after
he
hath
receiued
meate
into
his
stomack
,
to
vomite
it
out
of
his
mouth
againe
and
to
cast
it
vpon
the
earth
;
euen
so
it
is
an
vndecent
part
to
eate
meate
with
a
mans
mouth
vncouered
.
The
women
of
this
nation
be
grosse
,
corpulent
,
and
of
a
swart
complexion
.
They
are
fattest
vpon
their
brest
and
paps
,
but
slender
about
the
girdle
-
〈◊〉
.
Very
ciuill
they
are
,
after
their
manner
,
both
in
speech
and
gestures
:
sometimes
they
will
accept
of
a
kisse
;
but
whoso
tempteth
them
farther
,
putteth
his
owne
life
in
hazard
.
For
by
reason
of
iealousie
you
may
see
them
daily
one
to
be
the
death
and
destruction
of
another
,
and
that
in
such
sauage
and
brutish
manner
,
that
in
this
case
they
will
shew
no
compassion
at
all
.
And
they
seeme
to
be
more
wise
in
this
behalfe
then
diuers
of
our
people
,
for
they
will
by
no
meanes
match
themselues
vnto
an
harlot
.
The
liberalitie
of
this
people
hath
at
all
times
beene
exceeding
great
.
And
when
any
trauellers
may
passe
through
their
drie
and
desert
territories
,
they
will
neuer
repaire
vnto
their
tents
,
neither
will
they
themselues
trauell
vpon
the
common
high
way
.
And
if
any
carouan
or
multitude
of
merchants
will
passe
those
deserts
,
they
are
bound
to
pay
certaine
custome
vnto
the
prince
of
the
said
people
,
namely
,
for
euery
camels
load
a
peece
of
cloth
woorth
a
ducate
.
Vpon
a
time
I
remember
that
trauelling
in
the
companie
of
certaine
merchants
ouer
the
desert
called
by
them
Araoan
,
it
was
our
chaunce
there
to
meete
with
the
prince
of
Zanaga
;
who
,
after
he
had
receiued
his
due
custome
,
inuited
the
said
companie
of
merchants
,
for
their
recreation
,
to
goe
and
abide
with
him
in
his
tents
fower
or
fiue
daies
.
Howbeit
,
because
his
tents
were
too
farre
out
of
our
way
,
and
for
that
we
should
haue
wandered
farther
then
we
thought
good
,
esteeming
it
more
conuenient
for
vs
to
hold
on
our
direct
course
,
we
refused
his
gentle
offer
,
and
for
his
courtesie
gaue
him
great
thanks
.
But
not
being
satisfied
therewith
,
he
commanded
that
our
camels
should
proceede
on
forward
,
but
the
merchants
he
carried
along
with
him
,
and
gaue
them
very
sumptuous
entertainment
at
his
place
of
aboad
.
Where
wee
were
no
sooner
arriued
,
but
this
good
prince
caused
camels
of
all
kindes
and
ostriches
,
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
vsed
〈◊〉
victuals
.
which
he
had
hunted
and
taken
by
the
way
,
to
bee
killed
for
his
houshold
prouision
.
Howbeit
we
requested
him
not
to
make
such
daily
slaughters
of
his
camels
;
affirming
moreouer
,
that
we
neuer
vsed
to
eate
the
flesh
of
a
gelt
camell
,
but
when
all
other
victuals
failed
vs
.
Whereunto
hee
answered
,
that
he
should
deale
vnciuilly
,
if
he
welcommed
so
woorthie
and
so
seldome-seene
guests
with
the
killing
of
small
cattell
onely
.
Wherefore
he
wished
vs
to
fall
to
such
prouision
as
was
set
before
vs
.
Here
might
you
haue
seene
great
plentie
of
rosted
and
sodden
flesh
:
their
roasted
ostriches
were
brought
to
the
table
in
wicker
platters
,
being
seasoned
with
sundrie
kindes
of
herbes
and
spices
.
Their
bread
made
of
Mill
and
panicke
was
of
a
most
sauorie
and
pleasant
taste
:
and
alwaies
at
the
end
of
dinner
or
supper
we
had
plentie
of
dates
and
great
store
of
milke
serued
in
.
Yea
,
this
bountifull
and
noble
prince
,
that
he
might
sufficiently
shew
how
welcome
we
were
vnto
him
,
would
together
with
his
nobilitie
alwaies
beare
vs
companie
:
howbeit
we
euer
dined
and
supped
apart
by
our selues
.
Moreouer
he
caused
certaine
religious
and
most
learned
men
to
come
vnto
our
banquet
;
who
,
all
the
time
we
remained
with
the
said
prince
,
vsed
not
to
eate
any
bread
at
all
,
but
fed
onely
vpon
flesh
and
milke
.
Whereat
we
being
somewhat
amazed
,
the
good
prince
gently
told
vs
,
that
they
all
were
borne
in
such
places
whereas
no
kinde
of
graine
would
grow
:
howbeit
that
himselfe
,
for
the
entertainment
of
strangers
,
had
great
plentie
of
corne
laid
vp
in
store
.
Wherefore
he
bad
vs
to
be
of
good
cheere
,
saying
that
〈◊〉
would
eate
onely
of
such
things
as
his
owne
natiue
soile
affoorded
:
affirming
moreouer
,
that
bread
was
yet
in
vse
among
them
at
their
feast
of
passeouer
,
and
at
other
feasts
also
,
whereupon
they
vsed
to
offer
sacrifice
.
And
thus
we
remained
with
him
for
the
space
of
two
daies
;
all
which
time
,
what
woonderfull
and
magnificent
cheere
we
had
made
vs
,
would
seeme
incredible
to
report
.
But
the
third
day
,
being
desirous
to
take
our
leaue
,
the
prince
accompanied
vs
to
that
place
where
we
ouertooke
our
camels
and
companie
sent
before
.
And
this
I
dare
most
deepely
take
mine
oath
on
,
that
we
spent
the
saide
prince
ten
times
more
,
then
our
custome
which
he
receiued
came
to
.
Wee
thought
it
not
amisse
here
to
set
downe
this
historie
,
to
declare
in
some
sort
the
courtesie
and
liberalitie
of
the
said
nation
.
Neither
could
the
prince
aforesaid
vnderstand
our
language
nor
we
his
;
but
all
our
speech
to
and
fro
was
made
by
an
interpreter
.
And
this
which
we
haue
here
recorded
as
touching
this
nation
,
is
likewise
to
be
vnderstood
of
the
other
fower
nations
aboue
mentioned
,
which
are
dispersed
ouer
the
residue
of
the
Numidian
deserts
.
The
manners
and
customes
of
the
Arabians
which
inhabite
Africa
.
THE
Arabians
,
as
they
haue
sundrie
mansions
and
places
of
aboad
,
so
doe
they
liue
after
a
diuers
and
sundry
maner
.
Those
which
inhabite
betweene
Numidia
and
Libya
leade
a
most
miserable
and
distressed
life
,
differing
much
in
this
regard
from
those
Africans
,
whom
wee
affirmed
to
dwell
in
Libya
.
Howbeit
they
are
farre
more
valiant
then
the
said
Africans
;
and
vse
commonly
to
exchange
camels
in
the
lande
of
Negros
:
Where
the
Barbarie
horses
are
bred
.
they
haue
likewise
great
store
of
horses
,
which
in
Europe
they
cal
horses
of
Barbarie
.
They
take
woonderfull
delight
in
hunting
and
pursuing
of
deere
,
of
wilde
asses
,
of
ostriches
,
and
such
like
.
Neither
is
it
here
to
be
omitted
,
that
the
greater
part
of
Arabians
which
inhabite
Numidia
,
are
very
wittie
and
conceited
in
penning
of
verses
;
wherein
each
man
will
decipher
Arabian
poems
and
verses
.
his
loue
,
his
hunting
,
his
combates
,
and
other
his
woorthie
actes
:
and
this
is
done
for
the
most
part
in
ryme
,
after
the
Italians
manner
.
And
albe
it
they
are
most
liberally
minded
,
yet
dare
they
not
by
bountifull
giuing
make
any
shew
of
wealth
;
for
they
are
daily
oppressed
with
manifold
inconueniences
.
They
are
apparelled
after
the
Numidians
fashion
,
sauing
that
their
women
differ
somewhat
from
the
women
of
Numidia
.
Those
deserts
which
they
doe
now
enioy
were
woont
to
be
possessed
by
Africans
:
but
the
Arabians
with
their
armie
inuading
that
part
of
Africa
,
draue
out
the
naturall
Numidians
,
and
reserued
the
deserts
adioining
vpon
The
land
of
dates
,
vnto
themselues
:
but
the
Numidians
began
to
inhabite
those
deserts
which
border
vpon
the
land
of
Negros
.
The
Arabians
which
dwell
betweene
mount
Atlas
and
the
Mediterran
sea
are
far
wealthier
then
these
which
we
now
speake
of
,
both
for
costlines
of
apparell
,
for
good
horse-meate
,
and
for
the
statelines
and
beautie
of
their
tents
.
Their
horses
also
are
of
better
shape
and
more
corpulent
,
but
not
so
swift
as
the
horses
of
the
Numidian
desert
.
They
exercise
husbandrie
and
haue
great
increase
of
corne
.
Their
droues
and
flockes
of
cattell
be
innumerable
,
insomuch
that
they
cannot
inhabite
one
by
another
for
want
of
pasture
.
They
are
somewhat
more
vile
and
barbarous
then
those
which
inhabite
the
deserts
,
and
yet
they
are
not
altogether
destitute
of
liberalitie
:
part
of
them
,
which
dwell
in
the
territorie
of
Fez
are
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Fez.
Those
which
remaine
in
Marocco
and
Duccala
haue
continued
this
long
time
free
from
all
exaction
and
tribute
:
but
so
soone
as
the
king
of
Portugall
began
to
beare
rule
ouer
Azafi
and
Azamor
,
there
began
also
among
them
strife
and
ciuill
warre
.
Wherefore
being
assailed
by
the
king
of
Portugall
on
the
one
side
,
and
by
the
king
of
Fez
on
the
other
,
and
being
oppressed
also
with
the
extreme
famine
and
scarcitie
of
that
yeere
,
they
were
brought
vnto
such
miserie
,
that
they
freely
offered
themselues
as
The
Arabians
offer
themselues
slaues
to
any
that
would
releeue
their
extreme
hunger
.
slaues
vnto
the
Portugals
,
submitting
themselues
to
any
man
,
that
was
willing
to
releeue
their
intolerable
hunger
:
and
by
this
meanes
scarce
one
of
them
was
left
in
all
Duccala
.
Moreouer
those
which
possesse
the
deserts
bordering
vpon
the
kingdomes
of
Tremizen
and
Tunis
may
all
of
them
,
in
regard
of
the
rest
,
be
called
noblemen
and
gentlemen
.
For
their
gouernours
receiuing
euery
yeere
great
reuenues
from
the
king
of
Tunis
,
diuide
the
same
afterward
among
their
people
,
to
the
end
they
may
auoid
all
discord
:
and
by
this
meanes
all
dissension
is
eschewed
,
and
peace
is
kept
firme
and
inuiolable
among
them
.
They
haue
notable
dexteritie
and
cunning
,
both
in
making
of
tents
,
and
in
bringing
vp
and
keeping
of
horses
.
In
summer
time
they
vsually
come
neere
vnto
Tunis
,
to
the
end
that
each
man
may
prouide
himselfe
of
bread
,
armour
,
and
other
necessaries
:
all
which
they
carrie
with
them
into
the
deserts
,
remaining
there
the
whole
winter
.
In
the
spring
of
the
yeere
they
applie
themselues
to
hunting
,
insomuch
that
no
beast
can
escape
their
pursuit
.
My selfe
,
I
remember
,
was
once
at
their
tents
,
to
my
no
little
danger
and
inconuenience
;
where
I
sawe
greater
quantitie
of
cloth
,
brasse
,
yron
,
and
copper
,
then
a
man
shall
oftentimes
finde
in
the
most
rich
warehouses
of
some
cities
.
Howbeit
no
trust
is
to
be
giuen
vnto
them
;
for
if
occasion
serue
,
they
will
play
the
theeues
most
slyly
and
cunningly
;
notwithstanding
they
seeme
to
carrie
some
shewe
of
ciuilitie
.
They
take
great
delight
in
poetrie
,
and
will
pen
most
excellent
verses
,
their
language
being
very
pure
and
elegant
.
If
any
woorthie
poet
be
found
among
them
,
he
is
accepted
by
their
gouernours
with
great
honour
and
liberalitie
;
neither
would
any
man
easily
beleeue
what
wit
and
decencie
is
in
their
verses
.
Their
women
(
according
to
the
guise
of
that
countrie
)
goe
very
gorgeously
attired
:
they
weare
linnen
gownes
died
black
,
with
exceeding
wide
sleeues
,
ouer
which
sometimes
they
cast
a
mantle
of
the
same
colour
or
of
blew
,
the
corners
of
which
mantle
are
very
artificially
fastened
about
their
shoulders
with
a
fine
siluer
claspe
.
Likewise
they
haue
rings
hanging
at
their
eares
,
which
for
the
most
part
are
made
of
siluer
:
they
weare
many
rings
also
vpon
their
fingers
.
Moreouer
they
vsually
weare
about
their
thighes
and
ankles
certaine
scarfes
and
rings
,
after
the
fashion
of
the
Africans
.
They
couer
their
faces
with
certaine
maskes
hauing
onely
two
holes
for
their
eies
to
peepe
out
at
.
If
any
man
chance
to
meete
with
them
,
they
presently
hide
their
faces
,
passing
by
him
with
silence
,
except
it
be
some
of
their
allies
or
kinsfolks
;
for
vnto
them
they
alwaies
discouer
their
faces
,
neither
is
there
any
vse
of
the
said
maske
so
long
as
they
be
in
presence
.
These
Arabians
when
they
trauell
any
iourney
(
as
they
oftentimes
doe
)
they
set
their
women
vpon
certaine
saddles
made
handsomely
of
wicker
for
the
same
purpose
,
and
fastened
to
their
camels
backes
,
neither
be
they
any
thing
too
wide
,
but
fit
onely
for
a
woman
to
sit
in
.
When
they
goe
to
the
warres
each
man
carries
his
wife
with
him
,
to
the
end
that
she
may
cheere
vp
her
good
man
,
and
giue
him
encouragement
.
Their
damsels
which
are
vnmarried
doe
vsually
paint
their
faces
,
brests
,
armes
,
hands
,
and
fingers
with
a
kinde
of
counterfeit
colour
:
which
is
accounted
a
most
decent
custome
among
them
.
But
this
fashion
was
first
brought
in
by
those
Arabians
,
which
before
we
called
Africans
,
what
time
they
began
first
of
all
to
inhabite
that
region
;
for
before
then
,
they
neuer
vsed
any
false
or
glozing
colours
.
The
women
of
Barbarie
vse
not
this
fond
kind
of
painting
,
but
contenting
themselues
only
with
their
naturall
hiew
,
they
regarde
not
such
fained
ornaments
:
howbeit
sometimes
they
will
temper
a
certaine
colour
with
hens-dung
and
safron
,
wherewithall
they
paint
a
little
round
spot
on
the
bals
of
their
cheeks
,
about
the
bredth
of
a
French
crowne
.
Likewise
betweene
their
eie-browes
they
make
a
triangle
;
and
paint
vpon
their
chinnes
a
patch
like
vnto
an
oliue
leafe
.
Some
of
them
also
doe
paint
their
eie-browes
:
and
this
custome
is
very
highly
esteemed
of
by
the
Arabian
poets
and
by
the
gentlemen
of
that
countrie
.
Howbeit
they
will
not
vse
these
fantasticall
ornaments
aboue
two
or
three
daies
together
:
all
which
time
they
will
not
be
seene
to
any
of
their
friends
,
except
it
be
to
their
husbands
and
children
:
for
these
paintings
seeme
to
bee
great
allurements
vnto
lust
,
whereby
the
said
women
thinke
themselues
more
trim
and
beautifull
.
How
the
Arabians
in
the
deserts
betweene
Barbarie
and
Aegypt
doe
lead
their
liues
.
THE
life
of
these
men
is
full
of
miserie
and
calamitie
:
for
the
places
where
they
inhabite
are
barren
and
vnpleasant
.
They
haue
some
store
of
camels
and
other
cattell
:
howbeit
their
fodder
is
so
scarce
,
that
they
cannot
well
sustaine
them
.
Neither
shall
you
finde
ouer
all
the
whole
region
any
place
fit
to
beare
corne
.
And
if
in
that
desert
there
be
any
villages
at
all
,
which
vse
to
husband
and
manure
their
ground
;
yet
reape
they
small
commoditie
thereby
,
except
it
be
for
plentifull
increase
of
dates
.
Their
camels
and
other
of
their
cattell
they
exchange
for
dates
and
corne
;
and
so
the
poore
husbandmen
of
the
foresaide
villages
haue
some
small
recompence
for
their
labours
:
notwithstanding
,
how
can
all
this
satisfie
the
hunger
of
such
a
multitude
?
For
you
shall
dayly
see
in
Sicilia
great
numbers
of
The
Arabians
of
Barca
lay
their
sonnes
to
pawne
vnto
the
Sicilians
for
corne
.
their
sonnes
layde
to
pawne
.
Because
when
they
haue
not
wherewithall
to
pay
for
the
corne
which
they
there
buy
,
they
are
constrained
to
leaue
their
sonnes
behinde
them
,
as
pledges
of
future
payment
.
But
the
Sicilians
,
if
their
money
be
not
paide
them
at
the
time
appointed
,
will
chalenge
the
Arabians
sonnes
to
be
their
slaues
.
Which
day
being
once
past
,
if
any
father
will
redeeme
his
childe
,
he
must
disburse
thrise
or
fower
times
so
much
as
the
due
debt
amounteth
vnto
:
for
which
cause
they
are
the
most
notable
theeues
in
the
whole
world
.
If
any
stranger
fall
into
their
hands
,
depriuing
him
of
all
that
he
hath
,
they
presently
carrie
him
to
Sicilie
,
and
there
either
sell
or
exchange
him
for
come
.
And
I
thinke
,
that
no
merchants
〈◊〉
at
any
time
within
these
hundred
yeeres
〈◊〉
for
traffiques
sake
vpon
any
part
of
their
coast
.
For
when
they
are
to
passe
by
with
merchandize
,
or
about
any
other
weightie
affaires
,
they
eschew
that
region
fiue
hundred
miles
at
the
least
.
Once
I
remember
,
that
I
my selfe
,
for
my
better
〈◊〉
,
and
to
auoide
the
danger
of
those
mischieuous
people
,
went
in
companie
with
certaine
merchants
,
who
in
three
ships
sayled
along
their
coast
.
We
were
no
sooner
espied
of
them
;
but
forthwith
they
came
running
to
the
shore
,
making
signes
that
they
would
traffique
with
vs
to
our
great
aduantage
.
Howbeit
becaufe
we
durst
not
repose
any
trust
in
them
,
none
of
our
companie
would
depart
the
ship
,
before
they
had
deliuered
certaine
pledges
vnto
vs
.
Which
being
done
,
we
bought
certaine
〈◊〉
or
gelded
men
,
and
good
store
of
butter
of
them
.
And
so
immediately
weighing
our
ankers
we
betooke
vs
to
flight
,
fearing
least
we
should
haue
beene
met
withall
by
the
Sicilian
and
Rhodian
Pirates
,
and
beene
spoiled
not
onely
of
our
goods
,
but
of
our
liberties
also
.
To
be
short
,
the
saide
Arabians
are
verie
rude
,
forlorne
,
beggerly
,
leane
,
and
hunger-starued
people
,
hauing
God
(
no
doubt
)
〈◊〉
displeased
against
them
,
by
whose
vengeance
they
dayly
sustaine
such
〈◊〉
calamities
.
Of
the
people
called
Soara
,
namely
,
which
possesse
droues
and
flockes
of
cattell
,
and
being
Africans
by
birth
,
do
notwithstanding
imitate
the
manners
of
the
Arabians
.
YOV
shall
finde
many
among
the
Africans
which
liue
altogithera
shepheards
or
drouers
life
,
inhabiting
vpon
the
beginning
of
mount
Atlas
,
and
being
dispersed
here
and
there
ouer
the
same
mountaine
.
They
are
constrained
alwaies
to
pay
tribute
either
to
the
King
of
the
same
region
where
they
dwell
,
or
else
to
the
Arabians
,
except
those
onely
which
inhabite
Temesna
,
who
are
free
from
all
forren
superioritie
,
and
are
of
great
power
.
They
speake
the
same
kinde
of
language
that
other
Africanes
doe
,
except
some
fewe
of
them
which
conuerse
with
the
inhabitants
of
the
citie
called
Vrbs
(
which
is
neere
vnto
Tunis
)
who
speake
the
Arabian
toong
.
Moreouer
there
is
a
certaine
people
inhabiting
that
region
which
diuideth
Numidia
from
Tunis
.
These
oftentimes
wage
warre
against
the
King
of
Tunis
himselfe
,
which
they
put
in
practise
not
many
yeeres
since
,
when
as
the
said
King
his
sonne
marching
towards
them
from
Constantina
with
an
armie
,
for
the
demaunding
of
such
tribute
as
was
due
vnto
him
,
fought
a
verie
vnfortunate
battell
.
For
no
sooner
were
they
aduertised
of
the
Kings
sonne
The
〈◊〉
and
death
of
the
Ring
of
Tunis
his
sonne
.
his
approach
,
but
foorthwith
they
went
to
meete
him
with
two
thousande
horsemen
,
and
at
length
vanquished
and
slew
him
at
vnawares
,
carrying
home
with
them
all
the
furniture
,
bag
,
and
baggage
,
which
he
had
brought
foorth
.
And
this
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
Mahumets
Hegeira
915.
From
that
time
their
fame
hath
beene
spred
abroad
in
all
places
.
Yea
,
many
of
the
king
of
Tunis
his
subiects
reuolted
from
their
King
vnto
them
;
insomuch
that
the
Prince
of
this
people
is
growen
so
puissant
,
that
scarcely
is
his
equall
to
be
found
in
all
Africa
.
Of
the
faith
and
religion
of
the
ancient
Africans
or
Moores
.
THE
ancient
Africans
were
much
addicted
to
idolatrie
,
euen
as
certain
of
the
Persians
are
at
this
day
,
some
of
whom
worship
the
sunne
,
and
others
the
fire
,
for
their
gods
.
For
the
saide
Africans
had
in
times
past
magnificent
and
most
stately
temples
built
and
dedicated
,
as
well
to
the
honour
of
the
sunne
as
of
the
fire
.
In
these
temples
day
and
night
they
kept
fire
kindled
,
giuing
diligent
heed
that
it
might
not
at
any
time
be
extinguished
,
euen
as
we
read
of
the
Romane
Vestall
virgines
:
All
which
you
may
read
more
fully
and
at
large
in
the
Persian
and
African
Chronicles
.
Those
Africans
which
inhabited
Libya
and
Numidia
,
would
each
of
them
worship
some
certaine
planet
,
vnto
whom
likewise
they
offered
sacrifices
and
praiers
.
Some
others
of
the
land
of
Negros
worship
Guighimo
,
that
is
to
say
,
The
Lord
of
Heauen
.
And
this
sound
point
of
religion
was
not
deliuered
vnto
them
by
any
Prophet
or
teacher
,
but
was
inspired
,
as
it
were
,
from
God
himselfe
.
After
that
,
they
embraced
the
Iewish
law
,
wherein
they
are
said
to
haue
continued
many
yeeres
.
Afterward
they
professed
the
Christian
religion
,
and
continued
Christians
,
vntill
such
time
as
the
Mahumetan
superstition
preuailed
;
which
came
to
passe
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
208.
About
which
time
certaine
of
Mahomets
disciples
so
bewitched
them
with
eloquent
and
deceiueable
speeches
,
that
they
allured
their
weake
minds
to
consent
vnto
their
opinion
;
insomuch
that
all
the
kingdomes
of
the
Negros
adioyning
vnto
Libya
receiued
the
Mahumetan
lawe
.
Neither
is
there
any
region
in
all
the
Negros
land
,
which
hath
in
it
at
this
day
any
Christians
at
all
.
At
the
same
time
such
as
were
found
to
be
Iewes
,
Christians
,
or
of
the
African
religion
,
were
slaine
euerie
man
of
them
.
Howbeit
those
which
dwell
neere
vnto
the
Ocean
sea
,
are
all
of
them
verie
grosse
idolaters
.
Betweene
whom
and
the
Portugals
there
hath
beene
from
time
to
time
and
euen
at
this
present
is
,
great
traffique
and
familiaritie
.
The
inhabitants
of
Barbarie
continued
for
many
yeeres
idolaters
;
but
before
the
comming
of
Mahomet
aboue
250
,
yeeres
,
they
are
saide
to
haue
embraced
the
Christian
faith
:
which
some
thinke
came
to
passe
vpon
this
occasion
;
namely
,
because
that
of
part
Barbarie
which
containeth
the
kingdome
of
Tripolis
and
Tunis
,
was
in
times
past
gouerned
by
Apulian
&
Sicilian
Captaines
,
and
the
countries
of
[
](A05331-e10860-b)*
*
*
Trenizen
.
Caesaria
and
of
[
](A05331-e10870-b)*
*
*
*
*
Maroco
and
Fez
.
Mauritania
are
supposed
to
haue
beene
〈◊〉
vnto
the
Gothes
.
At
what
time
also
many
Christians
fleeing
from
the
furie
and
madnes
of
the
Gothes
left
their
sweet
natiue
soyle
of
Italy
,
and
at
length
arriued
in
Africa
neere
vnto
Tunis
:
where
hauing
setled
their
aboad
for
some
certaine
space
,
they
began
at
length
to
haue
the
dominion
ouer
all
that
region
.
Howbeit
the
Christians
which
inhabited
Barbaria
,
not
respecting
the
rites
and
ceremonies
of
the
Church
of
Rome
,
followed
the
Arrians
〈◊〉
and
forme
of
liuing
:
and
one
of
the
African
Christians
was
that
most
godly
and
learned
father
Saint
Augustine
.
When
the
Arabians
therefore
came
to
conquer
that
part
of
Africa
they
found
Christians
to
be
Lords
ouer
the
regions
adiacent
;
of
whom
,
after
sundry
hot
conflicts
,
the
saide
Arabians
got
the
victorie
.
Whereupon
the
Arrians
being
depriued
of
all
their
dominions
and
goods
went
part
of
them
into
Italy
and
part
into
Spaine
.
And
so
about
two
hundred
yeeres
after
the
death
of
Mahumet
,
almost
all
Barbarie
was
infected
with
his
law
.
Howbeit
afterward
,
ciuile
dissensions
arising
among
them
,
neglecting
the
law
of
Mahumet
,
they
slue
all
the
priests
and
gouernours
of
that
region
.
Which
tumult
when
it
came
to
the
eares
of
the
Mahumetan
Caliphas
,
they
sent
an
huge
armie
against
the
saide
rebels
of
Barbarie
,
to
wit
,
those
which
were
reuolted
from
the
Calipha
of
Bagdet
,
and
seuerely
punished
their
misdemeanor
.
And
euen
at
the
same
time
was
layd
the
most
〈◊〉
foundation
of
the
Mahumetan
law
;
notwithstanding
there
haue
remained
many
heresies
among
them
euen
vntill
this
verie
day
.
As
touching
the
patrons
of
the
Mahumetan
lawe
,
and
likewise
concerning
the
difference
in
religion
betweene
the
Mahumetans
A
booke
written
by
Iohn
Leo
concerning
the
Mahumetan
religion
.
of
Africa
,
and
them
of
Asia
,
we
will
(
by
Gods
grace
)
write
more
in
another
seuerall
volume
;
and
in
the
meane
season
,
let
these
particulars
which
we
haue
noted
suffice
the
Reader
.
Of
the
letters
and
characters
of
the
Africans
.
THose
writers
which
record
the
histories
of
the
Arabians
doings
are
all
iointly
of
opinion
,
that
the
Africans
were
woont
to
vse
onely
the
Latine
letters
.
And
they
doe
most
constantly
affirme
,
The
Africans
vsed
in
times
past
none
other
kind
of
letters
but
the
Roman
letters
.
that
the
Arabians
,
when
they
first
〈◊〉
Africa
and
especially
Barbarie
(
which
was
the
principall
seate
of
the
Africans
)
founde
no
letters
nor
characters
there
,
beside
the
Latine
.
Neither
indeede
doe
they
denie
that
the
Africans
haue
a
peculiar
kinde
of
language
,
but
this
they
firmly
auouch
,
that
they
haue
the
very
same
letters
which
the
〈◊〉
or
Florentinesa
people
of
Italie
haue
.
The
Arabians
haue
no
historie
[
](A05331-e10970-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Perhaps
he
meaneth
the
histories
of
Salust
,
〈◊〉
Liuius
,
and
others
.
of
African
matters
,
which
was
not
first
written
in
Latine
.
They
haue
certaine
ancient
authors
,
who
writ
partly
in
the
times
of
the
Arrians
and
partly
before
their
times
,
the
names
of
all
which
are
cleane
forgotten
.
Howbeit
it
is
very
likely
that
those
Latine
authors
haue
written
many
volumes
:
for
when
their
interpreters
laboured
to
perswade
something
vnto
vs
,
I
remember
they
would
say
,
it
is
contained
in
the
seuentieth
booke
.
Neither
did
they
in
translating
of
the
said
volumes
altogether
follow
the
authors
order
;
but
taking
the
historie
of
some
one
prince
,
they
would
conioine
his
time
and
actions
with
the
historie
of
the
Persian
,
Assyrian
,
and
Chaldaean
kings
,
or
of
the
Israelites
,
which
concerned
the
same
times
.
But
when
as
those
which
rebelled
against
the
Calipha
of
Bagdet
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
got
the
vpper
hand
in
Africa
,
they
burnt
all
the
Africans
bookes
.
For
they
were
of
opinion
,
that
the
Africans
,
so
long
as
they
had
any
knowledge
of
naturall
philosophie
or
of
other
good
artes
and
sciences
,
would
euery
day
more
and
more
arrogantly
contemne
the
lawe
of
Mahumet
.
Contrariwise
,
some
historiographers
there
are
which
affirme
,
that
the
Africans
had
a
kinde
of
letters
peculiar
vnto
themselues
;
which
notwithstanding
,
from
the
time
wherein
the
Italians
began
first
to
inhabite
Barbarie
,
and
wherein
the
Christians
〈◊〉
out
of
Italie
from
the
Gothes
,
began
to
subdue
those
prouinces
of
Africa
,
were
vtterly
abolished
and
taken
away
.
For
it
is
likely
that
a
people
vanquished
shoulde
follow
the
customes
and
the
letters
also
of
their
conquerors
.
And
did
not
the
same
thing
happen
to
the
Persians
,
while
the
Arabians
empire
stood
?
For
certaine
it
is
,
that
the
Persians
at
the
same
time
lost
those
letters
which
were
peculiar
vnto
their
nation
;
and
that
all
their
bookes
,
by
the
commandement
The
Mahumetan
Calisas
caused
all
the
bookes
of
the
Persians
to
be
burned
.
of
the
Mahumetan
prelates
,
were
burnt
,
least
their
knowledge
in
naturall
philosophie
,
or
their
idolatrous
religion
might
mooue
them
to
contemne
the
precepts
of
Mahumet
.
The
like
also
(
as
we
shewed
before
)
befell
the
Barbarians
when
as
the
Italians
and
the
Gothes
vsurped
their
dominions
in
Barbarie
;
which
may
here
(
I
hope
)
suffice
the
gentle
reader
.
Howbeit
this
is
out
of
doubt
,
that
all
the
〈◊〉
-
cities
and
inland-cities
of
Barbarie
doe
vse
Latine
letters
onely
,
whensoeuer
they
will
commit
any
epitaphes
or
any
other
verses
or
prose
vnto
posteritie
.
The
consideration
of
all
which
former
particulars
hath
made
me
to
be
of
opinion
,
that
the
Africans
in
times
past
had
their
owne
proper
and
peculiar
letters
,
wherein
they
described
their
doings
and
exploites
.
For
it
is
likely
that
the
Romans
,
when
they
first
subdued
those
prouinces
(
as
conquerours
vsually
doe
)
vtterly
spoiled
and
tooke
away
all
their
letters
and
memorie
,
and
established
their
owne
letters
in
the
stead
thereof
;
to
the
end
that
the
fame
and
honour
of
the
Roman
people
might
there
onely
be
continued
.
And
who
knoweth
not
that
the
very
same
attempt
was
practised
by
the
Goths
vpon
the
stately
buildings
of
the
Romans
,
and
by
the
Arabians
against
the
monuments
of
the
Persians
.
The
very
same
thing
likewise
we
daily
see
put
in
practise
by
the
Turks
,
who
when
they
haue
gotten
any
citie
or
towne
from
the
Christians
,
doe
presently
cast
foorth
of
the
temples
all
the
images
and
memorials
of
their
saints
.
And
to
omit
all
the
aforesaid
,
may
we
not
in
our
time
see
the
like
daily
practised
in
Rome
;
where
sumptuous
and
stately
buildings
left
vnperfect
by
reason
of
the
vntimely
death
of
one
Pope
,
are
for
some
noueltie
vtterly
ruined
and
destroied
by
his
next
successour
?
Or
else
,
doth
not
the
new
Pope
cause
his
predecessours
armes
to
be
razed
,
and
his
owne
in
stead
thereof
to
be
set
vp
?
Or
at
the
least
,
if
he
will
not
seeme
so
arrogant
,
letting
his
predecessours
monuments
stand
still
,
doth
he
not
erect
others
for
himselfe
farre
more
sumptuous
and
stately
?
No
maruell
therefore
,
though
so
long
successe
of
times
and
so
many
alterations
haue
quite
bereaued
the
Africans
of
their
letters
.
Concerning
those
nine
hundred
yeeres
wherein
the
Africans
vsed
the
letters
of
the
Arabians
,
Ibnu
Rachich
,
a
most
diligent
writer
of
Africa
,
doth
in
his
Chronicle
most
largely
dispute
;
whether
the
Africans
euer
had
any
peculiar
kinde
of
writing
or
no.
And
at
last
he
concludeth
the
affirmatiue
part
;
that
they
had
:
for
(
saith
he
)
whosoeuer
denieth
this
,
may
as
well
denie
,
that
they
had
a
language
peculiar
vnto
themselues
.
For
it
cannot
be
that
any
people
should
haue
a
proper
kinde
of
speech
,
and
yet
should
vse
letters
borrowed
from
other
nations
,
and
being
altogether
vnfit
for
their
mother-language
.
Of
the
situation
of
Africa
.
AS
there
are
fower
partes
in
Africa
,
so
the
situation
thereof
is
not
in
all
places
alike
.
That
part
which
lieth
towards
the
Mediterran
sea
,
that
is
to
say
,
from
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
to
the
frontiers
of
Aegypt
,
is
here
and
there
full
of
mountaines
:
Southward
it
is
extended
about
a
hundred
miles
,
albeit
in
some
places
it
be
larger
and
in
some
other
narrower
.
From
the
saide
mountaines
vnto
mount
Atlas
there
is
a
very
spatious
plaine
&
many
little
hillocks
.
Fountaines
there
are
in
this
region
great
store
,
which
meeting
together
at
one
head
doe
send
foorth
most
beautifull
riuers
and
christall
streames
.
Betweene
the
foresaid
mountaines
and
the
plaine
countrie
is
situate
the
mountaine
of
Atlas
;
which
beginning
westward
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
,
stretcheth
it selfe
towards
the
east
as
farre
as
the
borders
of
Aegypt
.
Ouer
against
Atlas
lieth
that
region
of
Numidia
which
beareth
dates
,
being
euery
where
almost
sandie
ground
.
Betweene
Numidia
and
the
land
of
Negros
is
the
sandie
desert
of
Libya
situate
,
which
containeth
many
mountaines
also
;
howbeit
merchants
trauell
not
that
way
,
when
as
they
may
goe
other
waies
with
more
ease
and
lesse
danger
.
Beyond
the
Libyan
desert
beginneth
the
land
of
Negros
,
all
places
whereof
are
barren
and
sandie
except
those
which
adioine
vpon
the
riuer
of
Niger
,
or
through
the
which
any
riuer
or
streame
runneth
.
Of
the
vnpleasant
and
snowie
places
in
Africa
.
ALl
the
region
of
Barbarie
,
and
the
mountaines
contained
therein
,
are
subiect
more
to
cold
then
to
heat
.
For
seldome
commeth
any
gale
of
winde
which
bringeth
not
some
snow
therwith
.
In
al
the
said
mountaines
there
grow
abundance
of
fruits
,
but
not
so
great
plentie
of
corne
.
The
inhabitants
of
these
mountaines
liue
for
the
greatest
part
of
the
yeere
vpon
barlie
bread
.
The
springs
&
riuers
issuing
foorth
of
the
said
mountaines
,
representing
the
qualitie
and
taste
of
their
natiue
soile
,
are
somewhat
muddie
and
impure
,
especially
vpon
the
confines
of
Mauritania
.
These
mountaines
likewise
are
replenished
with
woods
and
loftie
〈◊〉
,
and
are
greatly
stored
with
beastes
of
all
kindes
.
But
the
little
hils
and
vallies
lying
betweene
the
foresaid
mountaines
and
mount
Atlas
are
far
more
commodious
,
and
abounding
with
corne
.
For
'
they
are
moistened
with
riuers
springing
out
of
Atlas
,
and
from
thence
holding
on
their
course
to
the
Mediterran
sea
.
And
albeit
woods
are
somewhat
more
scarce
vpon
these
plaines
,
yet
are
they
much
more
fruitfull
,
then
be
the
plaine
countries
situate
betweene
Atlas
and
the
Ocean
sea
,
as
namely
the
regions
of
Maroco
,
of
Duccala
,
of
Tedles
,
of
Temesna
,
of
Azgara
,
and
the
countrie
lying
towards
the
straites
of
Gibraltar
.
The
mountaines
The
mountaines
of
Atlas
exceeding
cold
.
of
Atlas
are
exceeding
colde
and
barren
,
and
bring
foorth
but
small
store
of
corne
,
beeing
woody
on
all
sides
,
and
engendring
almost
all
the
riuers
of
Africa
.
The
fountaines
of
Atlas
are
euen
in
the
midst
of
summer
extremely
cold
;
so
that
if
a
man
dippeth
his
hand
therein
for
any
long
space
,
he
is
in
great
danger
of
loosing
the
same
.
Howbeit
the
said
mountaines
are
not
so
cold
in
all
places
:
for
some
partes
thereof
are
of
such
milde
temperature
,
that
they
may
be
right
commodiously
inhabited
:
yea
and
sundry
places
thereof
are
well
stored
with
inhabitants
;
as
in
the
second
part
of
this
present
discourse
we
will
declare
more
at
large
.
Those
places
which
are
destitute
of
inhabitants
be
either
extremely
cold
,
as
namely
the
same
which
lie
ouer
against
Mauritania
:
or
very
rough
and
vnpleasant
,
to
wit
,
those
which
are
directly
opposite
to
the
region
of
Temesna
.
Where
notwithstanding
in
summer
time
they
may
feede
their
great
and
small
cattell
,
but
not
in
winter
by
any
meanes
.
For
then
the
North
winde
so
furiously
rageth
,
bringing
with
it
such
abundance
of
snowe
;
that
all
the
cattell
which
till
then
remaine
vpon
the
saide
mountaines
,
and
a
great
part
of
the
people
also
are
forced
to
lose
their
liues
in
regard
thereof
:
wherefore
whosoeuer
hath
any
occasion
to
trauell
that
way
in
winter
time
,
chuseth
rather
to
take
his
iourney
betweene
Mauritania
and
Numidia
.
Those
merchants
which
bring
dates
out
of
Numidia
for
the
vse
and
seruice
of
other
nations
,
set
foorth
vsually
vpon
their
iourney
about
the
ende
of
October
;
and
yet
they
are
oftentimes
so
oppressed
Most
woonderfull
and
terrible
snowes
.
and
ouertaken
with
a
sudden
fall
of
snowe
,
that
scarcely
one
man
among
them
all
escapeth
the
danger
of
the
tempest
.
For
when
it
beginneth
to
snow
ouer
night
,
before
the
next
morning
not
onely
carts
and
men
,
but
euen
the
verie
trees
are
so
drowned
&
ouerwhelmed
therein
,
that
it
is
not
possible
to
finde
any
mention
of
them
.
Howbeit
the
dead
carcases
are
then
founde
when
the
sunne
hath
melted
the
snow
.
I
my selfe
also
,
by
the
goodnes
of
The
extreme
danger
of
snow
which
Iohn
Leo
himselfe
escaped
almighty
God
,
twise
escaped
the
most
dreadfull
danger
of
the
foresaid
snow
;
whereof
,
if
it
may
not
be
tedious
to
the
reader
,
I
will
heere
in
few
wordes
make
relation
.
Vpon
a
certaine
day
of
the
foresaid
moneth
of
October
,
trauelling
with
a
great
companie
of
Merchants
towards
Atlas
,
we
were
there
about
the
sunne
going
downe
weather-beaten
with
a
most
cold
and
snowy
kinde
of
hayle
.
Here
we
found
eleuen
or
twelue
horsemen
(
Arabians
to
our
thinking
)
who
perswading
vs
to
leaue
our
carts
and
to
goe
with
them
,
promised
vs
a
good
and
secure
place
to
lodge
in
.
For
mine
owne
part
,
that
I
might
not
seeme
altogether
vnciuill
,
I
thought
it
not
meete
to
refuse
their
good
offer
;
albeit
I
stood
in
doubt
least
they
went
about
to
practise
some
mischiefe
.
Wherefore
I
bethought
my selfe
to
hide
vp
a
certaine
summe
of
gold
which
I
had
as
then
about
me
.
But
all
being
ready
to
ride
,
I
had
no
leisure
to
hide
away
my
coine
from
them
;
whereupon
I
fained
that
I
would
goe
ease
my selfe
.
And
so
departing
a
while
their
companie
,
and
getting
me
vnder
a
certaine
tree
,
whereof
I
tooke
diligent
notice
,
I
buried
my
money
betweene
certaine
stones
and
the
roote
of
the
said
tree
.
And
then
we
rode
on
quietly
till
about
midnight
.
What
time
one
of
them
thinking
that
he
had
staied
long
ynough
for
his
pray
,
began
to
vtter
that
in
words
which
secretly
he
had
conceiued
in
his
minde
.
For
he
asked
whether
I
had
any
money
about
me
or
no
?
To
whom
I
answered
,
that
I
had
left
my
money
behind
with
one
of
them
which
attended
the
cartes
,
and
that
I
had
then
none
at
all
about
me
.
Howbeit
they
being
no
whit
satisfied
with
this
answer
,
commanded
me
,
for
all
the
cold
weather
,
to
strip
my selfe
out
of
mine
apparell
.
At
length
when
they
could
find
no
money
at
all
,
they
said
in
iesting
&
scoffing
wise
,
that
they
did
this
for
no
other
purpose
,
but
onely
to
see
how
strong
and
hardie
I
was
,
and
how
I
could
endure
the
cold
and
tempestuous
season
.
Well
,
on
we
rode
,
seeking
our
way
as
well
as
we
could
that
darke
and
dismall
night
;
and
anone
we
heard
the
bleating
of
sheepe
,
coniecturing
thereby
,
that
we
were
not
farre
distant
from
some
habitation
of
people
.
Wherefore
out
of
hand
we
directed
our
course
thitherwards
:
being
constrained
to
leade
our
horses
through
thicke
woods
and
ouer
steepe
and
craggie
rocks
,
to
the
great
hazard
and
perill
of
our
liues
.
And
at
length
after
many
labours
,
wee
found
shepherds
in
a
certaine
caue
:
who
,
hauing
with
much
paines
brought
their
cattell
in
there
,
had
kindled
a
lustie
fire
for
themselues
,
which
they
were
constrained
,
by
reason
of
the
extreme
cold
,
daily
to
sit
by
.
Who
vnderstanding
our
companie
to
be
Arabians
,
feared
at
the
first
that
we
would
do
them
some
mischiefe
:
but
afterward
being
perswaded
that
we
were
driuen
thither
by
extremitie
of
cold
,
and
being
more
secure
of
vs
,
they
gaue
vs
most
friendly
entertainment
.
For
they
set
bread
,
flesh
,
and
cheese
before
vs
,
wherewith
hauing
ended
our
suppers
,
we
laid
vs
along
each
man
to
sleepe
before
the
fire
.
All
of
vs
were
as
yet
exceeding
cold
,
but
especially
my selfe
,
who
before
with
great
horrour
and
trembling
was
stripped
starke
naked
.
And
so
we
continued
with
the
said
shepherds
for
the
space
of
two
daies
:
all
which
time
we
could
not
set
foorth
,
by
reason
of
continuall
snowe
.
But
the
thirde
day
,
so
soone
as
they
saw
it
leaue
snowing
,
with
great
labour
they
began
to
remooue
that
snowe
which
lay
before
the
doore
of
their
caue
.
Which
done
,
they
brought
vs
to
our
horses
,
which
we
found
well
prouided
of
hay
in
another
caue
.
Being
all
mounted
,
the
shepherds
accompanied
vs
some
part
of
our
way
,
shewing
vs
where
the
snowe
was
of
least
depth
,
and
yet
euen
there
it
touched
our
horse
bellies
.
This
day
was
so
cleere
,
that
the
sunne
tooke
away
all
the
cold
of
the
two
daies
going
before
.
At
length
entring
into
a
certaine
village
neere
vnto
Fez
,
we
vnderstood
,
that
our
cartes
which
passed
by
,
were
ouerwhelmed
with
the
snowe
.
Then
the
Arabians
seeing
no
hope
of
recompence
for
all
the
paines
they
had
taken
(
for
they
had
defended
our
carts
from
theeues
)
carried
a
certaine
Iew
of
our
companie
with
them
as
their
captiue
,
(
who
had
lost
a
great
quantitie
of
dates
,
by
reason
of
the
snowe
aforesaid
)
to
the
end
that
he
might
remaine
as
their
prisoner
,
till
he
had
satisfied
for
all
the
residue
.
From
my selfe
they
tooke
my
horse
,
and
committed
mee
vnto
the
wide
world
and
to
fortune
.
From
whence
,
riding
vpon
a
mule
,
within
three
daies
I
arriued
at
Fez
,
where
I
heard
dolefull
newes
of
our
merchants
and
wares
,
that
they
were
cast
away
in
the
snowe
.
Yea
,
they
thought
that
I
had
beene
destrosed
with
the
rest
;
but
it
seemed
that
God
would
haue
it
otherwise
.
Now
,
hauing
finished
the
historie
of
mine
owne
misfortunes
,
let
vs
returne
vnto
that
discourse
where
we
left
.
Beyond
Atlas
there
are
certaine
hot
&
dry
places
moistened
with
very
few
riuers
,
but
those
which
flow
out
of
Atlas
it selfe
:
some
of
which
riuers
running
into
the
Libyan
deserts
are
dried
vp
with
the
sands
,
but
others
do
ingender
lakes
.
Neither
shal
you
finde
in
these
countries
any
places
apt
to
bring
forth
corne
,
notwithstanding
they
haue
dates
in
abundance
.
There
are
also
certaine
other
trees
bearing
fruit
,
but
in
so
small
quantitie
,
that
no
increase
nor
gaine
is
to
be
reaped
by
them
.
You
may
see
likewise
in
those
partes
of
Numidia
which
border
vpon
Libya
certaine
barren
hils
destitute
of
trees
,
vpon
the
lower
parts
whereof
growe
nothing
but
vnprofitable
thornes
and
shrubs
.
Amongst
these
mountaines
you
shall
finde
no
riuers
nor
springs
,
nor
yet
any
waters
at
all
,
except
it
be
in
certaine
pits
and
wels
almost
vnknowen
vnto
the
inhabitants
of
that
region
.
Moreouer
in
sixe
or
seuen
daies
iourney
they
haue
not
one
drop
of
water
,
but
such
as
is
brought
vnto
them
by
certaine
merchants
vpon
camels
backes
.
And
that
especially
in
those
places
which
lye
vpon
the
maine
road
from
Fez
to
Tombuto
,
or
from
Tremizen
to
[
](A05331-e11090-b)*
*
*
Agadez
.
Agad
.
That
iourney
likewise
is
verie
dangerous
which
is
of
late
found
out
by
the
merchants
of
our
daies
from
Fez
to
Alcair
ouer
the
deserts
of
Libya
,
were
it
not
for
an
huge
lake
in
the
way
,
vpon
the
bankes
whereof
the
Sinites
and
the
Goranites
doe
inhabite
.
But
in
the
way
which
leadeth
from
Fez
to
Tombuto
are
certaine
pits
enuironed
either
with
the
hides
or
bones
of
camels
.
Neither
doe
the
merchants
in
sommer
time
passe
that
way
without
great
danger
of
their
liues
:
for
oftentimes
it
falleth
out
,
when
the
south
winde
bloweth
,
that
all
those
pits
are
stopped
vp
with
sande
.
And
so
the
merchants
,
when
they
can
finde
neither
those
pits
,
nor
any
mention
thereof
,
must
needes
perish
for
extreame
thirst
:
whose
carcases
are
afterward
found
lying
scattered
here
and
there
,
and
scorched
with
the
heat
of
the
sunne
.
One
remedie
they
haue
A
strange
remedie
vsed
by
the
African
merchants
to
quench
their
thirst
.
in
this
case
,
which
is
verie
strange
:
for
when
they
are
so
grieuously
oppressed
with
thirst
,
they
kill
foorthwith
some
one
of
their
camels
,
out
of
whose
bowels
they
wring
and
expresse
some
quantitie
of
water
,
which
water
they
they
drinke
and
carrie
about
with
them
,
till
they
haue
either
found
some
pit
of
water
,
or
till
they
pine
away
for
thirst
.
In
the
desert
which
they
cal
Azaoad
there
are
as
yet
extant
two
monuments
built
of
marble
,
vpon
which
marble
is
an
Epitaphe
engrauen
,
signifying
that
one
of
the
said
monuments
represented
a
most
rich
merchant
,
and
the
other
a
carrier
or
transporter
of
wares
.
Which
wealthie
merchant
bought
of
the
carrier
a
cup
of
water
for
tenne
A
merchant
constrained
by
extreme
thirst
,
gaue
ten
thousand
duckats
for
a
cup
of
water
.
thousand
ducates
,
and
yet
this
pretious
water
could
suffice
neither
of
them
;
for
both
were
consumed
with
thirst
.
This
desert
likewise
containeth
sundry
kinds
of
beasts
,
which
in
the
fourth
part
of
this
discourse
concerning
Libya
,
and
in
our
treatise
of
the
beasts
of
Africa
,
we
will
discourse
of
more
at
large
.
I
was
determined
to
haue
written
more
concerning
those
things
which
happened
vnto
my self
&
the
rest
of
my
company
trauelling
through
the
Libyan
deserts
vnto
Gualata
.
For
somtime
being
sore
a
thirst
,
we
could
not
find
one
drop
of
water
,
partly
because
our
guide
strayed
out
of
the
direct
course
,
and
partly
because
our
enemies
had
cut
off
the
springs
and
chanels
of
the
foresaid
pits
and
wels
.
Insomuch
that
the
small
quantitie
of
water
which
we
found
,
was
sparingly
to
be
kept
;
for
that
which
would
scarce
suffice
vs
for
fiue
daies
,
we
were
constrained
to
keepe
for
ten
.
But
if
I
should
commit
to
writing
all
things
woorthy
of
memorie
,
a
whole
yeare
were
not
sufficient
for
me
.
The
lande
of
Negros
is
extreme
hot
,
hauing
some
store
of
moysture
also
,
by
reason
of
the
riuer
of
Niger
running
through
the
midst
thereof
.
All
places
adioining
vpon
Niger
doe
mightily
abound
both
with
cattle
&
corne
.
No
trees
I
saw
there
but
only
certain
great
ones
,
bearing
a
kind
of
bitter
fruit
like
vnto
a
chestnut
,
which
in
their
language
is
called
Goron
.
The
fruit
called
Goron
.
Cocos
.
〈◊〉
.
Onions
.
Likewise
in
the
same
regions
grow
Cocos
,
cucumbers
,
onions
,
and
such
kinde
of
herbes
and
fruits
in
great
abundance
.
There
are
no
mountaines
at
all
either
in
Libya
or
in
the
land
of
Negros
:
howbeit
diuers
fennes
and
lakes
there
are
;
which
(
as
men
report
)
the
inundation
of
Niger
hath
left
behinde
it
.
Neither
are
the
woods
of
the
said
regions
altogether
destitute
of
Elephants
and
other
strange
beastes
;
whereof
we
will
make
relation
in
their
due
place
.
What
naturall
impressions
and
motions
the
aire
of
Africa
is
subiect
vnto
;
and
what
effects
ensue
thereupon
.
THroughout
the
greatest
part
of
Barbarie
stormie
and
cold
weather
begin
commonly
about
the
midst
of
October
.
But
in
December
and
Ianuarie
the
cold
groweth
somewhat
more
sharpe
in
all
places
:
howbeit
this
happeneth
in
the
morning
onely
,
but
so
gently
and
remissely
,
that
no
man
careth
greatly
to
warme
himselfe
by
the
fire
.
Februarie
somewhat
mitigateth
the
cold
of
winter
,
but
that
so
inconstantly
,
that
the
weather
changeth
sometime
fiue
and
sometime
sixe
times
in
one
day
.
In
March
the
north
and
west
windes
vsually
blowe
,
which
cause
the
trees
to
be
adorned
with
blossoms
.
In
Aprill
all
fruits
attaine
to
their
proper
forme
and
shape
,
insomuch
that
cherries
are
commonly
ripe
about
the
end
of
Aprill
and
the
beginning
of
May_In
the
midst
of
May
they
gather
their
figs
:
and
in
mid-Iune
their
grapes
are
ripe
in
many
places
.
Likewise
their
peares
,
their
sweete
quinces
and
their
damascens
attaine
vnto
sufficient
ripenes
in
the
moneths
of
Iune
and
Iulie
.
Their
figs
of
Autumne
may
be
gathered
in
August
;
howbeit
they
neuer
haue
so
great
plentie
of
figs
and
peaches
,
as
in
September
.
By
the
midst
of
August
they
vsually
begin
to
drie
their
grapes
in
the
sun
,
where
of
they
make
reisins
.
Which
if
they
cannot
finish
in
September
,
by
reason
of
vnseasonable
weather
,
of
their
grapes
as
then
vngathered
they
vse
to
make
wine
and
must
,
especially
in
the
prouince
of
Rifa
,
as
we
will
in
due
place
signifie
more
at
large
.
In
the
midst
of
October
they
take
in
their
honie
,
and
gather
their
pomegranates
and
quinces
.
In
The
oliues
of
Africa
.
Nouember
they
gather
their
oliues
,
not
climing
vp
with
ladders
nor
plucking
them
with
their
hands
,
according
to
the
custome
of
Europe
;
for
the
trees
of
Mauritania
and
Caesarea
are
so
tal
,
that
no
ladder
is
long
ynongh
to
reach
vnto
the
fruit
.
And
therefore
their
oliues
being
full
ripe
,
they
clime
the
trees
,
beating
them
off
the
boughes
with
certaine
long
poles
,
albeit
they
know
this
kinde
of
beating
to
be
most
hurtfull
vnto
the
saide
trees
.
Sometimes
they
haue
great
plentie
of
oliues
in
Africa
,
and
sometimes
as
great
scarcitie
.
Certaine
great
oliue-trees
there
are
,
the
oliues
whereof
are
eaten
ripe
by
the
inhabitants
,
because
they
are
not
so
fit
for
oile
.
No
yeere
falles
out
to
be
so
vnseasonable
,
but
that
they
haue
three
monethes
in
the
spring
alwaies
temperate
.
They
begin
their
spring
vpon
the
fifteenth
day
of
Februarie
,
accounting
the
eighteenth
of
May
for
the
ende
thereof
:
all
which
time
they
haue
most
pleasant
weather
.
But
if
from
the
fiue
and
twentith
of
Raine
signifying
plentie
or
〈◊〉
.
Aprill
,
to
the
fifth
of
May
they
haue
no
raine
fall
,
they
take
it
as
a
signe
of
ill
lucke
.
And
the
raine-water
which
falleth
all
the
time
aforesaid
they
call
Naisan
,
that
is
,
water
blessed
of
God
.
Some
store
it
vp
in
vessels
,
most
religiously
keeping
it
,
as
an
holy
thing
.
Their
summer
lasteth
till
the
sixteenth
of
August
;
all
which
time
they
haue
most
hot
and
cleere
weather
.
Except
perhaps
some
showers
of
raine
fall
in
Iuly
and
August
,
which
doe
so
infect
the
aire
,
that
great
plague
and
most
pestilent
feuers
ensue
thereupon
;
with
which
plague
whosoeuer
is
infected
,
most
hardly
escapeth
death
.
Their
Autumne
they
reckon
from
the
17.
of
August
to
the
16.
of
Nouember
;
hauing
commonly
in
the
moneths
of
August
and
September
not
such
extreme
heate
as
before
.
Howbeit
all
the
time
betweene
the
15.
of
August
and
the
15.
of
September
is
called
by
them
the
furnace
of
the
whole
yeere
,
for
that
it
bringeth
figs
,
quinces
,
and
such
kinde
of
fruits
to
their
full
maturitie
.
From
the
15.
of
Nouember
they
begin
their
winter-season
,
continuing
the
same
till
the
14.
day
of
Februarie
.
So
soone
as
winter
commeth
,
they
begin
to
till
their
ground
which
lieth
in
the
plaines
:
but
vpon
the
mountaines
they
goe
to
plough
in
October
.
The
Africans
are
most
certainly
perswaded
that
euery
yeere
containeth
fortie
extreme
hot
daies
,
beginning
vpon
the
12.
of
Iune
;
and
againe
so
many
daies
extreme
colde
,
beginning
from
the
12.
of
December
.
Their
Aequinoctia
are
vpon
the
16.
of
March
,
and
the
16.
of
September
.
For
their
Solstitia
they
account
the
16.
of
Iune
and
the
16.
of
December
.
These
rules
they
doe
most
strictly
obserue
,
as
well
in
husbandrie
and
nauigation
,
as
in
searching
out
the
houses
and
true
places
of
the
planets
:
and
these
instructions
,
with
other
such
like
they
teach
their
yoong
children
first
of
all
.
Many
countrie-people
and
husbandmen
there
be
in
Africa
,
The
pesants
and
vnlearned
people
of
Africa
cunning
in
Astrologie
.
who
knowing
(
as
they
say
)
neuer
a
letter
of
the
booke
,
will
notwithstanding
most
learnedly
dispute
of
Astrologie
,
&
alleage
most
profound
reasons
&
arguments
for
themselues
.
But
whatsoeuer
skill
they
haue
in
the
art
of
Astrologie
,
they
first
learned
the
same
of
the
Latines
:
yea
they
giue
those
very
names
vnto
their
moneths
which
the
Latines
do
.
Moreouer
they
haue
extant
among
them
a
certaine
great
booke
diuided
into
three
volumes
,
which
they
call
The
treasurie
or
storehouse
of
husbandrie
.
This
booke
was
then
translated
out
of
Latine
into
their
toong
,
when
Mansor
was
Lord
of
Granada
.
In
the
said
Treasurie
are
all
things
contained
which
may
seeme
in
any
wise
to
concerne
husbandrie
;
as
namely
,
the
changes
and
varietie
of
times
,
the
maner
of
sowing
,
with
a
number
of
such
like
particulars
,
which
(
I
thinke
)
at
this
day
the
Latine
toong
it selfe
,
whereout
these
things
were
first
translated
,
doth
not
containe
.
Whatsoeuer
either
the
Africans
or
the
Mahumetans
haue
,
which
seemeth
to
appertaine
in
any
wise
to
their
law
or
religion
,
they
make
their
computation
thereof
altogether
according
to
the
course
of
the
moone
.
Their
yeere
is
diuided
into
354.
daies
:
for
vnto
sixe
moneths
they
The
yeere
of
the
Arabians
and
Africans
.
allot
30.
daies
,
and
vnto
the
other
sixe
but
29
;
all
which
being
added
into
one
summe
doe
produce
the
number
aforesaid
:
wherefore
their
yeere
differeth
eleuen
daies
from
the
yeere
of
the
Latines
.
They
haue
at
diuers
times
festiuall
daies
,
and
fasts
.
About
the
ende
of
Autumne
,
for
all
winter
,
and
a
great
part
of
the
spring
they
are
troubled
with
boisterous
windes
,
with
haile
,
with
terrible
thunder
and
lightening
:
yea
then
it
snoweth
much
in
some
places
of
Barbarie
.
The
easterne
,
southerne
,
and
southeasterne
windes
blowing
in
May
and
Iune
,
doe
very
much
hurt
there
:
for
they
spoile
the
corne
,
and
hinder
the
fruit
from
comming
to
ripenes
.
Their
corne
likewise
is
greatly
appaired
by
snow
,
especially
such
as
falleth
in
the
day-time
,
when
it
beginneth
to
flower
.
Vpon
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
they
diuide
the
yeere
into
The
yeere
diuided
into
two
seasons
onély
,
vpon
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
.
two
parts
onely
:
for
their
winter
continueth
from
October
to
Aprill
;
and
from
Aprill
to
October
they
account
it
summer
:
neither
is
there
any
day
throughout
the
whole
yeere
,
wherein
the
tops
of
those
mountaines
are
not
couered
with
snowe
.
In
Numidia
the
yeere
runneth
away
very
swiftly
:
for
they
reape
their
corne
in
May
,
and
in
October
they
gather
their
dates
:
but
from
the
midst
of
September
they
haue
winter
till
the
beginning
of
〈◊〉
.
But
if
September
falleth
out
to
be
rainie
,
they
are
like
to
lose
most
part
of
their
dates
.
All
the
fields
of
Numidia
require
watering
from
the
riuers
;
but
if
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
haue
no
raine
fall
vpon
them
,
the
Numidian
riuers
waxe
drie
,
and
so
the
fields
are
destitute
of
watering
.
October
being
destitute
of
raine
,
the
husbandman
hath
no
hope
to
cast
his
seede
into
the
ground
;
and
he
despaireth
likewise
,
if
it
raine
not
in
Aprill
.
But
their
dates
prosper
more
without
raine
,
wherof
the
Numidians
haue
greater
plentie
then
of
corne
.
For
albeit
they
haue
some
store
of
corne
,
yet
can
it
scarcely
suffice
them
for
halfe
the
yeere
.
Howbeit
,
if
they
haue
good
increase
of
dates
,
they
cannot
want
abundance
of
corne
,
which
is
sold
vnto
them
by
the
Arabians
for
dates
.
If
in
the
Libyan
deserts
there
fall
out
change
of
weather
about
the
midst
of
October
;
&
if
it
continue
raining
there
all
December
,
Ianuarie
,
and
some
part
of
Februarie
,
it
is
wonderful
what
abundance
of
grasse
and
milke
it
bringeth
foorth
.
Then
may
you
finde
diuers
lakes
in
all
places
and
many
fennes
throughout
Libya
;
wherefore
this
is
the
meetest
time
for
the
Barbarie-merchants
to
trauell
to
the
land
of
Negros
.
Here
all
kinde
of
fruits
grow
sooner
ripe
,
if
they
haue
moderate
showers
about
the
ende
of
Iuly
.
Moreouer
the
land
of
Negros
receiueth
by
raine
neither
any
benefite
,
nor
yet
any
dammage
at
all
.
For
the
riuer
Niger
together
with
the
water
which
falleth
from
certaine
mountaines
doth
so
moisten
their
grounds
,
that
no
places
can
be
deuised
to
be
more
fruitfull
:
for
that
which
Nilus
is
to
Aegypt
,
the
same
is
Niger
to
the
land
of
Negors
:
for
it
increaseth
like
Nilus
The
increase
of
the
riuers
of
Niger
&
Nilu
.
from
the
fifteenth
of
Iune
the
space
of
fortie
daies
after
,
and
for
so
many
againe
it
decreaseth
.
And
so
at
the
increase
of
Niger
,
when
all
places
are
ouerflowen
with
water
,
a
man
may
in
a
barke
passe
ouer
all
the
land
of
Negros
,
albeit
not
without
great
perill
of
drowning
;
as
in
the
fift
part
of
this
treatise
we
will
declare
more
at
large
.
Of
the
length
and
shortnes
of
the
Africans
liues
.
ALl
the
people
of
Barbarie
by
vs
before
mentioned
liue
vnto
65.
or
70.
yeeres
of
age
,
and
fewe
or
none
exceed
that
number
.
Howbeit
in
the
foresaide
mountaines
I
sawe
some
which
had
liued
an
hundred
yeeres
,
and
others
which
affirmed
themselues
to
be
older
;
whose
age
was
most
healthfull
and
lustie
.
Yea
some
you
shall
finde
here
of
fowerscore
yeeres
of
age
,
who
are
sufficiently
strong
and
able
to
exercise
husbandrie
,
to
dresse
vines
,
and
to
serue
in
the
warres
;
insomuch
that
yoong
men
are
oftentimes
inferiour
vnto
them
.
In
Numidia
,
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
land
of
dates
,
they
liue
a
long
time
:
howbeit
they
lose
their
teeth
very
soone
,
and
their
eies
waxe
woonderfully
dimme
.
Which
infirmities
are
likely
to
be
incident
vnto
them
,
first
because
they
continually
feede
vpon
dates
,
the
sweetnes
and
naturall
qualitie
whereof
doth
by
little
and
little
pull
out
their
teeth
:
and
secondly
the
dust
and
sand
,
which
is
tossed
vp
and
downe
the
aire
with
easterne
windes
entring
into
their
eies
,
doth
at
last
miserably
weaken
and
spoile
their
eie-sight
.
The
inhabitants
of
Libya
are
of
a
shorter
life
;
but
those
which
are
most
strong
and
healthfull
among
them
liue
oftentimes
till
they
come
to
threescore
yeeres
;
albeit
they
are
slender
and
leane
of
bodie
.
The
Negros
commonly
liue
the
shortest
time
of
al
the
rest
:
howbeit
they
are
alwaies
strong
&
lustie
,
hauing
their
teeth
sound
euen
till
their
dying
day
:
yet
is
there
no
nation
vnder
heauen
more
prone
to
venerie
;
vnto
which
vice
also
the
Libyans
and
Numidians
are
to
too
much
addicted
.
To
be
short
,
the
Barbarians
are
the
weakest
people
of
them
all
.
What
kindes
of
diseases
the
Africans
are
subiect
vnto
.
THE
children
,
and
sometimes
the
ancient
women
of
this
region
are
subiect
vnto
baldnes
or
vnnaturall
shedding
of
haire
;
which
disease
they
can
hardly
be
cured
of
.
They
are
likewise
oftentimes
troubled
with
the
head-ache
,
which
vsually
afflicteth
them
without
any
ague
ioined
therewith
.
Many
of
them
are
tormented
with
the
tooth-ache
,
which
(
as
some
thinke
)
they
are
the
more
subiect
vnto
,
because
immediately
after
hot
pottage
they
drinke
cold
water
.
They
are
oftentimes
vexed
with
extreme
paine
of
the
stomacke
,
which
ignorantly
they
call
,
the
paine
of
the
hart
.
They
are
likewise
daily
molested
with
inwarde
gripings
and
infirmities
ouer
their
whole
body
,
which
is
thought
to
proceede
of
continuall
drinking
of
water
.
Yea
they
are
〈◊〉
subiect
vnto
bone-aches
and
goutes
,
by
reason
that
they
sit
commonly
vpon
the
bare
ground
,
and
neuer
weare
any
shooes
vpon
their
feete
.
Their
chiefe
gentlemen
and
noblemen
prooue
gowtie
oftentimes
with
immoderate
drinking
of
wine
and
eating
of
daintie
meats
.
Some
with
eating
of
oliues
,
nuts
,
and
such
course
fare
,
are
for
the
most
part
infected
with
the
scuruies
.
Those
which
are
of
a
sanguine
complexion
are
greatly
troubled
with
the
cough
,
because
that
in
the
spring-season
they
sit
too
much
vpon
the
ground
.
And
vpon
fridaies
I
had
no
small
sport
and
recreation
to
goe
and
see
them
.
For
vpon
this
day
the
people
flocke
to
church
in
great
numbers
to
heare
their
〈◊〉
sermons
.
Now
if
any
one
in
the
sermon-tile
falles
a
neezing
,
all
the
whole
multitude
will
neeze
with
him
for
companie
,
and
so
they
make
such
a
noise
,
that
they
neuer
leaue
,
till
the
sermon
be
quite
done
;
so
that
a
man
shall
reape
but
little
knowledge
by
any
of
their
sermons
.
If
any
of
Barbarie
be
infected
with
the
disease
commonly
called
the
French
poxe
;
they
die
thereof
for
the
most
part
,
and
are
seldome
cured
.
This
disease
beginneth
with
a
kinde
of
anguish
and
swelling
,
and
at
The
French
disease
.
length
breaketh
out
into
sores
.
Ouer
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
,
and
throughout
all
Numidia
and
Libya
they
scarcely
know
this
disease
.
Insomuch
that
oftentimes
the
parties
infected
trauell
foorthwith
into
Numidia
or
the
land
of
Negros
,
in
which
places
the
aire
is
so
temperate
,
that
onely
by
remaining
there
they
recouer
their
perfect
health
,
and
〈◊〉
home
sound
into
their
owne
countrie
:
which
I
sawe
many
doe
with
mine
owne
eies
;
who
without
the
helpe
of
any
phisitian
or
medicine
,
except
the
foresaide
holesome
aire
,
were
restored
to
their
former
health
.
Not
so
much
as
the
name
of
this
maladie
was
euer
knowen
vnto
the
Africans
,
before
〈◊〉
the
king
of
Castile
expelled
all
Iewes
out
of
Spaine
;
after
the
returne
of
which
Iewes
When
and
by
what
meanes
the
French
〈◊〉
was
brought
into
Africa
.
into
Africa
,
certaine
vnhappie
and
lewd
people
lay
with
their
wiues
;
and
so
at
length
the
disease
spread
from
one
to
another
,
ouer
the
whole
region
:
insomuch
that
scarce
any
one
familie
was
free
from
the
same
.
Howbeit
,
this
they
were
most
certainly
perswaded
of
,
that
the
same
disease
came
first
from
Spaine
;
wherefore
they
(
for
want
of
a
better
name
)
do
call
it
,
The
Spanish
poxe
.
Notwithstanding
at
Tunis
and
ouer
all
Italie
it
is
called
the
French
disease
.
It
is
so
called
likewise
in
Aegypt
and
Syria
:
for
there
it
is
vsed
as
a
common
prouerbe
of
cursing
;
The
French
poxe
take
you
.
Amongst
the
Hernia
or
the
disease
called
〈◊〉
or
the
rupture
.
Barbarians
the
disease
called
in
Latine
Hernia
is
not
so
common
;
but
in
Aegypt
the
people
are
much
troubled
therewith
.
For
some
of
the
Aegyptians
haue
their
cods
oftentimes
so
swollen
,
as
it
is
incredible
to
report
.
Which
infirmitie
is
thought
to
be
so
common
among
them
,
because
they
eate
so
much
gumme
,
and
salt
cheese
.
Some
of
their
children
are
subiect
vnto
the
falling
sicknes
;
but
when
they
growe
to
any
stature
,
they
are
free
from
that
disease
.
This
falling
sicknes
likewise
possesseth
the
women
of
Barbarie
,
and
of
the
land
of
Negros
;
who
,
to
excuse
it
,
say
that
they
are
taken
with
a
spirite
.
In
Barbarie
the
plague
is
rife
euery
tenth
,
fifteenth
,
or
twentith
yeere
,
whereby
great
numbers
of
people
are
consumed
;
for
they
haue
no
cure
for
the
same
,
but
onely
to
rub
the
plague-sore
with
certaine
ointments
made
of
Armenian
earth
.
In
Numidia
they
are
infected
with
the
plague
Earth
of
〈◊〉
.
scarce
once
in
an
hundred
yeeres
.
And
in
the
land
of
Negros
they
know
not
the
name
of
this
disease
:
because
they
neuer
were
subiect
thereunto
.
The
commendable
actions
and
vertues
of
the
Africans
.
THose
Arabians
which
inhabite
in
Barbarie
or
vpon
the
coast
of
the
Mediterran
sea
,
are
greatly
addicted
vnto
the
studie
of
good
artes
and
sciences
:
and
those
things
which
concerne
their
law
and
religion
are
esteemed
by
them
in
the
first
place
.
Moreouer
they
haue
beene
heretofore
most
studious
of
the
Mathematiques
,
of
Philosophie
,
and
of
Astrologie
:
but
these
artes
(
as
it
is
aforesaid
)
were
fower
hundred
yeeres
agoe
,
vtterly
destroyed
and
taken
away
by
the
chiefe
professours
of
their
lawe
.
The
inhabitants
of
cities
doe
most
religiously
obserue
and
〈◊〉
those
things
which
appertaine
vnto
their
religion
:
yea
they
honour
those
doctours
and
priests
,
of
whom
they
learne
their
law
,
as
if
they
were
petie-gods
.
Their
Churches
they
frequent
verie
diligently
,
to
the
ende
they
may
repeat
certaine
prescript
and
formal
prayers
;
most
superstitiously
perswading
themselues
that
the
same
day
wherein
they
make
their
praiers
,
it
is
not
lawfull
for
them
to
wash
certaine
of
their
members
,
when
as
at
other
times
they
wil
wash
their
whole
bodies
.
Whereof
we
will
(
by
Gods
helpe
)
discourse
more
at
large
in
the
second
Booke
of
this
present
treatise
,
when
we
shall
fall
into
the
mentioning
of
Mahumet
and
of
his
religion
.
Moreouer
those
which
inhabite
Barbarie
are
of
great
cunning
&
dexteritie
for
building
&
for
mathematicall
inuentions
,
which
a
man
may
easily
coniecture
by
their
artificiall
workes
.
Most
honest
people
they
are
,
and
destitute
of
all
fraud
and
guile
;
not
onely
imbracing
all
simplicitie
and
truth
,
but
also
practising
the
same
throughout
the
whole
course
of
their
liues
:
albeit
certaine
Latine
authors
,
which
haue
written
of
the
same
regions
,
are
farre
otherwise
of
opinion
.
Likewise
they
are
most
strong
and
valiant
people
,
especially
those
which
dwell
vpon
the
mountaines
.
The
Moores
are
a
people
of
great
fidelitie
.
They
keepe
their
couenant
most
faithfully
;
insomuch
that
they
had
rather
die
then
breake
promise
.
No
nation
in
the
world
is
so
subiect
vnto
iealousie
;
for
they
will
rather
leese
their
liues
,
then
put
vp
any
disgrace
in
the
behalfe
of
their
women
.
So
desirous
they
are
of
riches
and
honour
,
that
therein
no
other
people
can
goe
beyonde
them
.
They
trauell
in
a
manner
ouer
the
whole
world
to
exercise
traffique
.
For
they
are
continually
to
bee
seene
in
AEgypt
,
in
AEthiopia
,
in
Arabia
,
Persia
,
India
,
and
Turkie
:
and
whithersoeuer
they
goe
,
they
are
most
honorably
esteemed
of
:
for
none
of
them
will
professe
any
arte
,
vnlesse
hee
hath
attained
vnto
great
exactnes
and
perfection
therein
.
They
haue
alwaies
beene
much
delighted
with
all
kinde
of
ciuilitie
and
modest
behauiour
:
and
it
is
accounted
heinous
among
them
for
any
man
to
vtter
in
companie
,
any
bawdie
or
vnseemely
worde
.
They
haue
alwaies
in
minde
this
sentence
of
a
graue
author
;
Giue
place
to
thy
superiour
.
If
any
youth
in
presence
of
his
father
,
his
vncle
,
or
any
other
of
his
kinred
,
doth
sing
or
talke
ought
of
loue
matters
,
he
is
deemed
to
bee
woorthie
of
grieuous
punishment
.
Whatsoeuer
lad
or
youth
there
lighteth
by
chaunce
into
any
company
which
discourseth
of
loue
,
no
sooner
heareth
nor
vnderstandeth
what
their
talke
tendeth
vnto
,
but
immediately
he
withdraweth
himselfe
from
among
them
.
These
are
the
things
which
we
thought
most
woorthie
of
relation
as
concerning
the
ciuilitie
,
humanitie
,
and
vpright
dealing
of
the
Barbarians
:
let
vs
now
proceede
vnto
the
residue
.
Those
Arabians
which
dwell
in
tents
,
that
is
to
say
,
which
bring
vp
cattell
,
are
of
a
more
liberall
and
ciuill
disposition
:
to
wit
,
they
are
in
their
kinde
as
deuout
,
valiant
,
patient
,
courteous
,
hospitall
,
and
as
honest
in
life
and
conuersation
as
any
other
people
.
They
be
most
faithfull
obseruers
of
their
word
and
promise
:
insomuch
that
the
people
,
which
before
we
said
to
dwell
in
the
mountaines
,
are
greatly
stirred
vp
with
emulation
of
their
vertues
.
Howbeit
the
said
mountainers
,
both
for
learning
,
for
vertue
,
and
for
religion
,
are
thought
much
inferiour
to
the
Numidians
;
albeit
they
haue
little
or
no
knowledge
at
all
in
naturall
philosophie
.
They
are
reported
likewise
to
be
most
〈◊〉
warriours
,
to
be
valiant
,
and
exceeding
louers
and
practisers
of
all
humanitie
.
Also
,
the
Moores
and
Arabians
inhabiting
Libya
are
somewhat
ciuill
of
behauiour
,
being
plaine
dealers
,
voide
of
dissimulation
,
fauourable
to
strangers
,
and
louers
of
simplicitie
.
Those
which
we
before
named
white
,
or
tawney
Moores
,
are
most
stedfast
in
friendship
:
as
likewise
they
indifferently
and
fauourably
esteeme
of
other
nations
:
and
wholy
indeuour
themselues
in
this
one
thing
,
namely
,
that
they
may
leade
a
most
pleasant
and
iocund
life
.
Moreouer
they
maintaine
most
learned
professours
of
liberall
artes
,
and
such
men
as
are
most
deuout
in
their
religion
.
Neither
is
there
any
people
in
all
Africa
that
lead
a
more
happie
and
honorable
life
.
What
vices
the
foresaid
Africans
are
subiect
vnto
.
NEuer
was
there
any
people
or
nation
so
perfectly
endued
with
vertue
,
but
that
they
had
their
contrarie
faults
and
blemishes
:
now
therfore
let
vs
consider
,
whether
the
vices
of
the
Africans
do
surpasse
their
vertues
&
good
parts
.
Those
which
we
named
the
inhabitants
of
the
cities
of
Barbarie
are
somewhat
needie
and
couetous
,
being
also
very
proud
and
high-minded
,
and
woonderfully
addicted
vnto
wrath
;
insomuch
that
(
according
to
the
prouerbe
)
they
will
deeply
engraue
in
marble
any
iniurie
be
it
neuer
so
small
,
&
will
in
no
wise
blot
it
out
of
their
remembrance
.
So
rusticall
they
are
&
void
of
good
manners
,
that
scarcely
can
any
stranger
obtaine
their
familiaritie
and
friendship
.
Their
wits
are
but
meane
;
and
they
are
so
credulous
,
that
they
will
beleeue
matters
impossible
,
which
are
told
them
.
So
ignorant
are
they
of
naturall
philosophie
,
that
they
imagine
all
the
effects
and
operations
of
nature
to
be
extraordinarie
and
diuine
.
They
obserue
no
certaine
order
of
liuing
nor
of
lawes
.
Abounding
exceedingly
with
choler
,
they
speake
alwaies
with
an
angrie
and
lowd
voice
.
Neither
shall
you
walke
in
the
day-time
in
any
of
their
streetes
,
but
you
shall
see
commonly
two
or
three
of
them
together
by
the
eares
.
By
nature
they
are
a
vile
and
base
people
,
being
no
better
accounted
of
by
their
gouernours
then
if
they
were
dogs
.
They
haue
neither
iudges
nor
lawyers
,
by
whose
wisedome
and
counsell
they
ought
to
be
directed
.
They
are
vtterly
vnskilfull
in
trades
of
merchandize
,
being
destitute
of
bankers
and
money-changers
:
wherefore
a
merchant
can
doe
nothing
among
them
in
his
absence
,
but
is
himselfe
constrained
to
goe
in
person
,
whithersoeuer
his
wares
are
carried
.
No
people
vnder
heauen
are
more
addicted
vnto
couetise
then
this
nation
:
neither
is
there
(
I
thinke
)
to
bee
found
among
them
one
of
an
hundred
,
who
for
courtesie
,
humanitie
,
or
deuotions
sake
,
will
vouchsafe
any
entertainment
vpon
a
stranger
.
Mindfull
they
haue
alwaies
beene
of
iniuries
,
but
most
forgetfull
of
benefites
.
Their
mindes
are
perpetually
possessed
with
vexation
and
strife
,
so
that
they
will
seldome
or
neuer
shew
themselues
tractable
to
any
man
;
the
cause
whereof
is
supposed
to
be
;
for
that
they
are
so
greedily
addicted
vnto
their
filthie
lucre
,
that
they
neuer
could
attaine
vnto
any
kinde
of
ciuilitie
or
good
behauiour
.
The
shepherds
of
that
region
liue
a
miserable
,
toilsome
,
wretched
and
beggerly
life
:
they
are
a
rude
people
,
and
(
as
a
man
may
say
)
borne
and
bred
to
theft
,
deceit
,
and
brutish
manners
.
Their
yoong
men
may
goe
a
wooing
to
diuers
maides
,
till
such
time
as
they
haue
sped
of
a
wife
.
Yea
,
the
father
of
the
maide
most
friendly
welcommeth
her
suiter
;
so
that
I
thinke
scarce
any
noble
or
gentleman
among
them
can
chuse
a
virgine
for
his
spouse
:
albeit
,
so
soone
as
any
woman
is
married
,
she
is
quite
forsaken
of
all
her
suiters
;
who
then
seeke
out
other
new
paramours
for
their
liking
.
Concerning
their
religion
,
the
greater
part
of
these
people
are
neither
Mahumetans
,
Iewes
,
nor
Christians
;
and
hardly
shall
you
finde
so
much
as
a
sparke
of
pietie
in
any
of
them
.
They
haue
no
churches
at
all
,
nor
any
kinde
of
prayers
,
but
being
vtterly
estranged
from
all
godly
deuotion
,
they
leade
a
sauage
and
beastly
life
:
and
if
any
man
chanceth
to
be
of
a
better
disposition
(
because
they
haue
no
law-giuers
nor
teachers
among
them
)
he
is
constrained
to
follow
the
example
of
other
mens
liues
&
maners
.
All
the
Numidians
being
most
ignorant
of
naturall
,
domesticall
,
&
commonwealth-matters
,
are
principally
addicted
vnto
treason
,
trecherie
,
murther
,
theft
,
and
robberie
.
This
nation
,
because
it
is
most
slauish
,
will
right
gladly
accept
of
any
seruice
among
the
Barbarians
,
be
it
neuer
so
vile
or
contemptible
.
For
some
will
take
vpon
them
to
be
dung-farmers
,
others
to
be
scullians
,
some
others
to
bee
ostlers
,
and
such
like
seruile
occupations
.
Likewise
the
inhabitants
of
Libya
liue
a
brutish
kinde
of
life
;
who
neglecting
all
kindes
of
good
artes
and
sciences
,
doe
wholy
apply
their
mindes
vnto
theft
and
violence
.
Neuer
as
yet
had
they
any
religion
,
any
lawes
,
or
any
good
forme
of
liuing
;
but
alwaies
had
,
and
euer
will
haue
a
most
miserable
and
distressed
life
.
There
cannot
any
trechery
or
villanie
be
inuented
so
damnable
,
which
for
lucres
sake
they
dare
not
attempt
.
They
spend
all
their
daies
either
in
most
lewd
practises
,
or
in
hunting
,
or
else
in
warfare
;
neither
weare
they
any
shooes
nor
garments
.
The
Negros
likewise
leade
a
beastly
kinde
of
life
,
being
vtterly
destitute
of
the
vse
of
reason
,
of
dexteritie
of
wit
,
and
of
all
artes
.
Yea
they
so
behaue
themselues
,
as
if
they
had
continually
liued
in
a
forrest
among
wilde
beasts
.
They
haue
great
swarmes
of
harlots
among
them
;
whereupon
a
man
may
easily
coniecture
their
manner
of
liuing
;
except
〈◊〉
conuersation
perhaps
be
somewhat
more
tolerable
,
who
dwell
in
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
and
cities
:
for
it
is
like
that
they
are
somewhat
more
addicted
to
〈◊〉
Neither
am
I
ignorant
,
how
much
mine
owne
credit
is
〈◊〉
,
when
The
author
of
this
worke
his
Apologie
for
the
former
relation
.
I
my selfe
write
so
homely
of
Africa
,
vnto
which
countrie
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
debted
both
for
my
birth
,
and
also
for
the
best
part
of
my
education
:
Howbeit
in
this
regarde
I
seeke
not
to
excuse
my selfe
,
but
onely
to
appeale
vnto
the
dutie
of
an
historiographer
,
who
is
to
set
downe
the
plaine
truth
in
all
places
,
and
is
blame-woorthie
for
flattering
or
fauouring
of
any
person
.
And
this
is
the
cause
that
hath
mooued
me
to
describe
all
things
so
plainly
without
glosing
or
dissimulation
:
wherefore
here
I
am
to
request
the
gentle
Reader
friendly
to
accept
of
this
my
most
true
discourse
,
(
albeit
not
adorned
with
fine
words
,
and
artificiall
eloquence
)
as
of
certaine
vnknowne
strange
matters
.
Wherein
how
indifferent
and
sincere
I
haue
shewed
my selfe
,
it
may
in
few
words
appeere
by
that
which
followeth
.
It
is
reported
of
a
lewd
countriman
of
ours
,
that
being
conuicted
of
some
heinous
crime
,
he
was
adiudged
to
be
seuerely
beaten
for
it
.
Howbeit
the
day
following
,
when
the
〈◊〉
came
to
doe
his
busines
,
the
malefactor
remembred
that
certaine
yeeres
before
,
he
had
some
acquaintance
and
familiaritie
with
him
:
which
made
him
to
presume
,
that
he
should
find
more
fauour
at
his
hands
,
then
a
meere
stranger
.
But
he
was
fowly
〈◊〉
;
for
the
executioner
vsed
him
no
better
,
then
if
he
had
neuer
knowne
him
.
Wherefore
this
caitife
at
the
first
exclaiming
vpon
his
executioner
,
oh
(
saith
he
)
my
goodfriend
,
what
maketh
you
so
sterne
,
as
not
to
acknowledge
our
olde
acquaintance
?
Hereupon
the
executioner
beating
him
more
cruelly
then
before
:
friend
(
quoth
he
)
in
such
busines
as
this
I
vse
to
be
mindfull
of
my
dutie
,
and
to
shew
no
fauour
at
all
:
and
so
continually
laying
on
,
he
ceased
not
,
till
the
iudiciall
sentence
was
fulfilled
.
It
was
(
doubtlesse
)
a
great
argument
of
impartiall
dealing
,
when
as
respect
of
former
friendship
could
take
no
place
.
Wherefore
I
thought
good
to
record
all
the
particulars
aforesaid
;
least
that
describing
vices
onely
I
should
seeme
to
flatter
them
,
with
whom
I
am
now
presently
conuersant
;
or
extolling
onely
the
vertues
of
the
Africans
,
I
might
hereafter
be
saide
to
sue
for
their
fauour
(
which
I
haue
of
purpose
eschewed
)
to
the
end
that
I
might
haue
more
free
accesse
vnto
them
.
Moreouer
,
may
it
please
you
for
this
purpose
to
heare
another
resemblance
or
similitude
.
There
was
vpon
a
time
a
most
wily
bird
,
so
indued
by
nature
,
that
she
could
liue
as
well
with
the
fishes
of
the
sea
,
as
with
the
fowles
of
the
aire
;
wherefore
she
was
rightly
called
Amphibia
.
This
bird
being
sommoned
before
the
king
of
birds
to
pay
her
yeerely
tribute
,
determined
foorthwith
to
change
her
element
,
and
to
delude
the
king
;
and
so
flying
out
of
the
aire
,
she
drencht
herselfe
in
the
Ocean
sea
.
Which
strange
accident
the
fishes
woondring
at
,
came
flocking
about
Amphibia
,
saluting
her
,
and
asking
her
the
cause
of
her
comming
.
Good
fishes
(
quoth
the
bird
)
know
you
not
,
that
all
things
are
turned
so
vpside
downe
,
that
we
wot
not
how
to
liue
securely
in
the
aire
?
Our
tyrannicall
king
(
what
furie
haunts
him
,
I
know
not
)
commanded
me
to
be
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
to
death
,
whereas
no
silly
bird
respected
euer
his
commoditie
as
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
one
.
Which
most
vniust
edict
I
no
sooner
heard
of
,
but
presently
(
〈◊〉
fishes
)
I
came
to
you
for
refuge
.
Wherefore
vouchsafe
me
(
I
beseech
〈◊〉
)
some
odde
corner
or
other
to
hide
my
head
in
;
and
then
I
may
iustly
say
,
that
I
haue
found
more
friendship
among
strangers
,
then
euer
I
did
in
mine
owne
natiue
countrie
.
With
this
speech
the
fishes
were
so
perswaded
,
that
Amphibia
staied
a
whole
yeere
among
them
,
not
paying
one
penie
or
halfepenie
.
At
the
yeeres
ende
the
king
of
fishes
began
to
demand
his
tribute
,
insomuch
that
at
last
the
bird
was
〈◊〉
to
pay
.
Great
reason
it
is
(
saith
the
bird
)
that
each
man
should
haue
his
due
,
and
for
my
part
I
am
contented
to
doe
the
dutie
of
a
loyall
subiect
.
These
words
were
no
sooner
spoken
,
but
she
suddenly
spred
her
wings
,
and
vp
she
mounted
into
the
aire
.
And
so
this
bird
,
to
auoide
yeerely
exactions
and
tributes
,
woulde
eftsoones
change
her
element
.
Out
of
this
fable
I
will
inferre
no
other
morall
,
but
that
all
men
doe
most
affect
that
place
,
where
they
finde
least
dammage
and
inconuenience
.
For
mine
owne
part
,
when
I
heare
the
Africans
euill
spoken
of
,
I
wil
affirme
my selfe
to
be
one
of
Granada
:
and
when
I
perceiue
the
nation
of
Granada
to
be
discommended
,
then
will
I
professe
my selfe
to
be
an
African
.
But
herein
the
Africans
shall
be
the
more
beholding
vnto
me
;
for
that
I
will
onely
record
their
principall
and
notorious
vices
,
omitting
their
smaller
and
more
tolerable
faults
.
IOHN
LEO
HIS
SECOND
BOOKE
OF
the
Historie
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
memorable
things
contained
therein
.
HAuing
in
my
first
booke
made
mention
of
the
cities
,
bounds
,
diuisions
,
and
some
other
notable
and
memorable
things
contained
in
Africa
;
we
will
in
this
second
part
more
fully
,
particularly
,
largely
,
and
distinctly
describe
sundrie
prouinces
,
townes
,
mountaines
,
situations
of
places
,
lawes
,
rites
,
and
customes
of
people
.
Insomuch
that
we
will
leaue
nothing
vntouched
,
which
may
any
way
serue
to
the
illustrating
and
perfecting
of
this
our
present
discourse
.
Beginning
therefore
at
the
west
part
of
Africa
,
we
will
in
this
our
geographicall
historie
proceede
eastward
,
till
we
come
to
the
borders
of
Aegypt
.
And
all
this
our
narration
following
we
will
diuide
into
seuen
bookes
;
whereunto
(
God
willing
)
we
purpose
to
annexe
the
eighth
,
which
shall
intreat
of
riuers
,
of
liuing
creatures
,
of
trees
,
of
plants
,
of
fruits
,
of
shrubs
,
and
of
such
other
most
delightfull
matters
.
Of
the
region
of
Hea
lying
vpon
the
west
part
of
Africa
.
HEa
being
one
of
the
prouinces
of
Maroco
is
bounded
westward
and
northwarde
with
the
maine
Ocean
,
southwarde
with
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
,
and
eastward
with
the
riuer
which
they
call
〈◊〉
.
This
riuer
springeth
out
of
the
foresaide
mountaine
,
discharging
it selfe
at
length
into
the
riuer
of
Tensift
,
and
diuiding
Hea
from
the
prouince
next
adiacent
.
Of
the
situation
and
description
of
Hea.
THis
region
of
Hea
is
an
vneeuen
and
rough
soile
,
full
of
rockie
mountaines
,
shadie
woods
,
and
chrystall-streames
in
all
places
;
being
woonderfully
rich
,
and
wel
stored
with
inhabitants
.
They
haue
in
the
said
region
great
abundance
of
goates
and
asses
,
but
not
such
plentie
of
sheepe
,
oxen
,
and
horses
.
All
kinde
of
fruites
are
very
scarce
among
them
,
not
,
that
the
ground
is
vncapable
of
fruit
,
but
because
the
people
are
so
rude
and
ignorant
in
this
behalfe
,
that
very
few
of
them
are
skilfull
in
planting
,
graffing
,
or
pruning
of
trees
.
Whereof
I
was
easily
perswaded
:
for
I
remember
that
I
founde
among
some
gardiners
of
Hea
great
abundance
of
fruits
.
Of
graine
they
haue
not
much
plentie
,
except
it
be
of
barlie
,
mill
,
and
panick
.
They
haue
great
abundance
of
honie
,
which
they
vse
in
stead
of
ordinarie
foode
,
but
the
waxe
they
cast
away
,
little
regarding
it
,
because
they
know
not
the
value
thereof
.
Likewise
there
are
found
in
this
region
certaine
thornie
trees
bearing
a
grosse
kinde
of
fruit
,
not
vnlike
vnto
those
oliues
which
are
brought
vnto
vs
from
Spaine
:
the
said
fruit
they
call
in
their
language
Arga.
Of
this
fruit
they
make
a
kinde
of
oile
,
being
The
fruit
〈◊〉
Arga.
of
a
fulsome
and
strong
sauour
,
which
they
vse
notwithstanding
for
sauce
and
for
lampes
.
The
manner
of
liuing
,
and
the
foode
of
the
people
of
〈◊〉
.
THis
people
for
the
most
part
eateth
barlie-bread
vnleuened
,
which
is
like
rather
vnto
a
cake
,
then
to
a
loafe
:
this
bread
is
baked
in
a
kinde
of
earthen
baking-pan
,
somewhat
like
vnto
that
wherewith
in
Italie
they
vse
to
couer
iuncats
and
daintie
dishes
:
neither
shall
you
finde
many
in
Hea
which
eate
ouen-bread
.
They
vse
also
a
certaine
vnsauourie
and
base
kinde
of
meate
,
which
in
their
language
is
called
Elhasid
,
and
is
made
in
maner
〈◊〉
.
following
:
they
cast
barlie-meale
into
boiling
water
,
continually
tempering
and
stirring
the
same
about
with
a
sticke
,
till
they
perceiue
it
be
sufficiently
sodden
.
Then
setting
this
pap
or
hastie-pudding
vpon
the
table
,
and
powring
in
some
of
their
countrie-oile
,
all
the
whole
familie
stand
round
about
the
platter
,
and
eate
the
said
pap
not
with
spoones
,
but
with
their
hands
and
fingers
.
Howbeit
in
the
spring
and
summer
season
they
temper
the
said
meale
with
milke
,
and
cast
in
butter
in
stead
of
oile
:
and
this
kinde
of
meate
is
not
vsuall
among
them
,
but
only
at
supper
.
For
in
winter
time
they
breake
their
fast
with
bread
and
honie
;
and
in
summer
with
milke
,
butter
,
and
bread
.
Moreouer
sometimes
they
vse
to
eate
sodden
flesh
,
whereunto
some
adde
onions
,
other
beanes
,
and
some
other
,
a
kinde
of
seasoning
or
sauce
called
by
them
〈◊〉
.
With
them
tables
and
table-cloathes
are
quite
out
of
vse
,
in
stead
whereof
they
spread
a
certaine
round
mat
vpon
the
ground
,
which
serueth
among
this
rude
people
both
for
table
,
cloth
,
and
all
.
The
apparell
and
customes
of
the
foresaid
people
of
Hea.
THE
greatest
part
of
them
are
clad
in
a
kinde
of
cloath-garment
made
of
wooll
after
the
manner
of
a
couerlet
,
called
in
their
language
,
Elchise
,
and
not
vnlike
vnto
those
couerlets
or
blankets
which
the
Italians
lay
vpon
their
beds
.
In
these
kinde
of
mantles
they
wrap
themselues
;
and
then
are
they
girt
with
a
woollen
girdle
,
not
about
their
waste
,
but
about
their
hippes
.
They
haue
also
a
certaine
piece
of
cloath
of
ten
handfuls
in
length
and
two
in
bredth
,
wherewith
they
vse
to
adorne
their
heads
:
these
kinde
of
ornaments
or
head-tires
they
dye
with
the
iuice
of
walnut-tree-rootes
,
being
so
put
vpon
their
heads
,
that
their
crownes
are
alwaies
bare
.
None
of
them
weare
any
cap
,
except
it
be
an
olde
man
,
or
a
man
of
learning
;
albeit
learned
men
are
verie
rare
among
them
:
which
caps
of
theirs
are
double
and
round
,
not
much
vnlike
to
the
caps
of
certaine
Phisitians
in
Italy
.
You
shall
seldome
finde
any
linnen
shirts
or
smockes
among
this
people
;
and
that
(
as
I
suppose
)
either
because
their
soile
will
yeeld
no
flaxe
nor
hemp
,
or
else
for
that
they
haue
none
skilfull
in
the
arte
of
weauing
.
Their
seats
whereon
they
sit
,
are
nought
else
but
certaine
mats
made
of
hayre
and
rushes
.
For
beds
they
vse
a
certaine
kinde
of
hairie
flockbed
or
mattresse
;
some
of
which
beds
are
ten
elles
in
length
,
some
more
,
and
some
lesse
,
yea
some
you
shall
finde
of
twenty
elles
long
,
but
none
longer
:
one
part
of
these
mattresses
they
lye
vpon
insteed
of
a
couch
,
and
with
the
residue
they
couer
their
bodies
as
it
were
with
〈◊〉
and
couerlets
.
In
the
Spring-time
alwaies
they
lay
the
hairie
side
next
vnto
their
bodies
,
because
it
is
somewhat
warmer
;
but
in
Sommer-time
not
regarding
that
side
,
they
turne
the
smooth
side
vpwarde
,
and
thereon
they
rest
themselues
.
Likewise
of
such
base
and
harsh
stuffe
they
make
their
cushions
:
being
much
like
vnto
the
stuffe
which
is
brought
hither
out
of
Albania
and
Turkie
,
to
serue
for
horse-cloathes
:
The
women
of
Hea
goe
commonly
with
their
faces
vncouered
,
vsing
for
their
huswifery
turned
vessels
and
cups
of
wood
:
their
platters
,
dishes
,
and
other
their
kitchin-vessels
be
for
the
most
part
of
earth
.
You
may
easily
discerne
which
of
them
is
married
,
and
who
is
not
:
for
an
vnmarried
man
must
alwaies
keepe
his
beard
shauen
,
which
,
after
hee
be
once
married
,
hee
suffereth
to
grow
at
length
.
The
saide
region
bringeth
foorth
no
great
plentie
of
horses
,
but
those
that
it
doth
bring
foorth
,
are
so
nimble
and
full
of
mettall
,
that
they
will
climbe
like
cats
ouer
the
steepe
and
craggie
mountaines
.
These
horses
are
alwaies
vnshod
:
and
the
people
of
this
region
vse
to
till
their
ground
with
no
other
cattell
,
but
onely
with
horses
and
asses
.
You
shall
here
finde
great
store
of
deere
,
of
wilde
goats
,
and
of
hares
:
Howbeit
the
people
are
no
whit
delighted
in
hunting
.
Which
is
the
cause
(
as
I
thinke
)
why
the
said
beasts
do
so
multiply
.
And
it
is
somwhat
strange
,
that
so
many
riuers
running
through
the
countrey
,
they
should
haue
such
scarsitie
of
water-mils
:
but
the
reason
is
,
because
euerie
houshold
almost
haue
a
woodden
mill
of
their
owne
,
whereat
their
women
vsually
grinde
with
their
hands
.
No
good
learning
nor
liberall
artes
are
heere
to
be
found
;
except
it
bee
a
little
skill
in
the
lawes
,
which
some
few
chalenge
vnto
themselues
;
otherwise
you
shall
finde
not
so
much
as
any
shadow
of
vertue
among
them
.
They
haue
neither
Phisition
nor
Surgeon
of
any
learning
or
account
But
if
a
disease
or
infirmitie
befall
any
of
them
,
they
presently
seare
or
cauterize
Cauterizing
.
the
sicke
partie
with
red
hot
yrons
,
euen
as
the
Italians
vse
their
horses
.
Howbeit
some
chirurgians
there
are
among
them
,
whose
duty
and
occupation
consisteth
onely
in
circumcising
of
their
male
children
.
They
make
no
sope
in
all
the
countrey
,
but
instead
thereof
they
vse
to
wash
with
lee
made
of
ashes
.
They
are
at
continuall
warre
,
but
it
is
ciuill
and
among
themselues
,
insomuch
that
they
haue
no
leisure
to
fight
against
other
nations
.
Whosoeuer
will
trauell
into
a
〈◊〉
countrey
must
take
either
a
harlot
,
or
a
wife
,
or
a
religious
man
of
the
contrarie
part
,
to
beare
him
companie
.
They
haue
no
regard
at
all
of
iustice
,
especially
in
those
mountaines
which
are
destitute
of
gouernours
or
princes
:
yea
euen
the
principall
men
of
this
verie
region
of
Hea
,
which
dwell
within
townes
and
cities
,
dare
scarce
prescribe
any
law
or
good
order
vnto
the
people
,
so
great
is
their
insolencie
in
all
places
.
The
cities
of
Hea
are
few
in
number
,
but
they
haue
great
store
of
villages
,
townes
,
and
most
strong
castles
:
whereof
(
God
willing
)
we
will
hereafter
speake
more
at
large
.
Of
Tednest
one
of
the
cities
of
Hea.
THE
auncient
citie
of
Tednest
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
a
most
beautiful
and
large
plaine
,
which
they
inuironed
with
a
loftie
wall
built
of
bricke
and
lime
.
Likewise
a
certaine
riuer
running
foorth
of
the
citie
serueth
to
fill
vp
the
wall
ditch
.
In
this
citie
are
certaine
merchants
that
sell
cloath
,
wherein
the
people
of
the
same
place
are
clad
.
Here
is
likewise
vttered
a
kinde
of
cloth
which
is
brought
thither
out
of
Portugall
:
howbeit
they
will
admit
no
artificers
,
but
taylors
,
botchers
,
carpenters
,
and
a
few
gold-smithes
which
are
Iewes
.
In
this
citie
there
are
no
innes
,
stoues
,
nor
wine-tauerns
:
so
that
whatsoeuer
merchant
goes
thither
,
must
seeke
out
some
of
his
acquaintance
to
remaine
withall
:
but
if
he
hath
no
friends
〈◊〉
acquaintance
in
the
town
,
then
the
principall
inhabitants
there
cast
lots
who
should
entertaine
the
strange
merchant
:
insomuch
that
no
stranger
,
be
he
neuer
so
meane
,
shall
Their
manner
of
entertaining
strangers
at
Tednest
.
want
friendly
entertainment
,
but
is
alwaies
sumptuously
and
honourably
accepted
of
.
But
whosoeuer
is
receiued
as
a
guest
,
must
at
his
departure
bestow
some
gift
vpon
his
host
in
token
of
thankfulnes
,
to
the
ende
he
may
be
more
welcome
at
his
next
returne
.
Howbeit
if
the
saide
stranger
bee
no
merchant
,
he
may
chuse
what
great
mans
house
he
will
to
lodge
in
,
beeing
bound
at
his
departure
to
no
recompence
nor
gift
.
To
be
short
,
if
any
begger
or
poore
pilgrim
passé
the
same
way
,
he
hath
some
〈◊〉
prouided
for
him
in
a
certaine
hospitall
,
which
was
founded
onely
for
the
reliefe
of
poore
people
,
and
is
maintained
at
the
common
charge
of
the
citie
.
In
the
middest
of
the
citie
stands
an
auncient
temple
,
beeing
most
sumptuously
built
and
of
an
huge
bignes
,
which
was
thought
to
bee
founded
at
the
verie
same
time
when
as
the
King
of
Maroco
bare
rule
in
those
places
.
This
temple
hath
a
great
cestern
standing
in
the
midst
thereof
,
and
it
hath
many
priests
and
such
kinde
of
people
which
giue
attendance
thereunto
,
and
store
it
with
things
necessarie
.
In
this
citie
likewise
are
diuers
other
temples
,
which
,
〈◊〉
they
are
but
little
,
yet
be
they
most
cleanly
and
decently
kept
.
There
are
in
this
citie
about
an
hundred
families
of
Iewes
,
who
pay
no
yeerely
tribute
at
all
,
but
only
bestow
each
of
them
some
gratuitie
vpon
this
or
that
nobleman
,
whom
they
thinke
to
fauour
them
most
,
to
the
ende
they
may
enioy
their
fauour
still
:
and
the
greatest
part
of
the
said
citie
is
inhabited
with
Iewes
.
These
Iewes
haue
certaine
minting-houses
wherein
they
stampe
siluer
coine
,
of
which
170.
Aspers
(
as
they
call
them
)
doe
weigh
one
ounce
,
beeing
like
vnto
the
common
coine
of
Hungarie
,
sauing
that
this
Asper
is
square
,
and
the
Hungarian
coine
is
round
.
The
inhabitants
of
Tednest
are
free
from
al
tributes
&
yeerely
taxations
:
howbeit
if
any
summe
of
money
be
wanting
for
the
erection
of
a
publique
building
,
or
for
any
other
common
vse
,
the
people
is
foorthwith
assembled
,
and
each
man
must
giue
according
to
his
abilitie
.
This
citie
was
left
desolate
in
the
yeere
918.
of
the
Hegeira
.
At
what
time
all
the
citizens
Tednest
left
desolate
.
thereof
fled
vnto
the
mountaines
,
and
from
thence
to
Maroco
.
The
reason
they
say
was
,
because
the
inhabitants
were
informed
that
their
next
neighbours
the
Arabians
ioyned
in
league
with
the
Portugall
Captaines
(
who
as
then
held
the
towne
of
Azaphi
)
and
promised
to
deliuer
Tednest
into
the
hands
of
the
Christians
,
which
thing
so
danted
the
citizens
,
that
they
presently
sought
to
saue
themselues
by
flight
.
My selfe
(
I
remember
)
sawe
this
citie
vtterly
ruined
and
defaced
,
the
walles
thereof
beeing
laide
euen
with
the
ground
,
the
houses
beeing
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
and
nothing
at
that
time
to
be
there
seene
,
but
onely
the
nests
of
rauens
and
of
other
birds
.
All
this
I
saw
in
the
920.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
.
Of
Teculeth
a
towne
of
Hea.
VPon
the
foote
of
an
hill
eighteene
miles
Eastwarde
from
Tednest
stands
a
towne
called
by
the
Africans
Teculeth
,
and
containing
about
one
thousand
housholdes
.
Hard
by
this
towne
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
,
on
both
sides
whereof
are
most
pleasant
gardens
,
and
all
kindes
of
trees
.
Within
the
walles
of
the
saide
towne
are
many
pits
or
wels
,
whereout
they
draw
most
cleere
and
pleasant
water
.
Here
also
is
to
be
seene
a
most
stately
and
beautifull
temple
;
as
likewise
fower
hospitals
and
a
monasterie
of
religious
persons
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
towne
are
farre
wealthier
then
they
of
Tednest
;
for
they
haue
a
most
famous
port
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
,
commonly
called
by
merchants
,
Goz.
They
haue
likewise
great
abundance
of
corne
and
pulse
,
which
grow
in
the
fruitfull
fields
adiacent
.
These
also
of
Teculeth
send
waxe
into
Portugall
to
be
solde
:
and
they
are
verie
curious
in
their
apparell
〈◊〉
.
and
about
the
furniture
of
their
〈◊〉
.
When
I
my selfe
was
at
Teculeth
,
I
found
there
a
certaine
nobleman
,
who
was
the
president
or
chiefe
of
their
senate
:
this
noblemans
duety
was
both
to
procure
tribute
which
was
yeerely
to
be
payed
vnto
the
Arabians
,
and
also
to
make
attonement
and
reconciliation
betweene
them
,
when
they
were
at
ods
.
This
man
had
gathered
great
riches
vnto
himselfe
,
which
he
imployed
rather
to
purchase
friends
,
then
to
fill
his
coffers
:
most
liberall
he
was
vnto
the
poore
,
most
bountifull
and
fauourable
vnto
all
his
citizens
;
insomuch
that
all
men
did
reuerence
and
honour
vnto
him
,
as
vnto
their
father
and
best
protectour
.
Of
whose
curtesie
I
my selfe
also
made
triall
:
and
being
not
meanely
but
verie
sumptuously
entertained
by
him
,
I
remained
with
him
for
a
certaine
time
,
and
read
in
his
house
diuers
histories
of
African
matters
.
This
good
man
togither
with
his
sonne
was
slaine
in
a
skirmish
against
the
Portugals
:
which
was
done
,
according
to
our
computation
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
923.
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1514.
After
which
misfortune
Teculeth
destroyed
by
the
Portugals
.
we
heard
,
that
the
citie
was
razed
,
that
the
people
were
part
of
them
put
to
flight
,
part
lead
captiue
,
and
the
residue
〈◊〉
by
the
enimy
:
all
which
particulars
we
haue
declared
more
at
large
in
that
Booke
,
which
is
now
lately
1514.
printed
and
published
concerning
African
affaires
.
Of
Hadecchis
a
towne
of
Hea.
THE
citie
of
Hadecchis
being
situate
vpon
a
plaine
,
standeth
eight
miles
Southward
of
Teculeth
:
it
containeth
seauen
hundred
families
:
and
the
wals
,
churches
,
and
houses
throughout
this
whole
citie
are
all
built
of
free
stone
.
Through
the
midst
of
the
towne
runneth
a
large
and
faire
streame
,
hauing
many
vines
&
galleries
on
both
sides
thereof
.
There
be
many
Iewes
artificers
in
this
citie
.
The
citizens
here
go
somewhat
decently
apparelled
:
their
horses
are
good
:
most
of
them
exercise
merchandize
:
also
they
stampe
a
kinde
of
coine
;
and
they
haue
certaine
yeerely
faires
or
martes
,
whereunto
the
nations
adioining
do
vsually
resort
.
Here
is
to
be
sold
great
store
of
cattell
,
of
butter
,
oyle
,
yron
,
and
cloath
,
and
their
said
mart
lasteth
fifteene
dayes
.
Their
women
are
very
beautifull
,
white
of
colour
,
fat
,
comely
,
and
trim
.
But
the
men
beare
a
most
sauage
minde
,
being
so
extremely
possessed
with
ielousie
,
that
whomsoeuer
they
finde
but
talking
with
their
wiues
,
they
presently
goe
about
to
murther
them
.
They
haue
no
iudges
nor
learned
men
among
them
,
nor
any
which
can
assigne
vnto
the
citizens
any
functions
and
magistracies
according
to
their
worthines
:
so
that
hee
rules
like
a
king
that
excelleth
the
residue
in
wealth
.
For
matters
of
religion
,
they
haue
certaine
Mahumetan
priests
to
administer
them
.
Who
neither
pay
tribute
nor
yeerely
custome
,
euen
as
they
whom
we
last
before
mentioned
.
Heere
I
was
entertained
by
a
certaine
curteous
and
liberall
minded
priest
,
who
was
exceedingly
delighted
with
Arabian
Poetrie
.
Wherefore
being
so
louingly
entertained
,
I
read
vnto
him
a
certaine
briefe
treatise
as
touching
the
same
argument
:
which
he
accepted
so
kindly
at
my
hands
,
that
he
would
not
suffer
mee
to
depart
without
great
and
bountifull
rewards
.
From
hence
I
trauelled
vnto
Maroco
.
And
afterward
I
heard
that
this
towne
also
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
Hadecchis
sacked
by
the
Portugals
.
922.
was
sacked
by
the
Portugals
,
and
that
the
inhabitants
were
all
fled
into
the
next
mountaines
,
and
the
verie
same
yeere
I
returned
home
to
visit
my
1513.
natiue
countrey
,
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1513.
Of
Ileusugaghen
a
towne
of
Hea.
THis
towne
is
situate
vpon
the
top
of
a
certaine
high
mountaine
which
is
distant
eight
miles
to
the
South
of
Hadecchis
:
it
consisteth
of
about
two
hundred
families
:
and
by
the
foote
of
the
hill
runneth
a
small
riuer
.
Heere
are
no
gardens
at
all
,
nor
yet
any
trees
which
beare
fruit
:
the
reason
whereof
is
(
as
I
suppose
)
because
the
inhabitants
are
such
slothfull
and
grosse
people
,
that
they
regard
nothing
but
their
barley
and
their
oyle
.
They
are
at
continuall
warre
with
their
next
neighbours
,
which
is
performed
with
such
monstrous
bloodshed
and
manslaughter
,
that
they
deserue
rather
the
name
of
beasts
then
of
men
.
They
haue
neither
iudges
,
priests
,
nor
lawyers
,
to
prescribe
any
forme
of
liuing
among
them
,
or
to
gouerne
their
common-wealth
:
wherefore
iustice
and
honestie
is
quite
banished
out
of
their
habitations
.
Those
mountaines
are
altogither
destitute
of
fruits
:
howbe
it
they
abound
greatly
with
honie
,
which
serueth
the
inhabitants
both
for
food
,
and
for
merchandize
to
sell
in
the
neighbour-countries
.
And
because
they
know
not
what
seruice
to
put
their
waxe
vnto
,
they
cast
it
foorth
,
togither
with
the
other
excrements
of
honie
.
The
saide
towne
of
Ileusugaghen
hath
a
verie
small
and
narrow
chappell
,
which
will
scarce
containe
a
hundred
persons
,
whither
notwithstanding
the
people
doe
so
slowly
resort
,
that
they
need
not
to
haue
any
greater
;
so
much
do
they
neglect
religion
and
pietie
.
Whensoeuer
they
goe
abroad
,
they
carrie
a
dagger
or
a
iauelin
about
with
them
:
and
you
shall
often
heare
of
the
slaughter
of
some
one
or
other
of
their
citizens
.
No
people
vnder
heauen
can
be
more
wicked
,
trecherous
,
or
lewdly
addicted
,
then
this
people
is
.
I
remember
that
I
my selfe
went
once
thither
with
a
Seriffo
or
Mahumetan
priest
,
(
who
made
chalenge
vnto
the
gouernment
of
Hea
)
to
the
ende
that
we
might
arbitrate
certaine
strifes
and
contentions
:
for
it
were
incredible
to
report
,
what
cruell
warres
,
partly
for
murthers
,
and
partly
for
robberies
,
were
practised
among
them
.
But
because
the
Seriffo
had
brought
no
lawyers
with
him
,
nor
any
iudges
to
decide
controuersies
,
he
would
needes
,
that
I
should
take
that
office
vpon
me
.
Immediately
the
townsmen
come
flocking
about
vs
:
one
complaines
that
his
neighbour
hath
slaine
eight
of
his
kinred
and
family
;
his
neighbour
on
the
contrarie
alleageth
,
that
the
former
had
slaine
ten
of
his
familie
;
wherefore
,
according
to
the
auncient
custome
,
he
demaundeth
to
haue
a
summe
of
money
giuen
him
.
For
(
saith
he
)
there
is
some
recompence
due
vnto
me
,
sithens
ten
of
my
people
haue
beene
slaine
,
and
but
eight
of
this
my
neighbours
.
Whereunto
the
other
replied
that
the
saide
ten
persons
were
iustly
slaine
,
because
they
went
about
by
violence
to
dispossesse
him
of
a
certaine
piece
of
ground
which
his
father
had
left
him
by
inheritance
;
but
,
that
his
eight
were
murthered
onely
for
vniust
reuenge
,
against
all
equitie
and
lawe
.
With
these
and
such
like
friuolous
allegations
we
spent
that
whole
day
,
neither
could
we
decide
any
one
controuersie
.
About
midnight
we
sawe
a
great
throng
of
people
meet
in
the
market-place
,
who
made
there
such
a
bloodie
and
horrible
conflict
,
that
the
sight
thereof
would
haue
affrighted
any
man
,
were
he
neuer
so
hard
harted
.
Wherefore
the
saide
Seriffo
fearing
least
those
lewd
varlets
would
make
some
trecherous
conspiracie
against
him
,
and
thinking
it
better
to
depart
thence
immediately
,
then
to
expect
the
conclusion
of
that
fraye
,
wee
tooke
our
iourney
from
that
place
to
a
towne
called
Aghilinghighil
.
Of
the
towne
of
Teijeut
in
Hea.
MOreouer
,
the
tower
of
Teijeut
standing
vpon
a
plaine
ten
miles
Westward
of
Ileusugaghen
,
containeth
about
three
hundred
housholdes
.
The
houses
and
wall
of
this
towne
are
built
of
bricke
.
The
townesmen
exercise
husbandrie
;
for
their
ground
is
most
fertile
for
barley
;
albeit
it
will
scarcely
yeeld
any
other
graine
.
They
haue
pleasant
and
large
gardens
,
stored
with
vines
,
fig-trees
,
and
peach-trees
:
also
they
haue
great
abundance
of
goates
.
About
this
towne
are
many
lyons
,
whereby
the
townesmen
are
not
a
little
endamaged
:
for
they
pray
continually
vpon
their
goats
and
vpon
other
of
their
cattell
.
Certaine
of
vs
vpon
time
comming
into
these
parts
for
want
of
a
lodging
were
constrained
to
repayre
vnto
a
little
cottage
which
we
escried
,
being
so
olde
,
that
it
was
in
danger
of
falling
:
hauing
prouided
our
horses
of
prouender
,
we
stopped
vp
all
the
doores
and
passages
of
the
said
cottage
with
thornes
and
wood
,
as
circumspectly
as
possibly
we
could
:
these
things
happened
in
the
moneth
of
Aprill
,
at
what
time
they
haue
extreme
heat
in
the
same
countrey
.
Wherefore
we
our selues
got
vp
to
the
top
of
the
house
,
to
the
end
that
in
our
sleep
we
might
be
neere
vnto
the
open
ayer
.
About
midnight
we
espied
two
monstrous
lyons
,
who
were
drawen
thither
by
the
sent
of
our
horses
,
and
endeuored
to
breake
downe
that
fence
of
thornes
which
we
had
made
.
Whereupon
the
horses
being
put
in
feare
,
kept
such
a
neighing
,
and
such
a
stirre
,
that
we
misdoubted
least
the
rotten
cottage
would
haue
fallen
,
and
least
our selues
should
haue
become
a
pray
vnto
the
lyons
.
But
so
soone
as
we
perceiued
the
day
begin
to
breake
,
we
foorthwith
sadled
our
horses
,
and
hyed
vs
vnto
that
place
,
where
we
knew
the
Prince
and
his
armie
lay
.
Not
long
after
followed
the
destruction
of
this
towne
.
For
the
greater
part
of
the
townesmen
being
slaine
,
the
rest
were
taken
by
the
Portugals
,
and
were
carried
Teijeut
destroyed
by
the
Portugals
.
as
captiues
into
Portugall
.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
920
and
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1513.
Of
Tesegdelt
a
towne
of
Hea.
THe
towne
of
Tesegdelt
being
situate
vpon
the
top
of
a
certaine
high
mountaine
,
and
naturally
enuironed
with
an
high
rocke
in
steade
of
a
wall
,
containeth
more
then
eight
hundreth
families
.
It
is
distant
from
Teijeut
southward
about
twelue
miles
,
and
it
hath
a
riuer
running
by
it
,
the
name
whereof
I
haue
forgotten
.
About
this
towne
of
Tesegdelt
are
most
pleasant
gardens
and
orchards
,
replenished
with
all
kinde
of
trees
,
and
especially
with
walnut-trees
.
The
inhabitants
are
wealthie
,
hauing
great
abundance
of
horses
,
neither
are
they
constrained
to
pay
any
tribute
vnto
the
Arabians
.
There
are
continuall
warres
betweene
the
Arabians
and
them
,
and
that
with
great
bloudshed
and
manslaughter
on
both
parts
.
The
villages
lying
neere
vnto
Tesegdelt
do
vsually
carry
all
their
graine
thither
,
least
they
should
be
depriued
thereof
by
the
enimie
,
who
maketh
daily
inrodes
and
inuasions
vpon
them
.
The
inhabitants
of
the
foresaid
towne
are
much
The
curtesie
of
the
citizens
of
Tesegdelt
towards
strangers
.
〈◊〉
vnto
curtesie
and
ciuilitie
;
and
for
liberalitie
and
bountie
vnto
strangers
,
they
will
suffer
themselues
to
be
inferiour
to
none
other
.
At
euery
gate
of
Tesegdelt
stande
certaine
watchmen
or
warders
,
which
do
most
louingly
receiue
all
incommers
,
enquiring
of
them
,
whether
they
haue
any
friends
and
acquaintaine
in
the
towne
,
or
no
?
If
they
haue
none
,
then
are
they
conducted
to
one
of
the
best
Innes
of
the
towne
,
and
hauing
had
entertainment
there
,
according
to
their
degree
and
place
,
they
are
friendly
dismissed
:
and
whatsoeuer
his
expences
come
to
,
the
stranger
paies
nought
at
all
,
but
his
charges
are
defraied
out
of
the
common
purse
.
This
people
of
Tesegdelt
are
subiect
also
vnto
iealousie
;
howbeit
they
are
most
faithfull
keepers
of
their
promise
.
In
the
very
middest
of
the
towne
standes
a
most
beautifull
and
stately
temple
,
whereunto
belong
a
certaine
number
of
Mahumetan
priests
.
And
to
the
ende
that
iustice
may
be
most
duly
administred
among
them
,
they
haue
a
very
learned
iudge
,
who
decideth
all
matters
in
the
common
wealth
,
except
criminall
causes
onely
.
Their
fieldes
where
they
vse
to
sowe
their
corne
,
are
,
for
the
greater
part
vpon
the
mountaines
.
Vnto
this
verie
towne
I
trauelled
with
the
foresaide
Seriffo
in
the
〈◊〉
of
the
Hegeira
919.
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1510.
A
description
of
the
citie
of
Tagtess
.
THE
most
ancient
citie
of
Tagtess
is
built
rounde
,
and
standeth
vpon
the
toppe
of
an
hill
:
on
the
sides
whereof
are
certaine
winding
steps
hewen
out
of
the
hard
rocke
.
It
is
about
foureteene
miles
distant
from
Tesegdelt
.
By
the
foote
of
the
saide
hill
runnes
a
riuer
,
whereout
the
women
of
Tagtess
draw
their
water
,
neither
haue
the
citizens
any
other
drinke
:
and
although
this
riuer
be
almost
sixe
miles
from
Tagtess
,
yet
a
man
would
thinke
,
looking
downe
from
the
citie
vpon
it
,
that
it
were
but
halfe
a
mile
distant
.
The
way
leading
vnto
the
said
riuer
being
cut
out
of
the
rocke
,
in
forme
of
a
payre
of
stayres
,
is
verie
narrow
.
The
citizens
of
Tagtess
are
addicted
vnto
theft
and
robberie
,
and
are
at
continuall
warre
with
their
neighbours
.
They
haue
no
corne-fields
,
nor
any
cattell
,
but
onely
vpon
the
said
mountaine
:
they
haue
great
store
of
bores
;
but
such
scarcitie
of
horses
,
that
there
is
not
one
almost
to
bee
found
in
the
whole
citie
.
The
way
through
their
region
is
so
difficult
,
that
they
will
suffer
none
to
passe
by
without
a
publique
testimoniall
.
While
I
〈◊〉
was
in
that
countrey
,
there
came
such
a
swarme
of
Locusts
,
that
they
deuoured
the
greatest
part
of
their
cornes
which
were
as
then
ripe
:
insomuch
that
all
the
vpper
part
of
the
ground
was
couered
with
Locusts
.
Which
was
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
919.
that
is
,
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1510.
The
towne
of
Eitdeuet
.
FIfteene
miles
Southward
from
Tagtess
stands
another
towne
called
Eitdeuet
,
being
built
vpon
a
plaine
,
and
yet
vpon
the
higher
ground
thereof
.
It
containeth
to
the
number
of
seuen
hundred
families
;
and
hath
in
the
midst
thereof
most
cleere
and
coole
fountaines
.
This
towne
is
enuironed
on
all
sides
with
rockes
and
mightie
woods
.
In
the
said
towne
are
Iewes
of
all
occupations
:
and
so
me
there
are
which
affirme
,
that
the
first
inhabitants
of
this
towne
came
by
naturall
descent
from
King
Dauid
:
but
so
soone
as
the
Mahumetan
religion
had
.
infected
that
place
,
their
owne
lawe
and
religion
ceased
.
Heere
are
great
store
of
most
cunning
lawyers
,
which
are
perfectly
well
seene
in
the
lawes
and
constitutions
of
that
nation
:
for
I
remember
that
I
my selfe
sawe
a
very
aged
man
,
who
could
most
readily
repeate
a
whole
volume
written
in
their
language
,
called
by
them
Elmudevuana
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
body
of
the
whole
lawe
.
The
said
volume
is
diuided
into
three
tomes
,
wherein
all
difficult
questions
are
dissolued
:
together
with
certaine
counsels
or
commentaries
of
a
famous
author
,
which
they
call
〈◊〉
.
They
haue
a
kinde
of
tribunall
or
iudgement-hall
,
wherein
all
contentions
happening
betweene
the
citizens
of
this
place
,
and
their
neighbour-cities
,
are
presently
decided
and
set
through
.
Neither
doe
the
said
lawyers
deale
onely
in
common-wealth
matters
,
but
also
in
cases
pertaining
to
religion
:
albeit
in
criminall
cases
the
people
doe
not
so
greatly
credit
them
,
for
indeede
their
learning
little
serueth
them
for
that
purpose
.
Being
amongst
them
,
it
was
my
hap
to
soiourne
in
the
house
of
a
certaine
lawyer
,
who
was
a
man
of
great
learning
.
This
lawyer
,
to
the
end
he
might
giue
me
more
solemne
entertainment
,
would
needs
inuite
diuers
learned
men
of
his
owne
profession
to
beare
vs
companie
at
supper
.
After
supper
,
we
had
many
questions
propounded
:
and
amongst
the
residue
this
was
one
;
namely
,
Whether
any
man
might
iustly
sell
that
person
for
a
bondflaue
,
who
is
nourished
by
any
commoditie
of
the
people
.
There
was
in
companie
at
the
same
time
a
certaine
aged
Sire
,
hauing
a
graue
beard
and
a
reuerend
countenance
,
vnto
whom
each
one
of
them
ascribed
much
honour
;
him
they
called
in
their
owne
language
Hegazzare
.
Which
name
,
when
I
had
heard
thrice
or
fower
times
repeated
,
I
demanded
of
some
that
were
in
presence
,
what
was
the
true
signification
thereof
.
They
told
me
that
it
signified
a
butcher
:
for
(
say
they
)
as
a
butcher
knoweth
right
well
the
true
anatomy
of
euery
part
of
a
beast
;
euen
so
can
this
aged
Sire
most
learnedly
dissolue
all
difficult
questions
&
doubts
of
lawe
.
This
people
leadeth
a
most
miserable
and
distressed
life
:
their
foode
is
barlie
bread
,
oile
arganicke
,
and
goates-flesh
.
They
know
no
vse
of
any
other
graine
but
barlie
.
Their
women
are
very
beautifull
and
of
a
louely
hue
:
their
men
be
strong
and
lustie
,
hauing
haire
growing
vpon
their
brestes
,
and
being
very
liberall
and
exceeding
iealous
.
Of
Culeihat
Elmuridin
,
that
is
to
say
,
The
rocke
of
disciples
;
a
castle
of
Hea.
THis
Culeihat
Elmuridin
is
a
castle
built
vpon
the
top
of
a
certaine
high
mountaine
,
hauing
round
about
it
diuers
other
mountaines
of
a
like
heighth
,
which
are
enuironed
with
craggie
rocks
and
huge
woods
.
There
is
no
passage
vnto
this
castle
,
but
onely
a
certaine
narrow
path
vpon
one
side
of
the
mountaine
.
By
the
one
side
thereof
stands
a
rocke
,
and
vpon
the
other
side
the
mountaine
of
Tesegdelt
is
within
halfe
a
mile
;
and
it
is
distant
from
Eitdeuet
almost
eighteene
miles
.
This
castle
was
built
euen
in
our
time
by
a
certaine
apostata
or
renouncer
of
the
Mahumetan
religion
,
called
by
them
Homar
Seijef
;
who
being
first
a
Mahumetan
preacher
vnto
A
pestiferous
Mahumetan
preacher
.
the
people
,
propounded
vnto
a
great
number
of
disciples
and
sectaries
,
whom
he
had
drawen
to
be
of
his
opinion
,
certaine
new
points
of
religion
.
This
fellow
seeing
that
he
preuailed
so
with
his
disciples
,
that
they
esteemed
him
for
some
petie-god
,
became
of
a
false
preacher
a
most
cruell
tyrant
,
and
his
gouernment
lasted
for
twelue
yeeres
.
He
was
the
chiefe
cause
of
the
destruction
and
ruine
of
the
whole
prouince
.
At
length
he
was
slaine
by
his
owne
wife
,
because
he
had
vnlawfully
lien
with
her
daughter
which
she
had
by
her
former
husband
.
And
then
was
his
peruerse
and
lewd
dealing
laide
open
vnto
all
men
;
for
he
is
reported
to
haue
beene
vtterly
ignorant
of
the
lawes
,
and
of
all
good
knowledge
.
Wherefore
not
long
after
his
decease
all
the
inhabitants
of
the
region
gathering
their
forces
togither
,
slew
euerie
one
of
his
disciples
and
false
sectaries
.
Howbeit
the
nephew
of
the
said
apostata
was
left
aliue
;
who
afterward
in
the
same
castle
endured
a
whole
yeeres
siege
of
his
aduersaries
,
and
repelled
them
,
insomuch
that
they
were
constrained
to
depart
.
Yea
euen
vntill
this
day
he
molesteth
the
people
of
Hea
,
and
those
which
inhabite
neere
vnto
him
,
with
continuall
warre
,
liuing
vpon
robberie
and
spoile
;
for
which
purpose
he
hath
certaine
horsemen
,
which
are
appointed
to
watch
and
to
pursue
trauellers
,
sometimes
taking
cattel
,
and
sometimes
men
captiues
.
He
hath
likewise
certaine
gunners
,
who
,
although
trauellers
be
a
good
distance
off
(
for
the
common
high
way
standeth
almost
a
mile
from
the
castle
)
will
put
them
in
great
feare
.
Howbeit
all
people
doe
so
deadly
hate
him
,
that
they
will
not
suffer
him
to
till
one
foote
of
ground
,
or
to
beare
any
dominion
without
the
said
mountaine
.
This
man
hath
caused
his
grandfathers
body
to
be
honorably
buried
in
his
castle
,
suffering
him
to
be
adored
of
his
people
,
as
if
he
were
a
god
.
Passing
by
that
way
vpon
a
A
treatise
written
by
〈◊〉
Leo
concerning
the
Mahumetan
religion
.
certain
time
,
I
escaped
their
very
bullets
narrowly
.
The
life
,
religion
&
manners
of
the
foresaid
Homar
Seijef
I
perfectly
learned
by
a
disciple
of
his
,
hauing
at
large
declared
the
same
in
a
certaine
briefe
treatise
,
which
I
haue
written
concerning
the
Mahumetan
religion
.
Of
Igilingigil
a
towne
of
Hea.
MOreouer
the
Africans
in
olde
time
built
a
certaine
towne
vpon
an
hill
,
called
by
the
inhabitants
Igilingigil
;
being
distant
from
Eitdeuet
about
six
miles
southward
,
and
containing
almost
fower
hundred
families
.
In
this
towne
are
sundry
artificers
,
employing
themselues
onely
about
things
necessarie
,
to
the
ende
they
may
make
their
best
gaine
&
aduantage
thereby
.
Their
ground
is
most
fertile
for
barlie
;
as
likewise
they
haue
great
abundance
of
honie
and
of
oile
Arganicke
.
The
passage
or
way
vnto
this
citie
is
very
narrow
,
lying
onely
vpon
one
side
of
the
hill
.
And
it
is
so
hard
and
difficult
,
that
horses
cannot
without
great
labour
and
perill
goe
vpon
it
.
The
inhabitants
are
most
valiant
people
and
wel
exercised
in
armes
,
maintaining
continuall
warre
against
the
Arabians
,
and
that
for
the
most
part
with
very
prosperous
successe
,
by
reason
of
the
naturall
and
strong
situation
of
the
〈◊〉
.
A
more
liberall
people
then
this
,
you
shall
hardly
find
.
They
generally
exercise
themselues
in
making
of
earthen
pots
and
vessels
,
which
(
I
thinke
)
none
of
their
neighhours
thereabout
can
doe
.
Of
Tefethne
a
port
and
most
famous
mart-towne
of
Hea.
NEere
vnto
the
Ocean
sea
standeth
a
citie
,
most
strong
both
for
situation
and
building
,
commonly
called
Tefethne
,
being
westward
of
Ingilingigil
about
fortie
miles
.
They
say
that
this
towne
was
built
by
certaine
Africans
,
and
that
it
containeth
more
then
sixe
hundred
housholds
.
Here
ships
of
meane
burthen
may
safely
harbour
themselues
;
and
hither
the
Portugall
merchants
resort
to
buy
goats-skins
and
waxe
.
Corne-fields
they
haue
none
,
but
onely
certaine
hils
,
which
yeeld
great
increase
of
barlie
.
Neere
vnto
this
towne
runs
a
certaine
riuer
,
whereinto
the
ships
put
themselues
in
tempestuous
weather
.
The
towne-wall
is
built
of
white
hewen
stone
and
of
bricke
.
They
gather
their
yeerely
customes
and
subsidies
;
all
the
whole
summe
whereof
is
equally
distributed
among
such
citizens
as
are
meete
for
the
warres
.
In
this
towne
are
great
plentie
of
Mahumetan
priests
and
of
iudges
;
howbeit
,
for
the
inquirie
of
murther
and
such
like
crimes
these
iudges
haue
no
authoritie
.
For
if
any
kinsman
of
the
slaine
or
wounded
partie
meeteth
A
punishment
of
murther
.
with
him
that
did
the
fact
,
he
is
presently
without
any
iudgement
to
haue
Legem
talionis
,
that
is
,
like
for
like
,
inflicted
vpon
him
:
but
if
he
escape
that
,
he
is
banished
seuen
yeeres
out
of
the
citie
:
at
the
end
of
which
seuen
yeeres
the
malefactor
hauing
paide
a
certaine
summe
of
money
to
the
friends
of
the
wounded
or
slaine
partie
,
is
afterward
receiued
into
fauour
,
and
accounted
among
the
number
of
citizens
.
All
the
inhabitants
of
Tefethne
are
of
a
most
white
colour
,
being
so
addicted
vnto
friendship
and
hospitalitie
,
that
they
fauour
strangers
more
then
their
owne
citizens
.
They
haue
a
most
stately
and
rich
hospitall
;
howbeit
those
which
are
there
placed
may
for
the
most
part
remaine
in
citizens
houses
.
My selfe
being
in
companie
with
the
Seriffo
or
Mahumetan
prelate
,
continued
for
the
space
of
three
daies
among
this
people
;
which
three
daies
seemed
three
yeeres
vnto
me
,
both
for
the
incredible
number
of
fleas
,
and
also
for
the
most
lothsome
and
intolerable
stench
of
pisse
,
and
of
goates
dung
.
For
each
citizen
hath
a
flocke
of
goates
,
which
they
driue
in
the
day-time
to
pasture
,
and
at
night
they
house
them
at
home
in
their
owne
habitations
,
yea
euen
before
their
chamber-doores
.
Of
the
people
called
Ideuacal
who
inhabite
the
beginning
of
mount
Atlas
.
HAuing
hitherto
made
report
of
al
the
cities
of
Hea
,
which
are
worthie
of
memorie
,
I
thought
good
in
this
place
(
to
the
end
that
nothing
should
be
wanting
in
this
our
discourse
,
which
might
delight
the
reader
)
to
describe
the
inhabited
mountaines
also
.
Wherefore
the
greatest
part
of
the
people
of
Headwelleth
vpon
mountaines
,
some
where
of
being
called
Ideuacal
(
for
so
are
they
named
)
inhabite
vpon
that
part
of
Atlas
,
which
stretcheth
it selfe
from
the
Ocean
sea
eastward
,
as
farre
as
Igilingigil
;
and
this
ridge
of
mountaines
diuideth
Hea
from
Sus.
The
bredth
of
this
mountaine
is
three
daies
iourney
.
For
Tefethne
,
whereat
this
mountaine
beginneth
from
the
north
,
is
distant
from
the
towne
of
Messa
,
where
it
endeth
southward
,
as
farre
as
I
coulde
conueniently
ride
in
three
daies
.
Whosoeuer
knoweth
this
region
as
well
as
my selfe
,
can
sufficiently
beare
me
witnes
,
howe
it
is
replenished
with
inhabitants
and
countrey-villages
.
Their
ordinary
food
is
barly
,
goates-flesh
,
and
hony
.
Shirts
they
weare
none
at
all
,
nor
yet
any
other
garments
which
are
sowen
togither
;
for
there
is
no
man
among
them
which
knoweth
how
to
vse
the
needle
:
but
such
apparell
as
they
haue
,
hangeth
by
a
knot
vpon
their
shoulders
.
Their
women
weare
siluer
rings
vpon
their
eares
,
some
three
,
and
some
more
.
They
haue
siluer
buttons
of
so
great
a
scantling
,
that
each
one
weigheth
an
ounce
,
wherewith
they
fasten
their
apparell
vpon
their
shoulders
,
to
the
end
it
may
not
fall
off
.
The
nobler
and
richer
sort
of
people
among
them
weare
siluer
rings
vpon
their
fingers
and
legs
,
but
such
as
are
poore
weare
ringes
onely
of
iron
or
of
copper
.
There
are
likewise
certaine
horses
in
this
region
,
being
so
small
of
stature
and
so
swift
,
as
it
is
woonderfull
.
Heere
may
you
finde
great
plentie
of
wilde
goats
,
hares
,
and
deere
,
and
yet
none
of
the
people
are
delighted
in
hunting
.
Many
fountaines
are
heere
to
be
founde
,
and
great
aboundance
of
trees
,
but
especially
of
walnut-trees
.
The
greater
part
of
this
people
liueth
after
the
Arabians
manner
,
often
changing
their
places
of
habitation
.
A
kinde
of
daggers
they
vse
which
are
broad
and
crooked
like
a
wood-knife
;
and
their
swords
are
as
thicke
as
sithes
,
wherewith
they
mowe
haie
.
When
they
go
to
the
warres
they
carrie
three
or
fower
hunting
toiles
with
them
.
In
al
the
said
mountaine
are
neither
iudges
,
priestes
,
nor
temples
to
be
founde
.
So
ignorant
they
are
of
learning
,
that
not
one
among
them
either
loueth
or
embraceth
the
same
.
They
are
all
most
lewd
and
wicked
people
,
and
applie
their
mindes
vnto
all
kinde
of
villanie
.
It
was
tolde
the
Seriffo
in
my
presence
,
that
the
foresaide
mountaine
was
able
to
affoord
twentie
thousand
soldiers
for
a
neede
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Demensera
.
THis
mountaine
also
is
a
part
of
Atlas
,
beginning
from
the
mountaine
last
before
mentioned
,
and
extending
it selfe
eastward
for
the
space
of
about
fiftie
miles
,
as
farre
as
the
mountaine
of
Nifif
in
the
territorie
of
Maroco
.
And
it
diuideth
a
good
part
of
Hea
from
the
region
of
Sus
before
named
.
It
aboundeth
with
inhabitants
,
which
are
of
a
most
barbarous
and
sauage
disposition
.
Horses
they
haue
great
plenty
:
they
go
to
warre
oftentimes
with
the
Arabians
which
border
vpon
them
:
neither
will
they
permit
any
of
the
saide
Arabians
to
come
within
their
dominions
.
There
are
no
townes
nor
castles
vpon
all
this
mountaine
:
howbeit
they
haue
certaine
villages
and
cottages
,
wherein
the
better
sort
do
hide
their
heads
.
Great
store
of
noble
men
or
gouernors
they
haue
in
all
places
,
vnto
whom
the
residue
are
very
obedient
.
Their
grounde
yeeldeth
barly
and
mill
in
abundance
.
They
haue
euery
where
many
fountaines
,
which
being
dispersed
ouer
the
whole
prouince
,
do
at
length
issue
into
that
riuer
,
which
is
called
in
their
language
Siffaia
.
Their
apparell
is
somewhat
decent
:
also
they
possesse
〈◊〉
of
yron
.
great
quantitie
of
iron
,
which
is
from
thence
transported
into
other
places
;
and
these
people
are
well
giuen
to
thrift
and
good
husbandry
.
Great
numbers
of
Iewes
remaine
in
this
region
,
which
liue
as
stipendarie
soldiers
vnder
diuers
princes
,
&
are
continually
in
armes
;
and
they
are
reputed
and
called
by
other
Iewes
in
Africa
Carraum
,
that
is
to
say
,
heretiques
.
They
haue
store
of
boxe
,
of
mastick
,
and
of
high
walnut
trees
.
Vnto
their
Argans
(
for
so
they
call
a
kinde
of
oliues
which
they
haue
)
they
put
nuts
;
out
of
which
two
simples
they
expresse
very
bitter
oile
,
vsing
it
for
a
sauce
to
some
of
their
meates
,
and
powring
it
into
their
lampes
.
I
heard
diuers
of
their
principall
men
auouch
,
that
they
were
able
to
bring
into
the
field
siue
and
twentie
thousand
most
expert
soldiers
.
In
my
returne
from
Sus
they
did
me
exceeding
honour
,
in
regard
of
certaine
letters
,
which
I
deliuered
vnto
them
from
my
Lord
the
Seriffo
:
and
to
manifest
their
good
will
towardes
the
said
Seriffo
,
they
〈◊〉
me
with
most
ample
gifts
and
gratuities
.
This
was
done
in
the
920.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
,
1520.
Of
the
mountaine
of
Iron
,
commonly
called
Gebelelhadih
.
THis
mountaine
is
not
to
be
accounted
any
part
of
Atlas
:
for
it
beginneth
northward
from
the
Ocean
;
and
southward
it
extendeth
to
the
riuer
of
Tensift
;
and
diuideth
Hea
from
Duccala
and
Maroco
.
The
inhabitants
are
called
Regraga
.
Vpon
this
hill
are
waste
deserts
,
cleere
fountaines
,
and
abundance
of
hony
,
and
of
oyle
Arganick
,
but
of
corne
and
pulse
great
scarcitie
,
vnlesse
they
make
prouision
thereof
out
of
Duccala
.
Few
rich
men
are
heere
to
be
founde
,
but
they
are
all
most
deuout
and
religious
after
their
manner
.
Vpon
the
toppe
of
this
mountaine
are
many
Hermites
,
which
liue
onely
vpon
the
fruits
of
certaine
trees
,
and
drinke
water
.
They
are
a
most
faithfull
and
peaceable
nation
.
Whosoeuer
among
them
is
apprehended
for
theft
or
any
other
crime
,
is
foorthwith
banished
the
countrey
for
certaine
yeeres
.
So
great
is
their
simplicitie
,
that
whatsoeuer
they
see
the
Hermites
do
,
they
esteeme
it
as
a
miracle
.
They
are
much
oppressed
with
the
often
inuasions
of
their
neighbours
the
Arabians
;
wherefore
this
quiet
nation
choose
rather
to
pay
yeerely
tribute
,
then
to
maintaine
warre
.
Against
the
saide
Arabians
Mahumet
the
King
of
Fez
directed
his
troupes
:
insomuch
that
they
were
constrained
to
leaue
their
owne
countrey
and
to
flee
into
the
mountaines
.
But
the
people
of
the
mountaines
being
aided
with
Mahumet
his
forces
,
vanquished
the
Arabians
;
so
that
three
thousand
of
them
were
slaine
,
and
fower-score
of
their
horses
were
brought
vnto
K.
Mahumet
.
After
which
prosperous
battaile
,
the
said
mountainers
remained
free
from
all
tribute
.
I
my selfe
,
while
these
things
were
a
dooing
,
serued
the
king
.
It
was
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
921.
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1512.
When
this
people
vndertake
any
warre
,
they
bring
commonly
into
the
fielde
an
armie
of
twelue
thousand
men
.
Of
the
region
of
Sus.
NOw
comes
the
region
of
Sus
to
be
considered
of
,
being
situate
beyond
Atlas
,
ouer
against
the
territorie
of
Hea
,
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
extreme
part
of
Africa
.
Westward
it
beginneth
from
the
Ocean
sea
,
and
southward
from
the
sandie
deserts
:
on
the
north
it
is
bounded
with
the
vtmost
towne
of
Hea
;
and
on
the
east
with
that
mightie
riuer
whereof
the
whole
region
is
named
.
Wherefore
beginning
from
the
west
,
wee
will
describe
all
those
cities
and
places
which
shall
seeme
to
be
woorthy
of
memorie
.
Of
the
towne
of
Messa
.
THree
small
townes
were
built
by
the
ancient
Africans
vpon
the
sea
shoare
(
each
being
a
mile
distant
from
other
)
in
that
very
place
where
Atlas
takes
his
beginning
:
all
which
three
are
called
by
one
onely
name
,
to
wit
,
Messa
,
and
are
enuironed
with
a
wall
builte
of
white
stones
.
Through
these
three
runneth
a
certaine
great
riuer
called
Sus
in
their
language
:
this
riuer
in
sommer
is
so
destitute
of
water
,
that
a
man
may
easilie
without
perill
passe
ouer
it
on
foote
;
but
it
is
not
so
in
the
winter
time
.
They
haue
then
certaine
small
barkes
,
which
are
not
meete
to
saile
vpon
this
riuer
.
The
place
where
the
foresaide
three
townes
are
situate
,
aboundeth
greatly
with
palme
trees
,
neither
haue
they
in
a
manner
any
other
wealth
;
and
yet
their
dates
are
but
of
small
woorth
,
because
they
will
not
last
aboue
Dates
which
will
last
but
one
yeere
.
one
yeere
.
All
the
inhabitants
exercise
husbandry
,
especially
in
the
moneths
of
September
and
Aprill
;
what
time
their
riuer
encreaseth
.
And
in
May
their
corne
groweth
to
ripenes
.
But
if
in
the
two
foresaide
moneths
the
riuer
encreaseth
not
according
to
the
woonted
manner
,
their
haruest
is
then
nothing
woorth
.
Cattell
are
very
scarce
among
them
.
Not
farre
from
the
sea
side
they
haue
a
temple
,
which
they
greatly
esteeme
and
honour
.
Out
of
which
,
Historiographers
say
,
that
the
same
prophet
,
of
whom
their
great
Mahumet
foretold
,
shoulde
proceed
.
Yea
,
some
there
are
which
sticke
not
to
affirme
,
that
the
prophet
Ionas
was
cast
foorth
by
the
whale
vpon
the
shoare
of
Messa
,
when
as
he
was
sent
to
preach
vnto
the
Niniuites
.
The
rafters
Great
store
of
whales
.
and
beames
of
the
saide
temple
are
of
whales
bone
.
And
it
is
a
vsuall
thing
amongst
them
,
to
see
whales
of
an
huge
and
monstrous
bignes
cast
vp
dead
vpon
their
shore
,
which
by
reason
of
their
hugenes
and
strange
deformitie
,
may
terrifie
and
astonish
the
beholders
.
The
common
people
imagine
,
that
,
by
reason
of
a
certaine
secret
power
and
vertue
infused
from
heauen
by
God
vpon
the
saide
temple
,
each
whale
which
woulde
swim
past
it
can
by
no
meanes
escape
death
.
Which
opinion
had
almost
perswaded
me
;
especially
when
at
my
being
there
,
I
my selfe
sawe
a
mightie
whale
cast
vp
:
vnlesse
a
certaine
Iewe
had
tolde
me
,
that
it
was
no
such
strange
matter
:
for
(
quoth
he
)
there
lie
certaine
rockes
two
miles
into
the
sea
on
either
side
;
and
as
the
sea
mooues
,
so
the
whales
mooue
also
;
and
if
they
chaunce
to
light
vpon
a
rock
,
they
are
easily
wounded
to
death
,
and
so
are
cast
vpon
the
next
shore
.
This
reason
more
preuailed
with
me
then
the
opinion
of
the
people
.
My selfe
(
I
remember
)
being
in
this
region
at
the
same
time
when
my
Lord
the
Seriffo
bare
rule
ouer
it
,
was
inuited
by
a
certaine
gentleman
,
and
was
by
him
conducted
into
a
garden
:
where
he
shewed
me
a
whales
rib
of
so
great
A
whales
rib
of
incredible
greatnes
.
a
size
,
that
lying
vpon
the
grounde
with
the
conuexe
or
bowing
side
vpwarde
in
manner
of
an
arche
,
it
resembled
a
gate
,
the
hollow
or
inwarde
part
whereof
aloft
we
could
not
touch
with
our
heads
,
as
we
rode
vpon
our
camels
backs
:
this
rib
(
he
said
)
had
lien
there
aboue
an
hundred
yeeres
,
and
was
kept
as
a
miracle
.
Here
may
you
finde
vpon
the
sea-shore
great
store
of
amber
,
which
the
Portugal
,
&
Fessan
merchants
fetch
from
thence
for
a
very
Amber
.
meane
price
:
for
they
scarcely
pay
a
duckat
for
a
whole
ounce
of
most
choise
and
excellent
amber
.
Amber
(
as
some
thinke
)
is
made
of
whales
dung
,
and
(
as
others
suppose
)
of
their
Sperma
or
seede
,
which
being
consolidate
and
hardened
by
the
sea
,
is
cast
vpon
the
next
shore
.
Of
Teijeut
an
ancient
towne
of
Sus.
TEijeut
being
(
as
the
report
goeth
)
built
by
the
ancient
Africans
in
a
most
pleasant
place
,
is
diuided
into
three
partes
,
whereof
each
one
is
almost
a
mile
distant
from
another
,
and
they
all
make
a
triangle
or
three-square
.
This
Teijeut
containeth
fower
thousand
families
,
and
standeth
not
farre
from
the
riuer
of
Sus.
The
soile
adiacent
is
most
fruitfull
for
graine
,
for
barlie
,
and
for
all
kinde
of
pulse
.
They
haue
here
likewise
a
good
quantitie
of
sugar
Store
of
sugar
.
growing
;
howbeit
,
because
they
know
not
how
to
presse
,
boyle
,
and
trim
it
,
they
cannot
haue
it
but
blacke
and
vnsauourie
:
wherefore
so
much
as
they
can
spare
,
they
sell
vnto
the
merchants
of
Maroco
,
of
Fez
,
and
of
the
land
of
Negros
.
Of
dates
likewise
they
haue
plentie
;
neither
vse
they
any
money
besides
the
gold
which
is
digged
out
of
their
owne
natiue
soile
.
The
women
weare
vpon
their
heads
a
peece
of
cloth
woorth
a
duckat
.
Siluer
they
haue
none
,
but
such
as
their
women
adorne
themselues
with
.
The
least
iron-coine
vsed
amongst
them
,
weigheth
almost
an
ounce
.
No
fruites
take
plentifully
vpon
their
soile
,
but
onely
figs
,
grapes
,
peaches
,
and
dates
.
Neither
oile
nor
oliues
are
here
to
be
found
,
except
such
as
are
brought
from
certaine
mountaines
of
Maroco
.
A
measure
of
oile
is
sold
at
Sus
for
fifteene
duckats
;
which
measure
containeth
an
hundred
and
fiftie
pounds
Italian
waight
.
Their
peeces
of
golde
(
because
they
haue
no
certaine
nor
proportionable
money
)
doe
weigh
,
seuen
of
them
&
one
third
part
,
one
ounce
.
Their
ounce
is
all
one
with
the
Italian
ounce
:
but
their
pound
containeth
eighteene
ounces
,
and
is
called
in
their
language
Rethl
,
and
an
hundred
Rethl
make
one
such
measure
of
oile
as
is
aforesaid
.
For
carrying
of
merchandize
from
place
to
place
,
their
custome
is
to
pay
for
a
camels
load
,
that
is
,
for
700.
pounds
of
Italian
waight
;
3.
peeces
of
gold
,
especially
in
the
spring
time
:
for
in
sommer
they
pay
somtimes
5.
&
somtimes
6.
pieces
of
gold
,
as
the
time
requireth
.
Here
is
that
excellent
leather
dressed
,
which
is
called
leather
of
Cordouan
leather
of
Maroco
.
Maroco
;
twelue
hides
where
of
are
here
sold
for
sixe
duckats
,
and
at
Fez
for
eight
.
That
part
of
this
region
which
lieth
toward
Atlas
hath
many
villages
,
townes
;
and
hamlets
:
but
the
south
part
thereof
is
vtterly
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
and
subiect
to
the
Arabians
which
border
vpon
it
.
In
the
midst
of
this
citie
standeth
a
faire
and
stately
temple
,
which
they
call
The
greatest
,
and
the
chiefest
,
through
the
very
midst
whereof
they
haue
caused
a
part
of
the
foresaid
riuer
to
runne
.
The
inhabitants
are
sterne
and
vnciuill
,
being
so
continually
exercised
in
warres
,
that
they
haue
not
one
day
of
quiet
.
Each
part
of
the
citie
hath
a
seuerall
captaine
and
gouernour
,
who
all
of
them
together
doe
rule
the
common-wealth
:
but
their
authoritie
continueth
neuer
aboue
three
moneths
,
which
being
expired
,
three
other
are
chosen
in
their
roume
.
Their
apparell
is
some
what
like
vnto
that
of
the
people
of
Hea
:
sauing
that
some
of
them
make
their
shirtes
,
and
other
of
their
garments
of
a
certaine
kinde
of
white
stuffe
.
A
Canna
(
which
is
a
measure
proper
to
this
region
,
containing
two
elles
)
of
course
cloth
is
solde
for
halfe
a
peece
of
Good
sale
for
cloth
.
gold
:
but
fower
and
twentie
elles
of
Portugall
or
Neatherlandish
cloth
,
if
it
be
any
thing
fine
,
is
vsually
sold
there
for
fower
peeces
of
their
gold
.
Likewise
in
this
towne
are
many
iudges
and
priests
,
which
are
conuersant
onely
in
matters
of
religion
:
but
in
ciuill
matters
,
he
that
hath
most
friends
,
obtaineth
greatest
fauour
.
Whensoeuer
any
one
is
slaine
,
all
the
friends
of
the
slaine
partie
doe
foorthwith
conspire
to
kill
the
murtherer
.
Which
if
they
cannot
bring
to
passe
,
then
is
the
malefactor
by
open
proclamation
banished
out
of
the
citie
for
seuen
yeeres
,
vnlesse
he
will
in
despight
of
all
men
continually
defend
himselfe
by
maine
force
.
They
which
returne
from
exile
before
the
time
prefixed
,
are
punished
in
such
manner
as
we
will
hereafter
declare
in
place
conuenient
.
But
he
that
returnes
after
the
seuen
yeeres
are
once
expired
,
maketh
a
feast
vnto
the
Burghmasters
,
and
so
is
restored
againe
to
his
former
libertie
.
In
this
citie
dwell
many
Iewes
,
and
many
notable
artificers
,
who
are
not
compelled
to
pay
any
yeerely
tribute
or
taxation
at
all
:
except
it
be
some
small
gratuitie
vnto
the
principall
citizens
.
Of
Tarodant
a
towne
of
Sus.
THE
〈◊〉
of
Tarodant
built
by
the
ancient
Africans
,
containeth
about
three
thousand
housholds
.
It
is
distant
from
Atlas
Southward
about
fower
miles
,
and
fiue
and
thirtie
miles
Eastward
of
Teijeut
.
For
the
fruitfulnes
of
the
soyle
and
manners
of
the
people
,
it
is
all
one
with
Teijeut
;
sauing
that
the
towne
is
somewhat
lesser
,
and
the
people
somewhat
more
ciuill
.
For
when
the
family
of
Marin
〈◊〉
at
Fez
,
part
of
them
also
inhabited
Sus
,
and
in
those
daies
Sus
was
the
seat
of
the
King
of
〈◊〉
his
.
Vice-roy
.
There
is
to
be
〈◊〉
euen
at
this
present
a
certaine
rocke
lying
vpon
the
〈◊〉
,
which
was
there
placed
by
the
foresaid
king
.
But
the
said
family
of
Marin
decaying
,
the
inhabitants
recouered
their
former
estate
.
Their
garments
are
made
partly
of
linnen
,
and
partly
of
woollen
;
and
they
haue
manie
artificers
of
all
sorts
.
All
authoritie
is
committed
vnto
their
noble
or
principall
men
;
who
gouerne
fower
by
fower
,
sixe
moneths
onely
.
They
are
wholy
giuen
to
peace
:
neither
doe
I
read
,
that
euer
they
endamaged
any
of
their
neighbours
.
Betweene
this
towne
and
Atlas
are
many
villages
and
hamlets
:
but
to
the
south
of
this
towne
lye
the
〈◊〉
desert
.
The
〈◊〉
pay
large
yeerely
tribute
,
to
the
ende
that
merchants
may
haue
safe
and
secure
passage
to
and
fro
.
This
towne
in
our
time
waged
warre
against
the
Arabians
:
which
,
that
they
might
the
more
prosperously
bring
to
〈◊〉
,
they
yeelded
themselues
vnto
〈◊〉
Lord
the
Seriffo
;
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
920.
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1511.
Of
the
castle
of
Gartguessem
.
THE
castle
of
Gartguessem
is
built
vpon
the
top
of
Atlas
in
a
most
Gartguessem
surprised
by
the
Portugals
.
impregnable
place
,
oueragainst
that
part
of
the
Ocean
whereinto
the
riuer
of
Sus
dischargeth
his
streames
:
the
soyle
is
most
profitable
and
fruitfull
.
This
place
about
twentie
yeeres
sithens
the
Portugals
surprised
;
which
caused
the
inhabitants
of
Hea
and
Sus
foorth
with
to
arme
themselues
,
to
the
end
they
might
recouer
the
castle
by
maine
force
,
which
was
by
force
taken
from
them
.
Wherfore
leuying
a
mightie
army
as
wel
of
home-bornes
,
as
of
strangers
;
they
chose
for
their
Captaine
a
certaine
Mahumetan
〈◊〉
,
being
a
man
descended
of
the
family
of
Mahumet
;
and
so
besieged
the
castle
.
But
they
had
vnhappie
successe
in
this
their
enterprise
;
for
they
which
came
to
the
siege
,
seeing
that
they
could
not
preuaile
;
and
that
so
many
of
their
companie
were
slaine
,
left
the
castle
,
and
returned
home
.
Except
some
few
which
remained
with
the
Seriffo
,
to
the
end
they
might
maintaine
warre
against
the
Christians
,
euen
till
the
last
hower
.
The
inhabitants
of
Sus
not
being
desirous
to
liue
in
warfare
,
allowed
the
Seriffo
money
for
the
maintenance
of
fiue
hundred
horses
.
Who
hauing
with
his
money
hyred
a
great
number
of
souldiers
,
and
growing
famous
ouer
all
the
region
,
at
last
vsurped
the
gouernment
thereof
.
This
I
know
for
a
certaintie
,
that
the
Seriffo
,
when
I
came
from
his
court
,
had
aboue
three
thousand
horsemen
;
and
such
numbers
of
footemen
and
summes
of
money
,
as
were
almost
innumerable
.
Of
Tedsi
a
towne
of
Sus.
TEdsi
being
a
very
great
towne
,
and
built
many
yeeres
agoe
in
a
most
pleasant
and
fertile
place
by
the
Africans
,
containeth
moe
then
fower
thousand
families
:
it
is
distant
from
Tarodant
Eastward
thirtie
miles
,
from
the
Ocean
sea
sixtie
miles
,
and
from
Atlas
twentie
.
Heere
groweth
Store
of
sugar
and
of
woad
.
great
abundance
of
corne
,
of
sugar
,
and
of
wilde
woad
.
You
shall
finde
in
this
citie
many
merchants
,
which
come
out
of
the
lande
of
Negros
for
trafiques
sake
.
The
citizens
are
great
louers
of
peace
&
of
all
ciuilitie
:
and
they
haue
a
flourishing
common-wealth
.
The
whole
citie
is
gouerned
by
sixe
Magistrates
which
are
chosen
by
lots
:
howbeit
their
gouernment
lasteth
for
sixteene
moneths
onely
.
The
riuer
of
Sus
is
distant
three
miles
from
hence
.
Here
dwell
many
Iewes
,
which
are
most
cunning
goldsmiths
,
carpenters
,
and
such
like
artificers
.
They
haue
a
verie
stately
temple
and
many
priests
and
doctors
of
the
lawe
,
which
are
maintained
at
the
publike
charge
.
Euery
munday
great
numbers
of
Arabians
both
of
the
plaines
and
of
the
mountaines
come
hither
to
market
.
In
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
920.
this
citie
of
their
owne
accord
yeelded
themselues
into
the
hands
of
the
Seriffo
:
and
here
the
common
councell
of
the
whole
region
was
established
.
Of
the
citie
of
Tagauost
.
IN
all
Sus
there
is
no
citie
comparable
vnto
that
which
is
commonly
called
Tagauost
:
for
it
containeth
aboue
eight
thousand
housholdes
:
the
wall
thereof
is
builte
of
rough
stones
.
From
the
Ocean
it
is
distant
about
threescore
miles
,
and
about
fiftie
miles
southward
of
Atlas
:
and
the
report
is
,
that
the
Africans
built
this
citie
.
About
ten
miles
from
this
place
lieth
the
riuer
of
Sus
:
here
are
great
store
of
artificers
and
of
shops
:
and
the
people
of
Tagauost
are
diuided
into
three
parts
.
They
haue
continuall
ciuill
wars
among
themselues
,
and
one
part
haue
the
Arabians
alwaies
on
their
side
;
who
for
better
pay
will
take
parte
sometime
with
one
side
,
and
sometime
with
the
contrarie
.
Of
corne
and
cattell
heere
is
great
abundance
;
but
their
wooll
is
exceeding
course
.
In
this
citie
are
made
certaine
kindes
of
apparell
,
which
are
vsually
carried
for
merchandize
once
a
yeere
to
Tombuto
,
to
Gualata
,
and
to
other
places
in
the
lande
of
Negros
.
Their
market
is
twise
euery
weeke
:
their
attire
is
somewhat
decent
and
comely
:
their
women
are
beautifull
;
but
their
men
are
of
a
tawnie
and
swart
colour
,
by
reason
they
are
descended
of
blacke
fathers
and
white
mothers
.
In
this
citie
such
carrie
the
greatest
authoritie
and
credit
,
as
are
accounted
the
richest
and
the
mightiest
.
I
my selfe
remained
heere
thirteene
daies
with
the
Seriffo
his
〈◊〉
chancellour
,
who
went
thither
of
purpose
to
buie
certaine
〈◊〉
for
his
Lord
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
919.
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
,
1510.
Of
the
mountaine
of
Hanchisa
.
THis
mountaine
beginneth
westward
from
Atlas
,
and
from
thence
stretcheth
almost
fortie
miles
eastward
.
At
the
foote
of
this
mountaine
standeth
Messa
,
with
the
residue
of
the
region
of
Sus.
The
inhabitants
of
this
mountaine
are
such
valiant
footmen
,
that
one
of
them
will
encounter
two
horsemen
.
The
soile
will
yeeld
no
corne
at
all
but
barly
;
〈◊〉
hony
there
is
in
great
abundance
.
With
snowe
they
are
almost
at
all
times
troubled
:
but
how
patiently
and
strongly
they
can
endure
the
colde
,
a
man
may
easily
gesse
,
for
that
the
whole
yeere
throughout
they
weare
one
single
garment
onely
.
This
people
my
Lord
the
Seriffo
attempted
often
to
bring
vnder
his
subiection
:
howbeit
he
hath
not
as
yet
preuailed
against
them
.
Of
the
mountaine
of
Ilalem
.
THis
mountaine
beginneth
westward
from
the
mountaine
aforesaid
;
on
the
east
it
abutteth
vpon
the
region
of
Guzula
,
and
southward
vpon
the
plaines
of
Sus.
The
inhabitants
are
valiant
,
hauing
great
store
of
horses
.
They
are
at
continuall
warre
among
themselues
,
for
certaine
siluer
Mines
of
siluer
.
mines
:
so
that
those
which
haue
the
better
hande
digge
as
much
siluer
as
they
can
,
and
distribute
to
euery
man
his
portion
,
vntill
such
time
as
they
be
restrained
from
digging
by
others
.
The
situation
and
estate
of
the
region
of
Maroco
.
THis
region
beginneth
westward
from
the
mountaine
of
Nefisa
,
stretching
eastward
to
the
mountaine
of
Hadimei
,
and
northward
euen
to
that
place
where
the
most
famous
riuers
of
Tensift
and
Asfinual
meete
togither
,
that
is
to
say
,
vpon
the
east
border
of
Hea.
This
region
is
in
a
manner
three
square
,
being
a
most
pleasant
countrey
,
and
abounding
with
many
droues
and
flockes
of
cattell
:
it
is
greene
euery
where
,
and
most
fertile
of
all
things
,
which
serue
for
foode
,
or
which
delight
the
senses
of
smelling
or
seeing
.
It
is
altogither
a
plaine
countrey
,
not
much
vnlike
to
Lombardie
.
The
mountaines
in
this
region
are
most
colde
and
barren
,
insomuch
that
they
will
bring
foorth
nought
but
barly
.
Wherefore
(
according
to
our
former
order
)
beginning
at
the
west
part
of
this
region
,
we
will
proceed
in
our
description
eastward
.
Of
Elgihumuha
a
towne
of
Maroco
.
VPon
that
plaine
which
is
about
seuen
miles
distant
from
Atlas
,
and
not
farre
from
the
riuer
of
Sesseua
,
standeth
a
towne
called
by
the
inhabitants
Elgihumuha
,
which
was
built
,
as
they
suppose
,
by
the
Africans
.
A
while
after
it
was
brought
vnder
the
subiection
of
certaine
Arabians
,
about
that
verie
time
when
the
family
of
Muachidin
aforesaid
began
to
reuolt
from
the
kingdome
.
And
at
this
day
the
ruines
and
reliques
of
this
towne
can
scarce
be
seene
.
The
Arabians
which
now
dwel
thereabout
do
sow
so
much
ground
onely
,
as
to
supply
their
owne
necessities
;
and
the
residue
they
let
lye
vntilled
and
fruitles
.
Howbeit
when
the
countrey
thereabout
was
in
flourishing
estate
,
the
inhabitants
payed
yeerely
vnto
the
Prince
for
tribute
100000.
ducates
:
and
then
this
towne
contained
aboue
sixe
thousand
families
.
Trauelling
that
way
I
was
most
friendly
entertained
by
a
certaine
Arabian
,
and
had
good
experience
of
the
peoples
liberality
:
sauing
that
I
heard
of
some
,
that
they
were
most
trecherous
and
deceitfull
.
Of
the
castle
of
Imegiagen
.
THe
castle
of
Imegiagen
is
built
vpon
the
top
of
a
certaine
hil
of
Atlas
,
being
so
fortified
by
naturall
situation
,
that
it
neither
hath
nor
needeth
any
wall
.
It
standeth
southward
of
Elgihumuha
(
as
I
take
it
)
25.
miles
.
This
castle
was
in
times
past
vnder
the
iurisdiction
of
the
noble
men
of
that
region
,
vntill
such
time
as
it
was
taken
by
one
Homar
Essuef
an
apostata
from
the
Mahumetan
religion
,
as
we
will
afterward
declare
.
The
said
Homar
The
〈◊〉
of
Homar
Essuef
.
vsed
such
monstrous
tyrannie
in
that
place
,
that
neither
children
,
nor
women
big
with
childe
could
escape
his
crueltie
;
insomuch
that
he
caused
the
vnborne
infants
to
bee
ripped
out
of
their
mothers
wombes
,
and
to
be
murthered
.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
900
,
and
so
that
place
remained
destitute
of
inhabitants
In
the
yeere
920.
of
the
Hegeira
the
said
region
began
to
be
inhabited
anew
:
howbeit
now
there
can
but
one
side
of
the
mountaine
onely
be
tilled
,
for
the
plaine
vnderneath
is
so
dangerous
,
both
by
reason
of
the
daily
incursions
of
the
Arabians
,
and
also
of
the
Portugals
,
that
no
man
dare
trauell
that
way
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tenessa
.
VPon
a
certaine
hill
of
Atlas
named
Ghedmin
standeth
a
towne
,
which
was
built
(
as
some
report
)
by
the
ancient
Africans
,
and
called
by
the
name
of
Tenessa
;
being
a
most
strong
and
defensible
place
,
and
being
distant
about
eight
miles
eastward
from
the
riuer
of
Asifinuall
.
At
the
foote
of
the
said
hill
lieth
a
most
excellent
plaine
,
which
,
were
it
not
for
the
lewd
〈◊〉
Arabians
,
would
yeeld
an
incomparable
crop
.
And
because
the
inhabitants
of
Tenessa
are
depriued
of
this
〈◊〉
commoditie
,
they
till
onely
that
ground
which
is
vpon
the
side
of
the
mountaine
,
and
which
lieth
betweene
the
towne
and
the
riuer
.
Neither
doe
they
enioy
that
gratis
;
for
they
yeerely
pay
vnto
the
Arabians
for
tribute
the
third
part
of
their
corne
.
Of
the
new
towne
of
Delgumuha
.
VPon
the
top
of
a
certaine
high
mountaine
was
built
in
our
time
a
most
large
and
impregnable
forte
,
being
enuironed
on
all
sides
with
diuers
other
mountaines
,
and
called
by
the
inhabitants
New
Delgumuha
.
Beneath
the
said
mountaine
springeth
Asifinuall
,
which
word
signifieth
in
the
African
toong
,
the
riuer
of
rumor
,
because
that
breaking
foorth
by
the
side
of
the
hill
with
a
monstrous
noise
,
it
maketh
a
most
deepe
gulfe
,
much
like
vnto
that
,
which
the
Italians
call
Inferno
di
Tivoli
.
The
said
forte
containeth
almost
a
thousand
families
.
It
was
sometime
gouerned
by
a
certaine
tyrant
,
which
came
thither
out
of
the
king
of
Maroco
his
court
.
Here
may
you
finde
great
store
of
soldiers
both
horsemen
and
fooremen
.
They
gather
yeerely
tribute
of
the
people
bordering
vpon
Atlas
,
to
the
summe
of
a
thousand
crownes
.
They
haue
alwaies
had
great
league
and
familiaritie
with
the
Arabians
,
each
of
whom
haue
accustomed
to
salute
and
gratifie
the
other
with
mutuall
gifts
:
for
which
cause
they
haue
oftentimes
much
prouoked
the
kings
of
Maroco
against
them
.
They
haue
alwaies
beene
great
louers
of
ciuilitie
,
and
haue
worne
neat
and
decent
apparell
;
neither
shall
you
find
any
corner
in
the
whole
towne
which
is
not
well
peopled
.
In
this
towne
are
plentie
of
artificers
,
for
it
is
but
fiftie
miles
from
the
citie
of
Maroco
.
Vpon
the
said
mountaine
there
are
great
store
of
gardens
and
orchards
;
which
yeeld
the
inhabitants
abundancè
offruit
yeerely
.
They
reape
likewise
barlie
,
hempe
,
and
cotton
;
and
their
goates
are
almost
innumerable
.
Likewise
they
haue
many
priests
and
iudges
:
but
as
touching
their
mindes
,
they
are
ignorant
,
froward
,
and
exceedingly
addicted
to
ielousie
.
In
this
towne
I
aboad
certaine
daies
with
a
kinsman
of
mine
,
who
while
he
dwelt
at
Fez
being
impouerished
with
extreme
studie
of
Alchimie
,
was
constrained
to
flee
vnto
this
towne
,
where
in
processe
of
time
he
became
Secretarie
vnto
the
gouernour
.
Of
the
citie
of
Imizmizi
.
VPon
a
certaine
part
of
Atlas
standeth
a
citie
called
Imizmizi
.
Westward
it
is
distant
from
new
Delgumuha
about
fourteene
miles
:
and
this
citie
the
Arabians
are
reported
to
haue
built
.
Neere
vnto
this
citie
lieth
the
common
high
way
to
Guzula
ouer
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
,
being
commonly
called
Burris
,
that
is
,
A
way
strowed
with
feathers
:
because
snow
falles
often
thereupon
,
which
a
man
would
thinke
rather
to
be
feathers
then
snow
.
Not
far
from
this
towne
likewise
there
is
a
very
faire
and
large
plaine
,
which
extendeth
for
the
space
of
thirtie
miles
,
euen
to
the
territorie
of
Maroco
.
This
most
fertile
plaine
yeeldeth
such
excellent
corne
,
as
(
to
my
remembrance
)
I
neuer
saw
the
like
.
Sauing
that
the
Arabians
and
soldiers
of
Maroco
doe
so
much
molest
the
said
plaine
countrie
,
that
the
greater
part
thereof
is
destitute
of
inhabitants
:
yea
,
I
haue
heard
of
many
citizens
that
haue
forsaken
the
citie
it selfe
;
thinking
it
better
to
depart
,
then
to
be
daily
oppressed
with
so
many
inconueniences
.
They
haue
very
little
money
,
but
the
scarcitie
thereof
is
recompenced
by
their
abundance
of
good
ground
,
and
their
plentie
of
corne
.
In
the
time
of
my
aboad
with
them
I
went
vnto
a
certaine
Hermite
,
which
they
called
[
](A05331-e13000-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Sidi
signifieth
a
Saint
in
the
Arabian
toong
.
Sidi
Canon
:
which
famous
and
woorthie
man
gaue
me
such
friendly
entertainment
,
as
I
cannot
easily
expresse
.
Of
the
three
townes
of
Tumelgast
.
THese
three
townes
called
by
the
name
of
Tumelgast
are
situate
vpon
a
plaine
,
about
thirtie
miles
from
Maroco
,
and
fourteene
miles
northward
of
Atlas
,
being
replenished
with
palme-trees
,
vines
,
and
all
other
trees
that
beare
fruit
.
Their
fields
are
very
large
and
fertill
,
were
they
not
continually
wasted
by
the
lewd
Arabians
.
So
few
are
the
inhabitants
of
these
three
townes
,
that
I
thinke
there
are
not
in
all
aboue
fifteene
families
,
all
which
are
ioined
in
affinitie
and
kinred
vnto
the
foresaid
hermite
:
for
which
cause
they
are
permitted
to
till
some
part
of
that
plaine
,
without
paying
of
any
tribute
vnto
the
Arabians
.
Saue
onely
,
that
they
entertaine
the
Arabians
when
they
trauell
that
way
.
Their
lowly
and
base
habitations
a
man
would
take
rather
to
be
hogs-cotes
,
then
dwelling
places
for
men
:
hence
it
is
,
that
they
are
so
continually
vexed
with
fleas
,
gnats
,
and
other
such
vermine
.
Their
water
is
exceeding
salt
.
This
prouince
also
I
perused
in
the
companie
of
my
deere
friend
Sidi
〈◊〉
,
who
went
thither
to
gather
vp
the
tribute
of
the
countrie
on
the
behalfe
of
the
king
of
Portugall
.
This
Sidi
was
appointed
gouernour
ouer
all
that
circuit
which
is
called
by
them
Azafi
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tesrast
.
THis
towne
is
situate
vpon
the
banke
of
the
riuer
Asifelmel
.
It
standeth
westward
of
Maroco
fourteen
miles
,
&
about
twentie
miles
from
Atlas
.
Round
about
this
towne
they
haue
diuers
gardens
&
enclosures
abounding
with
dates
and
corne
;
and
the
chiefe
part
of
the
inhabitants
earne
their
liuing
with
gardening
.
Howbeit
sometimes
the
increase
of
their
riuer
is
so
great
,
that
it
drowneth
all
their
gardens
and
corne-fields
.
And
they
are
by
so
much
the
more
miserable
,
in
regard
that
the
Arabians
all
summer-time
doe
possesse
the
whole
region
,
deuouring
all
things
which
the
poore
husbandmen
by
their
great
care
and
industrie
had
prouided
.
With
these
people
I
made
no
longer
tarrying
but
onely
till
I
could
haue
well
baited
my
horse
:
howbeit
in
that
short
time
I
hardly
escaped
with
life
and
goods
,
from
certain
Arabian
theeues
.
A
most
exact
description
of
the
great
and
famous
citie
of
Maroco
.
THis
noble
citie
of
Maroco
in
Africa
is
accounted
to
be
one
of
the
greatest
cities
in
the
whole
world
.
It
is
built
vpon
a
most
large
field
,
being
about
fourteene
miles
distant
from
Atlas
.
One
Ioseph
the
sonne
of
The
first
founder
of
Maroco
.
Tesfin
,
and
king
of
the
tribe
or
people
called
Luntuna
,
is
reported
to
haue
beene
the
founder
of
this
citie
,
at
that
very
time
when
he
conducted
his
troupes
into
the
region
of
Maroco
,
and
setled
himselfe
not
farre
from
the
common
high
way
,
which
stretcheth
from
Agmet
ouer
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
,
to
those
deserts
where
the
foresaid
tribe
or
people
doe
vsually
inhabite
.
Here
may
you
behold
most
stately
and
woonderfull
workmanship
:
for
all
their
buildings
are
so
cunningly
and
artificially
contriued
,
that
a
man
cannot
easily
describe
the
same
.
This
huge
and
mighty
citie
,
at
such
time
as
it
was
gouerned
by
Hali
the
sonne
of
king
Ioseph
,
contained
moe
then
100000.
families
.
Maroco
in
times
past
contained
aboue
100000.
families
.
It
had
fower
and
twenty
gates
belonging
thereto
,
and
a
wall
of
great
strength
and
thicknes
,
which
was
built
of
white
stone
and
lime
.
From
this
citie
the
riuer
of
Tensift
lieth
about
sixe
miles
distant
.
Here
may
you
behold
great
abundance
of
temples
,
of
colleges
,
of
bath-stoues
,
and
of
innes
,
all
framed
after
the
fashion
and
custome
of
that
region
.
Some
were
built
by
the
king
of
the
tribe
of
Luntuna
,
and
others
by
Elmunchidin
his
successor
:
but
the
most
curious
and
magnificent
temple
of
all
,
is
that
in
the
midst
of
the
citie
which
was
built
by
Hali
the
first
king
of
Maroco
,
and
the
son
of
Ioseph
aforesaid
,
being
commonly
called
the
temple
of
Hali
ben
Ioseph
.
Howbeit
one
Abdul-Mumen
which
succeeded
him
,
to
the
ende
he
might
vtterly
abolish
the
name
of
Hali
,
and
might
make
himselfe
onely
famous
with
posteritie
,
caused
this
stately
temple
of
Maroco
to
be
razed
,
and
to
bee
reedified
somewhat
more
sumptuously
then
before
.
Howbeit
he
lost
not
onely
his
expences
,
but
failed
of
his
purpose
also
:
for
the
common
people
euen
till
this
day
doe
call
the
said
Temple
by
the
first
and
auncientest
name
.
Likewise
in
this
citie
not
farre
from
a
certaine
rocke
was
built
a
Temple
by
him
that
was
the
seconde
vsurper
ouer
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
:
Mansor
the
king
of
Maroco
.
after
whose
death
his
nephew
Mansor
enlarged
the
saide
Temple
fiftie
cubites
on
all
sides
,
and
adorned
the
same
with
manye
pillars
,
which
he
commanded
to
be
brought
out
of
Spaine
for
that
purpose
.
Vnder
this
temple
he
made
a
cesterne
or
vault
as
bigge
as
the
temple
it selfe
:
the
roofe
of
the
saide
temple
he
couered
with
lead
:
and
at
euery
corner
he
made
leaden
pipes
to
conueigh
raine
water
into
the
cesterne
vnderneath
the
temple
.
The
turret
or
steeple
is
built
of
most
hard
and
well
framed
stone
,
like
vnto
Vespasian
his
Amphitheatrum
at
Rome
,
containing
in
compasse
moe
then
an
hundreth
elles
,
and
in
height
exceeding
the
steeple
of
Bononia
.
The
staires
of
the
said
turret
or
steeple
are
each
of
them
nine
handfuls
in
bredth
,
the
vtmost
side
of
the
wall
is
ten
,
and
[
](A05331-e13290-b)*
*
*
Obscurum
.
the
thicknes
of
the
turret
is
fiue
.
The
saide
turret
hath
seauen
lofts
,
vnto
which
the
staires
ascending
are
very
lightsome
:
for
there
are
great
store
of
windowes
,
which
to
the
ende
they
may
giue
more
light
,
are
made
broader
within
then
without
.
Vpon
the
top
of
this
turret
is
built
a
certaine
spire
or
pinnacle
rising
sharpe
in
forme
of
a
sugar-loafe
,
and
containing
fiue
and
twentie
elles
in
compasse
,
but
in
height
being
not
much
more
then
two
speares
length
:
the
saide
spire
hath
three
lofts
one
aboue
another
,
vnto
euerie
of
which
they
ascend
with
woodden
ladders
.
Likewise
on
the
top
of
this
spire
standeth
a
golden
halfe
moone
,
vpon
a
barre
of
iron
,
with
three
spheares
of
golde
vnder
it
;
which
golden
spheares
are
so
fastened
vnto
the
saide
iron
barre
,
that
the
greatest
is
lowest
,
and
the
least
highest
.
It
woulde
make
a
man
giddie
to
looke
downe
from
the
top
of
the
turret
;
for
men
walking
on
the
grounde
,
be
they
neuer
so
tall
,
seeme
no
bigger
then
a
childe
of
one
yeere
old
.
From
hence
likewise
may
you
plainly
escrie
the
promontorie
of
Azaphi
,
which
notwithstanding
is
an
hundreth
and
thirtie
miles
distant
.
But
mountaines
(
you
will
say
)
by
reason
of
their
huge
bignes
may
easily
be
seene
a
farre
off
:
howbeit
from
this
turret
a
man
may
in
cleere
weather
most
easily
see
fiftie
miles
into
the
plaine
countries
.
The
inner
part
of
the
saide
temple
is
not
very
beautifull
.
But
the
roofe
is
most
cunningly
and
artificially
vaulted
,
the
timbers
being
framed
and
set
togither
with
singular
workmanship
,
so
that
I
haue
not
seene
many
fairer
temples
in
all
Italy
.
And
albeit
you
shall
hardly
finde
any
temple
in
the
whole
worlde
greater
then
this
,
yet
is
it
very
meanly
frequented
;
for
the
people
do
neuer
assemble
there
but
onely
vpon
fridaies
.
Yea
a
great
part
of
this
citie
,
especially
about
the
foresaid
temple
lieth
so
desolate
and
void
of
inhabitants
,
that
a
man
cannot
without
great
difficultie
passe
,
by
reason
of
the
ruines
of
many
houses
lying
in
the
way
.
Vnder
the
porch
Great
store
of
bookes
in
olde
time
to
be
sold
in
Maroco
.
of
this
temple
it
is
reported
that
in
old
time
there
were
almost
an
hundreth
shops
of
sale-bookes
,
and
as
many
on
the
other
side
ouer
against
them
:
but
at
this
time
I
thinke
there
is
not
one
booke-seller
in
all
the
whole
citie
to
be
founde
.
And
scarcely
is
the
third
part
of
this
citie
inhabited
.
Within
the
wals
of
Maroco
are
vines
,
palme-trees
,
great
gardens
,
and
most
fruitefull
corne-fields
:
for
without
their
wals
they
can
till
no
ground
,
by
reason
of
the
Arabians
often
inrodes
.
Know
yee
this
for
a
certaintie
,
that
the
saide
citie
is
growen
to
vntimely
decay
and
old
age
:
for
scarcely
fiue
hundreth
&
sixe
yeeres
are
past
,
since
the
first
building
thereof
,
forasmuch
as
the
foundations
thereof
were
laide
in
the
time
of
Ioseph
the
sonne
of
Tesfin
,
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
424.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
.
Which
decay
I
can
impute
to
none
other
cause
,
but
to
the
iniurie
of
continuall
warres
,
and
to
the
often
alterations
of
magistrates
and
of
the
common
wealth
.
After
king
Ioseph
succeeded
his
sonne
Hali
,
and
the
sonne
of
Hali
was
ordained
gouernour
after
his
fathers
decease
.
In
whose
time
sprung
vp
a
factious
crue
,
by
the
meanes
of
a
certaine
Mahumetan
preacher
named
Elmaheli
,
being
a
man
both
borne
&
brought
vp
in
the
mountaines
.
The
saide
Elmaheli
hauing
leuied
a
great
army
,
waged
warre
against
Abraham
his
soueraigne
Lord
.
Whereupon
king
Abraham
conducting
another
armie
against
him
,
had
marueilous
ill
successe
:
and
after
the
battaile
ended
,
his
passage
into
the
citie
of
Maroco
was
so
stopped
and
restrained
,
that
he
was
forced
with
a
fewe
soldiers
,
which
remained
yet
aliue
,
to
flee
eastward
to
the
mountains
of
Atlas
.
But
Elmaheli
not
being
satisfied
with
expelling
his
true
soueraigne
out
of
his
owne
kingdome
,
commaunded
one
of
his
captaines
called
Abdul
Mumen
,
with
the
one
halfe
of
his
armie
to
pursue
the
distressed
king
,
while
himselfe
with
the
other
halfe
laide
siege
to
Maroco
.
The
king
with
his
followers
came
at
length
vnto
Oran
,
hoping
there
to
haue
renued
his
forces
.
But
Abdul
Mumen
and
his
great
armie
pursued
the
saide
king
so
narrowly
,
that
the
citizens
of
Oran
told
him
in
plaine
termes
,
that
they
would
not
hazard
themselues
for
him
.
Wherefore
this
vnhappie
king
beeing
vtterly
driuen
to
dispayre
,
set
his
Queene
on
horsebacke
behinde
him
,
and
so
in
the
night
time
road
foorth
of
the
citie
.
But
perceiuing
that
he
was
descried
and
knowen
by
his
enimies
,
he
fled
foorthwith
vnto
a
certaine
rocke
standing
vpon
the
sea-shore
:
The
miserable
death
of
Abraham
king
of
Maroco
and
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
where
,
setting
spurs
to
his
horse-side
,
he
cast
himselfe
,
his
most
deere
spouse
,
and
his
horse
downe
headlong
,
and
was
within
a
while
after
found
slaine
among
the
rockes
and
stones
,
by
certaine
which
dwelt
neere
vnto
the
place
.
Wherefore
Abdul
Mumen
hauing
gotten
the
victorie
,
returned
in
triumphant
manner
toward
Maroco
,
where
the
foresaide
Elmaheli
was
deceased
before
his
comming
,
in
whose
place
Abdul
was
chosen
King
and
Mahumetan
prelate
ouer
the
fortie
disciples
,
and
tooke
tenne
persons
to
be
of
his
priuie
councell
,
which
was
a
new
inuention
in
the
law
of
Mahumet
.
This
Abdul
Mumen
hauing
besieged
the
citie
of
Maroco
for
the
space
of
an
whole
yeere
,
at
last
ouercame
it
:
and
killing
Isaac
the
onely
sonne
of
King
Abraham
with
his
owne
hand
,
he
commaunded
all
the
soldiers
,
and
a
good
part
of
the
citizens
to
be
slaine
.
This
mans
posteritie
raigned
from
the
fiue
hundred
sixteenth
,
to
the
sixe
hundred
sixtie
eight
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
and
at
length
they
were
dispossessed
of
the
kingdome
by
a
certaine
king
of
the
Tribe
called
Marin
.
Now
,
attend
(
I
beseech
you
)
and
marke
,
what
changes
and
alterations
of
estates
befell
afterwards
.
The
family
of
Marin
after
the
said
kings
decease
bare
rule
till
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
785.
At
length
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
decreasing
dayly
more
and
more
,
was
gouerned
by
kings
which
came
out
of
the
next
mountaine
.
Howbeit
,
neuer
had
Maroco
any
gouernours
which
did
so
tyrannize
ouer
it
,
as
they
of
the
family
called
〈◊〉
.
The
principall
court
of
this
family
was
holden
for
the
most
part
at
Fez
;
but
ouer
Maroco
were
appointed
Vice-royes
and
deputies
:
insomuch
that
Fez
was
continually
the
head
and
Metropolitan
citie
of
all
Mauritania
,
and
of
all
the
Western
dominion
:
euen
as
(
God
willing
)
we
will
declare
more
at
large
in
our
briefe
treatise
concerning
the
law
and
religion
of
Mahumet
.
But
now
hauing
made
a
sufficient
digression
,
let
vs
resume
the
matter
subiect
where
we
left
.
In
the
said
citie
of
Maroco
is
a
most
impregnable
castle
,
which
,
if
you
consider
the
bignes
,
the
walles
,
the
towers
,
and
the
gates
built
all
of
perfect
marble
,
you
may
well
thinke
to
be
a
citie
rather
then
a
castle
.
Within
this
castle
there
is
a
stately
temple
,
〈◊〉
a
most
〈◊〉
and
high
steeple
,
on
the
top
where
of
standeth
an
halfe
moone
,
〈◊〉
vnder
the
halfe
moone
are
three
golden
spheares
one
bigger
then
another
,
which
all
of
them
togither
weigh
130000.
ducates
.
Some
kings
there
Three
golden
sphears
.
were
,
who
being
allured
with
the
value
,
went
about
to
take
downe
the
saide
golden
sphears
:
but
they
had
alwaies
some
great
misfortune
or
other
,
which
hindered
their
attempt
:
insomuch
that
the
common
people
thinke
it
verie
dangerous
,
if
a
man
doth
but
offer
to
touch
the
said
sphears
with
his
hand
.
Some
affirme
that
they
are
there
placed
by
so
forcible
an
influence
of
the
planets
,
that
they
cannot
be
remooued
from
thence
by
any
cunning
or
〈◊〉
.
Some
others
report
that
a
certaine
spirite
is
adiured
by
〈◊〉
-
magique
;
to
defend
those
sphears
from
al
assaults
and
iniuries
whatsoeuer
.
In
our
time
the
king
of
Maroco
neglecting
the
vulgar
opinion
,
would
haue
taken
down
the
said
sphears
,
to
vse
them
for
treasure
against
the
Portugals
,
who
as
then
prepared
themselues
to
battell
against
him
.
Howbeit
his
counsellours
would
not
suffer
him
so
to
doe
,
for
that
they
esteemed
them
as
the
principall
monuments
of
all
Maroco
.
I
remember
that
I
read
in
a
certaine
historiographer
,
that
the
wife
of
King
Mansor
,
to
the
ende
she
might
be
famous
in
time
to
come
,
caused
those
three
sphears
to
be
made
of
the
princely
and
pretious
iewels
which
her
husband
Mansor
bestowed
vpon
her
,
and
to
be
placed
vpon
the
temple
which
he
built
.
Likewise
the
said
castle
containeth
a
most
noble
college
,
which
hath
thirtie
hals
belonging
thereunto
.
In
the
A
great
college
.
midst
whereof
is
one
hall
of
a
maruellous
greatnes
,
wherein
publique
〈◊〉
were
most
solemnely
read
,
while
the
studie
of
learning
flourished
among
them
.
Such
as
were
admitted
into
this
college
had
their
victuals
and
〈◊〉
freely
giuen
them
.
Of
their
professours
some
were
yeerely
allowed
an
hundred
,
and
some
two
hundred
ducates
,
according
to
the
qualitie
of
their
profession
:
neither
would
they
admit
any
to
heare
them
read
,
but
such
as
perfectly
vnderstood
what
belonged
to
those
Arts
which
they
professed
.
The
walles
of
this
〈◊〉
hall
are
most
stately
adorned
with
painting
and
caruing
,
especially
of
〈◊〉
hall
where
lectures
were
woont
publiquely
to
be
read
.
All
their
porches
and
vaulted
roofes
are
made
of
painted
and
glittering
stones
,
called
in
their
language
〈◊〉
,
such
as
are
yet
vsed
in
Spaine
.
In
the
midst
of
the
said
building
is
a
most
pleasant
and
cleare
fountaine
,
the
wall
whereof
is
of
white
and
polished
〈◊〉
,
albeit
low-built
,
as
in
Africa
for
the
most
〈◊〉
such
wals
are
.
I
haue
heard
that
in
old
time
here
was
great
abundance
of
students
,
but
at
my
beeing
there
I
found
but
fiue
in
all
:
and
they
haue
now
a
most
〈◊〉
professour
,
and
one
that
is
quite
voide
of
all
humanitie
.
In
the
time
of
mine
abode
at
Maroco
I
grew
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
acquaintance
with
a
certaine
Iewe
,
who
〈◊〉
his
skill
in
the
law
was
but
meane
,
was
〈◊〉
exceeding
rich
and
well
〈◊〉
in
histories
.
This
Iewe
in
regard
of
many
singular
duties
which
he
performed
to
his
prince
,
found
the
kings
bountie
and
liberalitie
extended
vnto
him
.
All
others
which
beare
any
publike
office
are
(
in
mine
opinion
)
men
of
no
high
reach
.
Moreouer
the
foresaide
castell
(
as
I
remember
)
hath
twelue
courts
most
curiously
and
artificially
built
by
one
Mansor
.
In
the
first
lodged
about
fiue
hundreth
Christians
,
which
carried
crosse-bowes
before
the
king
whither
soeuer
he
went
.
Not
farre
from
thence
is
the
lodging
of
the
Lord
Chancellour
and
of
the
kings
priuie
counsell
,
which
house
is
called
by
them
,
The
house
of
affaires
.
The
third
is
called
The
court
of
victorie
;
wherein
all
the
armour
and
munition
of
the
citie
is
laide
vp
.
The
fourth
belongeth
to
the
great
Master
of
the
kings
horse
.
Vpon
this
court
three
stables
adioine
,
each
one
of
which
stables
will
containe
two
hundreth
horses
.
Likewise
there
are
two
other
〈◊〉
,
wherof
one
is
for
mules
,
and
the
other
for
an
hundreth
of
the
kings
horses
onely
.
Next
vnto
the
stables
were
two
barnes
or
garners
adioining
,
in
two
seuerall
places
,
in
the
lower
of
which
barnes
was
laide
straw
,
and
barly
in
the
other
.
There
is
also
another
most
large
place
to
laye
vp
corne
in
,
euerie
roume
whereof
will
containe
moe
then
three
hundreth
bushels
.
The
couer
of
the
saide
roume
hath
a
certaine
hole
whereunto
they
ascend
by
staires
made
of
stone
.
Whither
the
beasts
laden
with
corne
being
come
,
they
powre
the
saide
corne
into
the
hole
.
And
so
when
they
woulde
take
any
corne
from
thence
,
they
do
but
open
certaine
holes
below
,
suffring
so
much
corne
to
come
foorth
as
may
serue
their
turnes
,
and
that
without
any
labour
at
all
.
There
is
likewise
a
certaine
other
hall
,
where
the
kings
sonne
,
and
the
sonnes
of
noble
men
are
instructed
in
learning
.
Then
may
you
beholde
a
certaine
fower-square
building
,
containing
diuers
galleries
with
faire
glasse
windowes
,
in
which
galleries
are
many
histories
most
curiously
painted
:
heere
likewise
the
glittering
and
gilt
armour
is
to
be
seene
.
Next
vnto
this
building
is
another
,
wherein
certaine
of
the
kings
guard
are
lodged
:
then
followes
that
wherein
state-matters
are
discussed
:
whereunto
adioineth
also
another
,
which
is
appointed
for
ambassadours
to
conferre
with
the
kings
priuie
counsell
in
.
Likewise
the
kings
concubines
and
other
ladies
of
honour
haue
a
most
conuenient
place
assigned
them
:
next
vnto
which
standeth
the
lodging
of
the
kings
sonnes
.
Not
farre
from
the
castell
wall
,
on
that
side
which
is
next
vnto
the
fields
,
may
you
behold
a
most
pleasant
and
large
garden
,
containing
almost
all
kinde
of
trees
that
can
be
named
.
Moreouer
,
there
is
a
sumptuous
and
stately
porch
built
of
most
excellent
square
marble
:
in
the
midst
whereof
standeth
a
piller
with
a
lion
very
artificially
made
of
marble
,
out
of
the
mouth
of
which
lion
issueth
most
cleere
and
christall
water
,
falling
into
a
cesterne
within
the
porch
:
at
each
corner
of
the
saide
porch
standeth
the
image
of
a
leopard
framed
of
Excellent
spotted
marble
.
white
marble
,
which
is
naturally
adorned
with
certaine
blacke
spots
:
this
kinde
of
particoloured
marble
is
no
where
to
be
founde
but
onely
in
a
certaine
place
of
Atlas
,
which
is
about
an
hundreth
&
fiftie
miles
distant
from
Maroco
.
Not
farre
from
the
garden
stands
a
certaine
woode
or
parke
walled
round
about
:
And
here
I
thinke
no
kinde
of
wilde
beasts
are
wanting
:
for
heere
you
may
behold
elephants
,
lions
,
stagges
,
roes
,
and
such
like
:
howbeit
the
lions
are
separated
in
a
certaine
place
from
other
beasts
,
which
place
euen
to
this
day
is
called
The
lions
den
.
Wherefore
such
monuments
of
antiquity
as
are
yet
extant
in
Maroco
,
albeit
they
are
but
few
,
do
not
withstanding
sufficiently
argue
,
what
a
noble
citie
it
was
in
the
time
of
Mansor
.
This
king
called
Mansor
was
he
vnto
whom
Rasis
that
famous
〈◊〉
dedicated
his
Booke
.
At
this
present
al
the
courts
and
lodgings
before
described
lie
vtterly
voide
and
desolate
:
except
perhaps
some
of
the
kings
ostlery
which
tend
his
mules
and
horses
do
lie
in
that
court
,
which
we
saide
euen
now
was
to
lodge
archers
and
crossebowe-men
:
all
the
residue
are
left
for
the
fowles
of
the
aire
to
nestle
in
.
That
garden
which
you
might
haue
named
a
paradise
in
olde
time
,
is
now
become
a
place
where
the
filth
and
dung
of
the
whole
citie
is
cast
foorth
.
Where
the
faire
and
stately
librarie
was
of
old
,
at
this
present
there
is
nothing
else
to
be
founde
,
but
hens
,
dooues
,
and
other
such
like
foules
,
which
builde
their
nests
there
.
Certaine
it
is
,
that
the
foresaid
Mansor
,
whom
we
haue
so
often
mentioned
,
was
a
most
puissant
and
mightie
prince
:
for
it
is
well
knowen
that
his
dominion
stretched
from
the
towne
of
Messa
to
the
kingdome
of
Tripolis
in
Barbary
,
which
is
the
most
excellent
region
of
Africa
,
and
so
large
,
that
a
man
can
hardly
trauell
the
length
The
huge
dominions
of
king
Mansor
.
therof
in
fourescore
&
ten
daies
,
or
the
bredth
in
fifteene
.
This
Mansor
likewise
was
in
times
past
Lord
of
all
the
kingdome
of
Granada
in
Spaine
.
Yea
,
his
dominion
in
Spaine
extended
from
Tariffa
to
Aragon
,
&
ouer
a
great
part
of
Castilia
and
of
Portugall
.
Neither
did
this
Iacob
surnamed
Mansor
only
possesse
the
foresaid
dominions
,
but
also
his
grandfather
Abdul
Mumen
,
his
father
Ioseph
,
&
his
sonne
Mahumet
Enasir
,
who
being
vanquished
in
the
kingdome
of
Valençia
,
lost
60000.
soldiers
horsemen
&
footemen
:
howbeit
himselfe
escaped
&
returned
to
Maroco
.
The
Christians
being
encouraged
The
Christians
happie
〈◊〉
against
the
Moores
.
with
this
victorie
,
refrained
not
from
warre
,
till
,
within
30.
yeeres
space
,
they
had
woon
all
the
townes
following
,
to
wit
,
Valençia
,
Denia
,
Alcauro
,
Murcia
,
Cartagena
,
Cordoua
,
Siuillia
,
Iaen
,
and
Vbeda
.
After
which
vnhappie
warre
succeeded
the
decay
of
Maroco
.
The
said
Mahumet
deceasing
,
left
behinde
him
ten
sonnes
of
a
full
and
perfect
age
,
who
contended
much
about
the
kingdome
.
Hereupon
it
came
to
passe
,
while
the
brethren
were
at
discord
,
and
assailed
each
other
with
mutuall
warres
,
that
the
people
of
Fez
called
Marini
,
and
the
inhabitants
of
other
regions
adiacent
,
began
to
vsurpe
the
gouernment
.
The
people
called
Habdulvad
enioyed
Tremizen
,
expelling
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
ordaining
some
other
,
whom
they
pleased
,
in
his
stead
.
Now
haue
you
heard
the
end
of
Mansor
his
progenie
and
successors
.
The
kingdome
therefore
was
translated
vnto
one
Iacob
the
sonne
of
Habdulach
,
who
was
the
first
king
of
the
familie
called
Marin
.
And
at
length
the
famous
citie
of
Maroco
it selfe
,
by
reason
of
the
Arabians
continuall
outrages
,
fell
into
most
extreme
calamitie
:
so
great
is
the
inconstancie
of
all
earthly
things
.
That
which
we
haue
here
reported
as
touching
Maroco
,
partly
we
saw
with
our
owne
eies
,
partly
we
read
in
the
historie
of
one
Ibnu
Ibnu
Abdul
.
〈◊〉
Malich
,
a
most
exact
chronicler
of
the
affaires
of
Maroco
,
and
Abdul
Malich
.
partly
we
borrowed
out
of
that
treatise
,
which
our selues
haue
written
concerning
the
law
of
Mahumet
.
Of
the
towne
of
Agmet
.
THE
towne
of
Agmet
built
of
old
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
top
of
a
certaine
hill
which
beginneth
almost
from
Atlas
,
is
distant
from
Maroco
about
fower
and
twentie
miles
.
In
times
past
,
when
Muachidin
was
prince
thereof
,
it
contained
moe
then
sixe
thousand
families
:
at
what
time
the
people
were
very
ciuill
,
and
had
such
plentie
and
magnificence
of
all
things
,
that
many
would
not
sticke
to
compare
this
towne
with
the
citie
of
Maroco
.
It
had
on
all
sides
most
〈◊〉
gardens
,
and
great
store
of
vines
,
whereof
〈◊〉
grew
vpon
the
mountaine
it selfe
,
and
others
on
the
valley
.
By
the
foote
of
this
hill
runneth
a
faire
riuer
,
which
springing
foorth
of
Atlas
,
falleth
at
length
into
Tensift
.
The
field
which
lieth
neere
vnto
this
riuer
is
said
to
be
so
fruitfull
,
that
it
yeeldeth
euery
yeere
fiftie
fold
encrease
.
The
water
of
this
riuer
looketh
alwaies
white
;
albeit
if
a
man
stedfastly
behold
the
said
riuer
,
it
may
seeme
vnto
him
in
colour
to
resemble
the
soile
of
Narnia
,
or
the
riuer
Niger
of
Vmbria
in
Italie
.
And
〈◊〉
there
are
which
Ariuer
running
vnder
the
ground
to
Maroco
.
affirme
,
that
the
very
same
riuer
runneth
vnder
ground
to
Maroco
,
and
not
to
breake
foorth
of
the
earth
,
till
it
come
to
a
certaine
place
very
neere
vnto
the
said
citie
.
〈◊〉
princes
in
times
past
,
being
desirous
to
know
the
hidden
and
intricate
passages
of
the
said
riuer
,
sent
certaine
persons
into
the
hollow
caue
,
who
the
better
to
discerne
the
same
,
carried
candles
and
torches
with
them
.
But
hauing
proceeded
a
little
way
vnder
ground
,
there
met
them
such
a
flaw
of
winde
,
that
blew
out
their
lights
,
and
perforce
draue
them
backe
to
the
great
hazard
of
their
liues
,
so
that
they
said
they
neuer
felt
the
like
.
They
affirme
likewise
,
that
,
the
riuer
being
full
of
rocks
,
which
the
water
driueth
to
and
fro
,
and
by
reason
of
the
manifold
chanels
and
streames
,
their
passage
was
altogether
hindred
.
Wherefore
that
secret
remaineth
vnknowne
euen
till
this
day
,
neither
is
there
any
man
so
hardie
as
to
attempt
the
same
enterprise
againe
.
I
remember
that
I
read
in
some
histories
,
that
king
Ioseph
which
built
Maroco
,
being
forewarned
by
the
coniecture
of
a
certaine
astrologer
,
that
the
whole
region
should
perpetually
be
vexed
with
warre
,
prouided
by
arte-magique
,
that
the
passage
of
this
riuer
should
alwaies
bee
vnknowen
:
least
,
if
any
enimie
should
afterward
practise
〈◊〉
,
he
might
cut
off
the
course
thereof
from
the
saide
citie
.
Neere
vnto
this
riuer
lies
the
common
high
way
,
which
crosseth
ouer
mount
Atlas
to
Guzula
aregion
The
desolation
of
Agmet
.
of
Maroco
.
Howbeit
the
citie
of
Agmet
,
which
I
haue
now
described
vnto
you
.
hath
at
this
day
no
other
inhabitants
but
woolues
,
foxes
,
deere
,
and
such
other
wilde
beasts
.
Except
onely
at
my
being
there
I
found
a
certaine
Hermite
,
who
was
attended
vpon
by
an
hundred
persons
of
his
owne
sect
:
all
of
them
were
well-horsed
,
and
did
their
best
endeuour
to
become
gouernours
and
commanders
,
but
their
forces
were
insufficient
.
With
this
Hermite
I
staide
(
as
I
remember
)
for
the
space
of
tenne
daies
,
and
founde
one
amongst
his
followers
,
with
whom
I
had
old
〈◊〉
,
and
familiaritie
:
Iohn
Leo
student
at
Fez.
for
we
were
certaine
yeeres
fellow-students
together
at
Fez
,
where
being
of
one
standing
and
seniority
,
we
heard
that
booke
of
the
Mahumetan
religion
expounded
,
which
is
commonly
called
the
epistle
of
Nensefi
.
Of
the
towne
of
Hannimei
.
VPon
that
side
of
Atlas
which
lieth
towards
the
plaine
countrey
,
standeth
a
certain
towne
called
by
the
inhabitants
Hannimei
,
being
about
40.
miles
eastward
of
Maroco
:
by
which
towne
,
on
the
same
side
of
Atlas
,
lieth
the
direct
way
to
Fez.
From
the
said
towne
the
riuer
of
Agmet
is
almost
fifteene
miles
distant
:
and
the
fielde
lying
betweene
the
saide
riuer
and
towne
is
a
most
fruitefull
soile
,
like
vnto
the
fielde
adioining
vpon
the
citie
of
Agmet
before
mentioned
.
All
the
region
betweene
Maroco
and
the
The
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
.
foresaid
riuer
is
in
subiection
vnto
the
gouernour
of
Maroco
,
but
from
the
riuer
vnto
Hannimei
the
townes-men
of
Hannimei
beare
rule
.
This
towne
had
a
famous
yoong
captaine
,
who
maintained
continuall
warre
against
the
gouernor
of
Maroco
,
and
somtimes
against
the
Arabians
also
.
He
had
likewise
a
most
ample
dominion
vpon
the
mountaines
of
Atlas
:
by
naturall
disposition
he
was
right
liberal
&
valiant
,
and
hauing
scarce
attained
to
sixeteene
yeeres
of
age
,
he
slue
his
owne
vncle
,
and
vsurped
his
gouernment
.
Whereof
so
soone
as
the
Arabians
had
intelligence
,
ioining
three
hundreth
Christian
horsemen
,
which
came
out
of
Portugale
,
vnto
their
great
forces
,
they
marched
on
the
sodaine
euen
to
the
very
gates
of
the
towne
.
And
the
foresaide
captaine
with
his
armie
containing
scarce
an
hundreth
horsemen
,
with
a
very
fewe
footemen
met
the
Arabians
,
and
gaue
them
such
a
valiant
onset
,
that
the
greater
part
of
them
was
slaine
,
and
the
Christians
were
so
discomfited
,
that
(
as
I
suppose
)
not
one
of
them
returned
home
into
Portugale
:
which
(
they
say
)
came
to
passe
,
both
by
reason
that
the
Christians
were
ignorant
of
the
place
,
and
vnskilfull
of
the
Africans
manner
of
warfare
.
These
things
were
done
in
the
920.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
and
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lorde
1511.
Afterward
being
wearied
by
the
king
of
Fez
his
warres
(
which
king
demaunded
tribute
of
the
townes
men
of
Hannimei
)
he
was
slaine
with
a
bullet
:
whereupon
the
towne
remained
tributarie
to
the
king
of
Fez.
Yea
,
the
deceased
captaines
wife
deliuered
as
prisoners
certaine
burgesses
of
the
towne
vnto
the
king
himselfe
.
And
the
king
so
soone
as
he
had
placed
a
lieutenant
ouer
Hannimei
,
departed
from
the
same
towne
in
the
921.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
and
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1512.
Of
the
mountaine
of
Nififa
.
HAuing
before
described
all
the
cities
and
townes
of
Maroco
,
it
now
remaineth
that
we
briefly
declare
the
situation
and
qualitie
of
the
mountaines
there
.
Wherefore
we
will
begin
with
the
mountaine
of
Nififa
,
from
whence
the
region
of
Maroco
it selfe
beginneth
westward
,
and
is
thereby
diuided
from
the
prouince
of
Hea.
The
said
mountaine
hath
great
store
of
inhabitants
:
and
albeit
the
tops
thereof
are
continually
couered
with
snowe
;
yet
doth
it
yeerely
affoorde
marueilous
increase
and
abundance
of
barley
.
The
rude
people
there
are
so
destitute
of
all
humanitie
and
ciuill
behauiour
,
that
they
do
admire
not
onely
all
strangers
,
but
also
do
euen
gaze
and
woonder
at
their
apparell
.
I
my selfe
remained
two
daies
among
them
,
in
which
space
all
the
people
of
the
towne
came
flocking
about
me
,
greatly
woondring
at
the
white
garment
which
I
wore
(
being
such
as
the
learned
men
of
our
countrey
are
vsually
clad
in
)
so
that
euery
one
being
desirous
to
handle
and
view
this
garment
of
mine
,
in
two
daies
it
was
turned
from
white
to
blacke
,
and
became
all
greasie
and
filthie
.
Here
one
of
the
townes-men
being
allured
with
the
strangenes
and
noueltie
of
my
sworde
,
which
I
bought
at
Fez
for
halfe
a
ducate
,
woulde
neuer
leaue
intreating
of
me
,
till
I
had
exchanged
it
with
him
for
an
horse
,
which
cost
(
as
himselfe
affirmed
)
aboue
ten
ducates
.
The
reason
of
which
fonde
and
childish
behauiour
I
thinke
to
be
,
because
they
neuer
trauaile
vnto
Fez
nor
to
any
other
cities
.
And
were
they
neuer
so
desirous
to
trauaile
,
yet
dare
they
not
aduenture
vpon
the
common
high
waies
,
in
regard
of
the
great
number
of
robbers
and
theeues
.
Of
honie
,
goates
,
and
oile
Arganick
they
haue
woonderfull
store
:
for
in
this
mountaine
beginneth
the
saide
oile
to
be
put
in
vse
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Semede
.
AT
the
bounds
of
Nififa
a
certaine
other
mountaine
called
by
the
inhabitants
Semede
taketh
his
originall
:
and
these
two
mountaines
are
separated
by
the
riuer
of
Sefsaua
.
Semede
extendeth
eastward
almost
20.
miles
,
the
inhabitants
whereof
are
most
base
&
witlesse
people
.
Great
store
of
springs
&
fountaines
are
here
to
be
found
;
the
snowe
is
perpetuall
;
all
good
lawes
,
ciuilitie
,
and
honestie
are
quite
banished
from
hence
,
except
perhaps
the
people
be
mooued
thereunto
by
the
aduise
of
some
stranger
,
whom
they
finde
to
be
of
a
modest
and
sober
disposition
.
Here
being
entertained
by
a
certaine
religious
man
of
the
same
place
(
who
was
had
in
great
reputation
by
the
people
)
I
was
constrained
to
eate
of
such
grosse
meats
as
the
saide
people
are
accustomed
vnto
,
to
wit
,
of
barlie
meale
mingled
with
water
,
and
of
goats-flesh
,
which
was
extremely
tough
and
hard
by
reason
of
the
stalenes
and
long
continuance
.
After
supper
we
had
no
other
bed
but
the
bare
ground
to
lie
vpon
.
The
next
morning
being
ready
to
take
horse
,
and
desirous
to
depart
,
fiftie
of
the
people
came
about
me
,
laying
open
each
man
their
causes
and
suites
vnto
me
,
as
our
people
vse
to
doe
before
a
iudge
.
Vnto
whom
I
answered
,
that
I
had
neuer
in
all
my
life
either
knowen
or
heard
of
the
manners
and
customes
of
that
region
.
Foorthwith
comes
one
of
the
chiefe
men
amongst
them
,
affirming
that
it
was
their
custome
neuer
to
dismisse
any
stranger
,
till
he
had
both
heard
and
throughly
decided
all
the
quarrels
and
controuersies
of
the
inhabitants
.
Which
words
he
had
no
sooner
Iohn
Leo
constrained
to
play
the
iudge
.
vttered
,
but
immediately
my
horse
was
taken
from
me
.
Wherefore
I
was
constrained
for
nine
daies
,
and
so
many
nights
,
longer
to
abide
the
penurie
and
miserie
of
that
region
.
Moreouer
my
trouble
was
the
greater
,
for
that
,
in
such
abundance
of
suites
and
affaires
,
there
was
not
one
man
present
,
which
could
set
downe
so
much
as
a
word
in
writing
:
wherefore
I
my selfe
was
faine
to
play
both
the
iudge
and
the
notarie
.
Vpon
the
eight
day
they
all
of
them
promised
to
bestowe
some
great
rewarde
vpon
me
.
Wherefore
the
night
following
seemed
vnto
me
a
yeere
long
:
for
I
was
in
good
hope
the
next
morrow
to
haue
receiued
a
masse
of
golde
from
my
clients
.
So
soone
as
the
next
day
began
to
dawne
,
they
placed
me
in
a
certaine
church-porch
:
whither
,
after
an
vsuall
and
short
praier
ended
,
each
man
full
reuerently
presented
his
gift
vnto
me
.
Here
some
offered
me
a
cocke
,
others
brought
me
nuts
and
onions
,
and
some
others
bestowed
a
handfull
of
garlicke
vpon
me
.
The
principall
and
head-men
amongst
them
presented
me
with
a
goat
;
and
so
by
reason
that
there
was
no
money
in
all
the
said
mountaine
,
they
proffered
me
not
one
farthing
for
my
paines
:
wherefore
all
the
said
gifts
I
bequeathed
vnto
mine
oste
for
his
woorthie
entertaining
of
me
.
And
this
was
all
the
notable
reward
which
I
reaped
in
regarde
of
so
great
and
intolerable
paines
.
All
things
being
thus
dispatched
,
they
sent
fiftie
horsemen
to
accompanie
and
guard
me
from
theeues
in
that
dangerous
way
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Seusaua
.
THis
mountaine
of
Seusaua
taketh
his
beginning
where
Semede
endeth
,
out
of
which
springeth
a
certaine
riuer
,
hauing
one
name
with
the
said
mountaine
from
whence
it
proceedeth
.
Neuer
were
the
tops
of
this
mountaine
seene
destitute
of
snowe
.
The
inhabitants
leade
a
brutish
and
sauage
life
,
waging
continuall
warre
with
their
next
neighbours
:
for
which
purpose
they
vse
neither
swords
,
iauelins
,
nor
any
other
warlike
instruments
,
but
onely
certaine
slings
,
out
of
which
they
discharge
stones
after
a
strange
and
woonderfull
manner
.
Their
victuals
consist
of
barlie
,
honie
,
and
goates-flesh
.
In
the
same
mountaine
great
multitudes
of
Iewes
exercising
handy-craftes
,
doe
inhabite
:
likewise
they
make
sope
,
yron-hookes
,
and
horse-shooes
.
Diuers
masons
are
here
to
be
found
also
.
They
build
their
walles
of
no
other
matter
but
onely
of
rough
stone
and
lime
,
and
the
roofes
of
their
houses
they
vse
to
couer
with
thatch
:
neither
haue
they
any
other
kind
of
lime
or
bricks
.
They
haue
among
them
also
abundance
of
learned
men
&
of
skilful
lawyers
,
whose
counsell
they
vse
at
all
times
.
Among
whom
I
found
some
,
who
had
heretofore
beene
my
fellow-students
at
Fez
,
and
for
our
old
acquaintance
sake
,
gaue
me
most
courteous
entertainment
:
and
,
to
the
end
I
might
escape
the
danger
of
theeues
,
they
conducted
me
a
good
part
of
my
way
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Sesiua
.
VPon
this
most
lofty
and
cold
mountaine
there
is
nothing
almost
to
be
found
,
but
continuall
snowe
and
woods
.
The
inhabitants
weare
white
caps
:
and
the
region
in
all
places
is
full
of
springs
and
fountaines
.
Out
of
the
said
mountaine
springeth
a
riuer
,
which
in
the
discourse
before-going
we
called
Asifinuall
.
All
ouer
this
mountaine
are
most
deepe
and
hollow
caues
,
wherein
euerie
yeere
,
for
the
three
cold
moneths
of
Nouember
,
Ianuarie
,
and
Februarie
they
vsually
winter
their
cattell
,
laying
vp
so
much
fodder
,
namely
hay
,
and
the
leaues
of
certaine
trees
,
as
they
thinke
will
suffice
them
.
Most
of
their
victuals
are
brought
vnto
them
from
the
next
mountaines
,
because
their
owne
soyle
yeeldeth
no
come
at
all
:
onely
in
the
spring
time
and
in
sommer
,
they
haue
good
plentie
of
new
cheese
and
butter
.
Their
old
age
they
beare
most
lustily
and
stoutly
,
sometime
at
ninetie
,
and
sometime
at
an
hundred
yeeres
.
They
giue
attendance
to
their
cattell
all
their
life
long
,
neither
doe
they
at
any
time
,
or
seldome
,
see
any
strangers
.
They
weare
no
shooes
at
all
,
but
certaine
sandals
only
,
to
defend
the
soles
of
their
feete
:
and
their
legs
they
wrap
in
a
certaine
piece
of
cloath
or
list
insteed
of
an
hose
,
to
keepe
themselues
from
the
iniurie
of
the
snow
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
〈◊〉
.
THis
high
and
cold
mountaine
hath
verie
many
inhabitants
:
vpon
the
top
whereof
standeth
a
towne
which
is
called
by
the
name
of
the
mountaine
it selfe
.
In
this
towne
are
great
store
of
dwellers
,
and
a
most
stately
and
beautifull
temple
.
It
hath
likewise
a
most
pleasant
and
〈◊〉
riuer
.
This
towne
is
adorned
with
the
monuments
of
[
](A05331-e14080-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Elmaheli
.
Elmahdi
(
who
was
in
times
past
a
most
learned
Mahumetan
priest
)
and
of
Abdul
Mumen
his
disciple
.
And
albeit
the
inhabitants
are
accounted
heretiques
by
all
other
Mahumetans
,
yet
is
there
no
kinde
of
learning
which
they
will
not
arrogate
vnto
themselues
:
because
perhaps
they
are
well
read
in
the
workes
of
Elmahdi
,
who
was
notwithstanding
the
ringleader
of
all
the
saide
heretiques
:
so
that
if
any
stranger
come
among
them
,
they
presently
chalenge
him
to
dispute
in
matters
of
learning
.
In
their
apparell
they
goe
verie
ragged
and
beggerly
,
by
reason
that
they
haue
no
taylors
in
the
whole
towne
.
Their
common-wealth
is
gouerned
after
a
wilde
and
sauage
manner
,
albeit
they
haue
a
certaine
priest
,
which
vseth
all
the
policie
and
meanes
he
can
to
bring
it
into
good
order
.
Their
victuals
are
barley-bread
and
oyle
of
oliues
:
likewise
they
haue
great
store
of
nuts
,
and
of
pine-trees
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Gedmeua
.
GEdmeua
beginneth
at
the
West
frontier
of
the
foresaide
mountaine
of
Semede
,
and
stretcheth
Eastward
almost
fiue
and
twentie
miles
,
extending
vnto
the
border
of
Mizmizi
.
All
the
inhabitants
are
rude
,
miserable
,
and
hunger-starued
people
,
being
subiect
to
the
Arabians
,
for
that
they
border
vpon
those
fields
which
adioine
vpon
the
mountaine
of
Temnella
.
This
hill
of
Gedmeua
aboundeth
with
oliues
,
barley
,
wood
,
and
fountaines
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Hanteta
.
NEuer
did
I
see
(
to
my
remembrance
)
an
higher
mountaine
,
then
that
which
the
Africans
call
Hanteta
.
Westward
it
beginneth
from
Gedmeua
,
and
stretcheth
fiue
and
fortie
miles
Eastward
,
to
the
mountaine
of
Adimmei
beforenamed
.
The
inhabitants
are
valiant
and
rich
,
hauing
great
store
of
horses
.
Heere
likewise
standeth
a
most
strong
and
impregnable
castle
subiect
vnto
a
certaine
nobleman
,
which
is
reported
to
be
of
alliance
vnto
the
prince
of
Maroco
:
howbeit
they
are
at
continuall
warre
for
certaine
landes
situate
within
their
dominions
.
Many
Iewes
exercising
diuers
handie-crafts
doe
here
inhabite
,
and
do
yeerely
pay
vnto
the
gouernour
of
this
mountaine
great
summes
of
money
.
As
concerning
religion
,
they
follow
them
especially
which
are
called
Carrain
.
The
top
of
this
mountaine
is
continually
couered
with
snow
.
When
I
first
beheld
this
mountaine
,
I
thought
it
had
bin
clouds
;
so
great
is
the
height
therof
.
The
sides
of
this
mountaine
being
altogether
destitute
of
herbes
and
trees
,
are
in
many
places
stored
with
excellent
white
marble
,
which
the
people
might
dig
,
and
make
a
good
commoditie
thereof
,
were
they
not
so
sluggish
and
so
ignorant
in
hewing
and
polishing
of
the
fame
.
In
this
place
are
many
pillars
and
arches
which
were
most
artificially
and
sumptuously
built
by
those
mightie
princes
whom
we
haue
often
before
made
mention
of
:
which
pillers
they
would
haue
vsed
for
the
building
of
water-conduits
,
had
they
not
beene
hindred
by
the
violence
of
warres
.
To
be
briefe
,
in
the
said
mountaine
I
saw
many
notable
things
,
whereof
I
will
here
make
no
discourse
at
all
,
partly
because
they
are
out
of
my
remembrance
,
and
partly
for
auoiding
tediousnes
to
the
reader
;
because
I
haue
determined
to
passe
ouer
these
small
matters
,
and
to
proceede
vnto
greater
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Adimmei
.
FRom
Hanteta
beginneth
another
huge
and
high
mountaine
called
by
the
inhabitants
Adimmei
,
extending
eastward
to
the
riuer
of
Teseut
.
Vpon
this
mountaine
standeth
that
citie
,
the
prince
whereof
(
as
we
said
before
)
was
slaine
in
battell
against
the
king
of
Fez.
This
mountaine
is
well
stored
with
inhabitants
and
aboundeth
with
woods
which
bring
foorth
acornes
,
oliues
,
and
quinces
.
The
people
heere
inhabiting
are
most
valiant
,
possessing
beasts
and
cattell
of
all
sorts
,
their
ayre
being
verie
temperate
,
and
their
soile
exceeding
fruitfull
.
Springs
they
haue
great
plentie
,
and
also
two
riuers
issuing
foorth
of
the
said
mountaine
,
whereof
in
due
place
we
will
discourse
more
at
large
.
Wherefore
hauing
described
all
the
cities
and
mountaines
of
Maroco
bordering
southward
vpon
Atlas
,
let
vs
now
passe
ouer
the
said
mountaine
of
Atlas
,
and
take
a
view
of
the
region
beyond
it
commonly
called
Guzzula
.
Of
the
region
of
Guzzula
.
THis
region
is
exceding
populous
:
westward
it
abutteth
vpon
Ilda
a
mountaine
of
Sus
;
northward
it
ioineth
vnto
Atlas
,
and
eastward
it
stretcheth
vnto
the
region
of
Hea.
It
is
inhabited
with
sauage
and
fierce
people
,
beeing
most
needie
of
money
,
and
yet
abounding
greatly
in
cattell
.
Great
store
of
copper
and
yron
is
here
digged
out
of
mines
,
and
here
are
brasen
〈◊〉
and
copper
〈◊〉
.
vessels
made
,
which
are
carried
into
other
countries
to
be
solde
:
and
these
vessels
they
exchange
for
linnen
and
woollen
cloth
,
for
horses
,
and
for
other
wares
necessarie
for
the
said
region
.
In
all
this
whole
region
there
is
neither
towne
nor
castle
enuironed
with
walles
.
Great
villages
they
haue
,
which
containe
,
many
of
them
,
more
then
a
thousand
families
a
peece
.
They
haue
neither
king
nor
gouernour
to
prescribe
any
lawes
vnto
them
:
but
euerie
one
is
his
owne
captaine
and
commander
;
whereupon
they
are
at
continuall
warres
among
themselues
,
neither
haue
they
any
truce
at
all
,
but
three
daies
〈◊〉
wars
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
onely
euery
weeke
;
during
which
time
euery
man
may
safely
and
freely
bargaine
with
his
enemie
,
and
may
trauell
whither
he
listeth
.
But
these
daies
of
truce
being
past
,
the
wretched
people
of
this
region
do
continually
commit
most
horrible
slaughters
.
The
foresaide
daies
of
truce
a
certaine
Hermite
appointed
vnto
them
,
whom
they
honoured
and
reuerenced
like
a
god
.
This
Hermite
with
one
eie
I
my selfe
saw
,
and
found
him
to
be
a
trustie
;
sincere
,
courteous
,
and
most
liberall
person
.
The
common
attire
of
the
people
of
Guzzula
is
a
woollen
iacket
streight
to
their
bodies
&
without
〈◊〉
.
They
weare
crooked
,
broad
,
and
two-edged
daggers
:
and
their
swords
are
like
vnto
the
swords
of
Hea.
Once
euery
yeere
they
haue
a
faire
of
two
moneths
long
:
all
which
time
(
though
the
number
of
merchants
be
neuer
so
great
)
they
giue
Free
entertainment
for
merchants
.
free
entertainment
vnto
all
such
as
either
bring
wares
with
them
,
or
come
thither
to
fetch
away
their
wares
.
When
the
time
of
their
faire
approcheth
,
they
foorthwith
make
truce
,
and
each
faction
appointeth
a
captaine
ouer
an
hundred
soldiers
,
to
the
end
they
may
keepe
themselues
in
safetie
,
and
may
defend
their
said
faire
from
the
inuasion
and
iniurie
of
all
lewd
persons
.
If
any
offence
be
committed
,
the
captaines
immediately
giue
sentence
vpon
the
guiltie
person
:
and
whosoeuer
bee
conuicted
of
theft
,
is
foorthwith
slaine
like
a
brute
beast
,
and
his
theeues
carcase
is
throwne
out
to
be
deuoured
of
dogs
,
wilde
beastes
,
and
rauenous
foules
.
The
saide
faire
is
kept
in
a
certaine
plaine
or
valley
betweene
two
hils
.
All
the
wares
are
contained
in
tents
and
in
certaine
cottages
made
of
boughes
,
so
that
each
particular
kind
of
merchandize
hath
a
seuerall
place
to
lie
in
by
it selfe
.
They
which
sell
droues
of
cattell
are
remooued
farre
from
the
tents
.
And
euery
tent
hath
a
cottage
made
of
boughes
belonging
thereunto
,
for
their
principal
and
head
men
to
repose
themselues
in
.
And
in
the
said
cottages
or
bowers
are
merchant
strangers
(
as
we
noted
before
)
freely
entertained
and
bourded
.
Also
they
haue
certaine
Caters
&
purueiers
among
them
,
which
make
prouision
of
victuals
,
and
take
vpon
them
the
friendly
and
well
entertaining
of
strangers
.
And
albeit
an
huge
deale
of
money
is
spent
for
this
behalfe
,
yet
make
they
a
good
gaine
thereof
:
for
thither
doe
resort
all
the
merchants
of
that
region
for
traffiques
sake
,
yea
and
a
great
number
out
of
the
land
of
Negros
,
who
bring
with
them
maruellous
plentie
of
all
kindes
of
wares
.
And
although
they
are
men
of
a
dull
and
grosse
capacitie
,
yet
are
they
very
industrious
in
gouerning
and
maintaining
the
said
faire
:
the
beginning
whereof
is
vpon
the
birth-day
of
that
great
deceiuer
Mahumet
,
that
is
,
vpon
the
twelfth
day
of
their
moneth
called
Rabih
,
which
is
the
third
Haraba
of
the
yeere
,
according
to
their
account
.
I
my selfe
was
present
at
this
faire
in
the
companie
of
my
Lord
the
〈◊〉
for
the
space
of
fifteene
daies
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
920.
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1511.
Abriefe
description
of
the
region
of
Duccala
.
THis
region
beginneth
westward
from
the
riuer
of
Tensift
;
northward
it
is
bounded
with
the
Ocean
sea
;
the
south
part
thereof
lieth
vpon
the
riuer
of
Habid
;
and
the
east
part
abutteth
vpon
the
riuer
Ommirabih
.
It
is
three
daies
iourney
long
,
and
about
two
daies
iourney
broad
.
Very
populous
it
is
;
the
inhabitants
being
a
rude
people
,
and
most
ignorant
of
all
ciuilitie
and
humanitie
.
Walled
cities
it
hath
but
a
few
,
of
all
which
we
will
in
their
due
places
particularly
discourse
,
neither
wil
we
(
by
Gods
helpe
)
omit
any
thing
which
may
seeme
woorthie
of
memorie
.
Of
the
towne
of
Azaphi
.
IT
was
built
by
the
Africans
,
and
standeth
vpon
the
shore
of
the
Ocean
sea
,
containing
fower
thousand
families
:
inhabitants
there
are
great
store
,
being
for
the
most
part
very
vnciuill
and
barbarous
.
In
times
past
there
dwelt
many
Iewes
in
this
towne
,
which
exercised
diuers
handy-crafts
.
Their
soile
is
exceeding
fertill
;
but
so
grosse
is
their
owne
vnskilfulnes
and
negligence
,
that
they
know
neither
how
to
till
their
ground
,
to
sow
their
corne
,
or
to
plant
vineyards
:
except
perhaps
some
few
of
them
(
who
would
seeme
to
be
more
prouident
then
the
residue
)
sow
a
quantitie
of
pot-herbes
in
their
smal
gardens
.
After
the
kings
of
Maroco
gaue
ouer
the
gouerment
of
the
saide
region
,
the
citie
of
Azafi
was
vsurped
by
certaine
which
were
said
to
fetch
their
originall
from
Farchon
.
Howbeit
in
our
daies
the
said
citie
was
gouerned
by
a
certaine
prince
called
Hebdurrahmam
:
this
man
for
a
greedy
and
ambitious
desire
of
raigning
murthered
his
owne
vncle
:
after
whose
death
he
gouerned
the
towne
for
certaine
yeeres
.
He
had
a
daughter
of
most
excellent
beauty
,
who
falling
in
loue
with
a
certaine
courtier
(
whose
name
was
Hali
,
being
sonne
vnto
one
Goesimen
)
by
the
helpe
of
her
mother
and
her
wayting
maide
enioyed
oftentimes
the
companie
of
her
paramour
.
Which
when
her
father
had
intelligence
of
,
hee
rebuked
his
wife
,
threatening
death
vnto
her
,
if
shee
reformed
not
the
manners
of
her
daughter
:
howbeit
afterwarde
hee
dissembled
his
furie
.
But
the
mother
throughly
knowing
her
husbandes
intent
,
tolde
her
daughters
paramour
that
the
prince
was
not
to
bee
trusted
,
and
therefore
aduised
him
to
take
heede
vnto
himselfe
.
Whereupon
Hali
fearing
least
some
mischiefe
might
light
vpon
him
,
began
to
determine
with
himselfe
the
princes
death
,
and
for
The
occasion
of
the
prince
of
Azafilin
his
death
.
his
associate
in
this
conspiracie
he
tooke
a
trusty
friend
of
his
who
had
been
most
familiar
with
him
from
his
childhoode
,
and
was
captaine
ouer
a
certaine
band
of
footemen
.
Wherefore
both
of
them
being
alike
mischieuously
bent
against
their
prince
,
expected
nothing
else
but
a
fit
place
and
oportunitie
to
put
their
bloudie
determination
in
practise
.
Contrariwise
the
king
seeking
by
all
meanes
an
occasion
to
effect
his
purpose
,
sent
word
vnto
Hali
vpon
a
certaine
festiuall
day
,
that
after
their
Mahumetan
deuotions
were
finished
he
shoulde
come
and
walke
with
him
;
appointing
a
place
,
where
he
had
laide
a
troupe
of
men
in
ambush
to
kill
Hali
at
his
comming
:
which
being
done
,
he
went
to
church
.
Hali
suspecting
no
harme
at
all
,
told
his
associate
,
that
now
was
the
time
wherein
they
might
bring
their
purpose
to
effect
.
And
this
intent
of
theirs
they
foorthwith
declared
vnto
ten
other
of
their
adherents
:
and
to
the
end
that
the
whole
matter
might
go
securely
and
certainly
forward
,
they
presently
assembled
a
great
multitude
of
footemen
(
which
they
fained
that
they
woulde
sende
the
next
day
vnto
Azamor
)
that
,
if
they
were
constrained
to
flie
,
they
might
haue
aide
and
succour
in
a
readines
.
All
their
complices
being
armed
,
they
came
to
church
at
the
very
same
time
when
as
the
king
with
all
his
traine
was
entring
thereinto
,
and
had
placed
himselfe
next
vnto
the
Mahumetan
preacher
.
The
church
was
full
of
auditors
,
and
the
king
had
his
guard
attending
vpon
him
,
who
bicause
they
knew
the
two
foresaid
yoong
gentlemen
to
be
very
familiar
with
the
king
,
suspected
none
euill
,
but
suffered
them
to
draw
neere
vnto
his
person
.
Wherefore
one
of
the
saide
yoong
courtiers
,
as
though
he
The
prince
of
Azafi
slaine
,
as
he
was
hearing
of
a
Mahumetan
sermon
.
would
haue
done
obeizance
vnto
the
king
,
came
before
him
,
but
Hali
got
in
at
his
backe
and
stabd
him
through
with
a
dagger
:
and
at
the
verie
same
instant
the
other
thrust
him
in
with
his
sworde
,
and
so
this
vnhappie
king
,
imbrued
in
his
owne
bloud
,
gaue
vp
the
ghost
.
The
kings
guarde
went
about
to
apprehend
the
authors
of
this
fact
;
but
being
ouermatched
by
the
contrarie
part
,
and
suspecting
,
least
the
people
were
authors
of
this
conspiracie
,
they
sought
to
saue
themselues
by
flight
.
And
after
them
followed
all
the
rest
of
the
assemblie
,
till
the
authors
of
the
saide
murther
were
left
alone
.
They
also
immediately
came
foorth
,
and
perswaded
the
people
with
many
words
,
that
they
had
slaine
the
king
for
none
other
cause
,
but
onely
in
regard
that
he
had
attempted
the
vtter
ouerthrow
both
of
themselues
and
of
the
whole
people
.
The
citizens
beeing
to
too
credulous
,
aduaunced
the
two
foresaid
conspiratours
to
the
gouernment
of
the
kingdome
:
howbeit
they
agreed
not
long
thereabout
,
but
the
common-wealth
was
diuersly
tossed
hither
and
thither
,
sometime
inclining
to
one
,
&
sometime
to
another
.
Wherefore
the
Portugall
merchants
which
vsually
frequented
that
citie
in
great
numbers
,
wrote
vnto
their
king
to
sende
foorthwith
an
armie
of
soldiers
thither
:
for
they
were
in
good
hope
,
that
he
shoulde
most
easily
and
with
small
disaduantage
winne
the
saide
citie
.
Howbeit
the
king
being
nothing
mooued
with
this
message
of
theirs
,
would
not
send
any
forces
at
al
,
til
he
was
more
certainly
informed
by
his
said
merchants
touching
the
death
of
the
king
of
Azaphi
,
&
the
dissension
betweene
the
two
new
gouernours
.
As
also
,
that
they
had
made
such
a
compact
with
a
certaine
captaine
of
the
contrary
faction
,
that
it
was
the
easiest
matter
in
the
world
for
him
to
conquer
the
towne
.
For
they
had
built
them
a
verie
strong
castell
vpon
the
sea-shore
,
wherein
their
merchandize
might
safely
be
bestowed
.
For
the
Portugals
had
perswaded
the
townes-men
,
that
during
the
great
tumult
about
the
kings
death
,
they
were
all
of
them
in
danger
to
lose
both
their
liues
and
goods
.
Wherefore
into
this
castell
,
among
their
vessels
of
oile
and
other
wares
,
they
cunningly
conueied
gunnes
and
all
other
kind
of
warlike
instruments
:
but
the
townes-men
being
ignorant
heere
of
,
exacted
nothing
of
the
Portugals
saue
onely
custome
due
for
their
wares
.
Now
after
the
Portugales
had
sufficiently
prouided
themselues
of
all
kinde
of
armour
and
warlike
munitions
,
they
sought
by
all
meanes
an
occasion
to
fight
with
the
citizens
.
At
length
it
came
to
passe
that
a
certaine
Portugals
seruant
buying
meat
in
the
citie
,
did
so
prouoke
a
butcher
,
that
after
much
quarrelling
they
fell
to
blowes
,
whereupon
the
seruant
feeling
himselfe
hurt
,
thrust
the
butcher
with
his
sworde
,
and
laide
him
along
vpon
the
colde
earth
,
and
then
fledde
speedily
to
the
castell
,
wherein
he
knewe
the
merchants
to
be
.
The
people
immediately
rose
vp
in
armes
,
and
ranne
all
of
them
with
one
consent
vnto
the
castell
,
to
the
end
they
might
vtterly
destroy
it
,
&
cut
the
throats
of
all
them
which
were
therein
.
But
the
guns
and
crosse-bowes
which
were
there
in
a
readines
made
such
hauock
among
the
townes-men
,
that
it
cannot
be
,
but
they
were
greatly
daunted
.
At
this
first
encounter
there
were
an
hundreth
and
fiftie
citizens
slaine
outright
;
howbeit
the
residue
woulde
not
therefore
giue
ouer
,
but
gaue
the
castle
daily
assaults
.
At
length
the
king
of
Portugall
sent
aide
vnto
his
subiects
,
to
wit
fiue
thousand
footemen
,
two
hundreth
horsemen
,
with
a
great
number
of
gunnes
.
Which
forces
when
the
citizens
sawe
to
approch
,
they
presently
betooke
themselues
to
their
feete
,
and
fled
vnto
the
mountaine
of
Benimegher
:
neither
durst
any
man
staie
in
the
towne
,
but
onely
he
that
was
the
author
of
building
the
castle
.
And
so
it
〈◊〉
woon
by
the
Portugals
.
came
to
passe
that
the
Portugall
forces
woon
the
towne
without
any
perill
or
labour
.
Soone
after
the
generall
of
the
whole
armie
sent
the
builder
of
the
castle
vnto
the
king
of
Portugall
.
But
the
king
sent
him
with
a
certaine
number
of
attendants
backe
againe
to
Azafi
,
and
appointed
him
gouernour
of
all
the
region
adiacent
.
For
the
Portugall
king
was
not
acquainted
with
their
customes
,
nether
did
he
sufficiently
know
how
they
gouerned
their
common-wealth
.
Soone
after
ensued
the
miserable
desolation
and
ruine
,
not
onely
of
the
citie
but
of
the
whole
region
thereabouts
.
In
this
discourse
we
haue
beene
somewhat
tedious
,
to
the
end
we
might
shew
of
how
great
euill
a
woman
may
be
the
instrument
,
and
what
intollerable
mischiefes
are
bred
by
dissension
.
These
things
were
a
dooing
(
as
I
remember
)
Iohn
Leo
ten
yeeres
old
at
the
winning
of
〈◊〉
.
when
my selfe
was
but
ten
yeeres
olde
:
and
being
fowerteene
yeeres
of
age
,
I
had
some
conference
with
the
Portugall
captaine
aforesaide
.
This
captaine
with
an
armie
of
fiue
hundreth
Portugals
,
and
more
then
twelue
thousand
Arabian
horsemen
giuing
battaile
to
the
king
of
Maroco
,
conquered
all
the
foresaid
prouince
on
the
behalfe
of
his
master
the
Portugall
king
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
920.
as
in
our
briefe
treatise
concerning
the
Mahumetan
religion
we
will
declare
more
at
large
.
Of
Conta
a
towne
in
Duccala
.
THis
towne
is
situate
from
Azafi
about
20.
miles
,
&
is
said
to
haue
bin
built
by
the
Gothes
at
the
verie
same
time
when
they
possessed
the
whole
region
of
Duccala
:
but
now
it
is
vtterly
layde
waste
:
howbeit
the
field
belonging
thereto
is
in
subiection
vnto
certaine
Arabians
which
dwell
in
the
said
prouince
of
Duccala
.
Of
Tit
a
citie
in
Duccala
.
THis
ancient
citie
of
Tit
built
of
olde
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
Ocean
sea-shoare
,
is
about
twentie
miles
distant
from
Azamur
.
It
hath
most
large
and
fruitfull
fields
belonging
vnto
it
.
The
inhabitants
are
men
of
a
grosse
conceit
,
who
regard
neither
husbandrie
nor
ciuilitie
.
Their
apparell
indeed
is
somewhat
decent
,
by
reason
that
they
continually
haue
so
great
traffique
with
the
Portugals
.
At
the
The
citie
of
Tit
tributarie
vnto
the
King
of
Portugall
.
same
time
when
Azamur
was
subdued
,
this
citie
also
yeelded
it selfe
vnto
the
kings
captaine
,
and
for
certaine
yeeres
paied
tribute
vnto
the
king
.
In
our
time
the
king
of
Fez
attempted
to
set
Duccala
at
libertie
:
howbeit
not
speeding
of
his
purpose
,
he
caused
a
certaine
Christian
(
which
was
his
owne
treasurer
)
and
a
Iewe
,
to
be
hanged
.
And
that
companie
which
remained
with
him
,
he
brought
vnto
Fez
,
giuing
them
a
certaine
portion
of
grounde
to
dwell
vpon
,
which
was
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
being
distant
about
twelue
miles
from
Fez.
Of
the
famous
citie
of
Elmedina
in
Duccala
.
ELmedina
being
in
a
manner
the
chiefe
citie
of
the
whole
region
,
is
(
according
to
the
manner
there
)
enuironed
with
wals
of
no
great
force
.
The
inhabitants
are
homely
as
well
in
witte
and
behauiour
,
as
in
apparell
:
wearing
such
cloth
as
is
wouen
in
their
owne
countrie
.
Their
women
weare
certaine
siluer
ornaments
:
the
men
are
valiant
,
and
haue
great
store
of
horses
.
They
were
all
of
them
banished
by
the
king
of
Fez
out
of
his
dominions
,
for
that
he
suspected
them
to
be
friends
to
the
Portugals
.
For
he
had
heard
that
a
certaine
gouernour
of
that
region
had
counselled
his
subiects
to
pay
tribute
vnto
the
Portugall
king
.
This
gouernour
I
sawe
barefoote
led
so
miserablie
captiue
,
that
I
could
scarce
refraine
from
teares
;
because
he
did
not
ought
vpon
trecherie
,
but
being
constrained
.
For
,
good
man
,
he
thought
it
much
better
to
pay
a
little
tribute
vnto
the
Portugals
,
then
sodainly
to
lose
both
his
life
and
his
goods
.
For
the
restoring
of
whom
vnto
his
former
libertie
,
diuers
noblemen
greatly
laboured
:
and
so
at
length
for
a
great
summe
of
money
he
was
released
.
But
afterward
the
citie
remained
voide
of
Elmedina
left
desolate
inhabitants
,
about
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
921.
Of
the
towne
of
Duccala
called
Centumputei
.
THis
towne
is
built
vpon
a
rocke
of
excellent
marble
:
in
the
suburbes
whereof
are
certaine
caues
,
wherein
the
inhabitants
vse
to
lay
vp
their
corne
:
which
is
there
so
woonderfully
preserued
,
that
it
will
continue
an
hundreth
yeeres
without
any
ill
sauour
or
corruption
.
Of
the
number
of
Corne
preserued
100.
yeers
.
which
caues
resembling
pits
or
wels
,
the
towne
it selfe
is
called
Centum
putei
.
The
inhabitants
are
of
small
reckoning
or
account
,
hauing
no
artificers
dwelling
among
them
but
certaine
Iewes
.
When
the
king
of
Fez
had
forced
the
inhabitants
of
Elmadin
to
come
into
his
dominions
,
he
attempted
also
to
bring
thither
the
inhabitants
of
this
towne
:
but
they
refusing
to
go
into
a
strange
place
,
chose
rather
to
inhabite
neere
vnto
the
towne
of
Azafi
,
then
to
forsake
their
owne
natiue
soile
.
Which
when
the
king
vnderstoode
,
he
presently
caused
the
towne
to
be
sacked
;
wherein
nothing
was
found
but
corne
,
hony
,
and
other
things
of
small
value
.
Of
the
towne
of
Subeit
in
the
same
region
.
SVbeit
is
a
small
towne
built
vpon
the
south
side
of
the
riuer
of
Ommirabih
.
It
is
distant
from
Elmadin
about
fortie
miles
,
and
is
said
to
be
subiect
vnto
certaine
Arabians
dwelling
in
Duccala
.
Honie
and
corne
they
haue
great
abundance
:
but
such
is
their
vnskilfulnes
and
ignorance
,
that
they
haue
neither
gardens
nor
vineyardes
.
At
the
same
time
when
Bulahuan
was
woon
,
the
king
of
Fez
brought
all
the
people
of
Subeit
into
his
dominion
,
and
allotted
vnto
them
a
certaine
peece
of
grounde
neere
vnto
Fez
which
was
neuer
before
inhabited
:
so
that
Subeit
remaineth
waste
and
void
of
inhabitants
euen
vntill
this
day
.
Of
the
towne
of
Temeracost
.
ALso
in
Duccala
neere
vnto
the
riuer
Ommirabih
standeth
a
certaine
small
towne
,
which
was
built
by
the
founder
of
Maroco
,
from
whom
the
name
thereof
is
thought
to
be
deriued
.
Inhabitants
it
hath
great
store
,
and
containeth
more
then
fower
hundreth
families
.
It
was
subiect
in
times
past
vnto
the
people
of
Azamur
;
but
Azamur
being
spoiled
by
the
Portugales
,
this
towne
also
came
to
nought
,
and
the
people
heerof
went
to
Elmadin
.
Of
the
towne
called
Terga
.
THis
towne
being
distant
about
thirtie
miles
from
Azamur
,
is
situate
neere
vnto
the
riuer
Ommirabih
:
it
is
well
peopled
,
and
containeth
about
three
hundreth
families
.
In
times
past
it
was
subiect
vnto
the
inhabitants
of
Duccala
;
but
after
the
sacking
of
Azafi
,
Hali
which
fought
against
the
Portugals
,
for
certaine
daies
lay
with
his
armie
in
this
towne
.
But
afterward
being
repelled
thence
by
the
king
of
Fez
,
the
towne
became
so
waste
and
desolate
,
that
from
thencefoorth
it
was
an
habitation
for
owles
&
bats
.
Of
the
towne
of
Bulahuan
.
THis
towne
likewise
standeth
vpon
the
banke
of
Ommirabih
,
&
containeth
about
fiue
hundreth
families
:
in
times
past
it
had
most
noble
and
woorthie
inhabitants
,
especially
in
that
streete
which
lieth
next
vnto
the
riuer
,
vpon
the
high
way
to
Maroco
.
In
this
towne
was
a
famous
hospitall
built
,
which
had
manie
roomes
and
mansions
:
wherein
all
strangers
trauailing
that
way
,
were
sumptuously
and
freely
entertained
at
the
common
charge
of
the
towne
.
The
inhabitants
are
most
rich
both
in
cattell
&
corne
.
Euery
cititizen
almost
hath
an
100.
yoke
of
oxen
,
and
some
of
them
yeerly
reape
two
thousand
,
some
three
thousand
measures
of
corne
:
so
that
the
Arabians
do
carrie
graine
from
thence
sufficient
to
serue
them
all
the
yeere
following
.
In
the
919.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
the
king
of
Fez
sent
his
brother
to
gouerne
and
defende
the
region
of
Duccala
,
who
comming
vnto
this
towne
,
was
informed
that
the
captaine
of
Azemur
approched
thither
with
a
great
armie
,
of
purpose
to
destroy
the
towne
and
to
lead
the
people
captiue
.
Whereupon
the
king
of
Fez
his
brother
sent
immediately
vnto
the
saide
towne
two
captaines
with
two
thousand
horsemen
,
and
eight
hundreth
archers
.
But
the
very
same
time
when
they
entred
the
towne
,
they
met
there
the
Portugall
soldiers
accompanied
with
two
thousand
Arabians
:
by
whom
,
being
fewer
in
number
,
they
were
so
miserablie
slaine
,
that
scarcely
twelue
archers
of
all
the
eight
hundreth
could
escape
with
the
horsemen
vnto
the
next
mountaines
.
Howbeit
afterward
the
Arabians
renewed
the
skirmish
,
&
150.
of
the
Portugall
horsemen
being
slaine
,
they
put
the
enimie
to
flight
.
Whereupon
the
king
of
Fez
his
brother
passed
on
to
Duccala
,
requiring
tribute
of
the
people
,
and
promising
that
as
long
as
he
liued
he
would
stand
betweene
them
and
their
enemies
.
Afterward
being
vanquished
,
he
returned
home
to
.
Fez
vnto
the
king
his
brother
.
But
the
inhabitants
seeing
that
the
kings
brother
had
receiued
tribute
of
them
and
had
stood
them
in
no
stead
,
they
presently
forsooke
the
towne
,
and
fled
vnto
the
mountaine
of
Tedles
:
for
they
feared
least
the
Portugals
armie
would
come
vpon
them
,
and
exacting
a
greater
summe
,
would
lead
them
presently
captiue
which
could
not
disburse
it
.
At
all
these
accidents
I
my selfe
was
present
,
and
saw
the
foresaid
slaughter
of
the
archers
:
for
I
stood
about
a
mile
distant
from
them
,
and
was
mounted
vpon
a
swift
courser
.
At
the
same
time
I
was
trauelling
to
Maroco
,
being
sent
by
the
king
of
Fez
,
to
declare
vnto
the
king
of
Maroco
,
and
vnto
the
Seriffo
,
that
the
king
of
Fez
his
brother
was
presently
to
depart
vnto
Duccala
:
for
which
cause
they
were
requested
to
prouide
soldiers
for
the
better
resistance
of
the
Portugals
armie
.
Of
the
citie
of
Azamur
.
AZamur
,
a
towne
of
Duccala
,
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
that
part
of
the
Ocean
sea
shore
where
the
riuer
of
[
](A05331-e14760-b)*
*
*
*
Or
〈◊〉
.
Ommirabih
disemboqueth
;
being
distant
from
Elmadina
southward
about
thirtie
miles
.
Very
large
it
is
,
and
well
inhabited
,
and
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
thousand
families
.
Here
doe
the
Portugall
merchants
continually
reside
.
The
inhabitants
are
very
ciuill
,
and
decently
apparelled
.
And
albeit
they
are
diuided
into
two
parts
,
yet
haue
they
continuall
peace
among
themselues
.
Pulse
and
corne
they
haue
great
plentie
;
though
their
gardens
and
orchards
bring
foorth
nought
else
but
figs.
They
haue
such
plentie
of
fishes
,
that
they
receiue
yeerely
for
them
sometime
sixe
thousand
,
and
sometime
seuen
thousand
duckats
.
And
their
time
of
fishing
dureth
from
October
to
the
end
of
Aprill
.
They
vse
to
frie
fishes
in
a
certaine
pan
with
oile
,
whereby
they
gather
an
incredible
quantitie
of
trane
:
neither
vse
they
any
other
oile
to
put
into
their
lampes
.
Once
a
yeere
the
Portugals
make
a
voiage
hither
,
and
doe
carrie
away
so
great
abundance
of
fish
,
that
they
onely
doe
disburse
the
summe
of
duckats
aforesaid
.
Hence
it
is
,
that
the
king
of
Portugal
,
being
allured
for
gaine
,
hath
often
sent
most
warlike
fleetes
to
surprise
this
towne
:
the
first
whereof
,
in
regarde
of
the
Generals
indiscretion
,
was
the
greatest
part
dispersed
and
sunke
vpon
the
sea
.
Afterward
the
king
sent
another
nauie
of
two
hundred
saile
well
furnished
,
at
the
very
sight
whereof
the
citizens
were
so
discomfited
,
that
they
all
betooke
themselues
to
flight
;
and
the
throng
was
so
great
at
their
entrance
of
the
gates
,
that
moe
then
fowerscore
citizens
were
slaine
therein
.
Yea
a
certaine
prince
which
came
to
aide
them
,
was
,
for
his
safetie
constrained
to
let
himselfe
downe
by
a
rope
on
the
farther
side
of
the
citie
.
The
inhabitants
were
presently
dispersed
hither
and
thither
;
some
fleeing
on
horse-backe
,
and
others
on
foote
.
Neither
could
you
(
I
know
)
haue
refrained
from
teares
,
had
you
seene
the
weake
women
,
the
silly
old
men
,
and
the
tender
children
run
away
bare-footed
and
forlorne
.
But
before
the
Christians
gaue
any
assault
,
the
Iewes
(
which
shortly
after
compounded
with
the
Azamur
woon
by
the
Portugals
.
king
of
Portugall
,
to
yeeld
the
citie
to
him
,
on
condition
that
they
shoulde
sustaine
no
iniurie
)
with
a
generall
consent
,
opened
the
gates
vnto
them
:
and
so
the
Christians
obtained
the
citie
,
and
the
people
went
to
dwell
part
of
them
to
Sala
,
and
part
to
Fez.
Neither
doe
I
thinke
that
God
for
any
other
cause
brought
this
calamitie
vpon
them
,
but
onely
for
the
horrible
vice
of
Sodomie
,
whereunto
the
greatest
part
of
the
citizens
were
so
notoriously
addicted
,
that
they
could
scarce
see
any
young
stripling
,
who
escaped
their
lust
.
Of
the
towne
called
Meramei
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Gothes
vpon
a
plaine
,
almost
fourteene
miles
distant
from
Azafi
,
and
it
containeth
to
the
number
of
fower
hundred
families
:
the
soile
thereabout
aboundeth
greatly
with
oliues
and
corne
.
It
was
gouerned
in
times
past
by
the
prince
of
Azafi
;
but
afterward
being
surprised
by
the
Portugals
,
and
the
inhabitants
being
all
put
to
flight
,
it
remained
well
nigh
one
whole
yeere
destitute
of
people
.
Howbeit
soone
after
making
a
league
with
the
Portugals
,
each
man
retired
vnto
his
owne
home
.
And
now
I
thinke
it
not
amisse
to
report
as
concerning
the
mountaines
of
Duccala
those
things
which
may
seeme
woorthie
of
memorie
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Benimegher
.
BEnimegher
is
distant
from
Azafi
about
twelue
miles
,
containing
diuers
artizans
of
all
sortes
,
euery
one
of
which
hath
an
house
at
Azafi
.
This
mountaine
is
so
exceeding
fruitful
for
oile
and
corne
,
that
a
man
would
scarce
beleeue
it
.
It
was
once
in
subiection
vnto
the
prince
of
Azafi
,
but
the
inhabitants
of
Azafi
being
put
to
flight
,
as
hath
beene
aforesaid
,
had
no
other
place
for
their
refuge
,
but
onely
this
mountaine
of
Benimegher
.
Afterward
they
paid
tribute
for
certaine
yeeres
vnto
the
Portugals
;
but
when
the
king
of
Fez
came
thither
with
his
army
,
he
caried
with
him
part
of
them
vnto
Fez
,
and
the
residue
returned
to
Azafi
:
for
they
were
determined
rather
to
indure
any
iniurie
,
then
to
submit
themselues
to
the
Christians
gouernment
.
Of
the
greene
mountaine
.
THis
mountaine
is
of
an
exceeding
height
,
beginning
eastward
from
the
riuer
of
Ommirabih
,
and
extending
westward
to
the
hils
called
in
their
language
Hasara
,
and
it
diuideth
Duccala
from
some
part
of
Tedles
.
Likewise
this
mountaine
is
very
rough
and
full
of
woods
,
affoording
great
The
fruit
called
by
the
Italians
Frutto
Africano
.
store
of
acornes
and
pine-apples
,
and
a
certaine
kinde
of
red
fruit
which
the
Italians
commonly
call
Africano
.
Many
Hermites
also
doe
inhabite
vpon
this
mountaine
,
liuing
with
no
other
kind
of
victuals
,
but
such
as
the
woods
yeeld
vnto
them
.
For
they
are
aboue
fiue
and
twenty
〈◊〉
distant
from
all
townes
and
cities
.
Here
are
great
store
of
fountaines
and
of
altars
built
after
the
Mahumetan
fashion
,
and
many
auncient
houses
also
erected
by
the
Africans
.
At
the
foot
of
this
mountaine
there
is
a
notable
lake
,
very
like
vnto
the
lake
of
Bolsena
in
the
Roman
territorie
.
In
which
lake
are
found
infinite
numbers
of
fishes
,
as
namely
eeles
,
pickrels
,
and
of
diuers
other
sorts
,
which
,
to
my
remembrance
,
I
neuer
saw
in
Italie
:
but
there
is
no
man
that
goeth
about
to
take
any
fish
in
this
lake
,
no
maruell
therefore
though
the
number
be
so
great
.
Vpon
a
certaine
time
when
Mahumet
the
king
of
Fez
trauelled
Great
plentic
of
fish
.
that
way
towards
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
,
he
encamped
his
armie
eight
daies
vpon
the
side
of
this
lake
.
Some
of
his
companie
he
licenced
to
fish
the
same
,
amongst
whom
I
saw
certaine
that
tooke
off
their
shirts
and
coats
,
sowing
vp
their
sleeues
and
collars
,
and
putting
certaine
hoops
within
them
to
keepe
them
from
closing
together
,
and
so
vsed
them
in
steed
of
nets
,
wherewith
notwithstanding
they
caught
many
thousand
fishes
:
but
others
which
had
nets
indeed
,
got
more
then
they
.
And
all
by
reason
that
the
fishes
(
as
we
will
now
declare
)
were
perforce
driuen
into
the
nets
.
For
king
Mahumet
being
there
accompanied
with
fourteene
thousand
Arabian
horsemen
,
which
brought
a
great
many
more
camels
with
them
;
and
hauing
fiue
thousand
horsemen
vnder
the
conduct
of
his
brother
,
with
an
huge
armie
of
fooremen
,
caused
them
all
at
once
to
enter
the
lake
,
insomuch
that
there
was
scarce
water
ynough
to
satisfie
the
camels
thirst
:
wherefore
it
was
no
maruell
though
the
fishes
came
so
fast
into
the
nets
.
Vpon
the
banks
of
this
lake
are
many
trees
bearing
leaues
like
vnto
pine-leaues
,
among
the
boughes
whereof
,
such
abundance
of
turtles
doe
nestle
,
that
the
inhabitants
reape
woonderfull
commoditie
by
them
.
Mahumet
hauing
refreshed
himselfe
eight
daies
by
the
foresaid
lake
,
was
then
desirous
to
view
The
greene
mountaine
aforesaid
:
my selfe
with
a
great
number
of
courtiers
and
learned
men
attending
vpon
him
.
So
often
as
he
saw
any
altar
,
he
would
command
his
armie
there
to
make
a
stand
,
and
lowly
kneeling
on
his
knees
,
would
say
these
words
following
:
Thou
knowest
(
oh
Lord
my
God
)
that
I
came
hither
for
none
other
cause
,
but
to
release
the
people
of
Duccala
from
the
Arabians
and
cruell
Christians
:
which
attempt
of
mine
if
thou
thinkest
to
be
vniust
,
let
me
onely
feele
the
punishment
of
this
offence
:
for
these
my
followers
are
guiltlesse
.
And
thus
we
ranged
vp
and
downe
the
greene
hill
one
whole
day
:
but
at
night
we
returned
vnto
our
tents
.
The
next
day
it
was
king
Mahumets
pleasure
to
goe
on
hunting
and
hauking
,
whereupon
his
hounds
and
haukes
(
which
he
had
in
great
abundance
)
were
brought
foorth
:
howbeit
that
sport
yeelded
nought
but
wilde
geese
,
duckes
,
turtle-doues
,
and
other
fowles
.
But
the
day
following
the
king
called
for
his
hounds
,
faulcons
,
and
eagles
:
their
game
were
hares
,
deere
,
porcupikes
,
roe-deere
,
woolues
,
quailes
and
starlings
:
and
by
reason
that
none
had
hunted
or
hawked
there
an
hundred
yeeres
before
,
they
had
very
good
pastime
.
And
after
we
had
here
staied
certaine
daies
,
the
king
with
his
armie
marching
vnto
the
said
Elmadin
a
towne
of
Duccala
,
willed
all
his
learned
men
and
priestes
which
hee
had
Iohn
Leo
sent
ambassadour
from
the
King
of
Fez
vnto
Maroco
.
brought
with
him
,
to
returne
vnto
Fez.
But
my selfe
(
as
ambassadour
)
and
a
certaine
number
of
soldiers
he
sent
vnto
Maroco
:
this
was
done
in
the
922.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
and
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1512.
A
description
of
the
region
of
Hascora
.
THis
region
is
bounded
northward
with
certaine
mountaines
which
adioine
vpon
Duccala
;
westward
with
a
riuer
running
by
the
foote
of
mount
Hadimmei
,
which
we
called
before
Tensift
;
and
eastward
by
the
riuer
Quadelhabid
,
that
is
,
the
riuer
of
seruants
,
which
riuer
diuideth
Hascora
from
Tedles
.
And
so
likewise
the
hils
of
Duccala
doe
separate
Hascora
from
the
Ocean
sea
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
region
are
far
more
ciuil
,
then
the
people
of
Duccala
.
This
prouince
yeeldeth
great
abundance
of
oyle
,
of
Marockin
skinnes
,
and
of
goates
,
of
whose
haire
they
make
cloath
and
sadles
.
And
hither
do
all
the
bordering
regions
bring
their
goat-skins
,
whereof
the
foresaid
Marockin
or
Cordouan
leather
is
made
.
This
people
hath
great
traffique
with
the
Portugals
,
with
whom
they
exchange
the
foresaid
leather
and
sadles
,
for
cloath
.
Their
coine
is
all
one
with
the
coine
of
Duccala
.
Also
the
Arabians
vsually
buy
oyle
and
other
necessaries
our
of
this
region
.
Now
let
vs
in
order
describe
all
the
townes
and
cities
of
the
saide
region
.
Of
Elmadin
a
towne
in
Hascora
.
THis
towne
of
Hascora
being
called
by
the
inhabitants
Elmadin
,
is
built
vpon
the
side
of
mount
Atlas
,
and
containeth
〈◊〉
then
two
thousand
families
.
It
standeth
almost
fourescore
and
ten
miles
eastward
of
Maroco
,
and
about
60.
miles
from
Duccala
.
Heere
may
you
finde
many
leather-dressers
,
and
all
other
kinde
of
artizans
,
with
a
great
multitude
of
Iewish
merchants
.
This
towne
is
enuironed
with
a
certaine
wood
,
which
is
full
of
oliue
,
and
walnut-trees
.
The
inhabitants
are
continually
,
in
a
manner
,
oppressed
with
warres
among
themselues
,
and
against
a
certaine
little
towne
beeing
fower
miles
distant
from
thence
.
Neither
dare
any
come
vpon
the
plaine
lying
betweene
these
two
townes
,
(
saue
women
onely
and
slaues
)
except
he
be
well
and
strongly
guarded
.
So
that
〈◊〉
man
is
faine
to
maintaine
an
harquebusier
or
archer
for
his
defence
,
whom
he
monethlyalloweth
ten
or
twelue
pieces
of
gold
,
which
are
woorth
sixeteene
ducates
Italian
.
Likewise
in
Elmadin
there
are
certaine
men
of
great
and
profound
learning
,
which
are
appointed
to
be
iudges
and
notaries
.
Whatsoeuer
tribute
or
custome
strangers
doe
pay
,
is
deliuered
vnto
certaine
treasurers
and
customers
of
the
towne
;
which
imploy
it
afterward
for
the
publike
benefite
.
They
are
likewise
constrained
to
pay
certaine
tribute
vnto
the
Arabians
,
for
sundrie
possessions
which
they
enioy
in
the
foresaide
valley
;
but
that
money
gaineth
them
at
the
Arabians
hand
ten
times
so
much
,
or
more
.
In
my
returne
from
Maroco
I
thought
good
to
trauell
by
this
towne
,
where
I
was
right
sumptuously
entertained
by
one
of
Granada
my
countrey-man
,
who
was
exceeding
rich
,
hauing
serued
as
an
archer
in
this
region
for
fifteene
yeeres
.
And
albeit
the
towne
of
Elmadin
had
a
stately
hospitall
,
wherein
all
merchants
trauelling
that
way
,
were
entertained
at
the
common
charge
;
yet
my
countrey-man
would
not
suffer
vs
there
to
lodge
,
but
for
three
daies
together
most
curteously
welcommed
my selfe
,
nine
courtiers
,
and
all
the
seruants
and
retinue
which
we
brought
with
vs
:
vnto
which
companie
of
ours
the
townesmen
presented
,
some
of
them
calues
,
some
lambes
,
and
some
other
brought
hens
.
Seeing
vpon
a
time
so
many
goates
in
the
towne
,
I
merily
demaunded
of
my
countrey-man
,
why
he
gaue
vs
no
kids-flesh
to
eate
:
hee
answered
that
that
was
accounted
among
them
of
all
others
the
most
base
and
homely
meate
.
Their
faire
and
beautifull
women
are
so
fonde
of
strangers
that
if
secret
occasion
be
offered
they
will
not
refuse
their
dishonest
companie
.
Of
the
citie
of
Alemdin
.
NEere
vnto
the
foresaide
towne
standeth
another
commonly
called
Alemdin
,
being
situate
fower
miles
to
the
west
thereof
in
a
valley
,
amidst
fower
most
high
hils
,
whereupon
the
place
is
exceeding
cold
.
The
inhabitants
are
merchants
,
artizans
,
and
gentlemen
,
&
families
it
containeth
to
the
number
of
one
thousand
.
This
towne
hath
been
at
continuall
war
with
the
towne
last
before
mentioned
:
but
in
our
time
both
of
them
were
by
the
meanes
of
a
certaine
merchant
brought
in
subiection
vnto
the
King
of
Fez
,
as
we
will
now
declare
.
There
was
a
merchant
of
Fez
which
had
a
paramour
in
this
By
what
means
the
townes
of
Elmadin
and
〈◊〉
became
subiect
vnto
the
King
of
Fez.
towne
,
whom
he
determined
foorthwith
to
marrie
;
but
when
the
marriage
day
was
come
,
this
merchant
was
beguiled
of
his
loue
by
the
gouernour
of
the
towne
himselfe
,
which
disappointment
grieued
him
full
sore
,
albeit
he
dissembled
the
matter
as
well
as
he
could
.
Returning
home
to
the
King
of
Fez
,
the
said
merchant
presented
vnto
him
most
rich
and
costly
gifts
,
making
humble
suite
vnto
his
maiestie
that
hee
would
allow
him
an
hundred
principall
archers
,
three
hundred
horsemen
,
and
fower
hundred
footemen
;
saying
,
that
himselfe
would
maintaine
them
all
at
his
owne
costs
and
charges
,
and
would
winne
the
said
towne
of
Alemdin
for
the
Kings
behalfe
,
and
would
assure
the
King
seuen
thousand
ducates
for
yeerely
tribute
.
This
offer
pleased
the
King
right
well
,
and
that
he
might
declare
his
princely
liberalitie
,
he
would
not
suffer
the
merchant
to
giue
wages
vnto
any
,
but
onely
to
the
archers
.
And
so
with
all
expedition
he
commanded
his
gouernour
of
Tedles
to
prouide
the
saide
merchant
so
many
horsemen
and
so
many
footmen
,
and
two
captaines
ouer
the
armie
.
At
length
comming
before
Alemdin
they
besiged
it
sixe
daies
:
which
being
expired
,
the
townesmen
told
their
gouernour
in
plaine
termes
,
that
they
would
not
for
his
cause
incur
the
king
of
Fez
his
displeasure
,
nor
suffer
any
inconuenience
.
Whereupon
he
putting
himselfe
in
a
beggers
weede
,
attempted
to
escape
away
:
but
being
knowen
and
apprehended
,
he
was
brought
before
the
merchant
,
who
committed
him
to
prison
.
And
so
the
townesmen
presently
opening
their
gates
receiued
the
merchant
with
all
his
troupes
,
&
yeelded
themselues
to
him
&
to
the
king
of
Fez.
The
parents
of
the
foresaid
maid
protested
vnto
the
merchant'
,
that
the
gouernour
by
maine
force
had
depriued
them
of
his
paramour
.
Howbeit
she
herselfe
was
big
with
childe
by
the
gouernour
;
but
after
the
merchant
knew
that
she
was
deliuered
of
her
childe
,
he
bore
her
affection
againe
,
and
at
length
married
her
.
And
the
wretched
gouernour
was
the
same
day
by
the
iudges
pronounced
guiltie
of
fornication
,
and
was
stoned
to
death
.
Well
,
the
merchant
remained
gouernour
and
Lord
of
both
townes
,
establishing
most
firme
peace
between
them
,
&
duely
paying
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
all
the
yeerly
tribute
which
he
had
promised
.
I
my selfe
afterward
comming
to
the
foresaide
towne
grew
familiarly
acquainted
with
this
famous
merchant
.
The
same
yeere
departing
from
Fez
I
tooke
my
iourney
towards
Constantinople
.
Of
Tagodast
a
towne
in
Hascora
.
THis
towne
is
built
vpon
the
top
of
a
certaine
high
mountaine
,
hauing
fower
other
high
mountaines
round
about
it
.
Betweene
which
fower
mountaines
and
the
said
towne
are
diuers
most
large
and
beautifull
gardens
replenished
with
all
kinde
of
fruits
:
quinces
here
are
of
an
incredible
bignes
.
Their
vines
dispersing
themselues
vpon
the
boughes
of
trees
doe
make
most
pleasant
bowers
and
walkes
:
the
grapes
whereof
being
red
,
are
for
their
bignes
,
called
in
the
language
of
that
people
,
hennes
egs
.
They
haue
here
Grapes
of
maruellous
bignes
.
White
honey
.
great
〈◊〉
of
oile
and
most
excellent
honie
:
some
of
their
honie
being
white
,
and
some
yellow
.
This
towne
hath
many
fountaines
about
it
,
which
ioyning
into
one
streame
,
do
serue
for
many
water-mils
thereabouts
.
Here
are
likewise
great
store
of
artizans
,
who
exercise
themselues
onely
about
things
necessarie
.
The
inhabitants
are
somewhat
ciuill
,
their
women
are
most
beautifull
,
being
most
gorgeously
decked
with
siluer
iewels
.
Their
oile
they
carrie
vnto
the
next
cities
southward
of
them
on
this
side
Atlas
:
but
they
send
their
leather
vnto
Fez
and
Mecnasa
.
Their
plaine
is
almost
sixe
miles
long
:
the
soile
being
most
fruitfull
for
corne
:
in
regard
whereof
the
townes-men
pay
certaine
yeerely
tribute
vnto
the
Arabiaus
.
This
towne
hath
iudges
,
priestes
,
and
a
great
number
of
gentlemen
.
Vpon
a
time
as
I
trauelled
this
way
,
it
was
my
hap
to
meete
with
a
certaine
ancient
gouernour
of
the
same
place
,
who
was
growne
blinde
with
extreme
age
.
This
aged
sire
(
as
by
some
I
vnderstood
)
was
in
his
youth
a
most
valiant
and
stout
person
,
insomuch
that
after
many
other
noble
exploits
,
he
slew
with
his
owne
hand
fower
captaines
which
were
most
deadly
enemies
vnto
the
people
of
Tagodast
.
And
afterward
he
handled
the
matter
so
wisely
,
that
he
ioyned
those
in
perfect
league
which
before
time
had
waged
continual
warre
.
Here
no
commonwealth-matter
is
concluded
by
the
magistrates
of
the
towne
without
his
speciall
aduise
and
〈◊〉
.
By
this
worthie
Senatour
my selfe
with
fowerscore
〈◊〉
were
honorably
entertained
,
and
had
dainty
meates
euery
day
set
before
vs
,
of
game
which
was
newly
hunted
.
He
recounted
most
familiarly
vnto
vs
all
his
labours
which
he
had
bestowed
in
concluding
of
the
forefaid
league
:
neither
had
this
good
man
any
so
entire
and
hidden
secrets
,
which
he
reuealed
not
vnto
vs
,
as
to
his
louing
friends
.
At
my
departure
I
offered
him
money
for
my selfe
and
my
companie
:
but
he
,
like
a
liberall
man
,
would
by
no
meanes
accept
of
it
;
saying
,
that
albeit
he
ought
the
king
of
Fez
much
dutie
and
good
will
,
yet
did
he
not
bestowe
that
liberalitie
for
his
sake
:
but
that
whatsoeuer
wealth
he
enioied
,
his
parents
bequeathed
vnto
him
vpon
this
condition
,
that
he
should
shew
himselfe
kinde
and
bountifull
vnto
all
his
kinred
,
acquaintance
,
and
strangers
trauelling
that
way
:
and
although
he
were
free
from
that
condition
,
yet
his
loue
towards
God
,
and
the
liberalitie
which
God
had
planted
in
him
,
could
require
no
lesse
at
his
hands
.
Yea
,
he
said
,
that
by
Gods
good
blessing
and
prouidence
he
had
reaped
the
same
yeere
seuen
thousand
bushels
of
corne
:
insomuch
,
that
himselfe
and
all
his
neighbours
were
prouided
for
in
abundance
.
Moreouer
,
that
he
possessed
of
sheepe
and
goates
moe
then
an
hundred
thousand
,
the
wooll
whereof
only
,
and
some
small
portion
of
butter
,
he
reserued
to
himselfe
,
but
as
for
the
cheese
and
milke
,
he
gaue
it
all
frankly
vnto
his
shepherds
.
In
this
towne
there
is
none
that
selleth
either
cheese
,
butter
,
milk
,
or
any
otber
such
commoditie
,
though
each
one
hath
great
abundance
of
cattell
.
Howbeit
their
hides
,
oile
,
and
wooll
they
vtter
in
the
prouinces
thereabout
.
The
reuerend
sire
added
this
moreouer
:
If
it
shall
please
(
saith
he
)
the
king
of
Fez
to
returne
home
from
Duccala
through
this
my
region
,
I
will
come
foorth
to
meete
him
,
and
will
submit
my selfe
wholly
vnto
him
,
as
vnto
my
most
liege
and
soueraigne
prince
.
Thus
my selfe
a
meere
stranger
being
so
honorably
dismissed
by
this
woorthie
Senatour
,
could
not
sufficiently
commend
his
courtesie
and
bounteous
dealing
towards
strangers
.
Of
the
citie
of
Elgiumuha
.
NEere
vnto
the
foresaid
towne
,
within
fiue
miles
,
standeth
Elgiumuha
.
It
was
in
our
time
built
vpon
the
top
of
an
high
mountaine
,
and
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
hundred
families
,
besides
so
many
families
comprised
in
the
villages
of
that
mountaine
.
Here
are
innumerable
springs
and
fountaines
,
and
most
pleasant
and
fruitfull
gardens
in
all
places
.
Here
are
likewise
walnut-trees
huge
and
tall
.
The
little
hils
enuironing
this
mountaine
doe
yeeld
barlie
and
oliues
in
great
abundance
.
In
the
said
towne
are
great
numbers
of
artizans
,
as
smithes
,
leather-dressers
,
and
such
like
.
And
because
they
haue
here
notable
yron-mines
,
they
make
plentie
of
horse-shooes
.
And
whatsoeuer
commoditie
proceedeth
of
their
labour
,
they
carrie
it
to
forren
regions
where
they
thinke
it
is
wanting
:
from
whence
they
bring
home
slaues
,
woad
,
and
the
skins
of
certaine
beastes
,
whereof
they
make
most
defensiue
and
warlike
shields
:
these
shields
they
transport
vnto
Fez
,
exchanging
them
there
for
weapons
,
cloth
,
and
other
such
things
as
they
stand
in
neede
of
.
This
towne
standeth
so
neere
vnto
the
high
way
,
that
the
boyes
wil
stand
gazing
and
woondering
at
merchants
as
they
come
by
,
especially
if
they
weare
any
strange
attire
.
The
residue
of
inhabitants
vpon
this
mountaine
are
all
commanded
and
gouerned
by
them
of
the
towne
.
They
say
that
the
people
of
Tagodast
aforesaid
were
the
first
founders
of
this
towne
:
for
so
vpon
a
time
it
befell
,
that
whereas
the
principall
men
of
Tagodast
grew
to
dissension
among
themselues
,
the
common
sort
fauouring
neither
faction
,
built
Elgiumuha
,
and
left
Tagodast
to
be
inhabited
by
their
gouernours
:
hence
it
is
,
that
euen
at
this
day
they
are
here
onely
ignoble
and
base
people
,
whereas
there
they
are
all
gentlemen
.
Of
Bzo
a
towne
in
Hascora
.
THE
ancient
towne
of
Bzo
is
built
vpon
an
high
hill
about
twenty
miles
westward
from
the
towne
last
mentioned
.
Within
three
miles
of
Bzo
runneth
the
foresaid
riuer
of
Guadelhabid
.
The
townesmen
are
honest
people
,
exercising
merchandize
,
and
going
decently
apparelled
:
To
them
which
inhabite
the
deserts
they
carie
cloth
,
oile
,
and
leather
.
Their
mountaines
abound
with
oliues
,
corne
,
and
all
kinde
of
fruits
:
and
of
their
grapes
they
make
euery
yeere
most
excellent
and
sweete
raisins
.
Figs
they
haue
great
plentie
:
and
their
walnut-trees
are
so
high
,
that
a
puttocke
may
securely
builde
his
nest
vpon
the
tops
:
for
it
is
impossible
for
any
man
to
climbe
vp
.
On
each
side
of
the
way
which
leadeth
from
hence
to
the
riuer
Guadelhabid
there
are
most
pleasant
and
beautifull
gardens
.
My selfe
(
I
remember
)
was
here
present
when
their
oranges
,
figs
,
and
other
fruits
were
growen
to
ripenes
;
and
was
entertained
by
a
certaine
priest
,
who
dwelt
not
farre
from
a
stately
Mahumetan
temple
,
standing
by
that
riuer
which
runneth
through
the
market-place
of
the
towne
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Tenueues
.
THis
mountaine
is
situate
ouer
against
Hascora
vpon
that
part
of
Atlas
which
trendeth
southward
.
It
hath
many
most
valiant
and
warlike
inhabitants
both
horsemen
and
footemen
;
and
a
great
number
of
horses
of
small
stature
.
It
yeeldeth
abundance
of
woad
&
barlie
:
but
other
graine
they
haue
none
at
all
,
so
that
they
haue
no
other
but
barlie
bread
to
eate
.
At
all
times
of
the
yeere
you
shal
here
see
plenty
of
snow
.
Here
are
likewise
sundry
noblemen
&
gentlemen
,
all
which
are
subiect
vnto
one
prince
.
To
this
prince
they
pay
great
yeerely
tribute
for
the
maintenance
of
his
soldiers
,
for
he
wageth
continuall
war
with
the
inhabitants
of
mount
Tensita
.
The
said
prince
hath
〈◊〉
1000.
most
valiant
horsemen
alwaies
in
a
readines
:
&
so
many
likewise
do
the
noblemen
of
this
mountaine
continually
keepe
at
their
owne
costs
and
charges
.
Moreouer
the
prince
hath
an
hundreth
soldiers
part
of
them
bowmen
,
and
part
harquebusiers
,
to
guard
and
attend
vpon
his
person
in
all
places
.
Comming
my selfe
to
see
this
mountaine
,
it
was
my
chaunce
to
finde
out
the
saide
prince
,
who
was
desirous
exceedingly
to
be
praised
of
all
men
:
but
for
liberalitie
,
curtesie
,
and
ciuilitie
,
his
like
I
thinke
was
not
to
be
founde
.
Vnto
the
Arabian
toong
(
albeit
he
were
ignorant
thereof
)
he
bore
a
marueilous
affection
:
and
was
greatly
delighted
to
heare
any
man
expound
a
sentence
or
verse
,
which
was
penned
to
his
owne
commendation
.
The
vncle
of
〈◊〉
Leo
sent
ambassadour
to
the
king
of
Tombuto
.
At
the
very
same
time
when
mine
vncle
was
sent
ambassadour
from
the
king
of
Fez
to
the
king
of
Tombuto
,
I
my selfe
also
trauailed
in
his
company
:
we
were
no
sooner
entred
the
region
of
Dara
(
which
is
an
hundreth
miles
distant
from
the
saide
princes
dominions
)
but
he
hearing
of
my
vncles
fame
(
who
was
an
excellent
Oratour
,
and
a
most
wittie
Poet
)
sent
letters
vnto
the
prince
of
Dara
,
requesting
him
that
he
woulde
perswade
mine
vncle
to
trauaile
vnto
Tombuto
by
mount
Tenueues
:
for
he
had
a
great
desire
to
see
him
,
&
to
speake
with
him
.
Howbeit
my
vncle
answered
,
that
it
beseemed
not
a
kings
ambassadour
to
visite
any
princes
farre
out
of
his
way
,
and
so
to
deferre
his
masters
waightie
affaires
.
But
,
to
the
end
that
he
might
in
some
sort
satisfie
the
saide
prince
,
he
promised
to
sende
me
his
nephew
vnto
him
,
which
might
in
his
name
salute
him
and
do
him
due
honour
.
Afterward
he
deliuered
me
certaine
costlie
gifts
to
present
the
prince
withall
:
as
namely
a
curious
paire
of
stirrups
double
gilt
and
finely
wrought
after
the
Morisco
fashion
,
which
cost
(
as
I
remember
)
fiue
and
twentie
ducates
;
and
a
rich
paire
of
spurs
of
fifteene
ducates
price
.
Moreouer
he
sent
two
bands
of
silke
artificially
entwined
with
gold
,
one
whereos
was
tawnie
,
and
the
other
blew
.
He
sent
also
a
most
excellent
booke
,
containing
the
liues
of
certaine
famous
and
deuout
men
of
Africa
,
togither
with
certaine
verses
in
the
commendation
of
the
prince
himselfe
.
Thus
being
furnished
with
the
things
aforesaid
,
I
set
foorth
on
my
iourney
,
taking
two
horsemen
to
accompanie
me
vnto
the
foresaid
mountaine
:
and
so
as
I
road
,
I
inuented
verses
in
the
princes
praise
.
At
our
first
arriuall
there
,
the
prince
with
a
great
traine
of
his
nobilitie
was
ridden
foorth
on
hunting
.
Who
being
enformed
of
my
comming
,
caused
me
foorthwith
to
be
sent
for
,
and
after
salutations
had
,
he
asked
me
how
my
vncle
did
:
I
answered
that
he
was
in
good
health
,
and
at
his
highnes
disposition
.
Then
he
commanded
me
to
be
carried
vnto
a
stately
lodging
,
where
,
after
my
tedious
iourney
,
I
might
repose
my selfe
,
till
he
were
returned
from
hunting
.
And
so
within
night
returning
from
his
game
,
he
sent
for
me
immediately
to
come
into
his
chamber
of
presence
:
where
,
hauing
first
performed
due
obeisance
vnto
him
,
I
presented
him
with
mine
vncles
gifts
:
which
(
as
I
suppose
)
were
most
acceptable
vnto
him
.
At
length
I
gaue
him
the
verses
which
mine
vncle
had
indited
:
which
he
presently
commanded
one
of
his
secretaries
to
read
.
And
as
he
was
expounding
each
sentence
and
worde
vnto
the
prince
,
it
was
a
woonder
to
see
,
what
exceeding
alacritie
and
ioy
appeered
in
his
countenaunce
.
The
verses
being
read
,
he
sate
downe
to
supper
,
willing
me
not
onely
to
be
his
guest
,
but
also
to
sit
next
vnto
his
person
.
His
table
was
furnished
with
mutton
,
veale
rosted
and
sodden
,
and
with
bread
baked
like
a
cake
.
Diuers
other
dishes
likewise
were
serued
in
,
but
I
remember
not
all
the
particulars
.
Supper
being
ended
,
I
greeted
the
prince
in
this
wise
:
Your
highnes
(
my
lord
)
hath
receiued
all
those
gifts
,
which
your
humble
seruant
mine
vncle
(
in
token
of
his
loiall
disposition
,
and
that
he
might
be
had
of
your
highnes
in
remembrance
)
hath
sent
you
:
Now
I
being
both
his
sisters
sonne
and
his
scholler
,
haue
nought
else
but
a
fewe
wordes
to
present
your
princelines
withall
:
may
it
please
you
therefore
to
accept
of
such
homely
The
excellent
wit
&
towardlinesse
of
Iohn
Leo
at
16.
yeers
of
age
.
stuffe
as
my
witte
could
sodainly
affoord
in
the
time
of
my
iourney
.
These
words
ended
,
I
began
to
read
my
verses
vnto
him
:
and
being
as
then
but
sixteene
yeeres
of
age
,
the
prince
gaue
right
ioyfull
and
diligent
eare
vnto
me
;
and
whatsoeuer
he
vnderstood
not
sufficiently
,
he
woulde
cause
it
to
be
〈◊〉
.
Now
being
wearie
with
his
hunting
,
and
perceiuing
the
night
to
be
farre
spent
,
he
wished
all
of
vs
to
goe
to
bed
.
Early
the
next
morning
I
was
sent
for
,
to
a
stately
breakefast
,
after
the
conclusion
whereof
,
he
caused
an
hundreth
ducates
to
be
deliuered
me
for
a
present
vnto
my
vncle
,
togither
with
three
slaues
,
which
should
attend
vpon
him
in
his
iourney
.
But
on
me
he
bestowed
fiftie
ducates
and
a
good
horse
;
and
to
each
of
my
two
seruants
he
gaue
ten
ducates
:
giuing
mine
vncle
to
vnderstande
,
that
his
meane
gift
which
he
bestowed
,
was
sent
not
in
regard
of
his
woorthy
presents
,
but
for
a
recompence
of
his
excellent
verses
.
For
as
touching
mine
vncles
gifts
,
he
saide
he
woulde
deferre
the
requitall
thereof
till
his
returne
from
Tombuto
,
what
time
he
would
more
fully
manifest
his
good
will
towards
him
.
Then
commanding
one
of
his
secretaries
to
direct
vs
on
our
way
,
&
most
courteously
bidding
vs
farewell
;
he
told
vs
that
the
same
day
he
was
going
to
make
an
assault
vpon
his
enimies
.
And
so
departing
from
him
,
I
returned
to
mine
vncle
.
Thus
much
I
thought
good
to
set
downe
,
for
to
shewe
,
that
euen
Africa
is
not
vtterly
destitute
of
curteous
and
bountifull
persons
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Tensita
.
TEnsita
is
a
part
of
Atlas
,
beginning
westward
from
the
mountaine
last
before
mentioned
,
eastward
extending
to
mount
Dedes
,
and
southward
bordering
vpon
the
desert
of
Dara
.
This
mountaine
is
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
hauing
moe
then
fiftie
castles
about
it
,
the
wals
whereof
are
built
of
lime
and
rough
stone
:
and
by
reason
of
the
southerly
situation
it
is
euer
almost
destitute
of
raine
.
All
the
said
castles
stand
not
far
from
the
riuer
of
Dara
,
some
being
three
,
and
some
fower
miles
distant
there
from
.
The
greatest
prince
in
all
this
region
hath
vnder
his
command
well
nigh
fifteene
hundreth
horsemen
,
and
about
so
many
footemen
as
the
prince
of
Tenueues
before
named
.
And
albeit
these
two
princes
are
most
neerely
conioined
in
bloud
,
yet
can
neither
of
them
refraine
from
most
cruel
wars
against
the
other
.
It
is
a
woonder
to
see
,
what
plentie
of
dates
this
mountaine
affoordeth
:
the
inhabitants
giue
themselues
partly
to
husbandry
,
and
partly
to
traffike
.
Barly
they
haue
in
great
abundance
:
but
of
other
graine
and
of
flesh
their
scarcitie
is
incredible
:
for
that
region
hath
no
flockes
nor
droues
at
all
.
The
prince
of
this
mountaine
commonly
receiueth
for
yeerly
tribute
twentie
thousand
peeces
of
golde
:
euery
of
which
peeces
containeth
not
so
much
by
one
third
part
,
as
an
Italian
ducate
.
There
hath
alwaies
beene
so
great
amitie
betweene
the
king
of
Fez
and
this
prince
,
that
either
often
sendeth
rich
gifts
vnto
other
.
My selfe
(
I
remember
)
once
saw
A
most
stately
and
rich
present
.
a
most
magnificent
gift
presented
to
the
saide
king
in
the
name
of
this
prince
,
to
wit
,
fiftie
men
slaues
,
and
fiftie
women
slaues
brought
out
of
the
land
of
Negros
,
tenne
eunuches
,
twelue
camels
,
one
Giraffa
,
sixteene
ciuet-cats
,
one
pound
of
ciuet
,
a
pound
of
amber
,
and
almost
sixe
hundreth
skins
of
a
certaine
beast
called
by
them
Elamt
,
whereof
they
make
shieldes
,
〈◊〉
skin
being
woorth
at
Fez
,
eight
ducates
;
twentie
of
the
men
slaues
cost
twentie
ducates
a
peece
,
and
so
did
fifteene
of
the
women
slaues
;
euery
〈◊〉
was
valued
at
fortie
,
euery
camell
at
fiftie
,
and
euery
ciuet-cat
at
two
hundreth
ducates
:
and
a
pound
of
ciuet
and
amber
is
solde
at
Fez
for
threescore
〈◊〉
.
Besides
these
were
sent
diuers
other
particulars
,
which
for
breuities
sake
I
omit
.
I
my selfe
was
in
presence
when
these
gifts
were
offred
to
the
king
:
the
princes
ambassadour
was
a
Negro
borne
,
being
grosse
and
of
a
〈◊〉
stature
,
and
for
his
speech
and
behauiour
most
barbarous
:
this
fellow
deliuered
a
letter
vnto
the
king
,
which
was
most
absurdly
and
rudely
penned
:
but
the
Oration
which
he
made
in
the
behalfe
of
his
prince
was
well
woorse
;
so
that
at
the
pronouncing
thereof
the
king
and
all
that
were
in
presence
could
hardly
〈◊〉
from
laughter
,
but
were
faine
to
hold
their
hands
and
garments
before
their
faces
,
least
they
should
haue
seemed
too
vnciuile
.
Howbeit
his
oration
being
ended
,
the
king
caused
him
to
be
most
honorablie
entertained
by
the
priest
of
the
chiefe
temple
;
with
whom
himselfe
and
all
his
company
hauing
remained
foureteene
daies
,
were
at
length
by
the
kings
liberalitie
frankely
and
freely
dismissed
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Gogideme
.
NEere
vnto
the
foresaid
mountaiue
standeth
another
called
Gogideme
.
This
mountaine
is
inhabited
only
vpon
the
north
part
therof
:
but
the
south
side
is
vtterly
destitute
of
inhabitants
:
the
reason
whereof
they
affirme
to
be
,
because
that
when
[
](A05331-e15230-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Read
of
this
Abraham
before
in
the
description
of
the
citie
of
Maroco
.
Abraham
king
of
Maroco
was
vanquished
and
expelled
out
of
his
kingdome
by
his
disciple
Elmaheli
,
he
fled
vnto
this
mountaine
.
The
inhabitants
mooued
with
the
kings
distresse
endeuoured
(
though
to
small
purpose
)
all
that
they
could
,
to
succour
him
:
whereof
his
disciple
Elmaheli
was
no
sooner
enformed
;
but
comming
with
an
huge
armie
and
with
great
furie
vpon
them
,
he
destroyed
all
their
mansions
and
villages
,
and
the
inhabitants
he
partly
put
to
flight
,
and
partly
to
the
sword
.
And
those
which
now
remaine
there
are
most
base
,
beggerly
and
slauish
people
:
Howbeit
they
sell
some
quantitie
of
oyle
and
barley
:
neither
indeed
will
their
soyle
affoorde
any
other
commodities
.
They
haue
plentie
of
goates
and
mules
;
but
their
mules
and
horses
are
but
of
meane
stature
.
The
situation
and
qualitie
of
this
mountaine
will
not
suffer
the
inhabitants
to
be
liberall
.
Of
the
two
mountaines
called
Teseuon
.
TEseuon
consisteth
of
two
mountaines
standing
together
,
beginning
westward
from
Gogideme
,
&
ending
at
the
mountaine
of
Tagodast
.
The
inhabitants
are
oppressed
with
extreme
pouerty
:
for
their
ground
will
yeelde
nothing
but
barley
and
mill
.
Forth
of
this
mountaine
springeth
a
certaine
riuer
,
which
runneth
through
most
pleasant
fields
.
But
because
the
mountainers
neuer
descend
into
the
same
fields
,
hence
it
is
that
the
Arabians
onely
enioy
that
riuer
.
To
haue
said
thus
much
of
these
may
suffice
:
now
let
vs
come
vnto
the
description
of
Tedles
.
A
description
of
the
region
of
Tedles
.
THE
small
region
of
Tedles
beginneth
westward
at
the
riuer
of
Guadelhabid
,
and
stretcheth
to
that
part
of
the
great
riuer
Ommirabih
where
Guadelhabid
taketh
his
beginning
;
southward
it
bordereth
vpon
Atlas
,
and
northward
it
extendeth
vnto
that
place
where
Guadelhabid
falleth
into
Ommirabih
.
This
region
is
in
a
manner
three
square
:
for
the
said
two
riuers
springing
out
of
Atlas
run
northward
,
till
approching
by
little
and
little
,
they
meet
all
in
one
.
Of
Tefza
the
principall
towne
in
Tedles
TEfza
the
chiefe
towne
of
all
Tedles
,
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
side
of
mount
Atlas
,
some
fiue
miles
from
the
plaine
.
The
towne
wals
are
built
of
most
excellent
marble
,
which
is
called
in
their
language
Tefza
,
and
hereupon
the
towne
was
so
called
likewise
.
Heere
doe
reside
most
rich
merchants
of
all
sorts
:
of
Iewes
here
are
two
hundred
families
,
who
exercise
merchandise
and
diuers
other
trades
.
And
here
you
shall
finde
many
outlandish
merchants
which
buy
from
hence
certaine
blacke
mantles
with
hoods
,
commonly
called
Ilbernus
:
of
these
there
are
great
numbers
both
in
Ilbernus
.
Italy
and
Spaine
.
Neither
are
there
in
Fez
any
kinde
of
wares
,
which
are
not
heere
to
be
bought
:
if
any
merchant
will
exchange
his
wares
for
other
,
hee
may
the
sooner
be
dispatched
:
for
the
townesmen
are
furnished
with
diuers
kindes
of
merchandise
,
as
namely
with
slaues
,
horses
,
woad
,
leather
,
and
such
like
:
whereas
if
the
forreiners
were
desirous
to
sell
their
wares
for
ready
money
,
they
should
neuer
attaine
to
the
value
of
them
.
They
haue
golden
coine
without
any
image
or
superscription
:
their
apparell
is
decent
:
and
their
women
are
beautifull
and
of
good
behauiour
.
In
this
towne
are
diuers
Mahumetan
temples
,
and
many
priests
and
iudges
.
Their
common-wealth
was
woont
alwaies
to
be
most
prosperous
and
well-gouerned
;
but
degenerating
from
better
to
woorse
,
they
were
afterward
so
turmoyled
with
dissensions
and
wars
,
that
certaine
being
expelled
hence
,
came
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
,
humbly
beseeching
him
that
by
force
he
would
restore
them
to
their
natiue
countrey
,
conditionally
that
all
matters
wel
succeeding
on
their
side
,
they
should
deliuer
the
towne
vnto
the
king
.
This
condition
was
accepted
,
and
the
king
hauing
a
thousand
braue
horsemen
readie
to
doe
the
feat
,
ioyned
fiue
hundred
horse
,
and
two
hundred
gunners
on
horsebacke
vnto
them
.
Moreouer
he
wrote
vnto
certaine
Arabians
(
which
are
commonly
called
Zuair
,
and
haue
almost
fower
thousand
horesemen
at
commaund
)
that
,
if
need
so
required
,
they
would
come
in
,
and
ayde
his
troupes
.
Ouer
the
saide
armie
the
king
appointed
as
captaine
one
Ezzeranghi
,
a
most
valiant
and
redoubted
warriour
.
Who
hauing
pitched
his
tents
neere
vnto
the
towne
,
began
presently
to
giue
the
townesmen
an
assault
.
But
when
he
had
done
his
best
,
the
warlike
citizens
easily
gaue
him
the
repulse
.
Moreouer
the
Arabians
called
Benigeber
were
comming
with
fiue
thousand
horsemen
to
succour
the
towne
.
Which
so
soone
as
Captaine
Ezzeranghi
was
aduertised
of
,
he
raised
his
siege
,
and
went
suddenly
to
meete
with
the
foresaid
Arabians
;
whom
after
he
had
discomfited
in
three
daies
,
he
then
safely
returned
to
lay
new
siege
.
The
citizens
seeing
themselues
cut
off
from
all
hope
of
the
Arabians
ayde
,
began
seriously
to
treat
of
peace
with
the
enemie
;
which
the
easlier
to
obtaine
,
they
promised
to
defray
all
the
kings
charges
layde
out
in
this
expedition
,
and
to
pay
him
for
yeerly
tribute
moe
then
ten
thousand
ducates
:
howbeit
with
this
prouiso
,
that
they
for
whose
cause
the
king
had
sent
the
said
armie
,
if
they
entred
the
towne
,
should
bee
secluded
from
all
Magistracie
and
gouernment
.
But
they
hearing
of
these
conditions
,
spake
vnto
the
Captaine
in
manner
following
:
Sir
,
if
it
shall
please
you
to
restore
vs
vnto
our
former
dignitie
and
state
,
we
will
procure
you
aboue
an
hundreth
thousand
ducates
.
Neither
is
there
cause
why
any
man
should
feare
any
iniurie
or
violence
;
for
we
protest
vnto
you
that
no
man
shall
be
a
farthing
endamaged
by
vs
:
onely
we
will
exact
at
our
aduersaries
handes
the
reuenues
of
our
possessions
which
they
haue
these
three
yeeres
vniustly
detained
from
vs
.
The
summe
whereof
will
amount
vnto
thirtie
thousand
ducates
,
all
which
we
are
most
willing
to
bestow
vpon
you
,
in
regard
of
those
labours
which
you
haue
vndergone
for
our
sakes
.
Moreouer
the
reuenues
of
the
whole
region
shall
bee
yours
,
which
will
come
to
twentie
thousand
ducates
.
And
the
Iewes
tribute
shall
yeeld
you
ten
thousand
more
.
Vpon
these
speeches
the
Captaine
returned
answere
vnto
the
citizens
,
that
his
master
the
king
of
Fez
had
most
faithfully
promised
those
which
mooued
him
vnto
this
warre
,
that
he
would
neuer
forsake
them
till
they
had
attained
their
harts
desire
:
for
which
cause
he
was
more
willing
to
haue
them
gouerne
,
then
the
townesmen
which
were
now
in
possession
,
and
that
for
many
reasons
:
wherefore
(
saith
he
)
if
you
be
determined
to
yeelde
vnto
the
king
,
assure
your selues
,
that
no
inconuenience
shall
light
vpon
you
:
but
if
you
will
to
the
ende
remaine
peruerse
and
obstinate
,
be
yee
assured
also
,
that
the
king
will
deale
most
extremely
with
you
.
This
message
was
no
sooner
knowen
vnto
the
people
,
but
foorthwith
they
began
to
be
distracted
into
diuers
factions
:
some
there
were
which
stood
for
the
king
,
and
others
chose
rather
manfully
to
fight
it
out
,
then
that
the
king
should
be
admitted
:
insomuch
that
the
whole
citie
resounded
with
brawlings
,
quarels
,
and
contentions
.
This
tumult
came
at
length
by
spies
vnto
the
Captaines
eare
,
who
presently
caused
halfe
his
forces
to
take
armes
;
and
by
their
meanes
in
three
howers
space
he
wan
the
citie
with
little
slaughter
on
his
part
.
For
those
townesmen
that
fauoured
the
king
,
did
what
they
could
on
the
inside
,
to
set
open
the
gates
,
and
so
did
the
assailants
on
the
outside
,
neither
did
any
resist
their
attempts
,
by
reason
of
the
foresaid
ciuill
dissensions
.
Whereupon
Captaine
Ezzeranghi
entring
the
citie
,
caused
the
kings
colours
to
be
aduanced
in
the
market-place
,
and
vpon
the
wals
,
charging
his
horsemen
to
range
about
the
citie
,
that
no
citizens
might
escape
by
flight
;
and
last
of
all
made
a
proclamation
vnto
all
his
souldiers
,
that
they
should
not
vpon
paine
of
death
offer
any
iniurie
vnto
the
townesmen
.
Then
he
caused
all
the
chieftaines
of
the
contrarie
faction
to
be
brought
prisoners
vnto
him
:
to
whom
he
threatned
captiuitie
and
thraldome
,
till
they
should
disburse
so
much
as
the
king
had
spent
in
that
expedition
:
the
totall
summe
was
twelue
thousand
ducates
,
which
the
wiues
and
kinsfolkes
of
the
captiues
presently
payde
.
Neither
could
they
yet
obtaine
their
libertie
:
for
the
exiles
,
for
whose
cause
the
king
had
sent
that
armie
,
demaunded
restitution
of
all
their
goods
,
which
the
other
had
for
certaine
yeeres
detained
from
them
.
The
captiues
therfore
were
committed
that
night
,
&
the
next
morning
lawyers
&
atturnies
came
to
plead
on
both
sides
before
a
iudge
&
the
captaine
.
Howbeit
after
a
great
deale
of
tedious
fending
and
proouing
,
hauing
concluded
nothing
at
all
,
the
captaine
was
so
weary
,
that
he
left
them
,
and
went
to
supper
.
Afterward
he
caused
the
captiues
to
be
brought
foorth
,
wishing
them
to
pay
the
sums
demaunded
;
for
(
saith
he
)
If
you
come
before
the
king
of
Fez
he
wil
make
you
to
disburse
more
then
twise
the
value
.
At
which
words
being
terrified
,
they
wrote
vnto
their
wiues
,
if
they
woulde
euer
see
them
aliue
,
to
procure
them
money
by
some
meanes
.
Eight
daies
after
,
the
women
brought
as
many
golde
rings
,
bracelets
,
and
other
such
iewels
,
as
were
valued
at
eight
and
twenty
thousand
ducates
:
for
they
had
rather
bestowe
these
for
the
ransome
of
their
husbandes
,
then
to
reueale
their
great
wealth
;
bringing
foorth
all
their
costly
ornaments
,
as
if
their
money
had
beene
quite
exhaust
.
When
therefore
the
king
and
the
exiles
were
fully
satisfied
,
insomuch
that
nothing
seemed
nowe
to
let
the
said
captiues
from
libertie
,
the
captaine
spake
vnto
them
in
this
wise
:
Sirs
,
I
haue
signified
(
though
vnwillingly
)
vnto
my
master
the
king
all
matters
which
haue
here
passed
betweene
vs
:
for
I
dare
by
no
meanes
release
you
,
till
the
kings
letters
authorize
me
so
to
do
:
Howbeit
,
I
wish
you
to
be
of
good
cheere
;
for
sithens
you
haue
honestly
restored
to
euery
man
his
owne
,
there
is
no
doubt
but
your selues
shall
shortly
be
set
at
libertie
.
The
same
night
the
captaine
A
notable
and
effectuall
practise
to
wring
more
money
out
of
the
〈◊〉
purses
.
called
a
friend
of
his
,
whose
counsell
he
founde
oftentimes
to
take
good
effect
,
and
asked
him
by
what
meanes
he
might
without
suspicion
of
guile
or
trechery
,
wring
any
more
sums
of
money
from
them
.
Whereunto
his
friend
replied
:
make
them
beleeue
(
quoth
he
)
that
you
are
willed
by
the
kings
letters
to
put
them
all
to
death
:
howbeit
,
that
you
will
not
,
for
pitties
sake
,
deale
so
extremely
with
innocent
persons
:
but
that
you
will
send
them
to
Fez
to
receiue
punishment
or
pardon
at
the
kings
pleasure
.
Heereupon
the
kings
letters
were
counterfeited
,
which
the
day
following
the
captaine
with
a
lamentable
voice
published
vnto
his
two
&
forty
prisoners
.
My
friends
(
quoth
he
)
so
it
is
,
that
the
king
hauing
receiued
some
sinister
and
wrong
information
,
that
you
should
go
about
to
make
a
conspiracie
:
most
firmely
enioineth
me
by
these
his
letters
,
to
put
each
one
of
you
to
death
:
which
,
though
it
be
ful
sore
against
my
wil
,
yet
needs
I
must
obey
my
prince
,
if
I
wil
not
wittingly
runne
vpon
mine
owne
destruction
.
And
then
shedding
some
fained
teares
:
sithens
(
quoth
he
)
we
can
vpon
the
sodaine
deuise
no
better
course
,
I
thinke
it
most
conuenient
to
send
you
with
a
troupe
of
horsemen
vnto
the
king
,
whose
wrath
(
perhaps
)
you
may
by
some
meanes
pacifie
.
Whereupon
the
captiues
growing
farre
more
pensiue
then
before
,
recommended
themselues
vnto
God
,
and
to
the
captaines
clemencie
,
requesting
his
good
will
with
many
teares
.
And
foorthwith
there
comes
one
in
among
them
,
who
aduised
them
to
make
vp
some
round
summe
of
money
,
&
therewithall
to
trie
if
they
could
appease
the
king
:
and
seemed
likewise
to
intreat
the
captaine
,
that
he
woulde
by
his
letters
stande
their
friend
to
the
king
.
Heereunto
the
captiues
agreeing
with
one
voice
,
promised
that
they
would
giue
the
king
a
great
summe
of
golde
,
and
woulde
most
liberally
reward
the
captaine
.
The
captaine
,
as
though
forsooth
this
condition
much
disliked
him
,
asked
at
length
how
much
golde
they
ment
to
send
the
king
:
one
saide
that
he
woulde
disburse
a
thousand
ducates
,
another
,
that
he
would
giue
fiue
hundreth
,
and
the
third
,
eight
hundreth
.
But
the
captaine
making
shew
,
that
this
was
too
little
,
saide
that
he
was
loth
to
make
signification
of
so
small
a
summe
vnto
the
king
:
howbeit
,
better
it
were
for
you
(
quoth
the
captaine
)
to
goe
your selues
vnto
the
king
,
with
whom
perhaps
you
shall
make
a
more
reasonable
end
then
you
are
aware
of
.
But
they
fearing
hard
measure
,
if
they
should
be
caried
vnto
the
king
,
were
far
more
importunate
with
the
captaine
then
before
,
that
he
would
(
to
his
power
)
be
good
vnto
them
.
Wherefore
the
captaine
(
as
though
at
length
he
had
been
mooued
with
their
vehement
petitions
)
spake
vnto
them
in
this
wise
:
heere
are
of
you
(
my
masters
)
two
and
fortie
noble
&
rich
persons
;
if
you
wil
promise
two
thousand
ducates
a
man
,
I
will
signifie
on
your
behalfe
so
much
vnto
the
king
,
and
so
I
hope
to
perswade
him
:
but
if
this
condition
will
not
please
him
,
then
must
I
needs
send
you
to
make
answere
for
your selues
.
This
condition
they
al
of
them
yeelded
vnto
;
howbeit
with
this
prouizo
,
that
euery
man
should
giue
proportionablie
to
his
wealth
,
and
that
they
might
haue
for
the
paiment
fifteene
daies
of
farther
respite
.
The
twelfth
day
following
the
captaine
fained
,
that
he
had
receiued
letters
from
his
king
,
signifying
that
the
king
,
for
his
sake
,
woulde
shewe
the
captiues
more
fauour
.
The
fifteenth
day
he
had
paied
vnto
him
eightie
fowre
thousand
ducates
:
neither
coulde
he
sufficiently
woonder
,
how
in
so
small
a
towne
,
among
two
and
fortie
inhabitants
onely
,
such
huge
sums
of
money
could
so
readily
be
found
.
Then
wrote
he
vnto
his
king
how
all
matters
had
passed
,
demaunding
what
should
be
done
with
the
gold
.
And
so
the
king
foorthwith
sent
two
of
his
secretaries
with
an
hundreth
horsemen
to
fetch
home
the
saide
golde
vnto
Fez.
The
captiues
being
restored
to
their
libertie
,
presented
the
saide
captaine
with
horses
,
slaues
,
ciuet
,
and
such
like
gifts
,
to
the
value
of
two
thousand
ducates
:
giuing
him
exceeding
thankes
for
their
libertie
;
and
requesting
him
to
take
their
presents
in
good
woorth
:
for
,
had
not
their
treasure
beene
quite
consumed
,
they
saide
,
they
woulde
haue
bestowed
farre
greater
vpon
him
.
Wherefore
,
from
thence
forward
,
that
region
was
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
,
and
to
the
foresaide
captaine
Ezzeranghi
,
till
he
was
trecherously
slaine
by
certaine
Arabians
.
Moreouer
the
king
receiueth
from
that
citie
,
euen
at
this
present
twentie
thousand
ducats
for
yeerely
tribute
.
I
haue
in
this
narration
beene
indeede
somewhat
more
large
then
neede
required
;
howbeit
perhaps
I
did
it
,
bicause
I
my selfe
was
present
in
al
the
expedition
,
and
was
an
earnest
mediatour
for
the
citizens
release
:
neither
saw
I
euer
(
to
my
remembrance
)
a
greater
masse
of
golde
,
then
was
by
subtiltie
drawne
from
them
.
Yea
the
king
himselfe
neuer
had
so
much
golde
in
his
coffers
at
one
time
:
for
albeit
he
receiueth
yeerely
thirtie
thousand
ducates
,
yet
neuer
could
he
store
himselfe
with
so
much
at
once
,
nor
his
father
before
him
.
These
things
were
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
915.
and
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1506.
And
here
I
would
haue
the
reader
to
consider
,
what
mans
industrie
and
wit
may
doe
in
getting
of
money
.
The
King
maruelled
much
at
this
summe
of
gold
;
but
afterward
he
had
greater
cause
to
woonder
at
the
wealth
of
a
certaine
Iewe
,
who
payed
more
out
of
his
owne
purse
,
then
all
the
forenamed
captiues
.
And
his
riches
were
the
cause
,
why
the
King
of
Fez
exacted
fiftie
thousand
ducates
from
the
Iewes
,
for
that
they
were
said
to
fauour
his
enimies
.
I
my selfe
bare
him
companie
,
that
went
in
the
Kings
name
to
receiue
the
sayd
summe
of
the
Iewes
.
Of
Efza
a
towne
of
Tedles
.
THis
towne
standeth
two
miles
from
Tefza
,
and
containeth
almost
sixe
hundred
families
,
being
built
vpon
a
little
hill
at
the
foote
of
mount
Atlas
.
In
this
towne
are
many
Moores
and
Iewes
which
make
[
](A05331-e15480-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Or
〈◊〉
,
being
a
kinde
of
garment
.
Bernussi
.
The
naturall
inhabitants
are
either
artificers
or
husbandmen
,
being
in
subiection
to
the
gouernours
of
Tefza
.
Their
women
are
excellent
spinsters
,
wherby
they
are
saide
to
gaine
more
then
the
men
of
the
towne
.
Betweene
this
towne
and
Tefza
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
called
by
the
inhabitants
Derne
,
which
springing
foorth
of
Atlas
,
runneth
through
the
plaines
of
that
region
,
till
at
length
it
falleth
into
Ommirabih
.
On
both
sides
of
this
riuer
are
most
beautifull
and
large
gardens
replenished
with
all
kindes
of
fruits
.
The
townesmen
here
are
most
liberall
and
curteous
people
,
and
will
permit
merchants
trauelling
that
way
freely
to
come
into
their
gardens
,
and
to
take
thence
as
much
fruit
as
they
will
.
No
people
are
slower
then
they
for
paying
of
debts
:
for
albeit
the
merchants
lay
downe
readie
money
to
receiue
Bernussi
within
three
moneths
,
yet
are
they
sometime
faine
to
stay
an
whole
yeere
.
My selfe
was
in
this
towne
when
the
kings
armie
lay
in
Tedles
,
and
then
they
yeelded
themselues
to
the
king
.
The
second
time
that
the
kings
generall
of
his
armie
came
vnto
them
,
they
presented
him
with
fifteen
horses
,
and
as
many
slaues
.
Afterward
they
gaue
him
fifteene
kine
,
in
token
that
they
were
the
kings
loyall
subiects
.
Of
Cithiteb
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
an
high
hill
,
almost
tenne
miles
westward
of
Efza
.
Well
peopled
it
is
with
rich
and
noble
inhabitants
:
and
because
Bernussi
be
here
made
,
it
is
alwaies
frequented
with
*
Ilbernus
.
store
of
merchants
.
The
top
of
the
said
high
mountaine
is
continually
couered
with
snow
.
The
fields
adioyning
to
the
towne
are
full
of
vineyards
and
gardens
,
which
bring
foorth
fruits
in
such
abundance
,
that
they
are
nought
woorth
to
be
sold
in
the
markets
.
Their
women
are
beautifull
,
fat
,
and
comely
,
being
adorned
with
much
siluer
:
their
eies
and
haire
are
of
a
browne
colour
.
The
inhabitants
are
so
stout
and
sullen
,
that
when
the
other
cities
of
Tedles
yeelded
to
the
king
,
they
alone
stood
out
:
yea
they
assembled
vnder
a
certaine
captaine
an
armie
of
a
thousand
horsemen
,
wherewith
they
so
vexed
the
kings
forces
,
that
he
was
often
in
danger
to
haue
lost
al
that
which
he
had
got
.
Afterward
the
king
sent
his
brother
with
a
new
supply
of
men
to
aide
his
lieutenant
;
but
he
also
had
hard
successe
.
At
length
hauing
maintained
warre
for
three
whole
yeeres
,
the
king
commanded
a
Iew
to
poyson
their
captaine
.
And
so
at
last
the
king
wan
this
citie
also
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
921.
Of
the
towne
of
Eithiad
.
THis
towne
being
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
a
certaine
hillocke
of
Atlas
,
containeth
to
the
number
of
three
hundred
families
.
It
is
walled
onely
towards
the
mountaine
;
for
that
side
which
respecteth
the
plaine
,
is
so
fortified
naturally
with
rocks
,
that
it
seemeth
not
to
need
any
wall
.
From
Cithiteb
it
is
about
twelue
miles
distant
.
The
temple
of
this
towne
is
little
,
but
most
beautiful
,
round
about
which
runneth
a
mote
,
in
manner
of
a
riuer
.
The
inhabitants
are
wealthie
and
noble
:
they
haue
great
store
of
merchants
,
as
well
townesmen
as
forreiners
.
The
Iewes
here
inhabiting
are
partly
artificers
and
partly
merchants
.
About
this
towne
are
abundance
of
springs
,
which
breaking
through
the
rocks
of
the
mountaine
,
doe
fall
into
a
certaine
riuer
vnder
the
towne
.
On
both
sides
of
this
riuer
are
diuers
gardens
woonderfully
replenished
with
grapes
,
figs
,
and
walnuts
.
Likewise
the
sides
of
the
mountaine
it selfe
abound
greatly
with
oliues
.
Their
women
are
no
lesse
beautifull
then
ciuil
,
being
adorned
with
much
siluer
,
and
wearing
fine
rings
vpon
their
fingers
and
armes
.
Their
vallie
is
fruitfull
for
all
kinde
of
graine
,
but
their
hill
is
meete
onely
for
barly
,
and
for
goates-pasture
.
In
my
time
one
Raoman
Benguihazzan
vsurped
this
towne
,
and
enioied
it
to
his
dying
day
.
My selfe
was
once
entertained
by
a
priest
of
this
place
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
921.
Of
Seggheme
a
mountaine
of
Tedles
.
ALbeit
this
mountaine
standeth
much
southerly
,
yet
is
it
to
be
accounted
one
of
the
mountaines
of
Tedles
.
Westward
it
beginneth
from
the
mountaine
of
Tesauon
,
extending
it selfe
eastward
to
mount
Magran
,
from
whence
the
famous
riuer
of
Ommirabih
is
said
to
take
his
beginning
.
The
south
part
bordreth
vpon
mount
Dedes
.
The
inhabitants
are
said
originally
to
bee
descended
from
the
people
of
Zanaga
:
they
are
personable
,
cheerefull
,
valiant
,
and
warlike
people
.
Their
weapons
are
dartes
,
Turkish
swords
,
and
daggers
.
They
sling
stones
likewise
with
great
dexteritie
and
force
.
They
are
at
continuall
war
with
the
inhabitants
of
Tedles
,
insomuch
that
no
merchants
can
passe
that
way
without
publike
safe-conduct
,
and
without
great
expense
of
mony
.
Their
houses
are
so
homely
built
,
that
somtime
three
or
fower
roomes
are
contained
in
one
.
Of
goates
they
haue
great
abundance
,
as
likewise
of
mules
scarcely
so
big
as
asses
,
which
range
so
farre
into
the
forrest
to
seeke
their
foode
,
that
they
are
often
deuoured
of
lions
.
They
would
neuer
submit
themselues
to
any
prince
;
for
their
mountaine
is
so
rough
and
steepe
,
that
it
seemeth
almost
impregnable
.
In
my
time
the
same
captaine
which
had
woon
the
townes
of
Tedles
went
about
to
assaile
them
in
like
manner
.
Which
when
the
mountainers
vnderstood
,
assembling
a
great
armie
,
they
shrowded
themselues
in
a
certaine
part
of
the
mountaine
,
neere
which
they
knew
their
enemies
would
passe
.
And
so
soone
as
they
saw
all
the
enemies
horsemen
ascended
vp
the
hill
,
suddenly
rushing
foorth
,
they
gaue
them
the
onset
.
The
skirmish
was
not
so
long
as
bloodie
:
for
the
captaines
armie
being
too
weake
for
the
mountainers
,
could
neither
march
on
,
nor
retire
:
wherefore
they
were
constrained
to
fight
it
out
by
hand-blowes
:
many
of
them
with
their
horses
being
throwen
headlong
downe
the
rocks
,
were
miserably
crushed
in
peeces
:
the
residue
were
either
taken
or
slaine
,
so
that
I
thinke
scarce
one
man
of
them
escaped
.
But
of
all
others
the
captiues
were
most
miserable
:
for
the
mountainers
themselues
would
not
slay
them
,
but
deliuered
them
ouer
to
their
wiues
to
be
tormented
,
who
,
as
if
they
had
beene
she-tigres
or
lionesses
,
put
them
to
a
most
horrible
and
vile
death
.
From
thencefoorth
they
had
no
traffique
nor
familiaritie
with
the
people
of
Tedles
,
neither
seemed
they
greatly
to
stand
in
need
of
their
friendship
(
for
they
haue
great
store
of
barlie
,
of
cattell
,
and
of
sweet
fountaines
)
vnlesse
it
bee
for
that
they
are
excluded
from
all
trade
of
merchandize
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Magran
.
SOmwhat
beyond
the
foresaid
mountaine
of
Seggheme
standeth
mount
Magran
.
Southward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
region
of
Farcala
,
neere
vnto
the
Lybian
desert
:
westward
it
beginneth
at
Seggheme
,
and
extendeth
eastward
to
the
foote
of
mount
Dedes
.
It
is
continually
couered
with
snow
.
The
inhabitants
haue
such
abundance
of
small
and
great
cattell
that
they
cannot
long
remaine
in
one
place
together
.
They
build
their
houses
of
the
barke
of
certaine
trees
,
the
rooffe
whereof
dependeth
on
slender
sparres
,
fashioned
like
vnto
the
hoops
enuironing
the
lids
of
such
chests
or
trunks
,
as
the
women
of
Italie
,
when
they
trauell
,
carrie
vpon
their
mules
.
So
likewise
these
These
people
liue
like
the
Tartars
.
people
transport
their
whole
houses
vp
and
downe
by
the
strength
of
mules
,
till
they
haue
found
a
fit
place
of
aboad
;
where
,
so
soone
as
they
arriue
,
they
plant
their
said
houses
,
remaining
there
with
their
whole
families
,
so
long
as
they
haue
grasse
sufficient
to
feede
their
cattell
.
Howbeit
all
the
spring
time
they
settle
themselues
in
one
place
,
making
certaine
low
stables
or
cottages
,
&
〈◊〉
them
with
the
boughs
of
trees
,
which
serue
for
their
cattel
to
lie
in
a
nights
:
and
to
the
end
that
the
cold
may
not
pinch
them
ouermuch
,
they
kindle
certaine
huge
fires
neere
vnto
their
said
stables
,
wherupon
sometimes
the
winde
so
violently
driueth
the
fire
;
that
vnles
the
cattell
escape
by
flight
,
they
are
in
great
danger
to
be
consumed
:
and
as
their
houses
are
destitute
of
walles
,
so
are
their
〈◊〉
.
They
are
continually
molested
and
haunted
with
lions
and
woolues
.
In
their
apparell
and
customes
they
wholy
agree
with
the
foresaid
people
of
Seggheme
,
sauing
that
these
haue
houses
of
bark
and
wood
,
and
the
other
of
stone
.
I
my selfe
,
in
the
917.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
was
in
this
mountaine
,
as
I
trauelled
from
Dara
to
Fez.
A
description
of
mount
Dedes
.
THis
high
and
cold
mountaine
greatly
aboundeth
with
fountaines
and
woods
.
Westward
it
beginneth
at
mount
Magran
,
extending
thence
almost
as
far
as
the
mountaine
of
Adesan
;
and
southward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
plaines
of
Todga
.
The
length
thereof
is
almost
fowerscore
miles
.
Vpon
the
very
top
of
this
mountaine
there
was
a
citie
built
in
ancient
time
,
whereof
a
few
ruinous
monuments
are
to
be
seene
at
this
present
;
namely
certaine
walles
of
white
stone
,
wherein
are
diuers
letters
and
wordes
grauen
,
which
the
inhabitants
themselues
doe
not
vnderstand
.
Many
are
of
opinion
,
that
this
citie
was
built
long
agoe
by
the
Romans
:
howbeit
I
my selfe
could
neuer
finde
so
much
affirmed
by
any
African
writer
,
nor
yet
the
citie
it selfe
mentioned
.
Sauing
that
〈◊〉
Essacalli
in
a
certaine
storie
of
his
maketh
mention
of
Tedsi
,
which
he
saith
is
neere
vnto
Segelmesse
and
Dara
:
but
he
declareth
not
whether
it
bee
built
vpon
mount
Dedes
or
no.
Howbeit
for
mine
owne
part
I
thinke
it
to
be
the
very
same
:
for
there
is
no
other
citie
in
the
whole
region
.
The
inhabitants
of
Dedes
are
in
very
deede
most
base
people
;
of
whom
the
greater
part
dwell
in
caues
vnder
the
ground
:
their
foode
is
barly
and
Elhasid
,
that
is
to
say
,
barly
meale
sodden
with
water
,
and
salt
,
which
we
mentioned
before
in
our
description
of
Hea
:
For
heere
is
nothing
but
barly
to
be
had
.
Goates
and
asses
they
haue
in
great
abundance
.
The
caues
wherein
their
cattell
lodge
are
exceedingly
full
of
[
](A05331-e15680-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Salt-peter
.
Nitre
:
so
that
I
verily
thinke
if
this
mountaine
were
neer
vnto
Italy
,
the
saide
Nitre
woulde
yeerely
be
woorth
fiue
and
twentie
thousand
ducates
.
But
such
is
their
negligence
and
vnskilfulnes
,
that
they
are
vtterly
ignorant
to
what
purposes
Nitre
serueth
.
Their
garments
are
so
rude
,
that
they
scarce
couer
halfe
their
nakednes
.
Their
houses
are
very
loathsome
,
being
annoied
with
the
stinking
smell
of
their
goates
.
In
all
this
mountaine
you
shall
finde
neither
castle
nor
walled
towne
:
when
they
builde
an
house
,
they
pile
one
stone
vpon
another
without
any
morter
at
all
,
the
roofe
whereof
they
make
of
certaine
rubbish
,
like
as
they
doe
in
some
places
of
Sisa
and
Fabbriano
:
the
residue
(
as
we
haue
saide
)
do
inhabite
in
caues
,
neither
sawe
I
euer
,
to
my
remembrance
,
greater
swarmes
of
fleas
then
among
these
people
.
Moreouer
they
are
trecherous
and
strong
theeues
,
so
giuen
to
stealing
and
quarrelling
,
that
for
one
vnkinde
worde
they
wil
not
onely
contend
,
but
seeke
also
the
destruction
one
of
another
.
They
haue
neither
iudge
,
priest
,
nor
any
honest
gouernour
among
them
.
No
merchants
resort
vnto
them
:
for
being
giuen
to
continuall
idlenes
,
and
not
exercising
any
trades
or
handie-crafts
,
they
haue
nothing
meet
for
merchants
to
buy
.
If
any
merchant
bring
any
wares
into
their
region
,
vnlesse
he
be
safe
conducted
by
their
captaine
,
he
is
in
danger
to
be
robbed
of
altogither
.
And
if
the
wares
serue
not
for
their
owne
necessarie
vses
,
they
will
exact
one
fourth
part
of
them
for
custome
.
Their
women
are
most
forlorne
and
sluttish
,
going
more
beggerly
apparelled
then
the
men
.
So
continual
and
slauish
are
the
toiles
of
these
women
,
that
for
miserie
,
the
life
of
asses
is
not
comparable
to
theirs
.
And
,
to
be
briefe
,
neuer
was
I
so
wearie
of
any
place
in
all
Africa
,
as
I
was
of
this
:
howbeit
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
918.
being
commanded
by
one
,
to
whom
I
was
in
dutie
bound
,
to
trauell
vnto
Segelmesse
,
I
could
not
choose
but
come
this
way
.
IOHN
LEO
HIS
THIRD
BOOKE
OF
the
Historie
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
memorable
things
contained
therein
.
A
most
exact
description
of
the
kingdome
of
Fez.
THE
kingdome
of
Fez
beginneth
westward
at
the
famous
riuer
Ommirabih
,
and
extendeth
eastward
to
the
riuer
Muluia
;
northward
it
is
enclosed
partly
with
the
Ocean
,
and
partly
with
the
Mediterran
sea
.
The
said
kingdome
of
Fez
is
diuided
into
seuen
prouinces
;
to
wit
,
Temesna
,
the
territorie
of
Fez
,
Azgar
,
[
](A05331-e15750-b)*
*
*
Habat
.
Elhabet
,
Errif
,
Garet
,
and
[
](A05331-e15760-b)*
*
*
*
*
Chauz
or
Cheuz
.
Elchauz
:
euery
of
which
prouinces
had
in
olde
time
a
seuerall
gouernour
:
neither
indeed
hath
the
citie
of
Fez
alwaies
beene
the
kings
royall
seate
,
but
being
built
by
a
certaine
Mahumetan
apostata
,
was
gouerned
by
his
posteritie
almost
an
hundred
and
fiftie
yeeres
.
After
which
time
the
familie
of
Marin
got
the
vpper
hand
,
who
here
setling
their
aboad
,
were
the
first
that
euer
called
Fez
by
the
name
of
a
kingdome
:
the
reasons
why
they
did
so
,
we
will
declare
more
at
large
in
our
small
treatise
concerning
the
Mahumetan
religion
.
But
now
let
vs
as
briefly
as
we
may
,
describe
the
foresaid
seuen
prouinces
.
Of
Temesna
one
of
the
prouinces
of
Fez.
WEstward
it
beginneth
at
the
riuer
Ommirabih
,
and
stretcheth
to
the
riuer
Buragrag
eastward
;
the
south
frontire
thereof
bordereth
vpon
Atlas
,
and
the
north
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
.
It
is
all
ouer
a
plaine
countrie
,
containing
in
length
from
west
to
east
almost
fowerscore
miles
,
and
in
breadth
from
Atlas
to
the
Ocean
sea
about
threescore
.
This
prouince
hath
euer
almost
beene
the
principall
of
the
seuen
before
named
:
for
it
contained
to
the
number
of
fortie
great
townes
,
besides
three
hundred
castles
,
all
which
were
inhabited
by
Barbarian
Africans
.
In
the
323.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
this
prouince
was
by
a
certaine
heretike
against
the
Mahumetan
religion
called
Chemim
the
sonne
of
Mennal
freed
from
paying
of
tribute
.
This
bad
fellow
perswaded
the
people
A
dangerous
seducer
.
of
Fez
to
yeeld
no
tribute
nor
honour
vnto
their
prince
,
and
himselfe
he
professed
to
be
a
prophet
:
but
a
while
after
he
dealt
not
onely
in
matters
of
religion
,
but
in
commonwealth-affaires
also
.
At
length
waging
war
against
the
king
of
Fez
(
who
was
himselfe
then
warring
with
the
people
of
Zenete
)
it
so
befell
,
that
a
league
was
concluded
betweene
them
,
conditionally
that
Chemim
shoulde
enioy
Temesne
,
and
that
the
king
should
containe
himselfe
within
his
signiorie
of
Fez
,
so
that
from
thencefoorth
neither
should
molest
other
.
The
said
Chemim
gouerned
the
prouince
of
Temesne
about
fiue
and
thirtie
yeeres
:
and
his
successours
enioyed
it
almost
an
hundred
yeeres
after
his
decease
.
But
king
Ioseph
hauing
built
Maroco
,
went
about
to
bring
this
prouince
vnder
his
subiection
.
Whereupon
he
sent
sundry
Mahumetan
doctors
,
and
priestes
to
reclaime
the
gouernour
thereof
from
his
heresie
,
and
to
perswade
him
,
if
it
were
possible
,
to
yeelde
vnto
the
king
by
faire
meanes
.
Whereof
the
inhabitants
being
aduertised
,
they
consulted
with
a
certaine
kinsman
of
the
foresaid
gouernour
,
in
the
citie
called
Anfa
,
to
murther
the
king
of
Maroco
his
ambassadours
:
and
so
they
did
.
Soone
after
leuying
an
armie
of
fiftie
thousand
men
,
he
marched
towards
Maroco
,
intending
to
expell
thence
the
familie
of
Luntuna
,
and
Ioseph
their
king
.
King
Ioseph
hearing
of
this
newes
,
was
driuen
into
woonderfull
perplexitie
of
minde
.
Wherefore
preparing
an
huge
and
mighty
armie
,
he
staied
not
the
comming
of
his
enemies
:
but
on
the
sudden
within
three
daies
,
hauing
conducted
his
forces
ouer
the
riuer
of
Ommirabih
,
he
entred
Temesne
,
when
as
the
foresaid
fiftie
thousand
men
were
so
dismaied
at
the
kings
armie
,
that
they
all
passed
the
riuer
Buragrag
,
and
so
fled
into
Fez.
But
the
king
so
dispeopled
and
wasted
Temesne
,
that
without
all
remorse
he
put
both
man
,
woman
,
and
childe
to
the
sword
.
This
armie
remained
in
the
region
eight
daies
,
in
which
space
they
so
razed
and
demolished
all
the
towns
The
horrible
desolation
of
Temesne
.
and
cities
thereof
,
that
there
scarce
remaine
any
fragments
of
them
at
this
time
.
But
the
king
of
Fez
on
the
other
side
hearing
that
the
people
of
Temesne
were
come
into
his
dominions
,
made
a
truce
with
the
tribe
of
Zenete
,
and
bent
his
great
armie
against
the
said
Temesnites
.
And
at
length
hauing
found
them
halfe
famished
neere
vnto
the
riuer
of
Buragrag
,
he
so
stopped
their
passage
on
all
sides
,
that
they
were
constrained
to
run
vp
the
craggie
mountaines
and
thickets
.
At
last
being
enuironed
with
the
kings
forces
,
some
of
them
were
drowned
in
the
riuer
,
others
were
throwne
downe
headlong
from
the
rocks
,
and
the
residue
were
miserably
slaine
by
their
enemies
.
And
for
the
space
of
ten
moneths
there
was
such
hauock
made
among
the
Temesnites
,
that
a
sillie
remnant
of
them
was
left
aliue
.
But
king
Ioseph
prince
of
the
Luntunes
returned
foorthwith
to
Maroco
for
the
repairing
of
his
forces
,
to
the
end
he
might
bid
the
king
of
Fez
a
battell
.
Howbeit
Temesne
being
bereft
of
her
people
,
was
left
to
be
inhabited
of
wilde
beastes
.
Neither
had
that
prouince
any
new
colonie
,
or
supply
of
inhabitants
,
till
that
about
150.
yeeres
after
,
king
Mansor
returning
from
Tunis
,
brought
thence
certaine
Arabians
with
him
,
vnto
whom
he
gaue
the
possession
of
Temesne
.
And
these
Arabians
enioyed
the
said
prouince
for
fiftie
yeeres
,
till
such
time
as
king
Mansor
himselfe
was
expelled
out
of
his
kingdome
:
and
then
were
they
also
expolled
by
the
〈◊〉
,
and
were
brought
vnto
extreme
miserie
.
Afterward
the
kings
of
the
familie
of
Marin
bestowed
the
said
prouince
vpon
the
people
of
Zenete
and
Haoara
.
Hence
it
came
to
passe
that
the
said
people
of
Zenete
and
Haoara
were
alwaies
great
friends
vnto
the
Marin
familie
,
and
were
thought
to
haue
defended
them
from
the
furie
of
the
king
of
Maroco
.
From
which
time
they
haue
peaceably
enioyed
Maroco
,
&
now
they
are
growne
in
lesse
then
an
hundred
yeeres
so
mighty
,
that
they
stand
not
in
feare
of
the
king
of
Fez.
For
they
are
able
to
bring
threescore
thousand
horsemen
to
the
field
,
and
haue
two
hundred
castles
at
their
command
.
My selfe
had
great
familiaritie
and
acquaintance
with
them
,
and
therefore
I
will
not
sticke
to
record
all
memorable
things
which
I
sawe
among
them
.
Of
Anfa
a
towne
in
Temesna
.
THis
famous
towne
was
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
shore
,
northward
of
Atlas
sixtie
,
eastward
of
Azamursixtie
,
and
westward
of
Rebat
fortie
miles
.
The
citizens
thereof
were
most
ciuill
and
wealthie
people
:
the
fields
thereto
adioyning
are
exceeding
fruitfull
for
all
kinde
of
graine
:
neither
doe
I
thinke
,
that
any
towne
in
all
Africa
is
for
pleasant
situation
comparable
thereto
.
The
plaine
round
about
it
(
except
it
be
to
the
sea
northward
)
is
almost
fowerscore
miles
ouer
.
In
olde
time
it
was
fraught
with
stately
temples
,
rich
ware-houses
and
shops
,
and
beautifull
palaces
:
which
the
monuments
as
yet
remaining
doe
sufficiently
testifie
.
They
had
also
most
large
and
faire
gardens
,
out
of
which
they
gather
great
abundance
of
fruit
,
especially
of
melons
,
and
pome-citrons
euen
at
this
day
:
all
which
are
perfectly
ripe
by
mid-Aprill
.
So
that
the
inhabitants
vsually
carrie
their
fruits
vnto
Fez
,
by
reason
that
the
fruits
of
Fez
are
not
so
soone
ripe
.
Their
attire
is
trim
and
decent
,
and
they
haue
alwaies
had
great
traffique
with
the
Portugals
and
the
English
.
Likewise
they
haue
many
learned
men
among
English
traffique
.
them
.
Howbeit
two
reasons
are
alleaged
of
the
destruction
of
this
towne
:
first
,
because
they
were
too
desirous
of
libertie
;
and
secondly
,
for
that
they
maintained
certaine
gallies
or
foistes
,
wherewith
they
daily
molested
the
Island
of
Cadiz
and
the
Portugals
.
Wherefore
at
length
the
king
of
Portugall
sent
a
strong
nauie
of
fiftie
sailes
against
them
,
the
consideration
whereof
strooke
such
terrour
into
the
inhabitants
,
that
taking
such
goods
as
they
could
carrie
,
fome
fled
to
Rebat
,
and
others
to
Sela
,
and
so
their
towne
was
Anfa
destroied
by
the
Portugals
.
left
naked
to
the
spoile
of
the
enemie
.
But
the
Generall
of
the
kings
fleete
not
knowing
that
they
were
fled
,
put
all
his
forces
into
battell-array
.
Howbeit
after
a
while
being
aduertised
how
the
matter
stood
,
he
conducted
his
soldiers
into
the
citie
,
which
in
one
daies
space
they
so
defaced
,
burning
the
houses
,
and
laying
the
walles
euen
with
the
ground
,
that
vntill
this
day
it
hath
remained
voide
of
inhabitants
.
My selfe
being
in
this
place
,
I
coulde
scarce
refraine
from
teares
,
when
I
seriously
beheld
the
miserable
ruine
of
so
many
faire
buildings
and
temples
,
whereof
some
monuments
are
as
yet
extant
.
The
gardens
,
albeit
they
bring
foorth
some
fruit
,
yet
are
they
more
like
vnto
woods
then
gardens
.
And
now
by
reason
of
the
king
of
Fez
his
weaknes
and
default
,
this
place
is
fallen
into
so
great
desolation
,
as
I
vtterly
despaire
,
that
euer
it
will
be
inhabited
againe
.
Of
the
citie
of
Mansora
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
Mansor
the
king
and
Mahumetan
patriarke
of
Maroco
vpon
a
most
pleasant
field
,
being
two
miles
distant
from
the
Ocean
sea
,
fiue
and
twenty
miles
from
Rebat
,
and
fiue
and
twenty
from
Anfa
:
it
contained
in
times
past
almost
fower
hundred
families
.
By
this
towne
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
called
by
the
inhabitants
Guir
,
on
both
sides
whereof
in
times
past
were
most
beautifull
gardens
,
but
now
there
are
no
fruits
at
all
to
be
found
.
For
vpon
the
surprize
of
Anfa
the
inhabitants
of
this
towne
fled
vnto
Rebat
,
fearing
least
they
also
should
haue
beene
assailed
by
the
Portugals
.
Howbeit
the
wall
of
this
towne
remained
all
whole
,
sauing
that
the
Arabians
of
Temesne
brake
it
downe
in
certaine
places
.
This
towne
also
I
could
not
but
with
great
sorrow
behold
;
for
easie
it
were
to
repaire
it
,
and
to
furnish
it
with
new
inhabitants
,
if
but
a
few
houses
were
saued
from
ruine
:
but
such
is
the
malice
of
the
Arabians
thereabout
,
that
they
will
suffer
no
people
to
reedifie
the
same
.
Of
the
towne
of
Nuchaila
.
THis
little
towne
called
by
the
inhabitants
Nuchaila
,
is
built
almost
in
the
midst
of
Temesne
.
It
was
well
peopled
in
times
past
,
and
then
(
so
long
as
the
foresaid
Chemim
and
his
successours
bare
rule
)
there
were
fayres
yeerely
holden
,
whereunto
all
the
inhabitants
of
Temesne
vsually
resorted
.
The
townesmen
were
exceeding
wealthie
;
for
the
plaines
stretched
almost
fortie
miles
right
foorth
from
each
side
of
their
towne
.
I
red
(
as
I
remember
)
in
a
certaine
storie
,
that
they
had
in
times
past
such
abundance
of
corne
,
as
they
would
giue
a
camels
burthen
thereof
for
a
paire
of
shooes
.
Howbeit
when
king
Ioseph
of
Maroco
destroied
all
the
region
of
Temesne
,
this
towne
was
laid
waste
,
together
with
all
the
townes
and
cities
of
the
same
prouince
:
howbeit
at
this
day
certaine
fragments
thereof
are
to
be
seene
,
namely
some
partes
of
the
towne-wall
,
and
one
high
steeple
Here
also
in
the
large
and
pleasant
gardens
you
may
see
many
vines
and
trees
planted
,
which
are
so
olde
and
sear
,
that
they
yeeld
no
fruit
at
all
.
The
husbandmen
thereabout
hauing
finished
their
daies
worke
,
doe
lay
vp
their
rakes
and
other
such
countrey
tooles
in
the
said
steeple
:
supposing
that
by
vertue
of
a
certaine
holy
man
which
lieth
there
buried
,
no
man
dare
remooue
them
out
of
their
place
.
I
haue
often
seene
this
towne
,
as
I
trauelled
betweene
Rebat
and
Maroco
.
Of
the
towne
of
Adendum
.
THis
towne
was
situate
among
certaine
hils
almost
fifteene
miles
from
mount
Atlas
,
and
fiue
and
twenty
miles
from
the
towne
last
named
.
The
soile
neere
vnto
it
is
exceeding
fruitfull
for
corne
.
Not
farre
from
the
walles
thereof
springeth
a
certaine
riuer
;
about
which
place
are
great
store
of
palme-trees
,
being
but
low
and
fruitles
.
The
said
riuer
runneth
through
certaine
vallies
and
rocks
,
where
iron-mines
are
said
to
haue
beene
of
olde
,
Iron-mines
.
which
may
seeme
probable
,
for
the
earth
resembleth
iron
in
colour
,
and
the
water
in
taste
.
Here
is
nothing
now
to
be
seene
but
a
few
reliques
and
ruines
of
houses
and
pillers
ouerturned
:
for
this
towne
was
destroied
at
the
same
time
,
when
the
whole
region
(
as
is
before
declared
)
was
laid
waste
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tegeget
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
banke
of
Ommirabih
neere
vnto
the
high
way
leading
from
Tedles
to
Fez.
It
had
in
times
past
ciuill
and
wealthie
inhabitants
,
for
it
stood
not
far
from
the
way
which
passeth
ouer
Atlas
into
the
deserts
:
hither
were
all
the
neighbour-people
woont
to
resort
for
to
buy
corne
.
And
albeit
this
towne
was
razed
with
all
the
residue
in
the
prouince
,
yet
is
it
after
long
time
replanted
with
inhabitants
.
Hither
doe
all
the
Arabians
of
Temesne
bring
their
corne
,
deliuering
it
vnto
the
townesmen
,
to
be
kept
.
Here
are
no
shops
nor
artificers
at
all
,
but
certaine
smithes
onely
,
which
make
tooles
of
husbandrie
and
horseshooes
.
The
townesmen
are
streightly
inioyned
by
the
Arabians
their
gouernours
courteously
to
entertaine
all
strangers
trauelling
that
way
.
Merchants
pay
custome
there
for
each
packe
of
cloth
to
the
value
of
a
riall
:
but
for
their
horses
and
camels
they
giue
no
custome
at
all
.
Often
trauelling
the
same
way
,
the
towne
did
not
greatly
please
me
,
albeit
the
grounds
about
it
doe
plentifully
abound
with
cattell
and
corne
.
Of
the
towne
called
Hain
Elchallu
.
THis
small
towne
standeth
on
a
certaine
plaine
not
farre
from
Mansora
.
About
this
towne
grow
abundance
of
wilde
cherrie-trees
,
and
of
other
thornie
trees
,
bearing
a
round
fruit
not
much
vnlike
to
a
cherrie
,
sauing
that
it
is
yellow
:
it
is
somewhat
bigger
then
an
oliue
,
and
the
vtter
part
thereof
is
nothing
pleasant
in
taste
.
The
fennes
and
marishes
on
all
sides
of
the
towne
are
full
of
snailes
and
toades
:
which
toades
(
as
the
inhabitants
told
me
)
are
no
whit
venemous
.
There
is
not
any
African
historiographer
which
maketh
description
or
mention
of
this
towne
;
because
perhaps
they
thought
it
not
woorthie
the
name
of
a
towne
,
or
for
that
it
was
long
since
destroied
.
Neither
was
it
(
as
I
coniecture
)
built
by
the
Africans
,
but
either
by
the
Romans
or
some
other
forren
people
.
A
description
of
Rebat
.
THis
great
and
famous
towne
was
built
not
many
yeeres
agoe
by
Mansor
the
king
and
Mahumetan
patriarke
of
Maroco
,
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
shore
.
By
the
east
part
thereof
runneth
the
riuer
Buragrag
beforenamed
,
and
there
dischargeth
itselfe
into
the
maine
sea
.
The
rocke
whereon
this
towne
is
founded
,
standeth
neere
the
mouth
of
the
said
riuer
,
hauing
the
riuer
on
the
one
side
thereof
,
and
the
sea
on
the
other
.
In
building
it
much
resembleth
Maroco
,
which
Mansor
willed
to
be
a
paterne
thereof
:
sauing
that
it
is
a
great
deale
lesse
then
Maroco
.
Some
say
that
the
reason
why
it
was
built
Why
king
Mansor
built
the
towne
of
Rebat
vpon
the
seashore
.
in
this
place
was
,
for
that
king
Mansor
possessing
the
kingdome
of
Granada
and
a
great
part
of
Spaine
besides
,
and
considering
that
Maroco
was
so
far
distant
,
that
if
any
warres
should
happen
,
he
could
not
in
due
time
send
new
forces
against
the
Christians
,
determined
to
built
some
towne
vpon
the
sea
shore
,
where
he
and
his
armie
might
remaine
all
summer
time
.
Some
perswaded
him
to
lie
with
his
armie
at
Ceuta
a
towne
vpon
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
:
but
Mansor
seeing
that
by
reason
of
the
barrennes
of
the
soile
he
could
not
maintaine
an
armie
royall
for
three
or
fower
monethes
in
the
towne
of
Ceuta
,
he
caused
this
towne
of
Rebat
in
short
space
to
be
erected
,
and
to
be
exceedingly
beautified
with
temples
,
colleges
,
pallaces
,
shops
,
stoues
,
hospitals
,
and
other
such
buildings
.
Moreouer
on
the
south
side
without
the
walles
he
caused
a
certaine
high
tower
like
the
tower
of
Maroco
to
be
built
,
sauing
that
the
winding
staires
were
somewhat
larger
,
insomuch
that
three
horses
a-breast
might
well
ascend
vp
:
from
the
top
whereof
they
might
escrie
ships
an
huge
way
into
the
sea
.
So
exceeding
is
the
height
thereof
,
that
I
thinke
there
is
no
where
the
like
building
to
be
found
.
And
to
the
end
that
greater
store
of
artificers
and
merchants
might
hither
from
all
places
make
resort
,
he
appointed
,
that
euery
man
according
to
his
trade
and
occupation
should
be
allowed
a
yeerely
stipend
:
whereupon
it
came
to
passe
that
within
few
moneths
,
this
towne
was
better
stored
with
all
kinde
of
artificers
and
merchants
,
then
any
towne
in
all
Africa
besides
,
and
that
because
they
reaped
a
double
gaine
.
Here
vsed
Mansor
with
his
troupes
to
remaine
from
the
beginning
of
April
,
till
the
moneth
of
September
.
And
whereas
there
was
no
water
about
the
towne
meete
to
be
drunke
(
for
the
sea
runneth
ten
miles
vp
into
the
riuer
,
and
the
wels
likewise
yeeld
salt-water
)
Mansor
caused
fresh
water
to
be
conueied
to
the
towne
by
certaine
pipes
and
chanels
,
from
a
fountaine
twelue
miles
distant
.
And
the
conducts
hee
made
arch-wise
,
like
vnto
the
conducts
of
Italie
in
many
places
and
specially
at
Rome
.
So
soone
as
the
said
water-conduct
was
deriued
vnto
the
towne
,
he
caused
it
to
be
diuided
and
sent
into
sundry
places
,
as
namely
some
pipes
thereof
to
the
temples
,
some
to
the
colleges
,
others
to
the
kings
pallace
,
and
the
rest
into
the
common
cesternes
,
throughout
all
the
citie
.
Howbeit
after
king
Mansors
death
this
towne
grew
into
such
decay
,
that
scarce
the
tenth
part
thereof
now
remaineth
.
The
said
notable
water-conduct
was
vtterly
fordone
in
the
warre
betweene
the
Marin-familie
and
the
successors
of
Mansor
,
and
the
famous
towne
it selfe
decaieth
euery
day
more
then
other
:
so
that
at
this
present
a
man
shall
hardly
finde
throughout
the
whole
towne
fower
hundred
houses
inhabited
;
the
residue
are
changed
into
fields
and
vineyards
.
About
the
foresaid
rocke
are
two
or
three
streetes
with
a
few
shops
in
them
,
which
notwithstanding
are
in
continuall
danger
,
for
they
daily
feare
least
the
Portugals
should
surprize
them
;
because
the
Portugall
king
often
determined
their
ouerthrow
,
thinking
if
he
might
but
win
Rebat
,
that
the
kingdome
of
Fez
were
easie
to
be
conquered
.
Howbeit
the
king
of
Fez
hath
alwaies
endeuoured
to
defend
the
same
,
and
strongly
to
fortifie
it
against
the
enemie
.
But
comparing
their
former
felicitie
with
the
present
alteration
whereinto
they
are
fallen
,
I
cannot
but
greatly
lament
their
miserable
case
.
Of
the
towne
of
Sella
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
riuer
of
Buragrag
,
two
miles
from
the
Ocean
sea
,
and
a
mile
from
Rebat
:
from
whence
,
if
a
man
will
goe
to
the
sea
,
he
must
take
Rebat
in
his
way
.
This
towne
also
was
destroied
when
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
king
Ioseph
spoyled
all
Temesne
.
Howbeit
afterward
king
Mansor
caused
it
to
be
walled
round
about
,
and
built
therein
a
faire
hospitall
and
a
stately
pallace
,
into
which
his
soldiers
might
at
their
pleasure
retire
themselues
.
Here
likewise
he
erected
a
most
beautifull
temple
,
Where
king
Mansor
was
buried
.
wherein
he
caused
a
goodly
hall
or
chappell
to
be
set
vp
,
which
was
curiously
carued
,
and
had
many
faire
windowes
about
it
:
and
in
this
hall
(
when
he
perceiued
death
to
seaze
vpon
him
)
he
commanded
his
subiects
to
〈◊〉
his
corpes
.
Which
being
done
,
they
laid
one
marble-stone
ouer
his
head
and
another
ouer
his
feete
,
whereon
sundry
〈◊〉
were
engrauen
.
After
him
likewise
all
the
honourable
personages
of
his
familie
and
blood
,
chose
to
be
interred
in
the
same
hall
.
And
so
did
the
kings
of
the
Marin-familie
,
so
long
as
their
commonwealth
prospered
.
My selfe
on
a
time
entring
the
same
hall
,
beheld
there
thirtie
monuments
of
noble
and
great
personages
,
and
diligently
wrote
out
all
their
epitaphes
:
this
I
did
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
915.
Of
the
towne
called
Mader
Avuam
.
THis
towne
was
built
in
my
time
by
a
certaine
treasurer
of
the
Mahumetan
prelate
Abdulmumen
,
vpon
the
banke
of
Buragrag
.
Some
say
it
Iron-mines
.
was
built
onely
for
yron-mines
.
From
mount
Atlas
it
is
ten
miles
distant
,
and
betweene
it
and
Atlas
are
certaine
shadie
woods
,
full
of
terrible
lions
Lyons
,
and
leopards
.
and
leopards
.
So
long
as
the
founders
posteritie
gouerned
this
towne
,
it
was
well
stored
with
people
,
with
faire
buildings
,
temples
,
innes
,
and
hospitals
:
but
,
the
Marin-familie
preuailing
daily
more
and
more
,
it
was
at
length
by
them
vtterly
destroyed
.
Part
of
the
inhabitants
were
slaine
,
and
part
taken
prisoners
,
and
the
residue
by
flight
escaped
to
Sella
.
The
king
of
Maroco
sent
forces
to
succour
the
towne
,
but
the
citizens
being
vanquished
before
their
comming
,
were
constrained
to
forsake
the
same
,
and
to
yeeld
it
vnto
the
Marin-soldiers
.
Howbeit
the
king
of
Maroco
his
captaine
comming
vpon
the
Marin-captaine
with
round
forces
,
draue
him
and
his
foorth
of
the
towne
,
and
tooke
possession
thereof
himselfe
.
At
length
the
king
of
the
said
Marin-familie
marching
with
an
armie
against
Maroco
,
tooke
his
iourney
by
this
towne
:
whereat
the
gouernour
being
dismaied
left
the
said
towne
,
and
before
the
kings
approch
betooke
himselfe
to
flight
.
But
the
king
putting
all
the
inhabitants
to
the
sword
,
left
the
towne
it selfe
so
defaced
and
desolate
,
that
by
report
it
hath
lien
dispeopled
euer
since
.
The
towne-walles
and
certaine
steeples
are
as
yet
to
be
seene
.
My selfe
sawe
this
towne
,
when
the
king
of
Fez
hauing
concluded
a
league
with
his
cozen
,
tooke
his
iourney
to
Thagia
,
for
to
visite
the
sepulchre
of
one
accounted
in
his
life
time
an
holy
man
,
called
[
](A05331-e16410-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Sidi
.
Seudi
Buhasa
:
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
920.
Anno
Dom.
1511.
Of
Thagia
a
towne
in
Temesne
.
THis
little
towne
was
in
ancient
time
built
by
the
Africans
among
certaine
hils
of
mount
Atlas
.
The
aire
is
extreme
cold
,
and
the
soile
drie
and
barren
.
It
is
enuironed
with
huge
woods
,
which
are
full
of
lions
and
other
cruell
beasts
.
Their
scarcitie
of
corne
is
sufficiently
counteruailed
with
abundance
of
hony
and
goates
.
Ciuilitie
they
haue
none
at
all
;
and
their
houses
are
most
rudely
built
;
for
they
haue
no
vse
of
lime
.
In
this
towne
is
visited
the
sepulchre
of
one
accounted
for
a
most
holy
man
,
who
is
reported
in
the
time
of
Habdulmumen
,
to
haue
wrought
many
miracles
against
the
furie
of
lions
:
whereupon
he
was
reputed
by
many
as
a
great
prophet
.
I
remember
that
I
read
in
a
certaine
writer
of
that
nation
commonly
called
Etdedle
,
a
whole
catalogue
of
the
said
holy
mans
miracles
:
which
whether
he
wrought
by
arte-magique
,
or
by
some
woonderfull
secret
of
nature
,
it
is
altogether
vncertaine
.
Howbeit
his
great
fame
and
honorable
reputation
is
the
cause
why
this
towne
is
so
well
fraught
with
inhabitants
.
The
people
of
Fez
hauing
solemnized
their
passeouer
,
doe
yeerely
frequent
this
towne
to
visite
the
said
sepulchre
,
and
that
in
such
huge
numbers
,
that
you
woulde
esteeme
them
to
be
an
whole
armie
;
for
euery
principall
man
carries
his
tent
and
other
necessaries
with
him
:
and
so
you
shall
see
sometime
an
hundred
tents
and
sometimes
more
in
that
company
.
Fifteene
daies
they
are
in
performing
of
that
pilgrimage
;
for
Thagia
standeth
from
Fez
almost
an
hundred
and
twenty
miles
.
My selfe
being
a
childe
,
went
thither
on
pilgrimage
oftentimes
with
my
father
;
as
likewise
being
growne
vp
to
mans
estate
,
I
repaired
thither
as
often
,
making
supplication
to
be
deliuered
from
the
danger
of
lions
.
Of
the
towne
of
Zarfa
.
THis
towne
the
Africans
built
vpon
a
certaine
large
and
beautifull
plaine
,
watred
with
pleasant
riuers
,
and
christall-fountaines
.
About
the
ancient
bounds
of
this
citie
you
may
behold
many
shrubs
,
together
with
fig-trees
and
cherrie-trees
,
which
beare
such
cherries
,
as
at
Rome
are
called
Marene
.
Here
are
likewise
certaine
thornie
trees
,
the
fruit
whereof
is
by
the
Arabians
called
Rabich
.
Somewhat
lesser
it
is
then
a
cherie
,
resembling
in
taste
the
fruit
called
Ziziphum
,
or
Iujuba
.
Here
also
may
you
finde
great
store
of
wilde
palme-trees
,
from
which
they
gather
a
kinde
of
fruit
like
vnto
Spanish
oliues
,
sauing
that
the
stone
or
〈◊〉
is
greater
,
and
not
so
pleasant
in
taste
:
before
they
be
ripe
they
taste
somewhat
like
vnto
Seruice-apples
.
This
towne
was
destroied
when
king
Ioseph
aforesaid
spoiled
Temesne
.
Now
the
Arabians
of
Temesne
sow
their
〈◊〉
where
the
towne
stood
,
with
great
increase
and
gaine
.
Of
the
territorie
of
Fez.
WEstward
it
beginneth
at
the
riuer
of
Buragrag
,
and
stretcheth
eastward
to
the
riuer
called
Inauen
:
which
two
riuers
are
almost
a
hundred
miles
distant
asunder
.
Northward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
riuer
[
](A05331-e16560-b)*
*
*
*
Or
〈◊〉
.
Subu
,
and
southward
vpon
the
foote
of
Atlas
.
The
soile
both
for
abundance
of
corne
,
fruits
,
and
cattell
seemeth
to
be
inferiour
to
none
other
.
Within
this
prouince
you
shall
see
many
exceeding
great
villages
,
which
may
for
their
bignes
,
not
vnfitly
be
called
townes
.
The
plaines
of
this
region
haue
beene
so
wasted
with
former
warres
,
that
very
few
inhabitants
dwell
vpon
them
,
except
certaine
poore
silly
Arabians
,
some
of
whom
haue
ground
of
their
owne
,
and
some
possesse
ground
in
common
,
either
with
the
citizens
of
Fez
,
or
with
the
king
,
or
else
with
some
〈◊〉
.
But
the
fields
of
Sala
and
Mecnase
are
tilled
by
other
Arabians
of
better
account
,
and
are
for
the
most
part
subiect
to
the
king
of
Fez.
And
now
those
things
which
are
woorthy
of
memorie
in
this
region
let
vs
here
make
report
of
.
Of
the
citie
or
towne
of
Sella
.
THis
most
ancient
citie
was
built
by
the
Romans
,
and
sacked
by
the
Gothes
.
And
afterward
when
the
Mahumetans
armie
were
entred
into
the
same
region
,
the
Gothes
gaue
it
to
Tarick
one
of
their
captaines
.
But
euer
since
the
time
that
Fez
was
built
,
Sela
hath
beene
subiect
vnto
the
gouernours
thereof
.
It
is
most
pleasantly
situate
vpon
the
Ocean
sea-shore
,
within
halfe
a
mile
of
Rebat
;
both
which
townes
the
riuer
Buragrag
separateth
insunder
.
The
buildings
of
this
towne
carrie
a
shew
of
antiquitie
on
them
,
being
artificially
carued
and
stately
supported
with
marble
pillers
.
Their
temples
are
most
beautifull
,
and
their
shops
are
built
vnder
large
porches
.
And
at
the
end
of
euery
row
of
shops
is
an
arch
,
which
(
as
they
say
)
is
to
diuide
one
occupation
from
another
.
And
(
to
say
all
in
a
word
)
here
is
nothing
wanting
,
which
may
be
required
either
in
a
most
honourable
citie
,
or
in
a
flourishing
commonwealth
.
Moreouer
hither
resort
all
kinde
of
merchants
both
Christians
and
others
.
Here
the
Genowaies
,
Venetians
,
English
traffique
.
English
,
and
lowe
Dutch
vsed
to
traffique
.
In
the
670.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
this
towne
was
surprized
by
a
certaine
Castilian
captaine
,
the
inhabitants
Sela
woon
by
a
captaine
of
Castilia
,
and
recouered
forthwith
by
the
king
of
Fez.
being
put
to
flight
,
and
the
Christians
enioying
the
citie
.
And
when
they
had
kept
it
ten
daies
,
being
on
the
sudden
assailed
by
Iacob
the
first
king
of
the
Marin-familie
(
who
could
not
,
they
thought
,
surcease
his
warre
against
Tremizen
)
they
were
put
to
the
woorst
,
the
greater
part
being
slaine
,
and
the
residue
put
to
flight
.
From
thencefoorth
that
prince
fauoured
of
all
his
subiects
,
enioyed
the
kingdome
,
after
whom
lineally
succeeded
those
of
his
owne
race
and
blood
.
And
albeit
this
towne
was
in
so
few
daies
recouered
from
the
enemie
;
yet
a
worlde
it
was
to
see
,
what
a
woonderfull
alteration
both
of
the
houses
and
of
the
state
of
gouernment
happened
.
Many
houses
of
this
towne
are
left
desolate
,
especially
neere
the
towne-walles
:
which
,
albeit
they
are
most
stately
and
curiously
built
,
yet
no
man
there
is
that
will
inhabit
them
.
The
grounds
adioyning
vpon
this
towne
are
sandie
:
neither
are
they
fit
for
corne
,
but
for
cotton-wooll
in
diuers
places
very
profitable
.
The
inhabitants
,
diuers
of
them
,
doe
weaue
most
excellent
cotton
.
Here
likewise
are
made
very
fine
combes
,
which
are
sold
in
all
the
kingdome
of
Fez
,
for
the
region
thereabout
yeeldeth
great
plenty
of
box
,
and
of
other
wood
fit
for
the
same
purpose
.
Their
gouernment
is
very
orderly
and
discreet
euen
vntill
this
day
:
for
they
haue
most
learned
iudges
,
vmpires
,
and
deciders
of
doubtfull
cases
in
lawe
.
This
towne
is
frequented
by
many
rich
merchants
of
Genoa
,
whom
the
king
hath
alwaies
had
in
great
regarde
;
because
he
gaineth
much
yeerely
by
their
traffique
.
The
said
merchants
haue
their
aboad
and
diet
,
partly
here
at
Sella
,
and
partly
at
Fez
:
from
both
which
towns
they
mutually
helpe
the
traffique
one
of
another
.
These
Genowaies
I
found
in
their
affaires
of
merchandize
to
be
exceeding
liberall
:
for
they
will
spend
frankly
to
get
a
courtiers
fauour
,
not
so
much
for
their
owne
priuate
gaine
,
as
to
be
esteemed
bountifull
by
strangers
.
In
my
time
there
was
an
honorable
A
merchant
of
Genoa
.
gentleman
of
Genoa
in
the
king
of
Fez
his
court
,
called
Messer
Thomaso
di
Marino
,
a
man
both
learned
&
wise
,
&
highly
reputed
of
by
the
king
.
This
man
hauing
continued
almost
thirtie
yeeres
in
the
Fessan
court
,
hee
there
deceased
,
and
requesting
on
his
death-bed
to
haue
his
corpes
interred
at
Genoa
,
the
king
commanded
the
same
to
be
transported
thither
.
After
his
decease
he
left
many
sonnes
in
the
Fessan
kings
court
,
who
all
of
them
prooued
rich
,
and
were
greatly
fauoured
by
the
king
.
Of
the
towne
called
Fanzara
.
THis
towne
being
not
very
large
,
was
built
by
a
certaine
king
of
the
familie
called
Muachidin
,
on
a
beautiful
plaine
almost
ten
miles
from
Sella
.
The
soile
there
abouts
yeeldeth
corne
in
great
plenty
.
Without
the
towne
walles
are
very
many
cleere
fountaines
'
and
wels
,
which
Albuchesen
The
occasion
of
the
bloody
wars
mooued
by
Sahid
.
the
king
of
Fez
caused
there
to
be
digged
.
In
the
time
of
Abusaid
the
last
king
of
the
Marin-familie
,
his
cozen
called
Sahid
was
taken
by
Habdilla
the
king
of
Granada
;
whereupon
by
letters
he
requested
his
cozen
the
king
of
Fez
to
send
him
a
certaine
summe
of
money
required
by
the
king
of
Granada
for
his
ransome
.
Which
when
the
〈◊〉
king
refused
to
yeeld
vnto
,
Habdilla
restored
his
prisoner
to
libertie
,
and
sent
him
towardes
Fez
to
destroy
both
the
citie
and
the
king
.
Afterward
Sahid
,
with
the
helpe
of
certaine
The
citie
of
Fez
besieged
for
seuen
yeeres
together
.
wilde
Arabians
besieged
Fez
for
seuen
yeeres
together
;
in
which
space
most
of
the
townes
,
villages
,
and
hamlets
throughout
the
whole
kingdome
were
destroied
.
But
at
length
such
a
pestilence
inuaded
Sahids
forces
,
that
himselfe
,
with
a
great
part
of
his
armie
,
in
the
[
](A05331-e16780-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
This
number
(
as
I
take
it
)
should
rather
be
819.
918.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
died
thereof
.
Howbeit
those
desolate
townes
neuer
receiued
from
thencefoorth
any
new
inhabitants
,
especially
Fanzara
,
which
was
giuen
to
certaine
Arabian
captaines
,
that
came
to
assist
Sahid
.
Of
the
towne
of
Mahmora
.
THis
towne
was
built
vpon
the
mouth
of
the
great
riuer
Subu
by
a
certaine
king
of
the
Muachidin-familie
,
being
almost
halfe
a
mile
distant
from
the
sea
,
and
about
twelue
miles
from
Sella
.
The
places
neere
vnto
it
are
sandie
and
barren
.
It
was
built
(
they
say
)
of
purpose
to
keepe
the
enemies
from
entring
the
mouth
of
the
said
riuer
.
Not
farre
from
this
towne
standeth
a
mighty
wood
;
the
trees
whereof
beare
a
kinde
of
nuts
or
acornes
about
the
bignes
of
Damascen-plums
,
being
sweeter
in
taste
then
chestnuts
.
Of
which
nuts
certaine
Arabians
,
dwelling
neer
vnto
the
place
,
conuey
Most
cruell
and
〈◊〉
lions
.
great
plenty
vnto
the
citie
of
Fez
,
and
reape
much
gaine
thereby
:
howbeit
in
going
to
gather
this
fruit
,
vnles
they
take
good
heede
vnto
themselues
,
they
are
in
great
danger
of
the
most
cruell
and
deuouring
lions
in
all
Africa
,
which
there
oftentimes
doe
seaze
vpon
them
.
This
towne
a
hundred
and
twenty
yeeres
agoe
was
razed
in
the
foresaid
warre
of
Sahid
against
the
king
of
Fez
,
nothing
but
a
few
ruines
thereof
remaining
,
whereby
it
appeereth
The
Portugals
attempting
to
build
a
forte
within
the
mouth
of
the
riuer
Subu
,
defeated
of
their
purpose
,
and
slaine
.
to
haue
beene
of
no
great
bignes
.
In
the
921.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
the
king
of
Portugal
sent
an
armie
to
build
a
forte
in
the
foresaid
riuers
mouth
;
which
they
accordingly
attempted
to
doe
.
But
hauing
laide
the
foundations
,
and
reared
the
walles
a
good
height
,
the
king
of
Fez
his
brother
so
defeated
them
of
their
purpose
,
that
he
slue
of
them
in
one
night
almost
three
thousand
in
maner
following
:
on
a
certaine
morning
before
sun-rise
three
thousand
Portugals
marching
towards
the
king
of
Fez
his
campe
,
determined
to
bring
thence
all
the
ordinance
and
field-peeces
vnto
their
new-erected
for
t
:
howbeit
most
rashly
and
inconsiderately
,
themselues
being
but
three
thousand
,
and
the
kings
armie
containing
fiftie
thousand
footemen
,
and
fower
thousand
horsemen
.
And
yet
the
Portugals
hoped
so
slyly
and
closely
to
performe
this
attempt
,
that
before
the
Moores
were
ready
to
pursue
them
,
they
should
conuey
all
their
ordinance
vnto
the
forte
which
was
two
miles
distant
.
The
Moores
which
kept
the
ordinance
being
seuen
thousand
men
,
were
all
asleepe
when
the
Portugals
came
:
whereupon
the
Portugals
had
so
good
successe
,
that
they
had
carried
the
ordinance
almost
a
mile
,
before
the
enemie
was
aware
thereof
.
But
at
last
,
some
rumour
or
alarme
being
giuen
in
the
Moores
campe
,
they
all
betooke
themselues
to
armes
,
and
fiercely
pursued
the
Portugals
,
who
likewise
arranged
their
whole
companie
into
battell-array
.
And
albeit
the
enemie
enuironed
them
on
all
sides
;
yet
they
made
such
stout
and
valiant
resistance
,
that
they
had
all
escaped
to
their
forte
in
safetie
,
had
not
certaine
villains
in
the
king
of
Fez
his
armie
cried
out
amaine
in
the
Portugall
toong
:
Hold
your
hands
(
fellow
soldiers
)
and
throw
downe
your
weapons
,
for
the
kings
brother
will
make
a
truce
.
Which
the
Portugals
no
sooner
yeelded
vnto
,
but
the
sauage
and
merciles
Moores
put
them
euery
one
to
the
sword
,
sauing
three
or
fower
onely
,
who
were
saued
at
the
request
of
a
captaine
in
the
Moores
campe
.
The
Portugals
Generall
being
sore
dismaied
with
this
slaughter
(
for
thereby
he
had
lost
all
his
principal
soldiers
)
craued
aide
of
a
certaine
other
captaine
,
which
by
chance
arriued
there
with
a
mightie
fleete
,
being
accompanied
with
a
great
number
of
noblemen
and
gentlemen
.
Howbeit
,
he
was
so
hindred
by
the
Moores
(
who
daily
did
him
all
the
villanie
they
could
,
and
sunke
diuers
of
his
ships
)
that
he
was
not
able
to
performe
that
which
he
desired
.
In
the
meane
space
newes
was
published
among
the
Portugals
,
of
the
king
of
Spaines
death
;
whereupon
diuers
ships
were
prouided
,
and
many
Portugals
were
sent
into
Spaine
.
Likewise
the
captaine
of
the
said
new
forte
seeing
himselfe
destitute
of
all
succour
,
leauing
the
forte
,
embarked
himselfe
in
those
ships
,
which
then
lay
vpon
the
riuer
.
But
the
greatest
part
of
the
fleete
were
cast
away
at
their
setting
foorth
,
and
the
residue
,
to
escape
the
Moores
shot
,
ran
themselues
a-ground
on
the
flats
and
shouldes
of
the
riuer
,
and
were
there
miserably
slaine
by
the
Moores
.
Many
of
their
ships
were
here
burnt
,
and
their
ordinance
sunke
in
the
sea
.
So
many
Christians
were
then
slaine
(
some
say
A
lamentable
slaughter
.
to
the
number
of
ten
thousand
)
that
the
sea-water
in
that
place
continued
red
with
their
blood
for
three
daies
after
.
Soone
after
the
Moores
tooke
vp
fower
hundred
great
peeces
of
brasse
out
of
the
sea
.
This
huge
calamitie
befell
the
Portugals
for
two
causes
:
first
because
they
would
with
such
a
small
number
make
so
rash
an
assault
vpon
the
Moores
,
whom
they
knew
to
be
so
strong
:
and
secondly
,
whereas
the
Portugall-king
might
at
his
owne
cost
haue
sent
another
fleete
for
a
new
supply
,
he
would
by
no
meanes
ioine
his
owne
people
and
Castilians
together
.
For
by
reason
of
the
diuersitie
of
counsels
and
of
people
,
there
is
nothing
more
pernicious
then
for
an
armie
to
consist
of
two
nations
:
yea
the
Moores
certainly
expect
the
vpper
hand
,
when
they
are
to
fight
with
such
an
armie
.
I
my selfe
was
present
in
the
foresaid
Iohn
Leo
his
〈◊〉
to
〈◊〉
.
warre
,
and
sawe
each
particular
accident
,
a
little
before
my
voyage
to
Constantinople
.
Of
the
towne
called
Tefelfelt
.
THis
towne
is
situate
vpon
a
sandie
plaine
,
fifteene
miles
eastward
of
Mahmora
,
and
almost
twelue
miles
from
the
Ocean
sea
.
Not
far
from
this
towne
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
,
on
both
sides
whereof
are
thicke
woods
haunted
with
more
fierce
and
cruell
lions
,
then
the
last
before
mentioned
,
Fierce
lions
.
which
greatly
endanger
those
trauellers
that
haue
occasion
to
lodge
thereabout
.
Without
this
towne
,
vpon
the
high
way
to
Fez
,
standeth
an
olde
cottage
with
a
plancherd
chamber
therein
:
here
the
mulettiers
and
carriers
are
said
to
take
vp
their
lodging
;
but
the
doore
of
the
said
cottage
they
stop
as
sure
as
they
can
with
boughes
and
thornes
.
Some
affirme
,
that
this
rotten
cottage
(
while
the
towne
was
inhabited
)
was
a
most
stately
inne
.
But
it
was
defaced
in
the
foresaid
war
of
Sahid
.
A
description
of
Mecnase
.
THis
towne
was
so
called
after
the
name
of
the
Mecnasites
who
were
the
founders
thereof
.
From
Fez
it
is
36.
miles
,
about
fiftie
from
Sella
,
and
from
Atlas
almost
15.
miles
distant
.
It
is
exceeding
rich
,
and
containeth
families
to
the
number
of
six
thousand
.
The
inhabitants
hereof
while
they
dwelt
in
the
fields
liued
a
most
peaceable
life
:
howbeit
at
length
they
fell
to
dissension
among
themselues
,
and
the
weaker
part
hauing
all
their
cattell
taken
from
them
,
and
hauing
nothing
in
the
fields
to
maintaine
their
estaste
,
agreed
among
themselues
to
build
this
citie
of
Mecnase
in
a
most
beautifull
plaine
.
Neere
vnto
this
towne
runneth
a
little
riuer
:
and
within
three
miles
thereof
are
most
pleasant
gardens
replenished
with
all
manner
of
fruits
.
Quinces
there
are
of
great
bignes
,
and
of
a
most
fragrant
smell
;
and
pomegranates
likewise
,
which
being
very
great
and
most
pleasant
in
taste
,
haue
no
stones
within
them
,
and
yet
they
are
sold
exceeding
cheape
.
Likewise
here
are
plentie
of
damascens
,
of
white
plums
,
and
of
the
fruite
called
Iujuba
,
which
being
dried
in
the
sunne
,
they
eate
in
the
spring
,
and
carrie
a
great
number
of
them
to
Fez.
They
haue
likewise
great
store
of
figs
and
grapes
,
which
are
not
to
be
eaten
but
while
they
are
greene
&
new
:
for
their
figs
being
dried
become
so
brittle
,
that
they
waste
all
to
powder
,
and
their
grapes
when
they
are
made
raisins
,
prooue
vnsauorie
.
Peaches
and
oranges
they
haue
in
so
great
quantitie
,
that
they
make
no
store
of
them
:
but
their
limons
are
waterish
and
vnpleasant
.
Oliues
are
sold
among
them
for
a
duckat
and
a
halfe
the
Cantharo
,
which
measure
containeth
a
hundred
pounds
Italian
.
Moreouer
their
fields
yeeld
them
great
plentie
of
hempe
and
flaxe
,
which
they
sell
at
Fez
and
Sela.
In
this
towne
are
most
stately
and
beautifull
temples
,
three
colleges
,
and
ten
bath-stoues
.
Euery
monday
they
haue
a
great
market
without
the
towne-walles
,
whereunto
the
bordering
Arabians
doe
vsually
resort
.
Here
are
oxen
,
sheepe
,
and
other
such
beastes
to
be
sold
:
butter
and
wooll
are
here
plentifull
and
at
an
easie
rate
.
In
my
time
the
king
bestowed
this
towne
vpon
a
certaine
noble
man
of
his
,
where
as
much
fruits
are
reaped
as
in
the
third
part
of
the
whole
kingdome
of
Fez.
This
towne
hath
beene
so
afflicted
by
warres
,
that
the
yeerely
tribute
thereof
hath
beene
diminished
sometime
fortie
thousand
,
and
fiftie
thousand
duckats
,
and
somtimes
more
:
and
I
haue
red
,
that
it
hath
beene
besieged
for
sixe
or
seuen
yeeres
together
.
In
my
time
the
gouernour
thereof
the
king
of
Fez
his
cozen
,
relying
vpon
the
fauour
of
the
people
,
rebelled
against
his
kinsman
and
soueraigne
.
Whereupon
the
Fessan
king
with
a
great
armie
besieged
the
towne
two
moneths
together
,
and
,
because
it
would
not
yeeld
,
so
wasted
and
destroied
all
the
countrie
thereabout
,
that
the
gouernour
lost
by
that
means
fiue
and
twentie
thousand
duckats
of
yeerely
reuenue
.
What
then
shall
we
thinke
of
the
sixe
and
seuen
yeeres
siege
before
mentioned
?
At
length
those
Mecnase
reduced
vnder
〈◊〉
by
the
king
of
Fez.
citizens
which
fauoured
the
king
of
Fez
opened
the
gates
,
and
stoutly
resisting
the
contrarie
faction
,
gaue
the
king
and
his
soldiers
entrance
.
Thus
by
their
meanes
the
king
wan
the
citie
,
carrying
home
to
Fez
the
rebellious
gouernour
captiue
,
who
within
fewe
daies
escaped
from
him
.
This
most
strong
and
beautifull
citie
hath
many
faire
streetes
,
whereinto
by
conducts
from
a
fountaine
three
miles
distant
,
is
conueied
most
sweet
and
holesome
water
,
which
serueth
all
the
whole
citie
.
The
mils
are
two
miles
distant
from
the
towne
.
The
inhabitants
are
most
valiant
,
warlike
,
liberall
,
and
ciuill
people
,
but
their
wits
are
not
so
refined
as
others
:
some
of
them
are
merchants
,
some
artificers
,
and
the
residue
gentlemen
.
They
count
it
vnseemely
for
any
man
to
send
an
horse-lode
of
seede
to
his
husbandman
or
farmer
.
They
are
at
continuall
iarre
with
the
citizens
of
Fez
;
but
whereupon
this
dissension
of
theirs
should
arise
,
I
cannot
well
determine
.
Their
gentlemens
wiues
neuer
goe
foorth
of
the
doores
but
onely
in
the
night
season
,
and
then
also
they
must
be
so
vailed
and
muffeled
that
no
man
may
see
them
:
so
great
is
the
ielousie
of
this
people
.
This
towne
is
so
durtie
in
the
spring-time
,
that
it
would
irke
a
man
to
walke
the
streetes
.
Of
a
towne
called
Gemiha
Elchmen
.
THis
ancient
towne
standeth
on
a
plaine
neere
vnto
certaine
baths
,
being
distant
southward
of
Mecnase
fifteene
miles
,
westard
of
Fez
thirtie
,
and
from
Atlas
about
ten
miles
.
By
this
towne
lieth
the
common
high
way
from
Fez
to
Tedle
.
The
fielde
of
this
towne
was
possessed
by
certaine
Arabians
,
and
the
towne
it selfe
vtterly
destroied
in
the
war
of
Sahid
.
Howbeit
in
certaine
places
the
walles
are
yet
remaining
,
and
diuers
towers
and
temples
standing
without
roofes
.
Of
the
towne
called
Cannis
Metgara
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
certaine
Africans
in
the
field
of
Zuaga
almost
fifteene
miles
westward
from
Fez.
Without
this
towne
for
two
miles
together
were
most
pleasant
and
fruitfull
gardens
:
but
by
the
cruell
warre
of
Sahid
all
was
laide
waste
;
and
the
place
it selfe
remained
void
of
inhabitauts
an
hundred
and
twenty
yeeres
.
Howbeit
when
part
of
the
people
of
Granada
came
ouer
into
Africa
,
this
region
began
to
be
inhabited
anew
.
And
whereas
the
Granatines
are
great
merchants
of
silke
,
they
caused
,
for
the
breeding
of
silkewormes
,
great
store
of
white
mulberrie
trees
to
be
brought
hither
.
Here
likewise
they
planted
abundance
of
sugar-canes
,
which
prosper
not
so
well
in
this
place
as
in
the
prouince
of
Andaluzia
.
In
times
past
the
inhabitants
of
this
place
were
very
ciuill
people
,
but
in
our
time
they
haue
not
beene
so
,
by
reason
that
all
of
them
exercise
husbandrie
.
Of
the
towne
of
Banibasil
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
a
certaine
small
riuer
iust
in
the
mid
way
betweene
Mecnase
and
Fez
,
being
distant
from
Fez
about
eighteene
miles
westward
.
Out
of
their
fields
many
riuers
take
their
originall
,
which
fieldes
are
by
the
Arabians
sowen
all
ouer
with
barlie
and
hempe
:
neither
indeed
will
the
soile
yeeld
any
other
commoditie
,
both
by
reason
of
the
barrennes
,
and
also
for
that
it
is
for
the
most
part
ouerflowed
with
water
.
Whatsoeuer
commoditie
ariseth
out
of
this
place
redoundeth
to
the
priestes
of
the
principall
Mahumetan
temple
in
Fez
,
and
it
amounteth
almost
yeerely
to
twenty
thousand
duckats
.
Here
also
in
times
past
were
most
large
,
pleasant
,
and
fruitfull
gardens
,
as
appeereth
by
the
monuments
and
reliques
thereof
,
howbeit
they
were
,
like
other
places
,
laide
waste
by
the
war
of
Sahid
.
The
towne
it selfe
remained
destitute
of
inhabitants
an
hundred
and
ten
yeeres
;
but
as
the
king
of
Fez
returned
home
from
Duccala
,
he
commanded
part
of
his
people
to
inhabite
the
same
:
albeit
their
inciuilitie
made
them
loth
so
to
doe
.
Of
Fez
the
principall
citie
of
all
Barbarie
,
and
of
the
founders
thereof
.
FEz
was
built
in
the
time
of
one
Aron
a
Mahumetan
patriarke
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
185.
and
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
786.
by
a
certaine
heretike
against
the
religion
of
Mahumet
.
But
why
it
should
so
be
called
some
are
of
opinion
,
because
when
the
first
foundations
thereof
were
digged
,
there
was
found
some
quantitie
of
golde
,
which
mettall
in
the
Arabian
language
is
called
Fez.
Which
etymologie
seemeth
to
me
not
improbable
,
albeit
some
would
haue
it
so
called
from
a
certaine
riuer
of
that
name
.
But
howsoeuer
it
be
,
we
leaue
that
to
be
discussed
by
others
,
affirming
for
an
vndoubted
truth
,
that
the
founder
of
this
citie
was
one
Idris
,
being
the
foresaid
Aron
his
neere
kinsman
.
This
Idris
ought
rather
to
haue
beene
Mahumetan
Idris
the
first
founder
of
Fe
patriarke
,
because
he
was
nephew
vnto
Hali
the
cozen-german
of
Mahumet
,
who
married
Falerna
Mahumets
owne
daughter
,
so
that
Idris
both
by
father
and
mother
was
of
Mahumets
linage
:
but
Aron
being
nephew
vnto
one
Habbus
the
vncle
of
Mahumet
,
was
of
kinred
onely
by
the
fathers
side
Howbeit
both
of
them
were
excluded
from
the
said
patriarkship
for
certaine
causes
mentioned
in
the
African
chronicles
,
although
Aron
vsurped
the
same
by
deceit
.
For
Arons
vncle
being
a
most
cunning
and
craftie
man
,
and
faining
himselfe
to
beare
greatest
fauour
vnto
the
familie
of
Hali
,
and
to
bee
most
desirous
,
that
the
patriarkship
should
light
thereon
,
sent
his
ambassadours
almost
throughout
the
whole
world
.
Whereupon
the
dignitie
was
translated
from
Vmeve
to
Habdulla
Seffec
the
first
patriarke
.
Which
,
Vmeve
being
informed
of
,
waged
warre
against
the
familie
of
Hali
,
and
so
preuailed
,
that
some
of
them
he
chased
into
Asia
,
and
some
into
India
.
Howbeit
an
ancient
religious
man
of
the
same
familie
remained
still
aliue
at
Elmadina
,
who
being
very
olde
,
no
whit
regarded
the
dignitie
.
But
this
ancient
sire
left
behinde
him
two
sonnes
,
who
when
they
were
come
to
mans
estate
,
grew
into
so
great
fauour
with
the
people
of
Elmadin
,
that
they
were
chased
thence
by
their
enemies
;
the
one
being
taken
&
hanged
;
and
the
other
(
whose
name
was
Idris
)
escaping
into
Mauritania
.
This
Idris
dwelling
vpon
mount
Zaron
about
thirtie
miles
from
Fez
,
gouerned
not
onely
the
commonwealth
,
but
matters
of
religion
also
:
and
all
the
region
adiacent
paid
him
tribute
.
At
length
Idris
deceasing
without
lawfull
issue
,
left
one
of
his
maides
big
with
childe
,
which
had
beene
turned
from
the
Gothes
religion
to
the
Moores
.
Being
deliuered
of
her
sonne
,
they
called
him
after
his
fathers
name
,
Idris
.
This
childe
the
inhabitants
chusing
for
their
prince
,
caused
him
to
be
most
carefully
brought
vp
:
and
as
he
grew
in
yeeres
,
to
the
end
they
might
traine
him
vp
in
feates
of
chiualrie
,
they
appointed
one
Rasid
a
most
valiant
and
skilfull
captaine
to
instruct
him
.
Insomuch
,
that
while
he
was
but
fifteene
Idris
his
〈◊〉
valour
at
fifteene
yeeres
of
age
.
yeeres
of
age
,
he
grew
famous
for
his
valiant
actes
and
stratagems
,
and
began
woonderfully
to
inlarge
his
dominions
.
Wherefore
his
troupes
and
familie
increasing
euery
day
more
and
more
,
he
set
his
minde
vpon
building
of
a
citie
,
and
changing
of
his
habitation
.
And
so
he
sent
for
cunning
builders
into
all
nations
,
who
hauing
diligently
perused
all
places
in
the
region
,
at
last
made
choise
of
that
where
the
citie
of
Fez
now
standeth
.
For
here
they
found
great
store
of
fountaines
,
and
a
faire
riuer
,
which
springing
foorth
of
a
plaine
not
far
of
,
runneth
pleasantly
almost
eight
miles
amidst
the
little
hils
,
till
at
length
it
casteth
itselfe
vpon
another
plaine
.
Southward
of
the
place
they
found
a
wood
,
which
they
knew
would
be
right
commodious
for
the
towne
.
Here
therefore
vpon
the
east
banke
of
the
said
riuer
,
they
built
a
towne
containing
three
thousand
families
:
neither
omitted
they
ought
at
al
which
might
be
required
in
a
flourishing
commonwealth
.
After
the
decease
of
Idris
,
his
sonne
erected
another
towne
directly
ouer
against
the
foresaid
,
on
the
other
side
of
the
riuer
.
But
in
processe
of
time
either
towne
so
encreased
,
that
there
was
but
a
small
distance
betweene
them
:
for
the
gouernours
of
each
laboured
might
and
maine
to
augment
their
owne
iurisdictions
.
An
hundred
and
fowerscore
yeeres
after
,
there
fell
out
great
dissension
and
ciuill
warre
betweene
these
two
cities
,
which
by
report
continued
an
hundred
yeeres
together
.
At
length
Ioseph
king
of
Maroco
of
the
Luntune-familie
,
conducting
an
huge
armie
against
both
these
princes
,
tooke
them
prisoners
,
carried
them
home
vnto
his
dominions
,
and
put
them
to
a
most
cruell
death
.
And
he
so
vanquished
the
citizens
,
that
there
were
slaine
of
them
thirtie
thousand
.
Then
determined
king
Ioseph
to
reduce
those
two
townes
into
firme
vnitie
and
concord
:
for
which
cause
,
making
a
bridge
ouer
the
riuer
,
and
beating
downe
the
walles
of
either
towne
right
against
it
,
he
vnited
both
into
one
,
which
afterward
he
diuided
into
twelue
regions
or
wardes
.
Now
let
vs
make
report
of
all
such
memorable
things
as
are
there
to
be
seene
[
](A05331-e17380-b)*
*
*
1526.
at
this
day
.
A
most
exact
description
of
the
citie
of
Fez.
A
World
it
is
to
see
,
how
large
,
how
populous
,
how
well-fortified
and
walled
this
citie
is
.
The
most
part
thereof
standeth
vpon
great
and
little
hils
:
neither
is
there
any
plaine
ground
but
onely
in
the
midst
of
the
citie
.
The
riuer
entreth
the
towne
in
two
places
,
for
it
is
diuided
into
a
double
branch
,
one
whereof
runneth
by
new
Fez
,
that
is
,
by
the
south
side
of
the
towne
,
and
another
commeth
in
at
the
west
side
.
And
so
almost
infinitely
dispersing
it selfe
into
the
citie
,
it
is
deriued
by
certaine
conducts
and
chanels
vnto
euery
temple
,
college
,
inne
,
hospitall
,
and
almost
to
euery
priuate
house
.
Vnto
the
temples
are
certaine
square
conducts
adioined
,
hauing
celles
and
receptacles
round
about
them
;
each
one
of
which
hath
a
cocke
,
whereby
water
is
conueied
through
the
wall
into
a
trough
of
marble
.
From
whence
flowing
into
the
sinks
and
gutters
,
it
carrieth
away
all
the
filth
of
the
citie
into
the
riuer
.
In
the
midst
of
each
square
conduct
standeth
a
lowe
cesterne
,
being
three
cubites
in
depth
,
fower
in
bredth
,
and
twelue
in
length
:
and
the
water
is
conueied
by
certaine
pipes
into
the
foresaid
square
conducts
,
which
are
almost
an
hundred
and
fiftie
in
number
.
The
most
part
of
the
houses
are
built
of
fine
bricks
and
stones
curiously
painted
.
Likewise
their
bay-windowes
and
portals
are
made
of
partie-coloured
bricke
,
like
vnto
the
stones
of
Majorica
.
The
roofes
of
their
houses
they
adorne
with
golde
,
azure
,
and
other
excellent
colours
,
which
roofes
are
made
of
wood
,
and
plaine
on
the
top
,
to
the
end
that
in
summer-time
carpets
may
be
spred
vpon
them
,
for
here
they
vse
to
lodge
by
reason
of
the
exceeding
heate
of
that
countrie
.
Some
houses
are
of
two
and
some
of
three
stories
high
,
whereunto
they
make
fine
staires
,
by
which
they
passe
from
one
roome
to
another
vnder
the
same
roofe
:
for
the
middle
part
of
the
house
is
alwaies
open
or
vncouered
,
hauing
some
chambers
built
on
the
one
side
,
and
some
on
the
other
.
The
chamber-doores
are
very
high
and
wide
:
which
in
rich
mens
houses
are
framed
of
excellent
and
carued
wood
.
Each
chamber
hath
a
presse
curiously
painted
and
varnished
belonging
thereunto
,
being
as
long
as
the
chamber
it selfe
is
broad
:
some
will
haue
it
very
high
,
and
others
but
sixe
handfuls
in
height
,
that
they
may
set
it
on
the
tester
of
a
bed
.
All
the
portals
of
their
houses
are
supported
with
bricke-pillers
finely
plaistered
ouer
,
except
some
which
stand
vpon
pillers
of
marble
.
The
beames
and
transoms
vpholding
their
chambers
are
most
curiously
painted
and
carued
.
To
some
houses
likewise
belong
certaine
square
cesternes
,
containing
in
bredth
sixe
or
seuen
cubites
,
in
length
ten
or
twelue
,
and
in
height
but
sixe
or
seuen
handfuls
,
being
all
vncouered
,
and
built
of
bricks
trimly
plaistered
ouer
.
Along
the
sides
of
these
cesternes
are
certaine
cocks
,
which
conuey
the
water
into
marbletroughes
,
as
I
haue
seene
in
many
places
of
Europe
.
When
the
foresaide
conducts
are
full
of
water
,
that
which
floweth
ouer
,
runneth
by
certaine
secret
pipes
and
conueiances
into
the
cesternes
:
and
that
which
ouerfloweth
the
cesternes
,
is
carried
likewise
by
other
passages
into
the
common
sinks
and
gutters
,
and
so
into
the
riuer
.
The
said
cesternes
are
alwaies
kept
sweete
and
cleane
,
neither
are
they
〈◊〉
but
onely
in
summer
-
〈◊〉
,
when
men
,
women
,
and
children
bathe
themselues
therein
.
Moreouer
on
the
tops
of
their
houses
they
vsually
build
a
turret
with
many
pleasant
roomes
therein
,
whither
the
women
,
for
recreations
sake
,
when
they
are
wearie
of
working
,
retire
themselues
;
from
whence
they
may
see
well-nigh
all
the
citie
ouer
.
Of
Mahumetan
temples
and
oratories
there
are
almost
seuen
hundred
in
The
number
and
〈◊〉
of
the
Mahumetan
〈◊〉
in
Fez.
this
towne
,
fiftie
whereof
are
most
stately
and
sumptuously
built
,
hauing
their
conducts
made
of
marble
and
other
excellent
stones
vnknowen
to
the
Italians
;
and
the
chapiters
of
their
pillers
be
artificially
adorned
with
painting
and
caruing
.
The
tops
of
these
temples
,
after
the
fashion
of
Christian
churches
in
Europe
,
are
made
of
ioises
and
planks
:
but
the
pauement
is
couered
with
mats
which
are
so
cunningly
sowed
together
,
that
a
man
cannot
see
the
bredth
of
a
finger
vncouered
.
The
walles
likewise
on
the
inner
side
are
lined
a
mans
height
with
such
mats
.
Moreouer
,
each
temple
hath
a
turret
or
steeple
,
from
whence
certaine
are
appointed
with
a
lowd
voice
to
call
the
people
at
their
set-time
of
praier
.
Euery
temple
hath
one
onely
priest
to
say
seruice
therin
;
who
hath
the
bestowing
of
all
reuenues
belonging
to
his
owne
temple
,
as
occasion
requireth
:
for
thereby
are
maintained
lampes
to
burne
in
the
night
,
and
porters
to
keepe
the
doores
are
paid
their
wages
out
of
it
,
and
so
likewise
are
they
that
call
the
people
to
ordinarie
praiers
in
the
night
season
:
for
those
which
crie
from
the
said
towers
in
the
day-time
haue
no
wages
,
but
are
onely
released
from
all
tributes
and
exactions
.
The
chiefe
The
principall
temple
of
Fez
〈◊〉
Caruven
.
Mahumetan
temple
in
this
towne
is
called
Caruven
,
being
of
so
incredible
a
bignes
,
that
the
circuit
thereof
and
of
the
buildings
longing
vnto
it
,
is
a
good
mile
and
a
halfe
about
.
This
temple
hath
one
and
thirtie
gates
or
portals
of
a
woonderfull
greatnes
and
height
.
The
roofe
of
this
temple
is
in
length
150.
and
in
bredth
about
fowerscore
Florentine
cubites
.
The
turret
or
steeple
,
from
whence
they
crie
amaine
to
assemble
the
people
togither
,
is
exceedingly
high
;
the
bredth
whereof
is
supported
with
twentie
,
and
the
length
with
thirtie
pillers
.
On
the
east
,
west
,
and
north
sides
,
it
hath
certaine
walkes
or
galleries
,
fortie
cubites
in
length
,
and
thirtie
in
bredth
.
Vnder
which
galleries
there
is
a
cell
or
storehouse
,
wherein
oile
,
candles
,
mats
,
and
other
such
necessaries
for
the
temple
are
laid
vp
.
Euery
night
in
this
temple
are
burnt
nine
hundred
lightes
;
for
euery
arch
hath
a
seuerall
lampe
,
especially
those
which
extend
through
the
mid-quire
.
Some
arches
there
are
that
haue
120.
candles
apeece
:
there
are
likewise
certaine
brasse-candlestickes
so
great
and
with
so
many
sockets
,
as
they
will
holde
each
one
fifteene
hundred
candles
:
and
these
candlestickes
are
reported
to
haue
beene
made
of
bels
,
which
the
king
of
Fez
in
times
past
tooke
from
Christians
.
About
the
wals
of
the
said
temple
are
diuers
pulpits
,
out
of
which
those
that
are
learned
in
the
Mahumetan
lawe
instruct
the
people
.
Their
winter-lectures
begin
presently
after
sun-rise
,
and
continue
the
space
of
an
hower
.
But
their
summer-lectures
holde
on
from
the
sunne
going
downe
,
till
an
hower
and
a
halfe
within
night
.
And
here
they
teach
as
well
morall
philosophie
as
the
law
of
Mahumet
.
The
summer-lectures
are
performed
by
certaine
priuate
and
obscure
persons
;
but
in
winter
such
onely
are
admitted
to
read
,
as
be
reputed
their
greatest
clerkes
.
All
which
readers
and
professours
are
yeerely
allowed
most
liberall
stipends
.
The
priest
of
this
great
temple
is
inioined
onely
to
read
praiers
,
and
faithfully
to
distribute
almes
among
the
poore
.
Euery
festiuall
day
he
bestoweth
all
such
corne
and
money
as
he
hath
in
his
custodie
,
to
all
poore
people
,
according
to
their
neede
.
The
treasurer
or
collector
of
the
reuenues
of
this
church
hath
euery
day
a
duckat
for
his
pay
.
Likewise
he
hath
eight
notaries
or
clerkes
vnder
him
;
euery
one
of
which
gaineth
sixe
duckats
a
moneth
:
and
other
sixe
clerks
who
receiue
the
rent
of
houses
,
shops
,
and
other
such
places
as
belong
to
the
temple
,
hauing
for
their
wages
the
twentith
part
of
all
such
rents
and
duties
as
they
gather
.
Moreouer
there
belong
to
this
temple
twentie
factors
or
bailies
of
husbandrie
,
that
without
the
citie-walles
haue
an
eie
to
the
labourers
,
plowemen
,
vine-planters
,
and
gardeners
,
and
that
prouide
them
things
necessarie
:
their
gaine
is
three
duckats
a
moneth
.
Not
far
from
the
citie
are
about
twentie
lime-kils
,
and
as
many
bricke-kils
,
seruing
for
the
reparation
of
their
temple
,
and
of
all
houses
thereto
belonging
.
The
reuenues
The
reuenues
of
the
great
temple
,
and
how
they
are
bestowed
.
of
the
said
temple
daily
receiued
,
are
two
hundred
duckats
a
day
;
the
better
halfe
whereof
is
laid
out
vpon
the
particulars
aforesaid
.
Also
if
there
be
any
temples
in
the
citie
destitute
of
liuing
,
they
must
all
be
maintained
at
the
charges
of
this
great
temple
:
and
then
that
which
remaineth
after
all
expences
,
is
bestowed
for
the
behoofe
of
the
commonwealth
:
for
the
people
receiue
no
reuenues
at
all
.
In
our
time
the
king
commanded
the
priest
of
the
said
temple
to
lend
him
an
huge
summe
of
money
,
which
he
neuer
repaied
againe
.
Moreouer
in
the
citie
of
Fez
are
two
most
stately
colleges
,
of
which
diuers
roomes
are
adorned
with
curious
painting
;
all
their
beames
are
carued
,
their
walles
consisting
both
of
marble
and
freestone
.
Some
colleges
here
are
which
containe
an
hundred
studies
,
some
more
,
and
some
fewer
,
all
which
were
built
by
diuers
kings
of
the
Marin-familie
.
One
there
is
among
the
rest
most
beautifull
and
admirable
to
behold
,
which
was
erected
by
a
certaine
king
called
Habu
Henon
.
Here
is
to
be
seene
an
excellent
fountaine
of
marble
,
the
cesterne
whereof
containeth
two
pipes
.
Through
this
college
runneth
a
little
streame
in
a
most
cleere
and
pleasant
chanell
,
the
brims
and
edges
whereof
are
workmanly
framed
of
marble
,
and
stones
of
Majorica
.
Likewise
here
are
three
cloysters
to
walke
in
,
most
curiously
and
artificially
made
,
with
certaine
eight-square
pillers
of
diuers
colours
to
support
them
.
And
betweene
piller
and
piller
the
arches
are
beautifully
ouercast
with
golde
,
azure
,
and
diuers
other
colours
;
and
the
roofe
is
very
artificially
built
of
wood
.
The
sides
of
these
cloysters
are
so
close
,
that
they
which
are
without
cannot
see
such
as
walke
within
.
The
walles
round
about
as
high
as
a
man
can
reach
,
are
adorned
with
plaister-worke
of
Majorica
.
In
many
places
you
may
finde
certaine
verses
,
which
declare
what
yeere
the
college
was
built
in
,
together
with
many
epigrams
in
the
founders
commendation
.
The
letters
of
which
verses
are
very
great
and
blacke
,
so
that
they
may
be
red
a
far
off
.
This
college-gates
are
of
brasse
most
curiously
carued
,
and
so
are
the
doores
artificially
made
of
wood
.
In
the
chappell
of
this
college
standeth
a
certaine
pulpit
mounted
nine
staires
high
,
which
staires
are
of
iuorie
and
eben
.
Some
affirme
,
that
the
king
hauing
built
this
college
,
was
desirous
to
knowe
how
much
money
he
had
spent
in
building
it
;
but
after
he
had
perused
a
leafe
or
two
of
his
account-booke
,
finding
the
summe
of
fortie
thousand
duckats
,
he
rent
it
asunder
,
and
threw
it
into
the
foresaid
little
riuer
,
adding
this
sentence
out
of
a
certaine
Arabian
writer
:
Each
pretious
and
amiable
thing
,
though
it
costeth
deere
,
yet
if
it
be
beautifull
,
it
cannot
choose
but
be
good
cheape
:
neither
is
any
thing
of
too
high
a
price
,
which
pleaseth
a
mans
affection
.
Howbeit
a
certaine
treasurer
of
the
kings
,
making
a
particular
account
of
all
the
said
expences
,
found
that
this
excellent
building
stood
his
master
in
480000.
duckats
.
The
other
colleges
of
Fez
are
somwhat
like
vnto
this
,
hauing
euery
one
readers
and
professors
,
some
of
which
read
in
the
forenoone
,
and
some
in
the
afternoone
.
In
times
past
the
students
of
these
colleges
had
their
apparell
and
victuals
allowed
them
for
seuen
yeeres
,
but
now
they
haue
nothing
gratìs
but
their
chamber
.
For
the
warre
of
Sahid
destroied
many
possessions
,
whereby
learning
was
The
〈◊〉
of
learning
and
learned
men
,
a
principall
cause
of
disorderly
&
base
gouernment
.
maintained
;
so
that
now
the
greatest
college
of
al
hath
yeerely
but
two
hundred
,
and
the
second
but
an
hundred
duckats
for
the
maintenance
of
their
professors
.
And
this
perhaps
may
be
one
reason
,
among
many
,
why
the
gouernment
not
onely
of
Fez
,
but
of
all
the
cities
in
Africa
,
is
so
base
.
Now
these
colleges
are
furnished
with
no
schollers
but
such
as
are
strangers
,
and
liue
of
the
citie-almes
:
and
if
any
citizens
dwell
there
,
they
are
not
aboue
two
or
three
at
the
most
.
The
professor
being
ready
for
his
lecture
,
some
of
his
auditors
readeth
a
text
,
whereupon
the
said
professor
dilateth
,
and
explaneth
obscure
and
difficult
places
.
Sometimes
also
the
schollers
dispute
before
their
professor
.
A
description
of
the
hospitals
and
bathes
in
the
citie
of
Fez.
MAny
hospitals
there
are
in
Fez
,
no
whit
inferiour
,
either
for
building
or
beautie
,
vnto
the
foresaid
colleges
.
For
in
them
whatsoeuer
strangers
came
to
the
citie
were
intertained
at
the
common
charge
for
three
daies
together
.
There
are
likewise
as
faire
and
as
stately
hospitals
in
the
suburbes
.
In
times
past
their
wealth
was
maruellous
great
;
but
in
the
time
of
Sahids
warre
,
the
king
standing
in
neede
of
a
great
summe
of
money
,
was
counselled
by
some
of
his
greedy
courtiers
to
sell
the
liuings
of
the
said
hospitals
.
Which
when
the
people
would
in
no
case
yeeld
vnto
,
the
kings
oratour
or
speaker
,
perswaded
them
that
all
those
liuings
were
giuen
by
his
maiesties
predecessours
,
and
therefore
(
because
when
the
warres
were
ended
,
they
should
soone
recouer
all
againe
)
that
it
were
far
better
for
them
by
that
meanes
to
pleasure
their
soueraigne
,
then
to
let
his
kingly
estate
fall
into
so
great
danger
.
Whereupon
all
the
said
liuings
being
sold
,
the
king
was
preuented
by
vntimely
and
sudden
death
before
he
could
bring
his
purpose
to
effect
:
and
so
these
famous
hospitals
were
depriued
of
all
their
maintenance
.
The
poore
indeede
and
impotent
people
of
the
city
are
at
this
day
relieued
;
but
no
strangers
are
〈◊〉
,
saue
only
learned
men
or
gentlemen
.
Howbeit
there
is
another
hospital
for
the
releefe
of
sick
&
diseased
strangers
,
who
haue
their
diet
onely
allowed
them
,
but
no
phisition
or
medicine
:
certaine
women
there
are
which
attend
vpon
them
,
till
they
recouer
their
former
health
,
or
die
.
In
this
hospitall
likewise
there
is
a
place
for
franticke
or
distraught
persons
,
where
they
are
bound
in
strong
iron
chaines
;
whereof
the
part
next
vnto
their
walks
is
strengthened
with
mighty
beames
of
wood
and
iron
.
The
gouernour
of
these
distraught
persons
,
when
he
bringeth
them
any
sustenance
,
hath
a
whip
of
purpose
to
chastise
those
that
offer
to
bite
,
strike
,
or
play
any
mad
part
.
Sometimes
it
falleth
out
that
these
franticke
people
will
call
vnto
them
such
as
passe
by
;
declaring
how
vniustly
they
are
there
detained
,
and
how
cruelly
they
are
handled
by
the
officers
,
when
as
notwithstanding
they
affirme
themselues
to
bee
restored
vnto
their
right
minde
.
And
hauing
thus
perswaded
the
commers-by
,
approching
neerer
and
neerer
vnto
them
,
at
length
they
take
hold
with
one
hand
on
their
garments
,
and
(
like
villans
)
with
the
other
hand
they
shamefully
defile
their
faces
and
apparell
with
dung
.
And
though
all
of
them
haue
their
priuies
and
close
stooles
,
yet
would
they
be
poysoned
in
their
owne
filth
,
if
the
seruants
did
not
often
wash
their
lodgings
:
so
that
their
abhominable
and
continuall
stinke
is
the
cause
why
citizens
neuer
visite
them
.
Likewise
this
hospitall
hath
many
roomes
for
the
purueiors
,
notaries
,
cookes
,
and
other
officers
Iohn
Leo
in
his
youth
a
notarie
of
an
hospitall
for
two
yeeres
together
.
belonging
to
the
sicke
persons
;
who
each
of
them
haue
some
small
yeerely
stipend
.
Being
a
yoong
man
I
my selfe
was
notarie
heere
for
two
yeeres
,
which
office
is
woorth
three
duckats
a
moneth
.
In
this
citie
are
moe
then
an
hundred
bath-stoues
very
artificially
and
stately
built
:
which
though
they
be
not
of
equall
bignes
,
yet
are
they
all
of
one
fashion
.
Each
stoue
hath
fower
halles
,
without
which
are
certaine
galleries
in
an
higher
place
,
with
fiue
or
sixe
staires
to
ascend
vnto
them
:
here
men
put
off
their
apparell
,
and
hence
they
goe
naked
into
the
bath
.
In
the
midst
they
alwaies
keepe
a
cesterne
full
of
water
.
First
therefore
they
that
meane
to
bathe
themselues
must
passe
through
a
cold
hall
,
where
they
vse
to
temper
hot
water
and
cold
together
,
then
they
goe
into
a
roome
somewhat
hotter
,
where
the
seruants
clense
and
wash
them
;
and
last
of
all
they
proceede
into
a
third
hot-house
,
where
they
sweate
as
much
as
they
thinke
good
.
Of
the
said
water
they
giue
vnto
euery
man
two
vessels
onely
:
but
he
that
will
haue
more
and
will
be
extraordinarily
washed
,
must
giue
to
the
seruant
one
Liardo
at
the
least
,
and
to
the
master
of
the
stoue
but
two
farthings
.
The
fire
that
heateth
their
water
is
made
of
nought
else
but
beastes
dung
:
for
which
purpose
many
boyes
are
set
on
worke
to
run
vp
and
downe
to
stables
,
and
thence
to
carrie
all
the
dung
,
and
to
lay
it
on
heapes
without
the
towne-walles
;
which
being
parched
in
the
sunne
for
two
or
three
monethes
together
,
they
vse
for
fewell
.
Likewise
the
women
haue
their
stoues
apart
from
the
men
.
And
yet
some
hot-houses
serue
both
for
men
and
women
,
but
at
sundry
times
,
namely
for
men
from
the
third
to
the
fourteenth
hower
of
the
day
,
and
the
residue
for
women
.
While
women
〈◊〉
bathing
themselues
,
they
hang
out
a
rope
at
the
first
entrance
of
the
house
,
which
is
a
signe
for
men
,
that
they
may
then
proceed
no
farther
.
Neither
may
husbands
here
be
permitted
to
speake
with
their
owne
wiues
;
so
great
a
regarde
they
haue
of
their
honestie
.
Here
men
and
women
both
,
after
they
haue
done
bathing
,
vse
to
banquet
and
make
merrie
with
pleasant
musicke
and
singing
.
Yoong
striplings
enter
the
bath
starke
naked
without
any
shame
,
but
men
couer
their
priuities
with
a
linnen
cloth
.
The
richer
sort
will
not
enter
the
common
bath
,
but
that
which
is
adorned
and
finely
set
foorth
,
and
which
serueth
for
noblemen
and
gentlemen
.
When
any
one
is
to
be
bathed
,
they
lay
him
along
vpon
the
ground
,
annointing
him
with
a
certaine
ointment
,
and
with
certaine
instruments
doing
away
his
filth
.
The
richer
sort
haue
a
carpet
to
lie
on
,
their
head
lying
on
a
woodden
cushion
couered
with
the
same
carpet
.
Likewise
here
are
many
barbers
and
chirurgions
which
attend
to
doe
their
office
.
The
most
part
of
these
baths
pertaine
to
the
temples
and
colleges
,
yeelding
vnto
them
a
great
summe
of
money
for
yeerely
rent
;
for
some
giue
an
hundred
,
some
an
hundred
and
fiftie
duckats
a
yeere
.
Neither
must
I
here
omit
the
festiuall
day
which
the
seruants
and
officers
of
the
bathes
yeerely
celebrate
.
Who
with
trumpets
and
pipes
calling
their
friendes
together
,
goe
foorth
of
the
towne
,
and
there
gather
a
wilde
onion
,
putting
it
in
a
certaine
brazen
vessell
,
and
couering
the
same
with
a
linnen
cloth
wet
in
lee
:
afterward
with
a
great
noise
of
trumpets
and
pipes
they
solemnely
bring
the
said
onion
vnto
the
hot-house
doore
,
and
there
they
hang
it
vp
in
the
little
brazen
vessell
or
lauer
,
saying
that
this
is
a
most
happy
boading
or
signe
of
good
lucke
vnto
their
stoue
.
Howbeit
I
suppose
it
to
be
some
such
sacrifice
,
as
the
ancient
Moores
were
woont
in
times
past
,
when
they
were
destitute
of
lawes
and
ciuilitie
,
to
offer
,
and
that
the
same
custome
hath
remained
till
this
very
day
.
The
like
is
to
be
seen
euen
among
Christians
,
who
celebrate
many
feasts
whereof
they
can
yeeld
no
reason
.
Likewise
euery
African
towne
had
their
peculiar
feast
,
which
,
when
the
Christians
once
enioied
Africa
,
were
vtterly
abolished
and
done
away
.
Of
the
Innes
of
Fez.
IN
this
citie
are
almost
two
hundred
innes
,
the
greatest
wherof
are
in
the
principall
part
of
the
citie
neere
vnto
the
chiefe
temple
.
Euery
of
these
innes
are
three
stories
high
,
and
containe
an
hundred
and
twenty
or
moe
chambers
apeece
.
Likewise
each
one
hath
a
fountaine
together
with
sinks
and
water-pipes
,
which
make
auoidance
of
all
the
filth
.
Neuer
,
to
my
remembrance
,
did
I
see
greater
buildings
,
except
it
were
the
Spanish
college
at
Bologna
,
or
the
pallace
of
the
Cardinall
di
San
Giorgio
at
Rome
:
of
which
innes
all
the
chamber-doores
haue
walkes
or
galleries
before
them
.
And
albeit
the
innes
of
this
citie
are
very
faire
and
large
,
yet
they
affoord
most
beggerly
entertainment
to
strangers
:
for
there
are
neither
beds
nor
couches
for
a
man
to
lie
vpon
,
vnlesse
it
be
a
course
blanket
and
a
mat
.
And
if
you
will
haue
any
victuals
,
you
must
goe
to
the
shambles
your selfe
,
and
buie
such
meate
for
your
host
to
dresse
,
as
your
stomack
stands-to
.
In
these
innes
certaine
poore
widowes
of
Fez
,
which
haue
neither
wealth
nor
friends
to
succour
them
,
are
relieued
:
sometimes
one
,
and
sometimes
two
of
them
together
are
allowed
a
chamber
;
for
which
courtesie
they
play
both
the
chamberlaines
and
cookes
of
the
inne
.
The
inne-keepers
of
Fez
being
all
of
one
familie
called
Elcheua
,
goe
apparelled
like
women
,
and
shaue
their
beards
,
and
are
so
delighted
to
imitate
women
,
that
they
will
not
only
counterfeite
their
speech
,
but
will
sometimes
also
sit
downe
and
spin
.
Each
one
of
these
hath
his
concubine
,
whom
he
accompanieth
as
if
she
were
his
owne
lawfull
wife
;
albeit
the
said
concubines
are
not
onely
ill-fauoured
in
countenance
,
but
notorious
for
their
bad
life
and
behauiour
.
They
buie
and
sell
wine
so
freely
,
that
no
man
controules
them
for
it
.
None
resort
hither
but
most
lewd
&
wicked
people
,
to
the
end
they
may
more
boldly
commit
villany
.
The
inne-keepers
haue
a
consul
ouer
them
,
and
they
pay
tribute
vnto
the
gouernour
of
the
citie
.
And
when
the
king
hath
occasion
to
send
foorth
an
armie
,
then
they
,
as
being
most
meete
for
the
purpose
,
are
constrained
largely
to
victuall
the
campe
.
Had
not
the
streit
law
of
historie
enforced
me
to
make
relation
of
the
foresaid
particulars
as
they
stand
,
I
would
much
rather
haue
smothered
such
matters
in
silence
,
as
tend
so
extremely
to
the
disgrace
of
Fez
;
which
being
reformed
,
there
is
not
any
citie
in
al
Africa
,
for
the
honestie
and
good
demeanour
of
the
citizens
,
comparable
thereunto
.
For
the
very
companie
of
these
inne-keepers
is
so
odious
and
detestable
in
the
sight
of
all
honest
men
,
learned
men
,
and
merchants
,
that
they
will
in
no
wise
vouchsafe
to
speake
vnto
them
.
And
they
are
firmely
enioined
not
to
enter
into
the
temple
,
into
the
burse
,
nor
into
any
bath
.
Neither
yet
are
they
permitted
to
resort
vnto
those
innes
which
are
next
vnto
the
great
temple
,
and
wherein
merchants
are
vsually
entertained
.
All
men
in
a
manner
are
in
vtter
detestation
of
these
wretches
:
but
because
the
kings
armie
hath
some
vse
of
them
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
they
are
borne
withall
,
whether
the
citizens
will
or
no.
Of
the
mils
of
Fez.
IN
this
citie
are
mils
in
fower
hundred
places
at
least
.
And
euery
of
these
places
containeth
fiue
or
sixe
mils
;
so
that
there
are
some
thousands
of
mils
in
the
whole
citie
.
Euery
mill
standeth
in
a
large
roome
[
](A05331-e17620-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
Like
vnto
our
horse-mils
.
vpon
some
strong
piller
or
post
;
whereunto
many
countrie-people
vse
to
resort
.
Certaine
merchants
there
are
in
Fez
,
which
hiring
mils
and
shops
,
buie
corne
and
sell
it
ready
ground
vnto
the
citizens
,
whereby
they
reape
exceeding
gaine
:
for
the
greatest
part
of
the
citizens
being
poore
,
and
not
able
to
lay
vp
corne
sufficient
in
store
,
are
faine
to
buie
meale
of
them
.
But
the
richer
sort
buie
their
owne
corne
,
and
send
it
to
some
common
mill
,
where
they
pay
a
shilling
for
the
grinding
of
each
measure
.
All
the
saide
mils
pertaine
either
to
the
temples
or
colleges
:
for
he
must
be
very
rich
that
hath
a
mill
of
his
owne
;
for
euery
mill
gaineth
the
owner
two
duckats
.
A
description
of
the
occupations
,
the
shops
,
and
the
market
.
EAch
trade
or
occupation
hath
a
peculiar
place
allotted
thereto
,
the
principall
whereof
are
next
vnto
the
great
temple
:
for
there
first
you
may
beholde
to
the
number
of
fowerscore
notaries
or
scriueners
shops
,
whereof
some
ioine
vpon
the
temple
,
and
the
residue
stand
ouer
against
them
:
euery
of
which
shops
hath
alwaies
two
notaries
.
Then
westward
there
are
about
thirtie
stationers
or
booke-sellers
.
The
shoo-merchants
which
buie
shooes
and
buskins
of
the
shoomakers
,
and
sell
them
againe
to
the
citizens
,
inhabite
on
the
south
side
of
the
temple
:
and
next
vnto
them
,
such
as
make
shooes
for
children
onely
,
their
shops
being
about
fiftie
.
On
the
east
side
dwell
those
that
sell
vessels
and
other
commodities
made
of
brasse
.
Ouer
against
the
great
gate
of
the
said
temple
stands
the
fruit-market
,
containing
fiftie
shops
,
where
no
kinde
of
fruit
is
wanting
.
Next
vnto
them
stand
the
waxe-merchants
,
very
ingenious
and
cunning
workmen
,
and
much
to
be
admired
.
Here
are
merchants
factors
likewise
,
though
they
be
but
few
.
Then
followes
the
herbe-market
,
wherein
the
pome-citrons
,
and
diuers
kindes
of
greene
boughes
and
herbes
doe
represent
the
sweete
and
flourishing
spring
,
and
in
this
market
are
about
twentie
tauernes
:
for
they
which
drinke
wine
,
will
shrowd
themselues
vnder
the
shadie
and
pleasant
boughes
.
Next
vnto
them
stand
the
milke-sellers
,
who
haue
great
store
of
such
〈◊〉
vessels
by
them
,
as
the
Italians
call
Vasidi
Maiolica
:
but
their
milke
they
cause
to
be
brought
thither
in
certaine
vessels
of
wood
bound
with
iron-hoops
,
being
narrow-mouthed
and
broad
at
the
bottome
.
From
these
milke-sellers
some
there
are
which
daily
buie
great
store
of
milke
to
make
butter
thereof
:
and
the
residue
of
their
milke
they
sell
either
crudded
or
sometimes
sower
vnto
the
citizens
:
so
that
I
thinke
there
passeth
scarce
one
day
ouer
their
heads
,
wherein
they
vtter
not
fiue
and
twentie
tunnes
of
milke
.
Next
vnto
these
are
such
as
sell
cotton
,
and
they
haue
about
thirtie
shops
:
then
follow
those
that
sell
hempe
,
ropes
,
halters
,
and
such
other
hempen
commodities
.
Then
come
you
to
the
girdlers
,
and
such
as
make
pantofles
,
and
leather-bridles
embrodered
with
silke
:
next
,
their
shops
adioine
that
make
sword-scabberds
and
caparisons
for
horses
.
Immediately
after
dwell
those
that
sell
salt
and
lime
.
And
vpon
them
border
an
hundred
shops
of
potters
,
who
frame
all
kinde
of
earthen
vessels
adorned
with
diuers
colours
.
Then
come
you
to
the
sadlers-shops
:
and
next
of
all
to
the
street
of
porters
,
who
(
as
I
suppose
)
are
The
porters
of
Fez.
aboue
three
hundred
:
these
porters
haue
a
consul
or
gouernour
,
who
euery
weeke
allotteth
vnto
part
of
them
some
set
busines
.
The
gaine
which
redoundeth
thereof
they
put
into
a
coffer
,
diuiding
it
at
the
weekes
end
among
them
,
which
haue
wrought
the
same
weeke
.
Strange
it
is
to
consider
how
exceedingly
these
porters
loue
one
another
;
for
when
any
of
them
deceaseth
,
the
whole
companie
maintaineth
his
widow
and
fatherlesse
children
at
their
common
charge
,
till
either
she
die
,
or
marrieth
a
new
husband
.
The
children
they
carefully
bring
vp
,
till
they
haue
attained
to
some
good
arte
or
occupation
.
Whosoeuer
of
them
marrieth
and
hath
children
by
his
wife
,
inuiteth
most
part
of
his
companie
vnto
a
banquet
:
who
being
thus
inuited
,
present
each
of
them
some
gift
or
other
vnto
the
good
man
,
or
his
wife
.
No
man
can
be
admitted
into
their
companie
,
vnlesse
first
he
banqueteth
the
principall
men
thereof
:
otherwise
he
is
to
haue
but
halfe
a
share
of
the
common
gaine
.
Free
they
are
from
all
tributes
and
exactions
:
yea
their
bread
is
baked
of
free
cost
.
If
any
of
them
be
taken
in
any
hainous
offence
,
he
is
not
publikely
but
priuately
punished
.
While
they
are
at
worke
they
all
weare
short
garments
of
one
colour
:
and
at
vacant
times
they
are
apparelled
as
themselues
thinke
good
:
but
howsoeuer
it
be
,
they
are
most
honest
and
faire-conditioned
people
.
Next
vnto
the
porters
companie
dwell
the
chiefe
cookes
and
victuallers
.
Here
also
stands
a
certaine
square
house
couered
with
reed
,
wherein
pease
and
turnep-rootes
are
to
be
sold
,
which
are
so
greatly
esteemed
of
in
Fez
,
that
none
may
buie
them
of
the
countrie-people
at
the
first
hand
,
but
such
as
are
appointed
,
who
are
bound
to
pay
tole
&
tribute
vnto
the
customers
:
&
scarcely
one
day
passeth
,
wherein
mo
then
500.
sacks
of
pease
and
turneps
are
not
sold.
And
albeit
(
as
we
haue
said
)
they
are
so
much
esteemed
of
,
yet
are
they
sold
at
a
most
easie
price
:
for
a
man
may
buie
30
,
or
at
least
20.
pound
weight
for
one
[
](A05331-e17680-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
〈◊〉
in
his
Italian
〈◊〉
calleth
it
Baioco
.
Liardo
.
Greene
beanes
likewise
in
time
of
yeere
are
sold
good
cheape
.
Not
far
from
the
place
before
mentioned
are
certaine
shops
,
wherein
lumps
or
steakes
of
flesh
beaten
in
a
morter
,
&
then
fried
with
oile
,
&
seasoned
with
much
spice
,
are
to
be
bought
,
euery
one
of
the
said
lumps
or
steakes
being
about
the
bignes
of
a
fig
,
&
being
made
only
of
dried
beefe
.
On
the
north
side
of
the
temple
is
a
place
whither
all
kind
of
herbes
are
brought
to
make
sallets
withall
:
for
which
purpose
there
are
40.
shops
appointed
.
Next
wherunto
is
The
place
of
smoke
,
so
called
by
reason
of
continuall
smoke
:
here
are
certaine
fritters
or
cakes
fried
in
oile
,
like
vnto
such
as
are
called
at
Rome
Pan
Melato
.
Of
these
fritters
great
store
are
daily
vttered
:
for
euery
day
they
vse
to
breake
their
fasts
therwith
,
&
especially
vpon
festiual
daies
:
vnto
which
fritters
they
adde
for
a
conclusion
either
rostmeat
or
honie
:
somtimes
they
steepe
them
in
an
homely
kinde
of
broth
made
of
bruised
meat
,
which
being
sodden
,
they
bray
the
second
time
in
a
morter
,
making
pottage
therof
,
&
colouring
it
with
a
kinde
of
red
earth
.
They
roste
their
flesh
not
vpon
a
spit
,
but
in
an
ouen
:
for
making
two
ouens
one
ouer
another
for
the
same
purpose
,
in
the
lower
they
kindle
a
fire
,
putting
the
flesh
into
the
vpper
ouen
when
it
is
wel
het
.
You
would
not
beleeue
how
finely
their
meat
is
thus
rosted
,
for
it
cannot
be
spoiled
either
by
smoke
,
or
too
much
heat
:
for
they
are
all
night
rosting
it
by
a
gentle
fire
,
and
in
the
morning
they
set
it
to
sale
.
The
foresaid
steakes
&
fritters
they
sell
vnto
the
citizens
in
so
great
abundance
,
that
they
daily
take
for
them
mo
than
200.
duckats
.
For
there
are
15.
shops
which
sell
nothing
else
.
Likewise
here
are
sold
certaine
fishes
&
flesh
fried
,
&
a
kind
of
excellent
sauorie
bread
,
tasting
somwhat
like
a
fritter
:
which
being
baked
with
butter
,
they
neuer
eat
but
with
butter
and
honie
Here
also
are
the
feet
of
certaine
beasts
sodden
;
wherewith
the
husbandmen
betimes
in
the
morning
breake
their
fast
,
and
then
hie
them
to
their
labour
.
Next
vnto
these
are
such
as
sell
oile
,
salt
,
butter
,
cheese
,
oliues
,
pome-citrons
&
capers
:
their
shops
are
full
of
fine
earthen
vessels
,
which
are
of
much
greater
value
then
the
things
contained
in
them
.
Their
butter
and
honie
they
sell
by
certaine
criers
,
which
are
porters
appointed
for
the
same
office
.
Neither
doe
they
admit
euery
one
to
fill
their
vessels
;
but
that
worke
is
reserued
for
certaine
porters
appointed
to
doe
it
,
which
also
fill
the
measures
of
oile
when
merchants
buie
the
same
.
The
said
vessels
are
sufficient
to
containe
an
hundred
and
fiftie
pounds
of
butter
;
for
so
much
butter
the
countrie-people
put
into
each
vessell
.
Then
follow
the
shambles
,
consisting
of
about
fortie
shops
,
wherein
the
butchers
cut
their
flesh
a
peeces
,
and
sell
it
by
weight
.
They
kill
no
beastes
within
the
shambles
,
for
there
is
a
place
allotted
for
this
purpose
neere
vnto
the
riuer
,
where
hauing
once
dressed
their
flesh
,
they
send
it
to
the
shambles
by
certaine
seruants
appointed
for
that
end
.
But
before
any
butcher
dare
sell
his
flesh
vnto
the
citizens
,
he
must
carrie
it
to
the
gouernour
of
the
shambles
,
who
so
soone
as
he
seeth
the
The
gouernour
of
the
shambles
in
Fez.
flesh
,
he
sets
downe
in
a
peece
of
paper
the
price
thereof
,
which
they
shew
together
with
their
meate
vnto
the
people
;
neither
may
they
in
any
case
exceed
the
said
price
.
Next
vnto
the
shambles
standeth
the
market
where
course
cloathes
are
sold
,
which
containeth
at
least
an
hundred
shops
:
the
said
cloth
is
deliuered
vnto
certaine
criers
(
which
are
about
threescore
in
number
)
who
carrying
the
cloth
from
shop
to
shop
tell
the
price
thereof
,
and
for
the
selling
of
euery
duckats-woorth
they
haue
two
[
](A05331-e17710-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
In
the
Italian
copie
they
are
called
Baiochi
.
Liardos
allowed
them
.
This
traffique
of
cloth
indureth
from
noone
till
night
,
to
the
merchants
great
aduantage
.
Then
follow
their
shops
that
scowre
and
sell
armour
,
swordes
,
iauelings
,
and
such
like
warlike
instruments
.
Next
vnto
them
stand
the
fishmongers
,
who
sell
most
excellent
and
great
fish
,
taken
both
in
the
riuer
of
Fez
and
in
other
waters
,
exceeding
cheape
;
for
you
may
buie
a
pound
of
fish
for
two
farthings
onely
.
There
is
great
abundance
of
the
fish
called
in
Rome
Laccia
,
and
that
especially
from
the
beginning
of
October
till
the
moneth
of
Aprill
,
as
we
will
declare
more
at
large
when
we
come
to
speake
of
the
riuers
.
Next
vnto
the
fishmongers
dwell
such
as
make
of
a
certaine
hard
reed
,
coopes
and
cages
for
fowles
;
their
shops
being
about
fortie
in
number
.
For
each
of
the
citizens
vseth
to
bring
vp
great
store
of
hennes
and
capons
.
And
that
their
houses
may
not
be
defiled
with
hennes-dung
,
they
keepe
them
continually
in
coopes
and
cages
.
Then
follow
their
shops
that
sell
liquide
sope
,
but
they
be
not
many
,
for
you
shall
finde
more
of
them
in
other
partes
of
the
citie
.
Neither
make
they
sope
at
Fez
onely
,
but
also
in
the
mountaines
thereabout
,
from
whence
it
is
brought
vnto
the
citie
vpon
mules
backes
.
Next
of
all
are
certaine
of
their
shops
that
sell
meale
,
albeit
they
are
diuersly
dispersed
throughout
the
whole
citie
.
Next
vnto
them
are
such
as
sell
seed-graine
and
seed-pulse
:
which
you
cannot
buie
of
any
citizen
,
because
that
euery
one
had
rather
keepe
his
corne
in
store
:
many
there
are
likewise
in
the
same
place
,
that
will
carrie
pulse
or
corne
to
mules
or
horses
,
whithersoeuer
you
will
haue
them
.
A
mule
vseth
to
carrie
three
measures
of
pulse
vpon
his
backe
(
which
the
muliter
is
enioined
to
measure
)
in
three
sacks
lying
one
vpon
another
.
Then
are
there
ten
shops
of
them
that
sell
straw
.
Next
them
is
the
market
where
threed
and
hempe
is
to
be
sold
,
and
where
hempe
vseth
to
be
kempt
:
which
place
is
built
after
the
fashion
of
great
houses
,
with
fower
galleries
or
spare-roomes
round
about
it
:
in
the
first
whereof
they
sell
linnen-cloth
,
and
weigh
hempe
:
in
two
other
sit
a
great
many
women
hauing
abundance
of
sale-threed
,
which
is
there
solde
by
the
criers
,
who
carrie
the
same
vp
and
downe
from
noone
till
night
.
In
the
midst
of
this
place
growe
diuers
mulberie
trees
,
affoordiug
pleasant
shade
and
shelter
vnto
the
merchants
:
and
hither
such
swarmes
of
women
resort
,
that
a
man
shall
hardly
withdraw
himselfe
from
among
them
:
good
sport
it
is
sometime
to
see
how
they
will
barret
and
scould
one
at
another
:
yea
and
oftentimes
you
shall
see
them
fall
together
by
the
eares
.
Let
vs
now
come
to
the
west
part
;
which
stretcheth
from
the
temple
to
that
gate
that
leadeth
vnto
Mecnase
.
Next
vnto
the
smokie
place
before
mentioned
,
their
habitations
directly
stand
,
that
make
leather-tankards
,
to
draw
water
out
of
wels
;
of
whom
there
are
some
fourteene
shops
.
Vnto
these
adioine
such
as
make
wicker-vessels
and
other
,
to
lay
vp
meale
and
corne
in
:
and
these
enioy
about
thirtie
shops
.
Next
them
are
150.
shops
of
tailors
.
And
next
the
tailors
are
those
that
make
leather-shieldes
,
such
as
I
haue
often
seene
brought
into
Europe
.
Then
follow
twenty
shops
of
laundresses
or
washers
,
being
people
of
a
base
condition
;
to
whom
the
citizens
that
haue
not
maids
of
their
owne
,
carrie
their
shirtes
and
other
fowle
linnen
,
which
after
few
daies
are
restored
vnto
them
so
cleane
and
white
as
it
is
woonderfull
.
These
laundresses
haue
diuers
shops
adioining
together
in
the
same
place
:
but
here
and
there
throughout
the
citie
are
aboue
two
hundred
families
of
such
persons
.
Next
vnto
the
laundresses
are
those
that
make
trees
for
saddles
;
who
dwell
likewise
in
great
numbers
eastwarde
right
in
the
way
to
the
college
founded
by
king
Abuhinan
.
Vpon
these
adioine
about
fortie
shops
of
such
as
work
stirrops
,
spurres
,
and
bridles
,
so
artificially
,
as
I
thinke
the
like
are
not
to
be
seene
in
Europe
.
Next
standeth
their
street
,
that
first
rudely
make
the
said
stirrops
,
bridles
,
and
spurres
.
From
thence
you
may
go
into
the
street
of
sadlers
,
which
couer
the
saddles
before
mentioned
threefold
with
most
excellent
leather
:
the
best
leather
they
lay
vppermost
,
and
the
woorst
beneath
,
and
that
with
notable
workmanship
;
as
may
be
seene
in
most
places
of
Italie
.
And
of
them
there
are
moe
then
an
hundred
shops
.
Then
follow
their
long
shops
that
make
pikes
and
launces
.
Next
standeth
a
rocke
or
mount
,
hauing
two
walks
thereupon
;
the
one
whereof
leadeth
to
the
east
gate
,
and
the
other
to
one
of
the
kings
pallaces
,
where
the
kings
sisters
,
or
some
other
of
his
kinred
are
vsually
kept
.
But
this
is
by
the
way
to
be
noted
,
that
all
the
foresaid
shops
or
market
begin
at
the
great
temple
:
howbeit
,
that
I
might
not
inuert
my
set-order
,
I
haue
onely
described
those
places
that
are
round
about
the
said
temple
,
minding
last
of
all
to
speake
of
the
merchants
station
or
burse
.
Of
the
station
or
burse
of
merchants
in
Fez.
THis
burse
you
may
well
call
a
citie
,
which
being
walled
round
about
hath
twelue
gates
,
&
before
euery
gate
an
iron
chaine
,
to
keepe
horses
&
cartes
from
comming
in
.
The
said
burse
is
diuided
into
12.
seuerall
wards
or
partes
:
two
whereof
are
allotted
vnto
such
shoomakers
as
make
shooes
onely
for
noblemen
and
gentlemen
,
and
two
also
to
silke-merchants
or
haberdashers
,
that
sell
ribands
,
garters
,
skarfes
,
and
such
other
like
ornaments
;
and
of
these
there
are
about
fiftie
shops
.
Others
there
are
that
sell
silke
onely
for
the
embrodering
of
shirts
,
cushions
,
and
other
such
furniture
made
of
cloth
,
possessing
almost
as
many
shops
as
the
former
.
Then
follow
those
that
make
womens
girdles
of
course
wooll
(
which
some
make
of
silke
)
but
very
grossely
,
for
I
thinke
they
are
〈◊〉
then
two
fingers
thicke
,
so
that
they
may
serue
almost
for
cables
to
a
ship
.
Next
vnto
these
girdlers
are
such
as
sell
woollen
and
linnen
cloth
brought
out
of
Europe
:
which
haue
also
silke-stuffes
,
caps
,
and
other
like
commodities
to
sell.
Hauing
passed
these
,
you
come
to
them
that
sel
mats
,
mattresses
,
cushions
,
and
other
things
made
of
leather
.
Next
adioineth
the
customers
office
;
for
their
cloth
is
sent
about
by
certaine
criers
to
be
solde
,
who
before
they
can
passe
,
must
goe
to
the
customers
to
haue
the
said
cloth
sealed
,
and
to
pay
toll
vnto
the
customers
.
Criers
here
are
,
to
the
number
of
sixtie
,
which
for
the
crying
of
euery
cloth
haue
one
[
](A05331-e17770-b)*
*
*
*
Or
〈◊〉
.
Liardo
allowed
them
.
Next
of
all
dwell
the
tailors
,
and
that
in
three
seuerall
streetes
.
Then
come
you
to
the
linnen-drapers
,
which
sell
smocks
and
other
apparell
for
women
:
and
these
are
accounted
the
richest
merchants
in
all
Fez
,
for
their
wares
are
the
most
gainful
of
all
others
.
Next
vnto
these
are
certaine
woollen
garments
to
be
sold
,
made
of
such
cloth
as
is
brought
thither
out
of
Europe
.
Euery
afternoone
cloth
is
sold
in
this
place
by
the
criers
,
which
is
lawfull
for
any
man
to
doe
,
when
necessarie
occasion
vrgeth
him
.
Last
of
all
is
that
place
where
they
vse
to
sell
wrought
shirts
,
towels
,
and
other
embrodered
works
;
as
also
where
carpets
,
beds
,
and
blankets
are
to
be
sold.
The
reason
why
this
part
of
the
citie
was
called
Caesaria
.
THe
foresaid
burse
or
station
of
merchants
was
in
times
past
called
Caesaria
,
according
to
the
name
of
that
renowmed
conquerour
〈◊〉
Caesar
:
the
reason
whereof
some
affirme
to
be
;
because
all
the
cities
of
Barbarie
were
in
those
daies
first
subiect
to
the
Romans
,
and
then
to
the
Goths
.
And
each
citie
alwaies
had
either
Romans
or
Goths
to
receiue
and
take
charge
of
the
tribute
.
Howbeit
because
the
people
often
made
ciuill
A
〈◊〉
vsed
in
Africa
how
to
keepe
the
princes
tribute
and
merchants
goods
in
securitie
.
wars
and
assaults
vpon
them
,
their
determination
was
in
euery
citie
to
build
some
strong
walled
place
,
where
both
the
tribute
and
the
principall
goods
of
the
citizens
might
remaine
in
safetie
:
hoping
by
this
meanes
that
the
citizens
would
be
as
carefull
of
the
princes
goods
as
of
their
owne
.
Which
course
had
the
Italians
imitated
,
they
had
neuer
beene
spoiled
so
often
of
their
goods
.
For
in
ciuill
wars
it
many
times
befalleth
,
that
the
greedie
soldiers
not
being
satisfied
with
the
enimies
goods
,
will
prey
vpon
the
wealth
of
their
friendes
.
Of
the
grocers
,
apothecaries
,
and
other
tradesmen
,
and
〈◊〉
of
Fez.
NExt
vnto
the
said
burse
,
on
the
north
side
,
in
a
streight
lane
,
stand
an
hundred
and
fiftie
grocers
and
apothecaries
shops
,
which
are
fortified
on
both
sides
with
two
strong
gates
.
These
shops
are
garded
in
the
night
season
by
certaine
hired
and
armed
watchmen
,
which
keepe
their
station
with
lanternes
and
mastiues
.
The
said
apothecaries
can
make
neither
〈◊〉
,
ointments
,
nor
electuaries
:
but
such
things
are
made
at
home
by
the
phisitions
,
and
are
of
them
to
be
bought
.
The
phisitions
houses
adioine
for
the
most
part
vnto
the
apothecaries
:
howbeitvery
few
of
the
people
knowe
either
the
phisition
or
the
vse
of
his
phisicke
.
The
shops
here
are
so
artificially
built
and
adorned
,
that
the
like
(
I
thinke
)
are
no
where
else
to
be
found
.
Iohn
Leo
was
at
Tauris
in
Persia.
Being
in
Tauris
a
citie
of
Persia
,
I
remember
that
I
saw
diuers
stately
shops
curiously
built
〈◊〉
certaine
galleries
,
but
very
darke
,
so
that
(
in
my
iudgement
)
they
be
far
inferiour
vnto
the
shops
of
Fez.
Next
the
apothecaries
are
certaine
artificers
that
make
combes
of
boxe
and
other
wood
.
Eastward
of
the
apothecaries
dwell
the
needle-makers
,
possessing
to
the
number
of
fiftie
shops
.
Then
follow
those
that
turne
iuorie
,
and
such
other
matter
,
who
(
because
their
craft
is
practised
by
some
other
artizans
)
are
but
few
in
number
.
Vnto
the
turners
adioine
certaine
that
sell
meale
,
sope
,
&
brooms
:
who
dwelling
next
vnto
the
threed-market
beforementioned
,
are
scarce
twenty
shops
in
all
:
for
the
residue
are
dispersed
in
other
places
of
the
citie
,
as
we
will
hereafter
declare
.
Amongst
the
cotton-merchants
are
certaine
that
sell
ornaments
for
tents
,
and
beds
.
Next
of
all
stand
the
fowlers
,
who
,
though
they
be
but
few
,
yet
are
they
stored
with
all
kinde
of
choise
and
daintie
fowles
:
whereupon
the
place
is
called
the
fowlers
market
.
Then
come
you
to
their
shops
that
sell
cords
and
ropes
of
hempe
:
and
then
to
such
as
make
high
corke
slippers
for
noblemen
and
gentlemen
to
walke
the
streetes
in
,
when
it
is
fowle
weather
:
these
corke-slippers
are
finely
trimmed
with
much
silke
,
and
most
excellent
vpper
leathers
,
so
that
the
cheapest
will
cost
a
duckat
,
〈◊〉
some
there
are
of
ten
duckats
,
and
some
of
fiue
and
twentie
duckats
price
.
Such
slippers
as
are
accounted
most
fine
and
costly
are
made
of
blacke
and
white
mulberie-tree
,
of
blacke
walnut-tree
,
and
of
the
Iujubatree
,
albeit
the
corke-slippers
are
the
most
durable
and
strong
.
Vnto
these
adioine
ten
shops
of
Spanish
Moores
,
which
make
crosse-bowes
:
as
also
those
that
make
broomes
of
a
certaine
wilde
palme-tree
,
such
as
are
daily
brought
out
of
〈◊〉
to
Rome
.
These
broomes
they
cartie
about
the
citie
in
a
great
basket
,
either
selling
them
,
or
exchanging
them
for
bran
,
ashes
,
or
olde
shooes
:
the
bran
they
sell
againe
to
shepherds
,
the
ashes
to
such
as
white
threed
,
&
the
old
shooes
to
coblers
.
Next
vnto
them
are
smithes
that
make
nailes
;
&
coopers
which
make
certaine
great
vessels
in
forme
of
a
bucket
,
hauing
corne-measures
to
sell
also
:
which
measures
,
when
the
officer
,
appointed
for
the
same
purpose
,
hath
made
triall
of
,
he
is
to
receiue
a
farthing
apeece
for
his
fee
.
Then
follow
the
wooll-chapmen
,
who
hauing
bought
wooll
of
the
butchers
,
put
it
foorth
vnto
others
to
be
scowred
and
washed
:
the
sheepe-skins
they
themselues
dresse
:
but
as
for
oxe-hides
they
belong
to
another
occupation
,
and
are
tanned
in
another
place
.
Vnto
these
adioine
such
as
make
certaine
langols
or
withs
,
which
the
Africans
put
vpon
their
horses
feete
.
Next
of
all
are
the
braziers
;
then
such
as
make
weights
and
measures
;
and
those
likewise
that
make
instruments
to
carde
wooll
or
flaxe
.
At
length
you
descend
into
a
long
streete
,
where
men
of
diuers
occupations
dwell
together
,
some
of
which
doe
polish
and
enamell
stirrops
,
spurres
,
and
other
such
commodities
,
as
they
receiue
from
the
smithes
roughly
and
rudely
hammered
.
Next
whom
dwell
certaine
cart-wrights
,
plow-wrights
,
mill-wrights
,
and
of
other
like
occupations
.
Diers
haue
their
aboad
by
the
riuers
side
,
and
haue
each
of
them
a
most
cleere
fountaine
or
cesterne
,
to
wash
their
silke-stuffes
in
.
Ouer
against
the
diers
dwell
makers
of
bulwarkes
or
trenches
,
in
a
very
large
place
,
which
being
planted
with
shadie
mulberie-trees
is
exceeding
pleasant
in
the
summer-time
.
Next
them
are
a
companie
offarriers
,
that
shooe
mules
and
horses
:
and
then
those
that
make
the
iron-worke
of
crosse-bowes
.
Then
followe
smithes
that
make
horse-shooes
;
and
last
of
all
those
that
white
linnen-cloth
:
and
here
the
west
part
of
the
citie
endeth
,
which
in
times
past
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
was
a
citie
by
it selfe
,
and
was
built
after
the
citie
on
the
east
side
of
the
riuer
.
A
description
of
the
second
part
of
Fez.
THe
second
part
of
Fez
situate
eastward
,
is
beautified
with
most
stately
palaces
,
temples
,
houses
,
and
colleges
;
albeit
there
are
not
so
many
trades
and
occupations
as
in
the
part
before
described
.
For
here
are
neither
merchants
,
tailors
,
shoomakers
,
&c.
but
of
the
meaner
sort
.
Here
are
notwithstanding
thirtie
shops
of
grocers
.
Neere
vnto
the
walles
dwell
certaine
bricke-burners
and
potters
:
and
not
far
from
thence
is
a
great
market
of
white
earthen
vessels
,
platters
,
cups
,
and
dishes
.
Next
of
all
standes
the
corne-market
,
wherein
are
diuers
granaries
to
lay
vp
corne
.
Ouer
against
the
great
temple
there
is
a
broad
street
paued
with
brick
,
round
about
which
diuers
handy-crafts
and
occupations
are
exercised
.
There
are
likewise
many
other
trades
diuersly
dispersed
ouer
this
east
part
of
the
citie
.
The
drapers
and
grocers
haue
certaine
peculiar
places
allotted
vnto
them
.
In
this
east
part
of
Fez
likewise
there
are
fiue
hundred
and
twenty
weauers
houses
,
very
stately
and
sumptuously
built
:
hauing
in
each
of
them
many
worke-houses
and
loomes
,
which
yeeld
great
rent
vnto
the
owners
.
〈◊〉
there
are
(
by
report
)
in
this
citie
twenty
thousand
,
and
as
many
millers
.
Moreouer
in
this
part
of
Fez
are
an
hundred
shops
for
the
whiting
of
threed
;
the
principall
whereof
being
situate
vpon
the
riuer
,
are
exceedingly
well
furnished
with
kettles
,
cauldrons
,
and
other
such
vessels
:
here
are
likewise
many
great
houses
to
saw
wood
in
,
which
worke
is
performed
by
Christian
captiues
,
and
whatsoeuer
wages
they
earne
,
redoundeth
vnto
their
Lordes
and
masters
.
These
Christian
captiues
are
not
suffered
to
rest
from
their
labours
,
but
only
vpon
fridaies
,
and
vpon
eight
seuerall
daies
of
the
yeere
besides
,
whereon
the
Moores
feastes
are
solemnized
.
Here
also
are
the
common
stewes
for
harlots
,
which
are
fauoured
by
great
men
,
and
sometime
by
the
cheefe
gouernours
of
the
citie
.
Likewise
there
are
certaine
vintners
,
who
are
freely
permitted
to
keepe
harlots
,
and
to
take
filthie
hire
for
them
.
Here
are
also
moe
then
sixe
hundred
cleere
fountaines
walled
round
about
and
most
charily
kept
,
euery
one
of
which
is
seuerally
conueied
by
certaine
pipes
vnto
each
house
,
temple
,
college
,
and
hospitall
:
and
this
fountaine-water
is
accounted
the
best
:
for
that
which
commeth
out
of
the
riuer
is
in
summer
oftentimes
dried
vp
:
as
likewise
when
the
conducts
are
to
be
cleansed
,
the
course
of
the
riuer
must
of
necessitie
be
turned
out
of
the
citie
.
Wherefore
euery
familie
vseth
to
fetch
water
out
of
the
said
fountaines
,
and
albeit
in
summer-time
the
chiefe
gentlemen
vse
riuer-water
,
yet
they
will
often
call
for
fountaine-water
,
because
it
is
more
coole
and
pleasant
in
taste
.
But
in
the
spring-time
it
is
nothing
so
.
These
fountaines
haue
their
originall
for
the
most
part
from
the
west
and
south
,
for
the
north
part
is
all
full
of
mountains
and
marble-rocks
,
containing
certaine
caues
or
cels
,
wherein
corne
may
be
kept
for
many
yeeres
;
of
which
caues
some
are
so
large
,
that
they
will
holde
two
hundred
bushels
of
corne
.
The
citizens
dwelling
neere
those
caues
,
and
such
as
possesse
them
,
do
sufficiently
maintaine
themselues
in
taking
yeerely
euery
hundred
bushell
for
rent
.
The
south
part
of
east
Fez
is
almost
halfe
destitute
of
inhabitants
:
howbeit
the
gardens
abound
with
fruites
and
flowers
of
all
sortes
.
Euery
garden
hath
an
house
belonging
thereunto
,
and
a
christall-fountaine
enuironed
with
roses
and
other
odoriferous
flowers
and
herbes
;
so
that
in
the
spring-time
a
man
may
both
satisfie
his
eies
,
and
solace
his
minde
in
visiting
this
part
of
the
citie
:
and
well
it
may
be
called
a
Paradise
,
sithence
the
noblemen
doe
here
reside
from
the
moneth
of
April
till
the
end
of
September
.
Westward
,
that
is
,
toward
the
kings
palace
,
standeth
a
castle
built
by
a
king
of
the
Luntune-familie
,
resembling
in
bignes
an
whole
towne
:
wherein
the
kings
of
Fez
,
before
the
said
palace
was
built
,
kept
their
royal
residence
.
But
after
new
Fez
began
to
be
built
by
the
Marinkings
,
the
said
castle
was
left
onely
to
the
gouernour
of
the
citie
.
Within
this
castle
standes
a
stately
temple
built
(
as
aforesaid
)
what
time
it
was
inhabited
by
princes
and
nobles
,
many
places
being
afterward
defaced
and
turned
into
gardens
:
howbeit
certaine
houses
were
left
vnto
the
gouernour
,
partly
to
dwell
in
,
and
partly
for
the
deciding
of
〈◊〉
.
Here
is
likewise
a
certaine
prison
for
captiues
supported
with
many
pillers
,
and
being
so
large
,
that
it
will
hold
(
as
diuers
are
of
opinion
)
three
thousand
men
.
Neither
are
there
any
seuerall
roomes
in
this
prison
:
for
at
Fez
one
prison
serueth
for
all
.
By
this
castle
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
very
commodious
for
the
gouernour
.
Of
the
magistrates
,
the
administration
of
iustice
;
and
of
the
apparell
vsed
in
Fez.
IN
the
citie
of
Fez
are
certaine
particular
iudges
and
magistrates
:
and
there
is
a
gouernour
that
defineth
ciuill
controuersies
,
and
giueth
sentence
against
malefactors
.
Likewise
there
is
a
iudge
of
the
canon
law
,
who
hath
to
doe
with
all
matters
concerning
the
Mahumetan
religion
.
A
third
iudge
there
is
also
that
dealeth
about
marriages
and
diuorcements
,
whose
authoritie
is
to
heare
all
witnesses
,
and
to
giue
sentence
accordingly
.
Next
vnto
them
is
the
high
aduocate
,
vnto
whom
they
appeale
from
the
sentence
of
the
saide
iudges
,
when
as
they
doe
either
mistake
themselues
,
or
doe
ground
their
sentence
vpon
the
authoritie
of
some
inferiour
doctor
.
The
gouernour
gaineth
a
great
summe
of
money
by
condemning
of
parties
at
seuerall
times
.
Their
manner
of
proceeding
against
a
malefactor
is
this
:
The
punishment
of
malefactors
in
Fez.
hauing
giuen
him
an
hundred
or
two
hundred
stripes
before
the
gouernour
,
the
executioner
putteth
an
iron-chaine
about
his
necke
,
and
so
leadeth
him
starke-naked
(
his
priuities
onely
excepted
)
through
all
partes
of
the
citie
:
after
the
executioner
followes
a
sergeant
,
declaring
vnto
all
the
people
what
fact
the
guiltie
person
hath
committed
,
till
at
length
hauing
put
on
his
apparell
againe
,
they
carrie
him
backe
to
prison
.
Sometimes
it
falleth
out
that
many
offenders
chained
together
are
led
about
the
citie
:
and
the
gouernour
for
each
malefactor
thus
punished
,
receiueth
one
duckat
and
one
fourth
part
;
and
likewise
at
their
first
entrance
into
the
iaile
,
he
demaunds
of
each
one
a
certaine
dutie
,
which
is
paid
particularly
vnto
him
by
diuers
merchants
and
artificers
appointed
of
purpose
.
And
amongst
his
other
liuings
,
he
gathereth
out
of
a
certaine
mountaine
seuen
thousand
duckats
of
yeerely
reuenue
:
so
that
when
occasion
serueth
,
he
is
at
his
proper
costs
to
finde
the
king
of
Fez
three
hundred
horses
,
and
to
giue
them
their
pay
.
Those
which
follow
the
canon-lawe
haue
neither
stipend
nor
rewarde
allowed
them
:
for
it
is
forbidden
by
the
law
of
Mahumet
,
that
the
iudges
of
his
religion
should
reape
any
commoditie
or
fees
by
their
office
;
but
that
they
shoulde
liue
onely
by
reading
of
lectures
,
and
by
their
priesthood
.
In
this
facultie
are
many
aduocates
and
proctors
,
which
are
extreme
idiotes
,
and
vtterly
voide
of
all
good
learning
.
There
is
a
place
also
in
Fez
whereinto
the
iudges
vseto
cast
the
citizens
,
for
debt
,
or
for
some
light
offence
.
In
all
this
citie
are
fower
officers
or
sergeants
onely
;
who
from
midnight
till
two
a
clocke
in
the
morning
doe
walke
about
all
partes
of
the
citie
;
neither
haue
they
any
stipend
,
but
a
certaine
fee
of
such
malefactors
as
they
lead
about
in
chaines
,
according
to
the
qualitie
of
euery
mans
crime
;
moreouer
,
they
are
freely
permitted
to
sell
wine
,
and
to
keepe
harlots
.
The
saide
gouernour
hath
neither
scribes
nor
notaries
,
but
pronounceth
all
sentences
by
word
of
mouth
.
One
onely
there
is
that
gathereth
customes
and
tributes
ouer
all
the
citie
,
who
daily
paieth
to
the
kings
vse
thirtie
duckats
.
This
man
appointeth
certaine
substitutes
to
watch
at
euery
gate
,
where
nothing
,
be
it
of
neuer
so
small
value
,
can
passe
before
some
tribute
be
paid
.
Yea
sometime
they
goe
foorth
of
the
citie
to
meete
with
the
carriers
and
muliters
vpon
the
high
waies
,
to
the
end
they
may
not
conceale
nor
closely
conuey
any
merchandize
into
the
citie
.
And
if
they
be
taken
in
any
deceite
,
they
pay
double
.
The
set
order
or
proportion
of
their
custome
is
this
,
namely
to
pay
two
duckats
for
the
woorth
of
an
hundred
:
for
Onix-stones
,
which
are
brought
hither
in
great
plentie
,
they
pay
one
fourth
part
:
but
for
wood
,
corne
,
oxen
,
and
hennes
,
they
giue
nothing
at
all
.
Neither
at
the
entring
of
the
citie
doe
they
pay
any
tribute
for
rammes
,
but
at
the
shambles
they
giue
two
[
](A05331-e17940-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Baiochi
.
Liardos
apeece
,
and
to
the
gouernour
of
the
shambles
one
.
The
said
gouernour
of
the
shambles
hath
alwaies
twelue
men
waiting
vpon
him
,
and
oftentimes
he
rideth
about
the
citie
to
examine
the
weight
of
bread
,
and
finding
any
bread
to
faile
of
the
due
waight
,
he
causeth
the
baker
to
be
beaten
with
cudgels
,
and
to
be
led
in
contempt
vp
and
downe
the
citie
.
The
said
office
was
woont
to
be
allotted
vnto
men
of
singular
honestie
;
but
now
adaies
euery
ignorant
and
lewd
person
enioieth
it
.
The
citizens
of
Fez
goe
very
ciuilly
and
decently
attired
,
in
the
spring-time
wearing
garments
made
of
outlandish
cloth
:
ouer
these
shirtes
they
weare
a
iacket
or
cassocke
being
narrow
and
halfe-sleeued
,
whereupon
they
weare
a
certaine
wide
garment
,
close
before
on
the
breast
.
Their
caps
are
thinne
and
single
,
like
vnto
the
night-caps
vsed
in
Italie
,
sauing
that
they
couer
not
their
eares
:
these
caps
are
couered
with
a
certaine
skarfe
,
which
being
twise
wreathed
about
their
head
and
beard
,
hangeth
by
a
knot
.
They
weare
neither
hose
nor
breeches
,
but
in
the
spring-time
when
they
ride
a
iourney
they
put
on
bootes
:
mary
the
poorer
sort
haue
onely
their
cassocke
,
and
a
mantle
ouer
that
called
[
](A05331-e17950-b)*
*
*
*
Or
〈◊〉
.
Barnussi
,
and
a
most
course
cap.
The
doctors
and
ancient
gentlemen
weare
a
certaine
garment
with
wide
sleeues
,
somewhat
like
to
the
gentlemen
of
Venice
.
The
common
sort
of
people
are
for
the
most
part
clad
in
a
kinde
of
course
white
cloth
.
The
women
are
not
altogether
vnseemely
apparelled
,
but
in
sommer-time
they
weare
nothing
saue
their
smocks
onely
.
In
winter
they
weare
such
a
wide
sleeued
garment
,
being
close
at
the
breast
,
as
that
of
the
men
before
mentioned
.
When
they
goe
abroad
,
they
put
on
certaine
long
breeches
,
wherewith
their
legs
are
all
couered
,
hauing
also
,
after
the
fashion
of
Syria
,
a
vaile
hanging
downe
from
their
heads
,
which
couereth
their
whole
bodies
.
On
their
faces
likewise
they
weare
a
maske
with
two
little
holes
onely
for
their
eies
,
to
peepe
out
at
.
Their
eares
they
adorne
with
golden
eare-rings
&
with
most
pretious
iewels
:
the
meaner
sort
weare
〈◊〉
of
siluer
and
gilt
only
.
Vpon
their
armes
the
ladies
and
gentlewomen
weare
golden
bracelets
,
and
the
residue
siluer
,
as
likewise
gold
or
siluer-rings
vpon
their
legs
,
according
to
each
ones
estate
and
abilitie
.
Of
their
manner
of
eating
and
drinking
.
LEt
vs
now
speake
somewhat
of
their
victuals
and
manner
of
eating
.
The
common
sort
set
on
the
pot
with
fresh
meat
twise
euery
weeke
:
but
the
gentlemen
and
richer
sort
euery
day
,
and
as
often
as
they
list
.
They
take
three
meales
a
day
:
their
breakefast
consisteth
of
certaine
fruits
and
bread
,
or
else
of
a
kinde
of
liquid
pap
made
like
vnto
frumentie
:
in
winter
they
sup
off
the
broth
of
sal
flesh
thickened
with
course
meale
.
To
dinner
they
haue
flesh
,
sallets
,
cheese
,
and
oliues
:
but
in
summer
they
haue
greater
cheere
.
Their
supper
is
easie
of
digestion
,
consisting
of
bread
,
melons
,
grapes
,
or
milke
:
but
in
winter
they
haue
sodden
flesh
,
together
with
a
kinde
of
meate
called
Cuscusu
,
which
being
made
of
a
lumpe
of
dowe
is
set
first
vpon
the
A
kinde
of
〈◊〉
called
Cuscusu
.
fire
in
certaine
vessels
full
of
holes
,
and
afterwarde
is
tempered
with
butter
and
pottage
.
Some
also
vse
often
to
haue
roste-meat
.
And
thus
you
see
after
what
sort
both
the
gentlemen
&
common
people
lead
their
liues
:
albeit
the
〈◊〉
fare
somewhat
more
daintily
:
but
if
you
compare
them
with
the
noblemen
and
gentlemen
of
Europe
,
they
may
seeme
to
be
miserable
and
base
fellowes
;
not
for
any
want
or
scarcitie
of
victuals
,
but
for
want
of
good
manners
and
cleanlines
.
The
table
whereat
they
sit
is
lowe
,
vncouered
,
and
filthie
:
seats
they
haue
none
but
the
bare
ground
,
neither
kniues
or
〈◊〉
but
only
their
ten
talons
.
The
said
Cuscusu
is
set
before
them
all
in
one
only
platter
,
whereout
as
well
gentlemen
as
others
take
it
not
with
spoones
,
but
with
their
clawes
fiue
.
The
meat
&
pottage
is
putal
in
one
dish
;
out
of
which
euery
one
raketh
with
his
greasie
fists
what
he
thinkes
good
:
you
shall
neuer
see
knife
vpon
the
table
,
but
they
teare
and
greedily
deuoure
their
meate
like
hungrie
dogs
.
Neither
doth
any
of
them
desire
to
drinke
before
he
hath
well
stuffed
his
panch
;
and
then
will
he
sup
off
a
cup
of
cold
water
as
big
as
a
milke-bowle
.
The
doctors
indeede
are
somewhat
more
orderly
at
meales
:
but
,
to
tell
you
the
very
truth
,
in
all
Italie
there
is
no
gentleman
so
meane
,
which
for
fine
diet
and
stately
furniture
excelleth
not
the
greatest
potentates
and
lords
of
all
Africa
.
The
manner
of
solemnizing
mariages
.
AS
touching
their
mariages
,
they
obserue
these
courses
following
.
So
soone
as
the
maides
father
hath
espoused
her
vnto
her
louer
,
they
goe
foorthwith
like
bride
and
bridegroome
to
church
,
accompanied
with
their
parents
and
kinsfolkes
,
and
call
likewise
two
notaries
with
them
to
make
record
before
all
that
are
present
of
the
couenants
and
dowrie
.
The
meaner
sort
of
people
vsually
giue
for
their
daughters
dowrie
thirtie
duckats
and
a
woman-slaue
of
fifteene
duckats
price
;
as
likewise
a
partie-coloured
garment
embrodered
with
silke
,
and
certaine
other
silke
skarfs
or
iags
,
to
weare
vpon
her
head
in
stead
of
a
hood
or
vaile
;
then
a
paire
of
fine
shooes
,
and
two
excellent
paire
of
startups
;
and
lastly
many
pretie
knackes
curiously
made
of
siluer
and
other
metals
,
as
namely
combes
,
perfuming-pans
,
bellowes
,
and
such
other
trinkets
as
women
haue
in
estimation
.
Which
being
done
,
all
the
guests
present
are
inuited
to
a
banket
,
whereunto
for
great
dainties
is
brought
a
kinde
of
bread
fried
and
tempered
with
honie
,
which
wee
haue
before
described
;
then
they
bring
roste-meate
to
the
boord
,
all
this
being
at
the
bridegroomes
cost
:
afterward
the
brides
father
maketh
a
banket
in
like
sort
.
Who
if
he
bestow
on
his
daughter
some
apparell
besides
her
dowrie
,
it
is
accounted
a
point
of
liberalitie
.
And
albeit
the
father
promiseth
but
thirtie
duckats
onely
for
a
dowrie
,
yet
will
he
sometimes
bestow
,
in
apparell
and
other
ornaments
belonging
to
women
,
two
hundred
,
yea
sometimes
three
hundred
duckats
besides
.
But
they
seldome
giue
an
house
,
a
vineyarde
,
or
a
field
for
a
dowrie
.
Moreouer
vpon
the
bride
they
bestowe
three
gownes
made
of
costly
cloth
;
and
three
others
of
silke
chamlet
,
or
of
some
other
excellent
stuffe
.
They
giue
her
smockes
likewise
curiously
wrought
,
with
fine
vailes
,
and
other
embrodered
vestures
;
as
also
pillowes
and
cushions
of
the
best
sort
.
And
besides
all
the
former
giftes
,
they
bestow
eight
carpets
or
couerlets
on
the
bride
,
fower
whereof
are
onely
for
seemelines
to
spread
vpon
their
presses
and
cupboords
:
two
of
the
courser
they
vse
for
their
beds
;
and
the
other
two
of
leather
,
to
lay
vpon
the
floore
of
their
bed-chambers
.
Also
they
haue
certaine
rugs
of
about
twenty
elles
compasse
or
length
;
as
likewise
three
quilts
being
made
of
linnen
and
woollen
on
the
one
side
,
and
stuffed
with
flockes
on
the
other
side
,
which
they
vse
in
the
night
in
manner
following
.
With
the
one
halfe
they
couer
themselues
,
and
the
other
halfe
they
lay
vnder
them
:
which
they
may
easily
doe
,
when
as
they
are
both
waies
about
ten
elles
long
.
Vnto
the
former
they
adde
as
many
couerlets
of
silke
very
curiously
embrodered
on
the
vpperside
,
and
beneath
lined
double
with
linnen
and
cotton
.
They
bestow
likewise
white
couerlets
to
vse
in
summer-time
onely
:
and
lastly
they
bestow
a
woollen
hanging
diuided
into
many
partes
,
and
finely
wrought
,
as
namely
with
certaine
peeces
of
gilt
leather
;
whereupon
they
sowe
iags
of
partie-coloured
silke
,
and
vpon
euery
iag
a
little
ball
or
button
of
silke
,
whereby
the
saide
hanging
may
for
ornaments
sake
be
fastened
vnto
a
wall
.
Here
you
see
what
be
the
appurtenances
of
their
dowries
;
wherein
some
doe
striue
so
much
to
excell
others
,
that
oftentimes
many
gentlemen
haue
brought
themselues
vnto
pouertie
thereby
.
Some
Italians
thinke
that
the
husband
bestowes
a
dowrie
vpon
his
wife
;
but
they
altogether
mistake
the
matter
.
The
bridegroome
being
ready
to
carrie
home
his
bride
,
causeth
her
to
be
placed
in
a
woodden
cage
or
cabinet
eight-square
couered
with
silke
,
in
which
she
is
carried
by
porters
,
her
parents
and
kinsfolkes
following
,
with
a
great
noise
of
trumpets
,
pipes
,
and
drums
,
and
with
a
number
of
torches
;
the
bridegroomes
kinsmen
goe
before
with
torches
,
and
the
brides
kinsfolkes
followe
after
:
and
so
they
goe
vnto
the
great
market
place
,
and
hauing
passed
by
the
temple
,
the
bridegroome
takes
his
leaue
of
his
father
in
lawe
and
the
rest
,
hying
him
home
with
all
speed
,
and
in
his
chamber
expecting
the
presence
of
his
spouse
.
The
father
,
brother
,
and
vncle
of
the
bride
lead
her
vnto
the
chamber-doore
,
and
there
deliuer
her
with
one
consent
vnto
the
mother
of
the
bridegroome
:
who
,
as
soone
as
she
is
entred
,
toucheth
her
foote
with
his
,
and
foorthwith
they
depart
into
a
seuerall
roome
by
themselues
.
In
the
meane
season
the
banket
is
comming
foorth
:
and
a
certaine
woman
standeth
before
the
〈◊〉
doore
,
expecting
till
the
bridegroome
hauing
defloured
his
bride
reacheth
her
a
napkin
stained
with
blood
,
which
napkin
she
carrieth
incontinent
and
sheweth
to
the
guestes
,
proclaiming
with
a
lowd
voice
,
that
the
bride
was
euer
till
that
time
an
vnspotted
and
pure
virgine
.
This
woman
together
with
other
women
her
companions
,
first
the
parents
of
the
bridegroome
and
then
of
the
bride
doe
honourably
entertaine
.
But
if
the
bride
be
found
not
to
be
a
virgine
,
the
mariage
is
made
frustrate
,
and
she
with
great
disgrace
is
turned
home
to
her
parents
.
At
complete
mariages
they
make
for
the
most
part
three
bankets
:
the
first
the
same
day
when
the
bridegroome
and
bride
are
ioined
in
wedlocke
;
the
second
the
day
following
for
women
onely
;
and
the
third
seuen
daies
after
;
whereat
all
the
kinsfolks
and
friends
of
the
bride
are
present
;
and
this
day
the
brides
father
,
according
to
his
abilitie
,
sendes
great
store
of
daintie
dishes
vnto
his
sonne
in
lawe
:
but
so
soone
as
the
new
married
man
goeth
foorth
of
the
house
(
which
is
for
the
most
part
on
the
seuenth
day
after
the
mariage
)
he
buieth
great
plentie
of
fishes
,
which
he
causeth
his
mother
or
some
other
woman
to
cast
vpon
his
wiues
feete
;
and
this
they
,
from
an
ancient
superstitious
custome
,
take
for
a
good
boading
.
Likewise
at
the
bridegroomes
fathers
they
vse
to
make
two
other
feasts
;
the
one
vpon
the
day
before
the
bride
is
married
;
and
so
that
night
they
spend
in
dauncing
and
disport
.
The
morrow
after
a
companie
of
women
goe
to
dresse
the
bride
,
to
combe
her
locks
,
and
to
paint
her
cheekes
with
vermillion
;
her
hands
and
her
feete
they
die
blacke
,
but
all
this
painting
presently
looseth
the
fresh
hew
;
and
this
day
they
haue
another
banket
.
The
bride
they
place
in
the
highest
roome
that
she
may
be
seene
of
all
,
and
then
those
that
dressed
the
bride
are
condignely
entertained
.
Being
come
to
the
bridegroomes
house
,
his
parents
salute
the
new
bride
with
certaine
great
cups
full
of
new
wine
and
cakes
,
with
other
iuncats
,
(
which
wee
wil
here
passe
ouer
in
silence
)
all
which
are
bestowed
vpon
the
bridegroomes
companions
.
The
same
night
which
we
said
was
spent
in
dauncing
,
there
are
present
at
the
bridall-house
certaine
minstrels
and
singers
,
which
by
turnes
sometimes
vse
their
instruments
and
sometimes
voice-musicke
:
they
daunce
alwaies
one
by
one
,
and
at
the
end
of
each
galliard
they
bestow
a
largesse
vpon
the
musitions
.
If
any
one
wil
honour
the
dancer
,
he
bids
him
kneele
downe
before
him
,
and
hauing
fastened
peeces
of
money
all
ouer
his
face
,
the
musitions
presently
take
it
off
for
their
fee
.
The
women
daunce
alone
without
any
men
,
at
the
noise
of
their
owne
musitions
.
All
these
things
vse
to
be
performed
when
the
bride
is
a
maide
.
But
the
mariages
of
The
marriage
of
widowes
.
widowes
are
concluded
with
lesse
adoe
.
Their
cheere
is
boiled
beefe
and
mutton
,
and
stued
hens
,
with
diuers
iuncating
dishes
among
.
In
stead
of
trenchers
,
the
guestes
being
ten
or
twelue
in
number
,
haue
so
many
great
round
platters
of
wood
set
before
them
.
And
this
is
the
common
custome
of
gentlemen
and
merchants
.
The
meaner
sort
present
their
guestes
with
certaine
sops
or
bruesse
of
bread
like
vnto
a
pan-cake
,
which
being
dipped
in
flesh-pottage
,
they
eate
out
of
a
great
platter
not
with
spoones
but
with
their
fingers
onely
:
and
round
about
each
great
platter
stand
to
the
number
of
ten
or
twelue
persons
.
Likewise
they
make
a
solemne
feast
at
the
circumcision
of
their
male
children
,
which
is
vpon
the
seuenth
day
after
their
birth
;
The
circumcision
of
their
children
.
and
at
this
feast
the
circumciser
,
together
with
all
their
friends
and
kinsfolks
is
present
:
which
being
done
,
each
one
,
according
to
his
abilitie
,
bestoweth
a
gift
vpon
the
circumciser
in
manner
following
.
Euery
man
laies
his
money
vpon
a
lads
face
which
the
circumciser
brought
with
him
.
Whereupon
the
lad
calling
euery
one
by
his
name
,
giueth
them
thanks
in
particular
:
and
then
the
infant
being
circumcised
,
they
spend
that
day
with
as
great
iollitie
as
a
day
of
mariage
.
But
at
the
birth
of
a
daughter
they
shew
not
so
much
alacritie
.
Of
their
rites
obserued
vpon
festiuall
dates
,
and
their
manner
of
mourning
for
the
dead
.
AMong
the
people
of
Fez
there
haue
remained
certaine
reliques
〈◊〉
Christian
ceremonies
〈◊〉
among
the
〈◊〉
.
of
festiuall
daies
instituted
of
olde
by
the
Christians
;
whereupon
they
vse
certaine
ceremonies
which
themselues
vnderstande
not
.
Vpon
Christmas
euen
they
eate
a
sallet
made
of
diuers
herbs
:
they
seeth
likewise
that
night
all
kind
of
pulse
,
which
they
feede
vpon
for
great
dainties
.
Vpon
New-yeeres
day
the
children
goe
with
maskes
and
vizards
on
their
faces
to
the
houses
of
gentlemen
and
merchants
,
and
haue
fruits
giuen
them
for
singing
certaine
carols
or
songs
.
When
as
the
feast
of
Saint
Iohn
Baptist
is
hallowed
among
Christians
,
you
shall
here
see
all
about
great
store
of
fires
made
with
straw
.
And
when
their
childrens
teeth
begin
to
grow
,
they
make
another
feast
called
,
according
to
the
Latines
,
Dentilla
.
They
haue
also
many
other
rites
and
customes
of
diuining
or
soothsaying
,
the
like
wherof
I
haue
seene
at
Rome
and
in
other
cities
of
Italie
.
As
touching
their
feasts
prescribed
by
the
Mahumetan
lawe
,
they
are
at
large
set
downe
in
that
briefe
treatise
which
we
haue
written
concerning
the
same
law
.
The
women
hauing
by
death
lost
Their
funerals
.
their
husbands
,
fathers
,
or
any
other
of
their
deere
friends
,
assemble
foorthwith
a
great
multitude
of
their
own
sexe
together
,
who
stripping
themselues
out
of
their
owne
attire
,
put
on
most
vile
sackcloth
,
and
defile
their
faces
with
much
durt
:
then
call
they
certaine
men
clad
in
womens
attire
,
bringing
great
fower-square
drums
with
them
,
at
the
noise
of
which
drums
the
women-mourners
sing
a
funerall
song
,
tending
as
much
as
may
be
,
to
the
commendation
of
the
partie
deceased
:
and
at
the
end
of
euery
verse
,
the
said
women
vtter
most
hideous
shrikes
&
outcries
,
tearing
their
haire
,
&
with
much
lamentation
beating
their
cheekes
&
breasts
,
till
they
be
all-imbrued
with
blood
:
and
so
these
heathenish
superstitions
continue
for
seuen
whole
daies
together
.
At
which
seuen
daies
ende
they
surcease
their
mourning
for
the
space
of
40.
daies
,
&
then
they
begin
anew
to
torment
themselues
for
three
daies
togither
in
maner
aforesaid
:
howbeit
these
kinds
of
obsequies
are
obserued
onely
by
the
baser
people
,
but
the
gentlemen
and
better
sort
behaue
themselues
more
modestly
.
At
this
time
all
the
widowes
friends
come
about
her
to
comfort
her
,
and
send
diuers
kinds
of
meats
vnto
her
:
for
in
the
mourning
house
they
may
dresse
no
meate
at
all
,
till
the
dead
corpes
be
carried
foorth
.
The
woman
her selfe
that
looseth
her
husband
,
father
,
or
brother
,
neuer
goeth
foorth
with
the
funerall
.
But
how
they
wash
and
burie
the
dead
corpes
,
and
what
superstitions
they
vse
thereabout
,
you
shall
finde
recorded
in
my
little
treatise
aboue
mentioned
.
Of
their
doue-houses
.
DIuers
there
are
in
this
citie
,
that
take
much
pleasure
in
keeping
of
doues
,
which
are
here
in
great
plentie
,
of
all
colours
.
These
doues
they
keepe
in
certaine
cages
or
lockers
on
the
tops
of
their
houses
,
which
lockers
they
set
open
twise
a
day
,
to
wit
,
morning
and
euening
,
delighting
greatly
to
see
them
flie
,
for
those
that
out-flie
the
residue
are
accounted
the
best
.
Oftentimes
it
falleth
out
,
that
neighbours
doues
will
be
mingled
together
,
for
which
cause
you
shall
see
the
owners
goe
together
by
the
eares
.
Some
haue
a
certaine
net
bound
vnto
two
long
canes
,
wherewith
they
vse
to
take
their
neighbours
doues
,
as
they
come
flying
foorth
of
their
louers
.
Amongst
the
colliers
you
shall
find
seuen
or
eight
shops
onely
of
those
that
sel
doues
.
Their
manner
of
gaming
at
Fez.
THe
citizens
vse
most
of
all
to
play
at
chesse
,
and
that
from
ancient
times
.
Other
games
there
are
also
,
but
very
rude
,
and
vsed
onely
by
the
common
people
.
At
certaine
times
of
the
yeere
the
boies
of
one
street
wil
fight
with
clubs
against
the
boies
of
another
street
,
and
that
sometimes
with
so
great
furie
,
that
they
〈◊〉
themselues
to
other
weapons
and
slay
one
another
,
especially
vpon
their
festiuall
daies
,
what
time
they
will
challenge
and
prouoke
one
another
foorth
of
the
citie-walles
.
And
hauing
fought
hard
all
the
whole
day
,
at
night
they
fall
to
throwing
of
stones
:
till
at
length
the
citie-officers
come
vpon
them
,
taking
some
,
and
beating
them
publiquely
throughout
the
citie
.
Sometimes
it
falleth
〈◊〉
,
that
the
yoong
striplings
arming
themselues
,
and
going
by
night
out
of
the
citie
,
range
vp
and
downe
the
fields
and
gardens
:
and
if
the
contrarie
faction
of
yoonkers
and
they
meere
,
it
is
woonderfull
what
a
bloodie
skirmish
ensueth
:
howbeit
they
are
often
most
seuerely
punished
for
it
.
Of
the
African
poets
.
IN
Fez
there
are
diuers
most
excellent
poets
,
which
make
verses
in
their
owne
mother
toong
.
Most
of
their
poems
and
songs
intreat
of
loue
.
Euery
yeere
they
pen
certaine
verses
in
the
commendation
of
Mahumet
,
especially
vpon
his
birth-day
:
for
then
betimes
in
the
morning
they
resort
vnto
the
palace
of
the
chiefe
iudge
or
gouernour
,
ascending
his
tribunall-seate
,
and
from
thence
reading
their
verses
to
a
great
audience
of
people
:
and
hee
Rewards
for
poets
in
Fez.
whose
verses
are
most
elegant
and
pithie
,
is
that
yeere
proclaimed
prince
of
the
poets
.
But
when
as
the
kings
of
the
Marin-familie
prospered
,
they
vsed
to
inuite
all
the
learned
men
of
the
citie
vnto
their
palace
;
and
honourably
entertaining
them
,
they
commanded
each
man
in
their
hearing
to
recite
their
verses
to
the
commendation
of
Mahumet
:
and
he
that
was
in
all
mens
opinions
esteemed
the
best
poet
,
was
rewarded
by
the
king
with
an
hundred
duckats
,
with
an
excellent
horse
,
with
a
woman-slaue
,
and
with
the
kings
owne
robes
wherewith
he
was
then
apparelled
:
all
the
rest
had
fiftie
duckats
apeece
giuen
them
,
so
that
none
departed
without
the
kings
liberalitie
:
but
an
hundred
and
thirtie
yeeres
are
expired
since
this
custome
,
together
with
the
maiestie
of
the
Fessan
kingdome
,
decaied
.
A
description
of
the
grammar-schooles
in
Fez.
OF
schooles
in
Fez
for
the
instructing
of
children
,
there
are
almost
two
hundred
,
euery
one
of
which
is
in
fashion
like
a
great
hall
.
The
schoolemasters
teach
their
children
to
write
and
read
not
out
of
a
booke
,
but
out
of
a
certaine
great
table
.
Euery
day
they
expound
one
sentence
of
the
Alcoran
:
and
hauing
red
quite
through
they
begin
it
againe
,
repeating
it
so
often
,
til
they
haue
most
firmely
committed
the
same
to
memorie
:
which
they
doe
right
well
in
the
space
of
7.
yeeres
.
Then
read
they
vnto
their
scholers
some
part
of
orthographie
:
howbeit
both
this
and
the
other
parts
of
Grammar
are
far
more
exactly
taught
in
the
colleges
,
then
in
these
triuiall
schooles
.
The
said
schoolemasters
are
allowed
a
very
small
stipend
;
but
when
their
boies
haue
learned
some
part
of
the
Alcoran
,
they
present
certaine
gifts
vnto
their
master
,
according
to
each
ones
abilitie
.
Afterward
so
soon
as
any
boy
hath
perfectly
learned
the
whole
Alcaron
,
his
father
inuiteth
all
his
sonnes
schoole-fellowes
vnto
a
great
banket
:
and
his
sonne
in
costly
apparell
rides
through
the
street
vpon
a
gallant
horse
,
which
horse
and
apparell
the
gouernour
of
the
royall
citadell
is
bound
to
lend
him
.
The
rest
of
his
schoole-fellowes
being
mounted
likewise
on
horse-backe
accompany
him
to
the
banketing
house
,
singing
diuers
songs
to
the
praise
of
God
and
of
Mahumet
.
Then
are
they
brought
to
a
most
sumptuous
banket
,
whereat
all
the
kinsfolkes
of
the
foresaid
boyes
father
are
vsually
present
:
euery
one
of
whom
bestoweth
on
the
schoolemaster
some
small
gift
,
and
the
boyes
father
giues
him
a
new
sute
of
apparell
.
The
said
scholers
likewise
vse
to
celebrate
a
feast
vpon
the
birth-day
of
Mahumet
,
and
then
their
fathers
are
bound
to
send
each
man
a
torch
vnto
the
schoole
:
whereupon
euery
boy
carrieth
a
torch
in
his
hand
,
some
of
which
waigh
thirty
pound
.
These
torches
are
most
curiously
made
,
being
adorned
round
about
with
diuers
fruits
of
waxe
,
which
being
lighted
betimes
in
the
morning
doe
burne
till
sun-rise
,
in
the
meane
while
certaine
singers
resound
the
praises
of
Mahumet
,
and
so
soone
as
the
sunne
is
vp
,
all
their
solemnitie
ceaseth
:
this
day
vseth
to
be
very
gainfull
vnto
the
schoolemasters
,
for
they
sell
the
remnant
of
the
waxe
vpon
the
torches
for
an
hundred
duckats
,
and
sometimes
for
more
.
None
of
them
paies
any
rent
for
his
schoole
:
for
all
their
schooles
were
built
many
yeeres
agoe
,
and
were
freely
bestowed
for
the
training
vp
of
youth
.
Whatsoeuer
ornaments
or
toyes
are
vpon
the
〈◊〉
,
the
schoolemasters
diuide
them
among
their
scholers
and
among
the
singers
.
Both
in
these
common
schooles
and
also
in
the
colleges
they
haue
two
daies
of
recreation
euery
weeke
,
wherein
they
neither
teach
nor
studie
.
Of
the
fortune-tellers
and
some
other
artizans
in
Fez.
WE
haue
said
nothing
as
yet
of
the
leather-dressers
,
who
haue
diuers
mansions
by
the
riuers
side
,
paying
for
euery
skin
an
halfepeny
custome
,
which
amounteth
yeerely
almost
vnto
three
hundred
duckats
.
Here
are
likewise
chirurgions
&
barbers
,
whom
,
because
they
are
so
few
,
I
thought
not
to
haue
mentioned
in
this
place
.
Now
let
vs
speake
of
the
fortune-tellers
and
diuiners
,
of
whom
there
is
a
great
number
,
and
three
kindes
.
For
one
Three
sorts
of
diuiners
in
Fez.
sort
vseth
certaine
Geomanticall
figures
.
Others
powring
a
drop
of
oile
into
a
viall
or
glasse
of
water
,
make
the
saide
water
to
bee
transparent
and
bright
,
wherein
,
as
it
were
in
a
mirrour
,
they
affirme
that
they
see
huge
swarmes
of
diuels
that
resemble
an
whole
armie
,
some
whereof
are
trauelling
,
some
are
passing
ouer
a
riuer
,
and
others
fighting
a
land-battell
,
whom
when
the
diuiner
seeth
at
quiet
,
he
demandeth
such
questions
of
them
as
he
is
desirous
to
be
resolued
of
:
and
the
diuels
giue
them
answere
with
beckning
,
or
with
some
gesture
of
their
hands
or
eies
:
so
inconsiderate
and
damnable
is
their
credulitie
in
this
behalfe
.
The
foresaid
glasse-viall
they
will
deliuer
into
childrens
hands
scarce
of
eight
yeeres
old
,
of
whom
they
will
aske
whether
they
see
this
or
that
diuell
.
Many
of
the
citie
are
so
besotted
with
these
vanities
,
that
they
spend
great
summes
vpon
them
.
The
third
kinde
of
diuiners
are
women-witches
,
which
are
affirmed
to
haue
familiaritie
with
diuels
:
some
diuels
they
call
red
,
some
white
,
and
some
blacke
diuels
:
and
when
they
will
tell
any
mans
fortune
,
they
perfume
themselues
with
certaine
odours
,
saying
,
that
then
they
possesse
themselues
with
that
diuell
which
they
called
for
:
afterward
changing
their
voice
,
they
faine
the
diuell
to
speake
within
them
:
then
they
which
come
to
enquire
,
ought
with
great
feare
&
trembling
aske
these
vile
&
abominable
witches
such
questions
as
they
meane
to
propound
,
and
lastly
offering
some
fee
vnto
the
diuell
,
they
depart
.
But
the
wiser
and
honester
sort
of
people
call
these
women
Sahaoat
,
which
in
Latin
signifieth
Fricatrices
,
because
they
haue
a
damnable
custome
to
commit
vnlawfull
Venerie
among
themselues
,
which
I
cannot
expresse
in
any
modester
termes
.
If
faire
women
come
vnto
them
at
any
time
,
these
abominable
witches
will
burne
in
lust
towardes
them
no
otherwise
then
lustie
yoonkers
doe
towards
yoong
maides
,
and
will
in
the
diuels
behalfe
demaunde
for
a
rewarde
,
that
they
may
lie
with
them
:
and
so
by
this
meanes
it
often
falleth
out
,
that
thinking
thereby
to
fulfill
the
diuels
command
they
lie
with
the
witches
.
Yea
some
there
are
,
which
being
allured
with
the
delight
of
this
abominable
vice
,
will
desire
the
companie
of
these
witches
,
and
faining
themselues
to
be
sicke
,
will
either
call
one
of
the
witches
home
to
them
,
or
will
send
their
husbands
for
the
same
purpose
:
and
so
the
witches
perceiuing
how
the
matter
stands
,
will
say
that
the
woman
is
possessed
with
a
diuell
,
and
that
she
can
no
way
be
cured
,
vnlesse
she
be
admitted
into
their
societie
.
With
these
words
her
silly
husband
being
persuaded
,
doth
not
onely
permit
her
so
to
doe
,
but
makes
also
a
sumptuous
banket
vnto
the
damned
crew
of
witches
:
which
being
done
,
they
vse
to
daunce
very
strangely
at
the
noise
of
drums
:
and
so
the
poore
man
commits
his
false
wife
to
their
filthie
disposition
.
Howbeit
some
there
are
that
will
soone
coniure
the
diuell
with
a
good
cudgell
out
of
their
wiues
:
others
faining
themselues
to
be
possessed
with
a
diuell
,
wil
deceiue
the
said
witches
,
as
their
wiues
haue
been
deceiued
by
them
.
Of
the
coniurers
,
inchanters
,
and
iuglers
in
Fez.
IN
Fez
likewise
there
are
a
kinde
of
iuglers
or
coniurers
called
Muhazzimin
:
who
of
all
others
are
reported
to
be
most
speedie
casters
out
of
diuels
.
And
because
their
Necromancie
sometimes
taketh
effect
,
it
is
a
wonder
to
see
into
what
reputation
they
grow
thereby
:
but
when
they
cannot
cast
foorth
a
diuell
,
they
say
it
is
an
airie
spirite
.
Their
manner
of
adiuring
diuels
is
this
:
first
they
drawe
certaine
characters
and
circles
vpon
an
ash-heape
or
some
other
place
;
then
describe
they
certaine
signes
vpon
the
hands
and
forehead
of
the
partie
possessed
,
and
perfume
him
after
a
strange
kinde
of
manner
.
Afterward
they
make
their
inchantment
or
coniuration
;
enquiring
of
the
diuell
,
which
way
or
by
what
meanes
he
entred
the
partie
,
as
likewise
what
he
is
,
and
by
what
name
he
is
called
,
and
lastly
charging
him
to
come
foorth
.
Others
there
are
that
worke
by
a
certaine
Cabalisticall
rule
called
Zairagia
:
this
rule
is
contained
in
many
writings
,
for
it
is
thought
to
be
naturall
magique
:
neither
are
there
any
other
Necromancers
in
all
Fez
,
that
will
more
certainly
and
truly
resolue
a
doubtfull
question
;
howbeit
their
arte
is
exceeding
difficult
:
for
the
students
thereof
must
haue
as
great
skill
in
Astrologie
,
as
in
Cabala
.
My selfe
in
times
past
hauing
attained
to
some
knowledge
in
this
facultie
,
continued
(
I
remember
)
an
whole
day
in
describing
one
figure
onely
:
which
kinde
of
figures
are
described
in
manner
following
.
First
they
draw
many
circles
within
the
compasse
of
a
great
circle
:
in
the
first
circle
they
make
a
crosse
,
at
the
fower
extremities
whereof
they
set
downe
the
fower
quarters
of
the
world
,
to
wit
,
East
,
West
,
North
,
and
South
:
at
each
end
of
one
of
the
said
crosse
lines
,
they
note
either
pole
:
likewise
about
the
circumference
of
the
first
circle
,
they
paint
the
fower
elements
:
then
diuide
they
the
same
circle
and
the
circle
following
into
fower
partes
:
and
euery
fourth
part
they
diuide
into
other
seuen
,
each
one
being
distinguished
with
certaine
great
Arabian
characters
,
so
that
euery
element
containeth
eight
and
twentie
characters
.
In
the
third
circle
they
set
downe
the
seuen
planets
;
in
the
fourth
the
twelue
signes
of
the
Zodiacke
;
in
the
fift
the
twelue
Latine
names
of
the
moneths
;
in
the
sixt
the
eight
and
twentie
houses
of
the
moone
;
in
the
seuenth
the
365.
daies
of
the
yeere
,
and
about
the
conuexitie
thereof
,
the
fower
cardinall
or
principall
windes
.
Then
take
they
one
onely
letter
of
the
question
propounded
,
multiplying
the
same
by
all
the
particulars
aforenamed
,
&
the
product
or
summe
totall
they
diuide
after
a
certaine
manner
,
placing
it
in
some
roome
,
according
to
the
qualitie
of
the
character
,
and
as
the
element
requireth
wherein
the
said
character
is
found
without
a
figure
.
All
which
being
done
,
they
marke
that
figure
which
seemeth
to
agree
with
the
foresaid
number
or
sum
produced
,
wherewith
they
proceed
as
they
did
with
the
former
,
till
they
haue
found
eight
and
twentie
characters
,
whereof
they
make
one
word
,
and
of
this
word
the
speech
is
made
that
resolueth
the
question
demanded
:
this
speech
is
alwaies
turned
into
a
verse
of
the
first
kinde
,
which
the
Arabians
call
Ethauil
,
consisting
of
eight
Stipites
and
twelue
Chordi
,
according
to
the
meeter
of
the
Arabian
toong
,
whereof
we
haue
intreated
in
the
last
part
of
An
Arabian
grammar
written
by
Iohn
Leo.
our
Arabian
grammar
.
And
the
verse
consisting
of
those
characters
,
comprehendeth
alwaies
a
true
and
infallible
answer
vnto
the
question
propounded
,
resoluing
first
that
which
is
demanded
,
and
then
expounding
the
sense
of
the
question
it selfe
.
These
practitioners
are
neuer
found
to
erre
,
which
causeth
their
arte
of
Cabala
to
be
had
in
great
admiration
:
which
although
it
be
accounted
naturall
,
yet
neuer
saw
I
any
thing
that
hath
more
affinitie
with
supernaturall
and
diuine
knowledge
.
I
remember
that
I
saw
in
a
certaine
open
place
of
king
Abulunan
his
college
in
Fez
,
vpon
a
floore
paued
with
excellent
smooth
marble
,
the
description
of
a
figure
.
Each
side
of
this
floore
or
court
was
fiftie
〈◊〉
long
,
and
yet
two
third
parts
thereof
were
occupied
about
the
figure
,
and
about
the
things
pertaining
thereto
:
three
there
were
that
made
the
description
,
euery
one
attending
his
appointed
place
,
and
they
were
an
whole
day
in
setting
it
downe
.
Another
such
figure
I
saw
at
Tunis
,
drawen
by
one
that
was
maruellous
cunning
in
the
arte
,
whose
father
had
written
two
volumes
of
commentaries
or
expositions
vpon
the
precepts
of
the
same
arte
,
wherein
whosoeuer
hath
exact
skill
,
is
most
highly
esteemed
of
by
all
men
.
I
my selfe
neuer
sawe
but
three
of
this
profession
,
namely
one
at
Tunis
,
and
two
other
at
Fez
:
likewise
I
haue
seene
two
expositions
vpon
the
precepts
of
the
said
arte
,
together
with
a
commentarie
of
one
Margian
father
vnto
the
foresaid
Cabalist
which
I
sawe
at
Tunis
:
and
another
written
by
Ibnu
Caldim
the
historiographer
.
And
if
any
were
desirous
to
see
the
precepts
and
commentaries
of
that
arte
,
he
might
doe
it
with
the
expence
of
fiftie
duckats
:
for
sailing
to
Tunis
a
towne
neere
vnto
Italie
,
he
might
haue
a
sight
of
all
the
particulars
aforesaid
.
I
my selfe
had
fit
oportunitie
Diuination
and
soothsaying
forbidden
by
the
lawe
of
〈◊〉
.
of
time
,
and
a
teacher
that
offered
to
instruct
me
gratìs
in
the
same
arte
:
howbeit
I
thought
good
not
to
accept
his
offer
,
because
the
said
arte
is
forbidden
and
accounted
hereticall
by
the
law
of
Mahumet
:
for
Mahumets
law
affirmeth
all
kinde
of
diuinations
to
be
vaine
,
and
that
God
onely
knoweth
secrets
and
things
to
come
:
wherefore
sometimes
the
saide
Cabalistes
are
imprisoned
by
the
Mahumetan
inquisitours
,
who
cease
not
to
persecute
the
professours
of
that
arte
.
Of
certaine
rules
and
super
stitions
obserued
in
the
Mahumet
an
law
.
HEre
also
you
may
finde
certaine
learned
men
,
which
will
haue
themselues
called
wizards
and
morall
philosophers
.
They
obserue
certaine
rules
which
Mahumet
neuer
prescribed
.
By
some
they
are
accounted
catholique
or
true
Mahumetans
,
and
by
others
they
are
holden
for
heretiks
,
howbeit
the
greatest
part
of
the
common
people
reuerence
them
as
if
they
were
gods
,
notwithstanding
they
commit
many
things
vnlawfull
and
forbidden
Diuers
Mahumetan
sects
.
by
the
Mahumetan
lawe
,
as
namely
;
whereas
the
said
lawe
forbiddeth
any
loue-matters
to
be
expressed
in
any
musicall
ditties
or
songs
,
these
moralists
affirme
the
contrarie
.
In
the
foresaid
Mahumetan
religion
are
a
great
number
of
rules
or
sectes
,
euery
of
which
hath
most
learned
patrones
and
protectours
.
The
foresaid
sect
sprang
vp
fowerscore
yeeres
after
Mahumet
,
the
first
author
thereof
being
called
Elhesen
Ibnu
Abilhasen
,
and
being
borne
in
the
towne
of
Basora
:
this
man
taught
his
disciples
&
followers
certaine
precepts
,
but
writings
he
left
none
behinde
him
.
About
an
hundred
yeeres
after
there
came
another
notable
doctor
of
that
sect
from
Bagaded
,
called
Elharit
Ibnu
Esed
,
who
left
volumes
of
writings
vnto
his
disciples
.
Afterward
those
that
were
found
to
be
his
followers
,
were
all
condemned
by
the
Mahumetan
patriarks
and
lawyers
.
Howbeit
80.
yeeres
after
,
that
sect
began
to
reuiue
againe
vnder
a
certaine
famous
professour
,
who
drew
after
him
many
disciples
,
vnto
whom
he
published
his
doctrine
.
This
man
at
length
and
all
his
followers
were
by
the
patriarke
and
lawyers
condemned
to
die
.
Which
he
vnderstanding
,
wrote
foorthwith
vnto
the
patriarke
,
requesting
that
hee
might
be
licenced
to
dispute
with
the
lawyers
as
touching
his
doctrine
,
of
whom
if
he
were
conuinced
,
he
would
most
willingly
suffer
death
;
otherwise
that
it
would
be
against
all
equitie
,
that
so
many
innocents
should
perish
vpon
an
vniust
accusation
.
The
patriarke
thinking
his
demand
to
be
reasonable
,
condescended
wholy
thereunto
.
But
when
the
matter
came
to
disputation
,
the
partie
condemned
soone
put
all
the
lawyers
to
silence
.
Which
when
the
patriarke
perceiued
,
he
reuoked
the
sentence
as
vniust
,
and
caused
many
colleges
and
monasteries
to
be
erected
for
the
said
partie
and
his
followers
.
After
which
time
this
sect
continued
about
an
hundred
yeeres
,
till
the
emperour
Malicsach
of
the
Turkish
race
came
thither
out
of
Asia
the
greater
,
and
destroied
all
the
maintainers
thereof
.
Whereupon
some
of
them
fled
vnto
Cairo
,
and
the
rest
into
Arabia
,
being
dispersed
here
and
there
for
the
space
of
twenty
yeeres
,
till
in
the
raigne
of
Caselsah
nephew
vnto
Malicsach
,
Nidam
Elmule
one
of
his
counsellers
,
and
a
man
of
an
high
spirit
,
being
addicted
vnto
the
said
sect
,
so
restored
,
erected
,
and
confirmed
the
same
,
that
by
the
helpe
of
one
Elgazzuli
a
most
learned
man
(
who
had
written
of
the
same
argument
a
notable
worke
diuided
into
seuen
partes
)
he
reconciled
the
lawyers
with
the
disciples
of
this
sect
,
conditionally
,
that
the
lawyers
should
be
called
Conseruers
of
the
prophet
Mahumet
his
lawes
,
&
the
sectaries
Reformers
of
the
same
.
This
concord
lasted
betweene
them
,
til
Bagaded
was
sacked
by
the
Tartars
;
which
befell
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
〈◊〉
sacked
by
the
Tartars
.
656.
at
what
time
those
sectaries
so
increased
,
that
they
swarmed
almost
ouer
all
Africa
and
Asia
.
Neither
would
they
admit
any
into
their
societie
,
but
such
as
were
very
learned
,
and
trained
vp
in
all
kinde
of
liberall
sciences
;
to
the
end
they
might
the
better
defend
their
owne
opinions
,
and
confute
their
aduersaries
:
but
now
adaies
they
admit
all
kinde
of
rude
and
ignorant
persons
,
affirming
all
sortes
of
learning
to
be
needlesse
;
for
the
holy
spirit
(
say
they
)
reuealeth
the
knowledge
of
the
truth
vnto
such
as
are
of
a
cleane
hart
;
and
they
alleage
many
reasons
for
the
confirmation
of
this
their
opinion
,
though
not
very
forcible
.
Wherefore
despising
their
ancesters
rites
,
and
the
strict
obseruations
of
the
law
,
they
addict
themselues
to
nought
else
but
delights
and
pleasures
,
feasting
often
&
singing
lasciuious
songs
.
Sometimes
they
will
rend
their
garments
,
either
alluding
thereby
to
the
verses
that
they
sing
,
or
being
mooued
thereunto
by
their
corrupt
and
vile
disposition
;
saying
falsly
that
they
are
then
rauished
with
a
fit
of
diuine
loue
:
but
I
rather
impute
it
to
their
abundance
of
meat
,
and
gluttonie
.
For
each
one
of
them
will
deuoure
as
much
meate
,
as
may
well
suffice
three
.
Or
(
which
is
more
likely
)
they
vtter
those
passionate
clamours
and
out-cries
,
bicause
they
are
inflamed
with
vnlawfull
and
filthie
lust
.
For
sometimes
it
happeneth
that
some
one
of
the
principall
of
them
,
with
all
his
scholers
and
disciples
,
is
〈◊〉
to
the
mariage
of
some
gentleman
,
and
at
the
beginning
of
the
banket
they
will
rehearse
their
deuout
orizons
and
songs
,
but
so
soone
as
they
are
risen
from
the
table
,
the
elder
of
the
companie
being
about
to
daunce
,
teare
their
garments
:
and
if
any
one
in
the
middest
of
their
dauncing
,
that
hath
drunke
immoderately
,
chaunceth
to
fall
downe
,
he
is
taken
vp
foorthwith
by
one
of
the
scholers
,
and
to
too
lasciuiously
kissed
.
Whereupon
this
prouerbe
grew
among
the
people
of
Fez
:
The
heremites
banket
.
Which
they
vse
in
reproch
of
those
masters
,
that
make
their
scholers
their
minions
.
Of
diuers
other
rules
and
sectes
,
and
of
the
superstitious
credulitie
of
many
.
AMongst
these
sectes
there
are
some
,
that
haue
not
onely
a
diuers
law
,
but
also
a
different
beleefe
from
the
residue
,
whereupon
by
some
others
they
are
called
heretikes
.
Some
there
are
also
which
hold
,
that
a
man
by
good
works
,
by
fasting
and
abstinence
,
may
attaine
vnto
the
nature
of
an
angell
,
which
good
works
,
fastings
,
&c.
doe
(
say
they
)
so
purge
and
free
the
minde
from
all
contagion
of
euill
,
that
by
no
meanes
it
can
sinne
any
more
,
though
it
would
neuer
so
faine
.
Howbeit
they
thinke
themselues
not
capable
of
this
felicitie
,
before
they
haue
ascended
thereunto
by
the
degrees
of
fiftie
disciplines
or
sciences
:
and
although
they
fall
into
sinne
before
they
be
come
to
the
fiftith
degree
,
yet
they
say
that
God
will
not
impute
that
sinne
vnto
them
.
These
fellowes
indeed
in
the
beginning
leade
a
most
strict
life
,
and
doe
euen
macerate
and
consume
themselues
with
fasting
;
but
afterward
they
giue
themselues
to
al
licentiousnes
and
pleasure
.
They
haue
also
a
most
seuere
forme
of
liuing
set
downe
in
fower
bookes
,
by
a
certaine
learned
man
of
their
faction
,
called
Essehrauar
de
Sehrauard
,
and
borne
in
the
citie
of
Corasan
.
Likewise
there
was
another
author
called
Ibnul
Farid
,
that
described
all
their
religion
in
wittie
verses
,
which
being
fraught
with
allegories
seemed
to
intreate
of
nought
but
loue
:
wherefore
one
Elfargani
expounded
the
said
verses
with
a
commentarie
,
and
thereout
gathered
the
canons
and
orders
of
the
sect
,
and
shewed
the
degrees
to
the
attainment
of
felicitie
.
Moreouer
the
said
verses
are
so
sweet
and
elegant
,
that
the
maintainers
of
this
sect
will
sing
and
repeate
none
other
in
their
bankets
:
for
these
three
hundred
yeeres
no
author
hath
so
adorned
their
language
as
the
said
Ibnul
.
These
sectaries
take
the
heauens
,
the
elements
,
the
planets
,
and
the
fixed
starres
to
be
one
god
,
and
that
no
law
nor
religion
is
erronious
:
for
euery
man
(
say
they
)
may
lawfully
worship
that
which
his
mind
is
most
addicted
to
worship
.
They
thinke
that
all
the
knowledge
of
God
was
infused
into
one
man
,
whom
they
call
in
their
language
Elcorb
;
this
man
,
they
say
,
was
elect
by
god
,
and
was
made
equall
in
knowledge
to
him
.
Fourtie
there
are
among
them
called
all
by
the
name
of
Elauted
,
which
signifieth
in
our
language
,
a
blocke
,
or
stocke
of
a
tree
:
out
of
this
number
,
when
their
Elcoth
deceaseth
,
they
create
another
in
his
roome
,
namely
seuentie
persons
that
haue
the
authoritie
of
election
committed
vnto
them
.
There
are
likewise
765.
others
(
whose
names
I
doe
not
well
remember
)
who
are
chosen
into
the
said
electors
roomes
,
when
any
of
them
decease
.
These
765.
being
bound
thereunto
by
a
certaine
canon
or
rule
of
their
order
,
are
constrained
alwaies
to
goe
vnknowen
,
and
they
range
almost
all
the
world
ouer
in
a
most
vile
and
beggerly
habite
,
so
that
a
man
would
take
them
for
mad
men
and
estranged
from
all
sense
of
humanitie
:
for
these
lewd
miscreants
vnder
pretence
of
their
religion
run
like
roagues
naked
and
sauage
throughout
all
Africa
,
hauing
so
little
regarde
of
honestie
or
shame
,
that
they
will
like
brute
beastes
rauish
women
in
publike
places
;
and
yet
forsooth
the
grosse
common
people
reuerence
them
as
men
of
woonderfull
holines
.
Great
swarmes
of
these
filthie
vagabonds
you
may
see
in
Tunis
,
but
many
more
in
Egypt
,
and
especially
at
Alcair
,
whereas
in
the
market
called
Bain
Elcasrain
I
saw
one
of
these
villaines
with
mine
owne
eies
,
in
the
presence
of
much
people
,
deflowre
a
most
beautifull
woman
as
she
was
comming
foorth
of
the
bath
:
which
being
done
,
the
fond
people
came
flocking
about
the
said
woman
,
striuing
to
touch
her
garment
as
a
most
holie
thing
:
saying
that
the
adulterer
was
a
man
of
great
sanctitie
,
and
that
he
did
not
commit
the
sinne
,
but
onely
seemed
to
commit
it
:
which
when
the
sillie
cuckold
her
husband
vnderstood
,
he
shewed
himselfe
thankfull
to
his
false
god
with
a
solemne
banket
,
and
with
liberall
giuing
of
almes
.
The
magistrates
of
the
citie
would
haue
punished
the
adulterer
,
but
they
were
in
hazard
to
be
slaine
of
the
people
for
their
labours
,
who
(
as
is
before
said
)
adore
these
varlets
for
saints
and
men
of
singular
holines
.
Other
more
villanous
actes
I
saw
committed
by
them
,
which
I
am
ashamed
to
report
.
Of
the
Caballistes
and
certaine
other
sectes
.
LIkewise
there
is
another
sort
of
men
,
which
we
may
fitly
call
Caballists
.
These
fast
most
streitly
,
neither
doe
they
eate
the
flesh
of
any
liuing
creature
,
but
haue
certaine
meates
and
garments
allotted
vnto
them
:
they
rehearse
likewise
certaine
set-praiers
appointed
for
euery
hower
of
the
day
and
for
the
night
,
according
to
the
varietie
of
daies
and
monethes
,
and
they
vse
to
carrie
about
certaine
square
tables
with
characters
and
numbers
engrauen
therein
.
They
faine
themselues
to
haue
daily
conference
with
the
angels
,
of
whom
they
learne
(
they
say
)
the
knowledge
of
all
things
.
They
had
once
a
famous
doctor
of
their
sect
called
〈◊〉
,
who
was
author
of
their
canons
,
praiers
,
and
square
tables
.
Which
when
I
saw
,
me
thought
their
profession
had
more
affinitie
with
magique
then
with
Cabala
.
Their
arte
was
diuided
into
eight
partes
;
whereof
the
first
was
called
Elumha
Enormita
,
that
is
,
the
demonstration
of
light
:
the
which
contained
praiers
and
fastings
.
The
second
called
Semsul
Meharif
,
that
is
,
the
sunne
of
sciences
,
contained
the
foresaid
square
tables
,
together
with
their
vse
and
profit
.
The
third
part
they
call
〈◊〉
Lasmei
Elchusne
;
this
part
contained
a
catalogue
of
those
99.
vertues
,
which
(
they
say
)
are
contained
in
the
names
of
God
,
which
I
remember
I
saw
at
Rome
in
the
custodie
of
a
certaine
Venetian
Iew
.
They
haue
also
a
certaine
other
rule
called
Suvach
,
that
is
,
the
rule
of
heremites
,
the
professors
and
followers
whereof
inhabite
woods
and
solitarie
places
,
neither
haue
they
any
other
food
,
but
such
as
those
wilde
deserts
wil
affoord
:
the
conuersation
of
these
heremites
no
man
is
able
exactly
to
describe
,
because
they
are
estranged
from
all
humane
societie
.
But
if
I
should
take
vpon
me
to
describe
the
varietie
of
Mahumetan
sectes
,
I
should
digresse
too
farre
from
my
present
purpose
.
He
that
desireth
to
know
more
of
this
matter
,
let
him
read
ouer
the
booke
of
Elefacni
,
who
discourseth
at
large
of
the
sectes
72.
principall
sectes
in
the
religion
of
Mahumet
.
belonging
to
the
Mahumetan
religion
,
the
principall
whereof
are
72.
euery
one
of
which
defend
their
opinions
to
be
true
and
good
,
and
such
as
a
man
may
attaine
saluation
by
.
At
this
day
you
shall
finde
but
two
principall
sects
onely
,
the
one
of
Leshari
being
dispersed
ouer
all
Africa
,
Egypt
,
Syria
,
Arabia
,
and
Turkie
:
the
other
of
Imamia
,
which
is
authorized
throughout
the
whole
kingdome
of
Persia
,
and
in
certaine
townes
of
Corasan
;
and
this
sect
the
great
Sophi
of
Persia
maintaineth
,
insomuch
that
all
Asia
had
like
to
been
destroied
thereabout
.
For
whereas
before
they
followed
the
sect
of
Leshari
,
the
great
Sophi
by
force
of
armes
established
his
owne
of
Imamia
:
and
yet
one
onely
sect
stretcheth
ouer
all
the
Mahumetans
dominions
.
Of
such
as
search
for
treasures
in
Fez.
MOreouer
in
the
citie
of
Fez
there
are
certaine
men
called
Elcanesin
,
who
supposing
to
finde
treasure
vnder
the
foundations
of
old
houses
,
doe
perpetually
search
and
delue
.
These
grosse
fellowes
vse
to
resort
vnto
certaine
dennes
and
caues
without
the
citie-walles
,
certainly
perswading
themselues
,
that
when
the
Romans
were
chased
out
of
Africa
,
and
driuen
into
Baetica
or
Granada
in
Spaine
,
they
hid
great
abundance
of
treasure
in
the
bowels
of
the
earth
,
which
they
could
not
carrie
with
them
,
and
so
enchanted
the
same
by
art-magique
,
that
it
can
by
no
meanes
be
attained
vnto
but
by
the
same
arte
;
wherefore
they
seeke
vnto
inchanters
to
teach
them
the
arte
of
digging
vp
the
said
treasures
.
Some
of
them
there
are
that
will
stedfastly
affirme
,
that
they
sawe
gold
in
this
or
that
caue
:
others
,
that
they
saw
siluer
,
but
could
not
digge
it
out
,
by
reason
that
they
were
destitute
of
perfumes
and
enchantments
fit
for
the
purpose
;
so
that
being
seduced
with
this
vaine
opinion
,
and
deepely
deluing
into
the
earth
,
they
turne
vpside
downe
the
foundations
of
houses
and
sepulchers
,
and
sometimes
they
proceede
in
this
manner
ten
or
twelue
daies
iourney
from
Fez
:
yea
so
fond
they
are
and
so
besotted
,
that
they
esteeme
those
bookes
that
professe
the
arte
of
digging
gold
,
as
diuine
oracles
.
Before
my
departure
from
Fez
these
fantasticall
people
had
chosen
them
a
consul
,
and
getting
licence
of
certaine
owners
to
dig
their
grounds
,
when
they
had
digged
as
much
as
they
thought
good
,
they
paid
the
said
owners
for
all
dammages
committed
.
Of
the
Alchymistes
of
Fez.
IN
this
citie
likewise
there
are
great
store
of
Alchymists
which
are
mightily
addicted
to
that
vaine
practise
:
they
are
most
base
fellowes
,
and
contaminate
themselues
with
the
steam
of
Sulphur
,
and
other
stinking
smels
.
In
the
euening
they
vse
to
assemble
themselues
at
the
great
temple
,
where
they
dispute
of
their
false
opinions
.
They
haue
of
their
arte
of
Alchymie
many
bookes
written
by
learned
men
,
amongst
which
one
Geber
is
of
principall
account
,
who
liued
an
hundred
yeeres
after
Mahumet
,
and
being
a
Greeke
borne
,
is
said
to
haue
renounced
his
owne
religion
.
This
Geber
his
works
and
all
his
precepts
are
full
of
allegories
or
darke
borrowed
speeches
.
Likewise
they
haue
another
author
,
that
wrote
an
huge
volume
of
the
same
arte
,
intituled
by
the
name
of
Attogrehi
:
this
man
was
secretarie
vnto
the
Soldan
of
Bagaded
,
of
whom
we
haue
written
in
the
liues
of
the
Arabian
philosophers
.
A
booke
written
by
Iohn
〈◊〉
of
the
liues
of
the
Arabian
philosophers
.
Also
the
songs
or
articles
of
the
said
science
were
written
by
one
Mugairibi
of
Granada
,
whereupon
a
most
learned
Mamaluch
of
Damasco
wrote
a
commentarie
;
yet
so
,
that
a
man
may
much
more
easily
vnderstand
the
text
then
the
exposition
thereof
.
Of
Alchymistes
here
are
two
sorts
;
whereof
the
one
seeke
for
the
Elissir
,
that
is
,
the
matter
which
coloureth
brasse
and
other
metals
;
and
the
other
are
conuersant
about
multiplication
of
the
quantities
of
metals
,
whereby
they
may
conueniently
temper
the
same
.
But
their
chiefest
drift
is
to
coine
counterfeit
money
:
for
which
cause
you
shall
see
most
of
them
in
Fez
with
their
hands
cut
off
.
Of
charmers
andinchanters
of
snakes
.
IN
this
citie
likewise
there
is
a
great
swarme
of
base
people
,
such
as
the
Italians
commonly
call
Ciurmatori
:
these
sing
foolish
songs
and
rimes
in
all
the
streets
of
the
citie
,
and
broching
meere
trifles
with
the
musicke
of
drums
,
harpes
,
and
citterns
,
they
sell
vnto
the
rude
people
certaine
scroules
or
briefe
charmes
instead
of
preseruatiues
.
Vnto
these
you
may
adde
another
kinde
of
reffuse
people
of
one
family
and
disposition
with
the
former
,
who
carrie
dauncing
apes
vp
and
downe
,
and
haue
their
neckes
and
armes
all
entwined
with
〈◊〉
snakes
.
These
also
professe
Geomancie
,
and
perswade
women
that
they
can
foretell
them
their
〈◊〉
.
Likewise
they
carrie
stone-horses
about
with
them
,
which
for
a
certaine
fee
,
they
will
let
others
haue
to
couer
their
mares
.
I
coulde
heere
reckon
vp
more
sorts
of
people
;
but
let
it
suffice
to
haue
admonished
in
this
place
,
that
the
greatest
part
of
the
forenamed
are
people
of
most
base
condition
,
and
such
as
beare
little
good
will
to
strangers
,
albeit
there
are
but
a
fewe
in
this
citie
,
by
reason
it
is
distant
more
then
an
hundreth
miles
from
the
sea
,
the
way
thither
also
being
rough
and
dangerous
.
Their
gentle
men
are
very
stately
and
high
minded
,
and
will
haue
little
or
no
familiaritie
at
all
with
the
citizens
:
so
likewise
the
doctors
and
iudges
of
principall
account
will
admit
but
fewe
vnto
their
acquaintance
.
This
citie
it selfe
is
most
beautifull
and
right
commodiously
situate
;
where
albeit
in
winter
time
the
streetes
are
so
mirie
,
that
you
cannot
walke
in
them
without
startups
,
yet
they
let
passe
such
abundance
of
water
out
of
their
conducts
,
that
all
the
filth
is
washed
cleane
away
.
Where
conducts
are
wanting
,
they
carry
all
the
durt
in
carts
vnto
the
next
part
of
the
riuer
.
A
description
of
the
suburbes
without
the
foresaid
citie
of
Fez.
WIthout
the
wals
of
this
citie
westward
standeth
a
suburbe
containing
almost
fiue
hundreth
families
,
the
houses
whereof
are
but
meane
,
and
the
inhabitants
base
,
as
namely
driuers
of
camels
,
water-bearers
,
and
cleauers
of
woode
for
the
kings
pallace
.
Yet
here
you
may
finde
diuers
shops
,
and
all
kinds
of
artificers
.
Here
likewise
dwell
all
the
charmers
and
roguish
minstrels
before
named
;
as
also
great
swarmes
of
sluttish
and
filthie
harlots
.
In
the
principall
streete
of
this
suburbe
,
you
shall
finde
certaine
caues
most
artificially
hewen
out
of
excellent
marble
,
wherein
the
noble
men
of
Fez
were
woont
to
lay
vp
their
corne
:
but
after
that
by
reason
of
the
warres
it
was
often
taken
from
thence
,
they
haue
since
vsually
conueied
their
corne
into
new
Fez
,
and
there
stored
it
vp
:
and
from
that
time
to
this
the
marble-caues
haue
remained
desolate
.
It
is
a
woonder
to
see
howe
wide
and
large
these
caues
are
;
for
the
least
of
them
will
containe
more
then
a
thousand
measures
of
corne
,
there
being
aboue
an
hundreth
and
fiftie
of
them
in
all
,
but
now
they
lie
waste
and
open
,
insomuch
that
diuers
fall
into
them
at
vnawares
,
for
which
cause
their
brimmes
are
enuironed
with
wals
.
Here
euery
one
may
play
the
vintener
and
the
baud
;
so
that
this
suburbe
may
iustly
be
called
the
sinke
of
Fez.
From
the
twentith
hower
you
shall
see
none
at
all
in
their
shops
:
for
then
euery
man
runs
to
the
tauerne
to
disport
,
to
spend
riotously
,
and
to
bee
drunken
.
Another
suburbe
there
is
allotted
vnto
the
lepers
,
of
whom
there
are
two
hundreth
families
:
these
leprous
persons
The
habitation
of
lepers
in
Fez
and
their
gouernour
.
haue
a
gouernour
,
which
gathereth
certaine
yeerely
reuenues
from
the
noble-men
,
and
taketh
such
care
of
the
saide
lepers
,
that
they
want
no
necessarie
thing
.
He
is
bound
by
his
office
to
discharge
the
citie
of
all
leprous
persons
,
and
to
compell
all
such
as
he
vnderstandes
to
be
infected
with
that
disease
,
to
depart
into
the
foresaide
suburbes
.
If
any
leper
chanceth
to
die
without
issue
,
part
of
his
goods
are
emploied
to
the
common
benefite
of
the
lepers
,
and
part
fall
to
the
gouernours
share
:
but
if
he
hath
any
children
,
they
enioy
his
goods
.
Among
the
lepers
also
those
are
placed
,
which
are
infected
with
white
botches
,
or
with
any
other
incurable
maladie
.
Next
beyond
standeth
another
suburbe
inhabited
onely
with
muleters
,
plaisterers
,
and
wood-mongers
:
which
although
it
be
but
little
,
yet
containeth
it
about
an
hundreth
and
fiftie
families
.
Moreouer
vpon
the
way
leading
westward
from
the
citie
there
is
another
great
suburbe
of
moe
then
fower
hundreth
houses
:
howbeit
they
are
low
&
base
,
and
the
inhabitants
are
beggerly
,
which
neither
can
nor
will
dwell
among
any
other
people
.
By
this
suburbe
there
is
a
certaine
broad
plaine
which
leadeth
to
the
riuer
two
miles
off
,
and
extendeth
westward
almost
three
miles
.
Vpon
this
plaine
euery
weeke
there
is
an
exceeding
great
market
of
cattell
.
Likewise
the
shopkeepers
of
the
citie
resort
hither
and
sell
their
wares
in
tents
.
Also
a
certaine
companie
of
gentlemen
vse
to
come
hither
,
and
to
diuide
a
ramme
among
themselues
,
leauing
the
head
vnto
the
butcher
for
his
fee
,
but
the
feete
and
the
skin
they
sell
vnto
the
wooll-chapmen
.
For
those
wares
that
are
heere
sold
they
pay
so
little
tribute
to
the
king
,
that
it
is
not
woorth
the
mentioning
.
But
this
one
thing
I
must
in
no
wise
passe
ouer
in
silence
,
namely
,
that
I
neuer
sawe
neither
in
Asia
,
Africa
,
nor
Italy
,
a
market
either
more
populous
,
or
better
furnished
with
wares
.
Not
farre
from
Fez
stand
certaine
high
rockes
enuironed
with
a
ditch
of
two
miles
compasse
,
out
of
which
rockes
certaine
matter
is
hewed
to
make
lime
withall
.
Neere
vnto
the
saide
ditch
are
many
furnaces
,
some
whereof
are
so
large
,
that
they
will
containe
moe
then
sixe
thousand
measures
of
lime
:
and
this
lime
is
made
at
the
costes
of
the
richest
citizens
in
Fez.
Westward
without
the
wals
of
Fez
by
the
riuers
side
stande
about
an
hundred
cottages
,
which
are
onely
inhabited
by
them
that
white
linnen
cloth
.
Hither
in
the
spring
and
in
summer
vse
the
citizens
to
bring
their
linnen
cloth
,
spreading
it
vpon
the
medowes
,
and
as
often
as
they
see
it
drie
in
the
sunne
,
casting
water
thereupon
,
which
water
they
fetch
either
out
of
the
riuer
or
out
of
some
cesterne
in
certaine
lether
tankards
made
for
the
same
purpose
:
but
at
night
each
one
carrieth
his
cloth
into
the
foresaid
cottages
.
Neither
are
the
medowes
wherein
they
bleach
their
cloth
euer
destitute
of
grasse
.
A
most
gallant
prospect
it
is
to
beholde
a
farre
off
the
white
clothes
dispersed
ouer
the
greene
medow
,
and
the
christall
streames
of
the
riuer
,
which
seeme
to
be
of
an
azure
hue
,
running
along
:
all
which
the
Poets
haue
celebrated
in
their
verses
.
A
description
of
the
common
place
of
buriall
without
the
citie
.
MAny
fieldes
there
are
without
the
citie
,
which
haue
been
giuen
by
certaine
noblemen
for
the
buriall
of
the
dead
.
Vpon
their
sepulchers
for
the
most
part
they
lay
a
long
three-square
stone
.
When
any
noble
man
or
any
principall
citizen
deceaseth
,
they
lay
one
stone
ouer
his
head
and
another
ouer
his
feete
,
whereon
vseth
to
bee
engrauen
some
epitaph
,
with
the
day
and
yeere
when
the
partie
deceased
.
I
my selfe
bestowed
much
labour
in
gathering
of
epitaphes
,
which
I
sawe
both
about
Fez
and
in
other
places
of
Barbary
;
all
which
being
set
downe
in
a
booke
I
gaue
vnto
the
kings
brother
.
The
matter
of
their
epitaphes
is
diuers
,
some
tending
to
consolation
,
and
others
to
sorrow
.
Of
the
sepulchres
of
the
kings
of
Fez.
NOrthward
of
the
citie
vpon
a
certaine
high
hill
stands
a
palace
,
wherein
are
the
monuments
of
diuers
Marin
kings
,
being
most
artificially
hewen
out
of
marble
with
epitaphes
vpon
them
,
so
that
I
cannot
condignely
expresse
the
maiestie
and
beautie
thereof
.
A
description
of
their
gardens
.
WIthout
the
north
,
east
,
and
south
parts
of
the
citie
are
great
store
of
gardens
,
replenished
with
all
kinde
of
fruite
and
with
stately
trees
.
Through
the
midst
of
these
garden̄s
,
they
deriue
some
small
vaine
of
the
riuer
,
some
whereof
are
so
full
of
trees
,
that
you
woulde
take
them
for
groues
rather
then
for
gardens
.
These
gardens
they
manure
not
at
all
,
but
only
water
them
continually
in
the
moneth
of
May
,
whereupon
they
haue
great
abundance
of
fruit
.
All
their
fruits
,
saue
their
peaches
onely
,
are
of
a
most
delicate
taste
,
whereof
,
so
soone
as
they
are
ripe
,
aboue
fiue
hundreth
cart-loades
are
daily
carried
into
the
market
,
besides
grapes
,
which
here
I
do
not
mention
.
But
the
saide
fruits
are
carried
vnto
a
certaine
place
in
Fez
,
where
tribute
being
paide
for
them
,
they
are
solde
by
criers
vnto
the
fruiterers
there
present
.
In
the
same
place
likewise
after
paying
of
tribute
,
they
sell
certaine
Negro-slaues
.
Towards
the
east
of
Fez
lieth
a
plaine
fifteene
miles
broad
,
and
thirtie
miles
long
:
this
plaine
is
full
of
fountaines
and
freshets
,
and
is
reserued
for
the
vse
of
the
great
temple
.
It
is
farmed
out
vnto
gardiners
,
who
sowe
thereupon
such
abundance
of
hemp
,
melons
,
turneps
or
nauewes
,
radish
,
and
other
such
like
rootes
and
herbes
,
that
euery
summer
there
are
saide
to
be
gathered
thereof
aboue
fifteene
thousand
cart-loads
,
and
as
many
in
winter
.
Howbeit
the
aire
is
verie
vnholsome
thereabout
,
for
the
inhabitants
are
continually
vexed
with
feuers
,
and
are
of
a
yellowish
colour
.
Of
that
part
of
Fez
which
is
called
new
Fez.
NEW
Fez
beeing
enuironed
with
an
high
and
impregnable
wall
,
and
situate
on
a
most
beautifull
plaine
not
farre
from
the
riuers
side
,
is
almost
a
mile
distant
from
old
Fez
,
and
that
vpon
the
east
and
south
side
thereof
.
Betweene
the
wals
of
either
towne
,
to
the
northward
,
entereth
a
certaine
arme
of
the
riuer
,
where
the
foresaid
milles
do
stande
,
and
the
other
part
of
the
riuer
is
seuered
into
two
branches
,
one
whereof
runneth
betweene
new
Fez
and
old
Fez
,
not
farre
from
the
edge
of
the
rocke
,
and
the
other
passing
through
certaine
vallies
and
gardens
,
trendeth
at
length
southward
.
The
other
part
of
the
riuer
holdeth
on
his
course
by
the
rocke
,
and
so
by
the
college
of
king
[
](A05331-e19110-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Aburinan
.
Abutiman
.
This
citie
of
new
Fez
Iacob
the
sonne
of
Abdultach
caused
to
〈◊〉
built
,
who
was
the
first
king
of
the
Marin
family
,
and
expelled
the
kings
of
Maroco
,
and
vsurped
the
kingdome
vnto
himselfe
:
but
The
founder
of
new
Fez.
the
king
of
Telensin
,
to
the
end
he
might
make
the
people
of
Maroco
beholding
vnto
him
,
and
might
subuert
the
prosperous
successe
of
the
Marin
family
,
went
about
to
hinder
the
king
of
Fez
his
attempts
against
Maroco
:
wherefore
king
Iacob
hauing
finished
the
wars
of
Maroco
,
determined
to
reuenge
himselfe
to
the
vttermost
for
the
iniuries
offered
by
them
of
Telensin
.
But
considering
with
himselfe
,
that
the
strong
townes
of
his
owne
kingdome
were
farre
distant
from
Telensin
,
he
thought
it
a
better
course
to
builde
this
citie
,
whereunto
the
seate
roiall
of
all
Maroco
might
be
translated
:
which
being
erected
,
he
called
The
white
citie
,
but
it
was
afterward
named
by
the
inhabitants
new
Fez.
This
citie
king
Iacob
the
founder
diuided
into
three
parts
,
whereof
the
first
contained
his
roiall
pallace
,
and
diuers
noble
mens
houses
,
vnto
euery
one
of
which
he
allotted
a
most
pleasant
garden
.
Not
farre
from
his
pallace
he
built
a
most
stately
and
sumptuous
temple
.
In
another
part
of
this
citie
he
built
a
large
and
faire
stable
for
the
kings
horses
to
stande
in
.
Then
also
he
caused
other
palaces
to
be
erected
for
his
captaines
and
principall
courtiers
.
From
the
west
gate
to
the
east
he
appointed
the
market
place
,
the
distance
betweene
which
gates
is
a
mile
and
an
halfe
,
and
on
both
sides
he
placed
artificers
and
merchants
shops
.
At
the
west
gate
he
caused
a
faire
portall
to
be
set
vp
,
to
harbour
the
watchmen
and
warders
of
the
citie
.
Not
far
from
thence
he
erected
two
stables
sufficient
to
containe
three
hundreth
horses
,
which
he
might
vse
for
the
protection
of
his
owne
palace
.
The
third
part
of
the
citie
was
appointed
for
the
kinges
guarde
and
attendants
,
which
were
most
of
them
borne
eastwarde
of
Fez
,
neither
had
they
any
other
weapons
but
hand-bowes
(
for
crosse-bowes
were
not
then
vsed
in
that
kingdome
)
vnto
which
attendants
the
king
allowed
a
large
stipend
:
but
now
the
same
place
is
full
of
beautifull
temples
and
stoues
.
Neere
vnto
the
kings
palace
standes
the
mint
,
hauing
in
the
midst
a
fower-square
court
with
certaine
portals
or
cels
rounde
about
it
,
wherein
the
money-minters
dwell
.
Likewise
there
is
another
lodging
in
the
midst
of
the
same
court
,
where
the
gouernor
of
the
mint
with
his
scribes
and
notaries
haue
their
aboad
.
Here
,
as
well
as
in
any
other
places
,
whatsoeuer
commoditie
is
raised
,
redoundeth
wholy
to
the
king
.
Neere
vnto
the
mint
stande
the
gold-smiths
shops
,
whose
Consul
or
gouernour
keepes
the
seale
and
stamps
of
the
coine
.
In
Fez
neither
ring
nor
any
other
Iewell
or
commoditie
can
bee
made
of
siluer
or
golde
,
before
the
metall
bee
sealed
,
for
the
offenders
are
most
seuerely
punished
.
And
,
the
metall
being
sealed
,
whatsoeuer
is
made
thereof
is
weighed
as
if
it
were
money
.
The
greatest
part
of
goldsmiths
dwelling
in
new
Fez
are
Iewes
,
who
carrie
their
vessels
of
gold
and
siluer
vnto
a
certaine
place
of
old
Fez
,
neere
vnto
the
grocers
shops
,
and
there
sell
them
.
For
in
old
Fez
neither
gold
nor
siluer
is
coined
,
nor
any
Mahumetans
are
suffered
to
be
goldsmiths
,
bicause
they
haue
vsurers
among
them
,
which
will
sell
any
peece
of
wrought
siluer
or
golde
deerer
then
the
weight
requireth
;
albeit
the
same
priuilege
is
by
the
gouernours
of
the
citie
granted
vnto
the
Iewes
.
Some
there
are
also
that
onely
make
plate
for
the
citizens
,
who
are
paied
hire
onely
for
their
worke
.
That
part
of
the
citie
which
the
kings
attendants
or
guard
once
possessed
,
is
now
inhabited
by
Iewes
:
for
now
a
daies
the
kings
vse
no
such
guard
.
The
Iewes
indeed
first
dwelt
in
old
Fez
,
but
vpon
the
death
of
a
certaine
king
they
were
all
robbed
by
the
Moores
:
whereupon
king
Abusabid
caused
them
to
remooue
into
new
Fez
,
and
by
that
meanes
doubled
their
yeerely
tribute
.
They
therefore
euen
till
this
day
doe
occupie
a
long
street
in
the
said
new
citie
,
wherin
they
haue
their
shops
and
synagogues
,
and
their
number
is
maruellously
encreased
euer
since
they
were
driuen
out
of
Spaine
.
These
Iewes
are
had
in
great
contempt
by
all
men
,
neither
are
any
of
them
permitted
to
weare
shooes
,
but
they
make
them
certaine
socks
of
sea-rushes
.
On
their
heads
they
weare
a
blacke
[
](A05331-e19190-b)*
*
*
Orturbant
.
dulipan
,
and
if
any
will
goe
in
a
cap
,
he
must
fasten
a
red
cloth
thereunto
.
They
pay
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
monethly
fower
hundred
duckats
.
At
length
within
the
space
of
an
hundred
and
forty
yeeres
this
new
citie
was
enuironed
with
most
impregnable
walles
,
and
adorned
with
temples
,
colleges
,
palaces
,
and
other
such
buildings
as
serue
to
beautifie
a
citie
,
so
that
I
Engins
for
the
conueiance
of
water
.
thinke
there
was
more
bestowed
in
garnishing
of
the
citie
,
then
in
building
of
the
walles
.
Without
the
citie-walles
are
built
many
huge
wheeles
or
engins
,
for
the
conueying
of
riuer-water
ouer
the
said
walles
into
cesternes
,
from
whence
it
is
conueied
in
certaine
chanels
and
pipes
vnto
the
temples
,
gardens
,
&
palaces
.
The
said
wheeles
were
built
not
fully
an
hundred
yeeres
past
,
before
which
time
water
was
brought
vnto
the
citie
by
a
certaine
conduct
,
from
a
fountaine
ten
miles
distant
.
Of
which
artificiall
conduct
a
certaine
Genouese
,
beeing
then
in
great
fauour
with
the
king
,
is
reported
to
haue
been
the
author
:
but
the
wheeles
(
they
say
)
were
inuented
by
a
Spaniard
:
and
in
them
there
is
maruellous
cunning
workmanship
:
for
to
the
conueiance
of
so
huge
a
quantitie
of
water
,
each
wheele
is
turned
about
but
fower
and
twentie
times
onely
in
a
day
and
a
night
.
To
conclude
,
here
are
but
few
gentlemen
in
this
citie
,
except
such
as
attend
vpon
the
court
,
for
the
residue
are
base
and
mechanicall
people
:
but
such
as
carie
any
shew
of
honestie
,
doe
so
hate
and
disdaine
the
kings
courtiers
and
gentlemen
,
that
they
will
by
no
meanes
vouchsafe
to
marie
their
daughters
vnto
them
.
Of
the
fashions
and
customes
vsed
in
the
kings
court
.
AMongst
all
the
princes
of
Africa
,
I
neuer
red
of
any
that
was
created
by
the
common
suffrages
and
consent
of
the
people
vnto
his
kingdome
or
princedome
,
or
that
was
called
from
any
strange
prouince
or
citie
to
beare
rule
.
Also
by
the
law
of
Mahumet
no
man
may
beare
any
secular
authoritie
,
which
may
be
called
lawfull
,
saue
onely
the
Mahumetan
patriarkes
and
prelates
:
howbeit
the
saide
patriarkes
authoritie
decreasing
daily
more
and
more
,
the
ringleaders
of
such
people
as
ranged
vp
and
downe
the
deserts
began
to
inuade
places
inhabited
&
ciuilized
,
and
by
force
of
armes
,
against
Mahumets
lawe
,
and
maugre
his
prelates
,
to
ordaine
sundrie
princes
:
As
for
example
in
the
East
,
whereas
the
Turkes
,
Cordians
,
and
Tartars
,
haue
vsurped
dominion
ouer
such
as
were
not
able
to
repell
them
.
So
likewise
in
the
west
parts
first
the
families
of
Zeneta
and
Luntuna
,
then
the
seditious
Mahumetan
preachers
,
and
afterward
the
family
of
Marin
got
the
vpper
hand
.
Howbeit
the
family
of
Luntuna
is
reported
to
haue
aided
the
western
regions
,
&
to
haue
released
them
from
the
furie
of
the
seditious
heretiques
,
wherein
they
shewed
themselues
friends
and
not
enimies
:
but
afterward
their
tyrannie
began
to
shew
it selfe
.
And
this
is
the
reason
why
they
do
not
now
a
daies
attaine
vnto
gouernment
by
hereditarie
sućcession
or
by
election
of
the
people
,
or
of
the
nobilitie
.
But
the
prince
himselfe
when
he
feeles
death
seazing
vpon
him
,
calleth
about
him
all
his
peeres
and
nobles
,
and
bindeth
them
by
oath
,
to
establish
his
sonne
,
brother
,
or
anie
other
whom
he
most
fauoureth
,
in
his
kingdome
.
But
they
after
the
princes
decease
neglecting
their
oath
,
will
chuse
any
other
whom
they
list
.
And
this
is
ordinarily
the
election
of
the
king
of
Fez
,
who
,
so
soone
as
he
is
proclaimed
king
,
chuseth
foorthwith
some
one
of
his
nobles
to
be
his
chiefe
counsellour
,
and
on
him
he
bestoweth
the
thirde
part
of
all
his
kingly
reuenues
.
The
manner
of
choosing
officers
in
the
court
of
Fez.
Then
chuseth
another
to
be
his
secretarie
,
treasurer
,
and
high
steward
of
his
houshold
.
Then
is
created
the
captaine
of
the
horsemen
appointed
for
the
kings
guard
,
and
these
horsemen
with
their
horses
liue
most
commonly
in
the
fieldes
.
Lastly
he
appointeth
a
new
gouernour
ouer
euery
citie
,
vnto
whom
all
the
tributes
and
reuenues
of
the
same
place
redound
,
with
condition
,
that
as
often
as
any
warres
betide
,
he
shall
maintaine
a
certaine
companie
of
horses
to
the
kings
seruice
.
After
a
while
also
he
placeth
certaine
deputies
and
commissioners
ouer
his
people
inhabiting
the
mountaines
,
and
ouer
the
Arabians
subiect
vnto
him
.
The
gouernours
of
cities
diuersly
administer
iustice
,
according
to
the
custome
of
the
place
.
Some
there
are
also
appointed
by
the
king
to
collect
all
the
tributes
and
reuenues
of
his
kingdome
,
and
duly
to
paie
the
same
vnto
him
.
Likewise
there
are
others
chosen
,
whom
they
call
in
their
language
keepers
or
guardians
,
and
vnto
euery
one
of
these
the
king
giueth
some
castle
or
village
,
whereby
he
may
procure
his
owne
maintenance
,
and
be
able
to
serue
the
king
in
time
of
warre
.
Moreouer
the
king
of
Fez
maintaineth
a
troupe
of
light
horsemen
,
who
so
long
as
they
serue
the
king
in
his
campe
,
haue
their
diet
allowed
them
out
of
the
kings
prouision
:
but
in
time
of
peace
,
he
findeth
them
corne
,
butter
,
and
pouldered
flesh
for
the
whole
yeere
,
but
money
they
haue
very
seldome
.
Once
a
yeere
they
are
apparelled
at
the
kings
cost
;
neither
do
they
prouide
for
their
horses
either
within
the
citie
or
without
,
for
the
king
furnisheth
them
with
all
necessaries
.
Those
that
giue
attendance
to
their
horses
are
Christian
captiues
,
which
go
shackled
in
great
chaines
and
fetters
.
But
when
the
armie
remooueth
any
whither
,
the
saide
Christians
are
carried
vpon
camels
backes
.
Another
officer
there
is
that
giueth
attendance
onely
to
the
camels
,
assigning
certaine
pastures
vnto
the
heards-men
,
and
diuiding
fields
among
them
,
and
making
such
prouision
for
the
kings
camels
,
as
himselfe
shall
thinke
expedient
.
Each
camel-driuer
hath
two
camels
,
which
are
laden
with
the
kings
furniture
,
according
to
the
appointment
of
the
gouernour
.
Likewise
the
king
hath
a
certaine
purueiour
or
steward
,
whose
office
is
to
prouide
,
keepe
,
and
distribute
corne
both
to
the
kings
houshold
and
to
his
armie
.
This
man
in
time
of
warre
hath
tenne
or
twelue
tents
to
lay
vp
corne
in
,
and
euery
day
with
change
of
camels
he
sendeth
for
newe
corne
,
least
the
armie
shoulde
be
vnprouided
of
victuals
:
he
hath
also
cooks
at
his
command
.
Moreouer
there
is
a
gouernour
or
mastergroome
of
the
stables
,
who
prouideth
for
the
kings
horses
,
mules
,
and
camels
,
and
is
furnished
with
all
necessaries
by
the
steward
.
There
is
another
also
appointed
ouerseer
of
the
corne
,
whose
dutie
it
is
to
prouide
barly
and
other
prouender
for
the
beasts
:
and
this
man
hath
his
scribes
and
notaries
about
him
,
who
diligently
set
downe
all
particular
expenses
,
for
they
must
giue
vp
a
perfect
account
vnto
the
chiefe
steward
.
They
haue
also
a
certaine
captaine
ouer
fiftie
horsemen
,
which
horsemen
may
well
be
called
purseuants
,
for
they
are
sent
by
the
secretarie
in
the
kings
name
to
do
his
busines
.
Likewise
the
Fezzan
king
hath
another
captaine
of
great
name
,
being
as
it
were
gouernour
of
his
guard
,
who
in
the
kings
name
,
may
compell
the
iudges
to
do
iustice
,
and
to
put
their
sentences
in
execution
.
This
mans
authoritie
is
so
great
,
that
sometimes
he
may
commit
principal
noblemen
to
ward
,
&
may
seuerely
punish
them
,
according
to
the
kings
commandement
.
Moreouer
the
said
king
hath
a
most
trusty
chancelor
,
who
keepeth
the
great
seale
,
and
writeth
and
signeth
the
kings
letters
.
He
hath
also
a
great
number
of
footemen
,
the
gouernour
of
whom
accepteth
and
dismisseth
whom
he
thinkes
good
,
and
giueth
to
euery
one
wages
according
to
his
agilitie
and
desert
.
And
whensoeuer
the
king
commeth
in
place
of
iudgement
,
the
saide
gouernour
alwaies
attendeth
vpon
him
,
and
is
in
a
manner
his
high
chamberlain
.
Also
there
is
another
that
taketh
charge
of
the
carriages
and
baggage
of
the
armie
,
and
causeth
the
tents
of
the
light
horsemen
to
be
carried
vp
and
downe
on
mules
,
and
the
tents
of
the
other
soldiers
on
camels
.
There
are
likewise
a
company
of
ensigne-bearers
,
who
in
marching
on
a
iourney
carrie
their
colours
wrapped
vp
:
but
he
that
goeth
before
the
armie
hath
his
banner
displaied
,
and
of
a
great
height
.
And
euery
one
of
the
saide
standard-bearers
knoweth
most
exactly
alwaies
,
fords
of
riuers
,
and
passages
through
woods
,
wherefore
they
are
for
the
most
part
appointed
to
guide
the
armie
.
The
drummers
(
of
whom
there
are
great
store
in
the
kings
host
)
plaie
vpon
certaine
drums
of
brasse
as
bigge
as
a
great
kettle
,
the
lower
part
whereof
is
narrow
,
&
the
vpper
broad
,
being
couered
with
a
skin
.
These
drummers
ride
on
horsebacke
,
hauing
alwaies
on
the
one
side
of
their
horses
a
great
waight
hanging
downe
,
to
counterpoize
the
heauines
of
their
drums
on
the
other
side
.
They
are
allowed
most
swift
horses
,
bicause
the
Moores
account
it
a
great
disgrace
to
loose
a
drum
.
The
said
drums
make
such
a
loude
and
horrible
noise
,
that
they
are
not
onely
heard
a
farre
off
,
but
also
strike
exceeding
terrour
both
vpon
men
and
horses
,
and
they
are
beaten
onely
with
a
buls
pizzle
.
The
musitions
are
not
maintained
at
the
kings
charge
,
for
the
cities
are
bounde
at
their
costs
to
send
a
certaine
number
of
them
to
the
warres
,
who
,
according
to
their
demeanour
in
the
warres
,
are
admitted
or
not
admitted
vnto
the
kings
table
.
This
king
hath
also
a
certaine
master
of
ceremonies
,
who
sitteth
at
his
feete
in
the
senate-house
,
and
commandeth
each
man
to
sit
downe
,
and
to
speake
according
to
his
dignitie
.
All
the
maide-seruants
in
the
kings
familie
are
Negro-slaues
,
which
are
partly
chamberlains
,
and
partly
waiting-maids
.
And
yet
his
Queene
is
alwaies
of
a
white
skin
.
Likewise
in
the
king
of
Fez
his
court
are
certaine
Christian
captiues
,
being
partly
Spanish
,
and
partly
Portugale
women
,
who
are
most
circumspectly
kept
by
certaine
Eunuchs
,
that
are
Negro-slaues
.
The
king
of
Fez
hath
very
large
dominions
,
but
his
reuenues
are
small
,
to
wit
,
scare
three
hundreth
thousand
ducats
,
the
fift
part
whereof
redoundeth
not
to
the
king
:
for
the
remainder
is
diuided
into
sundrie
portions
,
as
we
haue
before
signified
.
Yea
,
the
greater
part
of
the
said
reuenues
is
paide
in
corne
,
cattle
,
oile
,
and
butter
,
all
which
yeeld
but
small
store
of
money
.
In
some
place
they
pay
a
ducate
and
one
fourth
part
,
tribute
for
euery
acre
,
but
in
other
places
a
whole
family
paieth
but
so
much
.
In
some
other
regions
each
man
aboue
fifteene
yeeres
of
age
paieth
as
much
tribute
also
.
Neither
are
the
people
of
this
great
citie
more
vexed
with
any
thing
then
with
paying
of
their
tributes
and
impositions
.
Heere
also
is
to
be
noted
,
that
the
Mahumetan
gouernours
(
the
priests
onely
excepted
)
may
not
exact
greater
reuenues
then
those
that
Mahumet
hath
allotted
vnto
them
,
namely
of
euery
of
their
subiects
which
possesseth
100.
ducates
in
ready
money
,
they
are
to
haue
two
ducates
&
an
halfe
for
yeerely
tribute
.
Euery
husbandman
likewise
is
bound
to
pay
for
tribute
the
tenth
part
of
all
his
corne
.
And
all
the
saide
tributes
he
appointed
to
be
paied
vnto
the
patriarke
,
who
should
bestow
that
which
was
superfluous
for
the
Prince
to
haue
,
vpon
common
vses
;
namely
for
the
releeuing
of
poore
impotent
people
and
widowes
,
and
for
maintaining
of
wars
against
the
enimie
.
But
since
the
Patriarches
began
to
decay
,
the
Princes
(
as
we
haue
beforesaide
)
exercised
tyrannie
.
For
it
was
not
sufficient
for
them
to
exact
all
the
forenamed
tributes
,
and
riotously
to
consume
the
same
,
but
also
to
vrge
people
vnto
greater
contributions
;
so
that
all
the
inhabitants
of
Africa
are
so
oppressed
with
daily
exactions
,
that
they
haue
scarcely
wherewithall
to
feed
and
apparell
themselues
:
for
which
cause
there
is
almost
no
man
of
learning
or
honesty
,
that
will
seeke
any
acquaintance
with
courtiers
,
or
will
inuite
them
to
his
table
,
or
accept
any
gifts
(
bee
they
neuer
so
pretious
)
at
their
hands
:
thinking
that
whatsoeuer
goods
they
haue
,
are
gotten
by
theft
and
briberie
.
The
King
of
Fez
continually
maintaineth
The
king
of
Fez
his
guard
.
sixe
thousand
horsemen
,
fiue
hundreth
crossebowes
,
and
as
manie
Harquebusiers
,
being
at
all
assayes
prepared
for
the
warres
,
who
in
time
of
peace
,
when
the
king
goeth
on
progresse
,
lye
within
a
mile
of
his
person
:
for
being
at
home
in
Fez
,
he
needeth
not
so
strong
a
guard
.
When
he
wageth
How
the
king
of
Fez
rideth
on
progresse
.
warre
against
the
Arabians
that
be
his
enemies
,
because
the
forenamed
garison
is
not
sufficient
,
he
requireth
ayde
of
the
Arabians
his
subiects
,
who
at
their
owne
costs
finde
him
a
great
armie
of
men
better
trained
to
the
warres
,
then
his
owne
souldiers
before-mentioned
.
The
pompe
and
ceremonies
of
this
king
are
but
meane
,
neither
doth
he
willingly
vse
them
,
but
onely
vpon
festiuall
daies
,
and
when
meere
necessitie
requireth
.
When
the
king
is
to
ride
foorth
,
the
master
of
ceremonies
signifieth
so
much
vnto
certaine
herbengers
or
postes
,
whereupon
the
herbengers
giue
notice
thereof
vnto
the
kings
[
](A05331-e19270-b)*
*
*
*
*
Or
kines
folkes
.
parents
,
vnto
his
nobilitie
,
his
senatours
,
captaines
,
guardians
,
and
gentlemen
,
who
presently
arrange
themselues
before
the
palace
gate
.
At
the
kings
comming
foorth
of
the
palace
,
the
herbengers
appoint
vnto
each
man
his
place
and
order
of
riding
.
First
and
foremost
go
the
standard-bearers
,
next
the
drummers
,
then
followeth
the
chiefe
groome
of
the
stable
with
his
seruants
and
family
;
after
him
comes
the
kings
pensioners
,
his
guard
,
his
master
of
ceremonies
,
his
secretaries
,
his
treasurer
,
and
last
of
all
his
chiefe
Iudge
and
his
captaine
generall
,
at
length
comes
the
king
accompanied
with
his
principall
counseller
,
or
with
some
other
great
peere
.
Before
the
king
also
ride
certaine
officers
belonging
to
his
person
,
whereof
one
carries
his
sword-royall
,
another
his
shield
,
and
the
third
his
crosse-bowe
.
On
each
side
of
him
march
his
footemen
,
one
carrying
a
payer
of
stirrups
,
another
the
kings
partizan
,
the
third
a
couering
for
his
saddle
,
and
the
fourth
a
halter
for
his
horse
.
And
so
soone
as
the
king
is
dismounted
,
they
foorthwith
couer
his
saddle
,
and
put
the
foresaide
halter
vpon
his
horse-head
.
Likewise
there
is
another
footeman
that
carrieth
the
kings
pantofles
most
artificially
wrought
.
After
the
king
followeth
the
captaine
of
the
footemen
,
then
the
eunuches
,
the
kings
family
,
the
light
horsemen
,
and
last
of
all
the
crosse-bowes
and
Harquebusiers
.
The
apparell
of
the
king
is
then
verie
moderate
and
plaine
:
insomuch
that
if
a
man
knew
him
not
,
he
would
thinke
him
to
be
absent
:
for
the
attendants
be
far
more
sumptuously
attired
.
Moreouer
no
Mahumetan
king
or
prince
may
weare
a
crowne
,
diademe
,
The
king
of
Fez
his
〈◊〉
of
warfare
.
or
any
such
like
ornament
vpon
his
head
,
for
that
is
forbidden
by
the
law
of
Mahumet
.
When
the
king
lyeth
with
his
armie
in
the
fields
,
first
his
owne
great
tent
is
pitched
in
a
fower
square
forme
like
vnto
a
castle
,
each
side
of
the
saide
square
being
fiftie
elles
in
length
.
At
euerie
of
the
fower
corners
standeth
a
little
sharpe
turret
made
of
cloth
,
with
a
gallant
spheare
on
the
top
which
glistereth
like
gold
.
This
royall
pauilion
hath
fower
gates
,
euerie
one
of
which
is
kept
by
eunuches
.
Within
the
said
pauilion
are
contained
diuers
other
tents
,
among
which
is
the
kings
lodging
,
being
framed
in
such
wise
,
that
it
may
easily
be
remooued
from
place
to
place
.
Next
vnto
it
stand
the
tents
of
the
noblemen
,
and
of
such
as
are
most
in
the
kings
fauour
;
then
the
lodgings
of
the
principall
guard
beeing
made
of
goates-skinnes
,
after
the
Arabian
fashion
;
and
in
the
middest
of
all
stands
the
kings
kitchin
and
his
pantrie
.
Not
farre
from
hence
the
light
horsemen
haue
their
aboade
,
who
all
of
them
are
victualled
out
of
the
kings
storehouse
,
notwithstanding
their
attire
be
verie
base
.
Next
of
all
are
the
stables
,
wherein
their
horses
are
maruellous
well
tended
.
Without
this
circuit
keepe
such
as
carrie
the
tents
and
the
kings
furniture
from
place
to
place
.
Here
are
also
butchers
,
victuallers
,
and
such
like
.
All
merchants
&
artificers
that
resort
hither
,
take
vp
their
aboad
next
vnto
the
tent-carriers
:
so
that
the
kings
pauilion
is
pitched
like
a
strong
citie
,
for
it
is
so
enuironed
with
the
lodgings
of
the
guarde
,
and
with
other
tents
adioining
,
that
there
is
very
difficult
passage
to
the
king
.
Round
about
the
saide
roiall
pauilion
,
there
are
certaine
appointed
to
watch
and
ward
all
night
long
,
howbeit
they
are
base
and
vnarmed
people
.
In
like
sort
there
is
a
watch
kept
about
the
stables
,
but
sometimes
so
negligently
,
that
not
onely
some
horses
haue
beene
stolne
,
but
there
haue
beene
founde
enimies
in
the
kings
owne
pauilion
,
that
came
to
murther
him
.
The
king
liueth
the
greatest
part
of
the
yeere
in
the
fieldes
,
both
for
the
safegard
of
his
kingdome
,
and
also
that
he
may
keepe
his
Arabian
subiects
in
obedience
,
and
sometimes
he
recreateth
himselfe
with
hunting
,
and
sometime
with
playing
at
chesse
.
I
know
right
well
how
tedious
I
haue
beene
in
the
description
of
this
citie
:
but
bicause
it
is
the
metropolitan
not
onely
of
Barbary
,
but
of
all
Africa
,
I
thought
good
most
particularly
to
decypher
euerie
parcell
and
member
thereof
.
Of
the
towne
of
Macarmeda
.
THis
towne
standeth
almost
twentie
miles
eastward
of
Fez
,
and
was
built
by
the
familie
of
Zeneta
,
vpon
the
banke
of
a
most
beautifull
riuer
.
It
had
in
times
past
a
large
territorie
,
and
great
store
of
inhabitants
.
On
both
sides
of
the
saide
riuer
are
many
gardens
and
vineyards
.
The
kings
of
Fez
were
woont
to
assigne
this
towne
vnto
the
gouernour
of
their
camels
;
but
in
the
warre
of
Sahid
it
was
so
destroied
and
wasted
,
that
at
this
day
scarce
is
there
any
mention
of
wals
to
be
found
.
But
the
fields
thereof
are
now
in
the
possession
of
certaine
gentlemen
of
Fez
,
and
of
the
pesants
.
Of
the
castle
of
Hubbed
.
THis
castle
standeth
vpon
the
side
of
an
hill
,
about
sixe
miles
from
Fez
,
and
from
hence
you
may
beholde
the
citie
of
Fez
,
and
all
the
territorie
adiacent
.
It
was
founded
by
a
certaine
hermite
of
Fez
,
being
reputed
for
a
man
of
singular
holines
.
The
fields
thereto
belonging
are
not
verie
large
,
bicause
the
houses
being
demolished
,
it
is
vtterly
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
the
wals
onely
and
the
temple
as
yet
remaining
.
In
this
castle
I
liued
fower
summers
,
bicause
it
standeth
in
a
most
pleasant
aire
,
being
separate
from
concurse
of
people
,
and
a
solitarie
place
fitte
for
a
man
to
studie
in
:
for
my
father
had
got
a
lease
of
the
ground
adioining
to
this
castle
from
the
gouernour
of
the
temple
,
for
many
yeeres
.
Of
the
towne
of
Zauia
.
THe
towne
of
Zauia
was
founded
by
Ioseph
the
second
king
of
the
Marin-family
,
and
is
distant
from
Fez
about
fowerteene
miles
.
Heere
king
Ioseph
built
a
stately
hospitall
,
and
commanded
that
his
corps
shoulde
be
interred
in
this
towne
.
But
it
was
not
his
fortune
heere
to
be
buried
,
for
he
was
slaine
in
the
warres
against
Tremizen
.
From
thencefoorth
Zauia
fell
to
decay
and
grew
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
wherein
at
this
present
the
hospitall
onely
remaineth
.
The
reuenues
of
this
place
were
giuen
vnto
the
great
temple
of
Fez
,
but
the
fielde
thereof
was
tilled
by
certaine
Arabians
dwelling
in
the
region
of
Fez.
Of
the
castle
of
Chaulan
.
THe
ancient
castle
of
Chaulan
is
built
vpon
the
riuer
Sebu
,
eight
miles
A
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
southward
of
Fez.
Not
farre
from
this
castle
there
is
a
certaine
hot
bath
,
whereunto
Abulhezen
the
fourth
king
of
the
Marin-family
added
a
faire
building
,
vnto
this
bath
once
a
yeere
in
the
moneth
of
Aprill
the
gentlemen
of
Fez
vsually
resort
,
remaining
there
fower
or
fiue
daies
together
.
There
is
no
ciuilitie
to
be
found
in
this
castle
:
for
the
inhabitants
are
base
people
,
and
exceeding
couetous
.
Of
the
mountaine
of
Zelag
.
THis
mountaine
beginneth
eastward
from
the
riuer
of
Sebu
,
extending
thence
almost
fowerteene
miles
westward
,
and
the
highest
part
thereof
to
the
north
,
is
seuen
miles
distant
from
Fez.
The
south
part
of
this
mountaine
is
vtterly
destitute
of
inhabitants
;
but
the
north
side
is
exceeding
fertile
,
and
planted
with
great
store
of
castles
and
townes
.
Most
of
their
fields
are
imployed
about
vineyards
,
the
grapes
whereof
are
the
sweetest
that
euer
I
tasted
,
and
so
likewise
are
their
oliues
,
and
other
fruits
.
The
inhabitants
being
verie
rich
,
haue
most
of
them
houses
in
the
citie
of
Fez.
And
so
likewise
most
part
of
the
gentlemen
of
Fez
haue
vineyards
vpon
the
saide
mountaine
.
At
the
north
foote
of
this
mountaine
the
fields
are
replenished
with
all
kinde
of
graine
and
fruits
.
For
all
that
plaine
is
watered
southward
with
the
riuer
Sebu
:
and
here
the
gardiners
with
certaine
artificiall
wheeles
and
engines
draw
water
out
of
the
riuer
to
moisten
their
gardens
.
In
this
plaine
are
wel-nigh
two
hundreth
acres
of
ground
,
the
reuenues
whereof
are
giuen
vnto
the
kings
master
of
ceremonies
,
howbeit
he
maketh
thereof
not
aboue
fiue
hundreth
ducates
a
yeere
:
the
tenth
part
of
all
which
reuenues
,
amounting
to
three
thousand
bushels
of
corne
,
belongeth
to
the
kings
prouision
.
Of
mount
Zarhon
.
THis
mountaine
beginneth
from
the
plaine
of
Esais
lying
ten
miles
distant
from
the
citie
of
Fez
;
westward
it
extendeth
thirtie
miles
,
and
is
almost
ten
miles
broad
.
This
mountaine
is
all
couered
with
waste
and
desert
woods
,
being
otherwise
well
stored
with
oliues
.
In
this
mountaine
there
are
of
sheepe-foldes
and
castles
to
the
number
of
fiftie
,
and
the
inhabitants
are
very
wealthy
,
for
it
standeth
betweene
two
flourishing
cities
,
that
is
to
say
,
Fez
on
the
east
,
and
Mecnase
on
the
west
.
The
women
weaue
woollen
cloth
,
according
to
the
custome
of
that
place
,
and
are
adorned
with
many
siluer
rings
and
bracelets
.
The
men
of
this
mountaine
are
most
valiant
,
and
are
much
giuen
to
pursue
and
take
lions
,
whereof
they
send
great
Hunting
of
lions
vsed
by
the
king
of
Fez.
store
vnto
the
king
of
Fez.
And
the
king
hunteth
the
said
lions
in
manner
following
:
in
a
large
field
there
are
certaine
little
cels
made
,
being
so
high
,
that
a
man
may
stand
vpright
in
them
:
each
one
of
these
cels
is
shut
fast
with
a
little
doore
;
and
containe
within
euery
of
them
an
armed
man
,
who
opening
the
doore
presents
himselfe
to
the
view
of
the
lion
:
then
the
lion
〈◊〉
the
doores
open
,
comes
running
toward
them
with
great
furie
,
but
the
doores
being
shut
againe
,
he
waxeth
more
furious
then
before
:
then
bring
they
foorth
a
bull
to
combate
with
the
lion
,
who
enter
a
fierce
and
bloudie
conflict
,
wherein
if
the
bull
kill
the
lion
,
that
daies
sport
is
at
an
end
;
but
if
the
lion
get
the
victorie
,
then
all
the
armed
men
,
being
ordinarily
twelue
,
leape
foorth
of
their
cels
,
and
inuade
the
lion
:
each
one
of
them
hauing
a
iauelin
with
a
pike
of
a
cubite
and
an
halfe
long
.
And
if
these
armed
men
seeme
to
bee
too
hard
for
the
lion
,
the
king
causeth
their
number
to
be
diminished
:
but
perceiuing
them
too
weake
,
the
king
with
his
companie
from
a
certaine
high
place
,
where
he
standeth
to
behold
the
sport
,
kill
the
lion
with
their
crossebowes
.
And
oftentimes
it
falleth
out
,
that
before
the
lion
be
slaine
,
some
one
of
the
men
dies
for
it
,
the
residue
being
sore
wounded
.
The
reward
of
those
that
encounter
the
lion
is
ten
duckats
apeece
,
and
a
new
garment
:
neither
are
any
admitted
vnto
this
combat
but
men
of
redoubted
valour
,
and
such
as
come
from
mount
Zelagi
:
but
those
that
take
the
lions
first
are
inhabitants
of
mount
Zarhon
.
Of
Gualili
a
towne
of
mount
Zarhon
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Romanes
vpon
the
top
of
the
foresaide
mountaine
,
what
time
they
were
lordes
of
Granada
in
south
Spaine
.
It
is
enuironed
around
with
mighty
thicke
walles
made
of
smoothe
and
hewen
stones
.
The
gates
are
large
and
high
,
and
the
fields
are
manured
for
the
space
of
sixe
miles
about
:
howbeit
this
towne
was
long
sithence
destroied
by
the
Africans
.
But
afterward
when
the
schismatike
Idris
came
into
this
region
,
he
began
to
repaire
this
desolate
towne
,
and
to
replant
it
so
with
inhabitants
,
that
within
short
time
it
grew
very
populous
:
howbeit
after
his
decease
it
was
neglected
by
his
sonne
,
being
wholy
addicted
(
as
is
beforesaid
)
vnto
the
building
of
Fez.
And
yet
Idris
lieth
buried
in
this
towne
,
whose
sepulchre
is
visited
with
great
reuerence
almost
by
all
the
people
of
Barbarie
,
for
he
is
as
highly
esteemed
as
if
he
had
been
some
patriarke
,
because
he
was
of
the
linage
of
Mahumet
.
At
this
present
there
are
but
two
or
three
houses
in
all
the
towne
,
which
were
there
built
for
the
honour
and
maintenance
of
the
sepulchre
.
The
fields
adiacent
are
exceedingly
well
husbanded
:
and
their
gardens
are
most
pleasant
by
reason
of
two
sweet
freshets
running
through
them
,
the
which
diuersly
winding
themselues
about
the
little
hils
and
vallies
,
doe
water
all
that
plaine
.
Of
a
certaine
towne
called
the
palace
of
Pharao
.
THis
towne
was
founded
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
top
of
an
hill
,
about
eight
miles
distant
from
Gualili
.
The
people
of
this
said
mountaine
,
together
with
some
historiographers
are
most
certainly
perswaded
,
that
this
towne
was
built
by
Pharao
king
of
Egypt
in
the
time
of
Moses
,
and
tooke
the
name
from
the
first
founder
,
which
notwithstanding
I
thinke
to
be
otherwise
:
for
I
can
read
in
no
approoued
author
that
either
Pharao
or
any
other
Egyptians
euer
inhabited
these
regions
.
But
I
suppose
that
this
fond
opinion
was
taken
out
of
that
booke
which
one
Elcabi
wrote
concerning
the
words
of
Mahumet
.
For
the
said
booke
affirmeth
from
the
authoritie
of
Mahumet
,
that
there
were
fower
kings
onely
that
gouerned
the
whole
world
,
two
whereof
were
faithfull
,
and
the
other
two
ethnikes
:
the
faithfull
he
〈◊〉
were
Alexander
the
great
,
and
Salomon
the
sonne
of
Dauid
:
and
the
ethnikes
were
Nimrod
and
Pharao
.
But
I
am
rather
of
opinion
,
by
the
Latine
letters
which
are
there
engrauen
in
the
walles
,
that
the
Romanes
built
this
towne
.
About
this
towne
run
two
small
riuers
on
either
side
thereof
.
The
little
hils
and
vallies
adiacent
doe
greatly
abound
with
oliues
.
Not
far
from
hence
are
certaine
wilde
deserts
frequented
with
lions
and
leopards
.
Of
the
towne
called
Pietra
Rossa
or
The
red
rocke
.
PIetra
Rossa
is
a
small
towne
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
side
of
the
foresaid
mountaine
,
being
so
neere
the
forrest
,
that
the
lions
will
come
Tame
〈◊〉
.
daily
into
the
towne
and
gather
vp
bones
in
the
streets
,
yea
,
they
are
so
tame
and
familiar
,
that
neither
women
nor
children
are
afeard
of
them
.
The
wals
of
this
towne
are
built
very
high
and
of
great
stones
,
but
now
they
are
ruined
in
many
places
,
and
the
whole
towne
is
diminished
into
one
streete
.
Their
fields
being
ioyned
vnto
the
plaines
of
Azgara
,
abound
with
oliues
and
all
kinde
of
pulse
.
Of
the
towne
of
Maghilla
.
MAghilla
is
a
little
towne
founded
of
old
by
the
Romans
vpon
that
side
of
the
foresaid
hill
which
looketh
toward
Fez.
About
this
towne
are
most
fertill
fields
,
and
greatly
enriched
with
oliues
:
there
is
a
plaine
likewise
containing
many
fresh
fountaines
,
and
well
stored
with
hempe
and
flaxe
.
Of
the
castle
of
Shame
.
THis
ancient
castle
is
built
at
the
foote
of
the
said
mountaine
neer
vnto
the
high
way
from
Fez
to
Mecnase
:
and
it
was
called
by
this
name
,
because
the
inhabitants
are
most
shamefully
addicted
to
couetise
,
like
vnto
all
the
people
thereabouts
.
In
old
time
it
is
reported
that
a
certaine
king
passed
by
,
whom
the
inhabitants
of
the
castle
inuited
to
dinner
,
requesting
him
to
change
the
ignominious
name
of
the
place
:
which
when
the
king
had
condescended
vnto
,
they
caused
,
according
to
their
custome
,
a
companie
of
rams
to
be
slaine
,
and
certaine
bladders
and
vessels
to
be
filled
with
milke
,
to
serue
for
the
kings
breakfast
the
morrow
after
.
But
because
the
said
vessels
were
very
large
,
〈◊〉
consulted
together
to
put
in
halfe
milke
and
halfe
water
,
hoping
that
〈◊〉
king
should
neuer
perceiue
it
.
The
day
following
albeit
the
king
was
not
very
hastie
of
his
breakfast
,
yet
,
his
seruants
vrging
him
thereunto
,
he
perceiued
the
milke
to
be
halfe
water
;
whereat
smiling
he
said
:
Friends
,
that
which
nature
hath
giuen
,
no
man
can
〈◊〉
away
.
And
with
that
saying
he
departed
.
Now
this
castle
is
razed
to
the
ground
&
vtterly
destroied
,
but
the
territorie
thereof
is
occupied
by
certaine
miserable
Arabians
.
Of
the
region
of
Beni
Guariten
.
THe
region
of
Beni
Guariten
lieth
eastward
of
〈◊〉
about
eighteene
miles
.
It
is
altogether
hillie
and
mountainous
,
abounding
with
all
kind
of
pulse
,
and
with
store
of
good
pasture
and
medow-ground
,
and
containing
almost
two
hundred
villages
.
Their
houses
are
in
all
places
rudely
built
,
and
the
inhabitants
are
base
people
,
neither
haue
they
any
vineyards
or
gardens
,
nor
any
tree
that
beareth
fruit
.
This
region
the
king
of
Fez
vsually
diuideth
among
his
youngest
brothers
and
sisters
.
The
inhabitants
haue
great
store
of
corne
and
wooll
:
and
albeit
they
are
passing
rich
,
yet
go
they
very
meanly
attired
:
they
ride
onely
vpon
asses
,
for
which
cause
they
are
had
in
great
derision
by
their
neighbours
.
Of
the
region
called
Aseis
.
THis
region
is
distant
to
the
west
of
Fez
almost
twentie
miles
,
and
is
by
the
inhabitants
called
Aseis
;
it
consisteth
of
a
perpetuall
plaine
,
wherupon
some
coniecture
,
that
it
hath
had
in
olde
time
many
villages
and
castles
,
whereof
now
there
is
no
mention
at
all
,
nor
so
much
as
a
signe
of
any
building
,
onely
the
names
of
places
yet
remaine
.
This
region
extendeth
westward
eighteene
,
and
southward
almost
twenty
miles
.
The
soile
is
most
fertile
,
and
bringeth
foorth
blacke
and
small
graines
.
Wels
and
fountaines
are
here
very
rare
.
It
was
woont
to
be
subiect
vnto
certaine
Arabian
husbandmen
,
but
now
it
is
assigned
by
the
king
vnto
the
gouernor
of
that
citie
.
Of
mount
Togat
.
THis
mountaine
standeth
almost
seuen
miles
westward
of
Fez
,
being
very
high
,
and
but
of
small
bredth
.
Eastward
it
extendeth
to
the
riuer
Bunafe
being
about
fiue
miles
distant
.
All
that
side
which
looketh
towards
Fez
,
and
the
top
thereof
,
and
that
part
which
lieth
ouer
against
Essich
are
woonderfully
replenished
with
vines
,
and
with
all
kinde
of
graine
.
Vpon
the
top
of
this
mountaine
are
diuers
caues
and
hollow
places
,
where
the
searchers
of
treasure
suppose
that
the
Romans
hid
vp
their
wealth
,
as
we
haue
before
signified
.
The
said
treasure-searchers
,
so
soone
as
the
vintage
is
past
,
vse
to
take
great
paines
in
digging
of
the
rocke
,
and
albeit
they
finde
nothing
,
yet
will
they
not
giue
ouer
.
All
the
fruits
of
this
mountaine
are
most
vnpleasant
both
to
the
〈◊〉
and
to
the
taste
,
and
yet
they
are
sooner
ripe
,
then
the
fruits
of
other
places
thereabout
.
Of
mount
Guraigura
.
THis
mountaine
being
neer
vnto
Atlas
is
almost
fortie
miles
distant
from
Fez.
From
hence
springeth
a
certaine
riuer
,
which
running
westward
falleth
into
the
riuer
Bath
.
This
mountaine
standeth
betweene
two
most
large
and
spatious
plaines
,
whereof
the
one
to
Fez
ward
is
(
as
we
haue
before
said
)
called
Aseis
:
and
the
other
lying
southward
is
named
Adecsen
.
Which
Adecsen
is
most
fertile
both
for
corne
and
pasture
.
And
they
are
possessed
by
certaine
Arabians
called
Zuhair
being
vassals
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
:
but
the
king
assigneth
for
the
most
part
this
plaine
vnto
his
brother
or
some
other
of
his
kinsfolkes
,
out
of
which
they
yeerely
gather
ten
thousand
duckats
.
The
foresaid
Arabians
are
continually
molested
by
certaine
other
Arabians
called
Elhusein
,
which
liue
in
the
deserts
:
for
in
summer-time
they
vsually
inuade
the
plaines
:
wherefore
the
king
of
Fez
for
the
defence
of
this
region
maintaineth
a
certaine
number
of
horsemen
and
of
crossebowes
.
This
plaine
is
watered
with
christall-fountaines
and
pleasant
riuers
.
Neere
vnto
the
said
plaine
are
diuers
woods
and
forrests
,
where
lions
keepe
Tame
lions
.
which
are
so
gentle
and
tame
,
that
any
man
may
driue
them
away
with
a
staffe
,
neither
doe
they
any
harme
at
all
.
Now
let
vs
proceede
vnto
the
description
of
Azgara
.
A
description
of
Azgara
,
one
of
the
seuen
principall
regions
belonging
to
the
kingdome
of
Fez.
THis
region
bordereth
northward
vpon
the
Ocean-sea
;
westward
vpon
the
riuer
of
Buragrag
;
eastward
vpon
the
mountaines
partly
of
Gumera
,
partly
of
Zarhon
,
and
partly
of
Zalag
;
and
southward
it
is
inclosed
with
the
riuer
of
Bunasar
.
This
region
consisteth
altogether
of
plaine
ground
being
a
most
fertile
soile
,
and
in
olde
time
very
populous
,
and
adorned
with
many
townes
and
castles
,
which
are
now
so
defaced
and
ruined
by
reason
of
wars
,
that
small
villages
onely
are
left
for
the
inhabitants
to
hide
their
heads
in
.
The
length
of
this
region
is
about
fowerscore
,
and
the
bredth
almost
three
score
miles
.
Through
the
midst
thereof
runneth
the
riuer
of
Subu
.
The
Arabian
inhabitants
are
called
Elculoth
,
being
descended
from
the
familie
of
Muntafic
;
they
are
subiect
to
the
king
of
Fez
,
and
pay
vnto
him
large
tributes
:
howbeit
they
are
rich
,
and
curious
in
their
apparell
,
and
are
such
valiant
soldiers
,
that
the
king
of
Fez
leuieth
his
whole
armie
of
them
onely
,
when
he
hath
any
warres
of
great
moment
to
atchieue
.
This
region
abundantly
furnisheth
not
onely
Fez
,
but
all
the
mountaines
of
Gumera
with
victuals
,
horses
,
and
other
cattell
;
and
here
the
king
of
Fez
vsually
remaineth
all
winter
and
the
spring
,
by
reason
of
the
temperature
and
holesomnes
of
the
aire
.
Here
is
great
plentie
of
roes
and
hares
,
and
yet
very
few
woods
.
Of
Giumha
a
towne
in
Azgara
.
THis
towne
the
Africans
built
in
our
time
by
a
riuers
side
vpon
that
plaine
ouer
which
the
way
lieth
from
Fez
to
the
citie
of
Harais
,
and
it
is
distant
from
Fez
about
thirtie
miles
.
It
was
in
times
past
very
populous
,
but
now
it
lieth
so
desolate
by
reason
of
the
war
of
Sahid
,
that
it
serueth
onely
for
caues
and
receptacles
for
the
Arabians
to
lay
vp
their
corne
in
,
for
the
sauegard
whereof
they
pitch
certaine
tents
neere
vnto
the
place
.
Of
the
towne
of
Harais
.
THis
towne
was
founded
by
the
ancient
Africans
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
shore
,
neere
vnto
the
mouth
of
the
riuer
Luccus
,
one
side
thereof
adioining
vpon
the
said
riuer
,
and
the
other
side
vpon
the
maine
Ocean
.
When
the
Moores
were
lords
of
Arzilla
and
Tangia
,
this
towne
was
well
inhabited
:
but
those
two
townes
being
woon
by
the
Christians
,
Harais
remained
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
almost
twentie
yeeres
together
:
howbeit
afterward
the
king
of
Fez
his
sonne
,
fearing
the
Portugals
inuasion
,
caused
it
strongly
to
bee
fortified
and
kept
with
a
perpetuall
garrison
.
The
passage
vnto
this
towne
by
the
riuers
mouth
is
very
dangerous
and
difficult
.
Likewise
the
kings
sonne
caused
a
castle
to
be
built
,
wherein
is
maintained
a
garrison
of
two
hundred
crosse-bowes
,
an
hundred
Harquebusiers
,
&
three
hundred
light
horsemen
.
Neere
vnto
the
towne
are
diuers
medowes
and
fennes
where
the
townesmen
take
great
store
of
eeles
and
of
water-fowles
.
Vpon
this
riuers
side
are
huge
and
solitarie
woods
haunted
with
lions
and
other
wilde
beastes
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
towne
vse
to
transport
coales
by
sea
to
Arzilla
and
Tangia
,
whereupon
the
Moores
vse
for
a
common
prouerbe
,
A
ship
of
Harais
,
which
they
alleage
when
a
man
after
great
brags
and
promises
performeth
trifles
;
for
these
ships
hauing
sailes
of
cotton
,
which
make
a
gallant
shew
,
are
laden
with
nought
but
base
coales
:
for
the
territorie
of
this
citie
aboundeth
greatly
with
cotton
.
Of
the
towne
called
Casar
Elcabir
,
that
is
,
The
great
palace
.
THis
large
towne
was
built
in
the
time
of
Mansor
the
king
and
patriarke
of
Maroco
;
of
whom
this
notable
historie
is
reported
,
namely
,
that
the
said
king
,
as
he
rode
on
hunting
,
being
separated
from
his
companie
by
tempestuous
weather
,
came
vnto
a
certaine
vnknowen
place
,
where
if
he
continued
all
night
,
fearing
least
he
should
die
in
the
fens
,
he
looked
round
about
him
,
and
at
length
espied
a
fisher
getting
of
eeles
:
can
you
,
A
pleasant
discourse
how
king
Mansor
was
entertained
by
a
fisher
.
〈◊〉
friend
(
quoth
the
king
)
conduct
me
to
the
court
?
The
court
(
saith
the
fisher
)
is
ten
miles
distant
.
Howbeit
,
the
king
intreating
hard
to
be
conducted
;
if
king
Mansor
himselfe
were
present
(
quoth
the
fisher
)
I
could
not
at
this
present
conduct
him
,
for
feare
least
he
should
be
drowned
in
the
fennes
.
Then
answered
Mansor
:
what
hast
thou
to
doe
with
the
kings
life
or
safetie
?
Marie
(
quoth
the
fisher
)
I
am
bound
to
loue
the
king
as
well
as
mine
owne
life
.
Then
haue
you
obtained
some
singular
benefite
at
his
hands
,
said
the
king
.
What
greater
benefit
(
quoth
the
fisher
)
can
be
expected
at
the
kings
hand
,
then
iustice
,
loue
,
and
clemencie
,
which
he
vouchsafeth
vnto
his
subiects
;
by
whose
fauour
and
wisedome
I
sillie
fisher
with
my
poore
wife
and
children
liue
a
most
quiet
and
contented
life
,
so
that
I
can
euen
at
midnight
haue
free
egresse
and
regresse
vnto
this
my
cottage
amidst
these
vallies
and
desert
fennes
,
no
man
lying
in
wait
to
doe
me
iniurie
?
But
(
gentle
Sir
)
whatsoeuer
you
be
,
if
you
please
to
be
my
guest
for
this
night
,
you
shall
be
right
welcome
,
and
to
morrow
morning
betimes
I
will
attend
vpon
you
at
your
pleasure
.
Then
the
king
went
vnto
the
fishers
cottage
,
where
after
his
horse
was
prouided
for
,
the
fisher
caused
some
eeles
to
be
rosted
for
his
supper
,
while
he
sate
drying
of
his
garments
by
the
fire
:
but
the
king
not
being
contented
with
this
fare
,
demanded
if
his
host
had
any
flesh
in
the
house
:
Sir
(
quoth
he
)
I
haue
a
shee-goate
and
a
kid
,
and
they
are
all
my
substance
of
cattell
:
but
because
by
your
countenance
you
seeme
to
be
some
honourable
personage
,
I
will
aduenture
my
kid
for
your
sake
;
and
so
without
any
more
words
he
caused
his
wife
to
kill
it
&
roste
it
.
Thus
the
king
remained
the
fishers
guest
all
night
:
and
the
next
morning
about
sun-rise
,
being
scarcely
gone
out
of
the
doores
with
his
liberall
host
,
he
espied
a
great
companie
of
his
gentlemen
and
hunters
whooping
and
hallowing
for
their
king
amidst
the
fennes
,
but
when
they
saw
him
,
they
all
greatly
reioiced
.
Then
Mansor
turning
him
to
the
fisher
,
told
him
what
he
was
,
promising
that
his
liberalitie
should
not
be
vnrewarded
.
Neere
vnto
the
place
were
certaine
faire
castles
and
palaces
,
which
the
king
at
his
departure
gaue
vnto
the
fisher
in
token
of
thankfulnes
;
and
being
by
the
fisher
requested
,
for
declaration
of
his
farther
loue
,
to
enuiron
the
said
buildings
with
wals
,
he
condescended
thereunto
.
From
thencefoorth
the
fisher
〈◊〉
lord
and
gouernour
of
that
new
citie
,
which
in
processe
of
time
grew
so
large
,
that
within
these
fewe
yeeres
it
contained
fower
hundred
families
.
And
because
the
soile
〈◊〉
vnto
it
is
so
fertile
,
the
king
vsed
to
make
his
aboad
thereabout
all
summer
time
,
which
was
a
great
benefit
to
the
towne
.
By
the
walles
of
this
towne
runneth
Read
Osorius
lib.
2.
de
rebus
gestis
Eman.
〈◊〉
this
towne
.
the
riuer
Luccus
,
which
sometimes
encreaseth
so
,
that
it
floweth
to
the
citie-gates
.
In
this
towne
are
practised
diuers
manuarie
artes
and
trades
of
merchandize
:
also
it
hath
many
temples
,
one
college
of
students
,
and
a
stately
hospitall
.
They
haue
neither
springs
nor
wels
,
but
onely
cesternes
in
stead
thereof
.
The
inhabitants
are
liberall
honest
people
,
though
not
so
〈◊〉
as
some
others
.
Their
apparell
is
but
meane
,
being
made
of
cotton-cloth
,
and
wrapped
often
about
their
bodies
.
In
the
suburbes
are
great
store
of
gardens
replenished
with
all
kinde
of
fruits
.
Their
grapes
are
vnsauourie
,
because
the
soile
is
fitter
for
medow-ground
.
Euery
munday
they
haue
a
market
vpon
the
next
plaine
,
whither
their
neighbours
the
Arabians
vsually
resort
.
In
the
moneth
of
May
they
goe
foorth
of
their
towne
a
fowling
,
and
take
great
store
of
turtles
.
Their
ground
is
exceeding
fruitfull
,
and
yeeldeth
thirtie
fold
increase
:
but
it
cannot
be
tilled
for
sixe
miles
about
,
bicause
the
Portugals
garrison
at
Arzilla
which
is
but
eighteene
miles
distant
,
doth
so
molest
and
endomage
them
:
whom
likewise
the
gouernour
of
this
towne
with
three
hundred
horsemen
continually
encountereth
,
and
sometime
proceedeth
euen
to
the
gates
of
Arzilla
.
Of
the
region
of
Habat
.
THis
region
beginneth
southward
from
the
riuer
of
Guarga
,
and
bordereth
northward
vpon
the
Ocean
,
westward
it
adioineth
vnto
the
fennes
of
Argar
,
and
eastward
it
abutteth
vpon
those
mountaines
which
are
next
vnto
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
.
In
bredth
it
stretcheth
fower
score
,
and
in
length
almost
an
hundreth
miles
.
The
fruitefulnes
of
the
soile
,
and
the
abundance
of
corne
cannot
easily
be
described
:
it
is
almost
a
perpetuall
plaine
,
watered
with
many
riuers
:
howbeit
heretofore
it
hath
beene
more
noble
and
famous
,
by
reason
of
the
ancient
cities
built
partly
by
the
Romans
&
partly
by
the
Goths
:
and
I
thinke
it
to
be
the
same
region
which
Ptolemey
calleth
Mauritania
;
but
since
Fez
was
first
built
,
it
hath
fallen
into
woonderfull
decay
.
Moreouer
Idris
the
founder
of
Fez
leauing
ten
sonnes
behinde
him
,
bestowed
this
region
vpon
the
eldest
:
afterward
ensued
a
rebellion
of
diuers
Mahumetan
heretiques
and
lords
,
one
faction
of
whom
suing
for
aide
at
the
gouernour
of
Granada
,
and
others
seeking
aide
from
certaine
gouernours
of
Cairaoan
,
they
were
all
vanquished
and
put
to
flight
by
the
Mahumetan
patriark
of
Cairaoan
:
who
hauing
thus
subdued
the
region
,
left
it
vnder
garrison
and
returned
home
.
Afterward
the
great
chancelour
of
Cordoua
leuying
an
huge
armie
,
conquered
all
this
countrey
euen
to
the
borders
of
the
region
of
Zab.
Fiftie
yeeres
after
king
Ioseph
of
the
Luntune
family
,
chasing
out
the
people
of
Granada
,
obtained
the
saide
prouince
by
force
:
and
last
of
all
the
king
of
Fez
enioied
it
.
Of
Ezaggen
a
towne
of
Habat
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
ancient
Africans
vpon
the
side
of
a
mountaine
,
almost
ten
miles
distant
from
Guarga
:
all
which
distance
being
plaine
ground
,
serueth
for
corn-fields
and
gardens
:
howbeit
the
hilles
are
farre
more
fruitfull
.
This
towne
is
distant
from
Fez
almost
threescore
and
ten
miles
,
and
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
hundred
families
,
out
of
the
territorie
whereof
there
is
the
summe
of
tenne
thousand
ducates
yeerely
gathered
for
tribute
,
with
which
tribute
the
gouernour
of
the
same
towne
is
bound
to
maintaine
on
the
kings
behalfe
fower
hundred
horsemen
,
for
the
defence
of
the
whole
region
.
For
they
are
often
molested
with
inuasions
of
the
Portugals
,
who
proceed
wasting
and
spoiling
the
countrey
,
sometimes
fortie
,
and
sometimes
fiftie
miles
.
Here
is
but
little
ciuility
to
be
found
,
neither
are
the
people
but
homely
apparelled
,
though
they
be
verie
rich
.
They
haue
a
priuilege
granted
them
by
the
ancient
kings
of
Fez
to
drinke
wine
,
which
is
otherwise
forbidden
by
the
law
of
Mahumet
,
and
yet
none
of
them
all
will
abstaine
from
drinking
it
.
Of
the
towne
called
Bani
Teude
.
THis
ancient
towne
was
built
also
by
the
Africans
on
a
large
plaine
by
the
riuer
of
Guarga
,
fiue
and
fortie
miles
from
the
citie
of
Fez.
In
the
prosperitie
thereof
it
contained
to
the
number
of
eight
thousand
families
,
but
afterward
it
was
so
destroied
by
the
wars
of
the
〈◊〉
of
Cairaoan
,
that
now
the
towne
wall
is
only
remaining
.
At
my
being
there
I
sawe
diuers
monuments
and
sepulchres
of
noblemen
,
and
certaine
conducts
curiously
built
of
excellent
marble
.
From
this
towne
mount
Gumera
is
almost
fowerteene
miles
distant
:
the
fieldes
adiacent
being
good
arable
,
and
very
fruitfull
.
Of
the
towne
of
Mergo
.
MErgo
standing
vpon
the
toppe
of
a
mountaine
is
from
Bani
Teude
about
ten
miles
distant
.
Some
thinke
that
the
Romans
were
founders
of
this
towne
,
bicause
there
are
found
vpon
the
ancient
ruines
certaine
Latine
letters
ingrauen
.
But
now
it
is
quite
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
howbeit
vpon
the
side
of
the
same
mountaine
standeth
another
small
towne
inhabited
with
weauers
of
course
cloth
;
from
whence
you
may
behold
the
riuer
Subu
to
the
south
,
and
the
riuer
Guarga
to
the
north
,
from
which
riuers
the
saide
towne
is
fiue
miles
distant
.
The
inhabitants
loue
to
bee
accounted
gentlemen
,
albeit
they
are
couetous
,
ignorant
,
and
destitute
of
all
goodnes
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tansor
.
TAnsor
standeth
vpon
a
little
hill
,
almost
ten
miles
from
Mergo
,
and
containeth
three
hundreth
families
,
but
very
fewe
artificers
.
The
inhabitants
are
rude
and
barbarous
people
,
hauing
neither
vineyardes
nor
gardens
,
but
onely
exercising
husbandry
,
and
possessing
abundance
of
cattle
.
This
towne
standeth
in
the
midde
way
between
Fez
and
mount
Gumera
,
which
(
I
thinke
)
is
the
occasion
,
that
the
inhabitants
are
so
couetous
and
void
of
humanitie
.
Of
the
towne
of
Agla
.
THis
ancient
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
banke
of
the
riuer
Guarga
.
The
fruitfull
fields
thereof
are
manured
by
the
Arabians
:
but
the
towne
it selfe
hath
beene
so
wasted
with
warre
,
that
nowe
there
is
nothing
to
be
seene
but
in
a
few
places
the
ruines
of
houses
&
wals
,
&
certaine
pits
.
In
the
suburbes
there
is
euery
weeke
a
great
market
,
wherunto
the
next
Arabians
vsually
resort
;
and
so
do
some
merchants
of
Fez
likewise
,
to
buie
oxe-hides
,
wooll
,
and
waxe
,
which
are
the
principall
commodities
of
that
place
.
Hereabouts
keepe
great
store
of
lions
,
but
they
are
by
nature
so
fearefull
,
that
they
will
flee
at
the
voice
of
a
childe
:
hence
commeth
the
prouerbe
so
rife
in
Fez
;
A
lion
of
Agla
;
which
they
applie
vnto
The
〈◊〉
of
a
prouerbe
.
such
a
one
as
maketh
great
brags
,
and
is
but
a
meere
dastard
.
Of
the
castle
of
Narangia
.
THe
castle
of
Narangia
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
a
little
hill
not
farre
from
the
riuer
Luccus
,
is
almost
ten
miles
distant
from
Ezaggen
.
It
hath
most
fruitfull
corn-fields
,
but
no
plaines
belonging
vnto
it
.
Along
the
riuers
side
are
huge
deserts
,
wherein
grow
great
store
of
wilde
fruits
,
especially
cherries
,
such
as
the
Italians
call
Ciriegie
marine
.
This
castle
was
surprised
and
sacked
by
the
Portugals
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
895.
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
,
1486.
Of
the
Isle
of
Gesira
.
THe
Isle
of
Gesira
lying
not
farre
from
the
mouth
of
the
riuer
Luccus
,
is
distant
from
the
sea
about
ten
,
and
from
Fez
about
an
hundreth
miles
.
There
was
in
times
past
a
little
ancient
towne
vpon
this
Island
,
which
was
abandoned
when
the
Portugals
first
made
warres
vpon
Barbarie
.
About
the
saide
riuer
are
many
deserts
,
but
An
attempt
and
defeate
of
the
Portugals
.
very
fewe
corn-fields
.
In
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
894.
the
king
of
Portugall
sent
hither
a
great
armie
,
which
being
landed
on
the
Isle
,
the
generall
of
the
field
built
a
strong
fort
thereupon
,
by
meanes
whereof
he
hoped
to
be
free
from
the
enimies
inuasion
,
and
to
enioy
the
fields
adiacent
.
But
the
king
of
Fez
,
namely
his
father
that
[
](A05331-e20420-b)*
*
*
1562.
nowe
reigneth
,
foreseeing
the
damage
that
he
shoulde
sustaine
,
if
he
permitted
the
saide
fort
to
be
finished
,
leuied
a
mightie
armie
to
withstand
the
Portugals
proceedings
.
Howbeit
,
so
great
was
the
force
of
their
ordinance
,
that
the
Moores
durst
not
approch
within
two
miles
of
the
Portugal
campe
.
Wherefore
the
Fessan
king
being
almost
out
of
hope
,
was
perswaded
by
some
that
were
about
him
to
stoppe
vp
the
riuer
with
postes
and
raftes
two
miles
from
the
Island
:
by
which
meanes
the
Moores
being
defended
,
and
hauing
cut
downe
all
the
woodes
adioining
,
the
Portugals
perceiued
the
passage
of
the
riuer
in
short
time
to
be
choaked
and
stopped
vp
with
great
trees
,
and
that
there
was
no
possibilitie
for
them
to
depart
.
Then
the
king
hoping
easily
to
ouercome
the
Portugales
,
determined
to
assaile
their
fort
:
but
considering
he
could
not
do
it
without
great
slaughter
of
his
people
,
he
couenanted
with
the
Portugall
generall
,
that
besides
a
great
summe
of
money
paide
vnto
him
,
the
saide
generall
shoulde
obtaine
of
the
Portugall
king
to
haue
certaine
daughters
of
the
king
of
Fez
his
gouernour
(
which
were
at
that
time
prisoners
in
Portugall
)
to
be
restored
,
and
that
then
he
would
freely
dismisse
him
and
his
companie
:
which
being
done
,
the
Portugall
armie
returned
home
.
Of
the
towne
of
Basra
.
THis
towne
containing
almost
two
thousand
families
,
was
built
by
Mahumet
the
sonne
of
Idris
,
which
was
the
founder
of
Fez
,
vpon
a
certaine
plaine
betweene
two
mountaines
,
being
distant
from
Fez
about
fowerscore
,
and
from
Casar
southward
almost
twentie
miles
.
And
it
was
named
Basra
for
the
memorie
of
a
citie
in
Arabia
Foelix
called
by
that
name
,
where
Hali
the
fourth
Mahumetan
patriarke
after
Mahumet
,
and
great
grandfather
vnto
Idris
was
slaine
.
It
was
in
times
past
enuironed
with
most
high
and
impregnable
wals
:
and
so
long
as
it
was
gouerned
by
the
posteritie
of
Idris
,
the
people
were
verie
ciuill
;
for
Idris
his
successours
vsed
alwaies
to
remaine
there
in
sommer
time
,
by
reason
of
the
pleasant
situation
of
the
place
,
the
hils
and
valleies
being
beautified
with
sweete
gardens
,
and
yeelding
corne
in
abundance
:
and
that
both
by
reason
of
the
vicinitie
of
the
towne
,
and
of
the
neighbour-hood
of
the
riuer
Luccus
.
Moreouer
,
in
old
time
this
towne
was
verie
populous
,
being
adorned
with
many
faire
temples
,
and
inhabited
with
most
ciuill
people
:
but
the
family
of
Idris
decaying
,
it
became
a
pray
vnto
the
enemie
.
At
this
present
the
ruines
of
the
wals
are
onely
to
be
seene
,
and
certaine
forlorne
gardens
,
which
,
because
the
ground
is
not
manured
,
bring
foorth
naught
,
but
wilde
fruits
.
Of
the
towne
called
Homar
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
one
Hali
a
disciple
of
the
foresaid
Mahumet
vpon
a
little
hill
,
and
by
a
riuers
side
,
being
situate
about
fourteene
miles
to
the
north
of
Casar
,
and
sixteen
miles
to
the
south
of
Arzilla
:
which
although
it
be
but
a
small
towne
,
yet
is
it
well
fortified
and
fairely
built
,
and
enuironed
with
fruitfull
fieldes
,
vineyardes
,
and
gardens
replenished
with
woonderfull
varietie
of
fruits
.
The
inhabitants
being
most
of
them
linnen-weauers
,
gather
and
prouide
great
store
of
flaxe
.
But
euer
since
the
Portugals
woon
Arzilla
,
this
towne
hath
remained
desolate
.
A
description
of
the
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
.
THe
great
citie
of
Arzilla
called
by
the
Africans
Azella
,
was
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
shore
,
about
seuentie
miles
from
the
streits
of
Gibraltar
,
and
an
hundred
and
fortie
miles
from
Fez.
It
was
in
times
past
subiect
vnto
the
prince
of
Septa
or
Ceuta
,
who
was
tributarie
to
the
Romans
,
and
was
afterward
taken
by
the
Goths
,
who
established
the
said
prince
in
his
former
gouernment
:
but
the
Mahumetans
wan
it
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
94.
and
helde
the
same
for
two
hundred
and
twenty
yeeres
,
till
such
time
as
the
English
at
the
persuasion
of
the
Goths
besieged
it
with
an
huge
armie
;
and
albeit
the
Goths
were
enemies
to
the
English
,
because
themselues
were
Christians
,
and
the
English
worshippers
of
idols
,
yet
the
Goths
〈◊〉
them
to
this
attempt
,
hoping
by
that
meanes
to
The
taking
of
Arzilla
by
the
English
.
draw
the
Mahumetans
out
of
Europe
.
The
English
hauing
good
successe
tooke
the
citie
,
and
so
wasted
it
with
fire
and
sword
,
that
scarce
one
citizen
escaped
,
so
that
it
remained
almost
thirtie
yeeres
voide
of
inhabitants
.
But
afterward
when
the
Mahumetan
patriarks
of
Cordoua
were
lords
of
Mauritania
,
it
was
againe
reedified
,
and
by
all
meanes
augmented
,
enriched
and
fortified
.
The
inhabitants
were
rich
,
learned
,
and
valiant
.
The
fields
adiacent
yeeld
graine
and
pulse
of
all
sorts
in
great
abundance
,
but
because
the
towne
standeth
almost
ten
miles
from
the
mountaines
,
it
sustaineth
great
want
of
wood
;
howbeit
they
haue
coales
brought
them
from
Harais
,
as
is
aforesaid
.
In
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
882.
this
citie
was
suddenly
surprised
and
taken
by
the
Portugalles
,
and
all
the
inhabitants
carried
prisoners
into
Arzilla
taken
by
the
Portugals
.
Portugall
,
amongst
whom
was
Mahumet
the
king
of
Fez
that
now
is
,
who
together
with
his
sister
being
both
children
of
seuen
yeeres
old
,
were
taken
and
led
captiue
.
For
the
father
of
this
Mahumet
seeing
the
prouince
of
Habatreuolt
from
him
,
went
and
dwelt
at
Arzilla
,
the
very
same
time
,
Habdulac
the
last
king
of
the
Marin
family
.
when
Esserif
a
great
citizen
of
Fez
,
hauing
slaine
Habdulac
the
last
king
of
the
Marin-familie
,
was
by
the
fauour
of
the
people
aduanced
vnto
the
Fessan
kingdome
.
Afterward
one
Saic
Abra
being
pricked
forward
with
ambition
,
went
about
to
conquer
the
citie
of
Fez
,
and
to
make
himselfe
king
;
howbeit
Esserif
by
the
aduise
of
a
certaine
counsellour
of
his
,
being
couzin
vnto
Saic
,
vanquished
and
put
to
flight
the
saide
Saic
to
his
great
disgrace
.
Moreouer
while
Esserif
had
sent
his
said
counsellour
to
Temesna
,
to
pacifie
the
people
of
that
prouince
being
about
to
rebell
,
Saic
returned
,
and
hauing
for
one
whole
yeere
besieged
new
Fez
with
eight
thousand
men
,
at
length
by
treason
of
the
townesmen
he
easily
wan
it
,
and
compelled
Esserif
with
all
his
familie
,
to
flee
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
.
The
same
time
therefore
that
Saic
besieged
Fez
,
the
king
of
Portugall
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
sending
a
fleete
into
Africa
,
tooke
Arzilla
,
and
then
was
the
king
of
Fez
that
now
is
with
his
yoong
sister
caried
captiue
into
Portugall
,
where
he
remained
seuen
yeeres
,
in
which
space
he
learned
the
Portugall-language
most
exactly
.
At
length
with
a
great
summe
of
money
his
father
ransomed
him
out
of
Portugall
,
who
afterward
being
aduanced
to
the
kingdome
,
was
by
reason
of
his
long
continuance
in
Portugall
called
king
Mahumet
the
Portugall
.
This
king
afterward
attempted
very
often
to
be
auenged
of
the
Portugals
,
and
to
recouer
Arzilla
.
Wherefore
suddenly
encountring
the
said
citie
he
beat
down
a
Read
Osorius
lib.
5.
de
rebus
gestis
Eman.
great
part
of
the
wall
,
and
entring
the
breach
,
set
all
the
captiue-Moores
at
libertie
.
The
Christians
retired
into
the
castle
,
promising
within
two
daies
to
yeeld
vnto
the
king
.
But
Pedro
Nauarro
comming
in
the
meane
season
with
a
great
fleet
,
they
compelled
the
king
with
continuall
discharging
of
their
ordinance
,
not
onely
to
relinquish
the
citie
,
but
also
to
depart
quite
away
with
his
whole
armie
:
afterward
it
was
so
fortified
on
all
sides
by
the
Portugals
,
Iohn
Leo
serued
the
king
of
Fez
in
his
wars
against
Arzilla
.
that
the
said
king
attempting
often
the
recouerie
thereof
,
had
alwaies
the
repulse
.
I
my selfe
seruing
the
king
in
the
foresaid
expedition
could
find
but
fiue
hundred
of
our
companie
slaine
.
But
the
warre
against
Arzilla
continued
from
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
914.
to
the
yeere
921.
Of
the
citie
of
Tangia
.
THe
great
and
ancient
citie
of
Tangia
called
by
the
Portugals
Tangiara
,
according
to
the
fond
opinion
of
some
historiographers
,
was
founded
by
one
Sedded
the
sonne
of
Had
,
who
(
as
they
say
)
was
emperour
ouer
the
whole
world
.
This
man
(
say
they
)
determined
to
build
a
citie
,
which
for
beautie
might
match
the
earthly
paradise
.
Wherefore
he
compassed
the
same
with
walles
of
brasse
,
and
the
roofes
of
the
houses
he
couered
with
gold
and
siluer
,
for
the
building
whereof
he
exacted
great
tributes
of
all
the
cities
in
the
world
.
But
the
classicall
and
approoued
authors
affirme
that
it
was
built
by
the
Romanes
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
shore
,
at
the
same
time
when
they
subdued
the
kingdome
of
[
](A05331-e20840-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Boetica
.
Granada
.
From
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
it
is
distant
almost
thirtie
,
and
from
Fez
an
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
.
And
from
the
time
that
the
Goths
were
first
lordes
of
Granada
,
this
citie
was
subiect
vnto
Septa
or
Ceuta
,
vntill
it
and
Arzilla
were
woon
by
the
Mahumetans
.
It
hath
alwaies
beene
a
ciuill
,
famous
,
and
well-peopled
towne
,
and
very
stately
and
sumptuously
built
.
The
field
thereto
belonging
is
not
very
fertill
,
nor
apt
for
tilth
:
howbeit
not
far
off
are
certaine
vallies
continually
watred
with
fountaines
,
which
furnish
the
said
citie
with
all
kinde
of
fruits
in
abundance
.
Without
the
citie
also
growe
certaine
vines
,
albeit
vpon
a
sandie
soile
.
It
was
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
till
such
time
as
Arzilla
was
surprized
by
the
Portugals
:
for
then
the
inhabitants
being
dismaied
with
rumours
of
warres
,
tooke
vp
their
bag
and
baggage
and
fled
vnto
Fez.
Whereupon
the
king
of
Portugall
his
deputie
at
Arzilla
sent
one
of
his
captaines
thither
,
who
kept
it
so
long
vnder
the
obedience
of
the
king
,
till
the
king
of
Fez
sent
one
of
his
kinsmen
also
to
defend
a
region
of
great
importance
neere
vnto
the
mountaines
of
Gumera
,
being
enemie
to
the
Christians
.
Twentie
fiue
yeeres
before
the
Portugall
king
wan
this
citie
,
he
sent
foorth
an
armada
against
it
,
hoping
that
the
citie
being
destitute
of
aide
,
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
king
of
Fez
was
in
warres
against
the
rebels
of
Mecnase
,
would
soone
yeeld
it selfe
.
But
contrarie
to
the
Portugals
expectation
the
Fessan
king
concluding
a
sudden
truce
with
them
of
Mecnase
,
sent
his
counsellour
with
an
armie
,
who
encountring
the
Portugals
,
made
a
great
slaughter
of
them
,
and
amongst
the
rest
slue
their
generall
,
whom
he
caused
to
be
caried
in
a
case
or
sacke
vnto
new
Fez
,
and
there
to
be
set
vpon
an
high
place
where
all
men
might
behold
him
.
Afterward
the
king
of
Portugall
sent
a
new
supply
,
who
suddenly
assailing
the
citie
in
the
night
,
were
most
of
them
slaine
,
and
the
residue
enforced
to
flee
.
But
that
which
the
Portugall-king
could
not
bring
to
passe
with
those
two
Armadas
,
he
atchieued
at
length
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
with
small
forces
and
little
disaduantage
.
In
my
time
〈◊〉
king
of
Fez
left
no
meanes
vnattempted
for
the
recouerie
of
this
citie
,
but
so
great
alwaies
was
the
valour
of
the
Portugals
,
that
he
had
euer
ill
successe
.
These
things
were
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
917
,
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1508.
Of
the
towne
called
Casar
Ezzaghir
,
that
is
,
the
little
palace
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
Mansor
the
king
and
Patriarke
of
Maroco
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
shore
,
about
twelue
miles
from
Tangia
,
and
from
Septa
eighteene
miles
.
It
was
built
(
they
say
)
by
Mansor
,
because
euerie
yeere
when
he
passed
into
the
Prouince
of
Granada
,
hee
was
constrained
with
his
whole
armie
to
march
ouer
the
rough
and
ragged
mountaines
of
Septa
,
before
he
could
come
vnto
the
sea
shore
.
It
standeth
in
an
open
and
pleasant
place
ouer
against
the
coast
of
Granada
.
It
was
well
peopled
in
times
past
,
part
of
the
inhabitants
beeing
weauers
and
merchants
,
and
the
rest
mariners
,
that
vsed
to
transport
the
Casar
Ezzaghir
taken
by
the
king
of
Portugall
.
wares
of
〈◊〉
into
Europe
.
This
towne
the
king
of
Portugall
tooke
by
a
sudden
surprise
.
And
the
Fessan
king
hath
laboured
by
all
meanes
to
recouer
it
,
but
euer
with
ill
successe
.
These
things
were
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
863.
Of
the
great
citie
of
Septa
.
SEpta
,
called
by
the
Latines
,
Ciuitas
,
and
by
the
Portugals
,
Seupta
,
was
(
according
to
our
most
approoued
Authors
)
built
by
the
Romanes
vpon
the
streits
of
Gibraltar
,
being
in
olde
time
the
head
citie
of
all
Mauritania
;
wherefore
the
Romanes
made
great
account
thereof
,
insomuch
that
it
became
verie
ciuill
,
and
was
throughly
inhabited
.
Afterward
it
was
woone
by
the
Gothes
,
who
appointed
a
gouernour
there
;
and
it
continued
in
their
possession
,
〈◊〉
the
Mahumetans
inuading
Mauritania
surprised
it
also
.
The
occasion
whereof
was
one
Iulian
Earle
of
Septa
;
who
being
greatly
iniuried
by
Roderigo
king
of
the
Gothes
and
of
Spaine
,
ioyned
with
the
infidels
,
conducted
The
entrance
of
the
Moores
into
Granada
.
them
into
Granada
,
and
caused
Roderigo
to
loose
both
his
life
and
his
kingdome
.
The
Mahumetans
therefore
hauing
taken
Septa
,
kept
possession
thereof
on
the
behalfe
of
one
Elgualid
,
sonne
of
Habdulmalic
their
Patriarke
,
who
then
was
resident
at
Damasco
,
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
92.
From
thencefoorth
till
within
these
fewe
yeeres
,
this
citie
grew
so
ciuill
and
so
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
that
it
prooued
the
most
worthie
and
famous
citie
of
all
Mauritania
.
It
contained
many
temples
and
colledges
of
students
,
with
great
numbers
of
artizans
,
and
men
of
learning
and
of
high
spirite
.
Their
artizans
excelled
especially
in
workes
of
brasse
,
as
namely
in
making
of
candlesticks
,
basons
,
standishes
,
and
such
like
commodities
,
which
were
as
pleasant
to
the
eie
,
as
if
they
had
beene
made
of
siluer
or
gold
.
The
Italians
haue
great
cunning
in
making
of
the
like
,
but
their
workmanship
is
nothing
comparable
to
theirs
of
[
](A05331-e21050-b)*
*
*
*
Or
çeuta
.
Septa
.
Without
the
citie
are
diuers
faire
villages
and
granges
,
especially
in
that
place
which
for
the
abundance
of
vines
is
called
The
vineyards
:
howbeit
the
fields
are
verie
barren
and
fruitles
,
for
which
cause
their
corne
is
exceeding
deere
.
Both
without
and
within
the
citie
there
is
a
pleasant
and
beautifull
prospect
to
the
shore
of
Granada
vpon
the
streits
of
Gibraltar
,
from
whence
you
may
discerne
liuing
creatures
,
The
streits
of
Gibraltar
from
Septa
but
12.
miles
broad
.
the
distance
being
but
12.
miles
.
Howbeit
this
famous
citie
not
many
yeeres
since
was
greatly
afflicted
by
Habdulmumen
the
king
and
patriarke
:
who
hauing
surprised
it
,
razed
the
buildings
,
and
banished
the
principal
inhabitants
thereof
.
And
not
long
after
it
sustained
as
great
damage
by
the
king
of
Granada
,
who
(
besides
the
foresaide
harmes
)
carried
the
nobles
and
chiefe
citizens
captiues
into
Granada
.
And
lastly
in
the
yeere
of
Mahumet
his
Hegeira
Septa
taken
by
the
Portugals
.
818.
being
taken
by
a
Portugall-armada
,
all
the
citizens
did
abandon
it
.
Abu
Sahid
being
then
king
of
Fez.
,
and
a
man
of
no
valour
,
neglected
the
Abu
Sahid
king
of
Fez
and
his
sixe
sonnes
slaine
all
in
one
night
.
recouerie
thereof
:
but
in
the
midst
of
his
dauncing
and
disport
being
aduertised
that
it
was
lost
,
he
would
not
so
much
as
interrupt
his
vaine
pastime
:
wherefore
by
gods
iust
iudgement
,
both
himselfe
and
his
sixe
sonnes
were
all
slaine
in
one
night
by
his
Secretarie
,
in
whom
he
reposed
singular
trust
,
because
hee
would
haue
defloured
the
said
Secretaries
wife
.
These
things
came
to
passe
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
824.
Afterward
,
the
kingdome
of
Fez
being
eight
yeeres
destitute
of
a
king
,
a
sonne
of
the
murthered
king
whom
he
begot
of
a
Christian
woman
,
and
who
the
same
night
that
his
father
was
slaine
fled
vnto
Tunis
,
succeeded
in
the
gouernment
:
this
was
Habdulac
the
last
king
of
the
Marin
family
,
who
likewise
(
as
is
aforesaide
)
was
slaine
by
the
people
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tetteguin
,
now
called
Tetuan
.
THis
towne
being
built
by
the
ancient
Africans
eighteene
miles
from
the
streits
of
Gibraltar
,
and
sixe
miles
from
the
maine
Ocean
,
was
taken
by
the
Mahumetans
at
the
same
time
when
they
woon
Septa
from
the
Gothes
.
It
is
reported
that
the
Gothes
bestowed
the
gouernment
of
this
towne
vpon
a
woman
with
one
eie
,
who
weekly
repairing
thither
to
receiue
tribute
,
the
inhabitants
named
the
towne
〈◊〉
,
which
signifieth
in
their
language
an
eie
.
Afterward
being
often
assayled
and
encountered
by
the
Portugals
,
the
inhabitants
forsooke
it
,
and
it
remained
fowerscore
and
fifteene
yeeres
desolate
:
which
time
being
expired
,
it
was
reedified
and
replanted
a
new
with
inhabitants
by
a
certaine
captaine
of
Granada
,
who
together
with
his
king
being
expelled
thence
by
Ferdinando
king
of
Castile
,
departed
vnto
Fez.
This
famous
captaine
that
shewed
himselfe
so
valiant
in
the
warres
of
Granada
was
called
by
the
Portugals
Almandali
.
Who
hauing
obtained
the
gouernment
of
this
towne
,
and
gotten
licence
to
repaire
it
,
enuironed
the
same
with
new
wals
,
and
built
an
impregnable
castle
therein
compassed
with
a
deepe
ditch
.
Afterward
making
continuall
warre
against
the
Portugals
,
he
extremely
molested
and
endamaged
their
townes
of
Septa
,
Casar
,
and
Tangia
:
for
with
three
hundred
valiant
horsemen
of
Granada
he
made
daily
incursions
and
inroades
vpon
the
Christians
,
and
those
that
he
tooke
,
he
put
to
continuall
labour
and
toile
about
the
building
of
his
forts
.
Vpon
a
time
I
my selfe
trauelling
this
way
saw
three
thousand
Christian
captiues
,
who
being
clad
in
course
sacke-cloth
,
were
constrained
in
the
night
to
lye
fettered
in
deepe
dungeons
.
This
captaine
was
exceeding
liberall
vnto
all
African
and
Mahumetan
strangers
that
passed
by
:
howbeit
within
these
few
yeeres
one
of
his
eies
being
thrust
out
with
a
dagger
,
and
the
other
waxing
dim
with
age
,
he
deceased
;
leauing
the
towne
after
his
death
vnto
his
nephew
,
who
was
a
most
valiant
man
.
Of
the
mountaines
of
Habat
.
A
Mongst
the
mountaines
of
Habat
there
be
eight
more
famous
then
the
rest
,
all
which
are
inhabited
by
the
people
of
Gumera
,
who
vse
one
generall
forme
and
custome
of
liuing
:
for
all
of
them
maintaine
Mahumets
religion
,
albeit
they
drinke
wine
contrarie
to
his
precept
.
They
are
proper
men
of
personage
and
much
addicted
to
industrie
&
labour
,
but
for
the
wars
they
are
verie
vnsit
.
Subiect
they
are
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
,
who
imposeth
such
heauie
tribute
vpon
them
,
so
that
besides
a
few
(
of
whom
we
will
speake
hereafter
)
the
residue
are
scarce
able
to
finde
themselues
apparell
.
Of
mount
Rahona
.
THis
mountaine
being
neere
vnto
Ezaggen
,
containeth
in
length
thirtie
miles
,
and
in
breadth
twelue
miles
.
It
aboundeth
with
oyle
,
hony
,
and
vines
.
The
inhabitants
are
principally
imployed
about
making
of
sope
and
trying
of
waxe
.
Wines
they
haue
great
store
both
browne
and
white
.
They
pay
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
for
yeerely
tribute
three
thousand
ducates
,
which
being
allowed
vnto
the
gouernour
of
Ezaggen
,
he
maintaineth
fower
hundred
horsemen
in
the
kings
seruice
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Beni-Fenescare
.
THis
mountaine
of
Fenescare
adioyning
vnto
mount
Rahon
,
is
about
fiue
and
twentie
miles
long
,
and
eight
miles
broad
.
It
is
better
peopled
then
Rahon
,
hauing
many
leather-dressers
,
and
weauers
of
course
cloth
,
and
yeelding
great
abundance
of
waxe
.
Euery
saturday
they
haue
a
great
market
,
where
you
may
finde
all
kinde
of
chapmen
and
of
wares
;
insomuch
that
the
Genoueses
come
hither
to
buy
oxe-hides
and
waxe
,
which
they
conuey
into
Portugall
and
Italy
.
Out
of
this
mountaine
is
yeerely
collected
for
tribute
the
summe
of
sixe
thousand
ducates
,
three
thousand
whereof
are
allowed
vnto
the
gouernour
of
Ezaggen
,
the
residue
being
payd
into
the
kings
exchequer
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Beni-Haros
.
THis
mountaine
standing
neer
vnto
Casar
extendeth
northward
eight
,
and
westward
20
miles
.
It
containeth
but
sixe
miles
only
in
bredth
.
It
was
wont
to
be
well
peopled
and
inhabited
with
gentlemen
,
who
,
when
the
Portugals
woon
Arzilla
,
cruelly
vsurping
ouer
the
people
,
compelled
them
to
flee
and
leaue
the
mountaine
desolate
.
There
are
at
this
present
certaine
cottages
vpon
the
mountaine
;
but
all
the
residue
lyeth
wast
.
While
this
mountaine
continued
in
good
estate
,
it
allowed
yeerely
vnto
the
gouernor
of
Casar
three
thousand
ducates
.
Of
mount
Chebib
.
VPon
this
mountaine
are
sixe
or
seuen
castles
inhabited
with
ciuill
and
honest
people
:
for
when
the
Portugals
wan
Tangia
,
the
citizens
fled
vnto
this
mountaine
beeing
but
twentie
miles
distant
.
The
inhabitants
are
perpetually
molested
with
the
Portugals
inuasions
:
the
tributes
of
this
mountaine
being
halfe
diminished
since
the
losse
of
Tangia
,
waxe
euery
day
woorse
and
woorse
,
because
the
garrison
is
thirtie
miles
distant
,
and
cannot
come
to
succour
them
so
often
as
the
Portugals
come
to
waste
and
spoyle
their
territories
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Beni
Chessen
.
THis
mountaine
is
of
an
exceeding
height
,
and
very
hard
to
be
encountred
:
for
besides
the
naturall
fortification
thereof
,
it
is
inhabited
with
most
valiant
people
.
These
inhabitants
being
oppressed
with
the
tyrannie
of
their
gouernours
,
rose
vp
at
length
in
armes
against
them
,
&
brought
them
to
great
miserie
and
distresse
.
Whereupon
a
yoong
gentleman
,
one
of
their
said
gouernours
,
disdaining
to
submit
himselfe
vnto
the
yoke
of
his
inferiours
,
went
to
serue
in
the
king
of
Granada
his
warres
,
where
being
trained
vp
a
long
time
in
martiall
discipline
against
the
Christians
,
he
prooued
an
expert
warriour
:
and
so
at
length
returning
vnto
one
of
his
natiue
mountaines
,
he
gathered
a
certaine
troupe
of
horsemen
,
and
valiantly
defended
the
said
mountaine
from
the
Portugals
inuasions
:
whereof
the
king
of
Fez
being
aduertised
,
sent
him
an
hundred
and
fiftie
crossebowes
:
which
he
imploied
to
the
subduing
of
that
mountaine
,
and
to
the
conquest
of
the
mountaines
of
his
enemies
.
But
after
he
began
to
vsurpe
the
kings
tribute
in
the
same
mountaine
,
the
king
waxing
wroth
sent
foorth
an
huge
armie
against
him
.
Howbeit
vpon
his
repentant
submission
,
the
king
pardoned
him
,
and
ordained
him
gouernour
of
Seusauon
,
and
of
all
the
region
adiacent
.
After
him
succeeded
in
the
same
gouernment
one
of
the
linage
of
Mahumet
,
and
of
Idris
the
founder
of
Fez.
This
man
became
very
famous
among
the
Portugals
,
and
by
reason
of
his
nobilitie
(
for
he
was
of
the
familie
called
Helibenres
)
he
grew
vnto
great
renowme
.
Of
mount
Angera
.
IT
standeth
southward
of
Casar
the
lesse
almost
eight
miles
,
being
tenne
miles
long
and
three
miles
broad
.
The
soile
thereof
is
exceeding
fruitful
,
and
in
times
past
greatly
abounded
with
woods
,
which
being
cut
downe
by
the
inhabitants
,
were
sent
to
Casar
for
the
building
of
ships
:
which
at
that
time
had
a
great
fleete
belonging
thereunto
.
This
mountaine
likewise
yeelded
abundance
of
flaxe
;
and
the
inhabitants
were
partly
weauers
and
partly
mariners
.
Howbeit
when
the
foresaid
towne
of
Casar
was
woon
by
the
Portugals
,
this
mountaine
also
was
forsaken
by
the
inhabitants
:
and
yet
at
this
day
all
the
houses
stand
still
,
as
if
the
inhabitants
had
not
forsaken
it
at
all
.
Of
mount
Quadres
.
THis
high
mountaine
standing
in
the
midst
betweene
Septa
and
Tetteguin
,
is
inhabited
with
most
valiant
and
warlike
people
,
whose
valour
sufficiently
appeered
in
the
warres
betweene
the
king
of
Granada
,
and
the
Spanyards
;
where
the
inhabitants
onely
of
this
mountaine
preuailed
more
then
all
the
armed
Moores
beside
.
Vpon
the
said
mountaine
was
borne
one
called
by
them
Hellul
:
this
Hellul
atchieued
many
woorthie
exploits
against
the
Spanyards
;
the
historie
whereof
is
set
downe
partly
in
verse
and
partly
in
prose
,
and
is
as
rife
in
Africa
and
Granada
,
as
is
the
storie
of
Orlando
in
Italie
.
But
at
length
in
the
Spanish
warre
(
wherein
Ioseph
Enesir
king
and
patriarke
of
Maroco
was
vanquished
)
this
Hellul
was
slaine
in
a
castle
of
Catalonia
,
called
by
the
Moores
,
The
castle
of
the
eagle
.
In
the
same
battell
were
slaine
threescore
thousand
Moores
,
so
that
none
of
them
escaped
saue
the
Threescore
thousand
Moores
slaine
.
king
and
a
few
of
his
nobles
.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
609
,
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1160.
From
thenceforth
the
Spanyards
had
alwaies
good
successe
in
their
warres
,
so
that
they
recouered
all
those
cities
which
the
Moores
had
before
taken
from
them
.
And
from
that
time
till
the
yeere
wherein
king
Ferdinando
conquered
Granada
,
there
passed
(
according
to
the
Arabians
account
)
285.
yeeres
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Beni
Guedarfeth
.
THis
mountaine
standing
not
farre
from
Tetteguin
(
although
it
be
not
very
large
)
is
well
fraught
with
inhabitants
.
The
people
are
very
warlike
,
being
in
pay
vnder
the
gouernour
of
Tetteguin
,
whom
they
greatly
honour
and
attend
vpon
him
in
all
his
attempts
against
the
Christians
:
for
which
cause
they
pay
no
tribute
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
,
vnlesse
it
be
for
their
fieldes
,
which
is
very
little
.
They
reape
much
commoditie
out
of
those
mountaines
,
for
there
groweth
great
abundance
of
boxe
,
whereof
the
Fessan
combes
are
made
.
A
description
of
Errif
one
of
the
seuen
regions
of
Fez.
WEstward
this
region
beginneth
neere
vnto
the
streites
of
〈◊〉
,
and
extendeth
eastward
to
the
riuer
of
Nocor
,
which
distance
containeth
about
an
hundred
and
fortie
miles
.
Northward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
stretcheth
fortie
miles
southward
vnto
those
mountains
which
lie
ouer
against
the
riuer
Guarga
and
the
territorie
of
Fez.
This
region
is
very
vneeuen
,
being
full
of
exceeding
colde
mountaines
and
waste
deserts
,
which
are
replenished
with
most
beautifull
and
straight
trees
:
Here
is
no
corne
growing
,
they
haue
great
store
of
vines
,
figs
,
oliues
,
&
almonds
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
region
are
valiant
people
,
but
so
excessiuely
giuen
to
drinking
,
that
they
scarcely
reserue
wherewithall
to
apparell
themselues
.
Head-cattell
they
haue
but
fewe
:
howbeit
vpon
their
mountaines
they
haue
great
plentie
of
goates
,
asses
,
and
apes
.
Their
townes
are
but
few
:
and
their
castles
and
villages
are
very
homely
built
without
any
plancher
or
stories
,
much
like
to
the
stables
of
Europe
,
and
are
couered
with
thatch
or
with
the
barke
of
trees
.
All
the
inhabitants
of
this
region
haue
the
balles
of
their
throat-pipes
very
great
,
and
are
vnciuill
and
rude
people
.
Of
the
towne
of
Terga
.
THis
small
towne
(
as
some
thinke
)
built
by
the
Goths
vpon
the
shore
of
the
Mediterran
sea
,
is
distant
from
the
streites
of
Gibraltar
about
fowerscore
miles
,
and
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
hundred
families
.
The
towne
wall
is
of
no
force
.
The
inhabitants
are
most
part
of
them
fishers
;
who
getting
great
abundance
of
fish
,
salt
them
,
and
carrie
them
to
sell
almost
an
hundred
miles
southward
.
This
towne
was
in
times
past
well
stored
with
people
,
but
since
the
Portugals
entered
the
same
region
,
it
hath
fallen
greatly
to
decay
.
Not
farre
from
this
towne
groweth
abundance
of
〈◊〉
vpon
the
ragged
and
cold
mountaines
.
And
albeit
the
inhabitants
are
valiant
,
yet
are
they
rusticall
and
void
of
all
humanitie
.
Of
Bedis
,
otherwise
called
Velles
de
〈◊〉
.
THis
ancient
towne
built
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
shore
,
&
〈◊〉
by
the
Spaniards
Velles
de
Gumera
,
containeth
about
sixe
hundred
families
.
Some
writers
there
are
that
affirme
it
to
be
built
by
the
Africans
,
and
others
by
the
Gothes
;
so
that
it
remaineth
as
yet
vncertaine
who
were
the
true
founders
therof
.
It
standeth
betweene
two
high
mountaines
:
and
not
farre
from
it
there
is
a
faire
and
large
valley
,
from
whence
commeth
a
little
riuer
or
streame
to
the
towne
,
alwaies
when
it
raineth
.
In
the
midst
of
the
towne
standeth
the
market
place
,
which
containeth
great
store
of
shops
.
Here
is
also
a
verie
stately
temple
to
be
seene
.
Water
for
drinke
is
exceeding
scarce
among
them
,
for
they
are
all
constrained
to
resort
vnto
one
pit
or
well
,
being
in
the
suburbes
,
neere
vnto
the
sepulchre
of
a
certaine
man
,
that
was
in
times
past
very
famous
among
them
.
Howbeit
in
the
night
it
is
dangerous
to
fetch
water
from
thence
,
because
it
is
so
full
of
blood-suckers
or
horse-leeches
.
The
townesmen
are
of
two
sorts
:
for
some
be
fishers
,
and
the
residue
are
pirates
,
which
daily
doe
great
harme
vnto
the
Christians
.
Vpon
the
mountaines
grow
great
store
of
wood
,
verie
commodious
for
the
building
of
ships
and
of
galleies
.
The
inhabitants
of
which
mountaines
are
almost
wholly
employed
about
carrying
of
the
said
wood
from
place
to
place
.
They
haue
very
little
corne
growing
,
for
which
cause
most
of
them
eate
barley
bread
.
Their
principall
foode
are
certaine
fishes
(
which
the
Italians
call
Sardelli
)
together
with
other
like
fishes
.
They
haue
such
abundance
of
fish
,
that
one
man
alone
is
not
able
to
draw
vp
a
net
;
wherefore
whosoeuer
will
assist
the
fishermen
in
that
busines
,
are
rewarded
with
good
store
of
fishes
for
their
labour
:
yea
sometimes
they
will
freely
bestow
fishes
vpon
such
as
passe
by
.
They
salt
the
foresaid
Sardelli
,
and
send
them
to
the
mountaines
to
be
sold.
In
this
towne
there
is
a
long
street
inhabited
with
Iewes
,
wherin
dwell
sundry
vintners
that
sell
excellent
wines
.
So
that
in
calme
euenings
the
citizens
vse
to
carrie
wine
aboord
their
barkes
in
the
sea
,
and
to
spend
their
time
in
drinking
and
singing
.
In
this
towne
standeth
a
faire
castle
,
but
not
strong
,
wherein
the
gouernour
hath
his
aboad
.
And
neere
vnto
this
castle
the
saide
gouernour
hath
a
palace
,
whereunto
belongeth
a
most
pleasant
garden
.
Vpon
the
shore
the
gouernour
buildeth
galleies
and
other
ships
wherewith
they
greatly
molest
the
Christians
.
Whereupon
Ferdinando
king
of
Spaine
taking
a
certaine
Iland
within
a
mile
of
the
towne
,
built
a
fort
thereon
,
and
so
planted
it
with
ordinance
and
souldiers
,
that
neither
their
temples
nor
themselues
walking
in
the
streets
were
free
therefrom
,
but
were
daily
slaine
.
Wherefore
the
gouernour
of
the
towne
was
constrained
to
craue
ayde
from
the
king
of
Fez
,
who
sent
out
a
great
〈◊〉
against
the
Christians
;
but
they
were
partly
taken
,
and
partly
slaine
,
so
that
verie
few
escaped
backe
vnto
Fez.
The
Christians
kept
this
isle
almost
two
yeeres
:
and
then
it
was
betrayed
by
a
false
trecherous
Spaniard
(
who
slew
the
gouernour
of
the
isle
,
because
he
had
taken
his
wife
from
him
)
into
the
Moores
possession
,
and
all
the
Christians
were
slaine
:
not
a
man
of
them
escaped
,
saue
onely
the
Spanish
traitour
,
who
in
regard
of
his
treason
was
greatly
rewarded
,
both
by
the
gouernour
of
Bedis
,
and
also
by
the
king
of
Fez.
Being
at
Naples
I
heard
the
whole
relation
of
this
matter
from
a
certaine
man
that
was
present
at
all
the
former
exploits
,
who
said
that
they
were
done
about
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1520.
But
now
the
said
island
is
most
diligently
kept
by
a
garrison
of
souldiers
sent
from
Fez
:
for
Bedis
is
the
neerest
hauen-towne
vnto
Fez
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
shore
,
although
it
be
an
hundred
and
twenty
miles
distant
.
Euerie
yeere
or
euerie
second
yeere
the
Venetian
galleies
vse
to
resort
vnto
this
isle
,
and
to
exchange
wares
for
wares
with
the
inhabitants
,
or
sometimes
to
buy
for
readie
money
:
which
wares
the
Venetians
transport
vnto
Tunis
,
Venice
,
Alexandria
,
and
sometime
to
Barutto
.
Of
the
towne
of
Ielles
.
THis
towne
being
built
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
shore
is
almost
sixe
miles
distant
from
Bedis
:
the
hauen
thereof
is
very
commodious
and
much
frequented
by
ships
in
fowle
and
tempestuous
weather
.
Not
farre
from
this
towne
are
diuers
mountaines
and
waste
deserts
growing
full
of
pine
trees
.
In
my
time
it
remained
voide
of
inhabitants
,
by
reason
of
certaine
Spanish
pyrates
which
haunted
the
same
;
and
now
there
are
but
a
few
poore
cottages
of
fishers
,
who
standing
in
dayly
dread
of
the
Spaniards
,
keepe
continuall
and
circumspect
watch
to
see
if
they
can
escrie
any
ships
making
towards
them
,
which
if
they
do
,
they
flee
foorthwith
vnto
the
next
mountaines
,
bringing
from
〈◊〉
a
sufficient
number
of
armed
men
to
withstand
the
attempts
of
the
Spaniards
or
Portugals
.
Of
the
〈◊〉
of
Tegassa
.
THis
towne
though
it
be
but
little
is
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
and
standeth
vpon
a
riuers
side
,
about
two
miles
from
the
Mediterran
sea
.
Families
it
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
hundreth
,
the
buildings
thereof
being
very
rude
and
homely
:
all
the
inhabitants
are
fishers
and
sea-faring
men
,
who
from
thence
carrie
victuals
vnto
other
cities
;
for
their
own
towne
being
〈◊〉
with
mountaines
and
woods
,
they
haue
no
corne
at
all
.
Howbeit
certaine
vines
there
are
,
and
very
fruitfull
trees
,
without
which
the
whole
region
were
in
a
miserable
case
.
Besides
barly-bread
the
inhabitants
haue
nought
to
liue
on
,
sauing
a
fewe
little
fishes
and
onions
.
I
my selfe
coulde
hardly
for
one
day
endure
the
extreme
stinking
smell
of
their
fishes
,
which
stinch
miserablie
infecteth
the
whole
prouince
.
Of
the
towne
of
Gebha
.
GEbha
is
a
little
towne
walled
round
about
,
and
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
shore
.
From
Bedis
it
is
aboue
fower
and
twentie
miles
distant
.
Sometimes
it
hath
inhabitants
and
sometimes
none
,
according
to
the
custome
of
that
region
.
All
the
fields
adiacent
are
vnfitte
for
corne
,
being
full
of
fountaines
and
woods
.
Here
also
are
certaine
vines
and
other
fruits
,
but
no
buildings
of
any
account
.
Of
the
towne
of
Mezemme
.
IT
is
a
very
large
sea-towne
standing
vpon
a
certaine
hill
which
bordereth
vpon
the
prouince
of
Garet
.
Neere
vnto
this
towne
lieth
a
verie
large
plaine
,
the
length
whereof
stretching
southward
is
eight
and
twentie
,
and
the
breadth
almost
ten
miles
,
and
through
the
midst
of
it
runneth
the
riuer
called
Nocore
,
which
diuideth
the
region
of
Errif
from
that
of
Garet
.
This
plaine
is
occupied
by
certaine
Arabian
husbandmen
,
who
reape
such
plentie
of
corne
there
,
that
they
are
constrained
to
pay
about
fiue
thousand
bushels
a
yeere
vnto
the
gouernour
of
Bedis
.
This
citie
was
woont
in
times
past
to
be
well
peopled
,
and
was
the
metropolitan
of
the
whole
region
,
although
it
were
continually
molested
with
inconueniences
.
For
first
it
was
almost
vtterly
destroied
by
the
patriarke
of
Cairaoan
:
who
,
bicause
the
townesmen
refused
to
pay
him
his
woonted
tribute
,
burnt
it
downe
,
and
beheaded
the
gouernour
thereof
:
whose
head
was
carried
to
Cairaoan
vpon
the
pike
of
a
iaueline
.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
318.
From
thencefoorth
for
fifteene
yeeres
after
it
remained
destitute
of
inhabitants
:
and
then
vnder
the
same
patriarke
the
foresaide
towne
was
by
certaine
noblemen
inhabited
a
newe
.
Lastly
it
was
taken
by
a
certaine
great
man
of
Cordoua
.
He
seeing
this
citie
stande
within
fower-score
miles
of
his
confines
(
for
so
broad
is
the
sea
betweene
Malaga
in
Granada
,
and
this
part
of
Barbarie
)
began
to
demaund
tribute
of
the
citizens
:
which
when
they
refused
to
pay
,
he
tooke
their
towne
with
a
small
number
of
men
:
for
the
patriark
coulde
not
in
so
short
space
succour
it
,
by
reason
that
Cairaoan
is
distant
from
thence
aboue
[
](A05331-e21770-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Here
seemeth
to
be
an
error
in
the
originall
.
three
and
twentie
hundreth
miles
.
Wherefore
this
towne
being
taken
and
vtterly
razed
,
the
gouernour
thereof
was
sent
captiue
vnto
Cordoua
,
where
he
spent
the
residue
of
his
daies
in
prison
.
And
now
the
wals
of
this
towne
are
onely
to
be
seene
.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
892.
Now
let
vs
speake
somewhat
of
the
mountaines
of
Errif
.
Of
mount
Benigarir
.
THis
mountaine
is
inhabited
by
certaine
people
which
came
first
from
the
mountaines
of
Gumera
.
It
standeth
neere
vnto
Terga
,
and
is
ten
miles
long
,
and
almost
fower
miles
broad
.
Vpon
this
mountaine
are
great
stóre
of
woods
,
as
likewise
abundance
of
vines
and
oliues
.
The
inhabitants
are
miserable
and
poore
people
.
Cattell
are
very
scarce
among
them
:
they
vse
to
make
much
wine
and
sodden
must
.
Neither
haue
they
any
store
of
barly
growing
vpon
this
mountaine
.
Of
mount
Beni
Mansor
.
THis
mountaine
containeth
in
length
fifteene
,
and
in
bredth
almost
fiue
miles
.
Vpon
this
mountaine
are
great
store
of
woods
and
fountaines
:
All
the
inhabitants
are
most
valiant
,
and
yet
poore
and
miserable
people
,
for
the
whole
mountaine
yeeldeth
nothing
but
vines
:
they
haue
indeed
some
small
number
of
goats
.
Euery
weeke
they
haue
a
market
,
whereunto
is
brought
nothing
but
garlike
,
onions
,
raisins
,
salt
fishes
called
before
Sardelli
,
togither
with
some
〈◊〉
and
panicke
,
whereof
they
make
bread
.
This
hill
is
subiect
to
the
gouernour
of
Bedis
.
Of
mount
Bucchuia
.
THis
mountaine
is
fowerteene
miles
long
,
and
almost
eight
miles
broad
.
The
inhabitants
are
richer
and
somewhat
better
apparelled
then
they
of
other
mountaines
,
&
possesse
great
store
of
horses
.
Corne
it
yeeldeth
in
abundance
:
neither
are
the
people
constrained
to
pay
any
great
tribute
,
by
reason
of
a
certaine
holy
man
buried
at
Bedis
,
and
borne
vpon
this
mountaine
.
Of
mount
Beni
Chelid
.
BY
this
mountaine
lieth
the
high
way
from
Bedis
to
Fez.
It
is
a
verie
cold
place
,
and
containeth
great
store
of
wood
and
fountaines
.
It
yeeldeth
no
corne
,
but
vines
onely
.
The
inhabitants
being
subiect
to
the
gouernour
of
Bedis
,
are
by
reason
of
continuall
exactions
so
impouerished
,
that
they
are
faine
to
rob
and
steale
for
their
liuing
.
Of
mount
Beni
Mansor
.
THis
mountaine
extendeth
eight
miles
,
standing
an
equall
distance
from
the
sea
with
the
mountaines
〈◊〉
.
The
inhabitants
are
valiant
and
stout
people
,
but
too
much
addicted
to
drunkennes
.
Wine
they
haue
great
store
,
and
but
little
corne
.
Their
women
keepe
goates
and
spinne
vpon
the
distaffe
both
at
one
time
:
the
greater
part
of
whom
will
not
refuse
the
dishonest
company
of
any
man
.
Of
mount
Beni
Ioseph
.
THE
length
of
this
mountaine
is
twelue
miles
,
and
the
bredth
about
eight
miles
.
The
inhabitants
are
poore
,
and
basely
apparelled
:
neither
haue
they
any
corne
but
panicke
,
whereof
they
make
blacke
and
most
vnsauorie
bread
.
They
liue
also
vpon
onions
,
and
garlike
.
Their
fountaines
are
very
muddie
.
They
haue
great
store
of
goates
,
the
milke
whereof
they
keepe
as
a
most
precious
thing
.
Of
mount
Beni
Zaruol
.
VPon
this
mountaine
〈◊〉
great
store
of
vines
,
oliues
,
and
other
fruites
.
The
inhabitants
are
poore
miserable
people
,
being
subiect
to
the
gouernour
of
Seusaoen
,
who
exacteth
so
great
tribute
at
their
handes
,
that
all
which
they
can
scrape
and
get
out
of
the
mountaine
will
hardly
maintaine
them
.
Euery
weeke
they
haue
a
market
,
wherein
nothing
is
to
be
solde
,
but
onely
dried
figs
,
raisins
,
and
oile
.
Likewise
they
vse
to
kill
their
hee
and
shee
goats
,
whose
flesh
is
so
vnsauorie
,
that
it
cannot
be
eaten
,
vnlesse
it
be
fried
.
Of
mount
Beni
Razin
.
THis
mountaine
bordereth
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
not
farre
from
Terga
.
The
inhabitants
liue
a
secure
and
pleasant
life
;
for
the
mountaine
is
impregnable
,
and
aboundeth
with
all
kinde
of
graine
,
neither
are
they
constrained
to
pay
any
tribute
at
all
.
They
haue
likewise
good
plentie
of
oliues
and
wine
;
and
their
ground
is
exceeding
fruitfull
,
especially
vpon
the
side
of
the
mountaine
.
Their
women
partly
keepe
goates
,
and
partly
till
the
ground
.
Of
mount
Seusaoen
.
THere
is
no
mountaine
in
all
Africa
for
pleasant
situation
comparable
to
this
:
hereon
standeth
a
towne
inhabited
with
all
kinde
of
artificers
and
merchants
.
Vpon
this
mountaine
dwelleth
one
called
Sidi
Heli
Berrased
,
being
lord
ouer
many
mountaines
.
This
Sidi
Heli
brought
some
ciuilitie
into
this
mountaine
,
rebelled
against
the
king
of
Fez
,
and
maintained
continuall
warre
against
the
Portugals
.
The
inhabitants
of
the
villages
of
this
and
the
foresaid
mountaines
,
are
free
from
all
taxation
and
tribute
,
bicause
〈◊〉
serue
vnder
their
captaine
as
well
for
horsemen
as
for
〈◊〉
.
Come
heere
groweth
small
store
,
but
great
plentie
of
flaxe
.
There
are
〈◊〉
woods
,
and
many
fountaines
vpon
this
hill
:
and
the
inhabitants
go
all
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
Of
mount
Beni
Gebara
.
THis
mountaine
is
very
steepe
,
and
of
a
woonderfull
height
,
out
of
the
foote
whereof
spring
certaine
riuers
.
Vines
and
figges
here
are
great
store
,
but
no
corne
at
all
:
and
the
inhabitants
weare
most
base
attire
.
They
haue
abundance
of
goats
,
&
oxen
of
so
little
a
stature
,
that
a
man
would
take
them
to
be
calues
of
halfe
a
yeere
olde
.
Euery
weeke
they
haue
a
market
,
being
furnished
with
very
few
commodities
.
Hither
doe
the
merchants
of
Fez
resort
,
and
the
muletters
or
carriers
,
which
conueie
fruits
out
of
this
mountaine
vnto
Fez.
In
times
past
it
was
subiect
vnto
a
certaine
prince
of
the
king
of
Fez
his
kinred
:
and
there
were
collected
out
of
this
mountaine
almost
two
thousand
ducates
of
yeerely
tribute
.
Of
mount
Beni
Ierso
.
THis
mountaine
in
times
past
was
exceedingly
well
peopled
.
Heere
was
likewise
a
faire
colledge
built
,
wherein
the
Mahumetan
lawe
was
publikely
taught
,
for
which
cause
the
inhabitants
were
freed
from
all
tributes
and
exactions
.
Afterward
a
certaine
tirant
being
assisted
by
the
king
of
Fez
,
made
this
mountaine
to
become
tributarie
vnto
him
;
but
first
he
put
the
inhabitants
to
flight
,
and
then
destroied
the
colledge
,
wherein
were
founde
bookes
woorth
more
then
fowre
thousand
ducates
,
and
the
learned
and
famous
men
he
cruelly
put
to
the
sword
.
This
was
done
in
the
918.
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
,
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1509.
Of
mount
Tezarin
.
THis
mountaine
called
by
the
inhabitants
Tezarin
,
standeth
neer
vnto
the
foresaid
Beni
Ierso
,
&
aboundeth
greatly
with
fountaines
,
deserts
,
&
vineyards
.
Vpon
the
top
thereof
stand
diuers
ancient
buildings
,
which
(
so
farre
foorth
as
I
can
coniecture
)
were
erected
by
the
Romains
.
And
here
(
as
is
before
signified
)
certaine
fond
people
continually
search
in
caues
and
holes
of
the
earth
for
the
Romains
treasure
.
All
the
inhabitants
of
this
mountaine
are
most
ignorant
people
,
and
greatly
oppressed
with
exactions
.
Of
mount
Beni
Busibet
.
THis
is
a
most
cold
mountaine
,
and
therefore
it
yeeldeth
neither
corne
nor
cattell
,
both
by
reason
of
the
extreme
coldnes
,
and
the
barrennes
thereof
.
Moreouer
the
leaues
of
the
trees
are
not
fit
for
goates
to
feede
vpon
.
They
haue
so
great
plentie
of
nuts
,
that
they
abundantly
furnish
the
citie
of
Fez
,
and
all
other
neighbour
cities
and
townes
therewith
.
All
their
grapes
are
blacke
,
whereof
they
make
a
certaine
pleasant
meate
called
Zibibbo
.
They
make
likewise
great
store
of
must
and
wine
.
They
are
clad
Zibibbo
.
in
certaine
woollen
clokes
or
mantles
,
such
as
are
vsed
in
Italy
:
these
mantles
haue
certaine
hoods
,
which
couer
their
heads
and
visages
so
,
that
you
can
scarce
discerne
them
to
be
men
:
and
they
are
particoloured
with
blacke
and
white
spots
.
In
winter
the
merchants
that
resort
vnto
this
mountaine
to
carrie
away
nuts
and
raisins
vnto
Fez
,
can
scarce
finde
any
meate
to
eate
,
for
there
is
neither
corne
nor
flesh
,
but
onely
onions
and
certaine
salt
fishes
,
which
are
extreme
deere
.
They
vse
likewise
to
eate
sodden
must
and
beanes
dressed
after
their
manner
,
and
this
is
the
daintiest
fare
that
this
mountaine
can
affoord
;
and
their
sodden
must
they
eate
with
much
bread
.
Of
mount
Beni
Gualid
.
IT
is
an
exceeding
high
and
steepe
hill
,
and
the
inhabitants
are
very
rich
,
for
of
their
blacke
grapes
they
make
the
foresaid
meate
called
Zibibbo
.
Almonds
,
figges
,
and
oliues
they
haue
in
great
abundance
:
neither
pay
they
any
tribute
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
,
but
onely
each
family
one
fourth
part
of
a
ducate
,
to
the
end
they
may
haue
free
libertie
to
buie
and
sell
in
Fez
market
.
And
if
any
citizen
of
Fez
doth
them
any
wrong
,
when
they
take
him
or
anie
of
his
kinred
in
their
mountaine
,
they
will
not
suffer
him
to
returne
home
to
Fez
,
till
sufficient
recompence
be
made
.
These
people
go
decently
apparelled
,
and
they
haue
a
priuilege
granted
,
that
whatsoeuer
persons
are
banished
out
of
Fez
,
may
freely
remaine
in
their
mountaine
;
yea
,
they
will
bestow
their
liuing
gratìs
vpon
such
banished
persons
,
so
long
as
they
continue
amongst
them
.
And
doubtles
if
this
mountaine
were
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
,
it
would
affoord
him
yeerely
for
tribute
sixe
thousand
ducates
:
for
it
containeth
mo
then
sixe
hundreth
rich
families
.
Of
mount
Merniza
.
THis
mountaine
standèth
iust
by
the
former
,
the
inhabitants
being
endued
with
the
same
nobilitie
,
libertie
,
and
wealth
,
that
the
people
of
the
former
are
endued
with
.
The
women
of
this
mountaine
for
any
light
iniurie
offered
by
their
husbands
,
leauing
foorthwith
their
saide
husbands
and
children
,
will
depart
vnto
some
other
mountaine
,
and
seeke
them
newe
paramours
fit
for
their
humor
.
For
which
cause
they
are
at
continuall
warre
one
with
another
:
neither
will
they
be
reconciled
till
he
that
is
last
possessed
of
the
woman
pay
her
former
husband
all
such
money
as
he
spent
in
the
solemnizing
of
her
marriage
:
and
for
this
purpose
they
haue
certaine
iudges
,
that
make
their
poore
clients
spend
almost
all
their
whole
substance
.
Of
mount
Haugustian
.
IT
is
an
exceeding
high
and
a
cold
mountaine
,
containing
great
store
of
springs
,
and
abundance
of
vines
bearing
blacke
grapes
,
togither
with
plentie
of
figs
,
of
honie
,
and
of
quinces
:
howbeit
the
sweetest
and
fairest
quinces
grow
vpon
a
plaine
at
the
foote
of
the
hill
.
Likewise
they
are
well
stored
with
oile
,
and
are
free
from
all
tribute
,
and
yet
there
is
not
one
of
them
,
but
in
token
of
a
thankefull
minde
will
sende
great
gifts
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
:
hence
it
is
that
they
may
freely
and
securely
traffique
with
the
people
of
Fez
,
of
whom
they
buie
great
store
of
corne
,
wooll
,
and
cloth
.
They
are
most
ciuilly
and
decently
apparelled
,
especially
such
as
dwell
vpon
the
principall
part
of
this
mountaine
,
who
are
most
of
them
either
merchants
or
artificers
,
and
a
great
many
of
them
gentlemen
.
Of
Mount
Beni
Iedir
.
THis
is
a
great
and
well
peopled
mountaine
,
but
it
yeeldeth
nought
but
grapes
,
whereof
they
vse
to
make
the
foresaid
Zibibbo
and
wines
.
The
inhabitants
were
in
times
past
free
from
all
tribute
;
howbeit
in
regard
of
their
daily
robberies
and
outrages
committed
against
other
people
,
the
gouernour
of
Bedis
being
aided
with
some
souldiers
of
Fez
,
subdued
them
all
,
and
depriued
them
of
their
libertie
:
in
this
mountaine
there
are
about
fiftie
farmes
or
granges
,
which
scarcely
pay
fower
hundred
ducates
for
tribute
.
Of
Mount
Lucai
.
THis
mountaine
is
of
a
wonderfull
height
,
and
verie
difficult
to
ascend
.
The
inhabitants
are
exceeding
rich
,
hauing
great
abundance
of
raisins
,
figs
,
almonds
,
oyle
,
quinces
,
and
pome-citrons
:
and
dwelling
but
fiue
and
thirtie
miles
distant
from
Fez
,
they
carrie
all
their
fruits
and
commodities
thither
.
They
are
almost
all
gentlemen
,
and
verie
proude
and
high
minded
,
so
that
they
would
neuer
pay
any
tribute
at
all
:
for
they
know
that
their
mountaine
is
so
fortified
by
nature
,
that
it
cannot
easily
be
subdued
:
here
likewise
all
such
as
are
banished
out
of
Fez
,
except
onely
adulterers
,
are
friendly
entertained
:
for
the
inhabitants
are
so
iealous
,
that
they
will
admit
no
adulterers
into
their
societie
.
The
king
of
Fez
granteth
them
many
priuileges
and
fauours
,
in
regard
of
the
great
commodities
which
he
reapeth
out
of
their
mountaine
.
Of
mount
Beni
Guazeuall
.
THis
mountaine
is
almost
thirtie
miles
long
,
and
about
fifteen
miles
broad
:
it
is
diuided
into
three
parts
,
and
betweene
this
and
the
mountaines
aforesaid
run
certaine
little
riuers
.
The
inhabitants
are
most
valiant
&
warlike
people
,
but
extremely
oppressed
and
burthened
with
exactions
by
the
gouernor
of
Fez
,
who
euery
yeere
demaundeth
of
this
mountaine
for
tribute
eighteen
thousand
ducates
:
the
mountaine
indeed
aboundeth
with
grapes
,
oliues
,
figs
,
and
flaxe
,
whereby
great
summes
of
mony
are
raised
;
howbeit
whatsoeuer
they
can
gather
goeth
presently
to
the
gouernour
of
Fez
,
who
hath
his
officers
and
receiuers
in
the
mountaine
,
which
doe
miserably
oppresse
and
bribe
the
inhabitants
:
in
this
mountaine
are
a
great
number
of
villages
and
hamlets
,
that
containe
some
an
hundred
,
and
some
two
hundred
families
and
aboue
:
of
most
expert
&
trained
soldiers
they
haue
aboue
fiue
&
twentie
thousand
,
&
are
at
continuall
war
with
those
that
border
vpon
them
.
But
the
king
of
Fez
for
those
that
are
slaine
on
both
parts
requireth
great
sums
of
mony
,
so
that
he
gaineth
much
by
their
dissensions
.
In
this
mountaine
there
is
a
certaine
towne
indifferently
well
peopled
,
and
furnished
with
all
kinde
of
artificers
;
whereunto
the
fields
belonging
maruellously
abounde
with
grapes
,
quinces
,
and
pome-citrons
,
all
which
are
sold
at
Fez
:
here
are
likewise
great
store
of
linnen
weauers
,
and
manie
iudges
and
lawyers
.
They
haue
also
a
good
market
,
whereunto
the
inhabitants
of
the
neighbour
mountaines
resort
.
Vpon
the
top
of
this
mountaine
there
is
a
certaine
caue
A
caue
or
hole
that
perpetually
casteth
vp
fire
.
or
hole
that
perpetually
casteth
vp
fire
.
Some
woondering
greatly
at
the
matter
,
haue
cast
in
wood
,
which
was
suddenly
consumed
to
ashes
:
I
my selfe
neuer
saw
the
like
miracle
in
any
other
place
,
so
that
a
great
manie
thinke
it
to
be
hell-mouth
.
Of
mount
Benigueriaghell
.
IT
standeth
neer
vnto
the
mountaine
last
mentioned
,
and
yet
the
inhabitants
of
these
mountaines
are
at
continnall
warre
and
discord
.
At
the
foot
of
this
mountaine
there
is
a
large
plaine
which
extendeth
to
the
territorie
of
Fez
,
and
through
the
same
runneth
that
riuer
which
the
inhabitants
call
Guarga
.
This
mountaine
greatly
aboundeth
with
oyle
,
corne
,
and
flaxe
,
for
which
cause
here
are
great
store
of
linnen-weauers
.
The
greatest
part
of
al
their
commodities
is
gathered
for
the
kings
vse
,
so
that
they
which
otherwise
would
prooue
exceeding
rich
,
becom
by
this
meanes
starke
beggers
,
and
that
especially
by
reason
of
the
courtiers
continuall
extortions
.
They
are
people
of
an
ingenuous
and
valiant
disposition
.
Souldiers
they
haue
almost
twelue
thousand
,
and
to
the
number
of
threescore
villages
.
Of
mount
Beni
Achmed
.
THis
mountaine
is
eighteene
miles
long
and
seuen
miles
broad
.
It
is
verie
steepe
and
containeth
many
waste
deserts
,
and
yeeldeth
likewise
great
store
of
grapes
,
oliues
,
&
figs
:
howbeit
the
soile
is
not
so
apt
for
corne
.
All
the
inhabitants
are
continually
oppressed
with
the
exactions
of
the
Fessan
king
.
At
the
foote
of
this
mountaine
are
diuers
springs
and
small
streames
,
the
water
whereof
is
muddie
and
vnpleasant
in
taste
,
for
in
regard
of
the
nature
of
the
sande
or
earth
it
tasteth
of
chalke
.
There
are
many
in
this
place
,
the
balles
of
whose
throte-pipes
are
verie
great
and
sticke
farre
out
,
like
vnto
those
abouementioned
.
All
of
them
drinke
pure
wine
,
which
Wine
that
will
last
fifteene
yeeres
.
being
boyled
will
last
fifteene
yeeres
,
howbeit
they
boyle
not
all
their
wine
,
but
some
they
keepe
vnboyled
,
and
they
yeerely
make
great
quantity
of
boiled
wine
,
which
they
vse
to
put
in
vessels
,
that
are
narrow
at
the
bottome
,
and
broad
at
the
top
.
They
haue
euerie
weeke
a
great
market
,
where
wine
,
oyle
,
and
raisins
are
to
bee
sold.
The
people
of
this
mountaine
likewise
are
extreme
poore
and
beggerly
,
as
a
man
may
coniecture
by
their
apparell
.
They
haue
had
continuall
and
ancient
quarrels
among
themselues
,
which
make
them
oftentimes
fall
together
by
the
eares
.
Of
mount
Beni
Ieginesen
.
THis
mountaine
bordereth
vpon
Beni
Achmed
,
&
stretcheth
in
length
almost
ten
miles
.
And
betweene
it
and
mount
Beni
Achmed
runneth
a
certaine
small
riuer
.
The
inhabitants
are
too
much
addicted
to
drunkennes
,
by
reason
that
their
wines
are
so
excellent
.
No
fruits
grow
vpon
this
mountaine
but
onely
great
abundance
of
grapes
.
Goates
they
haue
which
liue
continually
in
the
woods
,
neither
haue
they
any
other
flesh
to
eate
but
goates-flesh
.
I
my selfe
had
great
acquaintance
with
the
inhabitants
,
by
reason
that
my
father
had
some
possessions
vpon
the
mountaine
:
but
he
hardly
got
any
rents
or
money
at
their
hands
:
for
they
are
the
woorst
paymasters
that
euer
I
knew
.
Of
mount
Beni
Mesgalda
.
THis
mountaine
bordereth
vpon
the
mountaine
last
mentioned
,
and
vpon
the
riuer
of
Guarga
.
The
inhabitants
make
great
store
of
liquid
sope
,
for
they
know
not
how
to
make
hard
sope
.
At
the
foote
of
this
mountaine
there
is
a
large
plaine
possessed
by
certaine
Arabians
,
who
haue
often
combates
with
them
of
the
mountaine
.
They
pay
yeerly
to
the
K.
of
Fez
an
huge
summe
of
mony
,
and
it
is
a
woonder
to
see
with
what
new
exactions
they
are
daily
burthened
.
In
this
mountaine
are
many
Doctors
of
the
Mahumetan
lawe
,
and
diuers
inferior
students
:
who
put
the
inhabitants
to
great
damage
.
Themselues
forsooth
will
drinke
wine
,
and
yet
they
perswade
the
people
that
it
is
〈◊〉
for
them
to
drinke
it
,
albeit
some
do
giue
them
little
credit
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
mountaine
pay
in
respect
of
others
no
great
tribute
,
and
that
perhaps
,
because
they
maintaine
the
foresaid
Doctors
and
students
.
Of
mount
Beni
Guamud
.
THis
mountaine
standeth
so
neere
vnto
the
territorie
of
Fez
,
that
they
are
diuided
onely
by
a
riuer
.
All
the
inhabitants
make
sope
,
out
of
which
commoditie
the
king
of
Fez
reapeth
sixe
thousand
ducates
of
yeerely
tribute
.
The
villages
of
this
mountaine
are
about
fiue
and
twentie
in
number
.
All
the
sides
thereof
bring
foorth
corne
and
cattell
in
great
abundance
,
sauing
that
they
are
sometimes
destitute
of
water
.
The
inhabitants
are
verie
rich
and
carrie
all
kinde
of
wares
to
Fez
,
where
they
gaine
exceedingly
by
them
.
This
mountaine
yeeldeth
nothing
,
but
is
commodious
for
mans
vse
.
From
Fez
it
is
almost
ten
miles
distant
.
Of
Garet
,
one
of
the
seuen
Prouinces
of
the
Fessan
kingdome
.
HAuing
described
all
the
chiefe
townes
and
mountaines
of
the
prouince
of
Errife
,
it
now
remaineth
that
we
say
somewhat
of
Garet
,
which
is
the
sixt
Prouince
of
Fez.
This
Prouince
beginneth
westward
from
the
riuer
Melulo
,
and
bordereth
eastward
vpon
the
riuer
Muluia
;
southward
it
is
enclosed
with
the
mountaines
next
vnto
the
Numidian
desert
,
and
northward
it
extendeth
to
the
Mediterran
sea
.
The
bredth
of
this
region
along
the
sea
shore
stretcheth
from
the
riuer
Nocor
to
the
foresaide
riuer
of
Muluia
:
the
southern
bredth
is
bounded
with
the
riuer
Melulo
,
&
westward
with
the
mountaines
of
Chauz
.
The
length
of
this
Prouince
is
fiftie
,
and
the
bredth
fortie
miles
.
The
soyle
is
rough
,
vntilled
,
and
barren
,
not
much
vnlike
to
the
deserts
of
Numidia
.
The
greater
part
hath
beene
destitute
of
inhabitants
,
especially
euer
since
the
Spaniards
tooke
two
of
the
principall
townes
in
all
the
Prouince
,
as
we
will
in
due
place
record
.
Of
the
towne
of
Melela
in
Garet
.
THis
great
and
ancient
towne
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
a
certaine
bay
or
hauen
of
the
Mediterran
sea
,
containeth
almost
two
thousand
families
.
It
was
in
times
past
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
as
being
the
head-citie
of
the
whole
prouince
.
It
had
a
great
iurisdiction
or
territorie
belonging
thereto
,
and
collected
great
abundance
of
yron
and
honie
,
whereupon
the
towne
it selfe
was
called
Mellela
,
which
word
in
their
language
signifieth
honie
.
In
the
hauen
of
this
towne
they
fish
for
pearles
,
and
get
great
store
of
oisters
wherein
pearles
doe
breed
.
This
towne
was
once
subiect
vnto
the
Goths
,
but
fell
afterward
into
the
Mahumetans
possession
.
The
Goths
being
chased
thence
,
fled
ouer
to
Granada
,
which
citie
is
almost
an
hundred
miles
distant
,
to
wit
,
so
farre
as
the
bredth
of
the
sea
is
ouer
.
In
my
time
the
king
of
Spaine
sent
a
great
armie
against
this
towne
:
before
the
arriuall
whereof
,
the
townesmen
sent
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
for
aide
,
who
making
warre
as
then
against
the
people
of
Temesna
,
could
send
but
small
forces
to
succour
them
.
Which
the
townesmen
being
aduertised
of
,
and
fearing
least
their
small
forces
would
prooue
too
weake
for
the
Spanyards
great
armada
,
they
tooke
all
the
bag
and
baggage
that
they
could
carrie
,
and
fled
vnto
the
mountains
of
Buthoia
.
Howbeit
the
captaine
of
the
Fessan
soldiers
,
both
to
be
reuenged
vpon
the
townesmens
cowardice
,
and
also
to
leaue
nothing
for
the
Spanyards
to
inioy
,
burnt
downe
all
the
houses
,
temples
,
and
〈◊〉
.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
896
,
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1487.
But
the
Spanyards
,
for
all
〈◊〉
enioyed
and
reedified
by
the
Spaniards
.
they
found
the
citie
so
wasted
,
would
not
depart
thereupon
,
but
first
built
a
strong
castle
,
and
afterward
by
little
and
little
repaired
the
towne-walles
,
and
by
that
meanes
haue
kept
possession
thereof
euen
till
this
day
.
Of
the
towne
of
Chasasa
.
THis
towne
is
from
Mellela
aboue
twenty
miles
distant
.
It
hath
beene
a
famous
towne
and
strongly
walled
,
with
a
royall
hauen
belonging
thereunto
,
which
was
yeerely
frequented
by
Venetian
ships
.
The
townesmen
haue
alwaies
had
great
traffique
with
the
people
of
Fez
,
to
the
exceeding
commoditie
of
them
both
.
At
length
,
while
the
king
of
Fez
was
seriously
imployed
in
the
warres
,
Don
Ferdinando
king
of
Spaine
came
with
great
Chasasa
taken
by
the
Spaniards
.
forces
against
it
,
and
wan
it
very
easily
;
for
the
inhabitants
being
aduertised
of
the
Spanyards
approch
,
betooke
themselues
wholy
to
flight
.
Of
the
towne
of
〈◊〉
.
IT
standeth
vpon
an
high
grauelly
hill
almost
fifteene
miles
from
Chasasa
,
and
hath
but
a
narrow
passage
to
ascend
vp
vnto
it
.
Within
the
towne
they
haue
no
water
but
onely
out
of
one
cesterne
.
The
founders
hereof
are
reported
to
haue
beene
some
of
the
familie
of
Beni
Marin
,
before
they
attained
vnto
great
dominions
,
and
in
this
towne
they
laid
vp
their
corne
and
other
of
their
commodities
.
At
that
time
were
all
the
deserts
of
the
region
adiacent
void
of
danger
,
for
the
Arabians
were
not
as
yet
possessed
of
Garet
:
〈◊〉
after
the
familie
of
Beni-Marin
began
to
flourish
,
they
left
this
towne
and
all
the
region
of
Garet
vnto
their
neighbours
,
and
went
to
inhabit
better
prouinces
.
Howbeit
in
the
meane
season
Ioseph
the
sonne
of
king
Iacob
of
the
Marin-familie
(
I
know
not
vpon
what
occasion
)
in
a
manner
vtterly
destroied
Tezzota
:
but
after
the
Christians
were
〈◊〉
of
Chasasa
,
one
of
the
king
of
Fez
his
captaines
being
a
valiant
man
and
borne
in
Granada
,
got
licence
of
his
prince
to
reedifie
it
againe
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
reedified
towne
are
Moores
,
and
are
at
continuall
warre
with
the
Christians
of
Chasasan
.
Of
the
towne
of
Meggeo
.
THis
little
towne
standeth
vpon
the
top
of
an
exceeding
high
mountaine
,
being
westward
from
Tezzota
ten
miles
,
&
almost
6.
miles
southward
of
the
Mediterran
sea
.
Founded
it
was
by
the
Africans
,
and
is
inhabited
with
people
of
a
noble
and
liberall
disposition
.
At
the
foote
of
this
mountaine
there
are
most
fruitfull
corne-fields
.
Likewise
great
store
of
iron
is
digged
Yron-mines
.
out
of
the
mountaines
adioining
.
The
gouernment
of
this
towne
was
committed
vnto
one
of
the
blood-royall
,
namely
of
the
familie
of
〈◊〉
,
whose
father
was
not
very
rich
,
but
being
a
weauer
,
he
taught
his
sonne
the
same
occupation
.
Afterward
the
valiant
yoong
man
being
aduertised
of
the
estate
and
nobilitie
of
his
ancestors
,
left
his
loome
,
and
went
to
serue
the
king
at
Bedis
,
where
he
continued
an
horseman
for
a
certaine
time
:
but
because
he
was
an
excellent
musitian
,
the
king
loued
him
most
intirely
for
his
skill
in
musick
.
A
while
after
,
the
gouernour
of
Tezzota
requiring
the
kings
aide
against
the
Christians
,
this
woorthie
yoong
gentleman
with
three
hundred
horsemen
was
sent
to
succour
him
,
who
as
he
had
valiantly
behaued
himselfe
oftentimes
before
,
so
now
also
he
appeered
to
be
a
most
resolute
commander
.
Howbeit
the
king
regarded
not
his
valour
so
much
as
his
excellent
skill
in
musicke
:
which
the
yoong
gallant
disdaining
,
went
at
length
to
Garet
vnto
certaine
gentlemen
of
his
acquaintance
there
,
who
ioining
fiftie
horsemen
vnto
him
,
appointed
him
gouernour
of
the
castle
of
Meggeo
:
and
afterward
he
was
so
wel
beloued
by
all
the
inhabitants
of
the
next
mountaines
,
that
each
man
according
to
his
abilitie
pleasured
and
gratified
him
.
At
length
the
gouernour
of
Bedis
hauing
assembled
an
armie
of
three
hundred
horsemen
and
a
thousand
footmen
,
went
about
to
expell
the
foresaid
yoong
gouernour
out
of
Meggeo
;
who
presently
with
that
small
troupe
which
he
had
,
so
valiantly
encountred
his
enemies
,
that
he
put
them
to
flight
,
and
so
growing
famous
in
regarde
of
his
manifolde
victories
,
the
king
of
Fez
bestowed
very
large
reuenues
vpon
him
(
which
he
had
giuen
before-time
vnto
the
gouernours
of
Bedis
)
to
the
ende
he
might
wholy
indeuour
himselfe
to
expell
the
Spanyards
out
of
that
region
.
And
of
this
noble
gouernour
the
Moores
learned
great
skill
in
warlike
affaires
.
The
king
of
Fez
hath
now
doubled
his
yeerely
allowance
,
so
that
at
this
present
he
hath
two
hundred
horsemen
at
command
,
who
are
of
greater
force
,
then
two
thousand
soldiers
of
any
other
captaines
there
about
.
Of
mount
Echebdeuon
.
THis
mountaine
extendeth
from
Chasasa
eastward
as
farre
as
the
riuer
Muluia
;
and
from
the
Mediterran
sea
southward
it
stretcheth
vnto
the
desert
of
Garet
.
The
inhabitants
are
exceeding
rich
and
valiant
;
and
the
mountaine
it selfe
aboundeth
with
honie
,
barlie
,
and
all
kinde
of
cattel
.
Here
are
likewise
great
store
of
pleasant
and
greene
pastures
.
But
since
that
Chasasa
was
taken
by
the
Spanyards
,
the
people
of
this
mountaine
seeing
that
for
want
of
soldiers
they
were
not
able
to
withstande
the
violence
of
their
enemies
,
abandoned
their
owne
mountaine
,
burnt
their
houses
,
and
fled
vnto
the
mountaines
next
adioining
.
Of
mount
Beni
Sahid
.
WEstward
this
mountaine
extendeth
almost
to
the
riuer
Nocor
,
for
the
space
of
fower
and
twentie
miles
.
The
inhabitants
are
rich
,
valiant
,
and
liberal
,
and
entertaine
all
strangers
with
great
courtesie
and
bountie
.
They
haue
abundance
of
iron
and
of
barlie
;
and
their
pastures
are
very
commodious
,
abounding
with
store
of
cattell
;
and
yet
in
those
pastures
are
their
iron-mines
,
where
they
sometime
lacke
water
;
neither
pay
they
any
tribute
at
all
.
Their
houses
that
dig
the
iron
are
not
farre
distant
from
the
iron-mines
.
This
iron
the
merchants
sell
at
Fez
in
rude
lumpes
,
because
they
vse
not
to
frame
it
into
barres
,
neither
indeede
haue
they
the
cunning
so
to
frame
it
.
Also
they
make
culters
,
spades
,
and
such
like
tooles
of
husbandrie
,
and
yet
their
iron
hath
no
steele
at
all
in
it
.
Of
mount
Azgangan
.
THis
mountaine
beginning
southward
from
Chasasa
is
inhabited
with
most
rich
and
valiant
people
:
for
besides
the
great
plentie
of
all
things
in
the
mountaine
it selfe
,
it
hath
the
desert
of
Garet
adioining
vpon
it
.
The
inhabitants
of
which
desert
haue
great
familiaritie
and
traffique
with
the
people
of
the
said
mountaine
:
howbeit
this
mountaine
also
hath
remained
void
of
inhabitants
,
euer
since
the
taking
of
Chasasa
.
Of
mount
Beni
Teuzin
.
THe
south
part
of
this
mountaine
bordereth
vpon
the
mountaine
last
mentioned
,
the
length
whereof
from
the
desert
of
Garet
to
the
riuer
Nocor
is
almost
ten
miles
;
and
on
the
one
side
thereof
lie
most
beautifull
&
pleasant
plaines
.
The
inhabitants
are
all
free
,
paying
no
tribute
at
all
,
and
that
perhaps
,
because
they
haue
more
soldiers
,
then
Tezzota
,
Meggeo
,
and
Bedis
can
affoord
.
Moreouer
they
are
thought
in
times
past
so
to
haue
assisted
the
gouernour
of
Meggeo
,
that
by
their
aide
he
attained
vnto
that
gouernment
.
They
haue
alwaies
been
great
friends
with
the
people
of
Fez
,
by
reason
of
that
ancient
familiaritie
which
they
had
,
before
Fez
was
gouerned
by
a
king
.
Afterward
a
certaine
lawyer
dwelling
at
Fez
,
who
was
borne
in
this
mountaine
,
so
represented
vnto
the
king
the
said
ancient
familiaritie
,
that
he
obtained
freedome
for
his
countrie-men
.
At
length
also
they
were
greatly
beloued
by
the
Marin-familie
,
perhaps
bicause
the
mother
of
〈◊〉
sahid
the
third
king
of
the
saide
familie
was
borne
of
noble
parentage
in
the
foresaide
mountaine
.
Of
mount
Guardan
.
THe
north
part
of
this
mountaine
ioineth
vnto
the
former
;
and
it
stretcheth
in
length
toward
the
Mediterran
sea
twelue
miles
,
and
in
bredth
to
the
riuer
of
Nocor
,
almost
eight
miles
.
The
inhabitants
are
valiant
&
rich
.
Euery
saturday
they
haue
a
great
market
vpon
the
banke
of
a
certaine
riuer
:
and
hither
resort
many
people
from
the
mountaines
of
Garet
,
and
diuers
merchants
of
Fez
,
who
exchange
iron
and
bridles
for
oile
,
for
in
these
mountaines
grow
great
plentie
of
oliues
.
They
haue
little
or
no
wine
at
all
,
notwithstanding
they
are
so
neere
vnto
mount
Arif
,
where
the
people
carouse
wine
in
abundance
.
They
were
for
a
certaine
time
tributarie
to
the
gouernour
of
Bedis
,
but
afterward
by
the
meanes
of
a
learned
Mahumetan
preacher
,
the
king
granted
them
fauour
,
to
pay
each
man
so
much
tribute
as
themselues
pleased
.
So
that
sending
yeerely
to
the
king
some
certaine
sum
of
money
,
with
certaine
horses
and
slaues
,
they
are
put
to
no
further
charge
.
Of
the
extreme
part
of
the
desert
of
Garet
.
THe
prouince
of
Garet
is
diuided
into
three
parts
:
the
first
whereof
containeth
the
cities
and
townes
,
the
second
the
foresaide
mountaines
,
(
the
inhabitants
whereof
are
called
Bottoia
)
and
the
thirde
comprehendeth
the
deserts
,
which
beginning
northwarde
at
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
extending
south
to
the
desert
of
Chauz
,
are
bounded
westward
with
the
foresaide
mountaines
,
and
eastward
with
the
riuer
of
Muluia
.
The
length
of
these
deserts
is
60.
miles
,
and
the
bredth
thirty
.
They
are
vnpleasant
and
dry
,
hauing
no
water
but
that
of
the
riuer
Muluia
.
There
are
many
kinds
of
beasts
in
this
desert
,
such
as
are
in
the
Lybian
desert
next
vnto
Numidia
.
In
sommer
time
many
Arabians
take
vp
their
abode
neere
vnto
the
riuer
Muluia
;
and
so
do
another
kinde
of
fierce
people
called
Batalisa
,
who
possesse
great
abundance
of
horses
,
camels
,
and
other
cattell
,
and
maintaine
continuall
warre
against
the
Arabians
that
border
vpon
them
.
A
description
of
Chauz
,
the
seuenth
prouince
of
the
kingdome
of
Fez.
THis
prouince
is
thought
to
comprehend
the
thirde
part
of
the
kingdome
of
Fez.
It
beginneth
at
the
riuer
Zha
from
the
east
,
&
extendeth
westward
to
the
riuer
Guruigara
:
so
that
the
length
thereof
is
an
hundred
fowerscore
and
tenne
,
and
the
bredth
an
hundred
threescore
and
ten
miles
:
for
all
that
part
of
mount
Atlas
which
lieth
ouer
against
Mauritania
,
ioineth
vpon
the
bredth
of
this
region
.
Likewise
it
containeth
a
good
part
of
the
plaines
and
mountaines
bordering
vpon
Lybia
.
At
the
same
time
when
Habdulach
the
first
king
of
the
Marin-family
began
to
beare
rule
ouer
Mauritania
and
those
other
regions
,
his
kinred
began
also
to
inhabite
this
region
.
This
king
left
fower
sonnes
behinde
him
,
whereof
the
first
was
called
Abubdar
,
the
second
Abuichia
,
the
third
Abusahid
,
and
the
fourth
Iacob
:
this
Iacob
was
afterward
chosen
king
,
bicause
he
had
vanquished
Muachidin
the
king
of
Maroco
,
&
had
conquered
the
city
of
Maroco
it selfe
:
the
other
three
brethren
died
in
their
nonage
:
howbeit
before
Iacob
had
woon
Maroco
,
the
old
king
assigned
vnto
each
of
them
three
,
one
region
a
peece
.
The
other
three
parts
were
diuided
into
seuen
,
which
were
distributed
among
the
fower
kinreds
of
the
Marin-family
,
and
two
other
tribes
or
families
that
were
growen
in
great
league
with
the
same
family
:
insomuch
that
this
region
was
accounted
for
three
regions
.
They
which
possessed
the
kingdome
were
ten
in
number
,
and
the
regions
onely
seuen
.
The
foresaid
king
Habdulach
was
author
of
the
saide
partition
,
who
left
the
region
of
Chauz
after
his
decease
in
such
estate
,
as
we
will
foorthwith
orderly
describe
.
Of
the
towne
of
Teurerto
.
THis
ancient
towne
was
built
vpon
a
mountaine
by
the
Africans
not
farre
from
the
riuer
Zha
.
The
fields
hereof
not
being
very
large
,
but
exceeding
fruitfull
,
adioine
vpon
a
certaine
dry
and
barren
desert
.
The
north
part
of
the
same
bordereth
vpon
the
desert
of
Garet
,
and
the
south
vpon
the
desert
of
Adurha
:
eastward
thereof
lieth
the
desert
of
Anghad
,
which
is
neere
vnto
the
kingdome
of
[
](A05331-e23130-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Tremisen
.
Telensin
,
and
westward
it
is
enclosed
with
the
desert
of
Tafrata
,
which
bordereth
likewise
vpon
the
towne
of
Tezza
.
This
Teurerto
was
in
times
past
a
most
populous
and
rich
towne
,
and
contained
about
three
thousand
families
:
heere
also
are
stately
palaces
,
temples
,
and
other
such
buildings
to
be
seene
.
The
towne
wall
is
built
of
most
excellent
marble
.
Euer
since
the
Marin-familie
enioied
the
westerne
kingdome
of
Fez
,
this
towne
was
an
occasion
of
great
warres
:
for
the
Marin-family
woulde
haue
it
belong
to
the
crowne
of
Fez
:
but
the
king
of
Telensin
chalenged
it
as
his
owne
.
Of
the
towne
of
Haddagia
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
in
manner
of
an
Isle
,
for
it
is
enuironed
with
the
riuer
Mululo
,
which
not
far
from
hence
falleth
into
the
riuer
Muluia
.
It
was
in
times
past
a
most
populous
&
flourishing
towne
:
but
after
the
Arabians
became
lords
of
the
west
,
it
fell
by
little
and
little
to
decay
:
for
it
bordereth
vpon
the
desert
of
Dahra
,
which
is
inhabited
with
most
lewde
and
mischieuous
Arabians
.
At
the
same
time
when
Teurerto
was
sacked
,
this
towne
was
vtterly
destroied
also
,
whereof
nothing
remaineth
at
this
day
but
the
towne
wals
onely
.
Of
the
castle
of
Garsis
.
IT
standeth
vpon
a
rocke
by
the
riuer
Muluia
,
fifteene
miles
distant
from
Teurerto
.
Here
,
as
in
a
most
impregnable
place
,
the
familie
of
Beni
Marin
laide
their
prouision
of
corne
;
when
as
they
inhabited
the
deserts
.
Afterward
it
became
subiect
vnto
Abuhenan
the
fift
king
of
the
Marin-familie
.
It
hath
no
great
quantitie
of
arable
or
pasture
ground
belonging
thereto
:
but
it
hath
a
most
pleasant
garden
replenished
with
grapes
,
peaches
,
and
figges
,
and
enuironed
on
all
sides
with
most
thicke
and
shadie
woods
,
so
that
it
is
a
paradise
in
respect
of
other
places
thereabout
.
The
inhabitants
are
rude
and
vnciuill
people
,
neither
do
they
ought
,
but
keepe
such
corne
as
the
Arabians
commit
vnto
their
custodie
.
If
a
man
behold
the
castle
a
farre
off
,
he
woulde
thinke
it
rather
to
be
a
cottage
then
a
castle
:
for
the
wall
being
in
many
places
ruined
,
maketh
shew
of
great
antiquitie
,
and
the
roofe
is
couered
with
certaine
blacke
stones
or
slates
.
Of
the
towne
of
Dubdu
.
THis
ancient
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
an
exceeding
high
and
impregnable
mountaine
,
and
is
inhabited
by
certaine
people
of
the
familie
of
Zeneta
.
From
the
top
of
this
mountaine
diuers
springs
come
running
into
the
towne
.
From
this
towne
the
next
plaines
are
distant
almost
fiue
miles
,
and
yet
they
seeme
to
be
but
a
mile
and
an
halfe
off
;
for
the
way
is
very
crooked
and
winding
.
All
the
iurisdiction
longing
to
this
towne
is
onely
vpon
the
toppe
of
the
mountaine
,
for
the
plaine
vnderneath
is
vnpleasant
and
barren
;
except
certaine
gardens
on
either
side
of
a
little
riuer
running
by
the
foote
of
the
hill
:
neither
haue
the
townesmen
corne
growing
vpon
the
same
hill
sufficient
for
their
prouision
,
vnlesse
they
were
supplied
with
great
store
of
corne
from
Tezza
:
so
that
this
towne
was
built
for
a
fortresse
onely
by
the
family
of
Marin
,
what
time
they
were
dispossessed
of
the
westerne
kingdome
.
Afterward
it
was
inhabited
by
a
certaine
family
called
Beni
Guertaggen
,
who
are
lords
of
the
saide
towne
euen
till
this
day
.
But
when
the
Marin-family
were
expelled
out
of
the
kingdome
of
Fez
,
the
next
Arabians
endeuoured
to
winne
the
towne
:
howbeit
by
the
aide
of
one
Mose
Ibnu
Chamu
,
who
was
one
of
the
saide
family
,
the
Arabians
were
so
valiantly
resisted
,
that
they
concluded
a
truce
with
the
people
of
Marin
:
and
so
Mose
Ibnu
remained
gouernour
of
the
towne
;
after
whose
death
his
sonne
Acmed
succeeded
him
,
who
treading
iust
in
his
fathers
vertuous
steps
,
kept
the
saide
towne
in
great
tranquillitie
euen
till
his
dying
day
.
After
him
succeeded
one
Mahumet
,
a
man
highly
〈◊〉
for
his
noble
valour
and
great
skill
in
martiall
affaires
.
This
Mahumet
had
before
time
conquered
many
cities
and
castles
vpon
the
foote
of
the
mount
Atlas
,
southward
whereof
bordereth
the
land
of
Numidia
.
But
hauing
gotten
this
towne
in
possession
,
he
beautified
it
exceedingly
with
store
of
faire
houses
and
buildings
:
likewise
he
greatly
altered
and
reformed
the
gouernment
of
The
great
curtesie
of
Mahumet
toward
strangers
.
this
towne
;
and
shewed
such
extraordinarie
curtesie
vnto
al
strangers
,
that
he
grew
very
famous
.
Moreouer
the
saide
Mahumet
consulted
howe
to
get
Tezza
from
the
king
of
Fez
,
&
offered
great
matters
to
the
performance
of
his
intent
:
and
that
he
might
the
easlier
attaine
his
purpose
,
he
determined
to
go
to
the
market
of
Tezza
in
a
simple
habite
,
and
so
to
make
an
assault
vpon
the
captaine
of
the
towne
:
for
he
hoped
that
a
great
part
of
the
townesmen
,
whom
he
knew
to
be
his
friends
,
woulde
assist
him
in
that
enterprise
.
Howbeit
this
practise
was
at
length
discouered
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
(
which
king
was
called
Saich
,
and
was
the
first
of
the
family
of
Quattas
,
and
father
vnto
the
king
that
[
](A05331-e23320-b)*
*
*
1526.
now
reigneth
)
who
presently
assembled
an
huge
armie
,
and
marched
of
purpose
against
Dubdu
,
vtterly
to
destroy
it
:
and
so
comming
vnto
the
foote
of
the
mountaine
he
there
encamped
.
The
people
of
the
mountaine
hauing
gathered
an
armie
of
sixe
thousand
men
,
hid
themselues
craftilie
behinde
the
rockes
,
suffering
their
enimies
to
ascende
by
certaine
difficult
&
streite
passages
,
from
whence
they
were
sure
they
could
hardly
escape
,
&
so
at
length
they
brake
foorth
on
the
sodaine
&
encountred
their
said
enemies
being
wearie
of
ascending
;
and
because
the
way
was
very
troublesome
and
narrow
,
the
king
of
Fez
his
soldiers
could
not
endure
their
assaults
,
but
being
constrained
to
giue
backe
,
were
moe
then
a
thousand
of
them
throwne
downe
headlong
and
slaine
.
In
this
skirmish
were
slaine
in
all
to
the
number
of
three
thousand
Fessan
soldiers
:
and
yet
the
king
not
being
dismaied
with
so
great
an
ouerthrow
,
prepared
foorthwith
a
band
of
fiue
hundred
crossebowes
,
and
three
hundred
Harquebuziers
,
and
determined
to
make
a
newe
assault
vpon
the
towne
.
But
Mahumet
seeing
that
he
could
no
longer
withstand
the
king
,
resolued
to
goe
himselfe
vnto
him
,
that
he
might
,
if
it
were
possible
,
obtaine
peace
,
and
to
release
his
countrie
from
the
furie
of
the
enemie
.
Wherefore
putting
on
the
habit
of
an
ambassadour
,
he
went
and
deliuered
a
letter
with
his
owne
hand
vnto
the
king
.
Which
the
king
hauing
perused
,
asked
him
what
he
thought
concerning
the
gouernour
of
Dubdu
?
Mary
I
thinke
(
quoth
Mahumet
)
he
is
not
well
in
his
wits
,
in
that
he
goeth
about
to
resist
your
Maiestie
.
Then
said
the
king
,
if
I
had
conquered
him
(
as
I
hope
to
doe
within
these
few
daies
)
I
would
cause
him
to
be
dismembred
and
torne
in
peeces
.
But
what
if
he
should
come
hither
(
saith
Mahumet
)
to
submit
himselfe
,
and
to
acknowledge
his
offence
;
might
it
then
please
the
king
to
admit
him
into
fauour
?
Then
the
king
answered
:
I
sweare
vnto
thee
by
this
my
head
,
that
if
he
will
come
and
acknowledge
his
fault
in
manner
as
thou
hast
said
,
I
will
not
onely
receiue
him
into
fauour
,
but
will
espouse
my
daughters
vnto
his
sonnes
,
and
will
bestowe
most
ample
and
princely
dowries
vpon
them
.
But
I
am
sure
,
being
distraught
of
his
wits
(
as
thou
hast
said
)
that
he
will
by
no
meanes
come
and
submit
himselfe
.
Then
said
Mahumet
:
he
would
soone
come
(
I
assure
you
)
if
it
pleased
the
king
to
protest
this
for
a
certaintie
vnto
his
nobles
.
I
thinke
(
said
the
king
)
it
hath
beene
sufficiently
protested
and
affirmed
,
sithence
I
haue
bound
it
with
a
solemne
oath
in
the
presence
of
these
fower
;
for
heere
stande
my
chiefe
secretarie
,
the
generall
of
my
forces
,
my
father
in
lawe
,
and
the
chiefe
iudge
and
patriarke
of
Fez
;
the
testimonie
of
which
fower
may
well
satisfie
you
.
Whereupon
Mahumet
humblie
falling
at
the
kings
feete
:
〈◊〉
heere
the
man
(
quoth
he
)
that
submissely
acknowledgeth
his
fault
,
and
craueth
the
kings
gratious
pardon
.
With
that
the
king
himselfe
lifted
him
from
the
ground
,
embraced
him
,
and
saluted
him
with
friendly
speeches
.
Then
caused
he
both
his
daughters
to
be
called
,
which
he
bestowed
vpon
Mahumets
sonnes
:
all
which
being
done
,
he
remooued
his
armie
from
that
mountaine
,
and
returned
conquerour
vnto
Fez.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
904.
which
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1495.
And
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
921.
I
my selfe
was
at
the
citie
of
Dubdu
,
where
I
was
most
curteously
entertained
by
the
foresaid
Mahumet
,
in
regard
of
certaine
letters
of
commendation
which
I
brought
from
the
king
of
Fez
and
his
brother
.
Neither
would
he
cease
enquiring
how
all
things
passed
at
the
king
of
Fez
his
court
.
Of
the
citie
of
Teza
or
Tezza
.
THis
great
,
noble
,
and
rich
citie
of
Tezza
was
built
by
the
Africans
,
fiue
miles
from
mount
Atlas
,
being
distant
from
Fez
fiftie
,
from
the
Ocean
an
hundred
and
thirtie
,
and
from
the
Mediterran
sea
seuen
miles
,
and
standing
in
the
way
from
Garet
to
Chasasan
.
It
contained
in
times
past
about
fiue
thousand
families
:
the
buildings
of
this
towne
are
not
very
stately
,
except
noblemens
palaces
,
colleges
,
and
temples
,
which
are
somewhat
beautifull
.
Out
of
Atlas
springeth
a
little
riuer
which
runneth
through
the
chiefe
temple
of
this
citie
:
and
sometimes
it
falleth
out
,
that
certaine
people
bordering
vpon
the
citie
,
vpon
some
quarrell
with
the
citizens
will
cut
off
this
riuer
from
the
citie
,
and
turne
the
course
thereof
some
other
way
,
which
breedeth
great
inconueniences
vnto
the
citizens
:
for
then
they
can
neither
builde
houses
,
nor
get
any
water
to
drinke
,
but
onely
corrupt
water
which
they
take
out
of
certaine
cesterns
,
for
which
cause
they
are
often
constrained
to
make
a
league
with
those
borderers
.
This
citie
both
for
wealth
,
ciuilitie
,
and
abundance
of
people
is
the
thirde
citie
of
all
the
kingdome
,
and
hath
a
greater
temple
then
that
at
Fez
:
heere
are
likewise
three
colleges
,
with
diuers
bath-stoues
,
and
a
great
number
of
hospitals
.
Each
trade
and
occupation
hath
a
seuerall
place
in
this
citie
,
like
as
they
haue
in
Fez
:
the
inhabitants
are
of
a
more
valiant
and
liberall
disposition
,
then
they
of
Fez
:
heere
are
also
great
store
of
learned
and
rich
men
:
and
the
fieldes
adiacent
are
exceeding
fruitfull
.
Without
the
citie
wals
are
verie
large
plaines
,
and
many
pleasant
streames
,
that
serue
to
water
their
gardens
which
are
replenished
with
all
kinde
of
fruits
:
heere
are
abundance
of
vines
also
yeelding
verie
sweete
grapes
,
whereof
the
Iewes
(
being
fiue
hundreth
families
)
make
excellent
wine
,
such
as
I
thinke
all
Africa
scarce
affoordeth
better
.
In
this
towne
standeth
a
faire
castle
,
where
the
gouernour
hath
his
abode
.
The
king
of
Fez
assigned
the
gouerment
of
this
towne
vnto
his
second
sonne
,
being
rather
a
meete
place
for
the
kings
owne
residence
,
in
regard
of
the
wholefome
aire
both
in
sommer
and
winter
:
heere
were
the
nobles
of
the
Marin-family
woont
to
remaine
all
summer
,
both
in
respect
of
the
holesomenes
of
the
place
,
and
also
that
they
might
defend
those
regions
from
the
Arabians
dwelling
in
the
deserts
:
which
Arabians
resorted
yeerely
to
Tezza
,
to
the
end
they
might
there
furnish
themselues
with
victuals
and
other
necessaries
,
and
brought
dates
thither
from
Segelmese
to
exchange
for
come
:
the
citizens
also
receiued
of
the
Arabians
for
corne
great
summes
of
money
,
whereupon
all
of
them
in
a
manner
grow
exceeding
rich
,
neither
are
they
annoied
so
much
with
any
inconuenience
,
as
with
durtie
streetes
in
winter
.
I
my selfe
was
acquainted
in
this
citie
with
a
certaine
aged
sire
,
whom
the
townesmen
adored
as
if
he
had
beene
a
god
:
he
was
maruelous
rich
both
in
fruits
,
grounds
,
and
other
commodities
,
which
the
people
bestowed
vpon
him
in
great
abundance
.
The
citizens
of
Fez
vsed
to
come
fiftie
miles
(
for
so
farre
is
Fez
distant
)
onely
to
visite
the
saide
olde
man
.
My selfe
conceiued
some
great
opinion
of
this
aged
sire
:
but
after
I
had
seene
him
,
I
could
finde
no
such
superexcellencie
in
him
,
saue
onely
that
he
deluded
the
fonde
people
with
strange
deuises
.
The
iurisdiction
of
this
citie
is
very
large
,
containing
diuers
mountaines
vnder
it
,
as
we
will
foorthwith
declare
in
order
.
Of
mount
Matgara
.
THis
mountaine
is
very
high
&
difficult
to
ascend
,
both
by
reason
of
the
vast
deserts
&
the
narrow
passages
,
and
it
is
distant
from
Teza
almost
fiue
miles
:
the
top
of
this
hill
is
most
fruitefull
grounde
,
and
full
of
cleere
fountaines
:
the
inhabitants
being
burthened
with
no
exactions
,
gather
yeerely
great
store
of
corne
,
flaxe
,
and
oile
:
they
haue
likewise
abundance
of
cattell
,
and
especially
of
goates
:
neither
doe
they
any
whit
regard
princes
.
Hauing
vpon
a
day
vanquished
the
king
of
Fez
in
battell
,
they
carried
a
certaine
captaine
of
Fez
taken
prisoner
vnto
the
toppe
of
the
hill
,
where
in
the
kings
owne
presence
they
put
him
to
a
most
cruell
,
and
miserable
death
:
whereupon
the
saide
inhabitants
haue
beene
at
continuall
discord
with
the
people
of
Fez
:
they
haue
almost
a
thousand
soldiers
,
and
their
mountaine
containeth
about
fiftie
villages
and
hamlets
.
Of
mount
Gauata
.
THis
mountaine
being
as
difficult
to
ascende
as
the
former
,
standeth
westward
of
Fez
,
almost
fifteene
miles
:
both
the
sides
and
top
of
this
mountaine
are
very
fruitefull
for
barly
and
flaxe
:
it
is
extended
in
length
from
east
to
west
eight
miles
,
and
in
bredth
about
fiue
miles
:
manie
deserts
here
are
,
haunted
with
apes
and
leopards
.
The
greater
part
of
the
inhabitants
are
linnen-weauers
;
people
they
are
of
a
franke
disposition
,
neither
can
they
till
the
fields
adioining
to
their
mountaine
,
by
reason
of
their
continuall
dissension
with
the
king
of
Fez
,
vnto
whom
they
will
pay
no
tribute
nor
custome
at
all
,
perhaps
because
of
the
strong
situation
of
their
mountaine
,
&
for
that
it
aboundeth
with
all
things
necessarie
for
mans
sustenance
:
so
that
albeit
this
mountaine
were
besieged
ten
yeeres
together
,
yet
could
it
by
no
meanes
be
woon
;
neither
is
it
euer
destitute
of
water
,
for
thereupon
are
two
huge
fountaines
,
which
running
downe
into
the
plaine
,
become
the
heads
of
two
riuers
.
Of
mount
Megesa
.
THis
mountaine
also
is
somewhat
difficult
to
ascend
:
it
is
rough
and
full
of
woods
,
and
yeeldeth
little
corne
,
but
great
plentie
of
oliues
.
The
inhabitants
being
most
part
weauers
(
for
their
soile
yeeldeth
good
store
of
flaxe
)
are
in
the
warres
right
valiant
both
on
foote
and
horsebacke
.
Their
faces
are
white
,
and
that
perhaps
for
the
coldnes
of
the
mountaine
:
neither
doe
these
pay
any
tribute
at
all
.
Here
also
the
exiles
of
Fez
and
Teza
haue
safe
aboad
,
and
albeit
they
haue
great
store
of
gardens
and
vineyards
,
yet
are
they
no
wine-drinkers
.
Soldiers
they
haue
to
the
number
of
seuen
thousand
,
and
almost
fortie
villages
.
Of
mount
Baronis
.
THis
mountaine
standeth
fifteene
miles
northward
of
Teza
.
The
inhabitants
are
rich
and
mighty
,
and
possesse
great
store
of
horses
:
neither
doe
they
pay
any
tribute
at
all
.
This
hill
aboundeth
with
plentie
of
corne
,
fruits
,
and
grapes
,
and
yet
they
make
no
wine
at
all
.
Their
women
are
white
and
fat
,
and
adorne
themselues
with
much
siluer
.
In
this
place
also
they
entertaine
exiles
,
but
if
any
of
them
offer
to
haue
familiaritie
with
their
wiues
,
they
punish
him
most
seuerely
;
for
of
all
iniuries
they
cannot
indure
this
.
Of
the
mountaine
called
Beni
Guertenage
.
THis
is
an
exceeding
high
and
impregnable
mountaine
,
both
in
regard
of
the
ragged
rocks
,
and
of
the
vast
desertes
,
being
distant
from
Teza
about
thirtie
miles
.
This
mountaine
affoordeth
great
store
of
corne
,
flaxe
,
oliues
,
pome-citrons
,
and
excellent
quinces
.
They
haue
likewise
all
sorts
of
cattell
in
great
abundance
,
except
horses
and
oxen
.
The
inhabitants
are
valiant
and
liberall
,
and
as
decently
apparelled
as
any
citizens
.
The
villages
and
hamlets
of
this
mountaine
are
about
thirtie
fiue
,
and
the
soldiers
almost
three
thousand
.
Of
mount
Gueblen
.
THis
high
,
cold
,
and
large
mountaine
containeth
in
length
about
thirty
,
and
in
bredth
about
fifteene
miles
.
Eastward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
〈◊〉
of
Dubdu
,
and
westward
vpon
mount
Beni-Iazga
,
and
it
is
distant
from
Teza
almost
fiftie
miles
southward
.
At
all
times
of
the
yeere
the
top
of
this
mountaine
is
couered
with
snowe
.
The
inhabitants
in
times
past
were
most
rich
and
valiant
people
,
and
liued
in
great
libertie
:
but
afterward
when
they
began
to
play
the
tyrants
,
the
people
of
all
the
mountaines
adioyning
hauing
gathered
great
forces
,
inuaded
this
mountaine
,
slew
them
euerie
one
,
and
so
burned
and
wasted
their
townes
and
villages
,
that
vnto
this
day
it
hath
remained
voide
of
inhabitants
:
except
onely
a
few
,
which
detesting
the
cruell
tyrannie
of
their
parents
,
conueied
themselues
and
all
their
goods
vnto
the
top
of
the
mountaine
,
where
they
liued
an
abstinent
and
vertuous
life
;
wherefore
these
were
spared
,
and
their
posteritie
remaineth
in
the
mountaine
till
this
present
:
they
are
all
learned
and
of
honest
conuersation
,
and
well
esteemed
of
by
the
king
of
Fez
:
one
of
them
in
my
time
being
a
very
learned
and
famous
old
man
was
vsed
by
the
king
of
Fez
,
both
about
treaties
of
peace
,
and
in
other
serious
affaires
:
and
in
this
man
the
king
reposed
all
his
confidence
,
as
if
he
had
beene
some
petie-god
:
for
which
cause
all
the
courtiers
had
him
in
great
detestation
.
Of
mount
Beni
Iesseten
.
THis
mountaine
is
subiect
vnto
the
gouernour
of
Dubdu
,
being
inhabited
with
most
base
and
beggerly
people
.
Their
houses
are
made
of
sea-rushes
,
and
so
likewise
are
their
shooes
made
of
such
rushes
when
they
trauel
any
iourney
,
whereby
a
man
may
coniecture
the
miserable
estate
of
this
people
.
The
mountaine
yeeldeth
nought
but
panicke
,
whereof
they
make
bread
and
other
victuals
:
but
at
the
foote
thereof
are
certaine
gardens
replenished
with
grapes
,
dates
,
and
peaches
.
Their
peaches
they
cut
into
fower
quarters
,
and
casting
away
the
nuts
or
stones
,
they
drie
them
in
the
sunne
,
and
keepe
them
an
whole
yeere
,
which
they
esteeme
for
great
dainties
.
Vpon
this
mountaine
are
many
iron-mines
:
and
they
frame
their
iron
Iron-mines
.
in
manner
of
horse-shooes
,
which
serueth
themsometimes
in
stead
of
money
,
whereof
they
haue
great
want
in
this
mountaine
,
vnlesse
the
smithes
by
their
arte
keepe
this
money
in
store
:
who
,
besides
horse-shooes
,
make
certaine
daggers
with
blunt
points
.
Their
women
weare
iron-rings
vpon
their
fingers
and
eares
for
a
great
brauerie
,
but
they
are
more
basely
apparelled
then
the
men
,
and
remaine
continually
in
the
woods
,
both
to
keepe
goates
,
and
to
gather
fewell
.
They
haue
neither
ciuilitie
nor
learning
,
but
liue
after
a
brutish
manner
without
all
discretion
and
humanitie
.
Of
mount
Selelgo
.
THis
woodie
mountaine
is
full
of
pine-trees
and
fountaines
.
Their
houses
are
not
made
of
stone
,
but
of
sea-rushes
,
so
that
they
may
easily
be
remooued
from
place
to
place
,
which
is
very
commodious
to
the
inhabitants
,
for
euery
spring
they
leaue
the
mountaine
and
descend
into
the
vallies
,
from
whence
about
the
end
of
May
they
are
expelled
by
the
Arabians
which
inhabit
the
deserts
:
who
by
reason
of
their
abundance
of
goates
and
other
cattell
,
forsaking
the
said
deserts
,
seeke
vnto
the
fountaines
and
moist
places
:
but
in
winter
,
because
their
camels
are
so
impatient
of
cold
,
they
resort
vnto
the
woods
,
and
warme
regions
.
In
this
mountaine
are
great
store
of
lions
,
leopards
,
and
apes
.
And
from
the
said
mountaine
runneth
Lions
,
leopards
,
and
apes
.
a
certaine
streame
of
water
with
such
violence
,
that
I
haue
seene
a
stone
of
an
hundred
pound
waight
carried
with
the
force
thereof
:
and
here
Subu
taketh
his
beginning
,
which
is
the
greatest
riuer
of
all
Mauritania
.
Of
mount
Beni
Iasga
.
THe
inhabitants
of
this
mountaine
are
rich
,
and
ciuil
people
:
it
standeth
so
neere
the
mountaine
last
mentioned
,
that
they
are
onely
separated
with
the
foresaid
riuer
:
and
to
the
end
they
may
the
easilier
passe
from
one
mountaine
to
another
,
they
haue
made
a
certaine
strange
bridge
in
the
midst
,
A
woonderful
bridge
.
and
that
in
manner
following
:
on
either
side
stand
certaine
postes
,
through
the
which
runneth
a
rope
vpon
a
truckle
or
pulley
,
vnto
which
rope
is
fastened
a
great
basket
,
that
will
containe
ten
persons
,
and
that
in
such
sort
,
that
so
often
as
they
will
passe
ouer
to
the
opposite
mountaine
,
they
enter
into
the
basket
,
and
drawing
the
rope
whereon
it
hangeth
,
they
are
easily
carried
aloft
in
the
aire
ouer
the
riuer
by
the
helpe
of
the
foresaid
pulleyes
,
but
somtimes
with
great
hazard
of
their
liues
,
especially
if
the
basket
or
the
rope
be
worne
in
any
place
:
yea
and
the
distance
of
place
is
often
an
occasion
of
great
terrour
.
In
this
mountaine
there
is
great
store
of
cattel
,
but
little
wood
.
It
aboundeth
likewise
with
most
excellent
fine
wooll
,
whereof
their
women
make
cloth
comparable
vnto
silke
,
which
is
solde
at
Fez
for
a
great
price
.
Here
also
is
great
plentie
of
oile
.
The
king
of
Fez
is
lord
of
this
mountaine
,
the
yeerely
tribute
whereof
amounting
wel
nigh
to
eight
thousand
duckats
,
is
paid
to
the
gouernour
of
old
Fez.
Of
mount
Azgan
.
THis
mountaine
bordring
eastward
vpon
Selelgo
,
westward
vpon
mount
Sofroi
,
southward
vpon
the
mountaines
by
the
riuer
Maluia
,
and
northward
vpon
the
territorie
of
Fez
,
containeth
in
length
fortie
,
and
in
bredth
about
fifteene
miles
.
It
is
of
an
exceeding
height
,
and
so
intolerably
cold
,
that
onely
that
side
therof
is
habitable
which
looketh
towards
Fez.
It
aboundeth
greatly
with
oliues
and
other
fruites
:
and
from
thence
also
run
great
store
of
fountaines
into
the
plaines
and
fields
adiacent
,
which
are
most
fruitfull
for
barlie
,
flaxe
,
and
hempe
.
In
my
time
there
were
abundance
of
mulberie-trees
planted
vpon
this
plaine
,
which
beare
white
berries
,
and
bring
foorth
silke-wormes
.
The
inhabitants
in
winter
dwell
in
most
base
cottages
.
Their
water
is
most
extremely
cold
:
insomuch
that
I
my selfe
knew
one
,
who
with
drinking
onely
a
cup
thereof
,
suffered
most
intolerable
gripings
and
tortures
in
his
bowels
for
three
moneths
after
.
Of
the
towne
of
Sofroi
.
THis
towne
being
situate
at
the
foote
of
mount
Atlas
,
and
standing
about
fifteene
miles
southward
of
Fez
,
almost
in
the
way
to
Numidia
,
was
built
by
the
Africans
betweene
two
riuers
,
on
either
sides
whereof
grow
great
abundance
of
grapes
and
all
kinde
of
fruites
.
The
towne
for
fiue
miles
compasse
is
enuironed
with
oliue-trees
:
but
the
fieldes
are
apt
onely
for
hempe
and
barlie
.
The
inhabitants
are
very
rich
,
notwithstanding
they
goe
in
meane
apparell
,
and
greazie
with
oile
,
the
occasion
whereof
is
in
that
they
carie
oile
vnto
Fez
to
sell.
There
is
no
memorable
thing
in
all
their
towne
,
saue
onely
a
certaine
temple
,
through
the
midst
whereof
runneth
a
large
riuer
;
and
at
the
doores
standeth
a
fountaine
of
most
pure
water
.
Howbeit
the
greatest
part
of
this
towne
is
fallen
to
decay
by
the
negligence
of
one
of
the
kings
brothers
that
now
raigneth
,
&
is
ruined
in
many
places
.
Of
the
towne
of
Mezdaga
.
THis
towne
being
situate
likewise
at
the
foote
of
Atlas
;
and
standing
about
eight
miles
westward
of
Sofroi
,
is
compassed
with
a
faire
wall
,
and
albeit
the
houses
thereof
are
but
meane
,
yet
euery
one
hath
a
fountaine
of
cleere
water
belonging
vnto
it
.
Most
of
the
inhabitants
are
potters
,
because
Porcellan
.
they
haue
such
abundance
of
porcellan
earth
,
whereof
they
make
great
store
of
earthen
vessels
,
and
send
them
to
be
sold
at
Fez
,
from
whence
they
are
but
twelue
miles
distant
southward
.
Their
fields
are
most
fruitfull
for
barlie
,
flaxe
,
and
hempe
:
and
they
gather
yeerely
great
abundance
of
figs
,
and
of
other
fruits
.
In
the
forrests
about
this
towne
,
as
also
about
the
former
,
are
maruellous
store
of
lions
,
being
not
very
hurtfull
,
for
any
man
may
driue
them
away
with
a
little
sticke
.
Of
the
towne
of
Beni
Bahlul
.
THis
〈◊〉
towne
standing
vpon
the
side
of
Atlas
towards
Fez
,
is
distant
from
Fez
about
twelue
miles
,
not
farre
from
the
high
way
leading
to
Numidia
.
Through
the
midst
of
this
towne
run
certaine
little
riuers
from
the
next
mountaine
,
neither
doth
it
differ
much
in
situation
from
Mezdaga
,
sauing
that
the
south
frontier
thereof
is
ful
of
woods
,
whereout
the
inhabitants
get
timber
and
fewell
,
and
carrie
it
vnto
Fez
to
be
solde
.
They
are
oppressed
with
continuall
exactions
of
courtiers
and
others
,
neither
haue
they
any
ciuilitie
at
all
among
them
.
Of
the
towne
called
Ham
Lisnan
.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
a
certaine
plaine
enuironed
with
mountaines
,
in
the
way
from
Sofroi
to
Numidia
,
borrowed
the
name
thereof
from
the
fountaine
of
an
idoll
,
vpon
the
occasion
following
.
At
the
same
time
while
the
Africans
were
as
yet
idolaters
,
they
had
a
temple
standing
neere
vnto
this
towne
,
whither
at
certaine
times
of
the
yeere
resorted
in
the
night
great
multitudes
of
people
both
men
and
women
:
where
hauing
ended
their
sacrifices
,
they
vsed
to
put
out
their
lights
,
and
euerie
man
to
commit
adulterie
with
that
woman
which
hee
first
touched
.
But
the
women
which
were
present
at
this
abominable
sport
,
were
forbidden
to
lie
with
any
man
for
a
yeere
after
:
and
the
children
begotten
in
the
saide
adulterie
,
were
kept
and
brought
vp
by
the
priest
of
the
temple
,
as
being
dedicated
to
sacred
vses
.
In
the
same
temple
there
was
a
fountaine
which
is
to
be
seene
at
this
day
:
but
neither
the
temple
it selfe
,
nor
any
monument
or
mention
of
the
towne
is
remaining
,
because
they
were
vtterly
demolished
by
the
Mahumetans
.
Of
the
towne
of
Mahdia
.
THis
towne
being
situate
vpon
a
plaine
,
betweene
mount
Atlas
,
and
certaine
woods
and
riuers
,
is
about
ten
miles
distant
from
the
former
.
The
founder
thereof
was
a
certaine
Mahumetan
preacher
of
that
nation
,
which
was
borne
in
the
next
mountaine
:
and
it
began
to
be
built
at
the
same
time
when
the
familie
of
Zeneta
were
lords
of
the
Fessan
kingdome
.
But
when
king
Ioseph
of
the
Luntune
family
got
possession
of
the
said
kingdom
,
this
towne
was
so
wasted
and
destroyed
,
that
the
beautifull
temple
with
some
part
of
the
towne
wall
onely
was
left
standing
,
and
the
inhabitants
became
tributarie
to
the
king
of
Fez
:
this
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
515.
Of
Sahblel
Marga
,
that
is
,
The
plaine
of
the
valiant
man
.
THis
plaine
containeth
in
longth
fortie
,
and
in
bredth
almost
thirtie
miles
,
neere
vnto
it
are
certaine
mountains
which
border
vpon
mount
Atlas
:
and
in
these
mountaines
are
waste
deserts
ful
of
goodly
timber
:
here
are
likewise
a
great
number
of
cottages
inhabited
with
colliers
for
the
most
part
,
who
carrie
abundance
of
coales
from
the
said
mountaines
to
〈◊〉
.
The
lions
that
are
here
doe
so
haunt
the
poore
colliers
,
that
sometimes
they
deuour
them
.
From
hence
likewise
are
carried
to
Fez
store
of
excellent
and
great
beames
of
timber
.
All
the
plaine
is
so
barren
and
drie
,
that
it
will
scarce
bring
foorth
any
good
thing
at
all
.
Of
the
plaine
called
Azgari
Camaren
.
THis
plaine
also
is
inuironed
around
with
woodie
mountaines
,
being
a
kinde
of
medowe-ground
,
for
it
is
couered
all
ouer
with
most
pleasant
herbes
and
grasse
:
wherfore
in
the
sommer
time
they
vse
to
keepe
their
cattell
heere
,
and
to
defend
them
with
high
and
strong
hedges
from
the
fury
of
the
lions
.
Of
mount
Centopozzi
.
VPon
this
high
mountaine
are
great
store
of
most
ancient
buildings
,
neere
vnto
the
which
there
is
a
hole
or
drie
pit
of
so
great
a
depth
,
that
the
bottome
thereof
can
in
no
wise
be
seene
.
Into
this
pit
some
mad
fellowes
will
haue
themselues
let
downe
by
ropes
,
carrying
a
candle
or
torch
in
their
hands
:
and
beneath
they
say
it
is
diuided
into
manie
roumes
,
and
as
it
were
,
chambers
;
and
last
of
all
they
come
to
a
most
large
place
hewen
out
of
the
rocke
with
instruments
,
and
compassed
about
as
it
were
with
a
wall
,
in
which
wall
are
fower
doores
which
lead
to
other
more
narrow
places
,
where
they
say
that
fountaines
of
springing
water
are
.
And
sometimes
it
falleth
out
that
some
miserably
ende
their
liues
here
:
for
if
their
lights
chaunce
to
be
blowen
out
with
anie
sudden
blast
of
wind
,
they
can
by
no
meanes
finde
the
place
where
the
rope
hangeth
,
but
are
there
constrained
to
die
for
extreme
famine
.
It
was
told
me
by
a
certaine
nobleman
of
Fez
,
that
there
were
ten
persons
,
who
being
desirous
to
see
the
woonders
of
this
pit
,
and
being
prepared
for
the
same
purpose
,
went
first
three
of
them
downe
,
who
when
they
were
come
to
the
foresaid
fower
doores
,
two
of
them
went
one
way
,
and
the
third
went
alone
another
way
.
And
being
thus
diuided
,
after
they
had
proceeded
almost
a
quarter
of
a
mile
,
there
came
great
swarmes
,
of
bats
flying
about
their
lights
,
insomuch
that
one
light
was
put
out
;
at
length
being
come
to
the
springing
fountaines
,
they
found
there
certaine
white
bones
of
men
,
and
fiue
or
sixe
candles
,
whereof
some
were
new
,
and
others
were
olde
and
worne
with
long
lying
there
:
but
hauing
found
nothing
but
water
in
the
said
fountaines
,
they
returned
backe
againe
the
same
way
that
they
came
:
and
they
had
scarce
gone
halfe
way
,
but
their
other
light
also
was
blowen
out
with
a
sudden
blast
.
Afterward
seeking
earnestly
vp
and
downe
,
and
being
wearie
of
manie
falles
that
they
caught
among
the
rockes
,
they
found
that
there
was
no
hope
of
returne
:
wherefore
in
this
desperate
case
committing
themselues
with
teares
into
the
hands
of
God
,
they
vowed
,
if
they
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
this
danger
,
neuer
to
aduenture
any
more
.
They
that
stood
at
the
〈◊〉
mouth
being
ignorant
of
their
companions
mishappe
expected
their
〈◊〉
,
and
hauing
staide
ouer
long
,
at
length
they
let
downe
themselues
by
the
rope
,
and
began
with
lights
to
seeke
their
fellowes
,
making
a
great
noise
,
and
at
length
found
them
heauie
and
sad
.
But
the
third
who
was
wandring
vp
and
downe
those
darke
places
,
they
could
by
no
meanes
finde
,
wherefore
leauing
him
,
they
returned
foorth
of
the
caue
.
And
he
that
was
left
behinde
heard
at
length
a
noise
like
the
barking
of
little
dogs
,
and
shaping
his
course
toward
them
,
he
found
immediately
fower
strange
,
and
(
as
it
should
seeme
)
new-borne
beasts
,
after
which
followed
the
[
](A05331-e24020-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
The
beast
called
Dabah
.
damme
being
not
much
vnlike
to
a
shee-woolfe
,
sauing
that
she
was
bigger
:
wherefore
he
began
exceedingly
to
feare
;
howbeit
there
was
no
danger
,
for
being
about
to
flee
,
the
beast
came
towards
him
,
fawning
gently
vpon
him
with
her
taile
.
And
so
at
length
,
after
long
seeking
,
he
found
the
holes
mouth
with
great
ioy
,
and
escaped
the
danger
.
For
within
a
while
he
saide
that
he
began
to
see
some
glimmering
of
light
,
as
they
do
which
haue
long
bin
in
the
darke
.
But
after
a
certaine
time
this
caue
was
filled
with
water
vp
to
the
top
.
Of
the
mountaine
of
rauens
,
called
Cunaigel
Gherben
.
THis
mountaine
standeth
verie
neere
the
former
,
and
is
full
of
woods
and
lions
.
Here
is
no
citie
,
nor
any
other
place
of
habitation
,
perhaps
by
reason
of
the
extreme
coldnes
of
the
place
.
From
this
mountaine
runneth
a
certaine
little
riuer
:
and
here
is
a
rocke
of
an
exceeding
height
,
whereupon
keepe
infinit
swarmes
of
crowes
and
rauens
,
which
some
thinke
to
haue
beene
the
occasion
of
the
name
of
this
mountaine
.
Sometime
the
terrible
northerly
windes
bring
such
abundance
of
snow
vpon
this
mountaine
,
that
such
as
trauell
from
Numidia
towards
Fez
loose
their
liues
thereby
,
as
hath
beene
signified
in
the
first
booke
.
Euerie
sommer
the
Arabians
next
inhabiting
,
beeing
called
Beni
Essen
,
vsually
resort
vnto
this
mountaine
,
in
regard
of
the
coole
water
and
pleasant
shadowes
,
notwithstanding
they
knowe
it
to
be
haunted
with
great
store
of
lions
and
leopards
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tezerghe
.
THis
little
towne
was
by
the
Africans
built
in
manner
of
a
fort
vpon
the
side
of
a
small
riuer
which
runneth
by
the
foote
of
the
foresaid
mountaine
:
both
the
inhabitants
and
their
houses
are
most
base
and
destitute
of
all
ciuilitie
.
Their
fields
being
enuironed
with
the
mountaines
adioyning
,
bring
foorth
some
small
quantitie
of
barley
and
peaches
.
The
inhabitants
are
all
subiect
vnto
certaine
Arabians
called
Deuil
Chusein
.
Of
the
towne
called
Vmen
Giunaibe
.
THis
auncient
towne
beeing
destroyed
by
the
Arabians
was
situate
about
twelue
miles
from
Tezerghe
vpon
the
south
side
of
Atlas
.
It
is
so
dangerous
a
place
by
reason
of
the
often
inuasions
of
certaine
Arabians
,
that
none
almost
dare
trauell
that
way
.
There
lyeth
a
way
neere
this
towne
,
which
a
man
may
not
passe
without
dauncing
and
leaping
,
vnlesse
he
will
fall
into
an
ague
:
the
certaintie
where
of
I
haue
heard
many
auouch
.
Of
mount
Beni
Merasen
.
THe
inhabitants
of
this
exceeding
high
and
colde
mountaine
haue
great
plentie
of
horses
and
asses
:
here
are
store
of
mules
likewise
,
which
carie
wares
vp
and
downe
without
either
bridle
or
saddle
.
Their
houses
are
built
not
with
walles
of
stone
,
but
of
rushes
.
The
people
are
very
rich
,
and
pay
no
tribute
to
the
king
,
perhaps
in
regard
of
the
strong
situation
of
their
mountaine
.
Of
mount
Mesettaza
.
THis
mountaine
extendeth
in
length
from
east
to
west
almost
thirtie
miles
,
and
twelue
miles
in
bredth
.
The
west
part
thereof
adioineth
vpon
the
plaine
of
Edecsen
,
which
bordereth
vpon
Temesna
.
It
is
like
vnto
the
foresaid
mountaine
,
both
in
regard
of
the
inhabitants
,
and
also
for
plentie
of
horses
and
mules
.
At
Fez
there
are
great
store
of
learned
men
which
were
borne
in
this
mountaine
:
they
pay
no
tribute
at
all
,
but
onely
send
the
king
such
gifts
as
themselues
please
.
Of
the
mountaines
of
Ziz.
THese
mountaines
are
thought
to
haue
borrowed
their
name
from
a
certaine
riuer
springing
out
of
them
.
Eastward
they
begin
at
Mesettaza
,
and
extend
westward
to
the
mountaines
of
Tedla
and
Dedis
,
southward
they
border
vpon
that
part
of
Numidia
which
is
called
Segelmesse
,
and
northward
vpon
the
plaines
of
〈◊〉
and
Guregra
:
in
length
they
containe
an
hundred
,
and
in
bredth
almost
fortie
miles
:
in
number
they
are
fifteene
,
being
extremely
cold
and
difficult
to
ascend
,
and
sending
foorth
many
streames
of
water
.
The
inhabitants
are
called
Sanaga
,
and
are
men
most
patient
of
all
boisterous
and
cold
weather
.
They
weare
but
one
coate
at
all
seasons
of
the
yeere
,
ouer
which
they
cast
a
kinde
of
cloke
or
mantle
:
their
legs
and
〈◊〉
they
wrap
in
certaine
clothes
as
it
were
in
swathing
bands
,
and
they
goe
at
all
times
bare-headed
.
In
this
mountaine
are
great
store
of
mules
,
asses
,
and
other
cattell
,
but
very
few
deserts
.
The
inhabitants
are
a
most
lewd
and
villanous
generation
,
being
wholy
addicted
to
theft
and
robberie
.
They
are
at
continuall
dissension
with
the
Arabians
,
and
practise
daily
mischiefes
and
inconueniences
against
them
,
and
to
the
end
they
may
prouoke
them
to
greater
furie
,
they
will
sometimes
throwe
their
camels
downe
headlong
from
the
top
of
some
high
mountaine
.
In
these
mountains
there
happeneth
a
certaine
strange
and
incredible
matter
,
for
there
are
serpents
so
familiar
with
men
,
that
at
dinner-time
they
wil
come
like
dogs
&
〈◊〉
and
tame
serpents
.
cats
,
and
gather
vp
the
crums
vnder
the
table
,
neither
wil
they
hurt
any
body
,
vnlesse
they
be
offered
some
iniurie
.
The
walles
of
their
houses
are
made
of
chalke
,
and
the
roofes
are
couered
with
thatch
.
There
are
also
another
kinde
of
inhabitants
in
these
mountaines
,
who
possesse
more
droues
of
cattell
then
the
former
,
and
dwell
for
the
most
part
in
cottages
made
of
rushes
.
And
these
carrie
vnto
Segelmese
butter
and
wool
to
be
sold
,
but
at
that
time
only
when
the
Arabians
inhabite
the
deserts
,
for
it
often
falleth
out
that
they
are
encountred
by
them
,
&
spoiled
of
their
goods
.
These
people
are
most
valiant
warriours
,
for
they
will
fight
euen
to
the
last
gaspe
,
rather
then
be
taken
of
their
enemies
:
they
carrie
fower
or
fiue
iauelins
about
with
them
,
wherewith
they
know
right
well
how
to
defend
themselues
from
the
enemie
.
They
fight
alwaies
on
foote
,
neither
can
they
be
vanquished
but
with
a
great
number
of
horsemen
,
and
they
vse
to
carrie
swords
and
daggers
with
them
also
.
In
my
time
they
obtained
safe
conduct
of
the
Arabians
,
and
the
Arabians
of
them
likewise
,
which
was
a
cause
,
that
the
merchants
of
both
partes
trauelled
more
securely
.
Of
the
towne
of
Gerseluin
.
THis
ancient
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
at
the
foote
of
one
of
the
foresaid
mountaines
,
not
farre
from
the
riuer
of
Ziz.
It
is
enuironed
with
an
impregnable
and
stately
wall
,
the
founder
whereof
was
a
certaine
king
of
the
Marin-familie
.
In
regard
of
the
walles
and
bulwarks
it
is
a
most
beautifull
towne
.
But
being
once
entred
thereinto
,
you
shall
see
most
base
and
beggerly
houses
,
and
scarce
any
inhabitants
dwelling
in
them
,
and
that
by
the
iniurie
of
certaine
Arabians
,
who
when
they
reuolted
from
the
Marin-familie
,
tooke
this
towne
and
grieuously
oppressed
the
citizens
.
Their
drie
and
barren
fields
lie
open
to
the
north
.
Vpon
the
riuer
are
diuers
mils
,
and
by
the
side
thereof
are
many
gardens
replenished
with
grapes
and
peaches
,
which
they
vse
to
drie
in
the
sunne
,
and
to
keepe
an
whole
yeere
.
They
haue
great
scarcitie
of
cattell
,
which
causeth
them
to
liue
a
most
〈◊〉
life
.
This
towne
was
built
by
the
familie
of
Zeneta
in
stead
of
a
fort
,
to
the
end
it
might
be
a
place
of
refuge
onely
in
their
iournie
to
Numidia
,
but
afterward
it
was
surprised
and
vtterly
destroied
by
the
familie
of
Luntuna
.
Here
also
are
great
store
of
such
domesticall
serpents
,
as
we
reported
to
be
in
the
mountaines
of
Ziz.
Here
endeth
the
third
booke
.
IOHN
LEO
HIS
FIFTH
BOOKE
OF
the
Historie
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
memorable
things
contained
therein
.
A
description
of
the
kingdomes
of
Bugia
and
Tunis
.
WHen
as
in
the
former
part
of
this
my
historie
I
diuided
Barbaria
into
certaine
parts
,
I
determined
to
write
of
Bugia
as
of
a
kingdome
by
it selfe
:
and
I
found
indeed
that
not
many
yeeres
ago
it
was
a
kingdome
.
For
Bugia
was
subiect
to
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
albeit
for
certaine
yeeres
the
king
of
Telensin
was
Lord
thereof
,
yet
was
it
at
length
recouered
againe
by
the
king
of
Tunis
,
who
committed
the
gouernment
of
the
city
vnto
one
of
his
sons
,
both
for
the
tranquillitie
of
Bugia
,
and
also
that
no
discord
might
happen
among
his
sonnes
after
his
decease
.
He
left
behinde
him
three
sonnes
,
the
eldest
whereof
was
called
Habdulhaziz
,
and
vnto
him
he
bequeathed
the
kingdome
of
Bugia
,
as
is
aforesaide
:
vnto
the
second
,
whose
name
was
Hutmen
,
he
left
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
:
and
the
third
called
Hammare
,
he
made
gouernour
of
the
region
of
dates
.
This
Hammare
began
foorthwith
to
wage
warre
against
his
brother
Hutmen
,
by
whom
being
at
length
taken
in
the
towne
of
Asfacos
,
&
depriued
of
both
his
eies
,
he
was
carried
captiue
vnto
Tunis
,
where
he
liued
many
yeeres
blinde
:
but
his
brother
Hutmen
gouerned
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
full
fortie
yeeres
.
The
prince
of
Bugia
being
most
louing
and
dutifull
to
his
brother
,
raigned
for
many
yeeres
with
great
tianquilitie
,
till
at
length
he
was
by
king
Ferdinand
of
Spaine
,
and
by
the
meanes
of
one
Pedro
de
Nauarra
,
cast
out
of
his
kingdome
.
A
description
of
the
great
citie
of
Bugia
.
THis
auncient
citie
of
Bugia
built
(
as
some
thinke
)
by
the
Romans
,
vpon
the
side
of
an
high
mountaine
,
neere
vnto
the
Mediterran
sea
,
is
enuironed
with
walles
of
great
height
,
and
most
stately
in
regard
of
their
antiquitie
.
The
part
thereof
now
peopled
containeth
aboue
eight
thousand
families
:
but
if
it
were
all
replenished
with
buildings
,
it
were
capeable
of
more
then
fower
and
twentie
thousand
housholds
,
for
it
is
of
a
great
length
.
The
houses
,
temples
,
and
colleges
of
this
citie
are
most
sumptuously
built
.
Professors
of
liberall
sciences
heere
are
great
store
,
whereof
some
teach
matters
pertaining
to
the
lawe
,
and
others
professe
naturall
Philosophie
.
Neither
Monasteries
,
Innes
,
nor
Hospitals
erected
after
their
manner
are
heere
wanting
:
and
their
market
place
is
very
large
and
faire
:
their
streetes
either
descend
or
ascend
,
which
is
verie
troublesome
to
them
that
haue
any
busines
in
the
towne
.
In
that
part
of
the
citie
next
vnto
the
toppe
of
the
mountaine
standeth
a
strong
castle
,
most
sumptuously
and
beautifully
walled
:
and
there
are
such
notable
letters
and
pictures
most
artificially
carued
vpon
the
plaister-worke
and
timber
,
that
they
are
thought
to
haue
cost
much
more
then
the
building
of
the
wall
it selfe
.
The
citizens
were
exceeding
rich
,
and
vsed
with
their
warlike
gallies
continually
to
molest
the
coasts
of
Spaine
;
which
was
the
occasion
of
the
vtter
ouerthrowe
of
their
citie
.
For
Pedro
de
Nauarra
was
sent
against
them
with
a
fleete
of
fowerteene
sailes
onely
.
The
citizens
being
addicted
whollie
The
citie
of
Bugia
taken
by
Pedro
de
Nauarra
.
to
pleasure
and
ease
,
and
being
terrified
with
the
rumour
of
warre
,
bicause
they
were
neuer
exercised
therein
,
were
no
sooner
aduertised
of
Pedro
de
Nauarra
his
approch
,
but
al
of
them
togither
with
their
king
betooke
themselues
to
flight
,
and
left
their
citie
abounding
with
all
kinde
of
riches
and
wealth
,
to
bee
spoiled
by
the
Spaniards
,
so
that
it
was
easily
taken
,
in
the
yeere
of
Mahomet
his
Hegeira
nine
hundred
and
seuenteene
.
Soone
after
Pedro
de
Nauarra
hauing
sacked
the
citie
,
built
a
strong
forte
vpon
the
sea
shore
,
and
repaired
an
other
which
had
lien
a
long
time
waste
,
furnishing
them
both
with
soldiers
and
munition
.
And
sixe
yeeres
after
,
Barbarossa
the
Turke
being
desirous
to
winne
this
citie
from
the
Christians
,
and
hauing
leuied
onely
a
thousand
soldiers
,
tooke
the
old
forte
,
bicause
he
was
fauoured
by
the
inhabitants
of
all
the
mountaines
adiacent
:
wherein
hauing
placed
a
garrison
,
he
attempted
to
winne
the
other
fort
also
:
but
at
his
first
encounter
he
lost
an
hundred
of
his
principall
Turkes
,
&
fower
hundred
of
the
mountainers
that
came
to
aide
him
;
insomuch
that
Barbarossa
was
enforced
to
flie
vnto
the
castle
of
Gegel
,
as
is
aforesaid
.
Of
the
castle
of
Gegel
.
THis
ancient
castle
built
by
the
Africans
,
vpon
an
high
rocke
by
the
Mediterran
sea
,
is
distant
about
threescore
miles
from
Bugia
.
Families
it
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
hundred
;
and
the
buildings
thereof
are
very
base
.
The
inhabitants
are
of
a
trustie
and
ingenuous
disposition
,
and
do
most
of
them
exercise
husbandrie
:
howbeit
their
fieldes
are
but
barren
,
and
apt
onely
for
barly
,
flaxe
,
and
hempe
.
They
haue
great
store
of
figs
and
nuts
,
which
they
vse
to
carrie
in
certaine
barkes
vnto
Tunis
.
They
haue
in
despight
of
the
kings
of
Bugia
and
Tunis
continued
alwaies
free
from
tribute
:
for
that
impregnable
mountaine
can
be
surprised
by
no
siege
nor
encounter
of
the
enimie
.
At
length
they
yeelded
themselues
vnto
Barbarossa
,
who
demaunded
none
other
tribute
of
them
,
but
onely
the
〈◊〉
of
certaine
fruits
and
corne
.
Of
the
towne
of
Mesila
.
MEsila
founded
by
the
Romans
not
far
from
the
Numidian
desert
,
and
being
distant
from
Bugia
almost
an
hundred
miles
,
hath
stately
wals
about
it
,
but
base
houses
within
.
The
inhabitants
being
partly
artificers
and
partly
husbandmen
,
goe
very
homely
apparelled
,
and
are
most
greeuously
oppressed
with
the
continuall
exactions
of
the
Arabians
,
and
with
the
daily
molestations
of
the
king
of
Bugia
.
My selfe
vpon
a
time
trauelling
this
way
,
could
not
finde
so
much
fodder
as
was
sufficient
for
twelue
horses
onely
.
Of
the
towne
of
Stefe
.
THis
towne
also
built
by
the
Romans
,
sixtie
miles
southward
of
Bugia
,
vpon
a
certaine
beautifull
plaine
,
is
enuironed
with
strong
and
stately
walles
.
It
was
in
times
past
exceedingly
well
stored
with
inhabitants
:
but
since
the
Mahumetans
were
Lords
thereof
,
it
hath
so
decaied
by
the
iniuries
of
the
Arabians
,
who
razed
to
the
ground
a
great
part
of
the
wall
,
that
within
the
whole
circuit
of
this
great
and
ancient
towne
,
there
are
but
an
hundred
houses
at
this
present
remaining
.
Of
the
towne
of
Necaus
.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Romans
neere
vnto
Numidia
,
and
being
distant
from
the
Mediterran
sea
an
hundred
and
eightie
,
and
from
the
towne
last
mentioned
eightie
miles
,
is
compassed
with
a
strong
and
ancient
wall
.
By
this
towne
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
,
on
both
sides
whereof
grow
the
best
wal-nuts
and
figs
that
are
to
be
found
in
the
whole
kingdome
of
Tunis
,
being
vsually
carried
to
Constantina
to
be
solde
,
which
citie
is
thence
distant
an
hundred
and
eightie
miles
.
The
fields
of
this
towne
are
exceeding
fruitfull
,
and
the
inhabitants
are
very
rich
,
liberall
,
and
curious
in
their
apparell
.
Here
is
an
hospitall
maintained
at
the
common
charges
of
the
towne
,
to
entertaine
strangers
that
passe
by
.
Here
is
a
college
also
,
the
students
whereof
are
allowed
their
diet
and
apparell
.
Neither
is
this
towne
destitute
of
a
most
stately
and
well-furnished
temple
.
Their
women
are
white
,
hauing
blacke
haires
and
a
most
delicate
skinne
,
because
they
frequent
the
bath-stoues
so
often
.
Most
of
their
houses
are
but
of
one
storie
high
,
yet
are
they
very
decent
,
and
haue
each
one
a
garden
thereto
belonging
,
replenished
with
damaske-roses
,
myrtles
,
cammomill
,
and
other
herbes
and
flowers
,
and
being
watred
with
most
pleasant
fountaines
.
In
these
gardens
likewise
there
are
most
stately
arbours
and
bowres
,
the
coole
shadow
whereof
in
summer-time
is
most
acceptable
.
And
(
to
be
briefe
)
all
things
here
are
so
delightfull
to
the
senses
,
and
so
alluring
,
that
any
man
would
be
loth
to
depart
from
hence
.
Of
the
towne
of
Chollo
.
THe
great
towne
of
Chollo
founded
by
the
Romans
,
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
at
the
foot
of
a
certaine
high
mountaine
,
is
enuironed
with
no
walles
at
all
:
for
the
walles
were
razed
to
the
ground
by
the
Goths
:
neither
did
the
Mahumetans
,
when
they
had
got
possession
,
build
them
vp
againe
.
Howbeit
this
towne
is
notably
well
gouerned
,
and
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
which
are
all
men
of
a
liberall
and
tractable
disposition
.
They
haue
continually
great
traffique
with
the
merchants
of
Genoa
,
and
doe
gather
abundance
of
waxe
and
hides
.
Their
fieldes
vpon
the
mountaine
are
exceeding
fruitfull
,
and
they
haue
alwaies
so
defended
themselues
against
the
princes
of
Tunis
and
Constantina
,
that
vntill
this
present
they
remaine
free
from
tribute
.
From
the
iniurie
of
Constantina
they
are
easily
defended
,
both
in
regarde
of
the
difficult
mountaines
lying
in
the
mid-way
,
and
also
in
respect
of
the
great
distance
;
for
Constantina
standeth
almost
an
hundred
and
twentie
miles
off
.
Neither
is
there
any
citie
throughout
the
whole
kingdome
of
Tunis
,
either
for
wealth
,
or
strong
situation
,
any
way
comparable
vnto
this
.
Of
the
towne
of
Sucaicada
.
THis
ancient
citie
built
by
the
Romans
also
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
standing
about
thirtie
fiue
miles
from
Constantina
,
was
wasted
and
almost
vtterly
destroied
by
the
Goths
:
howbeit
by
reason
of
the
hauen
,
being
so
famous
and
so
frequented
by
the
merchants
of
Genoa
,
the
prince
of
Constantina
caused
certaine
faire
houses
to
be
built
thereabouts
,
for
the
said
merchants
of
Genoa
,
to
repose
themselues
and
their
goodes
therein
:
and
vpon
a
mountaine
not
farre
off
he
built
a
strong
〈◊〉
,
for
the
securitie
and
defence
of
the
said
merchants
from
all
enemies
whatsoeuer
.
From
the
said
hauen
to
Constantina
the
high
way
is
paued
with
certaine
black
stones
,
such
as
are
to
be
seene
in
some
places
of
Italie
,
being
there
called
Le
strade
Romane
,
which
is
a
manifest
argument
,
that
Sucaicada
was
built
by
the
Romans
.
Of
the
citie
of
Constantina
.
NO
man
can
denie
the
Romans
to
haue
beene
founders
of
this
citie
,
that
shall
consider
the
great
strength
,
height
,
and
antiquitie
of
the
walles
,
and
how
curiously
they
are
beset
and
adorned
with
blacke
stones
.
This
citie
standeth
vpon
the
south
side
of
an
exceeding
high
mountaine
,
and
is
enuironed
with
steepe
rocks
,
vnder
which
rocks
and
within
the
compasse
whereof
runneth
the
riuer
called
Sufegmare
,
so
that
the
said
deepe
riuer
with
the
rocks
on
either
side
,
serueth
in
stead
of
a
towne-ditch
to
Constantina
.
The
north
part
is
compassed
with
a
wall
of
great
thicknes
:
and
there
are
two
extreme
narrow
passages
onely
,
to
enter
into
the
citie
,
one
on
the
east
part
,
and
another
on
the
west
.
The
citie-gates
are
very
large
and
stately
.
The
citie
it selfe
containeth
aboue
eight
thousand
families
.
Buildings
it
hath
very
sumptuous
,
as
namely
,
the
chiefe
temple
,
two
colleges
,
three
or
fower
monasteries
,
and
other
such
like
.
Here
euery
trade
and
occupation
hath
a
seuerall
place
assigned
:
and
the
inhabitants
are
right
honest
and
valiant
people
.
Here
is
likewise
a
great
companie
of
merchants
,
whereof
some
sell
cloth
and
wooll
,
others
send
oile
and
silke
into
Numidia
,
and
the
residue
exchange
linnen-cloth
and
other
wares
for
slaues
and
dates
.
Neither
are
dates
so
cheape
in
any
region
of
all
Barbarie
besides
.
The
kings
of
Tunis
vsually
commit
the
gouernment
of
Constantina
vnto
their
eldest
sonnes
:
The
hard
successe
of
the
king
of
Tunis
his
three
sonnes
.
and
so
he
that
is
now
king
of
Tunis
bestowed
Constantina
vpon
his
eldest
sonne
in
like
sort
:
who
waging
warre
against
the
Arabians
was
slaine
in
the
first
battel
.
Then
fel
the
gouernment
of
Constantina
vnto
his
second
sonne
,
whose
intemperate
life
was
the
cause
of
his
sudden
and
vntimely
death
.
After
him
succeeded
the
third
and
yoongest
sonne
,
who
in
regarde
of
his
insolent
and
shamelesse
behauiour
,
was
so
hated
of
all
the
citizens
,
that
some
had
determined
to
kill
him
:
whereof
his
father
hauing
intelligence
,
sent
for
him
,
and
kept
him
for
certaine
yeeres
prisoner
at
Tunis
.
Afterward
he
committed
the
gouernment
of
Constantina
to
a
certaine
Renegado
that
of
a
Christian
became
a
Mahumetan
:
this
Renegado
he
trusted
as
his
owne
brother
,
for
he
had
made
former
triall
of
him
:
who
for
many
yeeres
gouerned
the
place
with
great
tranquillitie
.
Vpon
the
north
part
of
the
citie
standeth
a
certaine
strong
castle
built
at
the
same
time
when
the
citie
it selfe
was
built
:
which
castle
was
more
strongly
fortified
then
before
,
by
one
Elcaied
Nabil
the
kings
lieutenant
:
and
this
castle
greatly
bridled
both
the
citizens
,
and
all
the
bordering
Arabians
,
whose
great
captaine
it
held
as
prisoner
,
and
released
him
not
,
till
he
had
left
his
three
sonnes
for
hostages
.
At
length
the
said
Elcaied
grew
so
hautie
,
that
he
coined
money
,
to
the
great
contempt
of
his
king
and
soueraigne
,
whom
notwithstanding
he
endeuoured
by
many
giftes
and
presents
to
appease
.
But
when
men
perceiued
Elcaied
to
degenerate
from
his
first
forme
of
gouernment
,
they
that
before
loued
him
,
and
had
him
in
high
regarde
,
were
presently
of
another
minde
,
and
vtterly
forsooke
him
.
So
that
laying
siege
vnto
a
certaine
citie
of
Numidia
called
Pescara
,
he
perceiued
some
treason
to
be
attempted
against
him
:
and
thereupon
returning
foorthwith
to
Constantina
,
he
found
the
citie-gates
shut
against
him
:
from
whence
he
presently
tooke
his
iourney
to
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
was
by
him
cast
into
prison
,
and
not
restored
to
libertie
,
till
he
had
paid
an
hundred
thousand
duckats
.
Afterward
by
the
kings
aide
he
was
restored
to
his
former
gouernment
:
but
when
he
began
to
tyrannize
ouer
some
of
the
chiefe
citizens
,
he
againe
prouoked
the
whole
citie
vnto
armes
,
who
besieged
foorthwith
the
castle
whereunto
he
fled
,
which
was
such
a
corrasiue
vnto
Elcaied
his
minde
,
that
within
few
daies
he
died
for
sorrow
.
And
so
the
people
after
they
were
reconciled
to
their
king
,
would
fromthencefoorth
neuer
admit
any
forren
gouernour
:
wherefore
the
king
of
Tunis
was
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
againe
constrained
to
send
his
owne
sonnes
thither
.
The
fields
belonging
to
this
citie
are
exceeding
fertil
.
And
on
either
side
the
riuer
which
runneth
through
the
plaines
,
there
are
most
commodious
gardens
,
if
they
were
well
husbanded
.
Also
without
the
citie
stand
many
faire
and
ancient
buildings
.
About
a
mile
and
a
halfe
from
the
citie
standeth
a
certaine
triumphall
arch
,
like
vnto
the
triumphall
arches
at
Rome
,
which
the
grosse
common
people
thinke
to
haue
beene
a
castle
where
innumerable
diuels
remained
,
which
(
they
say
)
were
expelled
by
the
Mahumetans
,
when
they
came
first
to
inhabite
Constantina
.
From
the
citie
to
the
riuer
they
descend
by
certaine
staires
hewen
out
of
the
rocke
:
and
neere
vnto
the
riuer
standeth
a
little
house
so
artificially
cut
out
of
the
maine
rocke
,
that
the
roofe
,
pillers
,
and
walles
are
all
of
one
continued
substance
,
and
here
the
women
of
Constantina
wash
their
linnen
.
Neere
vnto
the
citie
likewise
there
is
a
certaine
Hot
baths
.
bath
of
hot
water
dispersing
it selfe
among
the
rocks
:
in
this
bath
are
great
store
of
snailes
,
which
the
fond
women
of
the
citie
call
Diuels
:
and
when
any
one
falleth
into
a
feuer
or
any
other
disease
,
they
suppose
the
snailes
to
be
the
authors
thereof
.
And
the
onely
remedie
that
they
can
apply
vpon
A
fond
and
senseles
〈◊〉
.
such
an
occasion
is
this
:
first
they
kill
a
white
hen
,
putting
her
into
a
platter
with
her
feathers
on
,
and
then
verie
solemnly
with
waxe-candles
they
carry
her
to
the
bathe
,
and
there
leaue
her
:
and
many
good
fellowes
there
are
,
which
so
soone
as
the
silly
women
haue
set
downe
their
hens
at
the
bath
,
wil
come
secretly
thither
,
and
conuey
away
the
hens
to
their
owne
kitchins
.
Somewhat
farther
from
the
citie
eastward
there
is
a
fountaine
of
extreme
cold
water
,
and
neere
vnto
it
standeth
a
certaine
building
of
marble
adorned
with
sundrie
Hieroglyphicall
pictures
or
emblemes
,
such
as
I
haue
seene
at
Rome
,
and
at
many
other
places
of
Europe
.
But
the
common
people
imagine
that
it
was
in
times
past
a
Grāmar-schoole
,
&
because
both
the
masters
and
schollers
thereof
were
most
vitious
,
they
were
transformed
(
say
they
)
into
marble
.
The
inhabitants
twise
euerie
yeere
send
great
store
of
wares
into
Numidia
:
and
because
as
they
trauell
,
they
are
in
danger
of
the
Arabian
theeues
,
they
hire
certaine
Turkish
Harquebusiers
for
great
wages
to
guard
them
.
The
merchants
of
Constantina
trauelling
to
Tunis
pay
no
tribute
at
all
,
but
onely
at
their
departure
foorth
of
Constantina
for
the
worth
of
euerie
100.
ducates
in
merchandise
,
they
allow
two
ducates
and
a
halfe
.
Of
the
towne
of
Mela.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Romans
within
twelue
miles
of
Constantina
,
and
enuironed
with
most
strong
walles
,
containeth
almost
three
thousand
families
:
but
at
this
present
there
are
but
few
buildings
by
reason
of
the
warres
that
haue
happened
.
Here
are
greatstore
of
artizans
:
the
most
wherof
are
such
weauers
as
make
couerlets
.
In
the
market
place
there
is
a
most
cleere
fountaine
.
The
citizens
are
valiant
,
though
they
bee
of
rude
behauiour
.
Here
is
abundance
,
not
onely
offruits
(
whereupon
some
thinke
the
name
of
the
towne
to
be
deriued
)
but
also
of
cattle
and
corne
.
Vnto
this
towne
the
gouernonr
of
Constantina
sendeth
euery
yeere
a
certaine
Iudge
,
to
decide
the
townesmens
controuersies
,
and
to
receiue
the
yeerely
tribute
:
howbeit
oftentimes
the
said
Iudge
is
slaine
by
the
people
.
Of
the
ancient
towne
of
Bona.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
almost
120.
miles
more
to
the
west
was
in
auncient
times
called
Hippo
,
where
S.
Augustine
in
times
past
bishop
of
Hippo.
the
reuerend
father
Saint
Augustine
was
once
Bishop
.
It
was
in
processe
of
time
subdued
by
the
Gothes
,
and
was
afterward
surprised
and
burnt
to
ashes
by
Hutmen
the
third
patriarke
after
Mahumet
.
And
many
yeeres
after
they
built
a
new
town
within
two
miles
of
the
stones
that
were
brought
from
the
ruines
of
Bona
:
which
new
towne
they
called
Beld
Elhuneb
,
that
is
,
the
citie
of
the
fruit
called
Ziziphus
or
Iuiuba
,
by
reason
of
the
great
abundance
of
that
fruit
:
the
which
they
vse
to
drie
in
the
sunne
,
and
to
keepe
till
winter
.
It
containeth
almost
three
hundred
families
,
and
all
the
houses
and
buildings
thereof
are
verie
base
,
saue
one
onely
temple
which
standeth
next
the
sea
.
The
inhabitants
are
all
of
an
ingenuous
disposition
,
some
of
them
being
merchants
,
and
the
residue
artizans
.
Here
is
great
store
of
linnen-cloath
wouen
,
the
greatest
part
whereof
is
carried
to
Numidia
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
towne
hauing
vpon
a
time
slaine
their
gouernours
,
were
so
bold
as
to
threaten
the
king
of
Tunis
:
and
they
had
without
all
doubt
betrayed
the
towne
vnto
the
Christians
,
had
not
the
king
of
Tunis
taken
speciall
heed
thereunto
.
In
this
towne
are
certaine
lewd
people
and
most
beggerly
apparelled
,
which
notwithstanding
are
highly
reuerenced
by
the
citizens
.
Here
are
no
fountaines
,
nor
yet
any
water
at
all
,
but
rainewater
onely
which
is
kept
in
cesterns
.
On
the
east
side
of
the
towne
standeth
a
strong
castle
built
by
the
king
of
Tunis
,
where
the
gouernour
of
the
towne
appointed
by
the
king
hath
his
aboad
.
Vnto
this
towne
adioyneth
a
most
large
plaine
,
containing
in
length
fortie
,
and
in
bredth
fiue
and
twentie
miles
:
verie
commodious
it
is
for
corne
,
and
is
inhabited
by
certaine
Arabians
called
Merdez
:
these
Arabians
haue
great
store
of
cattell
and
but
little
money
;
and
they
bring
good
store
of
butter
dayly
vnto
Bona.
Vnto
this
towne
the
people
of
Tunis
,
of
the
isle
of
Gerbi
,
and
of
Genoa
vse
yeerely
to
resort
,
and
to
buy
great
abundance
of
corne
and
butter
.
Euerie
friday
they
haue
neere
vnto
the
towne
wals
a
market
,
which
is
well
frequented
euen
till
night
.
Not
Great
store
of
corall
.
farre
from
hence
there
is
a
certaine
place
in
the
sea
,
abounding
with
great
store
of
corall
:
and
because
the
townesmen
know
not
how
to
fish
for
the
same
,
the
king
of
Tunis
licenced
certaine
merchants
of
Genoa
to
fish
for
it
:
who
in
regard
of
the
continuall
assaults
of
pirates
,
because
they
could
not
speed
of
their
purpose
,
they
obtained
leaue
also
of
the
king
to
build
a
castle
neere
vnto
the
place
:
but
that
the
townesmen
would
in
no
case
permit
,
saying
that
the
Genoueses
in
times
past
tooke
their
towne
by
such
a
wile
,
and
that
it
was
afterward
recouered
againe
by
the
king
of
Tunis
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tefas
.
THE
towne
of
Tefas
founded
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
side
of
a
mountaine
,
and
standing
almost
an
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
southward
of
Bona
,
was
in
times
past
〈◊〉
populous
,
and
full
of
braue
buildings
,
but
it
hath
beene
since
destroyed
by
the
Arabians
.
Afterward
being
replanted
with
new
inhabitants
,
and
remaining
free
from
war
for
certaine
moneths
,
it
was
the
second
time
destroyed
by
the
Arabians
.
Last
of
all
(
because
it
was
a
place
commodious
for
corne
)
it
was
inhabited
the
third
time
by
certaine
Africans
called
Haoara
,
and
that
by
the
ayde
of
a
certaine
prince
brother
vnto
him
,
which
had
slaine
Enasir
the
king
of
Tunis
his
sonne
:
but
now
all
that
remained
of
this
towne
was
vtterly
razed
by
the
king
of
Tunis
.
Of
the
citie
of
Tebessa
.
THis
great
and
strong
citie
built
by
the
Romans
neere
vnto
Numidia
,
and
being
distant
two
hundred
miles
southward
from
the
Mediterran
sea
,
is
compassed
with
an
high
wall
made
of
such
stones
,
as
are
to
be
seene
vpon
the
Colosso
at
Rome
:
neither
saw
I
,
to
my
remembrance
,
any
such
wals
in
all
Africa
or
Europe
;
and
yet
the
houses
and
other
buildings
are
verie
base
.
Through
part
of
this
citie
runneth
a
great
riuer
:
and
in
the
market
,
and
diuers
other
places
stand
certaine
marble
pillers
,
hauing
Epigrams
and
sentences
with
Latin
letters
engrauen
vpon
them
:
there
are
also
other
square
pillers
of
marble
couered
with
roofs
.
The
plaines
adiacent
albeit
verie
drie
,
yet
are
they
most
fruitfull
for
corne
.
Fiue
miles
from
hence
grow
such
abundance
of
wall-nut-trees
,
as
you
would
take
them
to
be
some
thicke
forrest
.
Neere
vnto
this
towne
standeth
a
certaine
hill
full
of
mighty
caues
,
wherein
the
common
people
say
,
that
giants
inhabited
of
olde
:
but
it
is
most
euident
,
that
those
caues
were
digged
by
the
Romans
at
the
same
time
,
when
they
built
the
citie
:
for
certaine
it
is
that
the
stones
whereof
the
citie-walles
consist
,
were
taken
out
of
those
rockes
.
The
inhabitants
are
people
of
a
couetous
,
inhumane
,
and
beastly
disposition
;
neither
will
they
vouchsafe
to
looke
vpon
a
stranger
:
insomuch
that
Eldabag
a
famous
Poet
of
the
citie
of
Malaga
in
Granada
,
hauing
in
his
trauell
this
way
receiued
some
discourtesie
,
wrote
in
disgrace
of
Tebessa
certaine
satyricall
verses
,
which
my selfe
likewise
haue
thought
good
here
to
set
downe
in
the
dispraise
thereof
.
Within
this
place
here
's
nought
of
any
worth
,
Saue
worthles
nuts
,
which
Tebessa
affourds
.
Soft
,
I
mistake
,
the
marble
walles
are
worth
Your
earnest
view
,
so
are
the
Christall-fourds
:
But
hence
are
banisht
vertues
all
diuine
,
The
place
is
hell
,
the
people
woorse
then
swine
.
This
Eldabag
was
a
most
learned
and
elegant
Poet
in
the
Arabian
toong
,
and
out
of
measure
satyricall
,
and
bitter
in
his
inuectiues
.
But
to
returne
to
our
former
purpose
,
these
Tebessians
haue
alwaies
rebelled
against
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
haue
slaine
all
the
gouernours
that
he
hath
sent
.
Wherefore
the
king
that
now
is
,
trauelling
vpon
a
time
towards
Numidia
,
sent
certaine
ambassadours
into
the
city
,
to
know
how
the
citizens
stood
affected
towards
him
:
vnto
whom
they
(
instead
of
God
saue
the
King
)
made
answere
:
God
saue
our
Citie-walles
.
Whereat
the
king
waxing
wroth
,
sacked
the
citie
forthwith
,
beheaded
and
hanged
diuers
of
the
inhabitants
,
and
made
such
hauock
,
that
euer
since
it
hath
remained
desolate
.
This
was
done
in
the
yeere
of
the
Hegeira
915.
Of
the
towne
called
Vrbs.
BY
the
name
of
this
towne
it
sufficiently
appeareth
,
that
the
Romans
were
the
first
founders
thereof
.
Situate
it
is
vpon
the
most
beautifull
plaine
of
al
Africa
,
which
by
reason
of
the
abundance
of
fountaines
is
so
wel
stored
with
corne
,
that
from
thence
to
Tunis
(
which
standeth
190.
miles
northward
of
this
place
)
and
to
other
regions
adioyning
,
great
plentie
of
corne
is
transported
.
In
this
towne
are
to
bee
seene
sundrie
monuments
of
the
Romans
,
as
namely
images
of
marble
,
and
euerie
where
vpon
the
walles
are
sentences
in
Latin
letters
engrauen
:
the
towne-walles
are
most
artificially
and
sumptuously
built
.
This
towne
the
Gothes
,
being
assisted
by
the
Moores
,
surprised
,
when
as
it
contained
the
chiefe
treasure
and
wealth
that
the
Romanes
enioyed
in
all
Africa
.
Afterward
it
remained
for
certaine
yeeres
desolate
,
being
at
length
notwithstanding
inhabited
a
new
,
yet
so
,
that
it
deserueth
rather
the
name
of
a
village
then
of
a
towne
.
Not
far
from
this
towne
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
,
vpon
the
which
are
diuers
water-milles
;
and
this
riuer
taketh
his
beginning
from
a
little
hill
but
halfe
a
mile
distant
from
the
towne
.
All
the
inhabitants
are
either
weauers
or
husbandmen
,
and
are
continually
molested
by
the
king
of
Tunis
.
Howbeit
if
the
fertilitie
of
the
soyle
,
the
pleasantnes
of
the
place
,
and
the
holesome
disposition
of
the
aire
,
were
as
well
knowne
to
the
king
,
as
they
are
to
my selfe
,
I
thinke
verily
that
he
would
leaue
Tunis
,
and
goe
and
dwell
in
this
region
.
The
Arabians
are
well
acquainted
with
the
place
,
for
from
hence
they
yeerely
transport
great
store
of
corne
vnto
their
deserts
.
Of
the
towne
of
Beggia
.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
a
mountaine
almost
twentie
miles
distant
from
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
about
eightie
miles
westward
of
Tunis
,
standeth
right
in
the
way
from
Tunis
to
Constantina
.
But
because
the
name
of
this
towne
is
no
Arabian
name
,
it
seemeth
,
that
the
first
name
hath
been
oftentimes
corrupted
and
changed
.
The
ancient
walles
of
this
towne
are
as
yet
standing
,
and
it
is
a
most
defensible
place
,
and
well
furnished
with
all
kinde
of
necessaries
.
It
is
inhabited
with
great
store
of
weauers
and
husbandmen
,
and
the
fields
thereof
are
so
large
and
fruitfull
for
all
kindes
of
graine
,
that
the
people
of
the
same
region
could
not
sufficiently
manure
them
,
vnlesse
they
were
assisted
by
certaine
bordering
Arabians
:
and
yet
a
great
part
of
their
fields
lieth
vntilled
:
howbeit
they
send
continually
great
store
of
corne
vnto
Tunis
.
The
king
of
Tunis
surchargeth
them
with
continuall
and
greeuous
exactions
,
which
is
the
cause
why
their
estate
so
mightily
decaieth
.
Of
the
towne
called
Hain
Sammit
.
THis
towne
was
in
my
time
founded
by
the
king
of
Tunis
,
being
distant
almost
thirtie
miles
from
Beggia
.
It
was
built
(
they
say
)
of
purpose
,
that
none
of
the
fields
thereabout
might
lie
vntilled
.
But
it
hath
since
beene
destroied
by
the
Arabians
,
at
the
commandement
of
the
king
of
Tunis
:
and
now
there
remaineth
a
tower
and
certaine
other
buildings
onely
,
whereof
some
haue
roofes
vpon
them
and
others
none
.
Of
the
towne
of
Casba
.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
a
large
plaine
of
twelue
miles
compasse
,
is
fower
and
twentie
miles
distant
from
Tunis
.
The
towne-wall
remaineth
strong
as
yet
;
but
the
towne
it selfe
is
destroied
by
the
Arabians
,
and
the
fields
lie
vntilled
,
and
all
by
the
negligence
of
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
of
the
inhabitants
of
the
same
region
.
Of
the
castle
of
Choros
.
THis
castle
founded
not
many
yeeres
past
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
riuer
of
Magrida
,
and
being
about
ten
miles
distant
from
Tunis
,
is
enuironed
with
most
fruitfull
fields
.
Neere
vnto
this
towne
groweth
a
certaine
wood
greatly
abounding
with
oliues
.
At
length
it
was
destroied
by
certaine
Arabians
called
Beni
Heli
,
which
make
perpetuall
warre
against
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
liue
onely
vpon
theft
and
robberie
.
Of
the
towne
of
Biserta
.
THe
ancient
towne
of
Biserta
otherwise
called
Bensart
,
founded
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
thirtie
fiue
miles
from
Tunis
,
is
but
of
a
small
bignes
,
and
is
inhabited
with
most
miserable
people
.
Neere
vnto
this
towne
entreth
a
certaine
creeke
or
arme
of
the
sea
,
which
at
the
first
being
very
narrow
,
increaseth
by
little
and
little
into
a
maruellous
bredth
.
On
either
side
there
of
dwell
great
store
of
fishers
,
and
husbandmen
:
and
westward
of
the
said
creeke
lieth
a
most
large
and
fruitfull
plaine
called
Mater
,
which
is
greeuously
molested
by
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
by
the
Arabians
.
In
The
fish
called
〈◊〉
or
〈◊〉
.
this
creeke
are
taken
abundance
of
fishes
:
and
after
the
moneth
of
October
they
catch
a
certaine
fish
called
by
the
Africans
Giarrafa
,
which
I
take
to
be
the
same
that
is
at
Rome
called
Laccia
:
for
then
by
reason
of
the
abundance
of
raine
that
falleth
,
the
salt
water
of
the
baye
becommeth
somewhat
fresh
,
wherewith
those
fishes
(
they
say
)
are
much
delighted
.
Very
deepe
it
is
,
and
affoordeth
good
fishing
till
the
end
of
May
:
but
then
the
fishes
begin
to
decrease
,
and
to
be
much
drier
in
taste
then
before
,
like
vnto
the
fishes
taken
in
the
riuer
of
Fez.
Of
the
great
citie
of
Carthage
.
THis
famous
and
ancient
citie
was
built
at
the
first
by
a
certaine
people
that
came
out
of
Syria
.
But
others
say
that
it
was
founded
by
a
queene
.
The
African
chronicler
Ibnu
Rachich
is
of
opinion
,
that
it
was
built
by
a
certaine
people
that
came
from
Barca
,
being
expelled
thence
by
the
king
of
Egypt
:
wherefore
I
cannot
in
this
place
affirme
any
certaintie
as
touching
the
founders
thereof
:
for
besides
that
the
African
historiographers
disagree
about
this
matter
,
there
is
none
that
hath
left
any
writing
thereof
ancienter
then
the
decay
of
the
Roman
empire
:
when
as
all
the
Romans
that
were
found
in
Africa
were
expelled
by
the
Goths
.
But
afterward
Tripolis
of
Barbaria
and
Capis
being
taken
by
the
Mahumetans
,
the
inhabitants
of
them
both
went
vnto
Carthage
,
whither
the
principall
Romans
and
Goths
had
retired
themselues
,
who
endeuoured
by
all
meanes
to
withstand
the
Mahumetans
:
and
after
many
skirmishes
the
Romans
fled
to
Bona
,
and
the
Goths
left
Carthage
for
a
pray
vnto
the
Mahumetans
;
so
that
it
remained
desolate
many
yeeres
after
,
till
a
certaine
Mahumetan
patriarke
called
Elmahdi
brought
in
new
colonies
:
howbeit
he
could
scarce
furnish
the
twentith
part
with
inhabitants
.
There
are
to
be
seene
at
this
day
certaine
ruines
of
the
citie-walles
,
till
you
come
to
a
deepe
and
large
cesterne
.
And
there
remaineth
as
yet
also
a
certaine
conduct
which
conueieth
water
to
the
citie
from
a
mountaine
thirtie
miles
distant
,
being
like
vnto
the
conduct
of
the
great
palace
at
Rome
.
Neere
vnto
Carthage
likewise
are
certaine
great
and
ancient
buildings
,
the
description
whereof
is
out
of
my
remembrance
.
On
the
west
and
south
part
of
this
citie
are
diuers
gardens
replenished
with
all
kinde
of
fruites
,
which
are
carried
from
thence
to
Tunis
in
great
abundance
.
The
plaines
adioining
to
this
citie
are
exceeding
fruitfull
,
though
not
very
large
:
for
vpon
the
north
part
thereof
lieth
a
mountaine
,
the
sea
,
and
the
gulfe
of
Tunis
:
on
the
〈◊〉
and
south
parts
it
ioyneth
to
the
plaines
of
Bensart
.
But
[
](A05331-e27500-b)*
*
*
1526
now
this
citie
is
fallen
into
extreme
decay
&
miserie
:
merchants
shops
there
are
not
aboue
twenty
or
fiue
and
twenty
at
the
most
:
and
all
the
houses
of
the
towne
being
scarce
fiue
hundred
,
are
most
base
and
beggerly
.
In
my
time
here
was
a
stately
〈◊〉
and
a
faire
college
also
,
but
no
students
were
therein
.
The
townesmen
,
though
very
miserable
,
yet
are
they
exceeding
proud
withall
,
and
seeme
to
pretend
a
great
shew
of
religion
.
And
the
greater
part
of
them
are
either
gardiners
or
husbandmen
,
and
are
greeuously
oppressed
with
the
kings
daily
exactions
.
A
description
of
the
mightie
citie
of
Tunis
.
THis
citie
is
called
by
the
Latines
Tunetum
,
and
by
the
Arabians
Tunus
,
which
name
they
thinke
to
be
corrupt
,
because
it
signifieth
nought
in
their
language
:
but
in
olde
time
it
was
called
Tarsis
,
after
the
name
of
a
citie
in
Asia
.
At
the
first
it
was
a
small
towne
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
a
certaine
lake
,
about
twelue
miles
distant
from
the
Mediterran
sea
.
And
vpon
the
decay
of
Carthage
Tunis
began
to
increase
both
in
buildings
and
inhabitants
.
For
the
inhabitants
of
Carthage
were
loth
to
remaine
any
longer
in
their
owne
towne
,
fearing
least
some
armie
would
haue
beene
sent
out
of
Europe
:
wherefore
they
repaired
vnto
Tunis
,
and
greatly
enlarged
the
buildings
thereof
.
Afterward
came
thither
one
Hucba
Vtmen
the
fourth
Mahumetan
patriarke
,
who
perswaded
the
citizens
,
that
no
armie
or
garrison
ought
to
The
building
of
Cairaoan
.
remaine
in
any
sea-townes
;
wherefore
he
built
another
citie
called
Cairaoan
,
being
distant
from
the
Mediterran
sea
thirtie
,
and
from
Tunis
almost
an
hundred
miles
:
vnto
which
citie
the
armie
marched
from
Tunis
,
and
in
the
roome
thereof
other
people
were
sent
to
inhabite
.
About
an
hundred
and
fiftie
yeeres
after
,
Cairaoan
being
sacked
by
the
Arabians
,
the
prince
therof
was
expelled
,
and
became
gouernour
of
the
kingdome
of
Bugia
:
howbeit
he
left
certaine
kinsmen
of
his
at
Tunis
,
who
gouerned
that
citie
.
And
ten
yeeres
after
,
Bugia
was
taken
by
Ioseph
the
sonne
of
Tesfin
,
who
seeing
the
humanitie
of
the
foresaid
prince
,
would
not
expel
him
out
of
his
kingdome
:
but
so
long
as
it
remained
to
the
said
prince
and
his
posteritie
,
Ioseph
caused
it
to
be
free
from
all
molestation
.
Afterward
Abdul
Mumen
king
of
Maroco
hauing
recouered
Mahdia
from
the
Christians
,
marched
toward
Tunis
,
and
got
possession
thereof
also
.
And
so
Tunis
remained
peaceably
vnder
the
Tunis
subiect
vnto
Abdul-Mumen
and
other
kings
of
Maroco
.
dominion
of
the
kings
of
Maroco
,
so
long
as
the
kingdome
was
gouerned
by
the
said
Abdul
,
and
his
sonne
Ioseph
,
and
their
successors
Iacob
and
Mansor
.
But
after
the
decease
of
Mansor
,
his
sonne
Mahumet
Ennasir
made
war
against
the
king
of
Spaine
,
by
whom
being
vanquished
,
he
fled
to
Maroco
,
and
there
within
few
yeeres
ended
his
life
.
After
him
succeeded
his
brother
Ioseph
,
who
was
slaine
by
certaine
soldiers
of
the
king
of
Telensin
.
And
so
vpon
the
death
of
Mahumet
,
and
of
his
brother
Ioseph
,
the
Arabians
began
to
inhabite
the
territorie
of
Tunis
,
and
to
make
often
sieges
and
assaults
against
the
citie
it selfe
:
whereupon
the
gouernour
of
Tunis
aduertised
the
king
of
Maroco
,
that
vnlesse
present
aide
were
sent
,
he
must
be
coustrained
to
yeeld
Tunis
vnto
the
Arabians
.
The
king
therefore
sent
a
certaine
valiant
captaine
,
called
Habduluahidi
,
and
borne
in
Siuill
a
citie
of
[
](A05331-e27720-b)*
*
*
*
*
Or
perhaps
Andaluzia
.
Granada
,
with
a
fleete
of
twentie
sailes
vnto
Tunis
,
which
he
found
halfe
destroied
by
the
Arabians
:
but
so
great
was
his
eloquence
and
wisedome
,
that
he
restored
all
things
to
their
former
estate
,
and
receiued
the
yeerely
tribute
.
After
Habduluahidi
succeeded
his
sonne
Abu
〈◊〉
,
who
in
learning
and
dexteritie
of
wit
,
excelled
his
father
.
This
Abu
built
a
castle
vpon
a
certaine
high
place
of
the
west
part
of
Tunis
,
which
he
adorned
with
faire
buildings
and
with
a
most
beautifull
temple
.
Afterward
taking
his
iourney
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Tripolis
,
and
returning
home
by
the
southerne
regions
,
he
gathered
tribute
in
all
those
places
:
so
that
after
his
decease
he
left
great
treasure
vnto
his
sonne
.
And
after
Abu
succeeded
his
sonne
,
who
grew
so
insolent
,
that
he
would
not
be
subiect
to
the
king
of
Maroco
,
because
he
perceiued
his
kingdome
to
decay
:
at
the
same
time
also
had
the
Marin-familie
gotten
possession
of
the
kingdome
of
Fez
,
and
so
was
the
familie
of
Beni
Zeijen
possessed
of
the
kingdomes
of
Telensin
and
Granada
.
And
so
while
all
those
regions
were
at
mutuall
dissension
,
the
dominions
of
Tunis
began
mightily
to
encrease
.
Insomuch
that
the
king
of
Tunis
marched
vnto
Telensin
,
and
demanded
tribute
of
the
inhabitants
.
Wherefore
the
king
of
Fez
,
who
as
then
laid
siege
against
Maroco
,
craued
by
his
ambassadours
the
king
of
Tunis
his
friendship
,
and
with
great
giftes
obtained
the
same
.
Then
the
king
of
Tunis
returning
home
conquerour
from
Telensin
,
was
receiued
with
great
triumph
,
and
was
saluted
king
of
all
Africa
,
because
indeed
there
was
no
prince
of
Africa
at
the
same
time
comparable
vnto
him
.
Wherefore
he
began
to
ordaine
a
roiall
court
,
and
to
choose
Secretaries
,
counsellers
,
captaines
,
and
other
officers
appertaining
to
a
king
;
after
the
very
same
manner
that
was
vsed
in
the
court
of
Maroco
.
And
from
the
time
of
this
king
euen
till
our
times
,
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
hath
so
prospered
,
that
now
it
is
accounted
the
richest
kingdome
in
all
Africa
.
The
said
kings
sonne
raigning
after
his
fathers
death
,
enlarged
the
suburbes
of
Tunis
with
most
stately
buildings
.
Without
the
gate
called
Bed
Suvaica
he
built
a
streete
containing
to
the
number
of
three
hundred
families
:
and
he
built
another
streete
at
the
gate
called
Bed
el
Manera
consisting
of
more
then
a
thousand
families
.
In
both
of
these
streetes
dwell
great
store
of
artificers
,
&
in
the
street
last
mentioned
all
the
Christians
of
Tunis
,
which
are
of
the
kings
garde
,
haue
their
aboad
.
Likewise
there
is
a
third
streete
built
at
the
gate
next
vnto
the
sea
,
called
Beb
el
Bahar
,
and
being
but
halfe
a
mile
distant
from
the
gulfe
of
Tunis
.
Hither
doe
the
Genoueses
,
Venetians
,
and
all
other
Christian
merchants
resort
,
and
here
they
repose
themselues
out
of
the
tumult
and
concourse
of
the
Moores
:
and
this
street
is
of
so
great
bignes
,
that
it
containeth
three
hundred
families
of
Christians
and
Moores
,
but
the
houses
are
verie
low
,
and
of
small
receit
.
The
families
of
the
citie
,
togither
with
them
of
the
suburbs
,
amount
almost
to
the
number
of
ten
thousand
.
'
This
stately
and
populous
citie
hath
a
peculiar
place
assigned
for
each
trade
and
occupation
.
Heere
dwell
great
store
of
linnen-weauers
,
and
the
linnen
that
they
weaue
is
exceeding
fine
,
&
sold
at
a
great
price
ouer
al
Africa
.
The
women
of
this
towne
vse
A
strange
kind
of
spinning
.
a
strange
kinde
of
spinning
:
for
〈◊〉
vpon
an
high
place
or
on
the
vpper
part
of
the
house
,
they
let
downe
their
spindles
at
a
window
,
or
through
a
hole
of
the
plancher
into
a
lower
roume
,
so
that
the
weight
of
the
spindle
makes
the
thread
verie
equall
and
euen
.
And
here
the
linnen-drapers
haue
many
shops
,
and
are
accounted
the
wealthiest
citizens
in
all
Tunis
:
here
are
also
great
store
of
grocers
,
apothecaries
,
taylors
,
and
of
all
other
trades
and
occupations
:
butchers
here
are
verie
many
which
sell
mutton
for
the
most
part
,
especially
in
the
spring
,
and
in
summer
:
also
here
are
abundance
of
all
kinde
of
artificers
,
euerie
of
which
to
describe
would
prooue
tedious
:
the
apparell
of
their
merchants
,
priests
,
and
doctors
is
verie
decent
.
Vpon
their
heads
they
weare
a
Dulipan
,
which
is
couered
with
a
great
linnen-cloth
:
the
courtiers
likewise
and
the
souldiers
weare
all
of
them
Dulipans
,
but
not
couered
with
linnen
.
Rich
men
here
are
but
few
,
by
reason
of
the
exceeding
scarcitie
of
all
kinde
of
graine
:
for
a
man
cannot
till
a
piece
of
ground
,
be
it
neuer
so
neere
the
citie
,
in
regard
of
the
manifold
inuasions
of
the
Arabians
.
Corne
is
brought
vnto
them
from
other
regions
and
cities
,
as
namely
from
Vrbs
,
from
Beggia
,
and
from
Bona.
Some
of
the
citizens
of
Tunis
haue
certaine
fields
in
the
suburbs
walled
round
about
,
where
they
sowe
some
quantitie
of
barley
and
of
other
corne
:
howbeit
the
soyle
is
marueluellous
dry
,
and
standeth
in
need
of
much
watring
:
for
which
purpose
euery
man
hath
a
pit
,
whereout
with
a
certaine
wheele
turned
about
by
a
mule
or
a
camel
,
and
through
certaine
conueyances
and
passages
made
for
the
nonce
,
they
water
all
the
vpper
part
of
their
ground
:
now
consider
(
I
pray
you
)
what
great
crop
of
corne
can
be
reaped
out
of
so
little
a
field
,
walled
round
about
and
watred
by
such
cunning
and
industrie
.
Bread
they
make
verie
excellent
,
albeit
they
leaue
the
bran
still
among
the
flower
,
&
they
bake
their
loaues
in
certaine
mortars
,
such
as
the
Egyptians
vse
to
beat
flaxe
in
.
The
merchants
and
most
part
of
the
citizens
vse
for
food
a
kinde
of
homely
pulse
or
pappe
called
by
them
Besis
,
being
made
of
barley
meale
in
forme
of
a
dumpling
,
whereupon
they
powre
oyle
or
the
broth
of
Pome-citrons
.
And
there
is
a
certaine
place
in
the
citie
where
nothing
but
barley
prepared
in
a
readines
to
make
the
said
pulse
,
is
to
be
sold.
They
vse
also
another
kinde
of
foode
almost
as
homely
as
the
former
:
for
seething
a
quantitie
of
meale
throughly
in
water
,
and
afterward
braying
it
in
another
vessell
with
a
pestill
,
they
powre
oyle
or
flesh-pottage
thereunto
,
and
so
eat
it
:
and
this
meate
they
call
Bezin
:
but
the
richer
sort
feede
themselues
with
more
daintie
meats
.
All
their
milles
(
except
such
as
stand
vpon
a
riuer
not
far
from
the
citie
)
are
turned
about
either
by
the
strength
of
mules
,
or
asses
.
In
this
citie
they
haue
no
fountaines
,
riuers
,
nor
welles
of
fresh
water
:
but
they
all
vse
raine-water
taken
out
of
cesterns
,
sauing
that
there
is
a
fountaine
in
the
suburbs
,
from
whence
certaine
porters
bring
salt-water
into
the
citie
to
sell
,
which
they
thinke
to
be
more
holesome
and
fit
for
drinke
then
raine-water
.
Other
wels
there
are
that
affoorde
most
excellent
water
,
which
is
reserued
onely
for
the
king
&
his
courtiers
.
In
this
citie
there
is
one
most
stately
temple
,
furnished
with
sufficient
number
of
priests
,
and
with
rich
reuenues
.
Other
temples
there
be
also
,
but
not
endowed
with
so
ample
reuenues
:
here
are
colledges
likewise
and
monasteries
built
after
their
maner
,
al
which
are
maintained
vpon
the
common
beneuolence
of
the
citie
.
There
are
certaine
people
in
this
citie
whom
a
man
would
take
to
be
distraught
,
which
goe
bare-headed
and
bare-footed
,
carrying
stones
about
with
them
,
and
these
are
reuerenced
by
the
common
people
,
for
men
of
singular
holines
.
Moreouer
on
the
behalfe
of
one
of
these
mad
fellowes
,
called
Sidi
el
Dahi
;
and
for
the
residue
of
his
fond
societie
,
the
king
of
Tunis
built
one
of
the
foresaid
monasteries
,
&
endowed
the
same
with
most
ample
reuenues
.
All
the
houses
of
this
citie
are
indifferently
beautifull
,
being
built
of
excellent
stones
,
and
adorned
with
much
painting
and
caruing
.
They
haue
verie
artificiall
pargettings
or
plaister-works
,
which
they
beautifie
with
orient
colours
:
for
wood
to
carue
vpon
is
verie
scarce
at
Tunis
.
The
floores
of
their
chambers
are
paued
with
certaine
shining
and
faire
stones
:
and
most
of
their
houses
are
but
of
one
storie
high
:
and
almost
euerie
house
hath
two
gates
or
entrances
;
one
towards
the
street
,
and
another
towards
the
kitchin
and
other
backe-roumes
:
between
which
gates
they
haue
a
faire
court
,
where
they
may
walke
and
conferre
with
their
friends
.
The
bath-stoues
here
are
far
more
commodious
then
those
at
Fez
,
though
not
so
large
and
sumptuous
.
In
the
suburbs
are
many
pleasant
gardens
which
yeeld
fruit
,
albeit
not
in
great
abundance
,
yet
verie
excellent
:
pome-citrons
,
roses
,
and
other
flowers
here
are
great
store
,
especially
in
that
place
which
they
call
Bardo
,
where
the
king
hath
built
a
palace
amidst
those
beautifull
and
sweete
gardens
.
On
all
sides
of
the
citie
within
fower
or
fiue
miles
,
there
growe
such
plentie
of
oliues
,
that
the
oyle
thereof
sufficeth
not
onely
the
citie
,
but
is
carried
also
in
great
quantitie
into
Egypt
.
The
wood
of
the
oliue-trees
which
they
cut
downe
they
vse
to
burne
and
to
make
char-coales
thereof
:
neither
do
I
thinke
any
place
to
be
more
destitute
of
wood
then
this
.
Pouertie
constraineth
some
of
their
women
to
lead
an
vnchast
life
:
they
are
decently
apparelled
,
and
going
foorth
of
the
house
,
they
weare
vailes
or
maskes
before
their
faces
,
like
vnto
the
women
of
Fez
:
for
with
one
linnen-cloath
they
couer
their
foreheads
,
and
ioine
thereto
another
which
they
call
Setfari
:
but
about
their
heads
they
lap
such
fardels
of
linnen
,
as
they
seeme
comparable
to
the
heads
of
Giants
.
Most
part
of
their
substance
and
labour
they
bestow
vpon
perfumes
and
other
such
vanities
.
They
haue
here
a
compound
called
Lhasis
,
whereof
whosoeuer
eateth
but
one
ounce
falleth
a
laughing
,
disporting
,
and
dallying
,
as
if
he
were
halfe
drunken
;
and
is
by
the
said
confection
maruellously
prouoked
vnto
lust
.
Of
the
king
of
Tunis
his
court
,
and
of
the
rites
and
ceremonies
there
vsed
.
SO
soone
as
the
king
of
Tunis
hath
by
inheritance
attained
to
his
kingdome
,
all
his
nobles
,
doctors
,
priestes
,
and
iudges
,
binde
themselues
by
solemne
oth
vnto
him
.
Immediately
after
any
kings
death
,
his
sonne
and
heire
apparent
succeedeth
in
the
kingdome
:
then
the
chiefe
officer
of
the
court
(
called
the
Munafid
,
because
he
is
the
kings
vice-roy
or
high
deputie
)
presenteth
himselfe
foorthwith
vnto
the
new
king
,
and
giueth
vp
an
account
of
all
things
which
he
did
while
the
olde
king
liued
:
and
then
at
the
kings
appointment
euerie
of
the
nobles
receiue
offices
from
the
Munafid
according
to
their
seuerall
places
of
dignitie
.
Another
principall
officer
there
is
,
called
the
Mesuare
,
that
is
,
the
great
commander
and
gouernour
of
the
warlike
forces
:
who
hath
authoritie
to
increase
or
diminish
the
number
of
soldiers
,
to
giue
them
their
pay
,
to
leuie
armies
,
and
to
conduct
the
same
whither
he
thinketh
good
.
The
third
officer
in
dignitie
is
the
Castellan
,
who
with
his
soldiers
taketh
charge
of
the
castle
,
and
looketh
to
the
sauegarde
of
the
kings
owne
person
:
and
he
allotteth
punishments
vnto
such
prisoners
as
are
brought
into
the
said
castle
,
as
if
he
were
the
king
himselfe
.
The
fourth
officer
is
the
gouernour
of
the
citie
,
whose
dutie
is
to
administer
iustice
in
the
common
wealth
,
and
to
punish
malefactors
.
The
fift
officer
is
the
kings
secretarie
,
who
hath
authoritie
to
write
,
and
to
giue
answere
in
the
kings
name
:
he
may
open
also
and
read
any
letters
whatsoeuer
,
except
such
as
are
sent
vnto
the
Castellan
and
gouernour
of
the
citie
.
The
sixt
is
the
kings
chiefe
chamberlaine
,
who
is
to
furnish
the
walles
with
hangings
,
to
appoint
vnto
euery
man
his
place
,
and
by
a
messenger
to
assemble
the
kings
counsellours
,
and
this
man
hath
great
familiaritie
with
the
king
,
and
hath
accesse
to
speake
with
him
,
as
often
as
he
pleaseth
.
The
seuenth
in
dignitie
is
the
kings
treasurer
,
who
receiueth
all
customes
,
tributes
,
and
yeerely
reuenues
,
and
paieth
them
,
with
the
kings
consent
,
vnto
the
Munafid
.
The
eight
officer
is
he
that
receiueth
tribute
for
merchandize
that
are
brought
by
land
,
who
taketh
custome
also
of
forren
merchants
,
which
are
constrained
for
the
value
of
euery
hundred
duckats
to
pay
two
duckats
and
a
halfe
:
this
customer
hath
many
spies
and
officers
,
who
hauing
intelligence
of
any
merchants
arriuall
,
they
bring
him
foorthwith
before
their
master
,
in
whose
absence
they
keepe
him
so
long
in
their
custodie
,
till
their
said
master
be
present
,
and
till
the
merchant
hath
deliuered
all
such
custome
as
is
due
,
and
then
being
bound
with
many
othes
,
he
is
dismissed
.
The
ninth
officer
receiueth
tribute
onely
of
such
wares
as
are
brought
by
sea
,
and
dwelleth
in
a
house
by
the
hauens
side
.
The
tenth
is
the
steward
of
the
kings
houshold
,
who
is
to
prouide
bread
,
meate
,
and
other
necessarie
victuals
,
and
to
apparell
all
the
kings
wiues
,
eunuches
,
and
the
Negro-slaues
that
attend
vpon
him
.
He
also
taketh
charge
of
the
kings
sonnes
and
of
their
nurses
,
and
allotteth
busines
vnto
the
Christian
captiues
.
These
are
the
chiefe
officers
vnder
the
king
of
Tunis
:
the
residue
(
least
I
should
seeme
tedious
to
the
reader
)
I
haue
of
purpose
omitted
to
intreate
of
.
The
king
of
Tunis
hath
fifteene
hundred
most
choise
soldiers
,
the
greatest
part
of
whom
are
Renegadoes
or
backsliders
from
the
Christian
faith
:
and
these
haue
liberall
pay
allowed
them
.
They
haue
a
captaine
ouer
them
also
,
who
may
increase
or
diminish
their
number
as
he
pleaseth
.
Also
there
are
an
hundred
and
fiftie
soldiers
being
Moores
,
who
haue
authoritie
to
remoue
the
tents
of
the
kings
armie
from
place
to
place
.
There
are
likewise
a
certaine
number
of
crossebowes
,
which
attend
vpon
the
king
whithersoeuer
he
rideth
:
but
next
of
all
to
the
kings
person
is
his
garde
of
Christians
,
which
(
as
we
signified
before
)
dwell
in
the
suburbs
.
Before
the
king
marcheth
a
garde
of
footemen
,
being
all
of
them
Turkish
archers
,
and
gunners
.
Immediately
before
the
king
goe
his
lackies
or
footemen
.
One
there
is
that
rideth
on
the
one
side
of
the
king
,
carrying
his
partizan
,
another
on
the
other
side
beareth
his
target
,
and
the
third
comming
〈◊〉
him
carrieth
his
crossebowe
.
Others
there
are
also
that
attend
vpon
the
king
,
whom
(
for
breuities
sake
)
we
omit
here
to
speake
of
.
These
are
the
principall
rites
and
ceremonies
of
the
ancient
kings
of
Tunis
,
being
much
different
from
them
which
are
vsed
by
the
king
that
now
is
.
I
could
here
make
a
large
discourse
of
the
kings
vices
that
now
raigneth
(
at
whose
hands
I
confesse
my selfe
to
haue
receiued
great
benefits
)
but
that
is
not
my
purpose
at
this
present
:
this
one
thing
I
can
affirme
,
that
he
is
maruellous
cunning
to
procure
money
out
of
his
subiects
purses
.
But
he
himselfe
liueth
sometimes
in
his
palace
,
and
sometimes
in
gardens
,
in
the
companie
of
his
concubines
,
musicians
,
stage-plaiers
,
and
such
like
.
When
he
calleth
for
any
musician
,
he
is
brought
in
blindfold
or
hoodwinked
in
manner
of
a
hawke
.
The
golden
coine
of
Tunis
containeth
fower
and
twenty
charats
apeece
,
that
is
to
say
,
a
duckat
and
one
third
part
of
the
coine
of
Europe
:
there
is
a
kinde
of
siluermoney
coined
also
being
fower
square
in
forme
,
which
waieth
sixe
charats
apeece
:
and
thirtie
or
two
and
thirtie
of
these
peeces
are
equall
in
value
to
one
peece
of
their
gold
coine
,
and
they
are
called
Nasari
:
the
Italians
call
the
gold-coine
of
Tunis
Doble
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
king
of
Doble
.
Tunis
,
and
the
customes
of
his
court
.
Of
the
towne
of
Neapolis
.
THis
ancient
towne
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
almost
twelue
miles
eastward
of
Tunis
is
inhabited
by
certaine
Moores
called
Nabell
.
It
was
in
times
past
very
populous
,
but
now
there
dwell
but
a
few
pesants
therein
,
which
exercise
themselues
onely
about
sowing
and
reaping
of
〈◊〉
.
Of
the
towne
of
Cammar
.
THis
towne
is
very
ancient
also
and
neere
vnto
Carthage
,
standing
eight
miles
northward
of
Tunis
.
The
inhabitants
being
many
in
number
are
all
of
them
gardiners
,
and
vse
to
bring
their
herbes
and
fruits
to
Tunis
to
be
solde
.
Here
also
growe
great
store
of
sugar-canes
,
which
are
brought
likewise
vnto
Tunis
:
but
because
they
haue
not
the
arte
of
getting
Sugar-Canes
.
out
the
sugar
,
they
vse
onely
after
meales
to
sucke
the
sweete
iuice
out
of
the
said
canes
.
Of
the
towne
of
Marsa
.
THis
ancient
towne
standing
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
neere
the
same
place
where
the
hauen
of
Carthage
was
of
olde
,
remained
certaine
yeeres
desolate
,
but
now
it
is
inhabited
by
certaine
fishers
and
husbandmen
:
and
here
they
vse
to
white
linnen-cloth
.
Not
far
from
hence
are
certaine
castles
and
palaces
,
where
the
king
of
Tunis
ordinarily
remaineth
in
summer-time
.
Of
the
towne
of
Ariana
.
MOreouer
this
ancient
towne
was
built
by
the
Goths
almost
eight
miles
northward
of
Tunis
.
It
is
enuironed
with
most
pleasant
and
fruitfull
gardens
,
and
it
hath
a
strong
wall
,
and
containeth
many
husbandmen
.
Certaine
other
little
townes
there
are
not
far
distant
from
Carthage
,
some
inhabited
,
and
the
residue
desolate
,
the
names
whereof
I
haue
quite
forgotten
.
Of
the
towne
of
Hammamet
.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Mahumetans
of
late
yeeres
,
and
enuironed
with
a
wall
of
great
strength
,
is
distant
from
Tunis
almost
fiftie
miles
.
The
inhabitants
are
miserable
people
,
and
oppressed
with
continuall
exactions
,
being
the
greatest
part
of
them
either
fishers
or
colliers
.
Of
the
towne
of
Heraclia
.
THis
little
and
ancient
towne
was
founded
by
the
Romans
vpon
a
certaine
mountaine
,
and
was
afterward
destroied
by
the
Arabians
.
Of
the
towne
of
Susa.
THis
exceeding
great
and
ancient
towne
was
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
being
distant
from
Tunis
about
an
hundred
miles
.
The
plaines
adioyning
abound
with
oliues
and
figs
:
their
fieldes
are
most
fruitfull
for
barlie
,
if
they
could
be
tilled
,
but
the
Arabians
often
incursions
are
the
cause
why
they
lie
waste
.
The
inhabitants
being
most
liberall
and
courteous
people
,
and
great
friends
vnto
strangers
,
make
voiages
most
of
them
vnto
the
easterne
regions
and
vnto
Turkie
;
and
some
also
frequent
the
next
townes
of
Sicilia
and
Italie
.
The
residue
of
the
inhabitants
are
either
weauers
,
or
graziers
of
cattell
,
or
such
as
turne
wooden
vessels
,
wherewith
they
furnish
the
whole
kingdome
of
Tunis
.
When
the
Mahumetans
first
woon
that
prouince
,
this
towne
was
the
seate
of
the
vice-roy
,
whose
palace
is
as
yet
remaining
.
A
most
stately
towne
it
is
,
enuironed
with
strong
walles
,
and
situate
vpon
a
most
beautifull
plaine
.
It
was
in
times
past
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
and
with
faire
buildings
,
whereof
some
,
together
with
a
goodly
temple
,
are
as
yet
extant
.
But
now
it
containeth
very
few
people
,
and
but
fiue
shops
in
all
,
by
reason
of
the
kings
continuall
exactions
.
I
my selfe
was
constrained
to
stay
in
this
towne
for
fower
daies
,
in
regarde
of
the
danger
of
the
time
.
Of
the
towne
of
Monaster
.
THe
ancient
towne
of
Monaster
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
distant
almost
twelue
miles
from
Susa
,
is
enuironed
with
most
impregnable
and
stately
walles
,
and
containeth
very
faire
buildings
:
but
the
inhabitants
are
most
miserable
and
beggerly
people
,
and
weare
shooes
made
of
sea-rushes
:
most
of
them
are
either
weauers
or
fishers
:
their
fare
is
barlie
bread
,
and
a
kinde
of
foode
mingled
with
oile
,
which
we
called
before
Bezzin
,
which
is
vsed
in
all
the
townes
thereabout
:
the
soile
will
yeeld
no
other
corne
but
barlie
.
The
territorie
adiacent
aboundeth
with
oranges
,
peares
,
figs
,
pomegranates
,
and
oliues
,
sauing
that
it
is
continually
wasted
by
the
inuasion
of
the
enemie
.
Of
the
towne
of
Tobulba
.
THis
towne
built
also
by
the
Romaines
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
standeth
about
twelue
miles
eastward
of
Monaster
.
For
certaine
yeeres
it
was
very
populous
,
and
greatly
abounded
with
oliues
:
but
afterwarde
it
was
so
wasted
by
the
Arabians
,
that
now
there
are
but
fewe
houses
remaining
,
which
are
inhabited
by
certaine
religious
men
:
these
religious
men
maintaine
a
faire
hospitall
for
strangers
trauelling
that
way
,
where
they
courteously
entertaine
euen
the
Arabians
themselues
.
Of
the
towne
of
El
Mahdia
,
otherwise
called
Africa
.
EL
Mahdia
founded
in
our
time
by
Mahdi
the
first
patriarke
of
Cairaoan
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
fortified
with
strong
wals
,
towers
,
and
gates
,
hath
a
most
noble
hauen
belonging
thereto
.
Mahdi
when
hee
first
entred
into
this
region
,
fained
himselfe
in
an
vnknowne
habite
to
be
〈◊〉
of
the
linage
of
〈◊〉
,
whereby
growing
into
great
fauour
of
the
people
,
he
was
by
their
assistance
made
prince
of
Cairaoan
,
and
was
called
El
Mahdi
Califa
:
afterward
trauelling
fortie
daies
iourney
westwarde
into
Numidia
to
receiue
tribute
due
vnto
him
,
he
was
taken
by
the
prince
of
Segelmesse
,
and
put
in
prison
,
howbeit
the
saide
prince
of
Segelmese
being
presently
mooued
with
compassion
toward
him
,
restored
him
to
his
former
libertie
,
and
was
for
his
good
will
not
long
after
slaine
by
him
:
Afterwarde
tyrannizing
ouer
the
people
,
and
perceiuing
some
to
conspire
against
him
,
he
erected
this
towne
of
Mahdia
,
to
the
end
he
might
there
finde
safe
refuge
when
neede
required
.
At
length
one
Beiezid
a
Mahumetan
prelate
(
whom
they
called
the
cauallier
or
knight
of
the
asse
,
bicause
that
riding
continually
vpon
an
asse
he
conducted
an
armie
of
fortie
thousand
men
)
came
vnto
Cairaoan
:
but
Mahdi
fledde
vnto
his
new
towne
,
where
with
thirtie
saile
of
ships
sent
him
by
a
Mahumetan
prince
of
Cordoua
,
he
so
valiantly
encountered
the
enimie
,
that
Beiezid
and
his
sonne
were
both
slaine
in
that
battaile
:
afterward
returning
to
Cairaoan
,
he
grew
in
league
and
amitie
with
the
citizens
,
and
so
the
gouernment
remained
vnto
his
posteritie
for
many
yeeres
.
But
an
hundred
and
thirtie
yeeres
past
this
[
](A05331-e28210-b)*
*
*
*
El
Mahdia
.
towne
was
taken
by
the
Christians
,
and
was
after
recouered
by
a
certaine
Mahumetan
patriarke
of
Maroco
called
Abdul
Mumen
,
but
nowe
it
is
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Tunis
,
by
whom
it
is
continually
oppressed
with
most
grieuous
exactions
.
The
inhabitants
exercise
traffike
with
forraine
nations
:
and
they
are
at
so
great
dissention
with
the
Arabians
,
that
they
are
scarce
permitted
to
till
their
grounds
.
Not
many
yeeres
ago
Pedro
de
Nauarra
assailing
this
towne
onely
with
nine
ships
,
was
defeated
of
his
purpose
,
and
constrained
to
returne
with
great
losse
of
his
men
.
This
hapned
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1519.
Of
the
towne
of
Asfachus
.
THis
towne
was
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
at
such
time
as
they
waged
warre
against
the
Romaines
.
It
is
compassed
with
most
high
and
strong
wals
,
and
was
in
times
past
very
populous
,
but
now
it
containeth
but
three
or
fower
hundreth
families
at
the
most
,
and
but
a
fewe
shops
.
Oppressed
it
is
both
by
the
Arabians
,
and
by
the
king
of
Tunis
.
All
the
inhabitants
are
either
weauers
,
marriners
,
or
fishermen
.
They
take
great
store
of
fishes
called
by
them
Spares
,
which
worde
signifieth
nought
in
the
Arabian
and
Barbarian
,
much
lesse
in
the
Latine
toong
.
This
people
liue
also
vpon
barly
bread
and
Bezin
:
their
apparell
is
base
,
and
some
of
them
traffike
in
Egypt
and
Turkie
.
Of
the
great
citie
of
Cairaoan
.
THE
famous
citie
of
Cairaoan
otherwise
called
Caroen
,
was
founded
by
Hucba
,
who
was
sent
generall
of
an
armie
out
of
Arabia
deserta
,
by
Hutmen
the
thirde
Mahumetan
Califa
.
From
the
Mediterran
sea
this
citie
is
distant
sixe
and
thirtie
,
and
from
Tunis
almost
an
hundred
miles
;
neither
was
it
built
(
they
say
)
for
any
other
purpose
,
but
onely
that
the
Arabian
armie
might
securely
rest
therein
with
all
such
spoiles
as
they
woone
from
the
Barbarians
,
and
the
Numidians
.
He
enuironed
it
with
most
impregnable
walles
,
and
built
therein
a
sumptuous
temple
,
supported
with
stately
pillers
.
The
saide
Hucba
after
the
death
of
Hutmen
was
ordained
prince
of
Muchauia
,
and
gouerned
the
same
till
the
time
of
Qualid
Califa
the
sonne
of
Habdul
Malic
,
who
as
then
raigned
in
Damasco
:
this
Qualid
sent
a
certaine
captaine
called
Muse
the
sonne
of
Nosair
,
with
an
huge
armie
vnto
Cairaoan
:
who
hauing
staied
a
fewe
daies
with
his
armie
not
farre
from
Cairaoan
,
marched
westward
,
sacking
and
spoiling
townes
and
cities
,
till
he
came
to
the
Ocean
sea
shore
,
and
then
he
returned
towards
Cairaoan
againe
.
From
whence
he
sent
as
his
deputie
a
certaine
captaine
into
Mauritania
,
who
there
also
conquered
many
regions
and
cities
.
Insomuch
that
Muse
being
mooued
with
a
iealous
emulation
,
commanded
him
to
staie
till
himselfe
came
.
His
said
Deputie
therefore
called
Tarich
encamped
himselfe
not
far
from
Andaluzia
,
whither
Muse
within
4.
months
came
vnto
him
with
an
huge
armie
.
From
whence
both
of
them
with
their
armies
crossing
the
seas
,
arriued
in
Granada
,
and
so
marched
by
lande
against
the
Goths
.
Against
whom
Theodoricus
the
king
of
Goths
opposing
himselfe
in
battaile
,
was
miserablie
vanquished
.
Then
the
foresaide
two
captaines
with
all
good
successe
proceeded
euen
to
Castilia
,
and
sacked
the
citie
of
Toledo
,
where
amongst
much
other
treasure
,
they
founde
many
reliques
of
the
saints
,
and
the
very
same
table
whereat
Christ
sate
with
his
blessed
Apostles
,
which
being
couered
with
pure
gold
and
adorned
with
great
store
of
precious
stones
,
was
esteemed
to
be
woorth
halfe
a
million
of
ducates
,
and
this
table
Muse
carrying
with
him
as
if
it
had
beene
all
the
treasure
in
Spaine
,
returned
with
his
armie
ouer
the
sea
,
and
bent
his
course
towarde
Cairaoan
.
And
being
in
the
meane
space
sent
for
by
the
letters
of
Qualid
Califa
,
he
sailed
into
Egypt
:
but
arriuing
at
Alexandria
,
it
was
tolde
him
by
one
Hescian
,
brother
vnto
the
saide
Califa
,
that
the
Califa
his
brother
was
fallen
into
a
most
dangerous
disease
:
wherefore
he
wished
him
not
to
goe
presently
vnto
Damasco
,
for
feare
least
if
the
Califa
died
in
the
meane
season
,
those
rich
and
sumptuous
spoiles
should
be
wasted
and
dispersed
to
no
ende
.
But
Muse
little
regarding
this
counsell
,
proceeded
on
to
Damasco
,
and
presented
all
his
spoiles
to
the
Califa
,
who
within
fiue
daies
after
deceased
.
After
whom
his
brother
succeeding
Califa
,
depriued
Muse
of
his
dignitie
,
and
substituted
one
Iezul
into
his
roome
,
whose
sonne
,
brother
,
and
nephewes
succeeding
,
gouerned
the
citie
of
Cairaoan
,
till
such
time
as
the
familie
of
Qualid
was
depriued
of
that
dignitie
,
and
one
Elagleb
was
appointed
lieutenant
,
who
gouerned
not
the
towne
as
a
Califa
:
from
that
time
the
Mahumetan
Califas
leauing
Damasco
,
remooued
vnto
Bagaded
,
as
we
find
recorded
in
a
certaine
Chronicle
.
After
the
decease
of
Elagleb
,
succeeded
his
sonne
,
and
the
gouernment
remained
vnto
his
posteritie
for
an
hundred
threescore
and
ten
yeeres
,
till
such
time
as
they
were
depriued
thereof
by
one
Mahdi
Califa
.
But
at
the
same
time
when
Elagleb
was
gouernour
,
the
citie
of
Cairaoan
was
so
increased
both
with
inhabitants
,
and
buildings
,
that
a
towne
called
Recheda
was
built
next
vnto
it
,
where
the
prince
with
his
nobles
vsed
to
remaine
.
In
his
time
also
the
Isle
of
Sicilia
was
woone
:
for
Elagleb
The
isle
of
Sicilie
subdued
by
the
gouernour
〈◊〉
.
sent
thither
a
certaine
captaine
called
Halcama
,
who
built
vpon
the
said
Island
a
towne
in
stead
of
a
forte
,
calling
it
according
to
his
owne
name
Halcama
,
which
name
is
vsed
by
the
Sicilians
euen
till
this
present
.
Afterward
this
new
towne
was
besieged
by
certaine
people
that
came
to
aide
the
Sicilians
.
Whereupon
one
Ased
was
sent
with
an
armie
,
&
so
the
Moores
forces
being
augmented
,
they
conquered
the
residue
of
Sicilia
,
by
which
meanes
the
dominions
of
Cairaoan
began
woonderfully
to
increase
.
The
citie
of
Cairaoan
standeth
vpon
a
sandie
and
desert
plaine
,
which
beareth
no
trees
,
nor
yet
any
corne
at
all
.
Corne
is
brought
thither
from
Susa
,
from
Monaster
,
and
from
Mahdia
,
all
which
townes
are
within
the
space
of
forty
miles
.
About
twelue
miles
from
Cairaoan
standeth
a
certaine
mountaine
called
Gueslet
,
where
some
of
the
Romaines
buildings
are
as
yet
extant
:
this
mountaine
aboundeth
with
springs
of
water
and
carobs
,
which
springs
runne
downe
to
Cairaoan
,
where
otherwise
they
shoulde
haue
no
water
but
such
as
is
kept
in
cesternes
.
Without
the
wals
of
this
citie
raine
water
is
to
be
found
in
certaine
cesternes
onely
till
the
beginning
of
Iune
.
In
sommer
time
the
Arabians
vse
to
resort
vnto
the
plaines
adioining
vpon
this
towne
,
who
bring
great
dearth
of
corne
and
water
,
but
exceeding
plentie
of
dates
and
flesh
with
them
,
and
that
out
of
Numidia
,
which
region
is
almost
an
hundred
threescore
and
ten
miles
distant
.
In
this
citie
for
certaine
yeeres
the
studie
of
the
Mahumetan
lawe
mightily
flourished
,
so
that
heere
were
the
most
famous
lawyers
in
all
Africa
.
It
was
at
length
destroied
,
and
replanted
againe
with
newe
inhabitants
,
but
it
coulde
neuer
attaine
vnto
the
former
estate
.
At
this
present
it
is
inhabited
by
none
but
leather-dressers
,
who
sende
their
leather
vnto
the
cities
of
Numidia
,
and
exchange
it
also
for
cloth
of
Europe
.
Howbeit
they
are
so
continually
oppressed
by
the
king
of
Tunis
,
that
now
they
are
brought
vnto
extreme
miserie
.
Of
the
citie
of
Capes
.
THis
ancient
citie
built
by
the
Romaines
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
was
fortified
with
most
high
and
stately
walles
,
and
with
a
strong
castle
.
Iust
by
it
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
of
hot
and
salt
water
.
It
hath
continually
beene
so
molested
by
the
Arabians
,
that
the
inhabitants
abandoning
their
citie
,
resorted
vnto
certaine
plaines
replenished
with
great
abundance
of
dates
,
which
by
a
certaine
arte
are
preserued
all
the
yeere
long
.
Heere
is
also
digged
out
of
the
grounde
a
kinde
of
fruite
about
the
bignes
of
a
beane
,
and
in
taste
resembling
an
almond
.
This
fruite
being
ordinarie
The
fruit
called
Habhaziz
.
ouer
all
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
,
is
called
by
the
Arabians
Habhaziz
.
The
inhabitants
of
the
foresaide
plaine
are
blacke
people
,
being
all
of
them
either
fishers
,
or
husbandmen
.
Of
the
towne
called
El
Hamma
.
THis
most
ancient
towne
founded
also
by
the
Romans
,
and
being
distant
from
Capes
almost
fifteene
miles
,
is
enuironed
with
most
stately
and
strong
walles
:
and
vpon
certaine
marble
stones
therein
are
engrauen
diuers
monuments
of
antiquitie
.
The
streets
and
buildings
of
this
towne
are
verie
base
,
and
the
inhabitants
miserable
,
and
addicted
to
robberie
.
Their
fields
are
barren
and
vnprofitable
,
and
will
bring
foorth
nought
but
certaine
vnsauorie
dates
.
A
mile
and
a
halfe
to
the
south
of
this
towne
A
riuer
〈◊〉
hot
water
.
beginneth
a
certaine
riuer
of
hot
water
to
spring
,
which
being
brought
thorough
the
midst
of
the
citie
by
certaine
chanels
is
so
deepe
,
that
it
will
reach
vp
to
a
mans
nauell
:
howbeit
by
reason
of
the
extreme
heat
of
the
water
,
there
are
but
few
that
will
enter
thereinto
.
And
yet
the
inhabitants
vse
it
for
drinke
,
hauing
set
it
a
cooling
almost
an
whole
day
.
At
length
this
riuer
not
far
from
the
towne
maketh
a
certaine
lake
,
which
is
called
the
lake
of
leapers
:
The
lake
of
lepers
.
for
it
is
of
woonderfull
force
to
heale
the
disease
of
leprosie
,
and
to
cure
leprous
sores
:
wherefore
neere
vnto
it
are
diuers
cottages
of
lepers
,
some
of
whom
are
restored
to
their
health
.
The
saide
water
tasteth
in
a
manner
like
brimstone
,
so
that
it
will
nothing
at
all
quench
a
mans
thirst
,
whereof
I
my selfe
haue
had
often
triall
.
Of
the
castle
of
Machres
.
THe
castle
of
Machres
was
built
by
the
Africans
in
my
time
vpon
the
entrance
of
the
gulfe
of
Capes
,
to
defend
the
same
region
from
the
inuasion
of
the
enemie
.
It
is
almost
fiue
hundred
miles
distant
from
the
isle
of
Gerbi
.
All
the
inhabitants
are
either
weauers
,
shipwrights
,
or
fishermen
,
and
haue
traffick
&
recourse
ouer
all
the
foresaid
isle
.
They
haue
al
the
same
language
that
the
people
of
the
isle
of
Gerbi
vse
:
but
because
they
want
grounds
and
possessions
,
al
of
them
,
saue
the
weauers
,
liue
only
vpon
theft
&
robbery
.
Of
the
isle
of
Gerbior
Zerbi
,
where
Iohn
Leo
the
Author
of
this
Historie
was
taken
by
Italian
pirates
,
and
carried
thence
to
Rome
.
THis
isle
being
neere
vnto
the
firme
land
of
Africa
,
and
consisting
of
a
plaine
and
sandie
ground
,
aboundeth
exceedingly
with
dates
,
vines
,
oliues
,
and
other
fruits
,
and
containeth
about
eighteen
miles
in
compasse
.
It
hath
also
certaine
farmes
and
granges
,
which
are
so
farre
distant
asunder
,
that
you
shall
scarce
finde
two
or
three
in
one
village
.
Their
ground
is
drie
and
barren
,
which
though
it
be
neuer
so
well
tilled
,
will
yeeld
but
a
little
barlie
.
And
here
corne
and
flesh
is
alwaies
at
an
〈◊〉
rate
.
At
the
sea
shore
standeth
a
strong
castle
,
wherin
the
gouernour
of
the
whole
Island
and
his
retinue
haue
their
abode
.
Not
farre
from
hence
there
is
a
certaine
village
,
where
the
Christian
,
Mauritanian
,
and
Turkish
merchants
haue
their
place
of
residence
;
in
which
place
there
is
a
great
market
or
faire
weekely
kept
,
whither
all
the
merchants
of
the
Island
and
many
Arabians
from
the
maine
land
with
great
store
of
cattle
and
wooll
doe
resort
.
The
inhabitants
of
the
Isle
bring
cloth
thither
to
sell
,
which
they
themselues
make
,
and
this
cloth
togither
with
great
store
of
raisins
they
vsually
transport
vnto
Tunis
,
and
Alexandria
to
be
solde
.
Scarce
fiftie
yeeres
sithence
this
Isle
was
inuaded
and
conquered
by
Christians
:
but
it
was
immediately
recouered
by
the
king
of
Tunis
.
And
presently
after
(
newe
colonies
being
heere
planted
)
the
foresaide
castle
was
reedified
;
which
the
kings
of
Tunis
afterwarde
enioied
.
But
after
the
death
of
king
Hutmen
the
Islanders
returned
to
their
former
libertie
,
and
presently
broke
the
bridge
from
the
Island
to
the
maine
lande
,
fearing
least
they
shoulde
be
inuaded
by
some
land-armie
.
Not
long
after
the
said
Islanders
slaying
the
king
of
Tunis
his
gouernours
of
the
Isle
,
haue
themselues
continued
gouernours
thereof
till
this
present
.
Out
of
this
Island
is
gathered
the
summe
of
fowerscore
thousand
Dobles
(
euery
Doble
containing
an
Italian
ducate
,
and
one
third
part
)
for
yeerely
tribute
,
by
reason
of
the
great
concourse
and
resort
of
the
merchants
of
Alexandria
,
Turkie
,
and
Tunis
.
But
now
because
they
are
at
continuall
dissension
and
controuersie
,
their
estate
is
much
impaired
.
In
my
time
Don
Ferdinando
king
The
armie
of
don
Ferdinando
defeated
.
of
Spaine
,
sent
a
great
armada
against
this
Island
,
vnder
the
conduct
of
the
duke
of
Alua
,
who
not
knowing
the
nature
of
the
same
,
commanded
his
soldiers
to
land
a
good
distance
from
thence
:
but
the
Moores
so
valiantly
defended
their
Island
,
that
the
Spaniards
were
constrained
to
giue
backe
:
and
so
much
the
greater
was
their
distresse
,
in
that
they
coulde
not
finde
water
sufficient
to
quench
their
extreme
thirst
.
Moreouer
at
the
Spaniards
arriuall
it
was
a
full
tide
,
but
when
they
woulde
haue
returned
on
bourd
,
it
was
so
great
an
ebbe
,
that
their
ships
were
constrained
to
put
to
sea
,
least
they
shoulde
haue
beene
cast
vpon
the
sholdes
.
The
shore
was
drie
for
almost
fower
miles
togither
,
so
that
the
Spanish
soldiers
were
put
vnto
great
toile
,
before
they
coulde
come
to
the
waters
side
.
And
the
Moores
pursued
them
so
eagerly
,
that
they
slew
and
tooke
prisoners
the
greatest
part
of
them
,
and
the
residue
escaped
by
shipping
into
Sicilia
.
Afterwarde
the
Emperour
Gerbi
made
tributarie
vnto
Charles
the
fift
by
meanes
of
a
knight
of
the
Rhodes
.
Charles
the
fift
sent
a
mightie
fleete
thither
vnder
the
conduct
of
a
Rhodian
knight
of
the
order
of
Saint
Iohn
de
Messina
,
who
so
discreetly
behaued
himselfe
in
that
action
,
that
the
Moores
compounded
to
pay
fiue
thousand
Dobles
for
yeerly
tribute
,
vpon
condition
of
the
Emperours
league
and
good
will
,
which
yeerely
tribute
is
payde
vntill
this
present
.
Of
the
towne
of
Zoara
.
THis
towne
built
by
the
Africans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
standeth
eastward
from
the
Isle
of
Gerbi
almost
fiftie
miles
.
The
towne
wall
is
weak
,
and
the
inhabitants
are
poore
people
,
being
occupied
about
nothing
but
making
of
lime
and
plaistring
,
which
they
sell
in
the
kingdome
of
Tripolis
.
Their
fields
are
most
barren
:
and
the
inhabitants
haue
continually
beene
molested
by
the
inuasions
of
the
Christians
,
especially
since
the
time
that
they
woon
Tripolis
.
Of
the
towne
of
Lepide
.
THis
ancient
towne
founded
by
the
Romans
,
and
enuironed
with
most
high
and
strong
walles
,
hath
twise
beene
sacked
by
the
Mahumetans
,
and
of
the
stones
and
ruines
thereof
was
Tripolis
afterward
built
.
Of
the
olde
citie
of
Tripolis
.
OLde
Tripolis
built
also
by
the
Romans
,
was
after
woon
by
the
Goths
,
and
lastly
by
the
Mahumetans
,
in
the
time
of
Califa
Homar
the
second
.
Which
Mahumetans
hauing
besieged
the
gouernour
of
Tripoli
six
moneths
together
,
compelled
him
at
length
to
flee
vnto
Carthage
.
The
citizens
were
partly
slaine
,
and
partly
carried
captiue
into
Egypt
and
Arabia
,
as
the
most
famous
African
Historiographer
Ibnu
〈◊〉
reporteth
.
Of
the
new
citie
of
Tripolis
in
Barbarie
.
AFfter
the
destruction
of
old
Tripolis
,
there
was
built
another
city
of
that
name
:
which
city
being
inuironed
with
most
high
and
beautifull
wals
,
but
not
verie
strong
,
is
situate
vpon
a
sandie
plaine
,
which
yeeldeth
great
store
of
Dates
.
The
houses
Plentie
of
dates
.
of
this
citie
are
most
stately
in
respect
of
the
houses
of
Tunis
;
and
heere
also
euerie
trade
and
occupation
hath
a
seuerall
place
.
Weauers
here
are
many
.
They
haue
no
wels
nor
fountaines
;
but
all
their
water
is
taken
out
of
cesterns
.
Corne
in
this
citie
is
at
an
exceeding
rate
;
for
all
the
fields
of
Tripoli
are
as
sandie
and
barren
as
the
fields
of
Numidia
.
The
reason
whereof
is
,
for
that
the
principall
and
fattest
grounds
of
this
region
are
ouerflowed
with
the
sea
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
region
affirme
,
that
the
greatest
part
of
their
fields
northward
are
swallowed
vp
by
the
Mediterran
sea
,
the
like
wherof
is
to
be
seene
in
the
territories
of
Monaster
,
Mahdia
,
Asfacos
,
Capes
,
the
Isle
of
Gerbi
,
and
other
places
more
eastward
,
where
the
sea
for
the
space
of
a
mile
is
so
shallow
,
that
it
will
scarce
reach
vnto
a
mans
nauell
.
Yea
,
some
are
of
opinion
,
that
the
citie
of
Tripolis
it selfe
was
situate
in
times
past
more
to
the
north
,
but
by
reason
of
the
continuall
inundations
of
the
sea
,
it
was
built
and
remooued
by
little
and
little
southward
;
for
proofe
whereof
there
stand
as
yet
ruines
of
houses
drowned
in
certaine
places
of
the
sea
.
In
this
citie
were
many
faire
temples
and
colledges
built
,
and
an
hospitall
also
for
the
maintenance
of
their
owne
poore
people
,
and
for
the
entertainment
of
strangers
.
Their
fare
is
verie
base
and
homely
,
beeing
onely
the
forenamed
Besis
made
of
barley
meale
:
for
that
region
affoordeth
so
small
quantitie
euen
of
barley
,
that
he
is
accounted
a
wealthie
man
that
hath
a
bushell
or
two
of
corne
in
store
.
The
citizens
are
most
of
them
merchants
;
for
Tripolis
standeth
neere
vnto
Numidia
and
Tunis
,
neither
is
there
any
citie
or
towne
of
account
between
it
and
Alexandria
:
neither
is
it
farre
distant
from
the
Isles
of
Sicilia
and
Malta
:
and
vnto
the
port
of
Tripolis
Venetian
ships
yeerly
resort
,
and
bring
thither
great
store
of
merchandize
.
This
citie
hath
alwaies
beene
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Tunis
:
but
when
Abulhasen
the
king
of
Fez
besieged
Tunis
,
the
king
of
Tunis
was
constrained
with
his
Arabians
to
flee
into
the
deserts
.
Howbeit
when
Abulhasen
was
conquered
,
the
king
of
Tunis
returned
to
his
kingdome
:
but
his
subiects
began
to
oppose
themselues
against
him
:
and
so
that
common-wealth
was
afterward
grieuously
turmoyled
with
ciuill
dissensions
and
warres
.
Whereof
the
king
of
Fez
hauing
intelligence
,
marched
the
fifth
yeere
of
the
said
ciuill
warre
with
an
armie
against
the
citie
of
Tunis
,
and
hauing
vanquished
the
king
thereof
,
and
constrained
him
to
flee
vnto
Constantina
,
he
so
straitly
besieged
him
,
that
the
citizens
of
Constantina
seeing
themselues
not
able
to
withstand
the
king
of
Fez
,
opened
their
citie
gates
to
him
and
to
all
his
armie
.
Whereupon
the
king
of
Tunis
was
carried
captiue
vnto
Fez
,
and
was
afterward
kept
a
while
prisoner
in
the
castle
of
Septa
.
In
the
meane
season
Tripolis
was
by
a
Genouese
fleete
〈◊〉
taken
by
a
fleete
of
〈◊〉
.
of
twentie
sailes
surprised
and
sacked
,
and
the
inhabitants
carried
away
captiue
.
Whereof
the
king
of
Fez
beeing
aduertised
,
gaue
the
Genoueses
fiftie
thousand
ducates
,
vpon
condition
,
that
he
mightenioy
the
towne
in
peace
.
But
the
Genoueses
hauing
surrendred
the
towne
,
perceiued
after
their
departure
,
that
most
part
of
their
ducates
were
counterfait
.
Afterward
the
king
of
Tunis
being
restored
vnto
his
former
liberty
by
Abuselim
king
of
Fez
,
returned
home
vnto
his
kingdome
,
and
so
the
gouernment
thereof
remained
vnto
him
and
his
posteritie
,
till
Abubar
the
sonne
of
Hutmen
togither
with
his
yoong
sonne
was
slaine
in
the
castle
of
Tripolis
by
a
nephew
of
his
,
who
afterward
vsurped
the
kingdome
:
but
he
was
slaine
in
a
battell
which
he
fought
against
Habdul
Mumen
,
who
presently
thereupon
became
Lord
of
Tripolis
.
After
him
succeeded
his
sonne
Zacharias
,
who
within
a
few
moneths
dyed
of
the
pestilence
.
After
Zacharias
,
Mucamen
the
sonne
of
Hesen
and
cosin
to
Zacharias
was
chosen
king
;
who
beginning
to
tyrannize
ouer
the
citizens
was
by
them
expelled
out
of
his
kingdome
:
and
afterward
a
certaine
citizen
was
aduaunced
vnto
the
royall
throne
,
who
gouerned
verie
modestly
.
But
the
king
which
was
before
expelled
sent
an
armie
of
souldiers
against
Tripolis
,
who
loosing
the
field
,
were
all
of
them
put
to
flight
.
Afterward
the
king
that
began
to
raigne
so
modestly
,
prooued
a
verie
tyrant
,
and
being
murthered
by
his
kinsman
,
the
people
made
choise
of
a
certaine
nobleman
,
leading
as
then
an
Hermites
life
,
and
in
a
manner
against
his
will
appointed
him
their
gouernour
:
and
so
the
gouernment
of
the
citie
of
Tripolis
remained
vnto
him
and
his
posteritie
,
till
such
time
as
king
Ferdinando
sent
Don
Pedro
de
Nauarra
against
it
:
who
Tripolis
surprized
by
Pedro
de
Nauarra
.
on
the
sudden
encountring
this
citie
,
carried
away
many
captiues
with
him
.
The
gouernour
of
Tripolis
and
his
sonne
in
lawe
were
sent
prisoners
vnto
Messina
.
Where
,
after
certaine
yeeres
imprisonment
,
they
were
restored
by
the
Emperour
Charles
the
fift
vnto
their
former
libertie
,
and
returned
vnto
Tripolis
,
which
towne
was
afterward
destroyed
by
the
Christians
.
The
castle
of
Tripolis
being
enuironed
with
most
strong
walles
,
begin
(
as
I
vnderstand
)
to
be
replanted
with
new
inhabitants
.
And
thus
much
as
concerning
the
cities
of
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
.
Of
the
mountaines
belonging
to
the
state
of
Bugia
.
THe
territorie
of
Bugia
is
full
of
ragged
,
high
,
and
woodie
mountaines
:
the
inhabitants
being
a
noble
,
rich
,
and
liberall
people
,
and
possessing
great
store
of
goats
,
oxen
and
horses
,
haue
alwaies
continued
in
libertie
,
since
the
time
that
Bugia
was
surprised
by
the
Christians
.
The
people
of
these
mountaines
vse
to
haue
a
blacke
crosse
vpon
one
of
their
cheekes
,
according
to
the
ancient
custome
before
mentioned
.
Their
bread
is
made
of
barly
,
and
they
haue
abundance
of
nuts
and
figs
vpon
those
mountaines
,
especially
which
are
neere
vnto
Zoaoa
:
in
some
places
of
these
mountaines
are
certaine
mines
of
iron
,
whereof
they
make
a
kinde
of
coine
of
halfe
a
Iron-mines
.
pound
weight
.
They
haue
also
another
sort
of
siluer
coine
weighing
fower
graines
a
peece
:
these
mountaines
yeeld
abundance
of
wine
and
hempe
;
but
their
linnen-cloath
that
they
weaue
is
exceeding
course
.
And
these
mountaines
of
Bugia
extende
in
length
vpon
the
coast
of
the
Mediterran
sea
almost
a
hundred
and
fiftie
,
and
in
bredth
fortie
miles
:
each
mountaine
containeth
inhabitants
of
a
diuers
kinred
and
generation
from
others
,
whom
because
they
liue
all
after
one
manner
,
we
will
passe
ouer
in
silence
.
Of
mount
Auraz
.
THis
exceeding
high
and
populous
mountaine
is
inhabited
with
most
barbarous
people
,
that
are
wholy
addicted
vnto
robberie
and
spoile
.
From
Bugia
it
is
distant
fowerscore
,
and
from
Constantina
almost
threescore
miles
.
Also
being
separated
from
other
mountaines
it
extendeth
about
threescore
miles
in
length
.
Southward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
Numidian
deserts
,
and
northward
vpon
the
regions
of
Mesila
,
Stefe
,
Nicaus
,
and
Constantina
.
From
the
very
toppe
of
this
mountaine
issue
diuers
streames
of
water
,
which
running
downe
into
the
next
plaines
,
increase
at
length
into
a
lake
,
the
water
whereof
in
sommer
time
is
salt
.
The
passage
vnto
this
mountaine
is
very
difficult
,
in
regard
of
certaine
cruell
Arabians
.
Of
the
mountaine
of
Constantina
.
ALl
the
north
and
west
part
of
the
territorie
belonging
to
the
citie
of
Constantina
is
full
of
high
mountaines
,
which
beginning
at
the
borders
of
Bugia
,
extend
themselues
to
the
Mediterran
sea
,
euen
as
farre
as
Bona
,
that
is
to
say
,
almost
an
hundred
and
thirtie
miles
.
Their
fields
vpon
the
plaines
are
replenished
with
oliues
,
figges
,
and
all
other
kindes
of
fruites
,
which
are
carried
in
great
quantitie
vnto
the
next
townes
and
cities
:
all
the
inhabitants
for
ciuill
demeanour
excell
the
citizens
of
Bugia
,
and
do
exercise
diuers
manuarie
arts
,
and
weaue
great
store
of
linnen
cloth
.
They
are
at
continuall
dissention
among
themselues
,
by
reason
that
their
women
will
so
often
change
husbands
.
They
are
exceeding
rich
,
and
free
from
all
tribute
:
and
yet
dare
they
not
till
their
plaines
,
both
for
feare
of
the
Arabians
,
and
also
of
the
gouernors
of
the
next
cities
.
Euerie
weeke
vpon
sundry
daies
heere
is
a
market
,
greatly
frequented
with
merchants
of
Constantina
,
&
of
other
places
:
and
whatsoeuer
merchant
hath
no
friend
nor
acquaintance
dwelling
vpon
the
mountaines
,
is
in
great
hazard
to
be
notablie
cozened
.
Vpon
these
mountaines
they
haue
nether
iudges
,
priests
,
nor
yet
any
learned
men
:
so
that
when
any
of
the
inhabitants
would
write
a
letter
vnto
his
friend
,
he
must
trudge
vp
and
downe
sometime
twelue
,
and
sometime
fifteene
miles
to
seeke
a
scribe
.
Footemen
for
the
warres
they
haue
almost
fortie
thousand
,
and
about
fower
thousand
horsemen
.
The
inhabitants
are
men
of
such
valour
,
that
if
they
agreed
among
themselues
,
they
woulde
soone
be
able
to
conquer
all
Africa
.
Of
the
mountaines
of
Bona.
THe
citie
of
Bona
hath
on
the
north
part
the
Mediterran
sea
,
on
the
south
and
west
parts
certaine
mountaines
adioining
almost
vnto
the
mountaines
of
Constantina
,
and
on
the
east
side
it
hath
most
fruitfull
fieldes
and
large
plaines
,
whereupon
in
times
past
were
diuers
townes
and
castles
,
built
by
the
Romains
;
the
ruines
whereof
are
now
onely
remaining
,
and
the
names
quite
forgotten
.
All
these
regions
by
reason
of
the
Arabians
crueltie
are
so
desolate
,
that
they
are
inhabited
but
in
very
fewe
places
;
and
there
they
are
constrained
to
keepe
out
the
Arabians
by
force
of
armes
.
The
mountaines
of
Bona
extend
in
length
from
east
to
west
almost
forescore
miles
,
and
in
bredth
about
thirtie
miles
.
Heere
are
great
store
of
fountaines
,
from
whence
certaine
riuers
issue
,
running
through
the
plaines
into
the
Mediterran
sea
.
Of
the
mountaines
standing
neere
vnto
〈◊〉
.
THe
citie
of
Tunis
standing
vpon
a
plaine
hath
no
mountaines
nigh
vnto
it
,
but
onely
on
the
west
side
towards
the
Meditterran
sea
,
where
it
hath
a
mountaine
like
vnto
that
which
enuironeth
Carthage
.
Neere
vnto
Tunis
standeth
another
high
and
colde
mountaine
called
Zagoan
:
inhabitants
heere
are
none
at
all
but
a
fewe
that
tende
the
Bee-hiues
,
and
gather
some
quantitie
of
barly
.
Vpon
the
toppe
of
this
mountaine
the
Romaines
built
certaine
forts
,
the
ruines
whereof
are
yet
to
be
seene
,
hauing
〈◊〉
engrauen
vpon
them
in
Latine
letters
.
From
this
mountaine
vnto
Carthage
,
water
is
conueighed
by
certaine
passages
vnder
the
ground
.
Of
the
mountaines
of
Beni
Tefren
and
Nufusa
.
THese
high
and
colde
mountaines
are
distant
from
the
desert
,
from
Gerbi
,
and
from
Asfacus
almost
thirtie
miles
,
and
yeelde
very
small
store
of
barly
.
The
inhabitants
being
valiant
,
and
renouncing
the
law
of
Mahumet
,
do
follow
the
doctrine
of
the
patriarke
of
Cairaoan
in
most
points
,
neither
is
there
any
other
nation
among
the
Arabians
that
obserue
the
same
doctrine
.
In
Tunis
and
other
cities
these
people
earne
their
liuing
by
most
base
occupations
,
neither
dare
they
openly
professe
their
religion
.
Of
mount
Garian
.
THis
high
and
cold
mountaine
containing
in
length
fortie
&
in
bredth
fifteene
miles
,
and
being
separated
from
other
mountaines
by
a
sandie
desert
,
is
distant
from
Tripolis
almost
fiftie
miles
.
It
yeeldeth
great
plentie
of
barly
and
of
dates
,
which
vnlesse
they
be
spent
while
they
are
new
,
will
soone
prooue
rotten
.
Heere
are
likewise
abundance
of
oliues
:
Wherefore
from
this
mountaine
vnto
Alexandria
and
other
cities
there
is
much
oile
conueighed
.
There
is
not
better
saffron
to
be
found
in
any
part
of
the
Most
〈◊〉
saffron
.
worlde
besides
,
which
in
regard
of
the
goodnesse
is
solde
very
deere
.
For
yeerely
tribute
there
is
gathered
out
of
this
mountaine
threescore
thousand
ducates
,
and
as
much
saffron
as
fifteene
mules
can
carrie
.
They
are
continually
oppressed
with
the
exactions
of
the
Arabians
,
and
of
the
king
of
Tunis
.
They
haue
certaine
base
villages
vpon
this
mountaine
.
Of
mount
Beni
Guarid
.
THis
mountaine
being
almost
an
hundred
miles
distant
from
Tripolis
,
is
inhabited
with
most
valiant
&
stout
people
,
which
liue
at
their
owne
libertie
,
and
are
at
continual
war
with
the
people
of
the
next
mountaines
,
&
of
the
Numidian
desert
.
Of
the
castle
called
Casr
Acmed
.
THis
castle
builte
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
by
a
captaine
which
came
with
an
armie
into
Africa
,
standeth
not
farre
from
Tripolis
,
and
was
at
the
last
laide
waste
by
the
Arabians
.
Of
the
castle
of
〈◊〉
.
THe
castle
of
Subeica
erected
about
the
same
time
when
the
Mahumetans
came
into
Africa
,
was
in
times
past
wel
furnished
with
inhabitants
,
being
afterward
destroied
by
the
Arabians
,
and
nowe
it
〈◊〉
a
fewe
fishers
onely
.
Of
the
Castle
called
Casr
Hessin
.
THis
castle
was
founded
by
the
Mahumetans
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
was
afterward
destroyed
by
the
Arabians
.
Here
endeth
the
fifth
booke
.
IOHN
LEO
HIS
SIXTH
BOOKE
OF
the
Historie
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
memorable
things
contained
therein
.
Of
the
village
called
Gar.
HAuing
hitherto
intreated
of
the
mountaines
,
it
now
remaineth
that
we
say
somewhat
as
touching
〈◊〉
villages
,
hamlets
,
and
territories
:
and
afterward
we
will
describe
in
order
the
cities
of
Numidia
.
And
first
the
village
of
Gar
,
situate
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
abounding
with
dates
,
offereth
it selfe
:
the
fields
thereto
belonging
are
drie
and
barren
,
and
yet
bring
they
foorth
some
quantitie
of
barley
for
the
sustenance
of
the
inhabitants
.
Of
Garell
Gare.
IT
is
a
certaine
little
territorie
or
Grange
,
containing
caues
of
a
maruellous
depth
,
whence
(
they
say
)
the
stones
were
taken
wherewith
olde
Tripolis
was
built
,
because
it
is
not
far
distant
from
that
citie
.
Of
the
village
of
Sarman
.
THis
large
village
standing
not
farre
from
old
Tripolis
,
aboundeth
with
dates
,
but
no
corne
will
grow
there
.
Of
the
village
called
Zauiat
Ben
Iarbuh
.
THis
village
being
situate
neer
vnto
the
Mediterran
sea
,
yeeldeth
great
plentie
of
dates
,
but
no
corne
at
all
,
and
is
inhabited
by
certaine
religious
persons
.
Of
the
village
of
Zanzor
.
THis
village
also
standing
neere
vnto
the
Mediterran
sea
,
within
twelue
miles
of
Tripolis
,
is
inhabited
by
sundrie
artificers
,
and
aboundeth
with
great
store
of
dates
,
pomegranats
,
and
peaches
.
The
inhabitants
haue
beene
verie
miserable
euer
since
Tripolis
was
taken
by
the
Christians
;
and
yet
they
traffique
with
the
citizens
of
Tripolis
,
and
carrie
dates
thither
to
sell.
Of
the
village
of
Hamrozo
.
IT
standeth
sixe
miles
from
Tripolis
,
and
the
gardens
there
of
bring
forth
great
plentie
of
dates
,
and
of
all
other
kinde
of
fruits
.
Of
the
plaine
of
Taiora
.
THis
plaine
standing
two
miles
eastward
of
Tripolis
,
containeth
many
granges
exceedingly
replenished
with
dates
and
other
fruits
.
The
surprise
of
Tripolis
was
verie
profitable
for
this
place
,
for
then
many
principall
citizens
fled
hither
for
refuge
.
The
inhabitants
being
ignorant
and
rude
people
,
and
altogither
addicted
to
theft
and
robberie
,
build
their
cottages
with
the
boughes
of
palme-trees
.
Their
food
is
barley
bread
,
and
Bezin
before
described
:
all
round
about
are
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Tunis
and
the
Arabians
,
saue
those
onely
that
inhabit
vpon
this
plaine
.
Of
the
Prouince
of
Mesellata
.
THis
Prouince
standing
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
about
fiue
and
thirtie
miles
from
Tripolis
,
and
being
fraught
with
rich
villages
,
castles
,
and
inhabitants
,
aboundeth
also
with
great
plentie
of
oliues
and
dates
.
The
inhabitants
being
free
from
all
forren
authoritie
,
haue
a
Captaine
among
themselues
,
which
gouerneth
their
common-wealth
,
and
fighteth
their
battles
against
the
Arabians
:
and
the
soldiers
of
this
Prouince
are
about
5000.
Of
the
Prouince
of
Mesrata
.
THis
Prouince
being
situate
also
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
about
an
hundreth
miles
from
Tripolis
,
hath
manie
villages
both
vpon
the
plaines
and
mountaines
.
The
inhabitants
are
rich
and
pay
no
tribute
at
all
,
and
exercise
traffique
with
the
Venetians
resorting
to
this
Prouince
with
their
galleies
,
carrying
the
Venetian
wares
to
Numidia
,
and
there
exchanging
the
same
for
slaues
,
muske
,
and
ciuet
,
which
is
brought
thither
out
of
Ethiopia
.
Of
the
desert
of
Barca
.
THis
desert
beginning
at
the
vtmost
frontire
of
Mesrata
,
and
extending
eastward
as
farre
as
the
confines
of
Alexandria
,
containeth
in
length
a
thousand
and
three
hundreth
,
and
in
bredth
about
200.
miles
.
It
is
a
rough
and
vnpleasant
place
,
being
almost
vtterly
destitute
of
water
and
corne
.
Before
the
Arabians
inuaded
Africa
,
this
region
was
void
of
inhabitants
:
but
now
certaine
Arabians
lead
here
a
miserable
and
hungrie
life
,
being
a
great
way
distant
from
all
places
of
habitation
:
neither
haue
they
any
corne
growing
at
all
.
But
corne
and
other
necessaries
are
brought
vnto
them
by
sea
from
Sicilia
,
which
that
euerie
of
them
may
purchase
,
they
are
constrained
to
lay
their
sonnes
to
gage
,
and
then
goe
rob
and
rifle
trauellers
to
redeeme
them
againe
.
Neuer
did
you
heare
of
more
cruell
and
bloodie
The
Arabians
of
Barca
most
cruell
and
bloodie
theeues
.
theeues
;
for
after
they
haue
robbed
merchants
of
all
their
goods
and
apparell
,
they
powre
warme
milke
downe
their
throats
,
hanging
them
vp
by
the
heeles
vpon
some
tree
,
and
forcing
them
to
cast
their
gorge
,
wherein
the
lewd
varlets
search
diligently
for
gold
,
suspecting
that
the
merchants
swallowed
vp
all
their
crownes
before
they
entred
that
dangerous
desert
.
Of
the
citie
of
Tesset
in
Numidia
.
IN
the
first
Booke
of
this
present
discourse
we
said
that
Numidia
was
accounted
by
the
African
Cosmographers
the
basest
part
of
all
Africa
,
and
there
we
alleaged
certaine
reasons
for
the
same
purpose
:
we
signified
also
in
the
second
Booke
,
writing
of
the
Prouince
of
Hea
,
that
certaine
cities
of
Numidia
stood
neere
vnto
mount
Atlas
.
Howbeit
[
](A05331-e29910-b)*
*
*
Error
.
Sus
,
Guzula
,
Helchemma
,
and
Capes
,
are
within
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
,
albeit
some
would
haue
them
situate
in
Numidia
.
But
my selfe
following
the
opinion
of
Ptolemey
,
suppose
Tunis
to
be
a
part
of
Barbarie
.
Being
therefore
about
to
describe
all
the
cities
and
townes
of
Numidia
,
I
will
first
begin
with
Tesset
:
which
ancient
towne
built
by
the
Numidians
neere
vnto
the
Libyan
deserts
,
and
enuironed
with
walles
of
sunne-dried
bricke
,
deserueth
scarcely
the
name
of
a
towne
;
and
yet
containeth
fower
hundred
families
.
It
is
compassed
round
about
with
sandie
plaines
,
sauing
that
neer
vnto
the
towne
grow
some
store
of
dates
,
of
mill-seed
,
and
of
barley
,
which
the
miserable
townesmen
vse
for
food
.
They
are
constrained
also
to
pay
large
tribute
vnto
the
〈◊〉
inhabiting
the
next
deserts
.
They
exercise
traffique
in
the
land
of
Negroes
and
in
Guzula
,
insomuch
that
they
spend
most
of
their
time
in
forren
regions
.
They
are
of
a
blacke
colour
,
and
destitute
of
all
learning
.
The
women
indeed
teach
their
yoong
children
the
first
rudiments
of
learning
,
but
before
they
can
attaine
to
any
perfection
,
they
are
put
to
labour
,
and
to
the
plough-tayle
.
The
said
women
are
somewhat
whiter
then
other
women
:
some
of
them
get
their
liuing
by
spinning
and
carding
of
wooll
,
and
the
residue
spend
their
time
in
idlenes
.
Such
as
are
accounted
richest
in
this
region
,
possesse
but
verie
few
cattell
.
They
till
their
ground
with
an
horse
and
a
camell
,
which
kinde
of
plowing
is
obserued
throughout
all
Numidia
.
Of
the
village
of
〈◊〉
.
THis
village
situate
vpon
the
Numidian
desert
neere
vnto
Libya
,
is
inhabited
by
most
miserable
and
grosse
people
.
Here
groweth
nothing
but
dates
:
and
the
inhabitants
are
at
such
enmitie
with
their
neighbours
,
that
it
is
dangerous
for
them
to
go
abroad
.
Howbeit
they
giue
themselues
The
beast
called
〈◊〉
.
to
hunting
,
and
take
certaine
wilde
beasts
called
Elamth
,
and
ostriches
,
neither
do
they
eate
any
other
flesh
.
All
their
goates
they
reserue
for
milke
.
And
these
people
also
are
blacke
of
colour
.
Of
the
castles
of
Ifran
.
FOwer
castles
there
are
called
by
this
name
,
built
by
the
Numidians
three
miles
each
from
other
vpon
a
certaine
riuer
,
which
in
the
heat
of
sommer
is
destitute
of
water
.
Neere
vnto
these
castles
are
certaine
fields
greatly
abounding
with
dates
.
The
inhabitants
are
verie
rich
,
for
they
haue
traffique
with
the
Portugals
at
the
port
of
Gart
Guessem
,
whose
wares
The
port
of
Gart
〈◊〉
.
they
〈◊〉
to
Gualata
and
Tombuto
.
These
castles
containe
great
store
of
inhabitants
,
which
make
certaine
brazen
vessels
to
bee
solde
in
the
lande
of
Negros
:
for
they
haue
copper-mines
in
sundrie
places
thereabout
.
Euery
Copper-mines
.
castle
hath
a
weekly
market
;
but
corne
and
flesh
are
at
an
extreme
rate
there
.
They
goe
decently
apparelled
,
and
haue
a
faire
temple
to
resort
vnto
,
and
a
Iudge
also
that
decideth
none
but
ciuill
controuersies
:
for
criminall
matters
they
vse
to
punish
with
banishment
onely
.
Of
the
castles
of
Accha
.
THree
castles
of
this
name
built
vpon
the
Numidian
deserts
not
far
from
Lybia
were
in
times
past
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
but
at
length
by
ciuill
wars
they
were
vtterly
dispeopled
.
Afterward
(
all
matters
being
pacified
)
there
were
,
by
the
meanes
of
a
certaine
religious
man
,
who
gouerned
the
same
people
,
certaine
new
colonies
planted
.
Neither
haue
the
poore
inhabitants
any
thing
to
do
,
but
onely
to
gather
dates
.
Of
the
Prouince
of
Dara
.
THis
Prouince
beginning
at
mount
Atlas
extendeth
it selfe
southward
by
the
deserts
of
Lybia
almost
two
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
,
and
the
bredth
thereof
is
verie
narrow
.
All
the
inhabitants
dwell
vpon
a
certaine
riuer
which
is
called
by
the
name
of
the
Prouince
.
This
riuer
sometime
so
ouerfloweth
,
that
a
man
would
thinke
it
to
be
a
sea
,
but
in
sommer
it
so
diminisheth
,
that
any
one
may
passe
ouer
it
on
foote
.
If
so
be
it
ouerfloweth
about
the
beginning
of
Aprill
,
it
bringeth
great
plentie
vnto
the
whole
region
:
if
not
,
there
followeth
great
scarcitie
of
corne
.
Vpon
the
banke
of
this
riuer
there
are
sundrie
villages
and
hamlets
,
and
diuers
castles
also
,
which
are
enuironed
with
walles
made
of
sunne-dried
bricke
and
mortar
.
All
their
beames
and
planchers
consist
of
date-trees
,
being
notwithstanding
vnfit
for
the
purpose
;
for
the
wood
of
date-trees
is
not
solid
,
but
flexible
and
spungie
.
On
either
side
of
the
said
riuer
for
the
space
of
fiue
or
sixe
miles
,
the
fields
abound
exceedingly
with
dates
,
which
with
good
keeping
will
last
many
yeeres
:
and
as
here
are
diuers
kindes
of
dates
,
so
they
are
sold
at
sundry
prices
:
for
a
bushell
of
some
is
woorth
a
duckat
,
but
others
wherewith
they
feede
their
horses
and
camels
,
are
scarce
of
a
quarter
so
much
value
.
Of
The
strange
propertie
of
the
palme
or
date-tree
.
date-trees
some
are
male
and
some
are
female
:
the
male
bring
foorth
flowers
onely
,
and
the
female
fruit
:
but
the
flowers
of
the
female
will
not
open
,
vnlesse
the
boughes
and
flowers
of
the
male
be
ioined
vnto
them
:
And
if
they
be
not
ioined
,
the
dates
will
prooue
starke
naught
and
containe
great
stones
.
The
inhabitants
of
Dara
liue
vpon
barlie
and
other
grosse
meate
:
neither
may
they
eate
any
bread
but
onely
vpon
festiuall
daies
.
Their
castles
are
inhabited
by
goldsmithes
and
other
artificers
,
and
so
are
all
the
regions
lying
in
the
way
from
Tombuto
to
Fez
:
in
this
prouince
also
there
are
three
or
fower
proper
townes
,
frequented
by
merchants
and
strangers
,
and
containing
many
shops
and
temples
.
But
the
principall
towne
called
Beni
Sabih
,
and
inhabited
with
most
valiant
and
liberall
people
,
is
diuided
into
two
parts
,
either
part
hauing
a
seuerall
captaine
or
gouernour
:
which
gouernours
are
oftentimes
at
great
dissension
,
and
especially
when
they
moisten
their
arable
grounds
,
by
reason
that
they
are
so
skanted
of
water
.
A
merchant
they
will
most
courteously
entertaine
a
whole
yeere
together
,
and
then
friendly
dismissing
him
,
they
will
require
nought
at
his
hands
,
but
wil
accept
such
liberalitie
as
he
thinkes
good
to
bestow
vpon
them
.
The
said
gouernours
so
often
as
they
fall
a
skirmishing
,
hire
the
next
Arabians
to
aide
them
,
allowing
them
daily
halfe
a
duckat
for
their
pay
and
somtimes
more
,
and
giuing
them
their
allowance
euery
day
.
In
time
of
peace
they
trim
their
harquebuzes
,
handguns
,
&
other
weapons
:
neither
saw
I
euer
(
to
my
remembrance
)
more
cunning
harquebuziers
then
at
this
place
.
In
this
prouince
groweth
great
store
of
Indico
being
an
herbe
like
vnto
wilde
woad
,
and
this
Indico
.
herbe
they
exchange
with
the
merchants
of
Fez
and
Tremisen
for
other
wares
.
Corne
is
very
scarce
among
them
,
and
is
brought
thither
from
Fez
and
other
regions
,
neither
haue
they
any
great
store
of
goats
or
horses
,
vnto
whom
in
stead
of
prouender
they
giue
dates
,
and
a
kinde
of
herbe
also
which
groweth
in
the
kingdome
of
Naples
,
and
is
called
by
the
Neapolitans
Farfa
.
They
feede
their
goates
with
the
nuts
or
stones
of
their
dates
beaten
to
powder
,
whereby
they
grow
exceeding
fat
,
&
yeeld
great
quantitie
of
milke
.
Their
owne
foode
is
the
flesh
of
camels
and
goates
,
being
vnsanorie
and
displeasant
in
taste
.
Likewise
they
kill
and
eate
ostriches
,
the
flesh
whereof
The
flesh
of
the
Ostrich
.
tasteth
not
much
vnlike
to
the
flesh
of
a
dunghill-cocke
,
sauing
that
it
is
more
tough
and
of
a
stronger
smell
,
especially
the
ostriches
leg
,
which
consisteth
of
slimie
flesh
.
Their
women
are
faire
,
fat
,
and
courteous
:
and
they
keepe
diuers
slaues
which
are
brought
out
of
the
land
of
Negros
.
Of
the
prouince
of
Segelmesse
.
THis
prouince
called
Segelmesse
,
according
to
the
name
of
the
principall
citie
therein
contained
,
beginneth
not
farre
from
the
towne
of
Gherseluin
,
and
stretcheth
southward
by
the
riuer
of
Ziz
an
hundred
and
twentie
miles
,
euen
to
the
confines
of
the
Libyan
deserts
.
The
said
prouince
is
inhabited
by
certaine
barbarous
people
of
the
families
of
Zeneta
,
Zanhagia
,
and
Haoara
,
and
was
in
times
past
subiect
vnto
a
certaine
prince
,
which
bare
rule
ouer
the
same
prouince
onely
.
Afterward
it
fell
into
the
possession
of
king
Ioseph
of
the
Luntune-family
,
and
then
into
the
hands
of
one
Muahidin
,
and
not
long
after
it
was
enioied
by
the
king
of
Fez
his
sonne
.
But
since
that
time
,
the
prince
of
this
region
was
slaine
in
a
rebellion
,
and
the
citie
of
Segelmesse
was
destroied
,
and
till
this
day
remaineth
desolate
.
Afterward
the
inhabitants
built
certaine
castles
,
whereof
some
are
at
libertie
,
and
others
are
subiect
to
the
Arabians
.
Of
the
prouince
of
Cheneg
.
THis
region
extending
it selfe
by
the
riuer
of
Ziz
vnto
mount
Atlas
,
containeth
many
castles
,
and
bringeth
forth
great
abundance
of
dates
,
which
dates
are
but
of
small
value
.
Their
fields
are
barren
and
of
little
circuit
,
saue
onely
betweene
the
riuer
Ziz
and
the
foote
of
mount
Atlas
,
where
some
store
of
barlie
vseth
to
grow
.
The
inhabitants
are
some
of
them
subiect
to
the
Arabians
,
others
to
the
citie
of
Gherseluin
,
and
the
residue
liue
at
their
owne
libertie
.
And
vnto
these
the
high
way
leading
from
Segelmesse
to
Fez
is
subiect
,
and
they
exact
great
tribute
of
the
merchants
trauelling
the
same
way
.
Neere
vnto
the
said
high
way
stand
three
castles
,
the
first
whereof
being
situate
vpon
an
exceeding
high
rocke
,
seemeth
to
touch
the
cloudes
.
Vnder
this
castle
there
is
a
certaine
house
where
a
garde
of
soldiers
continually
stand
,
who
for
the
load
of
euery
camell
that
passeth
by
,
demand
one
fourth
part
of
a
duckat
.
The
second
castle
being
fifteene
miles
distant
from
the
first
,
standeth
not
vpon
an
hill
but
on
a
plaine
,
and
is
farre
more
stately
and
rich
then
the
former
.
The
thirde
castle
called
Tammaracrost
is
situate
vpon
the
common
high
way
about
twenty
miles
southward
of
the
second
.
There
are
certaine
villages
also
,
and
other
castles
of
meaner
account
.
Corne
is
maruellous
scarce
among
them
:
but
they
haue
goates
great
plentie
,
which
in
winter
they
keepe
in
certaine
large
caues
,
as
in
places
of
greatest
safetie
,
whereinto
they
enter
by
a
most
narrow
passage
.
Likewise
the
entrance
into
this
region
for
the
space
of
fortie
miles
is
so
narrow
,
that
two
or
three
armed
men
onely
may
withstand
mighty
forces
.
Of
the
region
of
Matgara
.
THis
region
beginning
southward
from
the
region
last
described
,
containeth
many
castles
built
vpon
the
riuer
of
Ziz
,
the
principall
whereof
is
called
Helel
,
wherein
remaineth
the
gouernour
of
the
whole
region
being
an
Arabian
by
birth
.
The
soldiers
of
this
Arabian
gouernour
dwell
in
tents
vpon
the
plaines
:
and
he
hath
other
soldiers
attending
vpon
his
owne
person
also
,
who
will
suffer
no
man
to
passe
but
vnder
safe
conduct
,
without
depriuing
him
of
all
his
goods
.
Here
are
likewise
diuers
other
villages
and
castles
,
which
not
being
woorthy
the
naming
I
haue
of
purpose
omitted
.
Of
the
territorie
of
Retel
.
REtel
bordering
vpon
the
region
last
described
,
extendeth
also
fiftie
miles
southward
along
the
riuer
of
Ziz
,
euen
to
the
confines
of
Segelmesse
.
It
containeth
many
castles
,
and
yeeldeth
plentie
of
dates
.
The
inhabitants
are
subiect
vnto
the
Arabians
,
being
extremely
couetous
,
and
so
faint
harted
,
that
an
hundred
of
them
dare
scarce
oppose
themselues
against
ten
Arabians
:
they
till
the
Arabians
ground
also
as
if
they
were
their
slaues
.
The
east
part
of
Retel
bordereth
vpon
a
certaine
desolate
mountaine
,
and
the
west
part
vpon
a
desert
and
sandie
plaine
,
whereunto
the
Arabians
returning
home
from
the
wildernes
,
do
resort
.
Of
the
territorie
of
Segelmesse
.
THis
territorie
extending
it selfe
along
the
riuer
of
Ziz
from
north
to
south
almost
twenty
miles
,
containeth
about
three
hundred
and
fiftie
castles
,
besides
villages
and
hamlets
:
three
of
which
castles
are
more
principall
then
the
rest
.
The
first
called
Tenegent
,
and
consisting
of
a
thousand
and
moe
families
,
standeth
neere
vnto
the
citie
of
Segelmesse
,
and
is
inhabited
with
great
store
of
artificers
.
The
second
called
Tebuhasan
,
standeth
about
eight
miles
to
the
south
of
Tenegent
,
being
furnished
also
with
greater
numbers
of
inhabitants
,
and
so
frequented
with
merchants
,
that
there
is
not
in
that
respect
the
like
place
to
be
found
in
all
the
whole
region
besides
.
The
third
called
〈◊〉
is
resorted
vnto
by
sundry
merchants
,
both
Iewes
and
Moores
.
These
three
castles
haue
three
seuerall
gouernours
,
who
are
at
great
dissension
among
themselues
.
They
will
oftentimes
destroy
one
anothers
chanels
,
whereby
their
fieldes
are
watered
,
which
cannot
without
great
cost
be
repaired
againe
.
They
will
stow
the
palme-trees
also
to
the
very
stocks
:
and
vnto
them
a
companie
of
lewd
Arabians
associate
themselues
.
They
coine
both
siluer
and
gold-money
:
but
their
gold
is
not
very
speciall
.
Their
siluer
coine
weigheth
fower
graines
〈◊〉
,
eightie
of
which
peeces
are
esteemed
to
be
woorth
one
peece
of
their
gold-coine
.
The
Iewes
and
Arabians
pay
excessiue
tribute
here
.
Some
of
their
principall
men
are
exceeding
rich
,
and
vse
great
traffique
vnto
the
land
of
Negros
:
whither
they
transport
wares
of
Barbarie
,
exchanging
the
same
for
gold
and
slaues
.
The
greatest
part
of
them
liue
vpon
dates
,
except
it
be
in
certaine
places
where
Infinit
numbers
of
Scorpions
.
some
corne
grow
.
Here
are
infinite
numbers
of
scorpions
,
but
no
flies
at
all
.
In
summer-time
this
region
is
extremely
hot
,
and
then
are
the
riuers
so
destitute
of
water
,
that
the
people
are
constrained
to
draw
salt
water
out
of
certaine
pits
.
The
said
territorie
containeth
in
circuit
about
eightie
miles
,
all
which
,
after
the
destruction
of
Segelmesse
,
the
inhabitants
with
small
cost
walled
round
about
,
to
the
ende
they
might
not
be
molested
by
continuall
inrodes
of
horsemen
.
While
they
liued
all
at
vnitie
and
concord
,
they
retained
their
libertie
:
but
since
they
fell
to
mutuall
debate
,
their
wall
was
razed
,
and
each
faction
inuited
the
Arabians
to
helpe
them
,
vnder
whom
by
little
and
little
they
were
brought
in
subiection
.
Of
the
towne
or
citie
of
Segelmesse
.
SOme
are
of
opinion
that
this
towne
was
built
by
a
certaine
Romaine
captaine
,
who
hauing
conducted
his
troupes
foorth
of
Mauritania
,
conquered
all
Numidia
,
and
marching
westward
,
built
a
towne
,
and
called
it
〈◊〉
,
bicause
it
stoode
vpon
the
borders
of
Messa
,
and
was
as
it
were
the
seale
of
all
his
victories
,
and
afterward
by
a
corrupt
worde
it
began
to
be
called
Segelmesse
.
The
common
people
togither
with
one
of
our
African
Cosmographers
,
called
Bicri
,
suppose
that
this
towne
was
built
by
Alexander
the
great
,
for
the
reliefe
of
his
sicke
and
wounded
soldiers
.
Which
opinion
seemeth
not
probable
to
me
:
for
I
coulde
neuer
read
that
Alexander
the
great
came
into
any
part
of
these
regions
.
This
towne
was
situate
vpon
a
plaine
neere
vnto
the
riuer
of
Ziz
,
and
was
enuironed
with
most
stately
and
high
wals
,
euen
as
in
many
places
it
is
to
be
seene
at
this
present
.
When
the
Mahumetans
came
first
into
Africa
,
the
inhabitants
of
this
towne
were
subiect
vnto
the
family
of
Zeneta
;
which
family
was
at
length
dispossessed
of
that
〈◊〉
by
king
Ioseph
the
son
of
Tesfin
,
of
the
family
of
Luntuna
.
The
towne
it selfe
was
very
gallantly
builte
,
and
the
inhabitants
were
rich
,
and
had
great
traffike
vnto
the
land
of
Negros
.
Heere
stoode
stately
temples
and
colleges
also
,
and
great
store
of
conducts
,
the
water
whereof
was
drawen
out
of
the
riuer
by
wheeles
.
The
aire
in
this
place
is
most
temperate
and
holesome
,
sauing
that
in
winter
it
aboundeth
with
ouermuch
moisture
,
which
breedeth
some
diseases
.
But
now
since
the
towne
was
destroied
,
the
inhabitants
began
to
plant
themselues
in
the
next
castles
and
villages
,
as
we
haue
before
signified
.
I
my selfe
aboade
in
this
region
almost
seuen
moneths
at
the
foresaid
castle
of
Meniun
.
Of
the
castle
of
〈◊〉
.
THis
castle
was
built
by
the
Arabians
in
a
certaine
desert
place
,
twelue
miles
southward
of
the
towne
last
described
;
and
here
they
keepe
their
wares
free
from
the
danger
of
their
enimies
.
Neere
vnto
this
castle
there
is
neither
garden
nor
field
,
nor
any
other
commoditie
,
but
onely
certaine
blacke
stones
and
sand
.
Of
the
castle
of
Humeledegi
.
THis
castle
was
built
also
by
the
Arabians
vpon
a
desert
eighteene
miles
from
Segelmesse
,
like
as
was
the
former
.
Neere
vnto
it
lieth
a
certaine
drie
plaine
,
so
replenished
with
sundrie
fruits
,
that
in
beholding
it
a
farre
off
a
man
would
thinke
the
ground
were
strewed
with
pome-citrons
.
Of
the
castle
of
Vmmelhefen
.
IT
is
a
forlorne
and
base
castle
,
founded
by
the
Arabians
also
fiue
and
twentie
miles
from
Segelmesse
vpon
a
desert
,
directly
in
the
way
from
Segelmesse
to
Dara
.
It
is
enuironed
with
blacke
wals
,
and
continually
garded
by
the
Arabians
.
All
merchants
that
passeby
,
pay
one
fourth
part
of
a
ducate
for
euery
camels
lode
.
My selfe
trauelling
this
way
vpon
a
time
in
the
companie
of
fourteene
Iewes
,
and
being
demaunded
how
manie
there
were
of
vs
,
we
saide
thirteene
,
but
after
I
began
particularly
to
reckon
,
I
founde
the
fowerteenth
and
the
fifteenth
man
amongst
vs
,
whom
the
Arabians
woulde
haue
kept
prisoners
,
had
we
not
affirmed
them
to
be
Mahumetans
:
howbeit
not
crediting
our
words
,
they
examined
them
in
the
lawe
of
Mahumet
,
which
when
they
perceiued
them
indeed
to
vnderstand
,
they
permitted
them
to
depart
.
Of
the
village
of
Tebelbelt
.
THis
village
standing
in
the
Numidian
desert
,
two
hundred
miles
from
Atlas
,
and
an
hundred
southward
of
Segelmesse
,
is
situate
neere
vnto
three
castles
,
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
and
abounding
with
dates
.
Water
and
flesh
is
very
scarce
amongst
them
.
They
vse
to
hunt
and
take
Ostriches
,
and
to
eate
the
flesh
of
them
:
and
albeit
they
haue
a
trade
vnto
the
land
of
Negros
,
yet
are
they
most
miserable
and
beggerly
people
,
and
subiect
to
the
Arabians
.
Of
the
prouince
of
Todga
.
THis
little
prouince
standing
vpon
a
riuer
of
the
same
name
,
hath
great
plentie
of
dates
,
peaches
,
grapes
,
and
figs.
It
containeth
fower
castles
and
ten
villages
,
the
inhabitants
being
either
husbandmen
or
lether-dressers
.
And
it
standeth
westward
of
Segelmesse
about
fortie
miles
.
Of
the
region
of
Farcala
.
IT
standeth
also
vpon
a
riuer
,
and
aboundeth
with
dates
and
other
fruites
,
but
corne
is
greatly
wanting
heere
.
Heere
are
in
this
region
three
castles
,
and
fiue
villages
.
It
standeth
southward
of
mount
Atlas
an
hundred
,
and
of
Segelmesse
almost
threescore
miles
.
The
poore
inhabitants
are
subiect
to
the
Arabians
.
Of
the
region
of
Teserin
.
THis
beautifull
region
situate
vpon
a
riuer
,
is
distant
from
Farcala
thirtie
,
and
from
mount
Atlas
about
threescore
miles
.
Dates
it
yeeldeth
in
abundance
,
and
containeth
villages
to
the
number
of
fifteene
,
and
sixe
castles
,
togither
with
the
ruines
of
two
townes
,
the
names
whereof
I
coulde
by
no
meanes
enquire
.
And
the
worde
Teserin
in
the
African
language
signifieth
a
towne
.
Of
the
region
called
Beni
Gumi
.
THis
region
adioining
vpon
the
riuer
of
Ghir
,
aboundeth
greatly
with
dates
.
The
inhabitants
are
poore
and
miserable
,
and
buie
horses
at
Fez
,
which
they
sell
afterwarde
vnto
merchants
that
trauell
to
the
lande
of
Negros
.
It
containeth
eight
castles
,
and
fifteene
villages
,
and
standeth
southeast
of
Segelmesse
about
an
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
.
Of
the
castles
of
Mazalig
and
Abuhinan
.
THey
are
situate
in
the
Numidian
desert
vpon
the
riuer
of
Ghir
,
almost
fiftie
miles
from
Segelmesse
.
Inhabited
they
are
by
certaine
beggerly
Arabians
:
neither
doth
the
soile
adiacent
yeeld
any
corne
at
all
,
and
but
very
fewe
dates
.
Of
the
towne
of
Chasair
.
THis
towne
standing
vpon
the
desert
of
Numidia
twentie
miles
from
Atlas
,
hath
mines
of
lead
and
antimonie
neere
vnto
it
,
whereby
the
inhabitants
Mines
of
lead
and
antimonie
.
get
their
liuing
;
for
this
place
yeeldeth
none
other
commoditie
.
Of
the
region
of
Beni
Besseri
.
THis
little
region
situate
at
the
foote
of
mount
Atlas
,
and
abounding
with
all
kinde
of
fruits
saue
dates
,
will
beare
no
corne
at
all
.
It
containeth
three
castles
and
a
certaine
iron-mine
,
which
serueth
all
the
prouince
An
iron-mine
.
of
Segelmesse
with
iron
.
Villages
heere
are
but
fewe
,
which
are
subiect
partly
to
the
prince
of
Dubdu
,
and
partly
to
the
Arabians
;
and
all
the
inhabitants
employ
themselues
about
working
in
the
foresaid
iron-mine
.
Of
the
region
of
〈◊〉
.
THis
region
standing
seuentie
miles
southward
of
Segelmesse
hath
three
castles
and
sundrie
villages
situate
vpon
the
riuer
of
Ghir
.
Dates
it
yeeldeth
great
plentie
,
and
but
very
little
corne
.
The
inhabitants
exercise
traffique
in
the
land
of
Negros
;
and
are
all
subiect
,
and
pay
tribute
to
the
Arabians
.
Of
the
castles
of
Fighig
.
THe
three
castles
of
Fighig
stand
vpon
a
certaine
desert
maruellously
abounding
with
dates
.
The
women
of
this
place
weaue
a
kinde
of
cloth
in
forme
of
a
carpet
,
which
is
so
fine
,
that
a
man
would
take
it
to
be
silke
,
and
this
cloth
they
sell
at
an
excessiue
rate
at
Fez
,
Telensin
,
and
other
places
of
Barbary
.
The
inhabitants
being
men
of
an
excellent
wit
,
do
part
of
them
vse
traffique
to
the
land
of
Negros
,
and
the
residue
become
students
at
Fez
:
and
so
soone
as
they
haue
attained
to
the
degree
of
a
doctor
,
they
returne
to
Numidia
,
where
they
are
made
either
priestes
or
senatours
,
and
prooue
most
of
them
men
of
great
wealth
and
reputation
.
From
Segelmesse
the
said
castles
are
distant
almost
an
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
eastward
.
Of
the
region
of
Tesebit
.
THe
region
of
Tesebit
being
situate
vpon
the
Numidian
desert
,
two
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
eastward
of
Segelmesse
,
and
an
hundred
miles
from
mount
Atlas
,
hath
fower
castles
within
the
precincts
thereof
,
and
many
villages
also
,
which
stand
vpon
the
confines
of
Lybia
,
neer
vnto
the
high
way
that
leadeth
from
Fez
and
Telensin
to
the
kingdome
of
Agadez
and
to
the
land
of
Negros
.
The
inhabitants
are
not
very
rich
,
for
all
their
wealth
consisteth
in
dates
,
and
some
small
quantitie
of
corne
.
The
men
of
this
place
are
black
,
but
the
women
are
somewhat
fairer
,
and
yet
they
are
of
a
swart
and
browne
hue
.
Of
the
region
of
Tegorarin
.
THis
great
and
large
region
of
the
Numidian
desert
standing
about
an
hundred
and
twentie
miles
eastward
of
Tesebit
,
containeth
fiftie
castles
,
and
aboue
an
hundred
villages
,
and
yeeldeth
great
plentie
of
dates
.
The
inhabitants
are
rich
,
and
haue
ordinarie
traffique
to
the
land
of
Negros
.
Their
fields
are
very
apt
for
corne
,
and
yet
by
reason
of
their
extreme
drouth
,
they
stand
in
neede
of
continuall
watering
and
dunging
.
They
allow
vnto
strangers
houses
to
dwell
in
,
requiring
no
money
for
rent
but
onely
their
dung
,
which
they
keepe
most
charily
:
yea
they
take
it
in
ill
part
if
any
stranger
easeth
himselfe
without
the
doores
.
Flesh
is
very
scarce
among
them
:
for
their
soile
is
so
drie
,
that
it
will
scarce
nourish
any
cattell
at
all
:
they
keepe
a
few
goates
indeede
for
their
milks
sake
:
but
the
flesh
that
they
eate
is
of
camels
,
which
the
Arabians
bring
vnto
their
markets
to
sell
:
they
mingle
their
meate
with
salt
tallow
,
which
is
brought
into
this
region
from
Fez
&
Tremizen
.
There
were
in
times
past
many
rich
Iewes
in
this
region
,
who
by
the
meanes
of
a
certaine
Mahumetan
preacher
,
were
at
length
expelled
,
and
a
great
part
of
them
slaine
by
the
seditious
people
;
and
that
in
the
very
same
yeere
when
the
Iewes
were
expelled
out
of
Spaine
and
Sicily
.
The
inhabitants
of
this
region
hauing
one
onely
gouernour
of
their
owne
nation
,
are
notwithstanding
often
subiect
to
ciuill
contentions
,
and
yet
they
do
not
molest
other
nations
:
howbeit
they
pay
certaine
tribute
vnto
the
next
Arabians
.
Of
the
region
of
Meszab
.
THis
region
being
situate
vpon
the
Numidian
desert
,
300.
miles
eastward
from
Tegorarin
,
and
300.
miles
also
from
the
Mediterran
sea
,
containeth
sixe
castles
,
and
many
villages
,
the
inhabitants
being
rich
,
and
vsing
traffike
to
the
land
of
Negros
.
Likewise
the
Negro-merchants
,
togither
with
them
of
Bugia
and
Ghir
make
resort
vnto
this
region
.
Subiect
they
are
and
pay
tribute
vnto
the
Arabians
.
Of
the
towne
of
Techort
.
THe
ancient
towne
of
Techort
was
built
by
the
Numidians
vpon
a
certaine
hill
,
by
the
foote
whereof
runneth
a
riuer
,
vpon
which
riuer
standeth
a
draw-bridge
.
The
wall
of
this
towne
was
made
of
free
stone
and
lime
,
but
that
part
which
is
next
vnto
the
mountaine
〈◊〉
instead
of
a
wall
an
impregnable
rocke
opposite
against
it
:
this
towne
is
distant
〈◊〉
hundred
miles
southward
from
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
〈◊〉
300.
miles
from
〈◊〉
.
Families
it
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
and
twentie
hundred
:
all
the
houses
are
built
of
sunne-dried
brickes
,
except
their
temple
which
is
somewhat
more
stately
.
Heere
dwell
great
store
both
of
gentlemen
and
artificers
:
and
bicause
they
haue
great
abundance
of
dates
,
and
are
destitute
of
corne
,
the
merchants
of
Constantina
exchange
corne
with
them
for
their
dates
.
All
strangers
they
fauour
exceedingly
,
and
friendly
dismisse
them
without
paying
of
ought
.
They
had
rather
match
their
daughters
vnto
strangers
,
then
to
their
owne
citizens
:
and
for
a
dowry
they
giue
some
certaine
portion
of
lande
,
as
it
is
accustomed
in
some
places
of
Europe
.
So
great
and
surpassing
is
their
liberalitie
,
that
they
will
heape
many
gifts
vpon
strangers
,
albeit
they
are
sure
neuer
to
see
them
againe
.
At
the
first
they
were
subiect
to
the
king
of
Maroco
,
afterward
to
the
king
of
Telensin
,
and
now
to
the
king
of
Tunis
,
vnto
whom
they
pay
fiftie
thousand
ducats
for
yeerely
tribute
,
vpon
condition
that
the
king
himselfe
come
personally
to
receiue
it
.
The
king
of
Tunis
that
now
is
,
demanded
a
second
tribute
of
them
.
Many
castles
,
and
villages
,
and
some
territories
there
be
also
,
which
are
all
subiect
vnto
the
prince
of
this
towne
:
who
collecteth
an
hundred
and
thirtie
thousand
ducates
of
yeerely
reuenues
,
and
hath
alwaies
a
mightie
garrison
of
soldiers
attending
vpon
him
,
vnto
whom
he
alloweth
very
large
paie
.
The
gouernour
at
this
present
called
Habdulla
,
is
a
valiant
and
liberall
yoong
prince
,
and
most
curteous
vnto
strangers
,
whereof
I
my selfe
conuersing
with
him
for
certaine
daies
,
had
good
experience
.
Of
the
citie
of
Guargala
.
THis
ancient
citie
founded
by
the
Numidians
,
and
enuironed
with
strong
wals
vpon
the
Numidian
desert
,
is
built
very
sumptuously
,
and
aboundeth
exceedingly
with
dates
.
It
hath
some
castles
and
a
great
number
of
villages
belonging
thereunto
.
The
inhabitants
are
rich
,
bicause
they
are
neere
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Agadez
.
Heere
are
diuers
merchants
of
Tunis
and
Constantina
,
which
transport
wares
of
Barbarie
vnto
the
lande
of
Negros
.
And
bicause
flesh
and
corne
is
very
scarce
among
them
,
they
liue
vpon
the
flesh
of
Ostriches
and
camels
.
They
are
all
of
a
blacke
colour
,
and
haue
blacke
slaues
,
and
are
people
of
a
courteous
and
liberall
disposition
,
and
most
friendly
and
bountifull
vnto
strangers
.
A
gouernour
they
haue
whom
they
reuerence
as
if
he
were
a
king
:
which
gouernour
hath
about
two
thousand
horsemen
alwaies
attending
vpon
him
,
and
collecteth
almost
fifteene
thousand
ducates
for
yeerely
reuenue
.
Of
the
prouince
of
Zeb.
ZEb
a
prouince
situate
also
vpon
the
Numidian
desert
,
beginneth
westward
from
Mesila
,
northward
from
the
mountaines
of
Bugia
,
eastward
from
the
region
of
dates
ouer
against
Tunis
,
and
southward
it
bordereth
vpon
a
certaine
desert
,
ouer
which
they
trauaile
from
Guargala
to
Techort
.
This
region
is
extremely
hot
,
sandie
,
and
destitute
both
of
water
and
corne
:
which
wants
are
partly
supplied
by
their
abundance
of
dates
.
It
containeth
to
the
number
of
fiue
townes
and
many
villages
,
all
which
we
purpose
in
order
to
describe
.
Of
the
towne
of
Pescara
.
THis
ancient
towne
built
by
the
Romans
while
they
were
lords
of
Mauritania
,
and
afterward
destroied
by
the
Mahumetans
at
their
first
enterance
into
Africa
;
is
now
reedified
,
stored
with
new
inhabitants
,
and
enuironed
with
faire
and
stately
wals
.
And
albeit
the
townesmen
are
not
rich
,
yet
are
they
louers
of
ciuilitie
.
Their
soile
yeeldeth
nought
but
dates
.
They
haue
beene
gouerned
by
diuers
princes
;
for
they
were
a
while
subiect
vnto
the
kings
of
Tunis
,
and
that
to
the
death
of
king
Hutmen
,
after
whom
succeeded
a
Mahumetan
priest
:
neither
coulde
the
kings
of
Tunis
euer
since
that
time
recouer
the
dominion
of
Pescara
.
Here
are
great
abundance
of
Deadly
scorpions
.
scorpions
,
and
it
is
present
death
to
be
stung
by
them
:
wherefore
all
the
townesmen
in
a
manner
depart
into
the
countrey
in
sommer
time
,
where
they
remaine
till
the
moneth
of
Nouember
.
Of
the
citie
of
Borgi
.
ANother
towne
there
is
also
called
Borgi
,
which
standeth
about
fowerteene
miles
eastward
of
Pescara
.
Heere
are
a
great
many
of
artificers
,
but
more
husbandmen
.
And
bicause
water
is
very
scarce
in
this
region
,
and
yet
their
fieldes
stand
in
neede
of
continuall
watering
,
euery
man
may
conueigh
water
into
his
field
by
a
certaine
sluce
,
for
the
space
of
an
hower
or
two
,
according
to
the
bredth
or
length
of
his
ground
;
and
after
one
hath
done
watering
his
ground
,
his
next
neighbour
beginneth
,
which
oftentimes
breedeth
great
contention
and
bloudshed
.
Of
the
towne
of
Nefta
.
NEfta
is
the
name
of
the
towne
it selfe
,
and
also
of
the
territorie
adiacent
;
which
territorie
containeth
three
castles
,
the
greatest
whereof
seemeth
by
the
manner
of
building
to
haue
beene
founded
by
the
Romains
.
Inhabitants
heere
are
great
store
,
being
very
rusticall
and
vnciuill
people
.
In
times
past
they
were
exceeding
rich
,
for
they
dwell
neere
vnto
Lybia
,
in
the
very
way
to
the
land
of
Negros
:
howbeit
by
reason
of
their
perpetuall
hostilitie
with
the
kings
of
Tunis
,
the
king
of
Tunis
that
now
is
destroied
their
towne
;
and
themselues
he
partly
slue
,
and
partly
put
to
flight
.
Likewise
he
so
defaced
the
wals
and
other
buildings
,
that
now
a
man
woulde
esteeme
it
to
be
but
a
base
village
.
Not
farre
from
hence
runneth
a
certaine
riuer
of
hot
water
,
which
serueth
them
both
to
drinke
,
and
to
water
their
fields
withall
.
Of
the
towne
of
Teolacha
.
IT
was
built
by
the
Numidians
,
and
compassed
with
slender
wals
,
and
hath
a
riuer
of
hot
water
also
running
thereby
.
The
fields
adiacent
yeeld
plentie
of
dates
,
but
great
scarcitie
of
corne
.
The
miserable
inhabitants
are
oppressed
with
continual
exactions
,
both
by
the
Arabians
,
and
also
by
the
king
of
Tunis
.
Yet
are
they
extremely
couetous
and
proud
,
and
disdainfull
vnto
strangers
.
Of
the
towne
of
Deusen
.
DEusen
a
very
ancient
towne
,
founded
by
the
Romains
in
the
same
place
where
the
kingdome
of
Bugia
ioineth
to
Numidia
,
was
destroied
by
the
Mahumetans
at
their
first
entrance
into
Africa
,
bicause
of
a
certaine
Romaine
captaine
,
which
endured
the
Saracens
siege
for
a
whole
yeere
togither
:
the
towne
being
at
length
taken
,
this
captaine
and
all
the
men
of
the
towne
were
put
to
the
sword
,
but
the
women
and
children
were
carried
away
captiue
.
Howbeit
after
the
towne
was
sacked
,
the
wall
thereof
remained
entire
,
by
reason
it
was
built
of
most
hard
stone
,
and
that
a
woonderfull
thicknes
,
though
in
some
places
it
seemeth
to
be
ruined
,
which
(
I
thinke
)
might
be
caused
by
an
earthquake
.
Not
farre
from
this
towne
are
diuers
monuments
of
antiquitie
like
vnto
sepulchers
,
wherein
are
founde
sundrie
peeces
of
siluer
coine
,
adorned
with
certaine
letters
and
hieroglyphicall
figures
,
the
interpretation
whereof
I
could
neuer
finde
out
.
Of
the
prouince
of
Biledulgerio
.
FRom
the
territorie
of
Pescara
this
prouince
extendeth
it selfe
vnto
the
Isle
of
Gerbi
,
and
one
part
thereof
,
in
which
Cafsa
and
Teusar
are
situate
,
is
almost
three
hundred
miles
distant
from
the
Mediterran
sea
.
It
is
an
extreme
hot
and
drie
place
,
bringing
foorth
no
corne
at
all
,
but
great
plenty
of
dates
,
which
bicause
they
are
speciall
good
,
are
transported
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Tunis
.
Here
are
diuers
townes
and
cities
,
which
we
will
describe
in
their
due
place
.
Of
the
towne
of
Teusar
.
THis
ancient
towne
built
by
the
Romans
vpon
the
Numidian
desert
,
neere
vnto
a
certaine
riuer
springing
foorth
of
the
southren
mountaines
,
was
enuironed
with
most
stately
&
impregnable
wals
,
and
had
an
ample
territorie
thereunto
belonging
;
but
it
was
since
so
destroied
by
the
Mahumetans
,
that
now
instead
of
the
woonted
sumptuous
palaces
thereof
it
containeth
nought
but
base
cottages
.
The
inhabitants
are
exceeding
rich
both
in
wares
and
money
,
for
they
haue
many
faires
euerie
yeere
;
whereunto
resort
great
numbers
of
merchants
from
Numidia
and
Barbarie
.
The
foresaid
riuer
diuideth
the
towne
into
two
parts
,
one
whereof
being
inhabited
by
the
principall
gentlemen
and
burgo-masters
,
is
called
Fatnasa
:
and
in
the
other
called
Merdes
dwell
certaine
Arabians
,
which
haue
remained
there
euer
since
the
towne
was
destroyed
by
the
Mahumetans
.
They
are
at
continuall
ciuill
wars
among
themselues
,
and
will
performe
but
little
obedience
to
the
king
of
Tunis
:
for
which
cause
he
dealeth
alwaies
most
rigorously
with
him
.
Of
the
towne
of
Caphsa
.
THE
ancient
towne
of
Caphsa
built
also
by
the
Romans
,
had
for
certaine
yeeres
a
gouernour
of
their
owne
:
but
afterward
being
sacked
by
one
Hucba
a
Captaine
of
Hutmen
Califa
,
the
walles
thereof
were
razed
to
the
ground
;
but
the
castle
as
yet
remaineth
,
and
is
of
great
force
;
for
the
wall
thereof
being
fiue
and
twentie
cubits
high
,
and
fiue
cubits
thick
,
is
made
of
excellent
stones
,
like
vnto
the
stones
of
Vespasians
Amphitheatre
at
Rome
.
Afterward
the
towne-walles
were
reedified
,
and
were
destroyed
againe
by
Mansor
,
who
hauing
slaine
the
Gouernour
of
the
towne
and
all
the
inhabitants
,
appointed
a
new
Gouernour
ouer
the
same
place
.
Now
this
towne
is
verie
populous
,
all
the
houses
thereof
,
except
the
temple
and
a
few
other
buildings
,
being
verie
deformed
and
base
,
and
the
streets
are
paued
with
blacke
stones
,
like
vnto
the
streets
of
Naples
and
Florence
.
The
poore
inhabitants
are
continually
oppressed
with
the
exactions
of
the
king
of
Tunis
.
In
the
middest
of
the
towne
are
certaine
square
,
large
,
and
deepe
fountaines
walled
round
about
,
the
water
whereof
is
hot
and
vnfit
to
bee
drunke
,
vnlesse
it
be
set
an
hower
or
two
a
cooling
.
The
ayre
of
this
place
is
verie
vnholesome
,
insomuch
that
the
greatest
part
of
the
inhabitants
are
continually
sicke
of
feuers
.
People
they
are
of
a
rude
and
illiberall
disposition
,
and
vnkinde
vnto
strangers
:
wherefore
they
are
had
in
great
contempt
by
all
other
Africans
.
Not
far
from
this
towne
are
fields
abounding
with
dates
,
oliues
,
and
pome-citrons
:
and
the
dates
and
oliues
there
are
the
best
in
all
the
whole
prouince
:
here
is
likewise
most
excellent
oyle
.
The
inhabitants
make
themselues
shooes
of
buckes
leather
.
Of
the
castles
of
Nefzaoa
.
THree
castles
there
are
of
this
name
being
well
stored
with
inhabitants
,
but
verie
homely
built
,
and
oppressed
with
the
king
of
Tunis
his
continuall
exactions
.
And
they
are
distant
from
the
Mediterran
sea
,
about
fiftie
miles
.
Of
the
region
of
Teorregu
.
THis
little
territory
belonging
to
the
kingdome
of
Tripolis
,
&
bordering
vpon
the
desert
of
Barca
,
containeth
three
castles
of
the
same
name
,
which
abound
greatly
with
dates
,
but
haue
no
corne
at
all
.
The
inhabitants
being
farre
distant
from
other
townes
and
cities
,
lead
a
most
miserable
life
.
Of
the
territorie
of
Iasliten
.
IT
lieth
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
containeth
many
villages
abounding
with
dates
.
The
inhabitants
because
they
dwell
so
neere
the
sea
,
haue
great
traffique
with
the
people
of
Sicilie
and
Egypt
.
Of
the
region
of
Gademes
.
THis
large
region
hauing
many
castles
&
villages
therin
,
standeth
southward
of
the
Mediterran
sea
almost
three
hundred
miles
.
The
inhabitants
being
rich
in
dates
and
all
other
kinde
of
merchandise
,
and
trafficking
into
the
land
of
Negros
,
pay
tribute
vnto
the
Arabians
;
albeit
for
a
certaine
time
they
were
subiect
vnto
the
king
of
Tunis
,
and
the
Prince
of
Tripolis
.
Corne
and
flesh
are
maruellous
scarce
here
.
Of
the
region
of
Fezzen
.
THis
ample
region
containing
great
store
of
castles
and
villages
,
and
being
inhabited
with
rich
people
,
and
bordering
vpon
the
kingdome
of
Agadez
,
the
Libyan
desert
,
and
the
land
of
Egypt
,
is
distant
from
Cairo
almost
threescore
daies
iourney
:
neither
is
there
any
village
in
all
that
desert
besides
Augela
,
which
standeth
in
the
bounds
of
Libya
.
This
region
of
Fezzen
hath
a
peculiar
gouernour
within
it selfe
,
who
bestoweth
the
reuenues
of
the
whole
region
according
to
his
owne
discretion
,
and
payeth
some
tribute
vnto
the
next
Arabians
.
Of
corne
and
flesh
heere
is
great
scarcitie
,
so
that
they
are
constrained
to
eate
camels
flesh
onely
.
A
description
of
the
deserts
of
Libya
,
and
first
of
Zanhaga
.
HAuing
hitherto
described
all
the
regions
of
Numidia
,
letvs
now
proceed
vnto
the
descriprion
of
Libya
;
which
is
diuided
into
fiue
parts
,
as
we
signified
in
the
beginning
of
this
our
discourse
.
We
will
therefore
begin
at
the
drie
and
forlorne
desert
of
Zanhaga
,
which
bordereth
westward
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
,
and
extendeth
eastward
to
the
salt-pits
of
Tegaza
,
northward
it
abutteth
vpon
Sus
,
Haccha
,
and
Dara
,
regions
of
Numidia
;
and
southward
it
stretcheth
to
the
land
of
Negros
,
adioyning
it selfe
vnto
the
kingdomes
of
Gualata
and
Tombuto
.
Water
is
here
to
be
found
scarce
in
an
hundred
miles
trauell
,
being
salt
and
vnsauorie
,
and
drawen
out
of
deepe
wels
,
especially
in
the
way
from
Segelmesse
to
Tombuto
.
Here
are
great
store
of
wilde
beasts
and
creeping
things
,
whereof
we
will
make
mention
in
place
conuenient
.
In
this
region
there
is
a
barren
desert
called
Azaoad
,
wherein
neither
water
nor
any
habitations
are
to
be
found
in
the
space
of
an
hundred
miles
;
beginning
from
the
well
of
Azaoad
to
the
well
of
Araoan
,
which
is
distant
from
Tombuto
about
150.
miles
.
Here
both
for
lacke
of
water
and
extremitie
of
heat
,
great
numbers
of
men
and
beasts
daily
perish
.
Of
the
desert
inhabited
by
the
people
called
Zuenziga
.
THis
desert
beginneth
westward
from
Tegaza
,
extending
eastward
to
the
desert
of
Hair
which
is
inhabited
by
the
people
called
Targa
:
northward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
deserts
of
Segelmesse
,
Tebelbelt
,
and
Benigorai
;
and
southward
vpon
the
desert
of
Ghir
,
which
ioineth
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Guber
.
It
is
a
most
barren
and
comfortlesse
place
:
and
yet
merchants
trauell
that
way
from
Telensin
to
Tombuto
:
howbeit
many
are
found
lying
dead
vpon
the
same
way
in
regard
of
extreme
thirst
.
Within
this
desert
there
is
included
another
desert
called
Gogdem
,
where
for
the
space
of
nine
daies
iourney
not
one
drop
of
water
is
to
be
found
,
vnlesse
perhaps
some
raine
falleth
:
wherefore
the
merchants
vse
to
carrie
their
water
vpon
camels
backes
.
Of
the
desert
inhabited
by
the
people
called
Targa
.
THis
desert
beginneth
westward
vpon
the
confines
of
Hair
,
and
extendeth
eastward
to
the
desert
of
Ighidi
;
northward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
deserts
of
Tuath
,
Tegorarin
,
and
Mezab
,
and
is
inclosed
southward
with
a
certaine
wildernesse
neere
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Agadez
.
It
is
a
place
much
more
comfortable
and
pleasant
then
the
two
deserts
last
described
;
and
hath
great
plentie
of
water
also
neere
vnto
Hair
.
The
ayre
is
maruellous
holesome
,
and
the
soyle
aboundeth
with
all
kinde
of
herbes
.
Not
farre
from
Agadez
there
is
Great
store
of
Manna
.
found
great
store
of
Manna
,
which
the
inhabitants
gather
in
certaine
little
vessels
,
carrying
it
while
it
is
new
vnto
the
market
of
Agadez
:
and
this
Manna
being
mingled
with
water
they
esteeme
very
daintie
and
pretious
drinke
.
They
put
it
also
into
their
pottage
,
and
being
so
taken
,
it
hath
a
maruellous
force
of
refrigerating
or
cooling
,
which
is
the
cause
that
here
are
so
few
diseases
,
albeit
the
ayre
of
Tombuto
and
Agadez
be
most
vnholsome
and
corrupt
.
This
desert
stretcheth
from
north
to
south
almost
300.
miles
.
Of
the
desert
inhabited
by
the
people
of
Lemta
.
THE
fourth
desert
beginning
at
the
territorie
of
Ighidi
and
extending
to
another
which
is
inhabited
by
the
people
called
Berdoa
,
bordereth
northward
vpon
the
deserts
of
Techort
,
Guarghala
,
and
Gademis
,
and
southward
vpon
the
kingdome
of
Cano
in
the
land
of
Negros
.
It
is
exceeding
drie
,
and
verie
dangerous
for
merchants
trauelling
to
Constantina
.
For
the
inhabitants
chalenge
vnto
themselues
the
signiorie
of
Guargala
:
wherefore
making
continuall
warre
against
the
prince
of
Guargala
,
they
oftentimes
spoile
the
merchants
of
all
their
goods
;
and
as
many
of
the
people
of
Guargala
as
they
can
catch
,
they
kill
without
all
pitie
and
compassion
.
Of
the
desert
inhabited
by
the
people
called
Berdoa
.
THE
fift
desert
beginning
westward
from
the
desert
last
mentioned
,
and
stretching
eastward
to
the
desert
of
Augela
,
adioyneth
northward
vpon
the
deserts
of
Fezzen
and
Barca
,
and
trendeth
southward
to
the
desert
〈◊〉
Borno
.
This
place
is
extremely
drie
also
,
neither
haue
any
but
the
Gademites
,
which
are
in
league
with
the
people
of
Berdoa
,
safe
passage
through
it
:
for
the
merchants
of
Fezzen
,
so
often
as
they
fall
into
their
enimies
hands
,
are
depriued
of
all
their
goods
.
The
residue
of
the
Libyan
desert
,
that
is
to
say
,
from
Augela
to
the
riuer
of
Nilus
is
inhabited
by
certaine
Arabians
and
Africans
commonly
called
Leuata
:
and
this
is
the
extreme
easterly
part
of
the
deserts
of
Libya
.
Of
the
region
of
Nun.
THis
region
bordering
vpon
the
Ocean
sea
,
containeth
many
villages
and
hamlets
,
and
is
inhabited
with
most
beggerly
people
.
It
standeth
betweene
Numidia
and
Libya
,
but
somewhat
neerer
vnto
Libya
.
Here
groweth
neither
barley
nor
any
other
corne
.
Some
dates
here
are
,
but
verie
vnsauorie
.
The
inhabitants
are
continually
molested
by
the
Arabians
inuasions
:
and
some
of
them
traffique
in
the
kingdome
of
Gualata
.
Of
the
region
of
Tegaza
.
IN
this
region
is
great
store
of
salt
digged
,
beeing
whiter
then
any
marble
.
〈◊〉
-
mines
.
This
salt
is
taken
out
of
certaine
caues
or
pits
,
at
the
entrance
wherof
stand
their
cottages
that
worke
in
the
salt-mines
.
And
these
workmen
are
all
strangers
,
who
sell
the
salt
which
they
dig
,
vnto
certaine
merchants
that
carrie
the
same
vpon
camels
to
the
kingdome
of
Tombuto
,
where
there
would
otherwise
be
extreme
scarcitie
of
salt
.
Neither
haue
the
said
diggers
of
salt
any
victuals
but
such
as
the
merchants
bring
vnto
them
:
for
they
are
distant
from
all
inhabited
places
,
almost
twentie
daies
iourney
,
insomuch
that
oftentimes
they
perish
for
lacke
of
foode
,
when
as
the
merchants
come
not
in
due
time
vnto
them
:
Moreouer
the
southeast
winde
doth
so
often
blind
them
,
that
they
cannot
liue
here
without
great
perill
.
I
my selfe
continued
three
daies
amongst
them
,
all
which
time
I
was
constrained
to
drinke
salt-water
drawen
out
of
certaine
welles
not
far
from
the
salt-pits
.
Of
the
region
of
〈◊〉
.
AVgela
beeing
a
region
of
the
Libyan
desert
,
and
distant
fower
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
from
Nilus
,
containeth
three
castles
,
and
certaine
villages
.
Dates
heere
are
great
plentie
,
but
extreme
scarcitie
of
corne
,
vnlesse
it
be
brought
hither
by
merchants
out
of
Egypt
.
Through
this
region
lieth
the
way
by
the
Libyan
desert
from
Mauritania
to
Egypt
.
Of
the
towne
of
Serte
.
SErte
an
ancient
towne
built
(
according
to
the
opinion
of
some
)
by
the
Egyptians
;
of
others
,
by
the
Romans
;
and
(
as
some
others
suppose
)
by
the
Africans
,
was
at
length
destroied
by
the
Mahumetans
,
albeit
Ibnu
Rachich
affirmeth
the
Romans
to
haue
sacked
it
.
But
now
there
is
nought
remaining
but
onely
a
few
ruines
of
the
wall
.
Of
the
region
of
Berdeoa
.
BErdeoa
a
region
situate
in
the
midst
of
the
Libyan
desert
,
and
standing
almost
fiue
hundred
miles
from
Nilus
,
containeth
three
castles
&
fiue
or
six
villages
,
abounding
with
most
excellent
dates
.
And
the
said
three
castles
were
discouered
eighteene
yeeres
agoe
by
one
Hamar
in
manner
following
:
the
carouan
of
merchants
wandering
out
of
the
direct
way
,
had
a
certaine
blinde
man
in
their
companie
which
was
acquainted
with
all
those
regions
:
this
blinde
guide
riding
foremost
vpon
his
camell
,
commanded
A
whole
carouan
conducted
by
a
blinde
guide
who
lead
them
by
sent
onely
;
as
at
〈◊〉
present
the
Carouans
of
Maroco
are
conducted
ouer
the
Libyan
deserts
to
Tombuto
.
some
sand
to
be
giuen
him
at
euery
miles
end
,
by
the
smell
whereof
he
declared
the
situation
of
the
place
:
but
when
they
were
come
within
fortie
miles
of
this
region
,
the
blinde
man
smelling
of
the
sand
,
affirmed
that
they
〈◊〉
not
farre
from
some
places
inhabited
;
which
some
beleeued
not
,
for
they
knew
that
they
were
distant
from
Egypt
fower
hundred
and
eightie
miles
,
so
that
they
tooke
themselues
to
be
neerer
vnto
Augela
.
Howbeit
within
three
daies
they
found
the
said
three
castles
,
the
inhabitants
whereof
woondering
at
the
approch
of
strangers
,
and
being
greatly
astonied
,
presently
shut
all
their
gates
,
and
would
giue
the
merchants
no
water
to
quench
their
extreme
thirst
.
But
the
merchants
by
maine
force
entred
,
and
hauing
gotten
water
sufficient
,
betooke
themselues
againe
to
their
iournie
.
Of
the
region
of
〈◊〉
.
ALguechet
also
being
a
region
of
the
Lybian
desert
,
is
from
Egypt
an
hundred
and
twenty
miles
distant
.
Here
are
three
castles
and
many
villages
abounding
with
dates
.
The
inhabitants
are
black
,
vile
,
and
couetous
people
,
and
yet
exceeding
rich
:
for
they
dwell
in
the
mid
way
betweene
Egypt
and
Gaoga
.
They
haue
a
gouernour
of
their
owne
,
notwithstanding
they
pay
tribute
vnto
the
next
Arabians
.
Here
endeth
the
sixth
booke
.
IOHN
LEO
HIS
EIGHT
BOOKE
OF
the
Historie
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
memorable
things
contained
therein
.
Of
Egypt
.
THe
most
noble
and
famous
prouince
of
Egypt
bordering
westward
vpon
the
deserts
of
Barca
,
Numidia
,
and
Libya
;
eastward
vpon
the
deserts
lying
betweene
Egypt
it selfe
and
the
red
sea
;
and
northward
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
;
is
inclosed
southward
with
the
land
of
the
foresaid
people
called
Bugiha
,
and
with
the
riuer
of
Nilus
.
It
stretcheth
in
length
from
the
〈◊〉
sea
to
the
land
of
the
people
called
Bugiha
about
fower
hundred
and
〈◊〉
450.
miles
long
.
fiftie
miles
:
but
in
bredth
it
is
very
narrow
;
so
that
it
containeth
nought
but
a
small
distance
betweene
both
the
banks
of
Nilus
and
the
barren
mountaines
bordering
vpon
the
foresaid
deserts
,
being
inhabited
onely
in
that
place
where
Nilus
is
separate
from
the
saide
mountaines
:
albeit
towards
the
Mediterran
sea
it
extendeth
it selfe
somewhat
broader
.
For
Nilus
about
fower-score
miles
from
the
great
citie
of
Cairo
is
diuided
into
two
branches
,
one
whereof
〈◊〉
in
his
chanell
westward
,
returneth
at
length
into
the
maine
streame
from
whence
he
tooke
his
originall
,
and
hauing
passed
about
threescore
miles
beyond
Cairo
,
it
diuideth
it selfe
into
two
other
branches
,
whereof
the
one
runneth
to
Damiata
,
and
the
other
to
Rosetto
.
And
〈◊〉
of
that
which
trendeth
to
Damiata
issueth
another
branch
,
which
discharging
it selfe
into
a
lake
passeth
through
a
certaine
gullet
or
streit
into
the
Mediterran
sea
,
vpon
the
banke
whereof
standeth
the
most
ancient
citie
of
Tenesse
:
and
this
diuision
of
Nilus
into
so
many
streames
and
branches
causeth
Egypt
(
as
I
haue
beforesaid
)
to
be
so
narrow
.
All
this
prouince
is
plaine
,
and
is
most
fruitfull
for
all
kind
of
graine
and
pulse
.
There
are
most
pleasant
and
greene
medowes
,
and
great
store
of
geese
and
other
fowles
.
The
countrey
people
are
of
a
swart
and
browne
colour
:
but
the
citizens
are
white
.
Garments
they
weare
which
are
streite
downe
to
their
wastes
,
and
broad
beneath
,
and
the
sleeues
likewise
are
streight
.
They
couer
their
heads
with
a
round
and
high
habite
called
by
the
Italians
a
Dulipan
.
Their
shooes
are
made
according
to
the
ancient
fashion
.
In
sommer
they
weare
garments
of
particoloured
cotton
:
but
in
winter
they
vse
a
certaine
garment
lined
with
cotton
,
which
they
call
Chebre
:
but
the
chiefe
citizens
and
merchants
are
apparelled
in
cloth
of
Europe
.
The
inhabitants
are
of
an
honest
,
cheereful
,
and
liberall
disposition
.
For
their
victuals
they
vse
a
kinde
of
newe
and
extreme
salt
cheeses
,
and
sowre
milke
also
artificially
congealed
:
which
fare
albeit
they
account
very
daintie
,
yet
cannot
strangers
digest
it
,
and
into
euerie
dish
almost
they
put
sower
milke
.
A
diuision
of
Egypt
.
SInce
the
Mahumetans
were
Lords
of
Egypt
,
it
hath
beene
diuided
into
three
parts
.
For
the
region
from
Cairo
to
Rosetto
is
called
the
shore
of
Errif
:
and
from
Cairo
to
the
lande
of
Bugiha
it
is
called
Sahid
,
that
is
to
say
,
The
firme
land
:
but
the
region
adioining
vpon
that
branch
of
Nilus
which
runneth
towardes
Damiata
and
Tenesse
,
they
call
by
the
name
of
Bechria
or
Maremma
.
All
Egypt
is
exceeding
fertile
:
but
the
prouince
of
Sahid
excelleth
the
two
other
parts
for
abundance
of
corne
,
cattle
,
fowles
,
and
flaxe
:
and
Maremma
aboundeth
with
cotton
and
sugar
.
Howbeit
the
inhabitants
of
Marremma
and
Errif
are
farre
more
ciuill
then
the
people
of
Sahid
:
bicause
those
two
prouinces
lie
neerer
vnto
the
sea
,
and
are
more
frequented
by
European
,
Barbarian
,
and
Assirian
merchants
:
but
the
people
of
Sahid
haue
no
conuersation
with
strangers
,
except
it
be
with
a
fewe
Ethiopians
.
Of
the
ancient
pedigree
and
originall
of
the
Egyptians
.
THe
Egyptians
(
as
Moses
writeth
)
fetch
their
originall
from
Gen.
10.
6.
[
](A05331-e33140-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Mesraim
is
recorded
to
be
the
brother
of
Chus
,
and
the
sonne
of
Cham.
Chibith
.
Mesraim
the
sonne
of
Chus
,
the
sonne
of
Cham
,
the
sonne
of
Noe
;
and
the
Hebrewes
call
both
the
countrie
and
the
inhabitants
of
Egypt
by
the
name
of
Mesraim
.
The
Arabians
call
Egypt
it selfe
Mesre
,
but
the
inhabitants
Chibith
.
And
Chibith
(
they
say
)
was
the
man
,
that
first
tooke
vpon
him
the
gouernment
of
this
region
,
and
began
first
to
builde
houses
thereon
.
Also
the
inhabitants
call
themselues
by
the
same
name
:
neither
are
there
left
any
true
Egyptians
,
besides
a
fewe
Christians
,
which
are
at
this
present
remaining
.
The
residue
embracing
the
Mahumetan
religion
haue
mingled
themselues
amongst
the
Arabians
&
the
Moores
.
This
kingdome
was
gouerned
many
yeeres
by
the
Egyptians
themselues
,
as
namely
by
the
kings
that
were
called
Pharao
,
(
who
by
their
monuments
and
admirable
buildings
,
seeme
to
haue
beene
mightie
princes
)
and
also
by
the
kings
called
Ptolomaei
.
Afterward
being
subdued
vnto
the
Romaine
Empire
,
this
kingdome
since
the
comming
of
Christ
was
conuerted
vnto
the
Christian
religion
,
vnder
the
saide
Romaine
gouernment
:
since
the
decay
of
which
Empire
,
it
fell
into
the
possession
of
the
Emperours
of
Constantinople
;
who
being
very
carefull
to
maintaine
this
kingdome
,
were
at
length
depriued
thereof
by
the
Mahumetans
,
vnder
the
conduct
of
Hamrus
the
sonne
of
Hasi
,
being
appointed
captaine
generall
ouer
the
Arabian
armie
of
Homar
the
second
Califa
or
Mahumetan
patriarke
of
that
name
:
who
permitting
all
men
to
haue
their
owne
religion
required
nought
but
tribute
at
their
hands
.
The
said
captaine
built
vpon
the
banke
of
Nilus
a
certaine
towne
called
by
the
Arabians
Fustato
,
which
word
signifieth
in
their
language
a
tabernacle
:
for
when
he
first
vndertooke
this
expedition
,
he
marched
through
wilde
and
desert
places
voide
of
inhabitants
,
so
that
his
armie
was
constrained
to
lye
in
tents
.
The
common
people
call
this
towne
Mesre
Hatichi
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
auncient
citie
;
which
notwithstanding
in
comparison
of
Cairo
may
not
vnfitly
be
called
the
New
citie
.
And
as
concerning
the
situation
of
this
towne
many
excellent
men
both
Christians
,
Iewes
,
and
Mahumetans
haue
in
these
our
times
beene
deceiued
.
For
they
thinke
Mesre
to
be
situate
in
the
same
place
where
king
Pharao
in
the
time
of
Moses
,
and
king
Pharao
in
the
time
of
Ioseph
had
their
aboade
:
because
they
suppose
the
towne
of
Pharao
to
haue
stood
in
that
part
of
Africa
where
Nilus
stretcheth
out
one
of
his
armes
westward
towards
Africa
,
and
where
the
Pyramides
are
as
yet
to
be
seene
:
which
the
holy
Scripture
also
seemeth
to
auouch
in
the
booke
of
Genesis
,
where
it
is
said
,
that
the
Iewes
in
Moses
time
were
employed
about
the
building
The
towne
of
Pharao
.
of
the
towne
of
Aphthun
,
which
was
founded
by
Pharao
:
namely
in
that
place
where
Nilus
trendeth
towards
Africa
,
being
about
fiftie
miles
southward
of
Cairo
,
and
neere
vnto
the
most
westerly
arme
or
branch
of
Nilus
.
They
alleage
also
another
probabilitie
,
that
the
towne
of
Pharao
was
built
in
the
same
place
,
because
that
at
the
verie
head
or
confluence
of
the
branches
of
Nilus
there
standeth
a
building
of
maruellous
antiquitie
,
called
the
sepulchre
of
Ioseph
,
wherein
the
dead
bodie
of
Ioseph
lay
,
till
it
was
The
〈◊〉
of
Ioseph
.
by
the
Iewes
transported
vnto
the
sepulchre
of
their
fathers
.
To
be
briefe
,
neither
Cairo
nor
any
place
neere
vnto
it
,
can
by
any
likelyhood
chalenge
that
they
were
at
any
time
inhabited
by
the
ancient
Pharaos
.
But
heere
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
the
nobilitie
of
the
ancient
Egyptians
dwelt
in
times
past
in
the
region
of
Sahid
beyond
Cairo
,
in
the
cities
of
Fium
,
of
Manfichmin
,
and
in
other
such
famous
cities
.
Howbeit
after
Egypt
was
conquered
by
the
Romans
,
the
Egyptian
nobilitie
planted
themselues
in
the
region
of
Errif
,
vpon
the
sea
shore
thereof
,
namely
about
the
cities
of
Alexandria
,
Rosetto
,
and
other
famous
townes
retayning
as
yet
the
Latine
names
.
Also
when
the
Roman
Empire
was
translated
into
Greece
,
the
said
nobilitie
still
inhabited
vpon
the
sea-shore
,
the
Emperors
lieutenant
residing
at
Alexandria
:
but
after
the
Mahumetans
got
the
dominion
of
Egypt
,
the
foresaide
nobilitie
retired
themselues
into
the
inland
,
hoping
thereby
to
reape
a
double
commoditie
:
namely
first
in
that
they
might
be
a
meanes
to
pacifie
the
kingdome
on
both
sides
of
them
,
and
secondly
that
they
might
be
free
from
the
inuasions
of
the
Christians
,
whereof
they
should
haue
beene
in
danger
,
had
they
remained
any
longer
vpon
the
sea
coast
.
Of
the
qualitie
and
temperature
of
the
ayre
in
Egypt
.
THE
ayre
of
this
countrey
is
hot
and
vnholesome
:
and
it
raineth
here
verie
seldome
or
neuer
.
And
raine
is
the
cause
of
many
diseases
in
Egypt
:
for
in
rainie
weather
some
of
the
Egyptians
are
subiect
vnto
dangerous
rheumes
and
feuers
;
and
others
vnto
a
strange
kinde
of
swelling
in
their
priuie
members
:
which
swelling
the
Phisicians
impute
vnto
salt-cheese
and
beefe
,
which
are
the
common
diet
of
the
Egyptians
.
In
sommer
time
this
countrey
is
most
extremely
hot
,
for
a
remedie
of
which
heat
they
build
in
euerie
towne
certaine
high
towers
,
hauing
one
doore
aloft
,
and
another
beneath
,
right
ouer
against
the
houses
,
through
the
tops
whereof
the
winde
passing
downard
,
doth
somewhat
coole
and
refresh
the
ayre
:
otherwise
in
regard
of
the
intollerable
heat
of
the
sun
it
were
impossible
for
any
man
to
liue
there
.
Sometime
the
pestilence
is
so
Extreme
pestilence
.
hot
among
them
,
especially
at
Cairo
,
that
almost
euery
day
there
die
twelue
thousand
persons
thereof
.
But
with
the
French
poxe
I
thinke
that
no
The
French
maladie
most
rife
in
Egypt
.
other
countrey
vnder
heauen
is
so
molested
,
nor
that
containeth
so
many
people
infected
therewith
.
About
the
beginning
of
Aprill
they
reape
their
corne
,
and
hauing
reaped
it
,
they
presently
thrash
the
same
;
neither
shall
you
see
one
eare
of
their
corne
standing
till
the
twentith
of
May
.
The
inundation
The
increase
of
Nilus
.
or
ouerflow
of
Nilus
beginneth
about
the
middest
of
Iune
,
increasing
afterward
for
the
space
of
fortie
daies
,
and
for
the
space
of
other
fortie
daies
also
decreasing
:
during
which
time
all
the
cities
and
townes
of
Egypt
are
like
vnto
Ilands
,
which
none
can
come
vnto
but
by
boates
and
barges
.
At
this
time
also
Nilus
is
verie
fit
to
be
sayled
vpon
with
vessels
of
burthen
;
some
whereof
are
so
big
that
they
will
containe
sixe
thousand
bushels
of
corne
,
and
an
hundreth
head-cattell
:
and
in
these
vessels
they
sayle
onely
downe
the
streame
:
for
against
the
streame
it
were
impossible
for
them
to
passe
emptie
.
The
Egyptians
according
to
the
increase
of
Nilus
doe
foresee
the
plentie
or
dearth
of
the
yeere
following
:
as
we
will
more
at
large
declare
,
when
we
come
to
speake
of
the
island
of
Nilus
ouer
against
the
olde
citie
,
where
the
inundation
of
Nilus
is
measured
.
Neither
is
it
our
purpose
in
this
place
particularly
to
describe
all
the
cities
of
Egypt
,
because
our
African
writers
are
of
diuers
opinions
thereabout
;
for
some
would
haue
Egypt
to
be
a
part
of
Africa
,
but
others
are
of
a
contrarie
minde
.
Diuers
there
are
that
affirme
that
part
of
Egypt
adioyning
vpon
the
deserts
of
Barbarie
,
Numidia
,
and
Libya
,
to
belong
vnto
Africa
.
Some
others
ascribe
vnto
Africa
all
those
places
that
border
vpon
the
principall
and
maine
chanel
of
Nilus
:
but
as
for
other
places
,
as
namely
Manf
,
Fium
,
Semenud
,
Damanhore
,
Berelles
,
Tenesse
,
and
Damiata
,
they
thinke
them
not
to
be
situate
in
Africa
:
which
opinion
I
my selfe
also
vpon
many
and
great
reasons
take
to
be
true
.
Wherefore
my
purpose
is
to
describe
none
other
cities
but
such
as
stand
neere
the
maine
and
principall
chanell
of
Nilus
.
Of
the
citie
of
Bosiri
.
THe
ancient
citie
of
Bosiri
built
by
the
Egyptians
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
standing
twenty
miles
westward
from
Alexandria
,
was
in
times
past
enuironed
with
most
strong
walles
,
and
adorned
with
most
beautifull
and
stately
buildings
.
At
this
present
it
is
compassed
with
many
possessions
or
grounds
bearing
dates
,
whereof
no
man
taketh
charge
nor
reapeth
any
commoditie
:
for
when
Alexandria
was
woon
by
the
Christians
,
the
inhabitants
abandoned
this
citie
,
and
fled
towards
the
lake
called
Buchaira
.
Of
the
great
citie
of
Alexandria
in
Egypt
.
THe
great
citie
of
Alexandria
in
Egypt
founded
by
Alexander
the
great
,
not
without
the
aduise
of
most
famous
and
skilfull
architects
,
vpon
a
beautifull
point
of
land
stretching
into
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
being
distant
40.
miles
westward
of
Nilus
,
was
in
times
past
,
till
it
grew
subiect
vnto
the
Mahumetans
,
most
sumptuously
and
strongly
built
,
as
diuers
and
sundry
authors
beare
record
.
Afterward
this
citie
decaying
many
yéeres
together
,
was
depriued
of
the
ancient
renowme
and
honour
,
and
rémained
in
manner
desolate
,
because
no
merchants
of
Greece
,
nor
of
any
other
part
of
Europe
exercised
any
longer
traffique
therein
.
Howbeit
a
certaine
craftie
Mahumetan
patriarke
made
the
rude
people
〈◊〉
,
that
by
the
prophecie
of
Mahumet
most
ample
indulgences
were
granted
vnto
all
such
as
would
inhabite
the
citie
or
garde
it
for
certaine
daies
,
and
would
bestow
some
almes
for
a
publike
benefite
:
by
which
wilie
stratagem
the
citie
was
in
short
time
〈◊〉
with
forren
people
,
which
from
all
places
resorted
thereunto
:
by
whom
were
built
many
houses
neere
vnto
the
citie-walles
,
and
many
colleges
of
students
,
and
diuers
monasteries
for
the
reliefe
of
pilgrims
.
The
citie
it selfe
is
fower
square
,
and
hath
fower
gates
to
enter
in
at
:
one
standing
on
the
east
side
towards
Nilus
,
another
on
the
south
side
towards
the
lake
of
Buchaira
,
the
third
westward
towards
the
desert
of
Barca
,
and
the
fourth
towards
the
Mediterran
sea
,
and
the
hauen
;
whereat
stand
the
searchers
and
customers
,
which
ransacke
strangers
euen
to
their
verie
shirts
:
for
they
demaund
custome
not
onely
for
wares
and
merchandize
,
but
also
some
allowance
in
the
hundred
for
all
kinde
of
money
.
Neere
vnto
the
citie-walles
there
are
two
other
gates
also
,
being
diuided
asunder
by
a
faire
walke
,
and
a
most
impregnable
castle
,
which
standeth
vpon
the
strand
or
wharfe
of
the
port
commonly
called
Marsa
el
Bargi
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
port
of
the
castle
:
in
which
port
ride
the
principall
and
best
ships
,
namely
such
as
come
from
Venice
,
Genoa
,
Ragusa
,
with
other
ships
of
Europe
.
For
hither
resort
the
English
,
the
low
Dutch
,
the
Biscaines
,
the
Ancient
traffique
of
the
〈◊〉
vnto
Alexandria
.
Portugals
,
and
men
of
all
other
nations
in
Europe
for
traffiques
sake
.
Howbeit
this
port
is
most
vsually
frequented
by
the
〈◊〉
of
Appulia
,
Sicilia
,
and
of
Greece
,
which
are
Turkish
ships
;
all
which
resort
into
this
harbour
to
saue
themselues
from
pirates
,
and
from
tempestuous
weather
.
Another
port
there
is
also
called
Marsa
Essil
Sela
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
port
of
the
chaine
,
wherein
the
ships
of
Barbarie
,
namely
those
of
Tunis
&
of
the
isle
of
Gerbi
harbor
themselues
.
The
Christians
are
constrained
to
pay
about
the
10.
part
for
all
wares
that
they
bring
in
&
carie
out
,
but
the
Mahumetans
pay
but
the
20.
part
:
and
whatsoeuer
wares
are
caried
by
land
to
Cairo
pay
no
custom
at
all
.
And
at
this
present
that
part
of
the
citie
which
is
next
vnto
Cairo
is
the
most
famous
and
best
furnished
with
merchandize
brought
by
merchants
from
al
places
of
the
world
.
The
other
parts
of
this
city
are
destitute
both
of
ciuilitie
&
inhabitants
:
for
except
one
long
street
,
and
that
part
of
the
citie
next
the
hauen
which
is
full
of
merchants
shops
,
&
inhabited
by
christians
,
the
residue
is
void
and
desolate
.
Which
desolation
happened
at
that
time
,
Alexandria
surprised
and
sacked
by
the
king
of
Cyprus
.
when
Lewis
the
fourth
king
of
France
being
restored
to
libertie
by
the
Soldan
,
the
king
of
Cyprus
with
a
fleet
partly
of
Venetians
&
partly
of
Frenchmen
suddenly
assailed
Alexandria
,
and
with
great
slaughter
surprized
and
〈◊〉
the
same
.
But
the
Soldan
comming
with
an
huge
armie
to
rescue
Alexandria
,
so
discouraged
the
Cyprians
,
that
they
burnt
downe
the
houses
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
themselues
to
flight
.
Whereupon
the
Soldan
repairing
the
〈◊〉
,
and
building
a
castle
neere
vnto
the
hauen
,
the
citie
grew
by
〈◊〉
and
little
into
that
estate
,
wherein
it
standeth
at
this
present
.
In
the
citie
of
Alexandria
there
is
a
certaine
high
mount
fashioned
like
vnto
the
place
called
Testaccio
at
Rome
,
whereon
,
although
it
hath
no
naturall
situation
,
are
found
diuers
earthen
vessels
of
great
antiquitie
.
Vpon
the
top
of
the
said
mount
standeth
a
turret
,
where
a
certaine
officer
is
appointed
to
watch
for
such
ships
as
direct
their
course
towards
the
citie
,
who
for
euery
ship
that
he
giueth
notice
of
vnto
the
customers
,
receiueth
a
certaine
fee
:
but
if
he
chanceth
to
fall
asleepe
,
or
to
be
out
of
the
way
at
the
arriuall
of
any
ship
,
whereof
he
certifieth
not
the
customers
,
he
paieth
double
for
his
negligence
into
the
Soldans
exchequer
.
Vnder
each
house
of
this
citie
there
is
a
great
vaulted
The
water
of
Nilus
brought
by
a
sluce
into
Alexandria
.
cesterne
built
vpon
mighty
pillers
and
arches
:
whereinto
the
water
of
Nilus
at
euery
inundation
is
conueied
vnder
the
walles
of
the
citie
,
by
a
certaine
woonderfull
and
most
artificiall
sluce
standing
without
the
city
itselfe
.
But
these
cesternes
growing
sometime
corrupt
and
fowle
,
are
often
in
summer
the
occasion
of
many
diseases
and
infirmities
.
This
citie
standeth
in
the
midst
of
a
sandie
desert
,
and
is
destitute
of
gardens
and
vines
,
neither
is
the
soile
round
about
it
apt
to
beare
corne
;
so
that
their
corne
is
brought
them
from
places
fortie
miles
distant
.
Howbeit
neere
the
foresaid
sluce
,
whereby
the
water
of
Nilus
is
conueied
into
the
citie
,
are
certaine
little
gardens
,
the
fruits
whereof
being
growen
to
ripenes
are
so
vnholesome
,
that
they
breed
feuers
and
other
noisome
diseases
among
the
citizens
.
Sixe
miles
westward
of
Alexandria
,
among
certaine
ancient
buildings
,
standeth
a
piller
of
a
woonderfull
height
and
thicknes
,
which
the
Arabians
call
Hemadussaoar
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
piller
of
trees
.
Of
this
piller
there
is
a
fable
reported
,
that
Ptolemey
one
of
the
kings
of
Alexandria
built
it
vpon
an
extreme
point
of
land
stretching
from
the
hauen
,
whereby
to
the
end
he
might
defend
the
citie
from
the
inuasion
of
forren
enemies
,
and
make
it
inuincible
,
he
placed
a
certaine
steele-glasse
vpon
the
top
thereof
,
by
the
hidden
vertue
of
which
glasse
as
many
ships
as
passed
by
while
the
glasse
was
vncouered
should
immediately
be
set
on
fire
:
but
the
said
glasse
being
broken
by
the
Mahumetans
,
the
secret
vertue
thereof
vanished
,
and
the
great
piller
whereon
it
stood
was
remooued
out
of
the
place
.
But
this
is
a
most
ridiculous
narration
,
and
fit
for
babes
to
giue
credit
vnto
.
At
this
present
there
are
amongst
the
ancient
inhabitants
of
Alexandria
many
Christians
called
Iacobites
,
being
all
Certaine
Christians
called
Iacobites
.
of
them
artizans
&
merchants
:
these
Iacobites
haue
a
church
of
their
own
to
resort
vnto
,
wherin
the
body
of
S.
Mark
the
Euangelist
lay
in
times
past
interred
,
which
hath
since
beene
priuily
stolne
by
the
Venetians
,
&
carried
vnto
Venice
.
And
the
said
Iacobites
pay
tribute
vnto
the
gouernour
of
Cairo
.
Neither
is
it
to
be
passed
ouer
in
silence
,
that
in
the
midst
of
the
ruinous
monuments
of
Alexandria
there
remaineth
as
yet
a
certaine
little
house
built
in
forme
of
a
chappell
,
and
containing
a
sepulchre
much
honoured
by
the
Mahumetans
,
wherein
they
affirme
out
of
the
authoritie
of
their
Alcaron
,
that
the
bodie
of
the
high
prophet
and
king
(
as
they
terme
him
)
Alexander
the
great
lieth
buried
.
And
thither
resort
yeerely
great
multitudes
of
pilgrimes
from
forren
nations
,
to
adore
and
reuerence
the
said
sepulchre
,
and
oftentimes
to
bestow
large
almes
thereupon
.
Other
things
woorthie
the
noting
I
purposely
passe
ouer
,
least
I
should
seeme
too
tedious
vnto
the
reader
.
Of
the
citie
of
Bochin
.
THis
ancient
and
small
citie
situate
in
times
past
vpon
the
Mediterran
sea
shore
eight
miles
eastward
of
Alexandria
,
lieth
at
this
time
vtterly
desolate
,
nought
remaining
thereof
,
but
certaine
ruines
of
the
walles
.
It
is
now
planted
with
date-trees
,
wherewith
the
poore
inhabitants
dwelling
in
base
and
solitarie
cottages
sustaine
themselues
.
Neere
vnto
this
citie
standeth
a
towre
vpon
a
certaine
dangerous
rocke
,
against
which
many
ships
of
Syria
being
driuen
in
the
night
,
doe
suffer
shipwracke
,
because
they
cannot
in
the
darke
finde
the
right
course
to
the
port
of
Alexandria
.
Round
about
this
citie
there
are
no
fields
but
sandie
deserts
euen
to
the
riuer
of
Nilus
.
Of
the
citie
of
Rasid
called
by
the
Italians
Rosetto
.
THe
citie
of
Rosetto
was
built
by
a
slaue
of
a
certaine
Mahumetan
patriarke
and
gouernour
of
Egypt
,
vpon
the
easterne
banke
of
Nilus
three
miles
from
the
Mediterran
sea
,
not
farre
from
the
place
where
Nilus
dischargeth
his
streames
into
the
said
sea
.
It
containeth
most
beautifull
houses
and
palaces
built
vpon
the
shore
of
Nilus
,
and
a
faire
market-place
,
enuironed
on
all
sides
with
shops
of
merchants
and
artizans
,
with
a
stately
and
sumptuous
temple
also
,
hauing
some
gates
towards
the
market-place
,
and
others
toward
Nilus
,
and
certaine
commodious
staires
to
descend
into
the
same
riuer
.
Neere
vnto
the
temple
there
is
a
certaine
harbour
for
the
safetie
of
ships
and
barks
of
burthen
that
carrie
wares
vnto
Cairo
:
for
the
citie
being
vnwalled
resembleth
a
village
rather
then
a
citie
.
About
this
citie
stand
diuers
cottages
,
wherein
they
vse
to
thrash
rice
with
certaine
wooden
instruments
,
&
to
make
ready
each
moneth
three
thousand
bushels
thereof
.
A
little
farther
from
this
citie
there
is
a
place
like
vnto
a
village
,
wherein
great
store
of
hackney-mules
,
and
asses
are
kept
for
trauellers
to
ride
vpon
vnto
Alexandria
:
neither
neede
the
trauellers
to
guide
the
saide
hackneyes
,
but
to
let
them
run
their
ordinarie
course
,
for
they
will
goe
directly
to
the
same
house
or
inne
where
they
ought
to
be
left
:
and
their
pace
is
so
good
,
that
they
will
from
sunne-rising
to
sunne-set
carrie
a
man
fortie
miles
:
they
trauell
alwaies
so
neere
the
sea-shore
,
that
sometimes
the
waues
thereof
beat
vpon
the
hackneyes
feete
.
Neere
vnto
this
citie
are
many
fields
of
dates
,
and
grounds
which
yeeld
aboundance
of
rice
.
The
inhabitants
are
of
a
cheerefull
disposition
and
courteous
to
strangers
,
especially
to
such
as
loue
to
spend
their
time
in
iollitie
and
disport
.
Here
is
a
stately
bath-stoue
also
,
hauing
fountaines
both
of
cold
and
hot
water
belonging
thereunto
,
the
Iohn
Leo
was
at
Rasid
the
same
time
〈◊〉
Selim
the
great
Turke
passed
that
way
.
like
whereof
for
stately
and
commodious
building
is
not
to
be
found
in
all
Egypt
besides
.
I
my selfe
was
in
this
citie
when
Selim
the
great
Turke
returned
this
way
from
Alexandria
,
who
with
his
priuate
and
familiar
friends
beholding
the
said
bath-stoue
,
seemed
to
take
great
delight
and
contentment
therein
.
Of
the
citie
called
Anthius
.
THis
citie
was
built
vpon
the
easterne
banke
of
Nilus
by
the
Romans
,
as
many
Latin
inscriptions
engrauen
in
marble
,
and
remaining
til
this
present
do
beare
sufficient
record
.
It
is
a
beautifull
and
well-gouerned
citie
,
and
is
furnished
with
men
of
all
kinde
of
trades
and
occupations
.
The
fields
adiacent
abound
with
great
plentie
of
rice
,
corne
,
and
dates
.
The
inhabitants
are
of
a
cheerefull
and
gentle
disposition
,
and
gaine
much
by
rice
which
they
transport
vnto
Cairo
.
Of
the
citie
of
Barnabal
.
THis
citie
was
founded
at
the
same
time
when
the
Christian
religion
began
to
take
place
in
Egypt
,
vpon
the
easterne
banke
of
Nilus
,
in
a
most
pleasant
and
fruitfull
place
.
Here
is
such
abundance
of
rice
,
that
in
the
citie
there
are
more
then
fower
hundred
houses
for
the
thrashing
and
trimming
thereof
.
But
they
that
impose
this
taske
vpon
the
inhabitants
,
are
men
of
forren
countries
,
and
especially
of
Barbarie
,
which
are
so
lasciuiously
and
riotously
giuen
,
that
almost
all
the
harlots
of
Egypt
resort
hither
vnto
them
,
who
shaue
off
their
haires
to
the
very
bones
without
any
cizzers
or
rasors
.
Of
the
citie
of
Thebe
.
BY
whom
this
ancient
citie
of
Thebe
standing
vpon
the
westerne
banke
of
Nilus
should
be
built
,
our
African
chroniclers
are
of
sundry
opinions
.
Some
affirme
it
to
be
built
by
the
Egyptians
,
some
by
the
Romans
,
and
others
by
the
Grecians
,
because
there
are
as
yet
to
be
seene
most
ancient
monuments
,
partly
in
Latine
,
partly
in
Greeke
,
and
partly
in
Egyptian
characters
.
Howbeit
at
this
present
it
containeth
but
three
hundred
families
in
all
,
being
most
of
them
very
stately
and
sumptuously
built
.
It
aboundeth
with
corne
,
rice
,
and
sugar
,
and
with
certaine
fruits
of
a
most
excellent
The
fruits
called
Mose
.
taste
called
Muse.
It
is
also
furnished
with
great
store
of
merchants
and
artificers
:
but
the
most
part
of
the
inhabitants
are
husbandmen
:
and
if
a
man
walke
the
streetes
in
the
day-time
he
shall
see
none
but
trim
and
beautifull
women
.
The
territorie
adiacent
aboundeth
with
date-trees
which
grow
so
thicke
,
that
a
man
cannot
see
the
citie
,
till
he
approcheth
nigh
vnto
the
walles
.
Here
grow
likewise
store
of
grapes
,
figs
,
and
peaches
,
which
are
carried
in
great
plentie
vnto
Cairo
.
Without
the
citie
there
are
many
ancient
monuments
,
as
namely
pillers
,
inscriptions
,
and
walles
of
a
great
thicknes
built
of
excellent
stone
,
and
such
a
number
of
ruinous
places
,
that
this
citie
seemeth
in
times
past
to
haue
beene
very
large
.
Of
the
citie
of
Fuoa
.
THis
citie
being
distant
about
45.
miles
southward
from
Rosetto
,
was
built
by
the
Egyptians
on
the
side
of
Nilus
next
vnto
Asia
.
The
streetes
there
of
are
narrow
,
being
otherwise
a
well
gouerned
and
populous
citie
,
and
abounding
with
all
necessarie
commodities
.
Heere
are
likewise
very
faire
shops
of
merchants
and
artificers
,
albeit
the
inhabitants
are
much
addicted
vnto
their
ease
and
pleasure
.
The
women
of
this
towne
liue
in
so
great
libertie
,
that
they
may
go
whither
they
will
all
the
day-time
,
returning
home
at
night
without
any
controlement
of
their
husbands
.
The
fieldes
adiacent
abounde
greatly
with
dates
,
and
neere
vnto
them
there
is
a
certaine
plaine
which
is
very
,
apt
for
sugar
and
corne
:
howbeit
the
sugar
Sugar
.
canes
there
bring
not
foorth
perfect
sugar
,
but
in
steede
thereof
a
certaine
kinde
of
honie
like
sope
,
which
they
vse
throughout
all
Egypt
,
because
there
is
but
little
other
hony
in
the
whole
countrey
.
Of
Gezirat
Eddeheb
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
golden
Isle
.
OVer
against
the
foresaid
city
the
riuer
of
Nilus
maketh
an
Isle
,
which
being
situate
on
an
high
place
,
bringeth
forth
all
kinde
of
fruitefull
trees
except
Oliues
.
Vpon
this
Island
are
many
palaces
and
beautifull
buildings
,
which
cannot
be
seene
through
the
thicke
and
shadie
woods
.
The
soile
of
this
Island
being
apt
for
sugar
and
rice
,
is
manured
by
most
of
the
inhabitants
,
but
the
residue
are
imploied
about
carrying
of
their
merchandize
vnto
Cairo
.
Of
the
citie
of
Mechella
.
THis
citie
builte
by
the
Mahumetans
in
my
time
vpon
the
easterne
shore
of
Nilus
,
and
enuironed
with
a
lowe
wall
,
containeth
great
store
of
inhabitants
,
the
most
part
of
whom
being
either
weauers
or
husbandmen
,
are
voide
of
all
curtesie
and
ciuilitie
.
They
bring
vp
great
store
of
geese
which
they
sell
at
Cairo
;
and
their
fields
bring
foorth
plentie
of
corne
and
flaxe
.
Of
the
citie
of
Derotte
.
WHen
Egypt
was
subiect
to
the
Romaine
empire
,
this
towne
was
built
also
vpon
the
easterne
banke
of
Nilus
:
which
as
it
is
very
populous
,
so
is
it
adorned
with
stately
buildings
and
large
streets
,
hauing
merchants
shops
on
either
side
of
them
.
They
haue
a
most
beautifull
temple
,
and
the
citizens
are
exceeding
rich
:
for
their
grounde
yeeldeth
such
abundance
Great
abundance
of
Sugar
.
of
sugar
,
that
they
pay
yeerely
vnto
the
Soldan
an
hundred
thousande
peeces
of
golde
,
called
in
their
language
Saraffi
,
for
their
libertie
of
making
and
refining
thereof
.
In
this
citie
standeth
a
certaine
great
house
like
〈◊〉
a
castle
,
wherein
are
their
presses
and
caldrons
,
for
the
boiling
and
preparing
of
their
sugar
.
Neither
did
I
euer
in
all
my
life
see
so
many
workemen
emploied
about
that
busines
,
whose
daily
wages
(
as
I
vnderstood
by
a
certaine
publike
officer
)
amounted
to
two
hundred
Saraffi
.
Of
the
citie
called
Mechellat
Chais
.
THe
Mahumetans
hauing
conquered
Egypt
,
built
this
citie
vpon
an
high
hill
standing
by
the
westerne
banke
of
Nilus
.
The
fields
of
this
citie
being
high
ground
,
are
apt
for
to
plant
vines
vpon
,
bicause
the
waters
of
Nilus
cannot
ouerflow
them
.
This
towne
affoordeth
new
grapes
vnto
Cairo
,
almost
for
halfe
the
yeere
long
:
but
the
inhabitants
are
〈◊〉
people
,
being
most
of
them
watermen
and
bargemen
.
A
description
of
the
huge
and
admirable
citie
of
Cairo
.
CAiro
is
commonly
reputed
to
be
one
of
the
greatest
and
most
famous
cities
in
al
the
whole
world
.
But
leauing
the
common
reports
&
opinions
thereof
,
I
will
exactly
describe
the
forme
and
estate
wherin
it
[
](A05331-e33990-b)*
*
*
1526.
now
standeth
.
And
that
I
may
begin
with
the
Etymology
or
deriuation
of
the
name
,
Cairo
is
an
Arabian
word
,
corruptly
pronounced
by
the
people
of
Europe
:
for
the
true
Arabian
worde
is
El
Chahira
,
which
signifieth
an
enforcing
or
imperious
mistresse
.
This
citie
built
in
ancient
times
by
one
Gehoar
Chetib
a
Dalmatian
slaue
(
as
I
haue
before
signified
in
the
beginning
of
my
discourse
)
containeth
within
the
wals
not
aboue
eight
thousand
families
,
being
inhabited
by
noblemen
,
gentlemen
,
and
merchants
that
sell
wares
brought
from
all
other
places
.
The
famous
temple
of
Cairo
commonly
called
Gemih
Hashare
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
glorious
temple
,
was
built
also
by
the
foresaide
slaue
,
whom
we
affirmed
to
be
the
founder
of
the
citie
,
and
whose
surname
was
Hashare
,
that
is
to
say
,
famous
,
being
giuen
him
by
the
Mahumetan
patriarke
that
was
his
prince
.
This
city
standeth
vpon
a
most
beautifull
plaine
,
neere
vnto
a
certaine
mountaine
called
Mucatun
,
about
two
miles
distant
from
Nilus
,
and
is
enuironed
with
stately
wals
,
and
fortified
with
iron
gates
:
the
principall
of
which
gates
is
called
Babe
Nansre
,
that
is
,
the
gate
of
victory
,
which
standeth
eastward
towards
the
desert
of
the
red
sea
;
and
the
gate
called
Beb
Zuaila
being
next
vnto
the
old
citie
and
to
Nilus
;
and
also
Bebel
Futuh
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
gate
of
triumph
,
standing
towards
the
lake
and
the
fieldes
.
And
albeit
Cairo
aboundeth
euerie
where
with
all
kinde
of
merchants
and
artificers
,
yet
that
is
the
principall
streete
of
the
whole
citie
which
stretcheth
from
the
gate
of
Nansre
to
the
gate
of
Zuaila
;
for
in
it
are
builte
most
stately
and
admirable
palaces
and
colleges
,
and
most
sumptuous
temples
,
among
which
is
the
temple
of
Gemith
Elhechim
the
third
schismaticall
Califa
of
Cairo
.
Other
temples
there
are
of
a
maruellous
bignes
,
which
to
describe
in
particular
,
I
thinke
it
superfluous
.
Heere
are
many
bath-stoues
also
very
artificially
built
.
Next
of
all
is
the
streete
called
Beinel
Casrain
,
containing
to
the
number
of
threescore
cooks
or
victualers
shops
,
furnished
with
vessels
of
tinne
:
there
are
〈◊〉
other
shops
also
,
wherein
are
to
be
solde
delicate
waters
or
drinkes
made
of
Delicate
drinks
made
of
all
kind
of
fruits
.
all
kinds
of
fruits
,
being
for
noblemen
to
drinke
of
,
and
these
waters
they
keepe
most
charily
in
fine
vessels
,
partly
of
glasse
,
and
partly
of
tinne
:
next
vnto
these
are
shops
where
diuers
confections
of
hony
&
sugar
,
vnlike
vnto
the
confections
of
Europe
,
are
to
be
sold
:
then
follow
the
fruiterers
shops
,
who
bring
outlandish
fruits
out
of
Syria
,
to
wit
,
quinces
,
pomegranates
,
and
other
fruits
which
grow
not
in
Egypt
:
next
vnto
them
are
the
shops
of
such
as
sell
egges
,
cheese
,
and
pancakes
fried
with
oile
.
And
next
of
all
there
is
a
streete
of
the
principall
artificers
shops
.
Beyond
which
streete
standeth
a
college
built
by
the
Soldan
called
Ghauri
,
who
was
slaine
in
a
battaile
against
〈◊〉
Ghauri
.
Selim
the
great
Turke
.
And
next
vnto
the
college
are
diuers
rankes
of
drapers
shops
.
In
the
first
ranke
there
is
most
excellent
outlandish
linnen
cloth
to
be
sold
,
as
namely
fine
cloth
of
cotton
brought
from
Balabach
,
and
cloth
called
Mosall
brought
from
Ninou
of
a
maruellous
bredth
and
finenesse
,
whereof
noblemen
and
others
of
account
haue
shirts
made
them
,
&
scarffes
to
weare
vpon
their
Dulipans
.
Besides
these
there
are
certaine
mercers
shops
where
the
rich
stuffes
of
Italy
,
namely
silke
,
damaske
,
veluet
,
cloth
of
golde
,
and
such
like
are
to
be
bought
,
vnto
which
stuffes
I
neuer
sawe
anie
comparable
(
to
my
remembrance
)
in
Italy
,
where
they
vse
to
be
made
.
Next
vnto
the
mercers
are
the
woollen
drapers
which
bring
cloth
out
of
Europe
,
as
namely
from
Florence
,
Venice
,
Flanders
,
and
other
places
.
Next
of
all
there
are
chamblets
to
be
sold
:
and
from
thence
the
way
lieth
to
the
gate
of
Zuaila
,
at
which
gate
dwell
great
store
of
artificers
.
Neere
vnto
the
saide
way
standeth
the
famous
Burse
called
Canel
Halili
,
wherin
the
Persian
merchants
dwell
.
It
is
built
very
stately
in
maner
of
a
kings
palace
,
and
is
of
three
stories
high
:
beneath
it
are
certaine
conuenient
roomes
whither
merchants
for
the
exchange
of
rich
and
costly
wares
do
resort
:
for
heere
do
the
principall
and
most
wealthie
merchants
abide
;
whose
wares
are
spices
,
precious
stones
,
cloth
of
India
,
and
such
like
.
Next
vnto
the
Burse
standeth
a
streete
of
shops
where
all
kinde
of
perfumes
,
namely
ciuet
,
muske
,
amber
,
and
such
like
are
to
be
solde
:
which
commodities
are
heere
in
so
great
plentie
,
that
if
you
aske
for
twentie
pounds
of
muske
they
will
presently
shewe
you
an
hundred
.
Next
followeth
the
streete
of
the
paper-merchants
where
you
may
buie
most
excellent
and
smooth
paper
:
heere
also
are
to
be
sold
iewels
and
precious
stones
of
great
value
,
which
the
brokers
carrie
from
one
shop
to
another
.
Then
come
you
to
the
goldsmiths
streete
being
inhabited
for
the
most
part
by
Iewes
,
who
deale
for
riches
of
great
importance
.
And
next
vnto
the
goldsmiths
are
certaine
streetes
of
vpholsters
or
brokers
,
who
sell
the
apparell
and
rich
furniture
of
noblemen
and
other
citizens
at
the
second
hande
;
which
are
not
cloakes
,
coates
,
napery
,
or
such
like
,
but
things
of
exceeding
price
and
value
:
amongst
which
I
my selfe
once
sawe
a
beautifull
pauilion
embrodered
with
needle-worke
,
and
beset
with
pearles
that
weighed
fortie
pounds
,
which
pearles
being
taken
out
of
it
were
solde
for
ten
thousand
Saraffi
.
In
this
citie
also
there
is
a
most
stately
hospitall
builte
A
stately
〈◊〉
.
by
Piperis
the
first
Soldan
of
the
Mamalucks
race
:
the
yeerely
reuenues
whereof
amount
vnto
two
hundred
thousand
Saraffi
.
Hither
may
any
impotent
or
diseased
persons
resort
,
and
be
well
prouided
of
phisitions
,
and
of
all
things
necessarie
for
those
that
are
sicke
,
who
if
they
chance
to
die
heere
,
all
their
goods
are
due
vnto
the
hospitall
.
Of
the
suburb
called
Beb
Zuaila
.
THis
great
suburbe
belonging
vnto
Cairo
,
and
containing
about
twelue
thousand
families
,
beginneth
at
the
gate
of
Zuaila
,
and
extendeth
westward
almost
a
mile
&
a
halfe
;
southward
it
bordereth
vpon
the
palace
of
the
Soldan
,
&
stretcheth
northward
for
the
space
of
a
mile
vnto
the
suburbe
called
Beb
Elloch
.
Heere
dwell
as
many
noble
men
and
gentlemen
almost
,
as
within
the
citie
it selfe
:
and
the
citizens
haue
shops
both
heere
and
in
the
citie
,
as
likewise
many
inhabitants
of
this
suburbe
maintaine
families
in
the
citie
also
.
Amongst
all
the
buildings
of
this
suburbe
the
principall
is
that
stately
college
built
by
Soldan
Hesen
,
being
of
such
a
woonderfull
height
and
great
strength
,
that
oftentimes
the
colleges
haue
presumed
to
rebell
against
the
Soldan
,
and
therein
to
fortifie
themselues
against
the
whole
citie
,
and
to
discharge
ordinance
against
the
Soldans
castle
,
which
is
but
halfe
a
crosse-bowe
shot
distant
.
Of
the
suburbe
called
Gemeh
Tailon
.
THis
huge
suburbe
confining
eastwarde
vpon
the
foresaid
suburbe
of
Beb
Zuaila
extendeth
westward
to
certaine
ruinous
places
neere
vnto
the
olde
citie
.
Before
the
foundation
of
Cairo
this
suburbe
was
erected
by
one
Tailon
,
who
was
subiect
vnto
the
Califa
of
Bagdet
,
and
gouernour
of
Egypt
,
and
was
a
most
famous
and
prudent
man
.
This
Tailon
leauing
the
old
citie
,
inhabited
this
suburbe
,
and
adorned
the
same
with
a
most
admirable
palace
,
and
sumptuous
temple
.
Heere
dwell
also
great
store
of
merchants
,
and
artificers
,
especially
such
as
are
Moores
of
Barbarie
.
Of
the
suburbe
called
Beb
Elloch
.
THis
large
suburbe
being
distant
from
the
wals
of
Cairo
about
the
space
of
a
mile
,
and
containing
almost
three
thousand
families
,
is
inhabited
by
merchants
,
and
artizans
of
diuers
sorts
as
well
as
the
former
.
Vpon
a
certaine
large
place
of
this
suburbe
standeth
a
great
palace
and
a
stately
college
built
by
a
certaine
Mammaluck
called
〈◊〉
,
being
counseller
vnto
the
Soldan
of
those
times
;
and
the
place
it selfe
is
called
after
his
name
Iazbachia
.
Hither
after
Mahumetan
sermons
and
deuotions
,
the
common
people
of
Cairo
,
togither
with
the
baudes
and
harlots
,
do
vsually
resort
;
and
many
stage
plaiers
also
,
and
such
as
teach
camels
,
asses
,
and
dogs
,
to
daunce
:
which
dauncing
is
a
thing
very
delightfull
to
behold
,
and
especially
that
of
the
asse
:
who
hauing
frisked
and
daunced
a
while
,
his
master
comes
vnto
him
and
tels
him
with
a
loude
voice
,
that
the
Soldan
being
about
to
builde
some
great
palace
,
must
vse
all
the
asses
of
Cairo
to
carrie
morter
,
stones
,
and
other
necessarie
prouision
.
Then
the
asse
falling
presently
These
asses
are
somewhat
like
to
Banks
his
curtall
,
that
plaid
his
prizes
all
England
ouer
.
to
the
ground
,
and
lying
with
his
heeles
vpward
,
maketh
his
belly
to
swell
,
and
closeth
his
eies
as
if
he
were
starke
dead
.
In
the
meane
while
his
master
lamenting
the
misfortune
of
the
asse
vnto
the
standers
by
,
earnestly
craueth
their
friendly
assistance
and
liberalitie
to
buie
him
a
newe
asse
.
And
hauing
gathered
of
each
one
as
much
money
as
he
can
get
;
you
are
much
deceiued
my
masters
(
quoth
he
)
that
thinke
mine
asse
to
be
dead
:
for
the
hungrie
iade
knowing
his
masters
necessity
hath
wrought
this
sleight
,
to
the
end
he
might
get
some
money
to
buie
him
prouender
.
Then
turning
about
to
the
asse
,
he
commandeth
him
with
all
speede
to
arise
:
but
the
asse
lyeth
starke
still
,
though
he
command
and
beate
him
neuer
so
much
:
whereupon
turning
againe
to
the
people
,
Be
it
knowen
(
quoth
he
)
vnto
you
all
,
that
the
Soldan
hath
published
an
edict
or
proclamation
,
that
to
morrow
next
all
the
people
shall
go
foorth
of
the
citie
to
beholde
a
triumph
;
and
that
all
the
honourable
and
beautifull
ladies
and
gentlewomen
shall
ride
vpon
the
most
comely
asses
,
and
shall
giue
them
otes
to
eate
,
and
the
christall
water
of
Nilus
to
drinke
.
Which
words
being
scarce
ended
,
the
asse
suddenly
starteth
from
the
ground
,
prancing
&
leaping
for
ioy
:
then
his
master
prosecuting
still
his
narration
;
but
(
saith
he
)
the
warden
of
our
streete
hath
borrowed
this
goodly
asse
of
mine
for
his
deformed
and
olde
wife
to
ride
vpon
.
At
these
wordes
the
asse
,
as
though
hee
were
indued
with
humaine
reason
,
coucheth
his
eares
,
and
limpeth
with
one
of
his
legges
,
as
if
it
were
quite
out
of
ioint
.
Then
saith
his
master
;
What
,
sir
Iade
,
are
you
so
in
loue
with
faire
women
?
The
asse
nodding
his
head
seemeth
to
say
,
yea
.
Come
on
therefore
sirra
(
quoth
his
master
)
and
let
vs
see
among
all
these
prettie
damosels
,
which
pleaseth
your
fancie
best
.
Whereupon
the
asse
going
about
the
companie
,
and
espying
some
woman
more
comely
and
beautiful
then
the
rest
,
walketh
directly
vnto
her
and
toucheth
her
with
his
head
:
and
then
the
beholders
laugh
and
crie
out
amaine
:
Lo
,
the
asses
paramour
,
the
paramour
of
the
asse
.
Whereupon
the
fellow
that
shewed
all
this
sport
leaping
vpon
the
backe
of
his
asse
rideth
to
some
other
place
.
There
is
also
another
kinde
of
charmers
or
iuglers
,
which
keepe
certaine
little
birdes
in
Soothsaying
birds
.
cages
made
after
the
fashion
of
cupboords
,
which
birds
will
reach
vnto
any
man
with
their
beaks
certaine
skroules
contayning
either
his
good
or
euill
successe
in
time
to
come
.
And
whosoeuer
desireth
to
know
his
fortune
must
giue
the
bird
an
halfepenie
:
which
shee
taking
in
her
bill
carrieth
into
a
little
boxe
,
and
then
comming
foorth
againe
bringeth
the
said
skroule
in
her
beake
.
I
my selfe
had
once
a
skroule
of
ill
fortune
giuen
me
,
which
although
I
little
regarded
,
yet
had
I
more
vnfortunate
successe
then
was
contained
therein
.
Also
there
are
masters
of
defence
playing
at
all
kinde
of
weapons
,
and
others
that
sing
songs
of
the
battels
fought
betweene
the
Arabians
and
Egyptians
,
when
as
the
Arabians
conquered
Egypt
,
with
diuers
others
that
sing
such
toyes
and
ballads
vnto
the
people
.
Of
the
suburb
called
Eulach
THis
large
and
ancient
suburb
of
Cairo
standing
two
miles
distant
from
the
walles
of
the
citie
vpon
the
banke
of
Nilus
,
containeth
fower
thousand
families
.
Vpon
the
way
lying
betweene
the
suburb
and
this
citie
,
stand
diuers
houses
,
and
mils
turned
about
by
the
strength
of
beasts
.
In
this
suburb
dwell
many
artificers
and
merchants
,
especially
such
as
sell
corne
,
oyle
,
and
sugar
.
Moreouer
it
is
full
of
stately
temples
,
palaces
,
and
colledges
:
but
the
fairest
buildings
thereof
stand
along
the
riuer
of
Nilus
,
for
from
thence
there
is
a
most
beautifull
prospect
vpon
the
riuer
,
and
thither
do
the
vessels
and
barkes
of
Nilus
resort
vnto
the
common
stathe
of
Cairo
being
situate
in
this
suburb
:
at
which
place
you
shall
see
at
some
times
,
and
especially
in
the
time
of
haruest
,
aboue
1000.
barkes
.
And
here
the
officers
appointed
to
receiue
custome
for
wares
brought
from
Alexandria
and
Damiata
haue
their
aboad
:
albeit
but
little
tribute
be
demaunded
for
the
said
wares
,
because
it
was
payd
before
at
the
port
of
their
arriuall
:
but
those
wares
that
come
out
of
the
firme
land
of
Egypt
allow
entire
custome
.
Of
the
suburb
called
Charafa
.
THE
suburbe
of
Carafa
built
in
manner
of
a
towne
,
and
standing
from
mount
Muccatim
a
stones
cast
,
and
from
the
walles
of
the
citie
about
two
miles
,
containeth
almost
two
thousand
housholds
.
But
at
this
day
the
greatest
part
thereof
lyeth
waste
and
destroyed
.
Here
are
many
sepulchres
built
with
high
and
stately
vaults
and
arches
,
and
adorned
on
the
inner
side
with
diuers
emblemes
and
colours
,
which
the
fond
people
adore
as
the
sacred
shrines
&
monuments
of
saints
,
spreading
the
pauement
with
sumptuous
and
rich
carpets
.
Hither
euerie
friday
morning
resort
out
of
the
citie
it selfe
and
the
suburbs
,
great
multitudes
of
people
for
deuotions
sake
,
who
bestow
liberall
and
large
almes
.
Of
the
old
citie
called
〈◊〉
.
THis
citie
being
the
first
that
was
built
in
Egypt
in
the
time
of
the
Mahumetans
,
was
founded
by
Hamre
captaine
generall
ouer
the
forces
of
Homar
the
second
Mahumetan
patriarke
vpon
the
banke
of
Nilus
,
〈◊〉
a
suburb
because
it
is
vnwalled
,
and
containing
to
the
number
of
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
It
is
adorned
,
especially
by
the
riuer
Nilus
,
with
〈◊〉
palaces
and
houses
of
noblemen
,
and
also
with
the
famous
temple
of
〈◊〉
being
of
an
huge
bignes
,
and
most
stately
built
.
It
is
also
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
trades
men
and
〈◊〉
.
And
here
standeth
the
famous
sepulchre
of
a
woman
reputed
most
holy
by
the
〈◊〉
,
and
called
by
them
Saint
Nafissa
,
which
was
the
daughter
of
one
called
〈◊〉
being
Saint
〈◊〉
.
the
sonne
of
Husein
;
the
son
of
〈◊〉
,
who
was
consin
german
vnto
〈◊〉
.
The
said
〈◊〉
seeing
all
of
her
family
to
be
depriued
of
the
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
left
Cufa
a
citie
of
Arabia
Felix
,
and
came
and
dwelt
in
this
citie
;
vnto
whom
,
partly
because
she
was
of
the
linage
of
〈◊〉
,
and
partly
for
that
she
liued
an
innocent
and
blamelesse
life
,
the
people
after
her
death
ascribed
diuine
honours
,
canonizing
her
for
a
Saint
.
Wherefore
the
schismaticall
〈◊〉
of
her
kinred
hauing
got
the
vpper
hand
in
Egypt
,
began
to
build
for
Nafissa
a
most
beautifull
shrine
or
〈◊〉
,
which
they
adorned
also
with
siluer-lamps
,
with
carpets
of
〈◊〉
,
and
such
like
precious
ornaments
.
So
great
is
the
renowne
of
this
〈◊〉
,
that
there
commeth
no
Mahumetan
either
by
sea
or
land
vnto
Cairo
,
but
hee
adoreth
this
sepulchre
,
and
bringeth
his
offering
thereunto
,
as
likewise
doe
all
the
〈◊〉
inhabiting
there
about
:
〈◊〉
that
the
yeerely
oblations
and
almes
offered
at
this
sepulchre
,
partly
for
the
〈◊〉
of
the
poore
kinsfolkes
of
Mahumet
,
and
partly
for
the
maintenance
of
the
priests
which
keepe
the
saide
sepulchre
,
amount
vnto
100000.
〈◊〉
which
priests
by
fained
and
〈◊〉
miracles
do
dayly
delude
the
mindes
of
the
simple
,
to
the
ende
they
may
the
more
〈◊〉
thir
blinde
deuotion
,
and
may
stirre
them
to
greater
liberalitie
.
When
〈◊〉
the
great
Turke
woon
the
citie
of
Cairo
,
his
Ianizaries
rifling
this
sepulchre
,
found
there
the
summe
of
500000.
〈◊〉
in
readie
money
,
besides
the
siluer
lampes
,
the
chaines
,
and
carpets
:
but
〈◊〉
tooke
away
a
great
part
of
that
treasure
from
them
.
Such
as
write
the
liues
of
the
Mahumetan
saints
,
making
very
honourable
mention
of
this
Nafissa
,
say
that
she
was
〈◊〉
of
the
noble
family
of
Heli
,
and
that
she
was
most
famous
for
her
vertuous
and
chast
life
:
but
the
fonde
people
and
the
〈◊〉
of
that
execrable
sepulchre
haue
deuised
many
fained
and
superstitious
〈◊〉
.
In
this
suburbe
also
heere
vnto
the
riuer
of
Nilus
is
the
customers
office
for
such
wares
as
are
brought
out
of
the
Prouince
of
Sahid
.
Without
the
walled
citie
stand
the
〈◊〉
and
〈◊〉
sepulchres
of
the
Soldans
,
built
with
admirable
and
huge
arches
.
But
in
my
time
a
certaine
Soldan
caused
a
walke
to
be
built
between
two
high
wals
from
the
gate
of
the
citie
to
the
place
of
the
aforesaid
sepulchres
,
and
at
the
endes
of
both
wals
caused
two
turrets
of
an
exceeding
height
to
be
erected
,
for
〈◊〉
and
directions
〈◊〉
such
merchants
as
came
thither
from
the
port
of
mount
〈◊〉
.
About
a
〈◊〉
and
an
halfe
from
the
saide
sepulchres
in
a
certaine
〈◊〉
called
〈◊〉
there
is
a
garden
containing
the
onely
balme
-
〈◊〉
,
The
place
where
balme
groweth
.
(
for
in
the
whole
world
besides
there
is
not
any
other
tree
that
beareth
true
balme
)
which
balme-tree
growing
in
the
midst
of
a
large
fountaine
,
and
hauing
a
short
stocke
or
bodie
,
beareth
leaues
like
vnto
vine-leaues
,
but
that
they
are
not
so
long
:
and
this
tree
(
they
say
)
would
vtterly
wither
and
decay
,
if
the
water
of
the
fountaine
should
chance
to
be
deminished
.
The
garden
is
enuironed
with
a
strong
wall
,
where
into
no
man
may
enter
without
the
speciall
fauour
and
licence
of
the
gouernor
.
In
the
midst
of
Nilus
,
ouer
against
the
old
citie
,
standeth
the
isle
called
Michias
,
that
is
to
say
,
The
isle
of
measure
,
in
which
isle
(
according
to
the
inundation
of
Nilus
)
they
haue
a
kinde
of
deuise
inuented
by
the
ancient
Egyptians
,
whereby
they
most
certainely
foresee
the
plentie
or
scarcitie
of
the
yeere
following
thoroughout
all
the
land
of
Egypt
.
This
island
is
well
inhabited
and
containeth
about
1500.
families
;
vpon
the
extreme
point
or
ende
where
of
standeth
a
most
beautifull
palace
built
in
my
remembrance
by
a
Soldan
,
and
a
large
temple
also
,
which
is
verie
pleasant
in
regard
of
the
coole
streames
of
Nilus
.
The
manner
of
measuring
the
increase
of
Nilus
.
Vpon
another
side
of
the
Island
standeth
an
house
alone
by
it selfe
,
in
the
midst
whereof
there
is
a
fouresquare
cestern
or
chanell
of
eighteene
cubits
deepe
,
whereinto
the
water
of
Nilus
is
conueied
by
a
certaine
sluce
vnder
This
piller
is
called
by
Plinie
Niloscopium
.
the
ground
.
And
in
the
midst
of
the
cestern
there
is
erected
a
certaine
piller
,
which
is
marked
and
diuided
into
so
many
cubits
as
the
cesterne
it selfe
containeth
in
depth
.
And
vpon
the
seuenteenth
of
Iune
when
Nilus
beginneth
to
ouerflow
,
the
water
thereof
conueied
by
the
said
sluce
into
the
chanell
,
increaseth
daily
,
sometimes
two
,
and
sometimes
three
fingers
,
and
sometimes
halfe
a
cubite
in
height
.
Vnto
this
place
there
dayly
resort
certaine
officers
appointed
by
the
Senate
,
who
viewing
and
obseruing
the
increase
of
Nilus
,
declare
vnto
certaine
children
how
much
it
hath
increased
,
which
children
wearing
yellow
skarffes
vpon
their
heads
,
doe
publish
the
saide
increase
of
Nilus
in
euerie
streete
of
the
citie
and
the
suburbs
,
and
receiue
gifts
euerie
day
of
the
merchants
,
artificers
,
and
women
so
long
as
Nilus
increaseth
.
The
foresaid
deuise
or
experiment
of
the
increase
of
Nilus
is
this
that
followeth
.
If
the
water
reacheth
onely
to
the
fifteenth
cubit
of
the
foresaide
piller
,
they
hope
for
a
fruitfull
yeere
following
:
but
if
it
stayeth
betweene
the
twelfth
cubit
and
the
fifteenth
,
then
the
increase
of
the
yeere
will
prooue
but
meane
:
if
it
resteth
betweene
the
tenth
and
twelfth
cubits
,
then
is
it
a
signe
that
corne
will
bee
solde
tenne
ducates
the
bushell
.
But
if
it
ariseth
to
the
eighteenth
cubite
,
there
is
like
to
follow
great
scarcitie
in
regarde
of
too
much
moisture
:
and
if
the
eighteenth
cubite
be
surmounted
,
all
Egypt
is
in
danger
to
be
swallowed
vp
by
the
inundation
of
Nilus
.
The
officers
therefore
declare
vnto
the
children
the
height
of
the
riuer
,
and
the
children
publish
the
same
in
all
streetes
of
the
citie
,
charging
the
people
to
feare
God
,
and
telling
them
how
high
Nilus
is
increased
.
And
the
people
being
astonied
at
the
woonderfull
increase
of
Nilus
,
wholy
exercise
themselues
in
praiers
,
and
giuing
of
almes
.
And
thus
Nilus
continueth
fortie
daies
increasing
and
fortie
daies
decreasing
;
all
which
time
corne
is
sold
very
deere
,
because
while
the
innundation
lasteth
,
euery
man
may
sell
at
his
owne
pleasure
:
but
when
the
eightith
day
is
once
past
,
the
clerke
of
the
market
appointeth
the
price
of
all
victuals
,
and
especially
of
corne
,
according
as
he
knoweth
by
the
foresaid
experiment
,
that
the
high
and
lowe
grounds
of
Egypt
haue
receiued
either
too
little
,
or
too
much
,
or
conuenient
moisture
:
all
which
customes
and
ceremonies
being
duely
performed
,
there
followeth
so
great
a
solemnitie
,
and
such
a
thundering
noise
of
drums
and
trumpets
throughout
all
Cairo
,
that
a
man
would
suppose
the
whole
citie
to
be
turned
vpside
downe
.
And
then
euery
familie
hath
a
barge
adorned
with
rich
couerings
and
carpets
,
and
with
torch-light
,
and
furnished
with
most
daintie
meates
and
confections
,
wherewith
they
solace
themselues
.
The
Soldan
also
with
all
his
nobles
and
courtiers
resorteth
vnto
that
sluce
or
conduct
,
which
is
called
the
great
conduct
,
and
is
compassed
round
about
with
a
wall
,
who
taking
an
axe
in
his
hand
breaketh
the
said
wall
,
and
so
doe
his
nobles
and
courtiers
likewise
:
insomuch
that
the
same
part
of
the
wall
being
cast
downe
,
which
stopped
the
passage
of
the
water
,
the
riuer
of
Nilus
is
so
swiftly
and
forcibly
carried
through
that
conduct
and
through
all
other
conducts
and
sluces
in
the
city
and
the
suburbes
,
that
Cairo
at
that
time
seemeth
to
be
another
Venice
;
and
then
may
you
rowe
ouer
all
places
of
the
land
of
Egypt
.
Seuen
daies
and
seuen
nights
together
the
foresaide
festiuall
solemnitie
continueth
in
Cairo
;
during
which
space
the
merchants
and
artificers
of
the
citie
may
(
according
to
the
custome
of
the
ancient
Egyptians
)
consume
&
spend
in
torches
,
perfumes
,
confections
,
musique
,
&
such
like
iollities
,
al
their
gaines
that
they
haue
gotten
the
whole
yeere
past
.
Without
the
citie
of
Cairo
,
neere
vnto
the
suburbe
of
Beb
Zuaila
,
standeth
the
castle
of
the
Soldan
vpon
the
side
of
the
mountaine
called
Mochattan
.
This
castle
is
enuironed
with
high
and
impregnable
walles
,
and
containeth
such
stately
and
beautifull
palaces
,
that
they
can
hardly
be
described
.
Paued
they
are
with
excellent
marble
,
and
on
the
roofes
they
are
gilt
and
curiously
painted
,
their
windowes
are
adorned
with
diuers
colours
,
like
to
the
windowes
in
some
places
of
Europe
;
and
their
gates
be
artificially
carued
and
beautified
with
gold
and
azure
.
Some
of
these
palaces
are
for
the
Soldan
and
his
familie
;
others
for
the
familie
of
his
wife
,
and
the
residue
for
his
concubines
,
his
eunuches
,
and
his
garde
.
Likewise
the
Soldan
had
one
palace
to
keepe
publique
feastes
in
;
and
another
wherein
to
giue
audience
vnto
forren
ambassadours
,
and
to
exalt
himselfe
with
great
pompe
and
ceremonies
:
and
another
also
for
the
gouernours
and
officials
of
his
court
.
But
all
these
are
at
this
present
abolished
by
Selim
the
great
Turke
.
Of
the
customes
,
rites
,
and
fashions
of
the
citizens
of
Cairo
.
THe
inhabitants
of
Cairo
are
people
of
a
merrie
,
iocund
,
and
cheerefull
disposition
,
such
as
will
promise
much
,
but
performe
little
.
They
exercise
merchandize
and
mechanicall
artes
,
and
yet
trauell
they
not
out
of
their
owne
natiue
soile
.
Many
students
there
are
of
the
lawes
,
but
very
few
of
other
liberall
artes
and
sciences
.
And
albeit
their
colleges
are
continually
full
of
students
,
yet
few
of
them
attaine
vnto
perfection
.
The
citizens
in
winter
are
clad
in
garments
of
cloth
lined
with
cotton
:
in
summer
they
weare
fine
shirts
;
ouer
which
shirts
some
put
on
linnen
garments
curiously
wrought
with
silke
,
and
others
weare
garments
of
chamblet
,
and
vpon
their
heads
they
carrie
great
turbants
couered
with
cloth
of
India
.
The
women
goe
The
attire
of
the
women
of
Cairo
.
costly
attired
,
adorning
their
foreheads
and
necks
with
frontlets
and
chaines
of
pearle
,
and
on
their
heads
they
weare
a
sharpe
and
slender
bonet
of
a
span
high
,
being
very
pretious
and
rich
.
Gownes
they
weare
of
woollen
cloth
with
streite
sleeues
,
being
curiously
embrodered
with
needle-worke
,
ouer
which
they
cast
certaine
veiles
of
most
excellent
fine
cloth
of
India
.
They
couer
their
heads
and
faces
with
a
kinde
of
blacke
scarfe
,
through
which
beholding
others
,
they
cannot
be
seene
themselues
.
Vpon
their
feet
they
weare
fine
shooes
and
pantofles
,
somewhat
after
the
Turkish
fashion
.
These
women
are
so
ambitious
&
proud
,
that
all
of
them
disdaine
either
to
spin
or
to
play
the
cookes
:
wherefore
their
husbands
are
constrained
to
buie
victuals
ready
drest
at
the
cookes
shops
:
for
very
few
,
except
such
as
haue
a
great
familie
,
vse
to
prepare
and
dresse
their
victuals
in
their
owne
houses
.
Also
The
libertie
of
the
women
of
Cairo
.
they
vouchsafe
great
libertie
vnto
their
wiues
:
for
the
good
man
being
gone
to
the
tauerne
or
victualling-house
,
his
wife
tricking
vp
her selfe
in
costly
apparell
,
and
being
perfumed
with
sweet
and
pretious
odours
,
walketh
about
the
citie
to
solace
her selfe
,
and
parley
with
her
kinsfolks
and
friendes
.
They
vse
to
ride
vpon
asses
more
then
horses
,
which
are
broken
to
such
a
gentle
pace
,
that
they
goe
easier
then
any
ambling
horse
.
These
asses
they
couer
with
most
costly
furniture
,
and
let
them
out
vnto
women
to
ride
vpon
,
together
with
a
boy
to
lead
the
asse
,
and
certaine
footmen
to
run
by
.
In
this
citie
,
like
as
in
diuers
others
,
great
store
of
people
carrie
about
sundrie
kindes
of
victuals
to
be
sold.
Many
there
are
also
that
sell
water
,
which
they
carrie
vp
and
downe
in
certaine
leather
bags
vpon
the
backs
of
camels
:
for
the
citie
(
as
I
said
before
)
is
two
miles
distant
from
Nilus
.
Others
carrie
about
a
more
fine
and
handsome
vessell
with
a
cocke
or
spout
of
brasse
vpon
it
,
hauing
a
cup
of
Myrrhe
or
christall
in
their
hands
,
and
these
sell
water
for
men
to
drinke
,
and
for
euery
draught
they
take
a
farthing
.
Others
sell
yoong
chickens
Birds
hatched
after
a
strange
manner
in
Egypt
.
and
other
fowles
by
measure
,
which
they
hatch
after
a
woonderfull
and
strange
manner
.
They
put
great
numbers
of
egges
into
certaine
ouens
built
vpon
sundrie
loftes
,
which
ouens
being
moderately
het
,
will
within
seuen
daies
conuert
all
the
said
egges
into
chickens
.
Their
measures
are
bottomlesse
,
which
being
put
into
the
basket
of
the
buier
,
and
filled
full
of
chickens
,
they
lift
it
vp
,
and
so
let
the
chickens
fall
into
the
basket
.
Likewise
such
as
buie
those
chickens
hauing
kept
them
a
few
daies
,
carrie
them
about
to
sell
againe
.
The
cookes
shops
stand
open
very
late
:
but
the
shops
of
other
artificers
are
shut
vp
before
ten
of
the
clocke
,
who
then
walke
abroad
for
their
solace
and
recreation
from
one
suburbe
to
another
.
The
citizens
in
their
common
talke
vse
ribald
and
filthie
speeches
:
and
(
that
I
may
passe
ouer
the
rest
in
silence
)
it
falleth
out
often
times
that
the
wife
will
complaine
of
her
husband
vnto
the
iudge
,
that
he
doth
not
his
dutie
nor
contenteth
her
sufficiently
in
the
night
season
,
whereupon
(
as
it
is
permitted
by
the
Mahumetan
law
)
the
women
are
diuorced
and
married
vnto
other
husbands
.
Among
the
artizans
whosoeuer
is
the
first
inuentour
of
any
new
and
ingenious
deuise
is
The
reward
of
new
and
ingenious
deuises
.
clad
in
a
garment
of
cloth
of
gold
,
and
carried
with
a
noise
of
musitians
after
him
,
as
it
were
in
triumph
from
shop
to
shop
,
hauing
some
money
giuen
him
at
euery
place
.
I
my selfe
once
saw
one
carried
about
with
solemne
musicke
and
with
great
pompe
and
triumph
,
because
he
had
bound
a
flea
in
a
chaine
,
which
lay
before
him
on
a
peece
of
paper
for
all
men
to
behold
.
And
if
any
of
them
chance
to
fall
out
in
the
streetes
,
they
presently
goe
to
buffets
,
and
then
a
great
number
of
people
come
flocking
about
them
to
see
the
conflict
,
who
will
not
depart
thence
,
till
they
haue
reconciled
them
.
Their
most
vsuall
foode
is
buffles
flesh
and
great
store
of
pulse
:
when
they
goe
to
dinner
or
supper
,
if
their
familie
be
little
,
they
lay
a
short
and
rounde
table-cloth
:
but
if
their
houshold
be
great
,
they
spread
a
large
cloth
,
such
as
is
vsed
in
the
halles
of
princes
.
Amongst
the
sundrie
sectes
of
religion
in
this
citie
,
there
is
one
sect
of
the
Moores
called
Chenesia
:
and
this
sect
liueth
vpon
horse-flesh
,
so
that
their
butchers
when
they
can
heare
of
any
halting
or
lame
iade
,
buy
him
foorthwith
,
and
set
him
vp
a
fatting
,
and
hauing
killed
him
,
the
said
sect
of
Chenefia
come
and
buy
vp
his
flesh
hand-smoothe
.
This
sect
is
rife
also
among
the
Turkes
,
the
Mamaluks
,
and
the
people
of
Asia
;
and
albeit
the
Turkes
might
freely
vse
the
foode
before-mentioned
,
yet
doe
they
not
inure
themselues
thereunto
.
In
Egypt
and
Fower
seuer
all
sects
of
the
Mahumetan
religion
permitted
in
the
citie
of
Cairo
.
in
the
citie
of
Cairo
there
are
permitted
fower
seuerall
sectes
,
differing
each
from
other
both
in
canon
and
ciuill
lawes
:
all
which
sects
haue
their
originall
from
the
religion
of
Mahumet
.
For
there
were
in
times
past
fower
men
of
singular
learning
,
who
by
subtiltie
and
sharpnesse
of
wit
,
founde
out
a
way
to
make
particular
deductions
out
of
Mahumets
generall
preceptes
.
So
that
each
of
them
would
interpret
the
opinions
of
Mahumet
according
to
their
owne
fancie
,
and
would
euery
man
apply
them
to
his
owne
proper
sense
;
and
therefore
they
must
needes
disagree
much
betweene
themselues
:
howbeit
growing
famous
among
the
common
people
in
regard
of
their
diuers
canons
&
precepts
,
they
were
the
first
authors
and
founders
of
the
saide
fower
sects
:
any
one
of
which
whatsoeuer
Mahumetan
professeth
,
cannot
renounce
the
same
at
his
pleasure
and
embrace
another
sect
,
vnlesse
he
be
a
man
of
deepe
learning
,
and
knoweth
the
reasons
and
allegations
of
both
parts
.
Also
there
are
in
the
citie
of
Cairo
fower
principall
iudges
,
who
giue
sentence
onely
vpon
matters
of
great
importance
:
vnder
which
fower
are
substituted
other
inferiour
iudges
,
in
euestreete
of
the
citie
,
which
decide
petie
contentions
and
brabbles
.
And
if
the
parties
which
are
at
controuersie
chance
to
bee
of
diuers
sects
,
the
plaintife
may
summon
and
conuent
the
defendant
before
the
iudge
of
his
streete
:
howbeit
the
defendant
may
,
if
he
will
,
appeale
from
him
vnto
the
highest
iudge
of
all
,
being
placed
ouer
the
fower
principall
iudges
aforesaid
,
and
being
gouernour
of
the
sect
called
Essafichia
;
and
this
high
iudge
hath
authority
to
dispense
withal
or
to
disanul
the
decrees
of
the
fower
principal
,
and
of
all
the
other
inferiour
iudges
,
according
as
he
shall
see
cause
.
Whosoeuer
attempteth
ought
against
the
canons
and
precepts
of
his
owne
religion
,
is
seuerely
punished
by
the
iudge
of
the
same
religion
.
Moreouer
,
albeit
the
priests
of
the
foresaid
sects
differ
very
much
,
both
in
their
formes
of
Liturgie
or
praier
,
and
also
in
many
other
respects
,
yet
do
they
not
for
that
diuersitie
of
ceremonies
hate
one
another
,
neither
yet
do
the
common
people
of
sundrie
sects
fal
to
mutinie
&
debate
:
but
men
indeed
of
singular
learning
&
much
reading
confer
oftentimes
togither
,
&
as
in
priuate
each
man
affirmeth
his
owne
sect
to
be
the
best
,
so
likewise
do
they
confirm
their
opinions
by
subtile
arguments
,
neither
may
any
man
vnder
paine
of
greeuous
punishment
reproch
any
of
the
saide
fower
ancient
doctors
.
And
in
verie
deed
they
all
of
them
follow
one
and
the
same
religion
,
to
wit
,
that
which
is
prescribed
in
the
canons
of
Hashari
the
principall
doctor
of
the
Mahumetans
,
which
canons
go
for
currant
ouer
all
Africa
,
and
most
part
of
Asia
,
except
in
the
dominions
of
the
great
Sophi
of
Persia
;
who
bicause
he
reiecteth
the
saide
canons
,
is
accounted
by
other
Mahumetans
an
heretike
,
and
a
schismatike
.
But
how
such
varietie
of
opinions
proceeded
from
the
fowre
doctors
aforesaid
,
it
were
tedious
and
troublesome
to
rehearse
:
he
that
is
desirous
to
knowe
more
of
this
matter
,
let
him
read
my
Commentaries
which
I
haue
written
concerning
the
lawe
and
religion
of
Mahumet
,
according
to
the
doctrine
of
Malich
,
who
was
a
man
of
profound
learning
,
and
was
borne
at
Medina
Talnabi
,
where
the
body
of
Mahumet
lieth
buried
:
which
doctrine
of
Malich
is
embraced
throughout
all
Syria
,
Egypt
,
and
Arabia
:
wherewith
if
any
man
be
delighted
,
let
him
peruse
my
foresaide
Commentaries
,
and
they
will
satisfie
him
to
the
full
.
Vpon
malefactors
they
inflict
most
greeuous
and
horrible
punishment
,
especially
vpon
such
as
haue
committed
any
heinous
crime
in
the
court
.
Theeues
they
condemne
to
the
halter
.
A
murther
committed
trecherously
they
punish
in
manner
following
:
the
executioners
assistants
take
the
malefactor
one
by
the
head
,
and
another
by
the
feete
,
and
then
comes
the
chiefe
executioner
with
a
two-hand
sword
,
and
cutteth
his
body
in
twaine
,
the
one
part
whereof
adioining
to
the
head
is
put
into
a
fire
full
of
vnslaked
lime
:
and
it
is
a
An
horrible
kind
of
execution
.
most
strange
and
dreadfull
thing
to
consider
,
howe
the
same
dismembred
and
halfe
body
will
remaine
aliue
in
the
fire
for
the
space
of
a
quarter
of
an
hower
,
speaking
and
making
answer
vnto
the
standers
by
.
But
rebels
or
seditious
persons
they
flea
aliue
,
stuffing
their
skins
with
bran
till
they
resemble
mans
shape
,
which
being
done
,
they
carrie
the
saide
stuffed
skins
vpon
camels
backs
through
euery
streete
of
the
citie
,
and
there
publish
the
crime
of
the
partie
〈◊〉
:
then
which
punishment
I
neuer
sawe
a
more
dreadfull
,
by
reason
that
the
condemned
partie
liueth
so
long
in
torment
:
but
if
the
tormenter
once
toucheth
his
nauel
with
the
knife
,
he
presently
yeeldeth
The
nauel
being
cut
is
present
death
.
vp
the
ghost
:
which
he
may
not
do
vntill
he
be
commanded
by
the
magistrate
standing
by
.
If
any
be
〈◊〉
for
debt
,
not
hauing
wherewithall
to
satisfie
the
same
,
the
gouernour
of
the
prison
paieth
their
creditors
,
and
sendeth
them
,
poore
〈◊〉
,
bound
in
chaines
,
&
accompanied
with
certaine
keepers
,
daily
to
begge
almes
from
streete
to
streete
,
all
which
almes
redoundeth
to
the
gouernour
,
and
he
alloweth
the
saide
prisoners
very
bare
maintenance
to
liue
vpon
.
Moreouer
there
go
crying
vp
and
downe
this
Women
〈◊〉
.
citie
certaine
aged
women
,
who
(
though
that
which
they
say
in
the
streetes
cannot
be
vnderstood
)
are
notwithstanding
inioined
by
their
office
to
circumcise
women
according
to
the
prescript
of
Mahumet
:
which
ceremonie
is
obserued
in
Egypt
and
Syria
.
Of
the
manner
of
creating
the
Soldan
,
and
of
the
orders
,
degrees
,
and
offices
in
his
court
.
THe
dignitie
and
power
of
the
Soldan
was
in
times
past
exceeding
great
;
but
Selim
the
great
Turke
in
the
yeere
of
Christ
(
if
I
be
not
deceiued
)
1517.
vtterly
abolished
the
saide
dignitie
,
and
changed
all
the
customes
and
lawes
of
the
Soldan
.
And
bicause
it
hath
beene
my
hap
Iohn
Leo
was
thrise
in
Egypt
thrise
to
trauell
into
Egypt
since
the
saide
woonderfull
alteration
befell
,
I
suppose
it
will
not
be
much
beside
my
purpose
,
if
I
set
downe
in
this
place
such
particulars
as
I
know
to
be
most
certaine
true
concerning
the
court
of
the
Soldan
.
Vnto
this
high
dignitie
was
woont
to
be
chosen
some
one
of
The
〈◊〉
.
the
most
noble
Mamaluks
.
These
Mamaluks
being
all
Christians
at
the
first
,
and
stolne
in
their
childhoode
by
the
Tartars
out
of
the
prouince
of
Circassia
which
bordereth
vpon
the
Euxin
sea
,
and
being
solde
at
Caffa
a
towne
of
Taurica
Chersonesus
,
were
brought
from
thence
by
certaine
merchants
vnto
the
citie
of
Cairo
,
and
were
there
bought
by
the
Soldan
;
who
constraining
them
foorthwith
to
abiure
and
renounce
their
baptisme
,
caused
them
to
be
instructed
in
the
Arabian
and
Turkish
languages
,
and
to
be
trained
vp
in
militarie
discipline
,
to
the
end
they
might
ascend
from
one
degree
of
honour
to
another
,
till
at
last
they
were
aduanced
vnto
the
high
dignitie
of
the
Soldan
.
But
this
custome
whereby
it
was
enacted
,
that
the
Soldan
shoulde
be
chosen
out
of
the
number
of
such
as
were
Mamaluks
and
slaues
by
their
condition
,
began
about
250.
yeeres
sithens
,
whenas
the
family
of
the
valiant
Saladin
(
whose
name
was
so
terrible
vnto
Christians
)
being
supported
but
by
a
fewe
of
the
kinred
,
fell
to
vtter
decay
and
ruine
.
At
the
same
time
when
the
last
king
of
Ierusalem
was
determined
to
sacke
the
citie
of
Cairo
,
which
also
in
regard
of
the
sloth
and
cowardize
of
the
Mahumetan
Califa
then
raigning
ouer
it
,
intended
to
make
it selfe
tributary
vnto
the
same
king
,
the
iudges
and
lawyers
of
the
citie
with
the
consent
of
the
Califa
,
sent
for
a
certaine
prince
of
Asia
called
Azedudin
,
of
the
nation
of
Curdu
,
(
the
people
whereof
liue
in
tents
like
the
Arabians
)
which
Azedudin
togither
with
his
sonne
Saladin
,
came
with
an
armie
of
fiftie
thousand
horsemen
.
And
albeit
Saladin
was
inferiour
in
age
vnto
his
father
,
yet
in
regard
of
his
redoubted
valour
,
and
singular
knowledge
in
militarie
affaires
,
they
created
him
generall
of
the
field
,
and
gaue
him
free
libertie
to
bestow
all
the
tributes
and
reuenues
of
Egypt
,
as
himselfe
shoulde
thinke
expedient
.
And
so
marching
at
length
against
the
Christians
,
he
got
the
victorie
of
them
without
any
bloudshed
,
and
draue
them
out
of
Ierusalem
and
out
of
all
Syria
.
Then
Saladin
returning
backe
with
triumph
vnto
Cairo
,
had
an
intent
to
vsurpe
the
gouernment
thereof
:
where
upon
hauing
slaine
the
Califa
his
guard
(
who
bare
principall
swaie
ouer
the
Egyptians
)
he
procured
the
death
also
of
the
Califa
himselfe
,
being
thus
bereft
of
his
guard
,
with
a
poisoned
cup
,
and
then
foorthwith
submitted
himselfe
vnto
the
patronage
of
the
Califa
of
Bagdet
,
who
was
the
true
&
lawful
Mahumetan
prelate
of
Cairo
.
Thus
the
iurisdiction
of
the
Califas
of
Cairo
(
who
had
continued
lords
of
that
citie
by
perpetuall
succession
for
the
space
of
two
hundred
and
thirty
yeeres
)
surceased
,
and
returned
againe
vnto
the
Califa
of
Bagdet
,
who
was
the
true
&
lawfull
gouernour
thereof
.
And
so
the
schismaticall
Califas
and
patriarks
being
suppressed
,
there
grew
a
contention
between
Saladin
and
the
Soldan
of
Bagdet
,
&
Saladin
made
himselfe
a
soueraigne
of
Cairo
,
bicause
the
saide
Soldan
of
Bagdet
being
in
times
past
prince
of
the
prouinces
of
Mazandran
and
Euarizin
situate
vpon
the
riuer
of
Ganges
,
and
being
borne
in
a
certaine
countrey
of
Asia
,
laide
claime
notwithstanding
vnto
the
dominion
of
Cairo
,
and
intending
to
wage
warre
against
Saladine
,
he
was
restrained
by
the
Tartars
of
Corasan
,
who
made
inuasions
and
inrodes
vpon
him
.
Saladin
on
the
other
side
fearing
least
the
Christians
in
reuenge
of
the
foresaid
iniury
would
make
an
expedition
into
Syria
,
and
considering
that
his
forces
were
partly
slaine
in
the
former
warres
,
and
partly
consumed
by
pestilence
,
except
a
few
which
remained
for
the
defence
and
sauegard
of
his
kingdome
,
began
to
employ
himselfe
〈◊〉
buying
of
slaues
that
came
The
originall
of
the
Mamaluks
.
from
Circassia
,
whom
the
king
of
Armenia
by
those
daies
tooke
and
sent
vnto
Cairo
to
be
sold
:
which
slaues
he
caused
to
abiure
the
Christian
faith
and
to
be
trained
vp
in
feats
of
warre
and
in
the
Turkish
language
,
as
being
the
proper
language
of
Saladin
himselfe
:
and
so
the
saide
slaues
within
a
while
increased
so
exceedingly
both
in
valour
and
number
,
that
they
became
not
onely
valiant
souldiers
and
skilfull
commaunders
,
but
also
gouernours
of
the
whole
kingdome
.
After
the
decease
of
Saladin
,
the
dominion
remained
vnto
his
family
150.
yeeres
,
and
all
his
successours
obserued
the
custome
of
buying
slaues
of
Circassia
:
but
the
family
of
Saladin
growing
at
length
to
decay
,
the
slaues
by
a
generall
consent
elected
one
Piperis
a
valiant
Mamaluk
of
their
owne
companie
to
be
their
soueraigne
Lord
and
Soldan
:
which
custome
they
afterward
so
inuiolably
kept
,
that
not
the
Soldans
owne
sonne
nor
any
other
Mamaluk
could
attaine
vnto
that
high
dignitie
,
vnlesse
first
he
had
beene
a
Christian
,
and
had
abiured
his
faith
,
and
had
learned
also
exactly
to
speake
the
Circassian
and
Turkish
languages
.
Insomuch
that
many
Soldans
sent
their
sonnes
in
their
childhood
into
Circassia
,
that
by
learning
the
language
and
fashions
of
the
countrey
they
might
prooue
in
processe
of
time
fit
to
beare
soueraigne
authoritie
;
but
by
the
dissension
of
the
Mamalukes
they
were
alwaies
defeated
of
their
purpose
.
And
thus
much
briefly
concerning
the
gouernment
of
the
Mamalukes
,
and
of
their
Princes
,
called
euen
till
this
present
by
a
word
of
their
owne
mother
-
〈◊〉
by
the
names
of
Soldans
:
let
vs
now
speake
of
the
honourable
degrees
and
dignities
inferiour
to
the
Soldanship
.
Of
the
principall
Peere
next
vnder
the
Soldan
called
Eddaguadare
.
THis
man
being
in
dignitie
second
vnto
the
Soldan
,
and
beeing
,
as
it
were
,
his
viceroy
or
lieutenant
,
had
authoritie
to
place
or
displace
any
magistrates
or
officers
;
and
maintained
a
family
almost
as
great
as
the
family
of
the
Soldan
himselfe
.
Of
the
Soldans
officer
called
Amir
Cabir
.
THis
man
hauing
the
third
place
of
honour
was
Lord
generall
ouer
the
Soldans
militarie
forces
;
who
was
by
office
bound
to
leauie
armies
against
the
forraine
enemie
,
especially
against
the
next
Arabians
,
and
to
furnish
the
castles
&
cities
with
〈◊〉
garisons
:
and
also
had
authoritie
to
dispend
the
Soldans
treasure
vpon
such
necessarie
affaires
as
hee
thought
good
.
Of
Nai
Bessan
.
THE
fourth
in
dignitie
after
the
Soldan
called
Nai
Bessan
,
beeing
the
Soldan
his
lieutenant
in
Syria
,
and
gathering
vp
all
the
tributes
of
Assiria
,
bestowed
them
at
his
owne
discretion
,
&
yet
the
Soldan
himselfe
was
to
place
garrisons
in
the
castles
and
forts
of
those
prouinces
.
This
Nai
Bessan
was
bound
yeerly
to
pay
certaine
thousands
of
Saraffi
vnto
the
Soldan
.
Of
the
Ostadar
.
THE
fift
magistrate
called
the
Ostadar
,
was
the
great
master
or
steward
of
the
palace
;
whose
duetie
was
to
prouide
apparell
for
the
Soldan
,
with
victuals
and
other
necessaries
for
his
whole
family
.
And
vnto
this
dignitie
the
Soldan
vsed
to
aduance
some
one
of
his
most
ancient
,
honourable
,
and
vertuous
nobles
,
vnder
whose
tuition
himselfe
had
in
times
past
beene
trained
vp
.
Of
the
Amiri
Achor
.
THE
sixt
called
the
Amiri
Achor
,
was
master
of
the
horse
and
camels
;
and
distributed
them
vnto
each
man
in
court
,
according
to
his
degree
.
Of
the
Amiralf
.
THE
seuenth
office
was
performed
by
certaine
principall
Mamalukes
,
being
like
vnto
the
Colonels
of
Europe
:
euerie
of
whom
was
captaine
of
a
thousand
inferiour
Mamaluks
;
and
their
office
was
to
conduct
the
Soldans
forces
against
the
enemie
,
&
to
take
charge
of
his
armour
.
Of
the
Amirmia
.
THE
eight
degree
of
honour
was
allotted
vnto
certaine
centurions
ouer
the
Mamalukes
;
who
were
continually
to
attend
vpon
the
Soldan
,
either
when
he
road
any
whither
,
or
when
he
exercised
himselfe
in
armes
.
Of
the
Chazendare
.
THE
ninth
person
was
the
treasurer
,
who
made
an
account
vnto
the
Soldan
of
all
the
tributes
and
customes
of
his
kingdome
,
disbursing
money
for
the
daily
and
necessarie
expenses
of
the
Soldans
household
,
and
laying
vp
the
rest
in
the
Soldans
castle
.
Of
the
Amirsileh
.
THE
tenth
called
the
Amirsileh
had
the
armour
of
the
Soldan
committed
to
his
charge
,
which
being
contained
in
a
great
armorie
was
to
be
scoured
,
furbushed
,
and
renued
at
his
direction
,
for
which
purpose
he
had
sundrie
Mamaluks
placed
vnder
him
.
Of
the
Testecana
.
THe
eleuenth
called
the
Testecana
was
master
of
the
Soldans
wardrobe
,
and
tooke
charge
of
all
such
robes
and
apparell
as
were
deliuered
vnto
him
by
the
Ostadar
or
high
steward
of
the
houshold
;
which
robes
he
distributed
according
to
the
appointment
of
the
Soldan
;
for
whomsoeuer
the
Soldan
promoted
vnto
any
dignitie
,
him
he
apparelled
also
.
All
the
said
garments
were
of
cloth
of
gold
,
of
veluet
,
or
of
silke
:
and
whither
soeuer
the
Testecana
went
,
he
was
attended
vpon
by
a
great
number
of
Mamalukes
.
Certaine
other
officers
there
were
also
:
as
namely
the
Serbedare
,
whose
duetie
was
to
prouide
delicate
drinke
for
the
Soldan
,
and
to
haue
alwaies
in
a
readines
most
excellent
compound
waters
tempered
both
with
sugar
and
with
spices
.
Moreouer
there
were
other
officers
called
[
](A05331-e35470-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
There
is
such
an
officer
in
the
court
of
England
called
,
The
Maister
of
the
Reuells
.
Farrasin
,
that
is
,
diuers
chamberlaines
,
who
furnished
the
place
of
the
Soldan
with
rich
hangings
and
carpets
,
and
made
prouision
also
of
torches
and
tapers
of
waxe
mixed
with
amber
,
which
serued
both
to
shew
light
,
and
to
yeeld
most
fragrant
and
odoriferous
smels
.
Others
there
were
also
called
Sebabathia
,
to
wit
,
the
footemen
of
the
Soldan
:
and
certaine
others
called
Taburchania
,
which
were
the
Soldans
Halbardiers
,
who
attended
vpon
his
person
when
he
road
foorth
,
or
fate
in
publique
audience
.
Adauia
were
those
that
tooke
charge
of
the
Soldans
carriages
whithersoeuer
he
trauelled
:
out
of
which
number
there
was
a
master-hangman
or
executioner
chosen
;
and
so
often
as
any
malefactors
were
to
be
punished
,
all
his
companions
stood
by
him
to
learne
his
bloodie
occupation
,
namely
of
flaying
and
skinning
men
aliue
,
and
of
putting
them
to
the
torture
,
to
make
them
confesse
their
crimes
.
And
Esuha
were
the
Soldans
foote-postes
that
carried
letters
from
Cairo
into
Syria
,
and
trauelled
on
foote
threescore
miles
a
day
,
because
that
betweene
Egypt
and
Syria
there
is
neither
mountainous
nor
mirie
way
,
but
a
continuall
sandie
plaine
:
howbeit
such
as
carried
letters
of
serious
&
weightie
matters
road
vpon
camels
.
Of
the
Soldans
militarie
forces
.
OF
soldiers
or
martiall
men
the
Soldan
had
fower
degrees
.
The
first
called
Caschia
were
certaine
horsemen
,
&
were
most
valiant
and
expert
warriours
:
out
of
which
number
the
Soldan
chose
gouernours
ouer
his
cities
and
castles
.
Some
of
these
were
allowed
their
stipend
in
readie
money
out
of
the
Soldans
treasurie
,
and
others
out
of
the
tributes
of
townes
and
castles
.
The
second
called
Eseifia
were
a
companie
of
footmen
,
bearing
no
armes
but
swords
only
,
who
likewise
had
their
pay
allowed
them
out
of
the
Soldans
treasurie
.
The
third
called
Charanisa
being
voluntaries
or
such
as
serued
gratìs
,
had
no
other
pay
but
onely
their
victuals
allowed
them
:
but
when
any
Mamaluke
deceased
that
was
well
prouided
for
,
some
one
of
them
supplied
his
roume
.
The
fourth
and
last
of
al
called
Galeb
,
were
the
yoong
and
new-come
Mamaluks
,
being
as
yet
ignorant
of
the
Turkish
and
Egyptian
languages
,
and
such
as
had
shewed
no
experiment
of
their
valour
.
Of
certaine
other
great
officers
and
magistrates
in
the
Soldans
common-wealth
.
Of
the
magistrate
called
the
Nadheasse
.
HE
was
as
it
were
the
Soldans
chiefe
receiuer
;
for
all
the
tributes
and
customes
of
the
whole
kingdome
came
through
his
hands
,
and
were
paid
from
him
vnto
the
treasurer
.
Also
he
was
customer
of
Cairo
,
by
which
office
he
gained
infinite
summes
of
mony
:
neither
could
any
man
attaine
vnto
this
office
,
vnlesse
he
first
paid
vnto
the
Soldan
an
hundred
thousand
Saraffi
,
which
he
recouered
againe
within
sixe
moneths
following
.
Of
the
Chetebeessere
.
THis
man
being
the
Soldans
secretarie
,
and
writing
letters
,
and
making
answere
on
the
Soldans
behalfe
,
did
(
besides
his
secretariship
)
take
notice
and
account
of
all
the
land-tributes
in
Egypt
,
and
receiued
the
particular
summes
from
the
collectors
thereof
.
Of
the
Muachih
.
THis
was
a
secretarie
also
,
but
inferiour
to
the
former
,
and
yet
more
trustie
vnto
the
Soldan
.
His
office
was
to
reuiew
the
letters
and
briefes
penned
by
the
former
,
and
to
examine
whether
they
were
agreeable
vnto
the
Soldans
minde
,
and
also
in
the
name
of
the
Soldan
to
subscribe
vnto
them
.
But
the
other
hath
so
many
cunning
and
expert
scribes
about
him
,
that
the
Muachih
seldome
cancelleth
any
of
his
writings
.
Of
the
Mutesib
.
THis
mans
office
was
to
set
a
price
vpon
corne
and
all
other
victuals
;
which
price
partly
according
to
the
increase
of
Nilus
,
and
partly
also
according
to
the
resort
of
ships
and
other
vessels
out
of
the
prouinces
of
Errif
and
Sahid
he
either
diminished
or
inhaunsed
,
and
vpon
the
offenders
imposed
such
penalties
as
the
Soldan
thought
good
to
appoint
.
Being
at
Cairo
,
I
vnderstood
that
the
said
Mutesib
got
daily
by
his
office
about
a
thousand
Saraffi
;
hauing
his
ministers
and
substitutes
not
onely
in
Cairo
,
but
in
all
other
cities
and
places
of
Egypt
.
Of
the
Amir
el
Cheggi
.
THe
office
of
the
Amir
el
Cheggi
being
of
no
lesse
charge
,
then
dignitie
,
was
imposed
by
the
Soldan
vpon
one
of
his
most
sufficient
and
wealthie
Mamaluks
:
vnto
whom
was
committed
the
conduct
of
the
carouan
,
which
went
euery
yeere
from
Cairo
to
〈◊〉
.
Which
dutie
he
could
not
performe
without
great
expences
of
his
owne
purse
,
for
being
garded
with
a
companie
of
Mamalukes
,
he
must
trauell
with
maiesticall
pompe
and
costly
diet
,
expecting
no
recompence
for
his
exceeding
charges
either
at
the
hands
of
the
Soldan
,
or
of
the
passengers
which
he
conducted
.
Other
offices
and
dignities
there
are
,
which
I
thinke
needlesse
to
rehearse
.
Of
the
citie
of
Geza
.
THe
citie
of
Geza
being
situate
vpon
the
banke
of
Nilus
,
ouer
against
the
old
citie
before
mentioned
,
and
being
separated
therefrom
by
the
foresaide
Island
of
Nilus
,
is
a
very
populus
and
ciuile
place
,
and
is
adorned
with
many
sumptuous
palaces
built
by
the
Mamaluks
,
whither
they
vse
to
retire
themselues
out
of
the
throng
and
multitude
of
Cairo
.
Here
are
likewise
great
store
of
artificers
and
merchants
,
especially
such
as
buie
cattell
brought
from
the
mountaines
of
Barca
,
the
drouers
of
which
cattell
being
Arabians
,
do
sell
their
ware
in
this
citie
vnto
the
merchants
and
butchers
of
Cairo
,
to
the
end
they
may
auoide
the
trouble
of
passing
ouer
the
riuer
.
The
temple
and
other
principall
buildings
of
this
citie
stand
vpon
the
shore
of
Nilus
.
On
all
sides
of
the
citie
there
are
gardens
and
grounds
of
dates
.
Such
as
come
hither
in
the
morning
〈◊〉
Cairo
to
buy
〈◊〉
sell
,
vse
not
to
returne
home
againe
till
the
euening
.
This
way
they
trauell
The
〈◊〉
The
citie
of
〈◊〉
.
ouer
a
sandie
desert
vnto
the
Pyramides
,
and
sepulchers
of
the
ancient
Egyptian
kings
,
in
which
place
they
affirme
the
stately
citie
of
Memphis
to
haue
stoode
in
times
past
.
And
albeit
the
way
thither
be
very
troublesome
in
regard
of
the
manifold
lakes
and
pits
made
by
the
inundation
of
Nilus
,
yet
by
the
direction
of
a
trustie
and
expert
guide
it
may
easily
be
trauailed
.
Of
the
towne
of
Muhallaca
.
THis
little
towne
built
vpon
the
banke
of
Nilus
,
by
the
ancient
Egyptians
,
and
standing
three
miles
from
the
olde
citie
,
hath
a
most
beautifull
temple
situate
vpon
the
shore
of
Nilus
,
and
diuers
other
stately
buildings
therein
.
It
aboundeth
with
dates
and
with
certaine
fruites
called
Egyptian
〈◊〉
.
Egyptian
figs
;
and
the
inhabitants
vse
the
very
same
rites
and
customs
that
are
obserued
by
the
citizens
of
Cairo
.
Of
the
citie
of
Chanca
.
THe
great
citie
of
Chanca
situate
about
sixe
miles
from
Cairo
,
at
the
verie
entrance
of
the
desert
lying
in
the
way
to
mount
Sinai
,
is
replenished
with
most
stately
houses
,
temples
,
and
colleges
.
All
the
fields
betweene
Cairo
and
this
citie
abound
with
great
plentie
of
dates
:
but
from
Chanca
to
mount
Sinai
,
which
is
an
hundred
and
fortie
miles
,
there
are
no
places
of
habitation
at
all
.
The
inhabitants
are
but
of
meane
wealth
:
for
when
any
carouan
is
to
passe
into
Syria
,
hither
resort
a
company
of
people
from
Cairo
,
to
prouide
things
necessarie
for
their
iourney
,
bicause
the
villages
adioining
yeeld
〈◊〉
but
dates
.
Through
this
citie
lie
two
maine
roade
-
〈◊〉
,
the
one
leading
to
〈◊〉
,
and
the
other
to
Arabia
.
This
citie
hath
〈◊〉
other
water
but
such
as
remaineth
in
certaine
chanels
after
the
inundation
of
Nilus
;
which
chanels
being
broken
,
the
water
runneth
foorth
into
the
plaines
,
and
there
maketh
a
number
of
small
lakes
,
from
whence
it
is
conueighed
backe
by
certaine
sluces
into
the
cesterns
of
the
citie
.
Of
the
citie
of
Muhaisira
.
THis
little
citie
built
vpon
the
riuer
of
Nilus
,
miles
eastward
of
Cairo
,
aboundeth
greatly
with
the
graine
or
seed
called
Sesama
,
and
containeth
Store
of
the
graine
called
Sesama
.
sundrie
milles
to
grinde
oile
out
of
the
same
seede
.
The
inhabitants
are
most
of
them
husbandmen
,
except
a
fewe
that
exercise
trade
of
merchandise
.
Of
the
towne
of
Benisuaif
.
THis
towne
being
situate
on
the
west
side
of
Nilus
,
is
distant
from
Cairo
120.
miles
.
The
plaines
adiacent
abound
exceedingly
with
flaxe
and
hempe
,
which
is
so
excellent
,
that
it
is
carried
from
Most
excellent
hempe
.
thence
as
farre
as
Tunis
in
Barbarie
.
And
this
towne
furnisheth
all
Egypt
with
flaxe
,
whereof
they
make
very
fine
and
strong
cloth
.
The
fields
of
the
same
are
continually
worne
&
diminished
,
and
especially
at
this
present
,
by
the
inundation
of
Nilus
,
for
now
their
date-groundes
are
halfe
consumed
.
The
inhabitants
for
the
most
part
are
emploied
about
their
flaxe
.
And
beyond
Crocodiles
.
this
towne
there
are
found
Crocodiles
that
will
eate
mans
flesh
,
as
we
will
declare
in
our
historie
of
liuing
creatures
.
Of
the
citie
of
Munia
.
VPon
the
same
side
of
Nilus
standeth
the
faire
citie
of
Munia
,
which
was
built
in
the
time
of
the
Mahumetans
by
one
Chasib
a
lieutenant
and
courtier
of
the
Califa
of
Bagdet
,
vpon
an
high
place
.
Here
are
most
excellent
grapes
,
and
abundance
of
all
kinde
of
fruite
,
which
albeit
they
are
carried
to
Cairo
,
yet
can
they
not
come
thither
fresh
and
newe
,
by
reason
that
this
citie
is
distant
from
Cairo
an
hundred
and
fower-score
miles
.
It
is
adorned
with
most
stately
temples
and
other
buildings
:
and
here
are
to
be
seene
at
this
present
sundry
ruines
of
the
ancient
Egyptian
buildings
.
The
inhabitants
are
rich
,
for
they
trauaile
for
their
gaine
as
farre
as
Gaoga
,
a
kingdome
of
the
land
of
Negros
.
Of
the
citie
of
El
Fium
.
THis
ancient
citie
was
founded
by
one
of
the
Pharaos
vpon
a
little
branch
of
Nilus
,
and
on
a
high
ground
,
at
the
same
time
when
the
Israelites
departed
out
of
Egypt
,
whom
the
said
Pharao
greatly
oppressed
with
making
of
bricke
,
and
with
other
seruile
occupations
.
In
this
citie
The
place
where
Ioseph
was
buried
.
they
say
that
Ioseph
the
sonne
of
Iacob
was
buried
,
and
that
his
bones
were
digged
vp
by
Moses
and
the
Israelites
when
they
departed
.
Fruits
heere
grow
great
plentie
,
and
especially
oliues
,
which
are
good
to
eate
,
but
vnprofitable
to
make
oile
of
.
It
is
a
well
gouerned
and
populous
citie
,
and
containeth
many
artificers
especially
weauers
.
Of
the
citie
of
Manf
Loth.
THis
great
and
ancient
citie
was
built
by
the
Egyptians
,
destroied
by
the
Romains
,
and
reedified
by
the
Mahumetans
,
but
not
in
so
stately
manner
as
it
was
first
built
.
At
this
present
there
are
found
certaine
huge
and
high
pillers
and
porches
,
whereon
are
verses
engrauen
in
the
Egyptian
toong
.
Neere
vnto
Nilus
stand
the
ruines
of
a
stately
building
,
which
seemeth
to
haue
beene
a
temple
in
times
past
,
among
which
ruines
the
citizens
finde
sometimes
coine
of
siluer
,
sometimes
of
gold
,
and
sometimes
of
lead
,
hauing
on
the
one
side
hiely
graphick
notes
,
and
on
the
other
side
the
pictures
of
ancient
kings
.
The
fields
adiacent
being
very
fruitefull
,
are
extremely
scorched
by
the
heate
of
the
sunne
,
and
much
haunted
with
Crocodiles
,
which
was
the
occasion
(
as
some
thinke
)
why
the
Romaines
abandoned
this
citie
.
The
inhabitants
are
men
of
indifferent
wealth
,
for
they
exercise
traffike
in
the
land
of
Negros
.
Of
the
citie
of
Azioth
.
THis
ancient
city
founded
by
the
Egyptians
vpon
the
banke
of
Nilus
two
hundred
and
fiftie
miles
from
Cairo
,
is
most
admirable
in
regard
of
the
hugenes
,
and
of
the
varietie
of
old
buildings
and
of
epitaphes
engrauen
in
Egyptian
letters
;
although
at
this
present
the
greatest
part
therof
lyeth
desolate
.
When
the
Mahumetans
were
first
Lords
of
this
city
it
was
inhabited
by
honorable
personages
,
and
continueth
as
yet
famous
in
regard
of
the
nobilitie
and
great
wealth
of
the
citizens
.
There
are
in
this
citie
almost
an
hundred
families
of
christians
,
&
three
or
fower
churches
still
remaining
:
and
without
the
citie
standeth
a
monasterie
containing
mo
then
an
hundred
monks
,
who
eate
neither
flesh
nor
fish
,
but
onely
herbes
,
bread
,
and
oliues
.
And
yet
haue
they
daintie
cates
without
any
fatte
among
them
.
This
monasterie
is
very
rich
,
and
giueth
three
daies
entertainment
to
all
strangers
that
resort
thither
,
for
the
welcomming
of
whom
they
bring
vp
great
store
of
doues
,
of
chickens
,
and
of
such
like
commodities
.
Of
the
citie
of
Ichmin
.
IChmin
being
the
most
ancient
citie
in
all
Egypt
,
was
built
by
Ichmin
the
son
of
[
](A05331-e36100-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
It
is
otherwise
read
in
the
x.
chap.
of
Genesis
,
verse
6.
Misraim
,
the
sonne
of
Chus
,
which
was
the
son
of
[
](A05331-e36130-b)*
*
*
Dubium
.
Hen
,
vpon
the
banke
of
Nilus
next
vnto
Asia
,
and
three
hundred
miles
eastwarde
from
Cairo
.
This
citie
the
Mahumetans
,
when
they
first
began
to
vsurpe
ouer
Egypt
,
so
wasted
and
destroied
,
for
certaine
causes
mentioned
in
histories
,
that
besides
the
foundations
and
rubbish
they
left
nought
remaining
:
for
,
transporting
the
pillers
and
principall
stones
vnto
the
other
side
of
Nilus
,
they
built
thereof
the
citie
called
Munsia
,
euen
as
we
will
now
declare
.
Of
the
citie
of
Munsia
.
MVnsia
therefore
,
founded
on
the
otherside
of
Nilus
by
the
lieutenant
of
a
certaine
Califa
,
hath
no
shew
of
comelines
or
beautie
,
by
reason
that
all
the
streetes
are
so
narrow
.
And
in
sommer-time
there
riseth
so
much
dust
from
the
ground
,
that
a
man
can
hardly
walke
the
streetes
.
It
aboundeth
notwithstanding
with
corne
and
cattell
.
It
was
once
subiect
vnto
a
certaine
African
prince
of
Barbarie
,
whose
name
was
Haoara
,
and
whose
predecessors
were
princes
and
gouernors
of
Haoara
.
Which
citie
(
they
say
)
was
giuen
him
in
regarde
of
a
singular
benefite
which
hee
did
vnto
the
foresaide
Dalmatian
slaue
that
founded
Cairo
:
howbeit
I
cannot
be
perswaded
that
the
gouernment
remained
so
long
a
time
vnto
that
familie
.
But
in
our
time
Soliman
the
ninth
Turkish
emperour
depriued
them
of
the
same
gouernment
.
Of
the
monasterie
called
Georgia
.
THis
was
in
times
past
a
famous
monasterie
of
Christians
,
called
after
the
name
of
Saint
George
,
and
being
sixe
miles
distant
from
Munsia
.
It
was
inhabited
by
more
then
two
hundred
monkes
,
who
enioying
large
territories
,
possessions
and
reuenues
,
shewed
themselues
curteous
and
beneficiall
vnto
strangers
;
and
the
ouerplus
of
their
yeerely
reuenues
was
sent
vnto
the
patriarke
of
Cairo
,
who
caused
the
same
to
be
distributed
amongst
poore
Christians
:
but
about
an
hundred
yeeres
ago
,
all
the
monks
of
this
monasterie
died
of
a
pestilence
,
which
spred
it selfe
ouer
all
the
land
of
Egypt
.
Whereupon
the
prince
of
Munsia
compassed
the
saide
monasterie
with
a
wall
,
and
erected
diuers
houses
for
artificers
and
merchants
to
dwell
in
.
And
being
allured
by
the
pleasant
gardens
situate
amidst
the
beautifull
hils
,
he
himselfe
went
thither
to
inhabite
:
but
the
patriarke
of
the
Iacobites
making
his
mone
vnto
the
Soldan
,
the
Soldan
caused
another
monasterie
to
be
built
in
the
same
place
,
where
in
times
past
the
old
citie
stoode
;
&
assigned
so
much
allowance
thereunto
,
as
might
maintaine
thirty
monks
.
Of
the
citie
of
Chian
.
THis
little
citie
of
Chian
was
built
in
times
past
neere
vnto
Nilus
by
the
Mahumetans
,
which
notwithstanding
is
not
nowe
inhabited
by
them
but
by
the
christians
called
Iacobites
,
who
employ
themselues
either
in
husbandrie
,
or
in
bringing
vp
of
chickens
,
geese
,
and
doues
.
There
remaine
as
yet
certaine
monasteries
of
Christians
,
that
giue
entertainment
to
strangers
.
But
Mahumetans
(
besides
the
gouernour
and
his
family
)
there
are
none
at
all
.
Of
the
citie
of
Barbanda
.
BArbanda
founded
by
the
Egyptians
vpon
Nilus
,
about
fowerhundred
miles
from
Cairo
,
was
laide
so
waste
by
the
Romaines
,
that
nothing
but
the
ruines
thereof
remained
,
most
of
which
ruines
were
carried
vnto
Asna
,
whereof
we
will
foorthwith
intreate
.
Amongst
the
saide
ruines
are
to
be
found
many
peeces
of
golde
and
siluer
coine
,
and
sundrie
fragments
of
Smaragds
or
emralds
.
Emralds
.
Of
the
citie
of
Cana.
THe
ancient
citie
of
Cana
built
by
the
Egyptians
vpon
the
banke
of
Antonio
Galuano
maketh
large
mention
of
this
citie
.
Nilus
ouer
against
Barbanda
,
and
enuironed
with
wals
of
sunne-dried
bricke
,
is
inhabited
with
people
of
base
condition
,
applying
themselues
vnto
husbandrie
,
by
which
meanes
the
citie
aboundeth
with
corne
.
Hither
are
the
merchandise
brought
against
the
streame
of
Nilus
,
which
are
sent
from
Cairo
to
Mecca
:
for
the
distance
from
hence
ouer
the
wildernes
vnto
the
Red
sea
,
is
at
least
120.
miles
,
all
which
way
there
is
no
water
at
all
to
befounde
.
And
at
the
hauen
of
Chossir
vpon
the
shore
of
the
red
sea
are
The
hauen
of
Chossir
.
diuers
cottages
whereinto
the
saide
merchandises
are
vnladen
.
And
ouer
against
Chossir
on
the
side
of
Asia
lieth
Iambuh
another
hauen
of
the
red
sea
,
whereat
trauailers
going
on
pilgrimage
to
see
the
tombe
of
Mahumet
at
Medina
,
must
make
their
rendezuous
or
generall
meeting
.
Morecuer
Chana
furnisheth
Medina
and
Mecca
with
corne
,
in
which
places
they
suffer
great
and
continuall
scarcitie
.
Of
the
citie
of
Asna
.
ASna
in
times
past
was
called
Siene
:
which
name
was
afterward
changed
by
the
Arabians
,
in
whose
language
the
worde
Siene
signifieth
a
filthie
or
vncleane
thing
.
Wherefore
they
called
it
Asna
,
that
is
to
say
,
faire
and
beautifull
,
bicause
it
standeth
in
a
pleasant
situation
vpon
the
westerne
banke
of
Nilus
:
which
citie
though
it
was
brought
almost
to
desolation
by
the
Romaines
,
yet
was
it
so
repaired
againe
in
the
Mahumetans
time
,
that
the
inhabitants
grewe
exceeding
rich
,
both
in
corne
,
cattell
,
and
money
:
for
they
transport
their
commodities
partly
vp
the
streame
of
Nilus
,
and
partly
ouer
the
deserts
,
into
the
kingdome
of
Nubia
.
Round
about
this
citie
there
are
to
be
seene
diuers
huge
buildings
,
and
admirable
sepulchres
,
togither
with
sundrie
epitaphes
engrauen
both
in
Egyptian
and
Latine
Letters
.
Of
the
citie
of
Assuan
.
THe
great
,
ancient
,
and
populous
city
of
Assuan
was
built
by
the
Egyptians
vpon
the
riuer
of
Nilus
,
about
fower-score
miles
eastward
from
Asna
.
The
soile
adiacent
is
most
apt
and
fruitefull
for
corne
.
And
the
citizens
are
exceedingly
addicted
vnto
the
trade
of
merchandise
,
bicause
they
dwell
so
neere
vnto
the
kingdome
of
Nubia
,
vpon
the
confines
whereof
standeth
their
citie
:
beyond
which
citie
Nilus
dispersing
himselfe
ouer
the
plaines
through
many
small
lakes
becommeth
innauigable
.
Also
the
saide
citie
standeth
neere
vnto
that
desert
ouer
which
they
trauell
vnto
the
port
of
Suachen
vpon
the
red
sea
,
and
it
adioineth
likewise
vpon
the
frontiers
of
Suachen
.
Ethiopia
.
And
heere
in
sommer
time
the
inhabitants
are
extremely
scorched
with
the
heate
of
the
sunne
,
being
of
a
swart
or
browne
colour
,
and
being
mingled
with
the
people
of
Nubia
and
Ethiopia
.
Heere
are
to
be
seene
also
many
buildings
of
the
ancient
Egyptians
,
and
most
high
towers
,
which
they
call
in
the
language
of
that
countrey
Barba
.
Beyond
this
place
there
is
neither
citie
nor
habitation
of
any
account
,
besides
a
fewe
villages
of
blacke
people
,
whose
speech
is
compounded
of
the
Arabian
,
Egyptian
,
and
Ethiopian
languages
.
These
being
subiect
vnto
the
people
called
[
](A05331-e36420-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Bugiha
are
those
which
in
〈◊〉
time
were
called
Troglodytae
.
Bugiha
,
liue
in
the
fields
after
the
Arabian
manner
,
being
free
from
the
Soldans
iurisdiction
,
for
there
his
dominions
are
limited
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
principall
cities
standing
along
the
maine
chanel
of
Nilus
:
Some
wherof
I
saw
,
others
I
entred
into
,
and
passed
by
the
residue
:
but
I
had
most
certaine
intelligence
of
them
all
,
either
by
the
inhabitants
themselues
,
or
by
the
mariners
which
carried
me
by
water
from
Cairo
to
Assuan
,
with
whom
returning
back
vnto
Chana
,
I
trauelled
thence
ouer
the
desert
vnto
the
red
sea
,
ouer
which
sea
I
crossed
vnto
Iambuth
,
and
Ziddem
two
hauen-townes
of
Arabia
deserta
,
of
which
two
townes
,
because
they
belong
vnto
Asia
,
I
will
not
here
discourse
,
least
I
should
seem
to
transgresse
the
limits
of
Africa
.
But
if
it
shall
please
god
to
The
great
trauels
of
Iohn
Leo.
vouchsafe
me
longer
life
,
I
purpose
to
describe
all
the
regions
of
Asia
which
I
haue
trauelled
;
to
wit
Arabia
deserta
,
Arabia
felix
,
Arabia
Petrea
,
the
Asian
part
of
Egypt
,
Armenia
,
and
some
part
of
Tartaria
;
all
which
countries
I
saw
and
passed
through
in
the
time
of
my
youth
.
Likewise
I
will
set
downe
my
last
voiages
from
Fez
to
Constantinople
,
from
Constantinople
to
Egypt
,
and
from
thence
into
Italie
,
in
which
Iourney
I
saw
diuers
and
sundry
Islands
.
All
which
my
trauels
I
meane
(
by
gods
assistance
)
being
returned
forth
of
Europe
into
mine
owne
countrie
,
particularly
to
describe
;
decyphering
first
the
regions
of
Europe
and
Asia
which
I
haue
seen
,
and
thereunto
annexing
this
my
discourse
of
Africa
;
to
the
end
that
I
may
promote
the
endeuours
of
such
as
are
desirous
to
know
the
state
of
forren
countries
.
A
briefe
relation
concerning
the
dominions
,
reuenues
,
forces
,
and
maner
of
gouernment
of
sundry
the
greatest
princes
either
inhabiting
within
the
bounds
of
Africa
,
or
at
least
possessing
some
parts
thereof
,
translated
,
for
the
most
part
,
out
of
Italian
.
AFricke
hath
euer
beene
the
least
knowen
and
haunted
parte
in
the
world
,
chiefly
by
reason
of
the
situation
thereof
vnder
the
torride
Zone
;
which
the
ancients
thought
to
be
vnhabitable
.
Whose
opinion
,
although
in
very
deede
it
is
not
true
,
bicause
we
knowe
that
betweene
the
two
Tropickes
there
are
most
fruitefull
countries
,
as
namely
Abassia
,
and
the
kingdomes
of
Angola
,
&
Congo
,
with
all
India
,
new
Spaine
,
and
Brasile
;
yet
neither
is
it
altogither
false
:
For
no
part
of
the
world
hath
greater
deserts
,
nor
vaster
wildernes
,
then
this
of
Africa
.
These
deserts
,
which
extend
themselues
from
the
Atlanticke
Ocean
euen
vnto
the
borders
of
Egypt
,
for
more
then
a
thousand
miles
,
and
runne
out
sometimes
two
hundred
,
and
otherwhiles
300.
miles
in
bredth
,
diuide
Africke
into
two
parts
:
whereof
the
southerly
part
was
neuer
throughly
knowne
to
the
people
of
Europe
,
as
also
Atlas
,
which
diuideth
Numidia
from
Africa
the
lesse
,
is
some
impediment
to
the
same
:
And
towards
the
east
it
seemeth
that
nature
also
ment
to
conceale
the
same
,
by
those
deserts
that
lye
bewixt
the
Red
sea
and
the
lande
of
Egypt
.
In
the
first
times
after
the
floud
we
finde
mention
very
often
made
of
the
kingdomes
of
Egypt
,
and
Ethopia
:
and
as
for
Ethiopia
the
notice
we
had
thereof
,
was
but
obscure
and
confused
:
But
Egypt
,
by
reason
of
the
commodious
situation
thereof
betweene
the
Mediterran
,
and
the
Red
seas
,
hath
alwaies
beene
renowmed
and
famous
:
yea
king
Sesostris
that
Egyptian
monarch
enlarged
his
empire
from
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
euen
to
the
Euxine
sea
:
Afterwards
the
kings
of
Numidia
,
&
Mauritania
,
&
the
Carthaginians
flourished
in
those
prouinces
which
are
bounded
by
the
Meditterran
sea
.
In
our
times
,
wherein
all
Africke
hath
beene
and
is
daily
enuironed
,
there
is
sufficient
knowledge
had
of
the
Marine
parts
thereof
,
but
for
the
inland
prouinces
there
is
not
so
much
knowne
as
might
be
,
rather
through
want
of
writers
then
for
default
of
discouerie
&
trade
.
Now
therfore
leauing
those
parts
of
Africa
which
are
possessed
by
the
Turke
and
the
king
of
Spaine
,
to
a
briefe
narration
in
the
last
place
,
we
haue
reduced
al
the
residue
of
our
relations
to
three
princes
:
that
is
,
to
Prete
Ianni
,
the
Monomotapa
,
and
the
Xeriffo
,
who
is
king
of
Maroco
and
Fez
;
for
the
rest
referring
you
to
Iohn
Leo
,
and
the
discourse
prefixed
before
him
:
the
Xeriffo
raigneth
betweene
Atlas
and
the
Atlanticke
Ocean
;
Prete
Ianni
about
the
center
of
Africke
:
and
the
Monomotapa
hath
his
Empire
towards
the
Sinus
Barbaricus
,
or
the
Barbarian
gulphe
.
The
Empire
of
Prete
Ianni
.
THe
Empire
of
Prete
Ianni
answereth
not
certainly
in
effect
,
(
although
it
be
very
large
)
vnto
the
fame
and
opinion
which
the
common
sort
,
and
most
writers
haue
of
it
:
For
lateliest
of
any
other
Hor
atio
Malugucci
in
a
certaine
discourse
of
his
,
touching
the
greatnes
of
states
at
this
day
,
would
needes
haue
his
dominion
to
be
greater
then
any
other
princes
,
but
the
king
of
Spaine
.
I
confesse
indeede
,
that
in
times
past
his
state
had
most
ample
and
large
confines
,
as
may
be
iudged
by
the
multitude
of
kingdomes
,
with
which
he
adorneth
and
setteth
foorth
his
stile
;
for
he
entitleth
himselfe
king
of
Goiame
,
a
kingdome
seated
beyond
Nilus
,
and
of
Vangue
,
and
Damut
situate
beyond
Zaire
;
and
yet
it
is
at
this
day
euidently
knowne
,
that
his
Empire
scarcely
reacheth
vnto
Nilus
:
yea
and
Iohn
Barros
writeth
,
that
the
Abassins
haue
little
notice
of
that
riuer
,
by
reason
of
the
mountaines
lying
betweene
them
and
it
.
The
hart
or
center
of
his
state
,
is
the
lake
Barcena
:
for
on
the
east
it
extendeth
from
Suaquen
,
as
farre
as
the
entrance
of
the
Red
sea
,
for
the
space
of
an
hundred
and
two
and
twentie
leagues
:
howbeit
betwixt
the
Red
sea
and
it
,
there
thwarteth
a
long
ranke
of
mountaines
,
inhabited
by
the
Moores
,
who
also
commaund
the
sea-coast
.
On
the
west
it
hath
another
ridge
of
mountaines
along
the
channell
of
Nilus
,
enhabited
by
the
Gentiles
,
who
pay
tribute
vnto
the
Prete
.
On
the
north
it
consineth
with
an
imaginarie
line
drawne
from
Suaquen
to
the
furthest
part
of
the
isle
of
Meroe
,
which
is
an
hundred
and
fiue
and
twentie
leagues
long
:
From
hence
it
maketh
as
it
were
a
bow
,
but
not
very
crooked
,
towards
the
south
,
euen
to
the
kingdome
of
Adel
(
from
the
mountaines
whereof
springeth
that
riuer
which
Ptolemey
calleth
Raptus
,
and
placeth
to
the
south
of
Melinde
)
for
the
space
of
two
hundred
and
thirtie
leagues
;
all
which
distance
is
bordered
vpon
by
the
Gentiles
:
from
whence
it
turneth
and
endeth
eastward
at
the
kingdome
of
Adel
,
whose
head
citie
is
Arar
,
in
the
northerly
latitude
of
nine
degrees
:
So
that
this
whole
empire
,
little
more
or
lesse
,
amounteth
to
sixe
hundred
threescore
and
twelue
leagues
in
circuite
:
The
countrie
(
which
is
distinguished
with
ample
plaines
,
pleasant
hils
,
and
high
mountaines
,
most
of
them
manurable
,
and
well
inhabited
)
bringeth
foorth
barley
and
myll
(
for
it
aboundeth
not
greatly
with
other
sortes
of
graine
)
and
likewise
Taffo
da
guza
,
another
good
and
durable
seede
:
But
there
is
mill
,
and
Zaburro
(
which
we
call
the
graine
of
India
,
or
Ginnie
wheate
)
great
plenty
,
with
al
sorts
of
our
pulse
,
and
some
also
vnknowen
to
vs
.
Some
of
them
weare
clothes
of
cotton
:
but
the
greater
part
are
clad
in
sheeps
skinnes
,
and
those
which
are
more
honourable
,
in
the
skins
of
Lyons
,
Tigres
,
and
Ounces
.
They
haue
all
kindes
of
our
domesticall
creatures
,
as
hennes
,
geese
,
and
such
like
,
as
also
abundance
of
kine
,
and
wild
swine
,
harts
,
goates
,
hares
,
but
no
conies
,
besides
panthers
,
lyons
,
Ounces
,
and
elephants
.
To
conclude
,
there
cannot
be
a
countrie
more
apt
then
this
,
for
the
generation
and
increase
of
all
plants
and
creatures
.
True
it
is
,
that
it
hath
little
helpe
or
furtherance
by
the
industrie
of
the
inhabitants
,
because
they
are
of
a
sloathfull
dul
nature
,
and
capacitie
.
They
haue
flaxe
,
and
yet
can
make
no
cloath
,
sugar
canes
,
and
know
not
the
arte
of
getting
the
sugar
thereout
;
yron
,
and
haue
no
vse
thereof
,
but
take
all
smithes
to
be
negromancers
:
They
haue
riuers
,
and
waters
,
and
know
not
how
to
better
their
possessions
by
them
.
They
conceaue
not
greatly
of
hunting
or
fishing
:
whereupon
the
fieldes
are
full
of
birdes
and
wild
beastes
,
and
the
riuers
and
lakes
,
of
fish
.
An other
reason
of
their
slacknes
and
negligence
,
is
the
euill
intreatie
of
the
communaltie
by
those
of
the
mightier
sort
:
for
the
poore
seeing
euery
thing
taken
from
them
that
they
haue
,
sow
no
more
,
then
verie
necessity
vrgeth
them
vnto
.
Their
speech
also
is
without
any
rule
or
prescription
,
and
to
write
a
letter
,
requireth
a
great
assembly
of
men
,
and
many
dayes
to
deliberate
thereon
.
The
nobles
,
cittizens
,
and
peasants
liue
distinctly
and
apart
,
and
any
of
these
may
purchase
nobility
by
some
famous
,
or
worthie
act
.
The
first
borne
inherite
all
things
.
There
is
not
in
all
the
countrie
a
castel
,
or
fortified
place
,
for
they
thinke
,
as
the
Spartanes
did
,
that
a
country
should
be
mayntained
and
defended
by
force
of
armes
,
and
not
with
rampires
of
earth
or
stone
.
They
dwell
for
the
most
part
dispersed
in
townes
and
villages
.
Their
trade
of
marchandise
is
performed
by
exchanging
one
thing
for
an
other
,
supplying
the
ouerplus
of
their
prises
with
wheat
or
salt
:
pepper
,
incense
,
myrrhe
,
&
salt
,
they
sell
for
the
waight
in
gold
.
In
their
bargaines
they
vse
gold
also
,
but
by
waight
,
siluer
is
not
ordinary
among
them
.
Their
greatest
city
is
the
Princes
court
,
which
is
neuer
firme
and
resident
in
one
place
,
but
remoueth
here
&
there
,
and
remaineth
in
the
open
fieldes
vnder
tentes
.
This
courte
comprehendeth
ten
,
or
more
miles
in
compasse
.
His
Gouernment
.
PRete
Ianni
his
gouernment
is
very
absolute
,
for
he
holdeth
his
subiects
in
most
base
seruitude
,
and
no
lesse
the
noble
and
great
,
then
those
of
meaner
qualitie
and
condition
,
intreating
them
rather
like
slaues
,
then
subiects
:
and
the
better
to
doe
this
,
he
maintaineth
him selfe
amongst
them
in
the
reputation
of
a
sacred
and
diuine
person
.
Al
men
bow
at
the
name
of
the
Prince
,
and
touch
the
earth
with
their
hand
:
they
reuerence
the
tent
wherein
he
lyeth
,
and
that
when
he
is
absent
also
.
The
Pretes
in
times
past
were
wonte
to
be
seene
of
the
people
but
onely
once
in
three
yeeres
space
,
and
afterwardes
they
shewed
themselues
thrice
in
a
yeere
,
that
is
on
Christmas
,
and
Easter
daye
,
as
also
on
holy
Rood
day
in
September
.
Panufius
who
now
raigneth
,
albeit
he
is
growen
more
familiar
then
his
predecessors
,
yet
when
any
commission
commeth
from
him
,
the
partie
to
whom
it
is
directed
heareth
the
wordes
thereof
naked
,
from
the
girdle
vpward
,
neither
putteth
he
on
his
apparrell
,
but
when
the
king
permitteth
him
.
The
people
thought
they
bind
it
with
an
oath
,
yet
do
they
seldome
speake
truth
,
but
when
they
sweare
by
the
kinges
life
,
who
giueth
and
taketh
away
,
what
great
signiorie
soeuer
it
pleaseth
him
,
neither
may
he
,
from
whom
it
is
taken
,
so
much
as
shew
him selfe
agreeued
therewith
.
Except
the
giuing
of
holy
orders
and
the
administration
of
the
sacraments
,
he
disposeth
as
well
of
the
religious
as
of
the
laye
sort
,
and
of
their
goodes
.
On
the
way
he
rideth
,
enuironed
with
high
and
long
red
curtaynes
,
which
compasse
him
on
euery
side
.
He
weareth
vsually
vpon
his
head
,
a
crowne
halfe
gold
,
halfe
siluer
,
and
a
crosse
of
siluer
in
his
hand
:
his
face
is
couered
with
a
peece
of
blew
taffata
,
which
he
lifteth
vp
,
or
letteth
downe
,
more
or
lesse
,
according
as
he
fauoreth
them
that
he
treateth
withall
:
and
sometimes
he
only
sheweth
the
end
of
his
foot
,
which
he
putteth
forth
from
vnder
the
said
curtaines
.
They
that
carrie
and
returne
ambassages
,
come
not
to
his
curtaine
,
but
with
long
time
,
diuers
ceremonies
,
and
sundry
obseruations
.
None
hath
slaues
but
himselfe
,
to
whome
euery
yeere
his
subiects
come
to
do
homage
.
This
prince
(
as
the
Abassins
report
)
descendeth
from
a
sonne
of
Salomon
,
&
the
Queen
of
Saba
,
called
Meilech
:
they
receiued
the
faith
vnder
Queene
Candaces
,
in
whose
time
the
familie
of
Gaspar
began
to
raigne
and
flourish
in
Ethiopia
,
and
from
him
after
thirteene
generations
came
Iohn
called
the
holie
.
This
man
about
the
time
of
Constantinus
the
Emperor
,
because
he
had
no
children
,
leauing
the
kingdome
to
his
brother
Caius
eldest
sonne
,
inuested
Baltasar
,
and
Melchior
,
younger
brothers
,
one
in
the
kingdome
of
Fatigar
,
and
the
other
in
Giomedi
:
whereupon
the
royall
blood
grew
to
be
deuided
into
three
families
,
namely
that
of
Baltafar
,
that
of
Gaspar
,
and
the
third
of
Melchior
,
ordayning
that
the
Empire
aboue
all
others
should
be
giuen
by
election
to
some
one
of
the
foresaid
families
,
soe
it
were
not
to
the
eldest
borne
.
For
these
first
borne
there
were
particular
kingdomes
appointed
.
And
to
auoide
scandale
and
tumult
,
hee
decreed
that
the
Emperours
brothers
with
his
neerest
kindred
should
be
enclosed
as
in
a
strong
castell
,
within
[
](A05331-e39800-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Of
this
mountaine
read
in
the
discourse
before
the
beginning
of
Leo.
mount
Amara
;
where
he
would
also
haue
the
Emperours
sonnes
to
be
put
,
who
cannot
succeed
in
the
Empire
,
nor
haue
any
State
at
all
,
for
which
cause
the
Emperour
ordinarily
marrieth
not
.
His
forces
both
in
reuenues
and
people
.
HE
hath
two
kindes
of
reuenues
,
for
one
consisteth
in
the
fruits
of
his
possessions
,
which
he
causeth
to
be
manured
by
his
slaues
,
and
oxen
.
These
slaues
multiplie
continuallie
,
for
they
marrie
among
themselues
and
their
sonnes
remaine
in
the
condition
of
their
progenitors
.
An other
great
reuenue
commeth
of
his
tributes
,
which
are
brought
vnto
him
,
from
all
those
that
hold
dominion
vnder
him
.
And
of
these
,
some
giue
horses
,
some
oxen
,
some
gold
,
some
cotton
,
and
others
other
thinges
.
It
is
thought
he
hath
great
treasure
as
well
of
cloaths
and
iewels
,
as
of
gold
,
and
also
that
he
hath
treasuries
and
large
magazins
of
the
same
riches
,
so
that
writing
once
to
the
king
of
Portugal
,
he
offered
to
giue
for
the
maintenance
of
war
against
the
Infidels
,
an
hundred
thousand
drams
of
gold
,
with
infinite
store
of
men
and
victuall
.
They
say
,
that
he
putteth
ordinarilie
euerie
yeere
into
the
castel
of
Amara
,
the
value
of
three
millions
of
ducates
.
It
is
true
,
that
before
the
dayes
of
King
Alexander
they
layde
not
vp
so
much
golde
,
because
they
knew
not
how
to
purifie
it
:
but
rather
iewels
and
wedges
of
gold
.
Also
his
commings-in
may
be
said
to
bee
of
three
sorts
:
for
some
he
raiseth
as
it
were
,
out
of
his
crowne-landes
:
another
part
he
leuieth
of
the
people
,
that
pay
him
so
much
for
an
house
,
and
the
tenth
of
all
those
mines
that
are
digged
by
others
then
by
himselfe
:
and
a
third
reuenue
he
draweth
from
his
tributarie
princes
and
gouernours
:
and
these
giue
him
the
entire
reuenues
of
one
of
their
cities
,
so
as
he
choose
not
that
citie
wherein
they
make
their
residence
.
But
though
his
wealth
and
reuenues
be
great
,
yet
are
his
people
of
little
worth
,
as
well
because
he
holdeth
them
in
the
estimation
of
slaues
,
by
meanes
whereof
they
want
that
generositie
of
minde
,
which
maketh
men
ready
to
take
vp
armes
,
&
to
be
couragious
in
dangers
:
as
also
it
seemeth
they
haue
euer
their
handes
bound
with
that
awefull
reuerence
which
they
beare
towards
their
Prince
,
and
the
feare
they
haue
of
him
:
and
further
,
in
that
they
haue
no
armes
of
defence
but
bad
headpeeces
,
halfe
sculles
,
and
coats
of
maile
,
carried
thither
by
the
Portugals
.
Hereunto
may
be
added
his
want
of
fortresses
:
for
neither
hauing
strong
places
whither
to
retire
,
nor
armes
to
defend
themselues
;
they
and
their
townes
remaine
as
a
pray
to
the
enemie
;
their
offensiue
armes
being
vnfeathered
arrowes
,
and
some
darts
.
They
haue
a
lent
of
fiftie
daies
continuance
,
which
through
the
great
abstinence
,
wherein
they
passe
all
that
time
,
doth
so
weaken
and
afflict
them
,
that
neither
for
those
daies
,
nor
many
other
following
,
they
haue
the
strength
to
stirre
abroad
:
whereupon
the
Moores
attend
this
opportunitie
,
and
assaile
them
with
great
aduantage
.
Francis
Aluares
writeth
,
that
Prete
Ianni
can
bring
into
the
field
,
an
hundred
thousand
men
:
neuerthelesse
in
time
of
neede
it
hath
beene
seene
,
that
he
could
make
nothing
so
many
.
He
hath
a
militarie
religion
,
or
order
of
knighthood
,
vnder
the
protection
of
Saint
〈◊〉
,
whereunto
euerie
noble
man
must
ordaine
one
of
euerie
three
male
children
,
but
not
the
eldest
.
And
out
of
these
are
constituted
twelue
thousand
knights
or
gentlemen
for
the
kings
guarde
.
The
ende
of
this
order
is
,
to
defend
the
confines
of
the
empire
,
and
to
make
head
against
the
enimies
of
the
faith
.
Princes
confining
vpon
the
Prete
Ianni
.
THis
Prince
,
as
farre
as
we
can
certainly
vnderstand
,
confineth
especially
with
three
other
mightie
princes
:
one
is
the
king
of
Borno
;
another
the
great
Turke
;
and
the
third
the
king
of
Adel.
The
king
of
Buruo
ruleth
ouer
that
countrey
which
extendeth
from
Guangara
towards
the
east
,
about
fiue
hundred
miles
,
betweene
the
deserts
of
Seu
,
and
Barca
,
being
of
an
vneeuen
situation
,
bicause
it
is
partly
mountainous
,
and
partly
plaine
.
In
the
plaines
there
dwelleth
a
very
ciuill
people
in
populous
and
much
frequented
villages
,
by
reason
of
the
abundance
of
graine
,
as
also
there
is
some
concourse
of
merchants
thither
.
On
the
mountaines
,
shepheardes
of
great
and
smal
beasts
do
inhabite
,
and
their
chiefe
sustenance
is
mill
:
They
lead
a
brutish
life
,
without
religion
,
with
their
wiues
and
children
in
common
:
They
vse
no
other
proper
names
,
but
those
which
are
taken
from
the
qualitie
or
forme
of
mens
persons
:
the
lame
,
the
squint
eied
,
the
long
,
the
stuttering
.
This
king
of
Borno
is
most
mightie
in
men
,
vpon
whom
he
laieth
no
other
imposition
but
the
tenth
of
their
fruits
;
their
profession
is
to
robbe
and
steale
from
their
neighbours
,
and
to
make
them
slaues
:
in
exchange
of
whom
,
they
haue
of
the
merchants
of
Barbarie
,
horses
.
He
hath
vnder
him
many
kingdomes
,
and
people
,
partly
white
,
and
partly
blacke
.
He
molesteth
the
Abassines
exceedingly
with
theftes
,
leadeth
away
their
cattell
,
robbeth
their
mines
,
&
maketh
their
men
slaues
.
They
fight
on
〈◊〉
-
backe
after
the
Gynnet
fashion
,
they
vse
lances
with
two
heads
,
&
darts
&
arrowes
:
they
assaile
a
countrey
sometimes
in
one
part
,
and
otherwhiles
in
another
,
suddenly
:
but
these
may
rather
be
termed
theeues
and
robbers
then
right
enimies
.
The
Turke
confineth
with
Abassia
on
the
east
;
as
likewise
the
king
of
Adel
,
who
hemmeth
it
in
betweene
the
east
and
the
south
.
They
disturbe
the
Prete
exceedingly
,
restraining
the
limites
of
his
Empire
,
and
bringing
his
countrey
into
great
miserie
:
For
the
Turkes
besides
the
putting
of
a
great
part
of
Barnagasso
,
to
sacke
and
spoile
;
(
vpon
which
they
entred
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
,
1558.
)
although
they
were
driuen
out
againe
,
haue
further
taken
all
that
from
the
Prete
which
he
possessed
on
the
sea
coast
:
especiallie
the
portes
and
townes
of
Suaquen
and
Ercoco
:
In
which
two
places
,
the
mountaines
lying
betwixt
Abassia
and
the
red
sea
,
doe
open
,
and
make
a
passage
,
for
conueiance
of
victual
,
and
trafficke
,
betweene
the
Abassins
,
and
the
Arabians
:
And
it
is
not
long
,
since
the
Lord
Barnagasso
was
constrained
to
accord
with
the
Turke
,
and
to
buie
the
peace
of
his
countrie
with
the
tribute
of
a
thousand
ounces
of
gold
by
the
yeere
.
Also
the
King
of
Adel
procureth
hym
no
lesse
molestation
:
This
man
confineth
with
the
kingdome
of
Fatigar
,
and
extendeth
his
dominion
euen
to
the
Red
sea
,
where
he
hath
Assum
,
Salir
,
Meth
,
Barbora
,
Pidar
,
and
Zeila
.
At
Barbora
manie
shippes
of
Aden
,
and
Cambaia
arriue
with
their
marchandize
for
exchange
;
from
whence
they
receiue
much
flesh
,
honie
,
wax
,
and
victuals
for
Aden
;
and
gold
,
Iuorie
,
and
other
thinges
for
Cambaia
.
A
greater
quantitie
of
victuall
is
carried
from
Zeila
,
because
there
is
aboundance
of
waxe
,
and
honie
,
with
corne
and
diuers
fruites
,
which
are
laden
for
Aden
,
and
for
Arabia
,
and
beastes
also
,
as
namely
sheepe
,
with
tayles
wayghing
more
then
fiue
and
twentie
poundes
,
with
their
heads
and
necks
all
blacke
,
but
the
rest
of
them
is
white
:
as
also
certaine
other
all
white
with
tayles
a
fathome
long
,
and
writhen
like
a
vine
branche
,
hauing
thropples
vnder
their
throtes
like
bulles
.
There
be
also
certaine
kine
with
branched
hornes
like
to
wild
hartes
,
being
blacke
in
colour
and
sorne
others
red
,
with
one
onely
horne
vpon
their
foreheads
of
an
handfull
and
an
halfe
long
,
turning
backward
.
The
chiefe
city
of
this
kingdome
is
Arar
eight
and
thirtie
leagues
from
Zeila
towards
the
South
east
.
This
king
being
a
Mahumetan
by
a
perpetuall
profession
of
making
war
against
the
christians
of
Abassia
,
who
are
the
subiects
of
the
Prete
,
hath
obteined
of
those
Barbarians
the
surname
of
Holy
:
He
stayeth
his
óportunitie
while
the
Abassins
be
weakened
,
and
brought
downe
with
that
long
and
hard
fast
of
fiftie
daies
,
when
they
can
scarcely
go
about
their
domesticall
affaires
;
and
then
he
entreth
into
the
countrey
,
sacketh
the
townes
,
leadeth
the
people
away
into
seruitude
,
and
doth
a
thousand
iniuries
vnto
them
.
The
Abassin
slaues
are
of
great
valew
out
of
their
owne
countrey
:
whereupon
the
bordering
,
and
other
Princes
both
farre
and
neere
esteeme
them
much
,
and
many
of
them
by
meanes
of
their
industrie
in
seruice
,
of
slaues
haue
become
captaines
and
great
Commanders
,
in
Arabia
,
Cambaia
,
Bengala
,
and
Sumatra
:
Bicause
the
Mahumetan
princes
of
the
east
,
being
all
tirants
ouer
kingdomes
vsurped
from
the
Gentiles
,
for
securitie
of
their
state
,
put
no
trust
in
their
owne
subiects
:
but
arme
themselues
with
a
multitude
of
strange
slaues
,
to
whom
they
commit
their
persons
,
and
the
gouernment
of
their
kingdome
.
And
among
all
other
slaues
the
Abassines
beare
away
the
bell
,
aswell
for
fidelitie
,
as
for
sound
and
good
complexion
.
And
bicause
the
king
of
Adel
,
with
the
multitude
of
these
Abassin
slaues
,
which
he
taketh
in
the
townes
and
territories
of
Prete
Ianni
,
filleth
all
Egypt
,
and
Arabia
(
in
exchange
of
whom
he
hath
armour
,
munition
,
and
soldiers
,
both
from
the
Turke
,
and
the
Arabian
Princes
)
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1550.
Claudius
king
of
Abassia
,
being
after
this
sort
sorely
oppressed
by
Gradaamed
king
of
Adel
,
who
now
for
the
space
of
fowerteene
yeeres
had
with
continuall
incursions
greeuously
molested
,
and
disturbed
him
,
enforcing
him
to
leaue
his
confines
,
and
to
retire
into
the
hart
of
his
empire
,
demaunded
aide
of
Stephano
Gama
,
the
Indian
Viceroy
of
Iohn
the
third
king
of
Portugale
,
who
was
then
with
a
good
fleete
vpon
The
red
sea
.
Whereupon
he
sent
him
fower
hundred
Portugals
,
with
a
good
quantitie
of
armes
,
and
small
shot
,
vnder
the
gouernment
of
Christopher
da
Gama
his
brother
.
With
these
men
by
the
benefit
of
shot
,
he
ouerthrew
the
enimie
in
two
battailes
;
but
in
the
third
,
the
king
of
Adel
hauing
receiued
a
thousand
Turkish
harquebuziers
from
the
gouernour
of
Zebit
,
with
ten
peeces
of
artillerie
,
the
Abassins
were
put
to
〈◊〉
,
and
discomfited
,
and
their
captaine
taken
prisoner
,
and
put
〈◊〉
death
.
But
the
king
of
Adel
afterwards
sending
backe
the
said
Turkes
,
he
and
his
people
were
sodainly
,
assailed
,
neere
the
riuer
of
Zeila
,
and
mount
Saual
,
by
king
Claudius
with
threescore
thousand
foote
,
and
fiue
hundred
Abassin
horse
,
togither
with
those
Portugales
,
who
remained
of
the
former
ouerthrow
,
one
of
whom
wounded
Gradamed
dangerously
.
But
in
the
moneth
of
March
,
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1559.
king
Claudius
being
set
vpon
againe
by
the
Malacai
Mores
,
he
was
slaine
in
the
battaile
:
and
the
enimie-king
acknowledging
so
great
a
victorie
from
the
handes
of
God
,
triumphed
vpon
an
asse
.
Adamas
brother
vnto
king
Claudius
succeeded
him
,
against
whom
(
for
he
was
halfe
a
Mahumetan
)
the
best
part
of
the
Abassine
nobilitie
rebelled
,
and
he
was
defeated
by
the
Barnagasso
in
the
yeere
1562.
who
hauing
thus
for
a
while
disturbed
the
affaires
of
Ethiopia
,
it
seemed
that
they
were
at
length
asswaged
,
&
reestablished
vnder
Alexander
,
by
the
aide
of
the
Portugals
,
who
haue
carried
thither
armes
as
well
of
offence
,
as
defence
,
and
stirred
vp
the
mindes
and
courages
of
the
Abassines
,
by
their
example
,
to
warre
;
For
all
those
that
remained
of
the
discomfiture
giuen
to
Christopher
Gama
,
and
diuers
others
which
came
thither
afterwards
,
and
do
daily
there
arriue
and
staie
,
do
marrie
wiues
,
and
haue
children
;
and
Alexander
permitted
them
to
elect
a
iudge
,
who
might
execute
iustice
among
them
:
So
that
they
haue
,
and
do
daily
bring
into
Abassia
,
the
manner
of
warfare
in
Europe
,
with
our
vse
of
armes
,
and
the
manner
of
fortifying
passages
and
places
of
importance
.
Afterwards
certaine
Florentines
went
into
those
countries
,
partly
vpon
pleasure
,
and
partly
for
affaires
of
merchandize
.
For
Francesco
di
Medici
great
Duke
of
Florence
,
had
some
commerce
with
the
Abassines
.
The
Prete
therefore
giues
entertainment
,
and
maketh
much
of
the
Frankes
,
(
for
so
do
they
call
the
people
of
Europe
)
and
hardly
giueth
them
license
to
depart
out
of
his
kingdome
.
Besides
these
the
Prete
Ianni
hath
diuers
other
enimies
,
amongst
whom
is
the
king
of
Dancali
,
to
whom
the
towne
and
port
of
Vela
vpon
the
red
sea
pertaineth
;
he
confineth
with
Balgada
.
The
Moores
also
vexe
him
greatly
,
which
inhabite
the
prouince
,
called
Dobas
,
deuided
into
fowerteene
Signiories
;
for
though
they
be
within
the
confines
of
Prete
Ianni
his
empire
,
yet
notwithstanding
for
the
most
part
they
rebell
from
him
:
they
haue
a
lawe
,
that
none
of
them
may
marrie
,
before
he
first
giue
testimoniall
that
he
hath
slaine
twelue
Christians
.
Of
the
Emperour
of
Monomotapa
.
COncerning
the
state
of
this
mightie
Emperour
,
and
of
his
neighbour
of
Mohenemugi
,
and
of
the
limits
of
both
their
dominions
,
as
likewise
of
the
Amazones
and
Giacchi
the
chiefe
strength
of
their
militarie
forces
,
and
other
memorable
matters
;
to
auoide
tedious
repetitions
,
I
referre
the
reader
to
the
discourse
going
before
the
booke
:
saue
onely
that
I
will
heere
annexe
a
briefe
testimony
out
of
Osorius
lib
4
de
reb
gest
.
Eman.
which
may
adde
some
small
light
vnto
the
treatise
before
mentioned
.
But
(
saith
he
)
in
this
part
of
Ethiopia
lying
beyond
the
cape
of
good
hope
which
is
bounded
by
the
south
Ocean
,
there
is
a
most
ample
kingdome
called
Benomotapa
,
whereunto
before
such
time
as
the
Portugals
discouered
those
parts
,
all
the
kinges
vpon
that
coast
were
most
obedientlie
subiect
.
It
aboundeth
with
gold
beyond
all
credite
:
which
is
taken
euen
out
〈◊〉
most
〈◊〉
in
gold
.
of
their
riuers
and
lakes
.
Yea
many
kings
there
are
which
pay
yeerely
tribute
of
gold
vnto
this
king
of
Benomotapa
.
The
people
worship
no
Idols
,
but
acknowledge
one
God
the
creatour
of
heauen
and
earth
.
In
habite
and
apparell
they
are
not
much
vnlike
to
other
Ethiopians
.
They
worship
their
king
with
woonderfull
superstition
.
This
king
in
his
scutcheon
or
coate
of
The
kings
armes
.
armes
hath
two
signes
of
maiestie
.
One
is
a
certaine
little
spade
with
a
handle
of
iuorie
.
The
other
are
two
small
dartes
.
By
the
spade
he
〈◊〉
his
subiects
to
husbandrie
,
that
they
may
not
through
sloth
and
negligence
let
the
earth
lie
vntilled
,
and
so
for
want
be
constrained
to
play
the
theeues
.
The
one
of
his
darts
betokeneth
,
that
he
will
be
a
seuere
punisher
of
malefactors
;
&
the
other
,
that
he
will
by
valour
&
force
of
armes
resist
all
forren
inuasions
.
The
sonnes
of
his
tributarie
kings
are
trained
vp
in
his
court
;
A
〈◊〉
course
.
both
to
the
end
that
by
this
education
they
may
learne
loialtie
and
loue
towards
him
their
soueraigne
,
and
also
that
they
may
remaine
as
pledges
to
keepe
their
fathers
in
awe
and
due
obedience
.
He
is
continually
guarded
with
a
mightie
armie
;
notwithstanding
he
be
conioined
in
most
firme
league
with
all
his
neighbour-princes
.
For
by
this
meanes
he
supposeth
that
warre
cannot
procure
him
any
danger
at
all
,
knowing
right
well
that
oftentimes
in
the
midst
of
peace
it
is
readie
to
disturbe
the
securitie
of
Princes
.
Euery
yeere
this
king
sendeth
certaine
of
his
courtiers
and
seruants
to
bestow
A
recrely
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
of
〈◊〉
fire
from
the
〈◊〉
to
his
〈◊〉
princes
.
in
his
name
newe
fire
vpon
all
the
princes
and
kings
within
his
dominions
,
that
from
them
it
may
be
distributed
vnto
others
also
.
Which
is
done
in
manner
following
.
The
messenger
being
come
to
the
house
of
any
prince
,
his
fire
is
immediately
quenched
.
Then
is
there
a
new
fire
kindled
by
the
messenger
:
and
foorthwith
all
the
neighbours
resort
thither
to
fetch
of
the
said
new
fire
for
their
houses
.
Which
whosoeuer
refuseth
to
performe
,
is
helde
as
a
traiterous
rebell
,
and
receiueth
such
punishment
as
is
liable
to
high
treason
;
yea
if
need
be
,
an
armie
is
leuied
to
apprehend
〈◊〉
,
to
the
end
that
being
taken
,
he
may
be
put
to
such
torments
as
are
correspondent
to
his
disloialtie
.
Hitherto
Osorius
.
The
Xeriffo
,
commonly
called
The
king
of
Maroco
〈◊〉
,
and
Fez.
AMong
all
the
princes
of
Africa
,
I
suppose
that
there
is
not
anie
one
,
who
in
richnes
of
state
,
or
greatnes
of
power
,
may
be
preferred
before
the
Xeriffo
:
In
that
his
dominion
,
which
comprehendeth
all
that
part
of
Mauritania
,
called
by
the
Romaines
Tingitana
,
extendeth
it selfe
north
&
south
from
Capo
Boiador
,
euen
to
Tanger
,
and
east
and
west
from
the
Atlanticke
Ocean
,
as
farre
as
the
riuer
Muluia
,
and
somewhat
further
also
,
in
which
space
is
comprehended
the
fairest
,
fruitfullest
,
best
inhabited
,
and
most
ciuill
part
of
all
Africk
,
and
among
other
the
states
,
the
most
famous
kingdomes
of
Maroco
and
Fez.
With
the
particular
description
whereof
,
and
of
all
the
prouinces
,
cities
,
townes
,
riuers
,
mountaines
,
&c.
therein
contained
,
the
Reader
may
satisfie
himselfe
to
the
full
in
the
second
and
third
bookes
of
the
historie
of
Iohn
Leo
before
set
downe
.
These
kingdomes
besides
their
natural
fertilitie
,
are
very
traffickable
;
for
though
the
king
of
Fez
hath
no
hauen
of
importance
vpon
the
Mediterranean
sea
,
neuerthelesse
the
English
,
French
,
and
other
nations
traffick
much
to
his
ports
vpon
the
Ocean
,
especially
to
[
](A05331-e40300-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Described
by
Leo
in
his
fifth
booke
vnder
the
name
of
Lharais
.
Larache
,
Santa
Cruz
,
Cabo
de
Guer
,
and
in
other
places
perteining
partly
to
the
kingdome
of
Fez
,
and
partly
to
Maroco
;
and
they
bring
thither
copper
,
and
brasse
,
with
armes
and
diuers
commodities
of
Europe
,
for
which
among
other
things
they
returne
sugar
.
But
because
these
kingdomes
of
Maroco
and
Fez
,
and
diuers
other
Signiories
,
and
Principalities
,
at
first
separate
and
deuided
,
were
vnited
not
long
sithence
vnder
one
Prince
,
who
is
called
[
](A05331-e40320-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Miramonin
.
the
Xeriffo
,
it
will
not
be
much
from
our
purpose
(
because
among
the
accidents
of
our
times
,
I
think
there
is
not
any
one
,
more
notable
or
wonderfull
then
this
)
to
set
downe
here
how
the
matter
passed
.
About
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1508
a
certaine
Alchaide
borne
in
Tigumedet
The
maner
how
the
Xeriffos
aspired
to
the
kingdomes
of
Maroco
,
Sus
,
and
Fez.
a
towne
of
Dara
,
whose
name
was
Mahumet
Benametto
,
and
who
caused
himselfe
to
be
called
Xeriffo
,
being
a
subtile
man
,
and
of
a
minde
no
lesse
ambitious
,
then
learned
in
those
sciences
,
whereunto
the
Mahumetans
are
most
addicted
,
began
to
grow
famous
in
the
townes
of
Numidia
.
This
man
vaunting
himselfe
to
be
descended
of
Mahumets
progenie
,
was
possessed
with
an
imagination
(
trusting
in
the
deuision
of
the
States
of
Affricke
,
wherein
then
the
Portugals
bore
great
sway
)
of
taking
into
his
owne
hands
all
[
](A05331-e40380-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Or
the
kingdomes
of
Maroco
,
and
Fez.
Mauritania
Tingitana
.
For
performance
of
this
,
he
first
sent
his
three
〈◊〉
,
Abdel
,
Abnet
,
and
Mahumet
,
in
pilgrimage
to
Mecca
and
Medina
,
there
to
visit
&
do
reuerence
to
the
sepulchre
of
their
Seductor
Mahumet
.
The
yoong
men
performed
this
voyage
with
so
great
fame
and
reputation
of
sanctitie
and
religion
(
if
these
words
may
be
vsed
,
in
declaring
of
such
an
impietie
)
that
in
their
returne
,
the
people
came
out
to
meete
them
,
kissed
their
garments
,
and
reuerenced
them
as
saints
.
They
fayning
themselues
to
be
rauished
into
deepe
contemplation
,
went
vp
and
downe
the
streetes
sighing
,
and
crying
out
in
words
interrupted
with
lamentation
&
yerning
:
Alá
,
Alá
;
and
they
liued
of
nothing
but
almes
.
Their
father
hauing
taken
them
home
with
great
mirth
and
ioy
:
but
yet
not
minding
to
suffer
this
sudden
applause
&
credit
,
which
they
had
obtayned
by
such
a
pilgrimage
,
to
freeze
and
wax
cold
;
he
sent
two
of
them
which
were
[
](A05331-e40420-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Abnet
.
Amet
and
Mahumet
to
Fez
;
where
being
courteously
receiued
by
the
king
,
one
of
them
became
a
Reader
in
the
Amodoraccia
,
a
most
famous
colledge
of
that
citie
,
and
the
the
yoongest
was
made
tutor
to
the
same
kings
yoong
sonnes
.
These
two
seeing
themselues
so
entirely
beloued
of
the
king
,
and
in
so
great
fauour
with
the
people
,
being
aduised
by
their
father
,
and
taking
occasion
vpon
the
damage
which
the
Arabians
&
Moores
did
to
those
of
their
owne
law
&
sect
,
vnder
the
ensignes
of
the
Portugals
,
in
whose
paie
they
serued
.
They
demaunded
leaue
of
the
king
to
display
a
〈◊〉
against
the
Christians
,
putting
him
in
hope
,
(
as
indeed
it
fell
out
)
that
they
would
easily
draw
those
Moores
vnto
him
,
who
were
followers
of
the
crowne
of
Portugall
,
and
by
this
meanes
secure
the
prouinces
of
Sus
,
Hea
,
Ducala
,
Maroco
,
with
others
molested
,
&
euilly
entreated
by
the
Portugals
.
This
request
was
contradicted
by
Mullei
Nazer
,
brother
to
the
king
:
for
(
said
he
)
if
these
men
,
vnder
pretence
of
holines
,
and
defence
of
their
law
,
shall
haue
some
prosperous
proceedings
with
armes
in
hand
,
it
will
not
afterwards
be
in
thy
power
(
O
king
)
to
bridle
or
bring
them
downe
:
for
armes
make
men
couragious
,
&
by
victories
they
prooue
insolent
,
&
the
rout
of
ambitious
people
are
alwaies
desirous
of
innouation
.
But
the
king
who
had
a
great
opinion
of
their
sanctitie
,
making
small
account
of
the
reasons
his
brother
alleaged
vnto
him
,
gaue
them
a
banner
,
and
drumslade
,
and
twentie
horse
to
accompanie
them
,
with
letters
of
recommendation
to
the
Arabians
,
the
princes
,
and
the
cities
of
Barbarie
.
With
these
beginnings
many
people
running
headlong
after
their
fame
,
they
ouercame
Ducala
,
and
the
countrey
of
[
](A05331-e40470-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Azaphi
.
Saphia
,
and
went
forward
euen
as
farre
as
Cabo
de
Guer
,
(
which
places
then
were
subiect
to
the
Portugals
)
and
finding
themselues
strong
,
both
in
retinue
and
credite
,
they
demanded
of
the
people
(
who
at
that
time
liued
for
the
most
part
freely
,
and
came
in
to
none
,
but
such
as
they
liked
of
themselues
)
that
seeing
they
now
tooke
vp
armes
,
for
the
Mahumetane
law
against
the
Christians
,
they
should
aide
them
with
their
tenthes
due
vnto
God
:
the
which
were
presently
yeelded
vnto
them
by
the
people
of
Dara
,
and
so
they
seazed
by
little
and
little
vpon
Tarodant
(
where
their
father
was
made
gouernour
)
and
likewise
of
Sus
,
Hea
,
Ducala
,
and
other
places
adioining
.
They
first
planted
themselues
in
Tednest
,
and
then
in
Tesarote
,
and
in
a
conflict
〈◊〉
Lopes
Barriga
,
a
famous
captaine
amongst
the
Portugals
:
but
so
they
lost
their
owne
elder
brother
therein
.
And
afterwards
by
faire
words
entring
into
the
〈◊〉
of
Maroco
,
they
poisoned
the
king
,
and
in
his
stead
made
Amet
Xeriffo
to
be
proclaimed
king
of
Maroco
.
In
the
meane
while
the
Arabians
of
Ducala
,
&
Xarquia
came
to
hand
blowes
with
those
of
Garbia
,
each
partie
holding
themselues
in
the
Xeriffoes
fauour
;
but
the
Xeriffos
perceiuing
the
skirmish
to
grow
hot
,
and
that
many
both
of
the
one
and
of
the
other
party
went
to
wrack
,
turned
their
armes
against
them
both
,
and
enriched
themselues
with
their
spoiles
.
In
former
times
they
vsed
to
send
vnto
the
king
of
Fez
the
fift
of
all
those
booties
which
they
got
;
but
after
this
victory
,
making
no
reckoning
of
their
said
custom
,
they
presented
him
only
with
six
horses
,
and
six
camels
,
&
those
but
silly
ones
:
wherat
being
mooued
,
he
sent
to
demand
of
them
the
fift
part
of
their
spoiles
,
and
the
tribute
that
the
king
of
Maroco
paied
him
,
threatning
otherwise
warre
vpon
them
.
But
in
the
meane
while
,
this
man
dying
,
Amet
his
sonne
,
who
was
scholler
to
the
yoonger
Xeriffo
,
was
not
onely
content
,
but
further
confirmed
Amet
in
the
Signiorie
of
Maroco
,
so
that
in
some
small
matter
he
would
acknowledge
the
kings
of
Fez
for
soueraigne
Princes
ouer
that
citie
.
But
on
the
other
side
the
Xeriffi
,
whose
reputation
and
power
daily
encreased
,
when
the
time
of
paying
tribute
came
,
sent
to
certifie
this
yoong
king
,
that
being
lawfull
successors
to
Mahumet
,
they
were
not
bound
to
paie
tribute
to
any
,
and
that
they
had
more
right
to
Affrica
then
he
:
so
that
if
he
would
haue
them
his
friends
,
so
it
were
;
otherwise
if
he
ment
to
diuert
them
from
this
their
warre
against
the
Christians
,
they
should
not
want
courage
nor
power
to
defend
themselues
.
Wherewith
the
Fessan
king
being
offended
,
proclaimed
warre
against
them
,
and
went
himselfe
in
person
to
the
siege
of
Maroco
:
but
at
the
very
first
he
was
driuen
to
dislodge
:
and
afterwards
returning
with
eighteene
thousand
horse
,
amongst
whom
were
two
thousand
harquebuziers
,
or
bowmen
,
he
was
vanquished
by
the
Xeriffi
,
who
had
no
more
but
seuen
thousand
horse
,
and
twelue
hundred
harquebuziers
which
were
placed
on
the
way
at
the
passage
of
a
riuer
.
By
meanes
of
this
victorie
the
Xeriffi
shooke
off
the
tribute
of
that
countrie
,
and
passing
ouer
Atlas
,
they
tooke
Tafilete
,
an
important
citie
:
and
partly
by
faire
meanes
,
partly
by
force
,
they
brought
diuérs
people
of
Numidia
to
their
obedience
,
as
also
those
of
the
mountaines
.
In
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1536.
the
yoonger
Xeriffo
who
was
now
called
king
of
Sus
,
hauing
gathered
togither
a
mightie
armie
,
and
much
artillerie
,
taken
in
part
from
the
king
of
Fez
,
and
partly
Artillerie
cast
by
French
Renegados
.
cast
by
the
French
Renegados
,
he
went
to
the
enterprise
of
Cabo
de
Guer
,
a
very
important
fortification
,
held
then
by
the
Portugals
,
which
was
built
and
fortified
sirst
at
the
charge
of
Lopes
Sequeira
:
and
afterward
,
knowing
their
opportunitie
from
the
king
Don
Emanuel
,
there
was
fought
on
both
sides
a
most
terrible
battell
.
In
the
end
,
fire
taking
hold
on
the
munition
,
and
vpon
this
the
souldiers
being
daunted
that
defended
the
fortresse
,
the
Xeriffo
entred
thereinto
,
tooke
the
towne
,
and
made
the
greatest
part
of
the
garrison
his
prisoners
.
By
this
victorie
the
Xeriffi
brought
in
a
manner
all
Atlas
and
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
to
their
obedience
,
&
those
Arabians
who
serued
the
crowne
of
Portugall
.
Whereupon
king
Iohn
the
third
,
seeing
that
his
expences
farre
exceeded
the
reuenues
which
came
in
,
of
his
owne
accord
gaue
ouer
Safia
,
Azamor
,
Arzilla
,
and
Alcazar
,
holds
which
he
had
on
the
coast
of
Mauritania
.
This
〈◊〉
was
an
occasion
of
grieuous
discord
betwixt
the
Brothers
:
the
issue
whereof
was
,
that
the
younger
hauing
in
two
battels
subdued
the
elder
(
whereof
the
second
was
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1554
)
and
taken
him
prisoner
,
he
banished
him
to
Tafilet
:
and
afterwards
turning
his
armes
against
the
king
of
Fez
,
after
hauing
taken
him
once
prisoner
,
and
then
releasing
him
,
he
yet
the
second
time
(
because
he
brake
promise
)
got
him
into
his
handes
againe
,
depriued
him
of
his
estate
,
and
in
the
end
caused
both
him
and
his
sonnes
to
be
slaine
;
and
by
meanes
of
his
owne
sonnes
he
also
tooke
Tremizen
.
In
the
meane
while
Sal
Araes
viceroy
of
Algier
fearing
the
Xeriffos
prosperous
successe
,
gathered
together
a
great
army
,
with
which
he
first
recouered
Tremizen
,
&
afterwards
defeating
the
Xeriffo
,
conquered
Fez
,
and
gaue
the
gouernment
thereof
to
Buasson
Prince
of
Veles
:
but
this
man
ioyning
battaile
with
the
Xeriffo
,
lost
at
one
instant
both
his
citie
and
kingdome
.
In
the
ende
.
Mahumet
going
to
Tarodant
was
vpon
the
way
slaine
in
his
pauilion
,
by
the
treason
of
some
Turkes
,
suborned
thereunto
by
the
viceroy
of
Algier
,
of
whom
one
Assen
was
the
chiefe
:
who
together
with
his
companions
went
into
Tarodant
,
and
there
made
hauock
of
the
kinges
treasures
:
But
in
their
returne
home
,
they
were
all
,
but
fiue
,
slaine
by
the
people
,
in
the
yeere
1559
:
and
Mullei
Abdala
the
Xeriffos
sonne
,
was
proclaimed
and
saluted
king
.
Let
thus
much
suffice
to
haue
bin
spoken
of
the
Xeriffo
:
whose
proceedinges
appeare
much
like
to
those
of
Ismael
the
sophie
of
Persia.
Both
of
them
procured
followers
by
bloud
and
the
cloake
of
religion
:
both
of
them
subdued
in
short
time
many
countries
:
both
of
them
grew
great
by
the
ruine
of
their
neighbours
both
of
them
receiued
greeuous
checkes
by
the
Turkes
,
and
lost
a
part
of
their
states
:
for
Selym
tooke
from
Ismael
,
Cacamit
and
diuers
other
cities
of
Diarbena
:
And
the
viceroy
of
Algier
did
driue
the
Xeriffo
out
of
Tremizen
,
and
his
other
quarters
:
And
euen
as
Selim
won
Tauris
,
the
head
citie
of
Persia
,
and
afterwardes
gaue
it
ouer
:
so
Sal
Araes
tooke
Fez
the
head
citie
of
Mauritania
,
and
then
after
abandoned
the
same
.
The
Xeriffo
his
reuenues
,
or
commings
in
.
THe
Xeriffo
is
absolute
Lord
of
all
his
subiects
goods
,
yea
and
of
their
persons
also
.
For
though
he
charge
them
with
neuer
so
burdensome
tributes
,
and
impositions
;
yet
dare
they
not
so
much
as
open
their
mouthes
:
He
receiueth
from
his
tributarie
vassals
,
the
tenthes
,
and
first
fruits
of
their
corne
and
cattell
.
True
it
is
,
that
for
the
first
fruits
he
taketh
no
more
but
one
for
twentie
,
and
the
whole
being
aboue
twentie
,
he
demandeth
no
more
then
two
,
though
it
amount
to
an
hundred
.
For
euery
dayes
tilth
of
grounde
he
hath
a
ducate
and
a
quarter
,
and
so
much
likewise
for
euerie
house
;
as
also
,
he
hath
after
the
same
rate
of
euerie
person
aboue
fifteene
yeers
old
,
male
,
or
female
;
and
when
need
requireth
,
a
greater
summe
:
and
to
the
end
that
the
people
may
the
more
cheerefullie
pay
that
which
is
imposed
vpon
them
,
he
alwaies
demaundeth
halfe
as
much
more
as
he
is
to
receiue
.
Most
true
it
is
,
that
on
the
mountaines
there
inhabite
certaine
fierce
and
vatamed
people
,
who
by
reason
of
the
steep
,
craggie
,
and
inexpugnable
situation
of
their
countrie
cannot
be
forced
to
tributes
;
that
which
is
gotten
of
them
,
is
the
tenth
of
their
corne
and
fruits
,
onely
that
they
may
be
permitted
to
haue
recourse
into
the
plaines
.
Besides
these
reuenues
,
the
king
hath
the
towles
and
customes
of
Fez
,
and
of
other
cities
:
For
at
the
entring
of
their
goods
,
the
naturall
citizen
payeth
two
in
the
hundred
,
and
the
stranger
ten
.
He
hath
further
,
the
reuenues
of
milles
,
and
many
other
thinges
,
the
Caruuen
the
principall
Mahumetan
temple
in
Fez
,
being
a
mile
and
an
〈◊〉
about
.
Read
Leo
,
lib.
3.
summe
whereof
is
very
great
:
for
the
milles
yeelde
him
little
lesse
then
halfe
a
royall
of
plate
,
for
euerie
Hanega
of
corne
that
is
ground
in
Fez
,
where
,
(
as
they
say
)
there
are
aboue
foure
hundred
mils
.
The
moschea
of
Caruuen
had
fourescore
thousand
ducates
of
rent
:
the
colledges
and
hospitals
of
Fez
had
also
many
thousands
.
Al
which
the
king
hath
at
this
present
.
And
further
he
is
heire
to
all
the
Alcaydes
,
and
them
that
haue
pension
of
him
,
and
at
their
deaths
he
possesseth
their
horses
,
armour
,
garments
,
and
al
their
goodes
.
Howbeit
if
the
deceased
leaue
any
sonnes
apt
for
the
seruice
of
the
warres
,
he
granteth
them
their
fathers
prouision
;
but
if
they
be
but
young
,
he
bringeth
vp
the
male
children
to
yeeres
of
seruice
,
and
the
daughters
,
till
they
be
married
.
And
therefore
,
that
he
may
haue
some
interest
in
the
goods
of
rich
men
,
he
bestoweth
vpon
them
some
gouernment
,
or
charge
,
with
prouision
.
Wherefore
for
feare
of
confiscation
after
death
,
euery
one
coueteth
to
〈◊〉
his
wealth
,
or
to
remoue
far
from
the
court
,
and
the
kings
sight
.
For
which
cause
the
citie
of
Fez
commeth
far
short
of
hir
ancient
glorie
.
Besides
,
his
reuenues
haue
beene
augmented
of
late
yeeres
by
mightie
sums
of
gold
,
which
he
fetcheth
from
Tombuto
and
Gago
in
the
lande
of
Negros
;
which
gold
(
according
to
the
report
of
some
)
may
yeerely
amount
to
three
millions
of
ducates
.
His
Forces
.
THe
Xeriffo
hath
not
any
Fortresses
of
great
importance
,
but
only
vpon
the
sea-coast
,
as
Cabo
de
Guer
,
Larache
,
and
Tetuan
:
for
as
the
Turks
and
Persians
do
,
so
he
placeth
the
strength
of
his
state
in
armed
men
:
but
especially
in
horse
.
And
for
this
cause
he
standeth
not
much
vpon
his
artillerie
;
although
hee
hath
very
great
store
(
which
his
predecessors
tooke
from
the
Portugals
and
others
)
in
Fez
,
Maroco
,
Tarodant
,
and
in
the
foresaide
〈◊〉
;
causing
also
more
to
bee
cast
,
when
neede
requireth
;
for
he
wanteth
not
masters
of
Europe
in
this
Science
.
He
hath
an
house
of
munition
in
Maroco
,
where
they
make
ordinarily
six
and
fortie
quintals
of
powder
euery
moneth
;
as
likewise
also
caliuers
and
steele-bowes
.
In
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1569.
a
fire
tooke
hold
on
these
houses
with
such
furie
,
that
a
great
part
of
the
citie
was
destroied
therewith
.
But
for
the
Xeriffoes
forces
,
they
are
of
two
sorts
:
the
first
is
of
two
thousand
seuen
hundred
horse
,
and
two
thousand
harquibuziers
,
which
he
hath
partly
in
Fez
,
but
most
in
Maroco
(
where
he
is
resident
)
being
as
it
were
of
his
daily
guard
.
The
second
is
of
a
roiall
squadron
of
sixe
thousand
gentlemen
,
being
all
of
noble
parentage
,
and
of
great
account
.
These
men
are
mounted
vpon
excellent
horses
,
with
furniture
and
armes
,
for
varietie
of
colour
most
beautifull
,
and
for
riches
of
ornament
beyonde
measure
estimable
:
for
euery
thing
about
them
shineth
with
gold
,
siluer
,
pearle
,
iewels
,
and
whatsoeuer
else
may
please
the
eie
,
or
satisfie
the
curiositie
of
beholders
.
These
men
,
besides
prouision
of
corne
,
oile
,
butter
,
and
flesh
,
for
themselues
,
their
wiues
,
children
,
and
seruants
,
receiue
further
in
wages
,
from
seuentie
to
an
hundred
ounces
of
siluer
a
man
.
The
third
sort
of
forces
which
he
hath
,
consisteth
of
his
*
Timariotti
:
These
are
a
militarie
order
,
like
vnto
them
which
hold
land
〈◊〉
vs
vnder
the
〈◊〉
of
knights
seruice
.
for
the
Xeriffo
granteth
to
all
his
sons
,
and
brothers
,
and
other
persons
of
account
or
authoritie
among
the
people
of
Africke
,
or
to
the
princes
of
the
Arabians
,
the
benefite
of
great
Lordships
&
tenures
for
sustentation
of
his
Cauallarie
:
and
the
Alchaides
themselues
till
the
fields
,
and
afterwardes
reape
rice
,
oile
,
barly
,
butter
,
sheepe
,
hens
,
and
monie
,
and
distribute
the
same
monethly
to
the
souldiers
;
according
to
the
seuerall
qualitie
of
their
persons
.
They
also
giue
them
cloth
,
linnen
,
and
silke
to
apparell
themselues
,
armes
of
offence
,
and
defence
,
and
horses
,
with
which
they
serue
in
the
warres
,
and
if
they
die
or
be
killed
,
they
allow
them
other
.
A
thing
which
was
also
vsed
in
Rome
,
towards
them
that
serued
on
publike
horses
.
Euerie
one
of
these
leaders
contendeth
to
bring
his
people
into
the
fielde
well
ordred
,
for
armes
,
apparell
,
and
horses
:
besides
this
,
they
haue
betweene
fower
and
twentie
and
thirtie
ounces
of
siluer
wages
euery
yeere
.
His
fourth
militarie
forces
,
are
the
Arabians
,
who
liue
continually
in
their
Auari
,
(
for
so
they
call
their
habitations
,
each
one
of
them
consisting
of
an
hundred
,
or
two
hundred
〈◊〉
)
gouerned
by
diuers
Alchaides
,
to
the
end
they
may
be
readie
in
time
of
need
.
These
serue
on
horse-backe
,
but
they
are
rather
to
be
accounted
theeues
,
then
true
soldiers
.
His
fift
kinde
of
forces
militarie
,
are
somewhat
like
vnto
the
trained
soldiers
of
Christian
princes
;
and
among
these
,
the
inhabitants
of
cities
and
villages
of
the
kingdome
,
and
of
the
mountaines
are
enrolled
.
It
is
true
,
that
the
king
makes
but
little
account
of
them
,
&
very
seldome
puts
armes
into
their
hands
,
for
feare
of
insurrections
and
rebellions
,
except
in
the
warres
against
the
Christians
,
for
then
he
cannot
conueniently
forbid
them
:
For
it
being
written
in
their
law
,
that
if
à
Moore
kil
a
Christian
,
or
is
slaine
by
him
,
he
goeth
directly
into
Paradise
,
(
a
diabolicall
inuention
)
men
,
women
,
and
those
of
euery
age
and
degree
,
run
to
the
warres
hand
ouer
head
,
that
at
least
they
may
there
be
slaine
;
and
by
this
meanes
(
according
to
their
foolish
opinion
)
gaine
heauen
.
No
lesse
zeale
,
to
our
confusion
,
may
we
perceiue
in
the
Turks
especially
for
defence
of
their
sect
:
for
one
would
thinke
they
went
to
a
marriage
,
and
not
to
the
warre
,
scarcely
being
able
with
patience
to
attend
their
prefixed
time
of
going
thither
.
They
repute
them
holy
and
happie
,
that
die
with
armes
in
hand
against
their
enimies
;
as
on
the
contrarie
,
those
men
vnhappie
,
and
of
little
woorth
,
that
die
at
home
,
amidst
the
lamentation
of
children
,
and
outcries
of
women
.
By
the
things
aboue
set
downe
,
we
may
easily
comprehend
,
what
numbers
of
men
the
Xeriffo
can
bring
into
the
field
:
but
yet
we
may
learne
better
by
experience
.
For
Mullei
Abdala
in
the
yeere
1562.
besieged
Mazagan
with
two
hundred
thousand
men
,
choaking
the
ditch
with
a
mountaine
of
earth
,
and
beating
downe
the
walles
thereof
with
his
Artillerie
:
but
for
all
this
,
he
was
enforced
by
the
valour
of
the
Portugals
,
and
the
damage
which
he
receiued
by
their
mines
,
to
giue
ouer
his
siege
.
Besides
,
this
Prince
can
not
continue
a
great
war
,
aboue
two
,
or
three
moneths
:
and
the
reason
hereof
is
,
because
his
forces
liuing
on
that
prouision
which
he
hath
daylie
comming
in
,
as
well
for
sustenance
as
for
aparrell
,
and
not
being
able
to
haue
all
this
conducted
thither
,
where
the
war
requireth
,
it
followeth
of
necessitie
,
that
in
short
time
they
must
needs
returne
home
for
their
maintenance
of
life
:
and
further
it
is
an
euident
thing
,
that
no
man
can
protract
a
war
at
length
,
except
he
be
rich
in
treasure
.
Molucco
who
ouerthrew
Sebastian
king
of
Portugal
,
had
in
pay
vnder
his
ensignes
fortie
thousand
horse
,
and
eight
thousand
foote
besides
Arabians
and
aduenturers
:
But
it
is
thought
,
he
could
haue
brought
into
the
field
,
seuentie
thousand
horse
,
and
more
foot
then
he
did
.
Of
the
dominions
and
fortresses
which
the
king
of
Spaine
hath
vpon
the
Isles
and
maine
landes
of
Africa
,
and
of
the
great
quantity
of
treasure
and
other
commodities
which
are
brought
from
thence
.
BEsides
Oran
,
Mersalquibir
,
Melilla
and
Pennon
which
the
king
of
Spaine
possesseth
within
the
streights
;
as
likewise
,
çeuta
,
Tanger
,
and
Arzil
,
which
by
the
title
of
Portugal
he
holdeth
very
neere
the
streights
of
Gibraltar
;
and
Mazagan
in
like
sort
without
the
streights
mouth
,
twentie
miles
to
the
southward
of
Arzil
:
he
hath
along
the
coast
of
Affrick
,
from
Cape
de
Guer
,
to
that
of
Guardafu
,
two
sorts
of
states
:
for
some
are
immedidiately
vnder
him
;
and
others
are
as
it
were
his
adherents
.
The
Ilands
of
Madera
,
Puerto
Santo
,
the
Canaries
,
the
Isles
of
Arguin
,
of
Cabo
Verde
,
the
isle
Del
Principe
,
with
that
of
Sant
Thomas
,
and
others
neere
adioining
,
are
immediately
vnder
his
dominion
.
These
islands
are
maintained
with
their
owne
victuall
,
and
prouision
,
and
yet
they
haue
also
some
out
of
Europe
,
as
in
like
manner
they
send
some
thither
:
especially
sugars
and
fruits
,
wherewith
the
isle
of
Madera
woonderfully
aboundeth
,
as
also
with
wine
.
And
the
iland
of
Sant
Thomas
likewise
hath
great
abundance
of
sugars
.
These
States
haue
no
incumbrance
,
but
by
the
English
and
French
men
of
warre
,
[
](A05331-e41040-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Mine
author
heere
much
mistaketh
the
matter
.
which
for
all
that
go
not
beyond
Cape
Verde
.
At
the
ilands
of
Arguin
,
and
at
Sant
George
de
la
Mina
,
the
Portugals
haue
planted
factories
in
forme
of
fortresses
,
by
meanes
of
which
,
they
trade
with
the
bordering
people
of
Guinie
and
Libya
,
and
get
into
their
hands
the
gold
of
Mandinga
,
and
other
places
neere
about
.
Among
the
adherent
Princes
,
the
richest
and
most
honorable
,
is
the
king
of
Congo
,
in
that
his
kingdome
is
one
of
the
most
flourishing
,
and
plentifull
countries
in
all
Ethiopia
.
The
Portugals
haue
there
two
Colonies
,
one
in
the
citie
of
S.
Saluador
,
and
an
other
in
the
island
Loanda
.
They
haue
diuers
rich
commodities
from
this
kingdome
,
but
the
most
important
is
euery
yeere
about
5000.
slaues
,
which
they
transport
from
thence
,
and
sell
them
at
good
round
prizes
in
all
the
isles
and
maine
lands
of
the
west
Indies
:
and
for
the
head
of
euerie
slaue
so
taken
vp
,
there
is
a
good
taxe
paid
to
the
crowne
of
Portugall
.
From
this
kingdome
one
might
easily
go
to
the
countrie
of
Prete
Ianni
,
for
it
is
not
thought
to
be
very
farre
off
:
and
it
doth
so
abound
with
Elephants
,
victuall
,
and
all
other
necessarie
things
,
as
would
bring
singular
ease
and
commodity
to
such
an
enterprise
.
Vpon
the
kingdome
of
Congo
confineth
Angola
,
with
whose
prince
of
late
yeeres
Paulo
Dias
a
Portugall
captaine
made
war
:
And
the
principall
occasion
of
this
warre
are
certaine
mines
of
siluer
,
in
the
mountaines
of
Cabambe
,
no
whit
inferior
to
those
of
Potossi
;
but
by
so
much
are
they
better
,
as
fine
siluer
goeth
beyond
that
which
is
base
,
and
course
.
And
out
of
doubt
,
if
the
Portugals
had
esteemed
so
well
of
things
neere
at
hand
,
as
they
did
of
those
farther
off
and
remote
,
and
had
thither
bent
their
forces
wherewith
they
passed
Capo
de
buena
esperança
,
and
went
to
India
,
Malaca
,
and
the
Malucoes
;
they
had
more
easily
,
and
with
lesse
charge
found
greater
wealth
:
for
there
are
no
countries
in
the
world
richer
in
gold
and
siluer
,
then
the
kingdomes
of
Mandinga
,
Ethiopia
,
Congo
,
Angola
,
Butua
,
Toroa
,
Maticuo
,
Boro
,
Quiticui
,
Monomotapa
,
Cafati
,
and
Mohenemugi
.
But
humane
auarice
esteemeth
more
of
an
other
mans
,
then
his
owne
,
and
things
remote
appeere
greater
then
those
neere
at
hand
.
Betweene
Cabo
de
buena
esperança
,
and
Cape
Guardafu
,
the
Portugals
haue
the
fortresses
of
Sena
,
Cephala
,
and
Mozambique
.
And
by
these
they
continue
masters
of
the
trade
with
the
bordering
nations
,
all
which
abound
in
gold
and
iuorie
.
By
these
fortresses
they
haue
speciall
commoditie
,
for
their
nauigation
to
the
Indies
;
bicause
their
fleetes
sometimes
winter
,
and
otherwhiles
victuall
,
and
refresh
themselues
there
.
In
these
parts
the
king
of
Melinde
is
their
greatest
friend
,
and
those
of
Quiloa
,
and
other
neighbour-islands
,
are
their
tributaries
.
The
Portugals
want
nothing
but
men
.
For
besides
other
islands
,
which
they
leaue
in
a
manner
abandoned
,
there
is
that
of
Saint
Laurence
,
one
of
the
greatest
in
all
the
world
(
being
a
thousand
two
hundred
miles
long
,
and
fower
hundred
and
fower-score
broad
)
the
which
,
though
it
be
not
well
tilled
,
yet
for
the
goodnes
of
the
soile
it
is
apt
and
fit
to
be
manured
,
nature
hauing
distinguished
it
with
riuers
,
harbours
,
&
most
commodious
baies
.
These
States
belonging
to
the
crowne
of
Portugall
,
feare
no
other
but
such
sea-forces
,
as
may
be
brought
thither
by
the
Turkes
.
But
the
daily
going
to
and
fro
of
the
Portugall
fleetes
,
which
coast
along
vp
and
downe
those
seas
,
altogither
secureth
them
.
In
the
yeere
1589.
they
tooke
neere
vnto
Mombaza
,
fower
gallies
,
and
a
galliot
,
belonging
to
the
Turkes
,
who
were
so
bold
as
to
come
euen
thither
.
The
dominions
of
the
great
Turke
in
Africa
.
THe
great
Turk
possesseth
in
Africa
all
the
sea-coast
from
Velez
de
Gumera
,
or
(
as
some
hold
opinion
)
from
the
riuer
Muluia
,
which
is
the
easterne
limite
of
the
kingdome
of
Fez
,
euen
to
the
Arabian
gulfe
or
Red
sea
,
except
some
few
places
(
as
namely
Mersalcabir
,
Melilla
,
Oran
,
and
Pennon
)
which
the
king
of
Spaine
holdeth
.
In
which
space
before
mentioned
are
situate
sundrie
of
the
most
famous
cities
and
kingdomes
in
all
Barbarie
;
that
is
to
say
,
Tremizen
,
Alger
,
Tenez
,
Bugia
,
Constantina
,
Tunis
,
Tripolis
,
and
all
the
countrey
of
Egypt
,
from
Alexandria
to
the
citie
of
Asna
,
called
of
old
Siene
,
togither
with
some
part
of
Arabia
Troglodytica
,
from
the
towne
of
Suez
to
that
of
Suachen
.
Also
in
Africa
the
grand
Signor
hath
fiue
viceroies
,
called
by
the
names
of
Beglerbegs
or
Bassas
,
namely
at
Alger
,
Tunis
,
Tripolis
,
at
Missir
for
all
Egypt
,
and
at
Suachen
for
those
places
which
are
chalenged
by
the
great
Turke
in
the
dominions
of
Prete
Ianni
.
Finally
,
in
this
part
at
Suez
in
the
bottome
of
the
Arabian
gulfe
,
is
one
of
his
fower
principall
Arsenals
,
or
places
for
the
building
,
repairing
,
docking
,
and
harbouring
of
his
warlike
gallies
,
which
may
lie
heere
vnder
couert
,
to
the
number
of
fiue
and
twentie
bottomes
.
A
summarie
discourse
of
the
manifold
Religions
professed
in
Africa
:
and
first
of
the
Gentiles
.
AFrica
containeth
fower
sorts
of
people
different
in
religion
:
that
is
to
say
,
Gentiles
,
Iewes
,
Mahumetans
,
and
Christians
.
The
Gentiles
extend
themselues
along
the
shoare
of
the
Ocean
,
in
a
manner
from
Cabo
Blanco
,
or
the
white
Cape
,
euen
to
the
northren
borders
of
Congo
;
as
likewise
,
from
the
southerly
bounds
of
the
same
kingdome
,
euen
to
Capo
de
buena
Esperança
;
&
from
thence
,
to
that
De
los
Corrientes
:
and
within
the
land
they
spred
out
,
from
the
Ethiopick
Ocean
,
euen
vnto
Nilus
,
and
beyond
Nilus
also
from
the
Ethiopick
,
to
the
Arabian
sea
.
These
Gentiles
are
of
diuers
sorts
,
for
some
of
them
haue
no
light
of
God
,
or
religion
,
neither
they
are
gouerned
by
any
rule
or
law
.
Wherupon
the
Arabians
call
them
Cafri
,
that
is
to
say
,
lawlesse
,
or
without
law
.
They
haue
but
fewe
habitations
,
and
they
liue
for
the
most
part
in
caues
of
mountaines
,
or
in
woods
,
wherein
they
finde
some
harbour
from
winde
and
raine
.
The
ciuilest
among
them
,
who
haue
some
vnderstanding
and
light
of
diuinitie
and
religion
,
obey
the
Monomotapa
,
whose
dominion
extendeth
with
a
great
circuite
,
from
the
confines
of
Matama
,
to
the
riuer
Cuama
:
but
the
noblest
part
thereof
is
comprehended
betweene
the
mightie
riuer
of
Magnice
or
Spirito
Sancto
,
and
that
of
〈◊〉
,
for
the
space
of
sixe
hundred
leagues
.
They
haue
no
idols
,
and
beleeue
in
one
only
God
,
called
by
them
Mozimo
.
Little
differing
from
these
we
may
esteeme
the
subiects
of
Mohenemugi
.
But
among
all
the
Cafri
,
the
people
called
Agag
or
Giacchi
,
are
reputed
most
brutish
,
inhabiting
in
woods
and
dens
,
and
being
deuourers
of
mans
flesh
.
They
dwell
vpon
the
left
banke
of
Nilus
,
betweene
the
first
and
second
lake
.
The
Anzichi
also
haue
a
shambles
of
mans
flesh
,
as
we
haue
of
the
flesh
of
oxen
.
They
eate
their
enimies
whom
they
take
in
war
;
they
sell
their
slaues
to
butchers
,
if
they
can
light
on
no
greater
prise
:
and
they
inhabit
from
the
riuer
Zaire
,
euen
to
the
deserts
of
Nubia
.
Some
others
of
them
are
rather
addicted
to
witchcraft
,
then
to
idolatrie
:
considering
that
in
a
man
,
the
feare
of
a
superior
power
is
so
naturall
,
that
though
he
adore
nothing
vnder
the
name
and
title
of
a
God
,
yet
doth
he
reuerence
and
feare
some
superioritie
,
although
he
know
not
what
it
is
.
Such
are
the
Biafresi
,
and
their
neighbours
,
all
of
them
being
addicted
in
such
sort
to
witchcraft
,
as
that
they
vaunt
,
that
by
force
of
enchantment
,
they
can
not
onely
charme
,
and
make
men
die
,
much
more
molest
and
bring
them
to
hard
point
:
but
further
,
raise
windes
and
raine
,
and
make
the
skie
to
thunder
and
lighten
,
and
that
they
can
destroy
all
herbes
and
plants
,
and
make
the
flockes
and
heards
of
cattell
to
fall
downe
dead
.
Whereupon
they
reuerence
more
the
diuell
then
any
thing
else
:
sacrificing
vnto
him
of
their
beasts
and
fruits
of
the
earth
,
yea
their
owne
bloud
also
,
and
their
children
.
Such
are
likewise
the
priests
of
Angola
,
whom
they
call
Ganghe
.
These
make
profession
that
they
haue
in
their
hands
dearth
and
abundance
;
faire
weather
and
foule
;
life
and
death
.
For
which
cause
it
can
not
be
expressed
,
in
what
veneration
they
are
held
among
these
Barbarians
.
In
the
yeere
1587.
a
Portugall
captaine
being
in
a
part
of
Angola
with
his
souldiers
,
a
Ganga
was
requested
by
the
people
,
to
refresh
the
fields
,
which
were
drie
and
withered
,
with
some
quantitie
of
water
.
He
needed
no
great
intreatie
,
but
going
forth
with
diuers
little
bels
,
in
presence
of
the
Portugals
,
he
spent
an
halfe
hower
in
fetching
suudry
gambols
&
skips
,
&
vttering
diuers
superstitious
murmurings
:
and
behold
,
a
cloud
arose
in
the
aire
,
with
lightning
and
thunder
.
The
Portugals
grew
amazed
;
but
all
the
Barbarians
with
great
ioy
admired
and
extolled
vnto
heauen
,
their
Ganga
,
who
now
gaue
out
intolerable
brags
,
not
knowing
what
hung
ouer
his
head
:
For
the
windes
outragiously
blowing
,
the
skie
thundring
after
a
dreadfull
manner
,
in
stead
of
the
raine
by
him
promised
,
there
fell
a
thunderbolt
,
which
like
a
sword
cut
his
head
cleane
from
his
shoulders
.
Some
other
idolaters
not
looking
much
aloft
,
worship
earthly
things
:
such
were
the
people
of
Congo
before
their
conuersion
,
and
are
at
this
day
those
that
haue
not
yet
receiued
the
Gospell
.
For
these
men
worship
certaine
dragons
with
wings
,
and
they
foolishly
nourish
them
in
their
houses
,
with
the
delicatest
meates
that
they
haue
.
They
worship
also
serpents
of
horrible
shape
,
goats
,
tygers
,
and
other
creatures
,
and
the
more
they
feare
and
reuerence
them
,
by
how
much
the
more
deformed
and
monstrous
they
are
.
Amongst
the
number
of
their
gods
also
,
they
reckon
bats
,
owles
,
owlets
,
trees
,
and
herbes
,
with
their
figures
in
wood
and
stone
:
and
they
do
not
onely
worship
these
beasts
liuing
,
but
euen
their
versy
kins
when
they
are
dead
,
being
filled
with
straw
,
or
some
other
matter
:
and
the
manner
of
their
idolatrie
is
,
to
bow
downe
before
the
foresaid
things
,
to
cast
themselues
groueling
vpon
the
earth
,
to
couer
their
faces
with
dust
,
and
to
offer
vnto
them
of
their
best
substance
.
Some
lifting
vp
their
mindes
a
little
higher
,
worship
starres
,
such
be
the
people
of
Guinie
,
and
their
neighbours
,
who
are
enclined
to
the
worship
of
the
sunne
,
the
greatest
part
of
them
:
and
they
hold
opinion
,
that
the
soules
of
those
dead
that
liued
well
,
mount
vp
into
heauen
,
and
there
dwell
perpetually
neere
vnto
the
sunne
.
Neither
want
there
amongst
these
,
certaine
others
so
superstitious
,
as
they
worship
for
God
the
first
thing
they
meete
withall
,
comming
out
of
their
houses
.
They
also
hold
their
kings
in
the
account
&
estimation
of
Gods
,
whom
they
suppose
to
be
descended
from
heauen
,
&
their
kings
,
to
maintaine
themselues
in
such
high
reputation
,
are
serued
with
woonderfull
ceremonies
,
neither
will
they
be
seene
but
very
seldome
.
Of
the
Iewes
.
THe
Iewes
who
haue
bene
dispersed
by
god
throughout
the
whole
world
,
to
confirme
vs
in
the
holie
faith
,
entered
into
Ethiopia
in
the
Queene
of
Sabas
daies
,
in
companie
of
a
son
that
Salomon
had
by
her
,
to
the
number
(
as
the
Abassins
affirme
)
of
twelue
thousand
,
and
there
multiplied
their
generation
exceedingly
.
In
that
they
not
onely
filled
Abassia
,
but
spred
themselues
likewiseall
ouer
the
neighbour
prouinces
.
So
that
at
this
day
also
the
Abassins
affirme
,
that
vpon
Nilus
towards
the
west
,
there
inhaibteth
a
most
populous
nation
of
the
Iewish
stock
,
vnder
a
mightie
K.
And
some
of
our
moderne
Cosmographers
set
downe
a
prouince
in
those
quarters
,
which
they
call
The
land
of
the
Hebrewes
,
placed
as
it
were
vnder
the
equinoctiall
,
in
certaine
vnknowne
mountaines
,
betweene
the
confines
of
Abassia
,
and
Congo
.
And
likewise
on
the
north
part
of
the
kingdome
of
Goiame
,
and
the
southerly
quarter
of
the
kingdome
of
Gorham
,
there
are
certaine
mountaines
,
peopled
with
Iewes
,
who
there
maintaine
themselues
free
,
and
absolute
,
through
the
inaccessiable
situations
of
the
same
.
For
in
truth
by
this
means
,
the
inhabitants
of
the
mountaines
(
speaking
generally
)
are
the
most
ancient
,
and
freest
people
:
in
that
the
strong
situation
of
their
natiue
soile
secureth
them
,
from
the
incursions
of
forraine
nations
,
and
the
violence
of
their
neighbours
.
Such
are
the
Scottes
in
Britaine
,
and
the
Biskaines
in
Spaine
.
But
to
return
againe
to
our
purpose
:
the
Anzichi
,
who
extend
from
the
bankes
of
the
riuer
Zaire
,
euen
to
the
confines
of
Nubia
,
vse
circumcision
,
as
also
diuers
other
bordering
people
do
,
a
thing
that
must
necessarilie
haue
been
brought
in
by
the
Iewes
,
&
yet
remayning
stil
in
vse
,
after
the
annihilation
of
the
Mosaicall
law
amongst
them
.
Some
also
think
,
that
the
people
called
Cafri
or
Cafates
at
this
day
,
who
are
gentiles
,
draw
their
originall
from
the
Iewes
,
but
being
enuironed
on
euery
side
by
Idolaters
,
they
haue
by
little
and
little
swarued
from
the
law
of
Moses
:
and
so
are
become
,
as
it
were
,
insensibly
,
Idolaters
.
On
the
other
side
,
the
Iewes
being
woonderfully
increased
in
Spaine
,
passed
one
after
an
other
into
Affricke
and
Mauritania
,
and
dispersed
themselues
euen
to
the
confines
of
Numidia
,
especiallie
by
meanes
of
traffick
,
and
the
profession
of
goldsmithes
,
the
which
being
vtterly
forbidden
the
Mahumetans
,
is
altogether
practised
amongst
them
by
the
Iewes
,
as
are
likewise
diuers
other
mechanicall
crafts
,
but
principallie
that
of
black
smithes
.
A
thing
which
notablie
appeareth
in
mount
Sefsaua
in
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
,
and
in
mount
Anteta
.
It
is
said
that
Eitdeuet
,
a
towne
in
the
kingdome
of
Maroco
,
was
inhabited
by
the
Iewes
,
of
the
stock
(
as
they
affirme
)
of
Dauid
,
who
notwithstanding
by
little
and
little
are
growne
Mahumetans
.
The
Iewes
encreased
afterwards
in
Affrick
,
when
first
〈◊〉
king
of
Spaine
called
The
catholicke
,
and
after
him
Emanuell
king
of
Portugal
,
put
them
forth
of
their
dominions
:
For
then
many
went
ouer
into
the
kingdomes
of
Fez
and
Maroco
,
and
brought
in
thither
the
artes
and
professions
of
Europe
vnknowne
before
to
those
Barbarians
.
In
Bedis
,
Teza
,
Elmedina
,
Tefsa
,
and
in
Segelmesse
euery
placeis
full
of
them
.
They
passe
also
by
way
of
traffick
euen
to
Tombuto
,
although
Iohn
Leo
writeth
how
that
king
was
so
greatly
their
enemie
,
that
he
confiscated
the
goods
of
those
that
traded
with
them
.
It
importeth
me
not
to
speake
of
Egypt
,
because
it
hath
euer
beene
,
as
well
by
reason
of
the
neernes
of
Palestina
,
as
for
the
commodity
of
traffick
,
whereunto
they
are
much
enclined
,
as
it
were
,
their
second
countrie
.
Here
in
great
number
,
and
in
a
manner
in
all
the
cities
and
townes
thereof
,
they
exercise
mechanicall
arts
,
and
vse
traffick
and
merchandize
,
as
also
take
vpon
them
the
receit
of
taxes
and
customes
:
but
aboue
all
other
places
,
in
Alexandria
and
Cairo
,
where
they
amount
to
the
number
of
fiue
and
twentie
thousand
,
and
the
ciuiller
sort
among
them
do
vsually
speake
the
Castilian
toung
.
〈◊〉
much
may
suffice
to
haue
been
spoken
concerning
the
Iewes
.
It
now
remaineth
,
that
we
come
to
intreat
of
the
Mahumetans
of
Africa
.
Concerning
whom
,
before
we
make
any
particular
relation
,
it
will
not
be
amisse
;
for
the
readers
more
perfect
instruction
,
to
speake
somewhat
in
generall
:
as
namely
of
the
sinister
proceedings
of
their
first
seducer
Mahumet
;
of
the
variety
and
propagation
of
their
damned
sects
ouer
the
east
and
south
parts
of
the
world
;
of
the
fower
principall
nations
which
are
the
mainteiners
and
vpholders
of
this
diabolicall
religion
;
and
of
sundry
other
particulars
most
worthie
the
obseruation
.
Of
Mahumet
,
and
of
his
accursed
religion
in
generall
.
MAhumet
his
father
,
was
a
certaine
prophane
Idolater
called
Abdalá
,
of
the
stock
of
Ismael
,
and
his
mother
was
one
[
](A05331-e41300-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Emina
.
Hennina
a
Iew
,
both
of
them
being
of
very
humble
,
and
poore
condition
.
He
was
borne
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
562.
and
was
endowed
with
a
graue
countenance
and
a
quick
wit
.
Being
growne
to
mans
estate
,
the
Scenite
Arabians
,
accustomed
to
rob
,
and
runne
all
ouer
the
countrie
,
tooke
him
prisoner
,
and
sold
him
to
a
Persian
merchant
,
who
discerning
him
to
be
apt
,
and
subtile
about
busines
,
affected
and
held
him
in
such
account
,
that
after
his
death
his
mistresse
remaining
a
widow
,
scorned
not
to
take
him
for
her
husband
.
Being
therefore
inriched
by
this
meanes
,
with
goods
and
credit
,
he
raised
vp
his
minde
to
greater
matters
.
The
times
then
answered
very
fitly
for
one
that
woulde
disturbe
or
worke
any
innouation
.
For
the
Arabians
vpon
some
euill
entreatie
were
malecontented
with
the
Emperour
Heraclius
.
The
heresies
of
Arrius
and
Nestorius
,
had
in
a
miserable
sort
shaken
and
annoied
the
church
of
God
.
The
Iewes
,
though
they
wanted
power
,
yet
amounted
they
to
a
great
number
.
The
Saracens
preuailed
mightily
,
both
in
number
and
force
.
And
the
Romaine
Empire
was
full
of
slaues
.
Mahumet
therefore
taking
hold
on
this
opportunitie
,
framed
a
law
,
wherein
all
of
them
should
haue
some
part
,
or
prerogatiue
.
In
this
two
Apostata
Iewes
,
and
two
heretikes
,
assisted
him
:
of
which
,
one
was
Iohn
,
being
a
scholler
of
Nestorius
schoole
;
and
the
other
Sergius
,
of
the
sect
of
Arrius
.
Whereupon
the
principall
intention
of
this
cursed
law
was
wholie
aimed
against
the
diuinitie
of
our
Sauiour
Iesus
Christ
,
wickedly
oppugned
by
the
Iewes
and
Arrians
.
He
perswaded
this
law
,
first
by
giuing
his
wife
to
vnderstand
,
and
his
neighbours
by
her
meanes
,
and
by
little
and
little
others
also
,
that
he
conuersed
with
the
angell
Gabriell
,
vnto
whose
brightnes
he
ascribed
the
falling
sicknes
,
which
many
times
prostrated
him
vpon
the
earth
:
dilating
and
amplifying
the
same
in
like
sort
,
by
permitting
all
that
which
was
plausible
to
sense
and
the
flesh
;
as
also
by
offering
libertie
to
all
slaues
that
would
come
to
him
,
and
receiue
his
law
.
Wherefore
being
prosecuted
hard
by
the
masters
of
those
fugitiue
slaues
led
away
by
him
,
he
fledde
to
Medina
Talnabi
,
and
there
remained
some
time
.
From
this
flight
the
Mahumetans
fetch
the
originall
of
their
Hegeira
.
But
questionlesse
there
was
nothing
that
furthered
more
the
enlargement
of
the
Mahumetan
sect
,
then
prosperitic
in
armes
,
and
the
multitude
of
victories
;
whereby
Mahumet
ouerthrew
the
Persians
,
became
lord
of
Arabia
,
and
draue
the
Romaines
out
of
Syria
.
And
his
successors
afterwards
extended
their
empire
from
Euphrates
to
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
and
from
the
riuer
Niger
to
the
Pirenei
mountaines
,
and
beyond
.
They
occupied
Sicilia
,
assailed
Italy
,
and
with
continuall
prosperitie
,
as
it
were
;
for
three
hundred
yeeres
,
either
subdued
,
or
encumbred
,
both
the
east
&
west
.
But
to
returne
to
Mahumet
his
law
,
it
embraceth
circumcision
,
&
maketh
a
difference
between
meats
pure
&
vnpure
,
partly
to
allure
the
Iewes
.
It
denieth
the
Diuinitie
of
Christ
,
to
reconcile
the
Arrians
,
who
were
then
most
mightie
;
it
foisteth
in
many
friuolous
fables
,
that
it
might
fit
the
Gentiles
:
&
looseth
the
bridle
to
the
flesh
,
which
is
a
thing
acceptable
to
the
greatest
part
of
men
.
Whereupon
Auicen
(
though
he
were
a
Mahumetan
)
writeth
thus
of
such
a
law
:
Lex
nostra
(
saith
he
)
quam
de
dit
Mahumeth
,
&c.
that
is
to
say
,
Our
Law
,
which
Mahumet
gaue
vs
,
regardeth
the
disposition
of
felicitie
or
miserie
,
according
to
the
body
.
But
there
is
another
promise
,
which
concerneth
the
minde
,
or
the
soule
:
which
wise
Diuines
had
a
farre
greater
desire
to
apprehend
,
then
that
of
the
body
,
which
though
it
be
giuen
vnto
them
,
yet
respect
they
it
not
,
nor
hold
it
in
any
estimation
,
in
comparison
of
that
felicitie
which
is
a
coniunction
with
truth
.
Mahumet
being
dead
,
[
](A05331-e41500-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Haly.
Allé
,
Abubequer
,
Omar
,
and
Odoman
his
kinsemen
,
each
of
them
pretending
to
be
his
true
successor
,
wrote
distinctly
euerie
one
by
himselfe
.
Vpon
which
there
did
arise
fower
seuerall
sects
.
Allé
was
head
of
the
sect
Imemia
,
being
followed
by
the
Persians
,
Indians
,
and
many
Arabians
,
and
Gelbines
of
Africa
.
Abubequer
gaue
foundation
to
the
sect
Melchia
,
embraced
generally
by
the
Arabians
,
Saracens
,
and
Africans
.
Omar
was
author
of
the
Anefia
,
which
is
on
foote
among
the
Turks
in
Syria
,
and
in
that
part
of
Africk
which
is
called
Zahará
.
Odman
left
behim
the
Banefia
,
or
Xefaia
,
as
we
may
terme
it
,
which
wanteth
not
followers
among
the
foresaid
nations
.
Of
these
fower
sects
,
in
processe
of
time
,
growen
sixtie
eight
other
verie
famous
,
besides
some
of
lesse
renowme
and
fame
.
Among
the
many
Mahumetan
sects
,
there
are
the
Morabites
,
who
lead
their
liues
for
the
most
part
in
Hermitages
,
and
make
profession
of
Morall
Philosophie
,
with
certaine
principles
differing
from
the
Alcoran
.
One
of
these
was
that
Morabite
,
which
certaine
yeeres
past
,
shewing
Mahumet
his
name
imprinted
in
his
brest
(
being
done
with
Aqua
Fortis
,
as
I
suppose
,
or
some
such
thing
)
raised
vp
a
great
number
of
Arabians
in
Africk
,
and
laide
siege
to
Tripolis
;
where
being
betraied
by
his
captaine
,
he
remained
the
Turkes
prisoner
,
who
sent
his
skin
to
the
grand
Signor
.
This
man
being
in
prison
,
said
to
an
Italian
slaue
,
his
familiar
,
who
went
to
visite
him
;
I
greeue
at
nothing
but
you
Christians
,
who
haue
abandoned
me
.
In
that
the
knights
of
Malta
onely
sent
him
small
succour
,
of
powder
and
shot
.
These
Morabites
affirme
,
(
to
declare
some
of
their
fooleries
)
that
when
Allé
fought
,
he
killed
ten
thousand
Christians
with
one
blow
of
a
sworde
,
and
that
this
sword
was
an
hundred
cubits
long
.
Then
there
is
the
foolish
,
and
〈◊〉
sect
of
Cobtini
.
One
of
these
shewed
himselfe
not
many
yeeres
sithence
in
the
market
places
and
quarters
of
Algier
,
mounted
on
a
reed
,
with
a
bridle
and
raines
of
leather
,
giuing
the
multitude
to
vnderstand
,
that
vpon
that
horse
in
one
night
,
he
rid
an
hundred
leagues
;
and
he
was
for
this
greatly
honored
and
reuerenced
.
In
tract
of
time
,
there
grew
amongst
the
Mahumetans
,
through
the
vanitie
of
their
law
,
and
the
incredible
variety
and
difference
of
opinions
,
great
disorders
:
For
their
sect
being
not
onely
wicked
,
and
treacherous
(
as
we
haue
declared
)
but
also
grosse
and
foolish
,
those
that
made
profession
thereof
to
defend
and
maintaine
it
,
were
enforced
to
make
a
thousand
interpretations
and
constructions
,
far
sometimes
from
reason
,
and
otherwhiles
from
the
expresse
words
of
Mahumet
him selfe
.
The
Califas
endeuoured
mightily
to
reforme
this
;
but
their
prouisions
of
greatest
importance
were
two
.
For
first
,
Moauia
(
this
man
florished
about
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
770
)
called
an
assembly
of
learned
and
iudiciall
men
,
to
establish
that
which
in
their
sect
should
be
beleeued
,
and
to
this
end
he
caused
all
the
bookes
of
Mahumet
,
and
his
successors
,
to
be
gathered
together
.
But
they
not
agreeing
amongst
themselues
,
he
chose
out
of
them
,
sixe
of
the
most
learned
,
and
shutting
them
within
an
house
,
with
the
said
writings
,
he
commaunded
them
,
that
euery
one
should
make
choise
of
that
,
which
seemed
best
vnto
him
.
These
men
reduced
the
Mahumetan
doctrine
into
sixe
books
,
setting
downe
the
pennaltie
of
losse
of
life
,
to
them
that
should
otherwise
speake
,
or
write
of
the
law
.
But
because
the
Arabians
gaue
their
mindes
to
Philosophie
,
in
the
vniuersities
of
Bagdet
,
Fez
,
Maroco
,
and
Cordoua
(
and
being
of
piercing
and
subtile
wits
)
they
could
not
but
looke
into
the
fopperies
of
their
sect
.
There
was
added
vnto
this
another
prouiso
,
which
was
a
statute
,
that
forbad
them
the
studie
of
Philosophie
:
by
meanes
of
which
statute
,
their
Vniuersities
before
most
flourishing
,
haue
within
these
fower
hundred
yeeres
daily
declined
.
At
this
day
the
sects
of
Mahumetan
impietie
are
distinguished
more
through
the
might
and
power
of
those
nations
that
follow
them
,
then
of
themselues
:
and
the
principall
nations
are
fower
,
that
is
to
say
,
Arabians
,
Persians
,
Tartars
,
and
Turks
.
The
Arabians
are
most
superstitious
,
and
zealous
.
The
Persians
stand
more
vpon
reason
and
nature
:
The
Tartars
hold
much
gentilisine
and
simplicitie
:
and
the
Turkes
(
especially
in
Europe
)
are
most
of
them
Libertines
,
and
Martialistes
.
The
Arabians
,
as
they
that
esteeme
it
for
great
glorie
,
that
Mahumet
was
of
their
nation
,
and
buried
in
Mecca
(
or
as
others
thinke
in
Medina
Talnabi
)
haue
laboured
with
all
arte
,
and
yet
procure
to
spread
their
sect
ouer
the
whole
world
.
In
India
they
first
preuailed
with
preaching
,
and
afterwards
with
armes
.
Considering
that
seuen
hundred
yeeres
sithence
(
king
Perimal
reigning
in
Malabar
)
they
began
there
to
sow
this
cockle
:
and
to
bring
the
Gentiles
more
easily
within
their
net
,
they
tooke
(
and
at
this
daie
take
)
their
daughters
to
wife
,
a
matter
greatly
esteemed
of
them
,
by
reason
of
these
mens
wealth
.
By
this
policie
and
the
traffike
of
spices
,
which
yeelded
them
infinite
profite
,
they
quickly
set
foote
,
and
fastned
it
in
India
.
They
built
townes
,
and
planted
colonies
,
and
the
first
place
,
where
they
grew
to
a
bodie
,
was
Calicut
,
which
of
a
small
thing
,
by
their
concourse
and
traffike
,
became
a
mightie
citie
.
They
drew
king
Perimal
to
their
sect
,
who
at
their
perswasion
resolued
to
go
and
end
his
daies
at
Mecca
;
and
for
that
purpose
he
put
himselfe
onward
on
the
voiage
,
with
certaine
ships
laden
with
pepper
and
other
precious
commodities
:
but
a
terrible
tempest
met
him
in
the
midst
of
his
course
,
and
drowned
him
in
the
sea
.
They
inhabite
in
Malabar
where
two
sorts
of
Arabians
or
Moores
(
as
we
may
terme
them
)
haue
more
exceedingly
increased
and
preuailed
,
then
in
any
other
part
of
the
Indies
:
one
is
of
strangers
that
arriue
there
by
reason
of
the
traffike
of
Arabia
,
Cambaia
,
and
Persia
:
and
the
other
be
those
that
dayly
are
borne
of
a
〈◊〉
father
,
and
a
mother
Gentile
,
or
both
of
father
and
mother
Moores
,
and
these
(
who
are
called
Nateani
,
and
differ
from
the
other
people
,
in
person
,
customes
,
and
habit
)
make
as
it
were
a
fourth
part
of
the
inhabitants
of
that
countrey
.
From
Malabar
,
they
went
to
the
Maldiue
,
and
Zeilan
.
Here
they
began
to
take
vpon
them
the
managing
of
the
customs
and
impositions
of
cities
and
townes
;
and
by
making
them
greater
then
in
times
past
,
they
attained
to
the
grace
and
fauour
of
the
Princes
and
Lords
,
together
with
great
reputation
and
authority
,
yea
preeminence
and
superiority
ouer
the
common
people
:
and
fauouring
those
who
embraced
their
sect
,
daylie
preached
and
diuulged
by
the
Papassi
;
but
holding
their
hands
heauie
ouer
such
as
shewed
themselues
repugnant
,
they
incredibly
aduanced
mahumetisme
.
Afterwards
perceiuing
themselues
strong
and
mightie
,
both
in
richesse
,
and
followers
,
they
seazed
on
the
townes
and
cities
.
So
that
at
this
day
,
they
commaund
a
good
part
of
the
Maldiuae
,
and
the
ports
of
the
most
noble
iland
of
Zeilan
,
except
that
of
Columbo
where
the
Portugals
haue
a
fortresse
.
By
like
stratagem
are
they
become
masters
of
the
west
part
of
〈◊〉
,
within
little
〈◊〉
then
these
two
hundred
yeeres
,
first
preuailing
by
trade
,
and
commerce
,
then
by
marriage
and
affinitie
,
and
last
of
all
by
armes
.
From
hence
going
forwarde
,
they
haue
taken
into
their
hands
the
greatest
part
of
the
ports
of
that
large
Archipelago
of
the
Luçones
,
Malucos
,
Iauas
,
&c.
They
are
Lords
of
the
citie
of
Sunda
,
in
the
greater
Iaua
,
they
enioy
the
greatest
part
of
the
Ilands
of
Banda
,
and
Maluco
;
they
raigne
in
Burneo
,
&
Gilolo
.
They
came
once
as
far
as
Luçon
,
a
most
noble
Iland
,
and
one
of
the
Philippinas
,
&
had
planted
therein
three
colonies
.
On
the
other
side
,
they
conquered
vpon
the
firme
land
,
first
the
rich
kingdome
of
Cambaia
,
&
there
established
their
sect
,
as
they
did
the
like
,
in
all
the
places
adioining
;
from
hence
they
went
to
Bengala
,
and
became
Lords
thereof
.
They
cut
off
by
little
and
little
,
from
the
crowne
of
Siam
,
the
state
of
Malaca
,
(
which
the
Portugals
holde
at
this
day
)
as
likewise
those
of
Ior
,
and
Pam
;
and
more
then
two
hundred
leagues
along
the
coast
.
Finallie
they
are
entred
into
the
most
ample
kingdome
of
China
,
and
haue
built
Moscheas
in
the
same
;
and
if
the
Portugals
in
India
and
the
Malucos
,
and
afterwards
the
Spaniards
in
the
Philippinas
had
not
met
them
on
the
way
,
and
with
the
gospell
and
armes
,
interrupted
their
course
,
they
would
at
this
instant
haue
possessed
infinite
kingdomes
of
the
east
:
yea
in
this
they
are
so
industrious
and
bould
,
to
our
confusion
,
that
euen
the
Arabian
mariners
,
that
go
in
the
Portugall
ships
will
tarrie
behind
in
the
Gentile-townes
,
thereto
publish
their
sect
;
and
in
the
yeere
1555.
one
of
these
men
had
passed
euen
as
far
as
Iapon
,
for
this
purpose
;
so
that
if
the
Portugals
had
not
remedied
it
in
due
time
,
he
would
peraduenture
haue
wrought
there
some
alteration
.
The
Persian
nation
,
as
touching
their
sect
,
a
little
before
our
time
,
haue
beene
made
renowmed
among
those
barbarous
people
,
by
the
valor
and
armes
of
Ismael
,
called
the
Sophi
.
This
man
accounting
himselfe
to
be
of
the
race
and
blood
of
Alle
,
brought
his
owne
sect
into
credit
and
reputation
,
and
waged
warre
against
those
borderers
,
who
would
not
accept
of
it
.
He
wore
a
redde
Turbant
,
with
twelue
points
or
corners
,
in
memoriall
of
the
twelue
sonnes
of
Ocen
,
the
sonne
of
Alle
,
willing
that
all
his
followers
should
weare
the
like
;
and
many
people
came
in
vnto
him
,
and
in
a
maner
all
those
nations
which
inhabite
betweene
the
riuers
Euphrates
and
Abianus
,
and
between
the
Caspian
sea
&
the
Persian
gulphe
.
Tammas
his
sonne
sent
the
said
twelue-cornered
Turbant
to
the
Mahumetan
Princes
of
Malabar
and
Decan
,
perswading
them
to
receiue
it
with
his
sect
,
and
bestowing
the
title
of
a
king
,
on
whomesoeuer
would
accept
of
it
,
but
no
others
receiued
it
,
saue
Nizzamaluco
.
It
is
a
common
voice
and
opinion
,
that
the
greatest
part
of
the
Mahumetans
of
Syria
and
the
lesser
Asia
follow
and
affect
inwardly
the
sect
of
Allé
,
and
of
the
Persians
;
the
which
the
Turkes
perceiuing
in
the
vproare
of
Techelle
,
made
a
mightie
slaughter
of
them
,
carrying
the
kinsemen
of
the
slaine
,
and
those
suspected
,
out
of
Asia
into
Europe
.
But
now
let
vs
passe
to
the
Tartars
.
These
(
*
as
otherwhiles
we
declared
)
G.
B.
B.
Rel.
vn
.
part.
1.
lib.
2.
dell'
Asia
.
descended
of
the
ten
tribes
of
Israel
,
being
transported
by
the
order
and
commission
of
Salmanazar
,
king
of
the
Assirians
,
beyond
India
,
into
the
of
〈◊〉
.
Here
degenerating
into
rude
and
barbarous
customes
,
and
forgetting
in
a
greate
part
,
or
altogether
,
the
Moysaicall
ceremonies
,
they
hardly
reteined
circumcision
.
They
came
out
of
this
their
banishment
,
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1200.
and
in
a
small
time
,
with
the
ruine
of
infinite
nations
,
made
themselues
terrible
to
all
the
east
,
and
no
lesse
to
the
north
.
Pope
Innocent
the
fourth
,
being
amazed
at
the
horrible
storme
,
that
hung
ouer
the
head
of
Christendome
(
for
they
had
spread
themselues
like
locusts
With
this
frier
Ascelline
was
sent
Iohannes
de
Plano
Carpini
,
whose
voiage
is
put
downe
in
the
first
volume
of
the
〈◊〉
voiages
.
euen
to
the
bankes
of
Danubius
)
sent
from
the
councell
of
Lyons
,
Fryer
Ascellino
,
of
the
order
of
Dominicus
,
with
other
Fryers
,
to
the
great
CAN
in
the
yeere
1246.
to
exhort
him
to
embrace
the
name
and
faith
of
Christ
;
or
at
least
to
let
the
Christians
alone
in
peace
.
Of
baptisme
he
accepted
not
,
but
promised
a
league
with
the
Christians
,
for
fiue
yeeres
.
Others
notwithstanding
will
needes
haue
it
,
that
he
was
conuerted
,
and
that
taking
vp
armes
in
fauour
of
the
Christians
,
he
caused
Mustaceno
the
Califa
of
Baldach
,
to
dy
with
famine
,
amidst
the
treasures
heaped
vp
by
him
.
But
afterwards
either
hee
,
or
his
successor
,
together
with
his
people
,
denying
their
Christianity
,
became
Mahumetans
in
religion
.
And
sithence
that
time
,
the
Tartarian
name
and
fame
growing
obscure
,
that
of
the
Turkes
began
to
flourish
.
The
Tartars
Petegorski
notwithstanding
vpon
the
mountaines
of
Cumania
,
remained
firme
in
the
Christian
faith
,
but
yet
corrupted
with
the
errors
of
the
Greekes
and
Moscouites
.
The
Colmugineere
the
Caspian
sea
,
continued
in
Paganisme
,
who
are
termed
Capigliati
,
because
they
shaue
not
off
their
hayres
,
as
the
other
Tartarsdo
.
The
Kirgessi
also
be
Idolaters
,
as
otherwhiles
we
declared
.
The
other
Tartars
that
are
come
on
this
side
of
Imaus
,
haue
all
,
from
one
to
an
other
,
embraced
Mahumetisme
.
And
amongst
others
the
Zagatai
,
who
through
the
emulation
they
haue
with
the
Persians
(
vpon
whome
they
border
and
contend
for
Empire
)
as
concerning
sect
,
follow
the
opinion
of
the
Turkes
,
as
also
the
Mogores
their
descendents
,
who
in
these
our
dayes
haue
enlarged
their
Empire
,
betweene
mount
Caucasus
and
the
Ocean
,
and
between
Ganges
,
and
Indus
.
But
the
Tartars
of
Cataya
,
resident
beyond
Imaus
,
and
vpon
the
desert
called
Lop
,
remaine
generallie
in
Idolatry
,
although
there
continue
many
Christians
amongst
them
,
of
the
sect
of
Nestorius
,
neither
want
there
some
Mahumetans
.
Now
let
vs
come
to
the
Turkes
;
who
in
largenes
of
Empire
,
are
superior
to
the
other
sects
.
Of
these
,
part
inhabite
in
Asia
,
part
in
Europe
.
Those
of
Asia
incline
much
to
the
opinion
of
the
Persians
,
and
especially
they
that
inhabite
in
Natolia
,
and
the
borders
.
But
those
of
Europe
are
generally
lesse
superstitious
then
the
Asians
,
and
by
reason
of
their
daily
conuersation
with
Christians
,
they
haue
a
deeper
opinion
and
conceit
of
Christ
then
the
others
,
yea
,
and
many
of
them
hold
him
for
God
,
and
Redeemer
.
And
it
is
not
long
sithence
there
were
diuers
put
to
death
in
Constantinople
with
speciall
constancie
on
their
part
:
and
it
was
thought
that
many
of
the
grand
〈◊〉
court
held
the
same
opinion
.
The
Turkes
,
especially
those
of
Europe
,
are
of
two
sorts
:
for
some
are
naturall
Turkes
,
others
accessorie
,
or
accidentall
.
Naturall
I
terme
them
,
that
are
borne
of
Turkish
parents
:
and
them
I
call
accidentall
,
who
leauing
our
sacred
faith
,
or
the
Moysaicall
law
,
become
Mahumetans
:
the
which
the
Christians
performe
by
circumcising
themselues
,
and
the
Iewes
by
lifting
vp
a
finger
.
Now
the
Christians
become
Turkes
,
partly
vpon
some
extreme
&
violent
passion
.
Cherseogli
(
who
afterwards
was
great
with
Bazaieth
)
turned
Turke
to
bee
reuenged
of
his
father
,
who
tooke
from
him
his
wife
,
amidst
the
solemnitie
of
the
marriage
.
Or
Olouchali
.
Vlucciali
denied
the
faith
to
be
reuenged
of
a
slaue
,
his
companion
in
the
gallie
,
who
called
him
scald
pate
.
Some
abiure
the
faith
to
release
themselues
of
torments
and
cruelties
;
others
for
hope
of
honors
and
temporall
greatnes
:
and
of
these
two
sorts
there
are
a
great
number
in
Constantinople
,
being
thought
to
be
Christians
in
hart
:
and
yet
through
slothfulnes
,
or
first
to
gather
togither
more
wealth
,
or
expecting
opportunitie
to
carrie
with
them
,
their
wiues
and
children
,
or
for
feare
of
being
discouered
in
their
departure
and
voiage
,
or
else
through
sensualitie
,
and
for
that
they
would
not
be
depriued
of
the
licentiousnes
and
〈◊〉
of
the
life
they
lead
,
resolue
not
to
performe
that
they
are
bound
vnto
;
deferring
thus
from
moneth
to
moneth
,
&
from
yeere
to
yeere
,
to
leaue
this
Babylon
&
sinke
of
sin
.
But
the
greatest
part
of
Renegados
become
Mahumetans
without
perceiuing
it
.
In
that
the
grand
Signor
sendeth
euery
fower
yeers
,
more
or
lesse
,
according
as
need
requireth
,
to
take
through
his
states
of
Europe
,
of
euery
three
christian
male
children
one
,
at
the
discretion
of
his
Commissaries
,
by
way
of
tribute
,
and
they
take
them
from
the
age
of
ten
,
to
the
yeeres
of
seuenteene
.
These
being
brought
to
Constantinople
,
are
without
other
ceremonies
circumcised
,
and
part
of
them
are
sent
into
Natolia
and
Caramania
to
learne
the
toong
,
religion
,
and
fashions
of
the
Turkes
:
and
part
are
emploied
about
the
seruice
of
the
Seraglios
,
or
palaces
of
Constantinople
,
Pera
,
and
Andrinople
.
Heere
liuing
among
the
Turkes
,
farre
from
their
parents
,
separate
from
all
conuersation
with
the
faithfull
,
and
depriued
of
all
spirituall
aide
and
helpe
,
without
perceiuing
,
it
they
are
made
Turkes
.
The
author
of
this
,
the
most
diabolicall
institution
that
euer
was
made
,
was
a
certaine
Turkish
saint
,
called
〈◊〉
as
,
in
the
daies
of
Amurath
the
second
:
and
in
the
beginning
the
number
was
but
three
thousand
,
and
afterwards
they
exceeded
not
twelue
thousand
,
vntill
the
time
of
Amurath
the
third
,
who
increased
them
to
the
number
of
fower
and
twentie
thousand
.
But
returning
to
their
education
:
after
some
time
they
are
called
home
againe
to
the
Seraglios
of
the
Zamoglans
(
for
so
are
they
termed
,
till
they
be
enrolled
among
the
Ianissaries
)
to
remaine
there
vnder
their
heads
and
gouernours
:
and
in
short
time
they
become
Ianissaries
,
or
Spahies
,
and
either
they
go
to
the
warre
,
or
are
bestowed
in
some
garrison
,
or
else
are
resident
in
the
court
of
the
Turke
.
They
are
called
The
sonnes
of
the
grand
Signor
:
they
liue
with
great
license
and
libertie
:
they
do
whatsoeuer
pleaseth
themselues
:
neither
can
they
be
iudged
by
any
but
the
Agaes
:
during
their
liues
they
are
seldōtimes
punished
,
and
yet
when
it
is
done
,
it
is
with
great
〈◊〉
:
in
buying
they
make
their
owne
prizes
.
These
snares
are
strong
enough
to
procure
,
that
they
neuer
care
for
returning
any
more
to
the
bosome
of
the
church
.
But
that
which
is
woorst
of
all
:
euery
new
Prince
bestoweth
on
them
a
great
larges
,
and
augmenteth
their
pay
,
at
the
Christians
charge
.
They
also
kill
and
robbe
whomsoeuer
they
please
,
especially
the
Christians
throughout
the
whole
countrie
,
or
in
marching
to
the
warre
,
and
the
Christians
dare
not
so
much
as
in
a
word
finde
themselues
agreeued
:
whereupon
there
groweth
in
them
such
a
scorne
and
contempt
of
the
Christian
name
,
that
they
remaine
strangers
to
it
.
That
which
I
haue
said
of
yoong
male
children
taken
from
out
their
mothers
bosomes
,
who
without
perceiuing
it
become
Mahumetanes
,
hapneth
in
like
manner
vnto
them
,
whom
the
pirates
by
sea
,
or
soldiers
by
land
make
slaues
,
presenting
them
to
the
grand
Signor
.
Besides
the
foresaid
deuises
,
the
Turkes
further
spread
abroad
their
sect
with
all
kind
of
vantage
and
furtherance
.
For
they
abase
and
bring
to
extreme
miserie
the
Christians
and
Moores
their
subiects
,
not
permitting
them
to
ride
,
nor
beare
any
kinde
of
armes
,
nor
to
exercise
any
maner
of
iustice
,
or
gouernment
.
They
make
it
lawfull
to
take
Christian
women
that
are
not
married
.
If
the
wife
of
a
Christian
turneth
Turke
,
and
marrieth
herselfe
with
a
Turke
,
their
law
permitteth
,
that
the
Christian
husband
by
turning
Turke
may
take
her
againe
.
They
forbid
the
Christians
to
repaire
their
ruinate
Churches
,
and
suffer
them
in
no
wise
to
reedifie
them
fallen
downe
,
without
great
bribes
;
and
so
the
Christians
through
pouertie
let
them
come
to
〈◊〉
:
by
meanes
where
of
the
publike
worship
of
God
faileth
,
and
in
progresse
of
time
also
,
the
very
Christian
faith
and
beleefe
.
In
Asia
they
will
not
permit
the
〈◊〉
the
vse
of
their
language
,
but
onely
in
sacred
administrations
,
to
the
end
that
togither
with
their
language
,
they
may
also
loose
and
forget
their
Christian
fashions
and
customes
.
The
Spahi
being
Lords
for
terme
of
life
,
of
infinite
villages
,
take
such
young
men
into
their
seruitude
,
as
best
pleaseth
them
;
who
in
processe
of
time
,
by
conuersation
with
their
maisters
,
and
the
fauours
they
hope
after
,
and
by
the
wicked
fashions
and
customes
which
they
learne
,
as
also
through
the
sinnes
and
vices
,
wherein
they
are
drowned
,
do
become
Turkes
.
And
the
Greekes
children
,
after
the
example
of
their
companions
,
being
thus
fauoured
and
made
much
of
,
incline
in
such
a
sort
vnto
this
euill
,
that
vpon
euery
light
occasion
,
they
threaten
their
fathers
and
mothers
to
turne
Turkes
.
Further
it
is
forbidden
the
Mahumetanes
to
make
restitution
of
any
place
,
once
taken
with
armes
,
and
wherein
they
haue
built
a
Moschea
.
To
conclude
,
they
vse
all
manner
of
circumstances
,
by
meane
of
which
they
may
amplifie
or
enlarge
their
dominion
and
sect
.
Of
the
Mahumetans
of
Africa
in
particular
.
THe
Mahumetan
impietie
hath
spred
it selfe
throughout
Africa
beyond
measure
:
this
pestilence
entred
into
Egypt
in
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
637.
by
the
armes
of
Omar
.
From
whence
a
captaine
of
Odoman
first
passed
into
Africa
in
the
yeere
650.
with
fower-score
thousand
fighting
men
,
who
there
defeated
Gregorius
Patritius
.
But
they
perpetually
cast
out
of
Africk
the
Romaines
with
the
people
of
Absimacus
,
and
Leontius
the
emperour
,
in
the
yeere
699.
and
wholie
impatronized
themselues
of
Barbarie
.
They
pierced
into
Numidia
&
Libya
in
the
yeere
710.
and
ouerthrew
the
Azanaghi
,
and
the
people
of
Gualata
,
Oden
,
and
Tombuto
.
The
yeere
afterwards
973.
hauing
passed
Gambea
,
they
infected
the
Negroes
,
and
the
first
that
drunke
of
their
poison
were
those
of
Melli.
In
the
yeere
1067.
Iaiaia
the
sonne
of
Abubequer
entred
into
the
lower
Ethiopia
,
and
by
little
and
little
subuerted
those
people
which
confine
vpon
the
deserts
of
Libya
and
Egypt
,
piercing
euen
to
Nubia
&
Guinea
.
The
Arabians
haue
augmented
their
sect
in
Africk
,
first
with
force
of
armes
,
by
banishing
of
the
naturall
inhabitants
,
the
which
they
might
well
do
,
by
reason
of
their
infinite
multitude
:
and
of
them
,
that
verse
of
Dauid
may
well
be
vnderstood
:
In
circuitu
impij
ambulant
:
secundum
altitudinem
tuam
,
multiplicasti
filios
hominum
,
&c.
The
wicked
walke
round
about
;
according
to
thy
greatnes
,
thou
hast
multiplied
the
sonnes
of
men
.
Where
they
could
not
come
,
nor
giue
no
blow
with
armes
;
there
they
haue
ingraffed
themselues
,
by
preaching
and
traffike
.
The
heresie
of
Arrius
furthered
their
enterprize
,
wherewith
the
Vandales
and
Gothes
being
then
inhabiters
of
Africa
were
infected
.
To
further
their
designments
they
brought
in
the
Arabicke
language
and
letters
.
They
founded
Vniuersities
and
Studies
,
both
for
riches
of
reuenew
,
and
magnificence
of
building
most
noble
,
especially
in
Maroco
,
and
Fez.
But
there
is
nothing
that
hath
greatlier
furthered
the
progression
of
the
Mahumetan
sect
,
then
perpetuitie
of
victorie
,
&
the
greatnes
of
conquests
,
first
of
the
Califas
in
the
east
,
&
afterwards
of
the
Miramolines
in
Affrick
:
In
that
the
greatest
part
of
men
,
yea
,
and
in
a
manner
all
,
except
such
as
haue
fastned
their
confidence
vpon
the
crosse
of
Christ
,
and
setled
their
hope
in
eternity
,
follow
that
which
best
agreeth
with
sense
,
and
measure
the
grace
of
God
by
worldly
prosperitie
.
And
yet
Christ
(
as
Iustinus
the
Philosopher
,
and
glorious
martyr
testifieth
)
promised
no
earthly
reward
to
good
works
.
Carnal
men
therefore
perceiuing
the
empire
of
the
Califas
and
Mahumetans
continually
to
encrease
in
the
east
and
west
,
taking
into
their
hands
both
sea
and
land
,
(
for
this
their
felicitie
in
armes
continued
three
hundred
yeeres
,
wherein
they
conquered
all
that
which
lieth
betweene
the
riuer
Abianus
and
the
Atlantike
Ocean
,
and
subdued
Spaine
,
Sicilia
,
and
a
part
of
Italie
and
France
)
and
iudging
that
temporall
prosperitie
and
victories
were
the
effects
and
fruits
,
or
at
least
the
arguments
and
signes
of
the
grace
and
fauour
of
God
,
they
easily
fell
into
Apostasie
,
whereunto
the
impietie
of
Arrius
and
other
heretikes
opened
the
way
,
who
for
long
tract
of
time
estranging
themselues
more
and
more
from
the
Euangelicall
truth
,
fell
in
the
end
into
Atheisme
:
as
we
see
hath
fallen
out
in
the
course
of
some
moderne
enormities
.
But
to
returne
from
whence
we
haue
digressed
;
in
progresse
of
time
there
grew
great
differences
betweene
the
Mahumetans
:
for
their
sect
being
no
lesse
sottish
and
foolish
,
then
wicked
and
perfidious
,
the
mainteiners
of
it
were
driuen
to
fetch
reasons
farre
off
for
defence
of
the
same
.
But
the
Arabians
not
contented
in
Africa
to
haue
subiugated
with
armes
,
and
with
false
doctrine
to
haue
pestered
Barbarie
,
Numidia
,
Libya
,
and
the
countrey
of
Negroes
,
they
further
on
the
other
side
assailed
the
lower
Ethiopia
,
both
by
sea
and
land
.
By
lande
entred
thereinto
in
the
yeere
1067.
Faiaia
the
sonne
of
Abubequer
,
and
by
meanes
of
certaine
Alsachi
,
he
dispersed
that
pestilence
into
Nubia
,
and
the
neighbour
prouinces
.
On
the
other
side
passing
the
Red
sea
,
they
first
tooke
knowledge
of
the
coast
of
Ethiopia
,
euen
to
Cabo
de
los
corrientes
,
by
their
continuall
traffike
thither
:
and
afterwards
being
encouraged
by
the
weakenes
of
the
naturall
inhabitants
,
they
erected
the
kingdomes
of
Magadazo
,
Melinde
,
Mombazza
,
Quiloa
,
Mozambique
,
and
seazed
on
some
ports
of
the
island
of
Saint
Laurence
:
and
gathering
force
by
little
and
little
,
they
enlarged
their
empire
within
the
land
,
and
established
therein
the
kingdomes
of
Dangali
and
Adel.
So
that
on
the
one
side
they
haue
spred
their
sect
,
from
the
Red
sea
to
the
Atlantike
Ocean
,
and
from
the
Mediterran
sea
to
the
riuer
Niger
,
and
farther
:
and
on
the
other
,
haue
taken
into
their
hands
all
the
easterne
coast
of
Africk
,
from
Suez
to
Cape
Guardafú
,
and
from
this
,
euen
to
that
De
los
corrientes
,
and
the
adioining
islands
.
In
which
places
though
the
people
be
not
altogither
Mahumetans
,
yet
haue
the
Mahumetans
the
weapons
&
dominion
in
their
hands
;
the
which
how
much
it
importeth
for
the
bringing
in
of
sects
,
we
may
easily
conceiue
.
To
conclude
,
they
haue
often
assailed
the
Prete
Ianni
;
sometimes
the
Turkes
,
who
haue
taken
from
him
the
ports
of
the
Red
sea
;
and
otherwhiles
the
Moores
,
vnder
the
conduct
of
the
king
of
Adel
,
who
hath
,
and
doth
molest
them
greatly
,
leading
into
captituitie
a
great
number
of
Abassins
,
where
they
become
for
the
most
part
Mahumetans
.
Of
the
Christians
of
Africa
.
NOw
that
we
haue
declared
the
miseries
and
darknes
of
Affrick
,
it
remaineth
that
we
set
downe
that
little
light
of
true
religion
which
there
is
;
the
which
I
can
not
passe
ouer
,
without
exceeding
glorie
to
the
Portugall
nation
.
In
that
they
with
inestimable
charge
,
and
infinite
trauaile
,
haue
first
sought
to
open
the
way
to
Ethiopia
,
and
to
bring
the
great
Negus
of
Abassia
,
called
by
vs
Prete
Ianni
,
to
the
vnion
of
the
christian
church
of
Europe
,
performing
whatsoeuer
,
after
this
,
for
the
conuersion
of
the
princes
of
Guinia
and
Meleghette
to
the
faith
,
and
yet
more
happily
of
the
king
of
Congo
and
the
Princes
of
Angola
;
and
likewise
with
diuers
colonies
sent
to
the
ilands
of
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
they
haue
no
lesse
aduanced
the
honor
of
their
owne
nation
,
then
the
propagating
of
the
christian
faith
.
And
finally
,
passing
beyond
Cabo
de
buena
esperança
,
they
haue
resisted
the
Mahumetan
sect
,
which
had
now
extended
it selfe
on
the
backside
of
Africa
,
as
far
as
Cabo
de
los
corrientes
.
Of
the
Christians
in
Egypt
.
THe
Christians
of
Egypt
are
partly
strangers
,
partlie
home-borne
in
the
country
;
strangers
come
thither
in
regarde
of
traffick
which
there
flourisheth
aboue
measure
,
especiallie
in
the
cities
of
Alexandria
and
Cairo
;
by
reason
that
this
kingdome
being
most
commodiously
situate
betweene
the
Red
and
Mediterran
seas
,
vniteth
the
west
parts
of
the
world
with
the
east
,
by
meane
of
an
infinite
traffick
;
and
therefore
is
it
as
it
were
a
ladder
,
whereby
the
wealth
of
India
and
of
the
Eoan
Ocean
,
passeth
into
the
lesser
Asia
,
into
Africke
,
and
Europe
.
Whereupon
not
onely
the
Venetians
,
Florentines
,
and
Ragusians
come
thither
in
great
numbers
;
but
also
the
French
,
and
English
.
The
naturall
Christians
of
Egypt
,
remaining
after
the
spoiles
and
hauock
of
the
Barbarians
and
the
crueltie
of
the
Saracens
,
Mamalucks
,
and
Turkes
,
exceed
not
the
number
of
fiftie
thousand
persons
,
and
these
dwell
dispersed
here
and
there
,
but
principallie
in
the
cities
of
Cairo
,
Messia
,
Monfalatto
,
Bucco
,
and
Elchiasa
,
all
placed
vpon
the
bankes
of
Nilus
.
There
are
also
many
in
the
prouince
of
Minia
,
in
which
quarter
appeare
diuers
monasteries
.
But
among
the
monasteries
of
Egypt
those
of
Saint
Anthonie
,
Saint
Paul
,
and
Saint
Macarius
are
the
principal
.
The
first
lieth
in
Troglodytica
right
ouer
against
Sa
it
vpon
a
hill
,
where
Saint
Anthony
was
said
to
be
beaten
by
diuels
:
the
second
is
seated
not
far
from
this
,
in
the
middest
of
a
desert
:
the
third
standeth
in
the
wildernes
,
to
the
west
of
Bulac
.
This
is
the
monasterie
which
in
some
histories
is
called
Nitria
,
as
I
thinke
,
bicause
in
that
quarter
the
waters
of
Nilus
,
being
thickned
by
the
heate
of
the
sun
in
low
places
,
are
conuerted
into
salt
and
niter
.
Georgia
stood
vpon
Nilus
,
six
miles
from
the
city
of
Munsia
,
a
rich
and
magnificent
Conuent
,
so
called
after
the
name
of
Saint
George
.
There
were
in
the
same
more
then
two
hundred
monkes
,
to
the
notable
benefite
and
ease
of
pilgrimes
&
strangers
,
who
were
there
curteously
lodged
.
But
they
dying
all
of
the
plague
,
(
about
some
hundred
and
fiftie
yeeres
sithence
,
)
the
place
was
abandoned
.
Now
to
deliuer
somewhat
concerning
the
estates
of
these
Christians
:
They
are
called
by
some
[
](A05331-e42180-b)*
*
*
*
Or
Coptitae
.
Cofti
,
and
by
others
,
Christians
from
the
girdle
vpward
:
for
albeit
they
be
baptized
,
as
we
are
,
yet
do
they
circumcise
themselues
like
to
the
Iewes
:
so
as
a
man
may
say
,
their
Christianitie
comes
no
lower
then
the
girdle-stead
.
But
that
which
is
woorse
,
they
haue
for
these
1000.
yeers
followed
the
heresie
of
Eutiches
,
which
alloweth
but
of
one
nature
in
Christ
:
by
which
heresie
they
also
separate
and
dismember
themselues
,
from
the
vnion
of
the
Church
of
Europe
.
The
occasion
of
this
separation
and
〈◊〉
,
was
the
Ephesine
councell
,
assembled
by
Dioscorus
in
defence
of
Eutiches
,
who
was
now
condemned
in
the
Calcedon
counsell
by
sixe
hundred
and
thirtie
fathers
congregated
togither
,
by
the
authoritie
of
Leo
the
first
.
For
the
Cofti
fearing
,
that
to
attribute
two
natures
vnto
Christ
,
might
be
all
one
,
as
if
they
had
assigned
him
two
hypostases
or
persons
,
to
auoid
the
heresie
of
the
Nestorians
,
they
became
Eutichians
.
They
say
their
diuine
seruice
in
the
Chaldean
toong
,
oftentimes
repeating
Alleluia
.
They
read
the
Gospell
first
in
Chaldean
,
and
then
in
Arabick
.
When
the
priest
saieth
Pax
vobis
,
the
yoongest
amongst
them
laieth
his
hand
vpon
all
the
people
that
are
present
.
After
consecration
,
they
giue
a
simple
peece
of
bread
to
the
standers
by
:
a
ceremonie
vsed
also
in
Greece
.
They
exercise
their
function
in
the
church
of
Saint
Marke
amidst
the
ruines
of
Alexandria
,
and
in
that
of
Suez
,
vpon
the
red
sea
:
they
obey
the
Patriarke
of
Alexandria
,
and
affirme
themselues
to
be
of
the
faith
of
Prete
Ianni
.
In
our
daies
two
Popes
haue
attempted
to
reduce
them
to
the
vnion
of
the
Romish
church
;
Pius
the
fourth
,
and
Gregorie
the
thirteenth
.
Pius
the
fourth
in
the
yeere
1563.
sent
two
Iesuit-priests
for
this
purpose
to
Cairo
;
who
staied
there
almost
a
yeere
,
but
to
no
purpose
,
and
with
great
danger
of
life
:
for
one
of
them
was
appointed
to
the
fire
,
from
which
he
escaped
by
meanes
of
a
merchant
;
who
with
eight
hundred
crownes
pacified
the
Turkes
,
and
caused
the
priest
sodainly
to
flie
away
.
But
Pope
Gregorie
entred
into
this
enterprise
with
more
hope
:
for
Paulo
Mariani
a
famous
Christian
merchant
,
was
at
the
same
time
in
Cairo
,
who
for
his
wisedome
,
magnificence
,
knowledge
of
toongs
,
and
long
practise
in
the
affaires
of
the
world
,
ioined
with
woonderfull
eloquence
,
and
presence
of
bodie
,
was
in
great
esteeme
and
reputation
,
not
onely
among
the
Christians
,
but
also
with
the
Turkes
,
who
equally
loued
him
for
his
liberality
,
and
honored
him
for
his
valour
.
This
man
had
conference
with
the
Patriarke
of
Alexandria
about
the
reconciling
of
his
people
to
the
Romish
church
:
whereunto
the
〈◊〉
not
shewing
himselfe
difficult
,
or
hard
to
be
entreated
,
was
contented
to
call
by
his
letters
into
those
parts
,
two
priests
of
the
same
order
,
who
were
then
with
the
Maronites
in
mount
Libanus
.
In
the
meane
while
the
Pope
,
who
was
aduertised
of
al
this
busines
,
taking
the
matter
quickly
in
hand
,
wrote
vnto
the
two
priests
,
appointing
one
of
them
to
go
directlie
to
Cairo
;
and
the
other
to
returne
back
to
Rome
.
Wherefore
in
the
yeere
1582
in
the
moneth
of
October
one
of
the
said
priests
arriuing
at
Cairo
,
was
courteouslie
receiued
by
Mariani
,
and
afterwards
conducted
to
the
Patriarke
,
who
also
made
shew
of
great
ioy
and
consolation
.
One
might
likewise
perceiue
a
reasonable
disposition
in
others
who
had
any
authority
among
the
Cofti
.
He
aduertised
the
Pope
of
all
;
who
sent
a
certaine
other
priest
,
with
one
breefe
to
the
Patriarke
,
and
an
other
to
the
Iesuites
,
wherein
he
exhorted
them
to
go
forward
,
and
to
bring
the
vnion
,
whereof
so
assured
hope
was
conceiued
,
to
good
effect
.
The
Patriarke
receiued
the
breefe
with
great
reuerence
he
kissed
it
,
and
according
to
their
custome
,
laide
it
vpon
his
head
,
and
afterwards
demanded
what
it
comprehended
:
the
which
with
great
feeling
,
and
contentment
hauing
vnderstood
,
within
fewe
daies
he
instituted
a
Synod
of
some
bishops
,
and
certaine
other
principall
persons
of
the
nation
.
Heere
the
said
priests
hauing
declared
vnto
them
vpon
how
little
ground
they
,
who
at
the
first
receiued
the
faith
from
Saint
Marke
,
were
sequestred
from
the
western
church
by
the
authoritie
of
one
heretike
,
tooke
much
paines
afterward
in
making
them
capable
of
the
difference
that
is
betweene
a
nature
and
an
Hypostasis
or
person
,
to
their
exceeding
great
admiration
,
bicause
they
were
in
a
manner
destitute
of
all
learning
.
For
the
Patriarke
euen
from
his
youth
had
led
his
life
in
the
monasterie
of
Saint
Macarius
,
farre
not
onely
from
the
studies
of
learning
,
but
also
from
the
conuersation
of
men
,
neither
appeered
there
any
greater
knowledge
in
the
bishops
.
They
had
〈◊〉
any
booke
of
the
ancient
fathers
,
and
yet
those
they
had
,
were
all
dustie
,
and
eaten
with
mothes
:
That
where
of
they
made
chiefest
account
,
was
an
old
volume
,
being
torne
and
rent
,
which
they
called
The
confession
of
the
Fathers
,
full
of
diuers
dreames
and
fables
,
whereof
notwithstanding
,
and
of
some
other
Arabicke
bookes
,
the
priests
made
speciall
good
vse
,
for
the
conuincing
of
them
in
their
errors
.
Also
hauing
framed
a
compendium
of
most
necessarie
doctrine
,
they
caused
diuers
copies
of
the
same
to
be
drawne
,
and
gaue
them
to
the
learned
of
the
Cofti
,
to
be
considered
of
,
who
wondring
at
the
strangenes
of
the
things
propounded
vnto
them
,
and
not
knowing
how
to
answer
the
arguments
of
the
priestes
,
demaunded
time
to
search
their
owne
writings
,
and
to
see
what
opinion
their
predecessors
had
held
as
concerning
that
point
.
In
the
meane
while
,
they
came
often
to
the
priests
,
and
inquired
of
them
the
doctrine
and
forme
of
speech
vsed
in
the
Romish
church
.
Whereupon
they
shewed
them
how
greatly
the
same
church
had
euer
detested
heresies
:
and
how
seuerely
it
had
condemned
the
impietie
of
Nestorius
,
and
contrariwise
highly
esteemed
the
authoritie
of
Cyrillus
Alexandrinus
,
and
the
decrees
of
the
first
Ephesine
Councell
.
Neither
(
bicause
it
confesseth
two
natures
in
Christ
,
ioined
in
one
person
without
confusion
)
doth
it
therefore
inferre
two
hypostasis
or
persons
.
In
that
a
nature
and
a
person
are
not
the
selfe
same
things
.
The
which
may
cleerely
be
vnderstoode
by
the
deepe
mysterie
of
the
holy
Trinitie
,
wherein
we
acknowledge
one
nature
,
and
three
Hypostasis
or
persons
.
We
auer
therfore
,
that
there
are
two
natures
in
Christ
,
one
diuine
,
which
he
hath
eternally
from
his
Father
,
the
other
humane
,
which
he
tooke
temporally
from
the
immaculate
wombe
of
his
mother
;
both
of
them
ioined
in
one
hypostasis
or
person
.
By
these
and
other
like
demonstrations
,
they
cleered
the
vnderstandings
,
and
confirmed
the
mindes
of
the
Cofti
.
Howbeit
,
all
this
notwithstanding
,
the
Synod
being
againe
assembled
(
wherein
were
present
,
the
Patriarke
,
fiue
bishops
,
diuers
abbots
of
monasteries
,
and
thirtie
other
principall
persons
)
they
plainly
answered
the
priests
that
they
had
turned
ouer
their
Annales
&
writings
,
&
were
resolued
in
no
wise
to
depart
from
the
doctrine
and
faith
of
their
predecessors
.
This
vnlooked-for
answer
,
though
it
greatly
troubled
and
displeased
the
priests
,
yet
were
they
determined
still
to
continue
,
and
to
proceed
further
in
the
enterprise
.
Whereupon
declaring
vnto
them
againe
,
how
farre
they
were
by
Dioscorus
meanes
estranged
from
the
doctrine
taught
in
the
Nicen
,
Constantinopolitan
,
and
first
Ephesine
councels
,
grounded
on
the
authoritie
of
holy
Scripture
,
and
the
ancient
Fathers
:
and
that
to
disallow
of
two
natures
in
Christ
,
was
no
other
but
to
denie
,
that
he
was
neither
true
God
nor
man
,
(
a
matter
abhominable
,
not
only
to
their
eares
,
but
euen
to
their
very
vnderstandings
)
they
preuailed
so
much
,
as
that
the
matter
was
yet
deferred
off
to
an
other
moneth
.
Being
therefore
congregated
the
third
time
,
it
seemed
that
God
himselfe
furthered
this
affaire
more
then
vsually
:
for
first
with
common
consent
they
abrogated
the
law
of
circumcision
,
and
withall
after
a
disputation
of
sixe
howers
continuance
,
it
was
decreed
,
that
as
concerning
the
truth
of
this
point
,
the
priests
were
to
be
beleeued
,
that
there
were
two
natures
in
Christ
,
and
that
the
Cofti
though
they
auoided
the
name
and
title
of
two
natures
,
yet
denied
they
not
,
but
that
Christ
was
true
man
,
and
true
God
.
Onely
they
were
warie
of
the
two
natures
,
for
feare
of
falling
by
litle
&
litle
into
two
hypostases
.
Thus
this
busines
being
brought
to
so
good
a
passe
,
was
by
the
ambition
and
obstinacie
of
one
man
vtterly
crossed
and
hindred
.
This
was
the
Vicar
or
Suffragan
to
the
Patriarke
,
who
aspiring
himselfe
to
the
Patriarkship
,
and
seeing
that
if
he
followed
this
vnion
begun
with
the
Romaine
church
,
he
could
not
attaine
to
that
dignitie
,
but
by
the
Popes
authoritie
,
(
which
he
altogither
misdoubted
)
he
first
made
the
decree
of
two
natures
to
be
deferred
,
commanding
afterwards
that
none
should
subscribe
thereunto
,
and
finally
caused
the
Patriarke
wholie
to
giue
ouer
this
busines
,
and
to
retire
himselfe
into
the
wildernes
;
whereas
he
continued
for
certaine
months
.
Afterwards
the
priests
vnderstanding
where
he
was
,
wrot
vnto
him
a
letter
,
signifying
therein
,
what
a
special
desire
they
had
to
see
him
,
and
what
domage
the
retiring
of
himselfe
would
procure
to
the
sillie
sheepe
recommended
vnto
him
by
God
,
if
he
ratified
not
fully
those
things
which
were
decreed
vpon
in
the
last
assemblie
.
He
curteously
answered
,
making
shew
,
that
he
would
returne
,
when
he
had
visited
his
dioces
,
and
in
the
meane
while
they
should
expect
him
at
Cairo
.
But
while
he
thought
vpon
returne
,
his
owne
death
interrupted
him
.
The
Cofti
haue
a
law
,
or
custome
,
that
betweene
the
death
of
one
Patriarke
and
the
creation
of
an
other
,
there
must
be
in
a
maner
an
whole
yeeres
space
,
for
so
long
it
is
requisite
,
say
they
,
that
the
church
should
bewaile
the
death
of
her
spouse
.
Whereupon
the
priests
,
not
to
loose
so
much
time
,
determined
to
go
home
into
Italy
,
to
acquaint
the
Pope
with
the
successe
of
all
things
,
and
afterwards
(
neede
so
requiring
)
to
returne
.
The
Cofti
vnderstanding
thus
much
,
writ
letters
to
the
Pope
,
wherin
they
partly
thanked
him
for
the
care
he
had
of
them
;
&
partly
lamented
,
that
their
reconciliation
with
the
Romish
church
was
not
fully
confirmed
and
finished
.
While
the
priests
were
about
to
depart
on
Saint
Mathewes
day
in
the
morning
,
there
came
a
route
of
armed
Turkes
to
their
lodging
.
These
layde
hands
suddenly
on
two
priests
,
and
another
companion
of
theirs
,
and
on
three
Fryers
of
the
order
of
Saint
Francis
,
lodged
in
the
same
house
.
No
man
knew
the
reason
of
this
hurly burly
,
but
for
as
much
as
could
be
learned
,
all
this
grew
through
the
enuie
of
a
Frenchman
.
This
man
aspiring
to
the
degree
of
Consull
or
Gouernor
ouer
his
nation
,
which
Mariani
had
obtayned
,
maliciously
gaue
the
Bassa
of
Cairo
to
vnderstand
,
that
Mariani
suborned
the
people
against
the
grand
Signor
,
&
that
he
had
order
from
the
K.
of
Spaine
to
leuie
Christian
men
.
And
that
to
this
end
he
kept
in
his
house
certaine
priests
,
who
practised
in
this
behalf
with
Mariani
for
the
king
.
There
was
nothing
that
more
preiudiced
the
priests
,
then
the
Cofties
letters
,
which
bred
a
vehement
suspition
in
the
Turkes
,
that
such
an
vnion
might
be
concluded
with
the
Roman
Church
,
as
might
worke
some
extraordinarie
innouation
.
They
were
therefore
cast
into
a
filthie
and
stinking
prison
.
The
Venetian
Consull
assayed
first
by
word
of
mouth
,
and
after
by
suite
and
supplication
,
to
asswage
the
furie
and
anger
of
the
Bassá
;
Howbeit
he
receiued
such
bitter
and
nipping
answeres
,
that
he
himselfe
was
also
afraid
.
But
nothing
preuaileth
further
with
the
Turkes
then
money
.
For
it
seemeth
that
with
this
onely
their
sauage
furie
is
mitigated
,
and
their
fiercenes
appeased
.
Fiue
thousand
crownes
therefore
were
disbursed
for
the
priests
libertie
,
wherein
the
Cofti
shewed
themselues
verie
friendly
,
the
richest
of
them
offering
one
after
another
to
lend
money
without
any
interest
for
the
same
.
But
this
matter
cost
Mariani
more
then
ten
thousand
crownes
;
and
besides
that
,
he
was
depriued
of
his
degree
of
Consulship
.
The
priests
being
thus
freed
out
of
prison
,
and
obseruing
how
things
went
,
returned
one
after
another
backe
to
Rome
.
A
relation
touching
the
state
of
Christian
Religion
in
the
dominions
of
Prete
Ianni
,
taken
out
of
an
oration
of
Matthew
Dresserus
,
professour
of
the
Greeke
and
Latine
toongs
,
and
of
Histories
,
in
the
Vniuersitie
of
Lipsia
.
Who
hauing
first
made
a
generall
exordium
to
his
auditorie
,
proceedeth
at
length
to
the
peculiar
handling
of
the
foresaid
argument
,
in
manner
following
.
NOndum
(
saith
hee
)
vni
us
seculi
aet
as
exacta
est
&c.
The
space
of
one
hundred
yeeres
is
not
as
yet
fullie
expired
,
since
the
fame
of
the
Ethiopians
religion
came
first
vnto
our
eares
.
Which
,
because
it
is
in
many
points
agreeable
vnto
Christian
veritie
,
and
carrieth
an
honest
shew
of
pietie
therewith
,
is
to
be
esteemed
as
a
matter
most
worthie
of
our
knowledge
.
Of
this
therefore
,
so
far
forth
as
the
short
time
of
an
oration
will
permit
,
I
purpose
to
intreate
;
to
the
end
it
may
appeare
,
both
where
,
and
what
manner
of
Christian
church
that
of
Ethiopia
is
,
and
what
were
the
first
beginnings
thereof
.
This
Ethiopian
,
not
vnfitly
called
[
](A05331-e42510-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
As
the
church
in
all
the
hither
parts
of
Europe
hath
beene
called
the
western
,
and
that
of
Greece
and
Asia
,
the
〈◊〉
church
.
The
southerne
church
,
is
situate
in
Africa
far
south
,
namely
vnder
the
Torrid
Zone
,
betweene
the
Tropique
of
Cancer
and
the
Equinoctial
;
some
part
thereof
also
stretching
beyond
the
Equinoctial
,
towards
the
Tropique
of
Capricorne
.
Two
summers
they
haue
euery
yeere
,
yea
in
a
manner
,
one
continual
summer
:
so
that
at
the
very
same
time
in
some
fields
they
sowe
,
and
in
others
they
reape
.
Somewhere
also
they
haue
euery
moneth
ripe
,
some
kinde
of
earthlie
fruits
or
other
,
especiallie
pulse
.
The
people
are
skorched
with
the
heate
of
the
sun
,
and
they
are
black
,
and
go
naked
:
saue
onely
that
some
couer
their
priuities
with
cloth
of
cotton
or
of
silke
.
The
countrie
is
very
great
,
and
containeth
well
nie
twentie
kingdomes
;
[
](A05331-e42520-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Whātsoeuer
Dresserus
thinketh
;
yet
diuers
other
authors
of
good
note
do
hold
the
dominions
of
Prete
Ianni
to
be
nothing
so
large
.
so
that
it
is
almost
as
large
as
Europe
,
or
as
all
Christendome
in
these
parts
.
At
the
beginning
indeed
it
had
not
aboue
two
kingdomes
;
but
in
processe
of
time
it
was
mightily
enlarged
by
the
conquest
of
countries
adiacent
.
For
it
is
enuironed
on
all
sides
by
vnbeleeuing
gentiles
and
〈◊〉
,
who
are
most
deadlie
enimies
to
the
Christian
religion
;
with
whome
the
emperour
of
Ethiopia
is
at
continuall
wars
,
endeuouring
by
all
possible
meanes
to
reclaime
them
from
their
heathenish
Idolatry
to
the
faith
of
Iesus
Christ
.
It
is
reported
that
certaine
bordering
[
](A05331-e42530-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
These
Mores
are
called
Dobas
.
Mores
beare
such
implacable
hatred
against
these
Christians
,
that
none
of
them
may
〈◊〉
,
before
he
bringeth
testimony
,
that
he
hath
slaine
twelue
of
〈◊〉
.
The
〈◊〉
of
Ethiopia
is
not
called
(
as
some
imagine
)
〈◊〉
or
priest
;
but
Pretious
Iohn
.
For
in
the
Ethiopian
toung
he
is
termed
Belul
Gian
,
and
in
the
Chaldean
,
Encoe
Gian
,
both
which
additions
signifie
pretious
or
high
;
so
that
in
a
maner
he
commeth
neer
vnto
the
titles
of
our
princes
,
who
are
called
Illustres
,
Excelsi
,
Serenissimi
,
&c.
to
signifie
,
that
they
are
exalted
and
aduanced
aboue
other
people
.
And
this
is
a
common
name
to
all
the
christian
kings
of
Ethiopia
;
as
Pharao
was
to
the
Egyptian
kings
,
and
Augustus
,
to
the
Roman
emperours
.
Neither
is
this
Pretious
Iohn
a
priest
by
profession
,
but
a
ciuil
magistrate
;
nor
is
he
armed
so
much
with
religion
and
lawes
,
as
with
military
forces
.
Howbeit
he
calleth
himselfe
The
piller
of
faith
;
because
he
is
the
maintainer
of
the
Christian
faith
,
not
onely
enioining
his
owne
subiects
to
the
obseruation
thereof
;
but
(
what
in
him
lyeth
)
enforcing
his
enemies
also
to
embrace
it
.
In
times
past
Ethiopia
was
gouerned
by
Queenes
onely
.
Whereupon
we
reade
in
the
history
of
the
old
testament
,
that
the
Queene
of
the
south
came
to
King
Salomon
from
Saba
,
to
heare
his
admirable
wisedome
,
about
the
yeere
of
the
world
2954.
The
name
of
this
Queen
(
as
the
Ethiopians
report
)
was
Maqueda
,
who
from
the
head-city
of
Ethiopia
called
Saba
(
which
like
an
Isle
,
is
enuironed
on
all
sides
by
the
riuer
Nilus
)
trauelled
by
Egypt
and
the
Red
sea
to
Ierusalem
.
And
she
brought
vnto
Salomon
an
hundred
&
twenty
talents
of
gold
,
which
amount
to
720000.
golden
ducates
of
Hungarie
,
that
is
,
seuen
tunnes
of
gold
,
and
20000
Hungarian
ducates
besides
.
This
mightie
sum
of
gold
,
with
other
things
of
great
value
,
she
presented
vnto
Salomon
,
who
likewise
requited
her
with
most
princely
giftes
.
She
contended
with
him
also
in
propounding
of
sage
questions
,
&
obscure
riddles
.
Amongst
other
matters
(
as
it
is
reported
by
Cedrenus
)
she
brought
before
him
certaine
damosels
,
and
yoong
men
in
maides
attire
,
asking
the
king
,
how
he
could
discerne
one
sexe
from
another
.
He
answered
,
that
he
would
finde
them
out
by
the
washing
of
their
faces
.
And
foorthwith
he
commanded
all
their
faces
to
be
washed
,
and
they
which
washed
themselues
strongly
,
were
found
to
be
males
;
but
the
residue
by
their
tender
washing
bewraied
themselues
to
be
damosels
.
The
Ethiopian
kings
suppose
,
that
they
are
descended
from
the
linage
of
Dauid
,
and
from
the
family
of
Salomon
.
And
therefore
they
vse
to
terme
themselues
the
sonnes
of
Dauid
,
and
of
Salomon
,
and
of
the
holy
patriarkes
also
,
as
being
sprung
from
their
progenie
.
For
Queene
Maqueda
(
say
they
)
had
a
sonne
by
Salomon
,
whome
they
named
Meilech
.
But
afterward
he
was
called
Dauid
.
This
Meilech
(
as
they
report
)
being
growen
to
twentie
yeeres
of
age
,
was
sent
backe
by
his
mother
vnto
his
father
and
instructor
Salomon
,
that
he
might
learne
of
him
,
wisedome
and
vnderstanding
.
Which
so
soone
as
the
said
Meilech
or
Dauid
had
attained
:
by
the
permission
of
Salomon
,
taking
with
him
many
priests
and
nobles
,
out
of
all
the
twelue
tribes
,
he
returned
to
his
kingdome
of
Ethiopia
,
and
tooke
vpon
him
the
gouernment
thereof
.
As
likewise
he
carried
home
with
him
the
law
of
God
,
and
the
rite
of
circumcision
.
These
were
the
beginnings
of
the
Iewish
religion
in
Ethiopia
.
And
it
is
reported
,
that
euen
till
this
present
none
are
admitted
into
any
ministry
or
canonship
in
the
court
,
but
such
as
are
descended
of
their
race
that
came
first
out
of
Iury.
By
these
therfore
the
doctrine
of
God
in
Ethiopia
was
first
planted
,
which
afterward
tooke
such
deepe
root
,
as
it
hath
since
remained
to
all
succeeding
ages
.
For
the
Ethiopians
did
both
retaine
the
bookes
of
the
Prophets
,
and
trauailed
also
to
Ierusalem
,
that
they
might
there
worship
the
true
God
reuealed
in
the
kingdome
of
Israel
.
Which
manifestly
appeereth
Acts
of
the
Apost.
cap.
8.
verse
26.
out
of
the
Historie
of
the
Ethiopian
Eunuch
,
whose
name
was
Indich
,
which
was
a
principall
gouernour
vnder
Queene
Candaces
,
properly
called
Iudith
.
For
he
about
the
tenth
yeere
after
the
death
and
resurrection
of
our
blessed
Sauiour
,
trauailed
for
the
space
of
two
hundred
and
fortie
miles
,
to
Ierusalem
.
Where
hauing
performed
due
worship
vnto
God
,
returning
homeward
,
as
he
sate
in
his
chariot
,
he
read
the
prophet
Esaias
.
And
by
the
commandement
of
the
holy
Spirit
,
Philip
one
of
Christ
his
disciples
was
sent
vnto
him
.
And
when
they
were
both
come
to
the
citie
Bethzur
,
three
miles
distant
from
Ierusalem
;
the
Eunuch
at
the
foote
of
a
mountaine
espied
a
certaine
water
,
wherein
he
was
baptized
by
Philip.
And
being
returned
into
Ethiopia
,
this
Eunuch
baptized
the
Queene
,
and
a
great
part
of
her
family
and
people
.
From
which
time
the
Ethiopians
began
to
be
Christians
,
who
since
that
haue
continually
professed
the
Christian
faith
.
They
beleeue
also
that
Philip
sent
into
Ethiopia
a
disciple
of
his
called
Lycanon
,
who
(
as
they
suppose
)
ordained
the
verie
forme
of
religion
which
they
now
holde
.
Now
these
beginnings
aswel
of
the
Iewish
as
the
christian
religion
among
the
Ethiopians
being
thus
declared
:
we
are
next
to
intreat
of
the
doctrine
&
religion
it selfe
,
togither
with
the
rites
&
ceremonies
vsed
at
this
present
in
the
Ethiopicke
church
,
so
far
foorth
as
we
can
gather
out
of
the
ambassages
which
haue
bin
performed
from
these
parts
thither
,
&
backe
againe
.
Besides
which
there
is
no
historie
nor
discourse
of
any
worth
to
be
found
,
which
entreateth
of
the
religion
,
maners
,
and
customes
of
the
Ethiopians
.
So
as
it
is
a
matter
very
strange
,
that
for
so
many
hundred
yeeres
togither
,
Ethiopia
was
so
barred
from
our
knowledge
,
that
we
had
not
so
much
as
any
report
thereof
.
Vntill
about
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1440.
certaine
ambassadours
sent
from
thence
to
Pope
Eugenius
,
returned
backe
with
his
letters
,
and
Papall
benediction
to
their
king
.
Which
letters
are
most
charily
kept
among
the
records
of
this
Ethiopian
king
,
and
are
preserued
for
perpetuall
monuments
.
From
which
time
also
,
as
though
Ethiopia
had
beene
againe
quire
debarred
from
the
knowledge
and
conuersation
of
our
men
,
there
were
not
any
Europeans
that
went
into
Ethiopia
,
nor
any
Ethiopians
that
came
into
Europe
,
till
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1486.
what
time
Iohn
the
second
king
of
Portugall
sent
Pedro
de
Couilham
,
and
Alonço
de
Paiua
,
to
search
out
Ethiopia
.
This
Pedro
was
a
man
very
learned
,
eloquent
,
skilfull
in
sundrie
languages
,
painfull
in
his
endeuors
,
fortunate
in
his
attempts
,
and
most
desirous
to
finde
out
new
countries
and
people
both
by
sea
and
land
.
He
therefore
in
the
yeere
aboue
mentioned
,
togither
with
his
companion
Alonço
de
〈◊〉
,
(
who
died
in
the
voiage
)
trauailed
first
to
Alexandria
and
Cairo
in
Egypt
:
from
whence
in
the
companie
of
certaine
Mores
of
Fez
and
Tremizen
,
he
proceeded
on
to
El
Tor
,
an
hauen
towne
vpon
the
Arabian
shore
of
the
Red
sea
,
and
thence
to
Aden
,
situate
without
the
entrance
of
the
Arabian
gulfe
.
Where
hauing
embarqued
himselfe
in
a
ship
of
Mores
,
he
trauailed
to
Calicut
,
Goa
,
and
other
places
of
the
east
Indies
;
and
being
fully
informed
of
the
state
of
the
Spiceries
,
he
crossed
ouer
the
maine
Ocean
to
çofala
,
sailed
thence
to
Ormuz
,
and
then
returned
backe
to
Cairo
.
From
whence
(
hauing
dispatched
letters
vnto
his
king
)
in
the
company
of
Rabbi
Ioseph
a
Iew
,
he
made
a
second
voiage
to
Ormuz
;
and
in
his
returne
he
tooke
his
iourney
towards
Ethiopia
,
the
Emperour
whereof
at
that
time
,
was
called
Alexander
.
Vnto
whom
when
he
had
deliuered
a
letter
and
a
mappe
of
the
world
sent
from
king
Iohn
,
he
was
most
kindly
entertained
,
and
rewarded
with
many
rich
gifts
.
And
albeit
he
most
earnestly
desired
to
returne
into
his
owne
countrey
,
yet
could
he
neuer
obtaine
leaue
;
but
had
wealth
,
honour
,
and
a
wife
of
a
noble
family
bestowed
vpon
him
,
to
asswage
his
desire
of
returning
home
.
Wherefore
in
the
yeere
1526.
which
was
fortie
yeeres
after
his
departure
out
of
Portugall
,
hee
was
left
,
by
Rodrigo
de
Lima
the
Portugall
ambassadour
,
still
remaining
in
the
court
of
Prete
Ianni
.
In
all
this
meane
while
sundry
Portugals
came
out
of
India
to
the
court
of
the
Prete
,
not
so
much
to
visite
and
salute
him
,
as
to
declare
the
good
will
and
kinde
affection
of
their
king
towards
him
.
Whereupon
Queene
Helena
,
which
was
then
protectresse
of
the
Ethiopian
or
Abassin
empire
,
to
requite
the
king
of
Portugal
with
like
friendship
;
sent
vnto
him
in
the
company
of
the
foresaid
Portugals
an
ambassador
or
messenger
of
hers
,
called
Matthew
,
who
was
a
merchant
borne
in
Armenia
,
being
a
man
skilfull
in
Matthew
the
first
ambassador
sent
from
Aethiopia
to
Portugall
.
sundry
languages
and
in
many
other
matters
.
This
Matthew
shee
not
onely
furnished
with
letters
requisite
for
such
an
ambassage
;
but
enioined
him
also
to
declare
by
word
of
mouth
vnto
the
king
of
Portugal
the
principall
heads
of
their
doctrine
or
beleefe
,
together
with
their
rites
and
customes
,
and
the
present
state
of
the
whole
church
of
Ethiopia
.
Moreouer
shee
presented
him
with
a
little
crosse
made
(
as
they
suppose
)
of
a
piece
of
that
very
crosse
,
whereon
our
sauiour
Christ
was
crucified
;
with
many
other
tokens
and
pledges
of
mutuall
christian
amity
.
Thus
Matthew
being
dismissed
,
tooke
his
iourney
to
the
east
Indies
;
from
whence
he
was
conducted
by
sea
into
Portugal
;
where
arriuing
in
the
yeere
1513
,
he
did
his
message
,
according
to
Queene
Helenas
directions
,
vnto
the
king
Don
Emanuel
.
The
king
taking
wonderfull
delight
at
this
message
,
and
at
these
guiftes
which
were
sent
him
from
a
Christian
prince
so
far
remote
,
not
long
after
prepared
a
new
[
](A05331-e43140-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
This
ambassage
was
at
the
first
vndertaken
by
Odoardo
Galuano
:
who
dying
at
the
isle
of
〈◊〉
in
the
Red
sea
,
it
was
performed
by
Rodrigo
de
Lima.
ambassage
,
with
letters
,
and
presents
of
exceeding
value
;
in
which
ambassage
the
pietie
and
vertue
of
Francis
Aluarez
a
Portugal
priest
extraordinarily
appeered
.
For
he
remaining
sixe
whole
yeeres
in
the
court
and
countrie
of
Ethiopia
,
tooke
there
most
diligent
notice
of
all
matters
worthie
the
obseruation
.
And
he
had
often
and
familiar
conference
not
onely
with
the
emperour
himselfe
,
but
also
with
the
patriarke
,
concerning
the
whole
state
of
their
religion
,
and
of
matters
ecclesiasticall
;
as
also
he
was
a
most
curious
obseruer
of
all
their
rites
and
ceremonies
.
Who
in
the
yeere
of
Christ
1526.
being
dismissed
by
Prete
Ianni
,
was
accompanied
into
Zagazabo
the
second
ambassador
sent
from
AEthiopia
to
Portugall
.
Portugall
by
another
Ethiopian
or
Abassin
ambassadour
called
Zagazabo
,
and
brought
letters
also
to
Pope
Clement
the
seuenth
,
with
a
golden
crosse
of
a
pound
weight
.
It
seemeth
likewise
that
the
said
ambassadour
of
Prete
Ianni
was
a
very
honest
,
vpright
,
and
godly
man
,
who
by
reason
of
their
continuall
warres
was
detained
in
Portugall
till
the
yeere
of
our
Lord
1539.
The
letters
of
Prete
Ianni
to
the
Pope
,
were
by
Francis
Aluarez
deliuered
at
Bononia
,
in
the
yeere
of
Christ
1533.
Where
in
the
presence
of
Charles
the
Emperour
,
and
before
a
mightie
assembly
of
people
,
they
were
read
and
approoued
with
great
ioy
and
acclamation
.
Both
which
letters
,
as
well
to
the
Pope
as
to
the
king
Don
Emanuel
,
were
full
of
Christian
pietie
and
loue
:
wherein
first
that
mightie
Emperour
(
though
therein
he
was
deceiued
)
with
singular
reuerence
and
dutie
,
submitted
himselfe
vnto
the
Pope
of
Rome
,
as
to
the
head
of
all
the
church
;
offering
by
the
said
Francis
most
humble
obedience
,
after
the
manner
of
other
Christian
princes
.
As
likewise
he
profered
vnto
them
both
,
the
offices
of
beneuolence
,
charity
,
and
true
friendship
,
intending
to
ioine
a
firme
league
of
amitie
with
them
,
and
signifying
that
his
dominions
were
free
and
open
to
all
Christians
,
that
would
by
sea
or
land
frequent
the
same
.
Also
he
plainly
seemed
to
detest
the
mutuall
discords
of
Christians
,
exhorting
them
to
bandy
their
forces
against
the
Mahumetans
,
and
promising
his
roiall
assistance
,
and
most
earnest
endeuour
,
for
the
vanquishing
of
Christs
enimies
,
and
their
conuersion
to
the
truth
.
Lastly
he
required
,
that
men
of
learning
,
and
of
skill
in
the
holy
Scriptures
,
as
likewise
diligent
Printers
,
and
all
sorts
of
artificers
might
be
sent
him
,
to
be
emploied
in
the
seruice
of
his
church
and
common
wealth
.
Signifying
that
he
would
not
violently
detaine
any
man
in
his
dominions
,
but
would
dismisse
him
into
his
owne
countrey
,
with
honour
,
and
liberall
rewards
.
And
that
he
might
testifie
his
louing
and
kind
affection
to
the
king
of
Portugall
,
by
a
most
woorthie
monument
,
he
sent
him
the
crowne
off
his
owne
head
,
as
the
present
of
〈◊〉
dutifull
sonne
to
his
most
deere
father
.
Wherefore
by
this
most
admirable
diligence
and
industrie
of
the
Portugals
,
Ethiopia
in
these
last
times
hath
beene
discouered
and
made
knowne
vnto
vs
.
Neither
is
there
any
thing
in
the
Ethiopians
religion
so
hidden
and
vnreuealed
,
which
hath
not
either
beene
found
out
by
Francis
Aluarez
,
or
most
largely
declared
by
Zagazabo
the
Ethiopian
ambassadour
.
Out
of
the
relations
therefore
of
these
two
woorthy
authors
,
as
out
of
a
fountaine
,
we
will
deriue
the
whole
substance
of
our
speech
.
The
ground
of
the
Ethiopicke
religion
is
the
profession
of
one
true
God
,
and
of
his
sonne
Iesus
Christ
,
which
of
all
Christians
is
the
peculiar
and
proper
marke
,
whereby
onely
they
are
to
be
named
Christians
.
Concerning
this
maine
point
the
Ethiopians
faith
stands
most
firme
and
entire
:
for
they
togither
with
vs
do
confesse
and
adore
one
God
and
three
persons
of
the
deitie
,
God
the
father
,
God
the
sonne
begotten
of
his
father
from
euerlasting
,
who
for
vs
men
was
incarnate
,
died
,
and
rose
againe
;
and
God
the
holy
Ghost
proceeding
from
the
father
and
the
sonne
.
In
this
article
they
follow
the
holy
creed
of
the
Apostles
,
and
the
Nicene
creed
.
Saue
that
they
hold
that
Christ
descended
into
hell
for
his
owne
soule
,
and
for
the
soule
of
Adam
,
which
he
receiued
of
the
virgine
Marie
.
For
this
opinion
they
do
most
stedfastly
embrace
;
saying
that
it
came
by
most
ancient
tradition
from
Christ
himselfe
to
his
Apostles
.
The
old
testament
they
so
conioine
with
the
new
,
as
they
allow
and
receiue
both
Iewish
&
Christian
ceremonies
.
Vpon
the
eight
day
after
their
birth
,
[
](A05331-e43340-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Whereas
the
Iewes
circumcised
the
males
〈◊〉
.
they
circumcise
all
children
both
male
and
female
.
And
vnlesse
sicknes
vrgeth
them
to
make
the
more
haste
,
they
defer
the
baptisme
of
their
male
children
till
they
be
fortie
,
and
of
their
females
,
til
they
be
eightie
daies
old
.
Circumcision
(
they
say
)
they
receiued
from
Queene
Maqueda
,
which
went
to
heare
the
wisedome
of
Salomon
:
and
baptisme
from
Saint
Philip
,
and
from
the
Eunuch
which
Philip
baptized
.
Yet
do
they
stedfastly
hold
,
that
not
by
circumcision
,
but
by
faith
in
Iesus
Christ
they
attaine
vnto
true
felicitie
.
Their
baptisme
they
〈◊〉
euerie
yeere
:
for
vpon
the
day
of
the
three
Sages
,
otherwise
called
Epiphanie
,
whereon
Christ
was
baptised
in
Iordan
,
they
meet
in
great
assemblies
,
and
enter
naked
into
the
water
;
where
the
priest
layeth
his
hand
vpon
them
,
dippeth
them
thrise
,
and
pronounceth
the
words
of
baptisme
,
saying
,
I
baptise
thee
in
the
name
of
the
father
,
the
sonne
,
and
the
holy
ghost
;
adding
thereto
the
signe
of
the
crosse
.
This
custome
receiued
from
their
predecessors
they
doe
most
carefully
obserue
,
not
thereby
to
abase
or
extenuate
their
first
baptisme
;
but
that
euerie
yeere
they
may
receiue
a
new
absolution
from
their
sinnes
.
Also
vnto
their
infants
vpon
the
verie
day
of
their
baptisme
,
they
giue
the
bodie
of
our
Lord
,
vnder
a
small
morsell
of
bread
.
But
such
as
are
growen
to
yeeres
of
discretion
before
they
come
vnto
the
Lords
holy
supper
,
do
make
confession
and
receiue
absolution
of
all
their
sinnes
from
the
priest
.
Then
doe
they
all
betimes
in
the
morning
both
clergie
and
laytie
receiue
the
whole
sacrament
of
the
bodie
and
true
blood
of
Iesus
Christ
in
their
churches
.
Which
being
receiued
,
they
may
not
vnder
paine
of
grieuous
punishment
,
so
much
as
once
spit
,
till
the
going
downe
of
the
sunne
.
Popish
confirmation
and
vnction
,
they
neither
esteeme
for
sacraments
nor
vse
them
.
The
Pope
of
Rome
,
either
in
regard
of
errour
and
ignorance
,
or
to
win
his
fauour
,
they
acknowledge
to
be
head
of
the
church
,
and
doe
pretend
a
kinde
of
obedience
to
the
sea
of
Rome
.
Albeit
that
the
Pope
,
before
the
Portugals
discouerie
of
the
east
Indies
could
neuer
communicate
any
assistance
vnto
them
,
[
](A05331-e43400-b)*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Yet
in
the
time
of
Pope
Paule
the
4.
were
sent
certaine
priests
with
a
new
created
Patriarke
,
and
two
〈◊〉
:
who
notwithstanding
when
they
went
〈◊〉
about
to
bring
in
the
〈◊〉
religion
,
and
the
supremacie
of
the
Pope
,
were
crossed
by
the
Emperour
in
all
their
proceedings
.
nor
yet
since
that
time
,
by
reason
of
the
huge
distance
almost
of
fifteene
thousand
miles
.
For
so
many
miles
the
ambassadour
,
which
was
sent
out
of
Portugall
to
Ethiopia
,
said
that
he
had
trauailed
.
[
It
is
nothing
so
long
a
iourney
through
Egypt
,
Troglodytica
,
and
Barnagasso
,
but
that
the
way
through
those
countries
is
stopped
by
the
〈◊〉
of
the
Turkes
.
]
Howbeit
Queene
Helena
,
and
after
her
king
Dauid
,
seeme
onely
to
haue
sought
and
desired
some
coniunction
with
the
Roman
church
,
and
the
Christians
of
Europe
:
to
the
end
that
with
their
powers
and
forces
vnited
,
they
might
assaile
and
vanquish
the
Mahumetans
,
being
most
deadly
enimies
to
the
Christian
name
.
Moreouer
these
Ethiopick
Christians
do
vse
to
fast
vpon
certaine
daies
of
the
weeke
till
sun
set
:
as
namely
vpon
Wednesdaies
,
to
renue
the
sadde
memorie
of
the
Iewes
councell
,
wherein
they
decreed
to
crucifie
our
Redeemer
:
and
vpon
Fridaies
,
that
they
may
with
thankfull
mindes
acknowledge
his
most
bitter
passion
and
death
.
Likewise
the
day
of
Good
Fridaie
,
whereon
our
blessed
Sauiour
was
nailed
to
the
crosse
,
they
celebrate
with
great
deuotion
,
especially
towards
the
euening
.
Vnto
these
they
adde
a
Lent
of
fortie
daies
,
wherein
they
liue
onely
by
bread
and
water
.
The
feasts
both
of
Christ
,
of
the
virgine
Marie
,
and
of
certaine
Saints
,
they
keepe
holie
:
vpon
which
daies
meeting
in
their
churches
three
houres
after
sunne-rising
,
they
read
the
bookes
of
the
Prophets
,
and
emploie
themselues
in
holy
exercises
.
They
sanctifie
the
Sabaoth
in
〈◊〉
of
the
Iewes
:
and
keepe
holy
the
Lords
day
according
to
the
apostles
institution
.
On
both
these
daies
they
worship
God
by
performing
things
holie
,
and
eschuing
matters
prophane
.
Into
their
churches
they
may
not
come
but
barefoote
onely
;
neither
is
it
there
lawfull
for
any
man
to
walke
vp
and
downe
,
nor
to
talke
of
worldly
affaires
,
nor
to
spit
,
nor
cough
.
The
chiefe
vse
of
the
law
(
they
say
)
is
to
shew
vs
our
sinnes
:
neither
do
they
thinke
any
man
liuing
able
to
performe
the
same
,
but
onely
Iesus
Christ
who
fulfilled
it
on
our
behalfe
.
The
Saints
they
loue
indeed
and
reuerence
,
but
doe
not
pray
vnto
them
.
Vnto
the
blessed
virgine
Marie
the
mother
of
Christ
,
they
ascribe
great
honour
,
but
neither
do
they
adore
her
,
nor
craue
assistance
at
her
hands
.
They
haue
euery
day
one
masse
onely
,
and
that
a
short
one
,
in
stead
of
a
sacrifice
:
but
gaines
thereby
they
make
none
at
all
.
Neither
do
they
eleuate
or
holde
vp
the
sacrament
of
the
supper
,
as
the
masse-priests
do
:
nor
applie
the
same
to
redeeme
dead
mens
soules
from
the
paines
of
purgatorie
.
Howbeit
,
that
there
is
a
place
of
purgatorie
,
they
do
not
denie
.
Wherefore
their
dead
are
buried
with
crosses
and
supplications
,
and
especially
with
the
rehearsall
of
the
beginning
of
Saint
Iohns
Gospell
.
Then
the
day
following
they
offer
almes
for
them
,
and
vpon
certaine
daies
after
they
adde
funerall-banquets
;
supposing
that
vpon
Sabaoths
and
the
Lords
daies
,
they
which
died
godly
,
are
freed
from
all
torments
in
Purgatorie
,
and
at
length
,
hauing
receiued
the
full
measure
of
chastisement
for
their
sinnes
,
that
then
they
go
into
eternall
rest
.
For
the
effecting
whereof
,
they
do
not
thinke
any
indulgences
of
their
〈◊〉
,
but
onely
the
meere
mercy
and
grace
of
God
to
be
auaileable
.
Mariage
is
no
lesse
permitted
to
their
clergie
and
priests
,
then
to
their
laie-people
:
yet
so
,
that
his
first
wife
being
dead
,
a
priest
cannot
marry
another
without
the
Patriarkes
dispensation
.
Whosoeuer
keepeth
a
concubine
is
debarred
from
all
sacred
administrations
.
And
whatsoeuer
bishop
or
clergie-man
is
found
to
haue
a
bastard
,
he
is
vtterly
depriued
of
holy
orders
,
and
of
all
his
benefices
and
spirituall
dignities
.
Mariages
are
often
solemnized
without
the
church
,
a
bed
being
placed
before
the
house
of
the
bride
and
the
bridegroome
.
Then
come
three
priests
,
who
going
thrise
about
the
bridegromes
bed
,
sing
with
a
loud
voice
Halleluiah
,
and
other
things
.
This
done
,
they
cut
one
locke
of
haire
from
the
bridegroomes
head
,
and
another
from
the
head
of
the
bride
,
which
they
wash
in
wine
made
of
hony
;
and
then
putting
vpon
either
of
their
heads
the
others
lock
,
they
sprinkle
them
with
a
kinde
of
holy-water
,
and
so
depart
.
Which
being
performed
,
the
mariage-feast
beginneth
,
and
holdeth
on
till
the
night
be
far
spent
.
At
length
the
bride
and
bridegroom
are
brought
vnto
their
owne
house
,
out
of
which
neither
of
them
may
go
forth
for
the
space
of
an
whole
moneth
after
.
In
some
places
they
are
maried
in
the
church
by
the
patriarke
himselfe
.
Where
the
mariage-bed
standing
in
manner
aforesaid
,
the
patriarke
with
sweet
incense
and
crosses
walketh
thrise
about
it
,
and
then
turning
himselfe
towards
them
,
he
layeth
his
hand
vpon
the
bridegroomes
head
,
saying
:
Do
that
which
god
hath
commanded
in
his
gospel
,
and
thinke
now
that
you
are
not
two
but
one
flesh
.
Hauing
spoken
these
words
,
he
administreth
the
communion
vnto
them
,
and
blesseth
them
.
Polygamie
,
or
many
wiues
at
once
,
are
permitted
by
the
emperour
and
ciuill
magistrate
vnto
the
Ethiopians
:
but
in
their
churches
there
is
no
place
at
all
for
such
as
haue
more
wiues
then
one
.
Neither
may
any
such
persons
presume
to
enter
into
their
churches
,
but
are
held
as
excommunicate
,
and
are
not
receiued
into
the
congregation
,
before
hauing
put
away
all
the
residue
of
their
wiues
,
they
betake
themselues
to
one
onely
.
Diuorcements
they
vse
very
commonlie
,
and
often
vpon
light
occasions
except
onely
the
priests
,
who
may
by
no
meanes
depart
from
their
wiues
.
Whereby
it
appeareth
,
that
their
priests
approue
not
that
inconstancie
in
a
matter
of
so
great
moment
.
The
best
remedy
which
they
haue
to
preuent
this
mischiefe
,
is
at
the
daye
of
mariage
to
alotte
some
great
penalty
vpon
that
person
which
shall
first
forsake
the
other
.
Amongst
them
likewise
,
according
to
the
law
of
Moses
,
brothers
vse
to
marry
their
brothers
wiues
,
to
raise
vp
seede
vnto
them
.
Howbeit
this
abuse
of
mariage
is
not
practised
by
all
,
but
onely
by
the
mightier
sort
.
For
the
country-people
and
those
of
poorer
condition
,
being
euery
one
contented
with
his
owne
wife
,
do
so
painefully
employ
themselues
about
their
labour
,
and
the
getting
of
their
〈◊〉
,
that
they
are
free
from
those
violent
passions
of
lust
.
Infants
that
die
before
baptisme
they
name
halfe
christians
,
because
,
being
sanctified
onely
by
the
faith
of
〈◊〉
parents
,
they
are
not
as
yet
by
baptisme
throughly
engraffed
into
the
church
.
From
meates
,
which
the
law
of
Moses
accounted
vncleane
,
they
also
do
abstaine
.
The
heresies
of
Arrius
,
Macedonius
,
and
Nestorius
,
they
reiect
and
condemne
.
The
whole
church
of
Ethiopia
is
gouerned
by
a
patriark
called
in
the
Ethiopick
language
Abuna
,
which
signifieth
,
A
Father
.
This
patriark
of
theirs
is
first
solemnely
created
at
Ierurasem
by
the
voices
of
those
monkes
which
keepe
the
sepulchre
of
our
Lord
.
Afterward
hee
is
confirmed
,
and
sent
into
Ethiopia
by
the
patriarke
of
Alexandria
.
The
emperour
Prete
Ianni
,
so
often
as
there
is
need
of
a
new
patriark
,
sendeth
an
ambassage
with
many
gifts
to
Ierusalem
,
and
requireth
a
patriark
from
thence
.
Which
patriarke
,
together
with
a
monke
of
the
order
of
Saint
Antony
the
Hermite
,
being
come
into
Ethiopia
,
is
,
according
to
an
ancient
custome
,
receiued
with
the
generall
consent
,
congratulation
,
applause
,
and
reioycing
of
all
degrees
and
estates
of
people
.
To
this
high
function
is
singled
out
some
one
man
of
singular
piety
,
grauity
,
〈◊〉
,
and
of
more
ancient
yeeres
then
the
rest
.
His
speciall
duties
are
to
giue
holy
orders
,
to
administer
church-discipline
,
and
to
excommunicate
contumaces
or
obstinate
offenders
,
which
are
for
their
stubbornnes
famished
to
death
.
But
the
authoritie
of
giuing
Bishopricks
and
spirituall
benefices
,
the
Emperour
reserueth
to
himselfe
.
In
Ethiopia
there
are
infinit
numbers
of
priests
,
and
of
monkes
.
Francis
Aluarez
saw
at
one
time
ordained
by
the
Patriarke
two
thousand
three
hundred
fiftie
sixe
priests
.
And
the
like
manner
of
ordaining
or
instalment
they
haue
euerie
yeere
twise
.
It
seemeth
that
those
which
are
chosen
into
that
order
,
are
men
destitute
of
learning
and
liberall
artes
.
Vnto
their
priesthood
none
is
admitted
before
he
be
full
thirtie
yeeres
of
age
.
It
falleth
out
likewise
,
that
during
the
vacation
of
the
Patriarkship
,
the
church
hath
great
want
of
priests
.
Which
vacation
is
often
times
prolonged
by
reason
of
the
continuall
wars
betweene
the
Christians
and
the
bordering
Mahumetans
,
and
Gentiles
:
whereby
all
passage
from
Ethiopia
to
the
monks
of
Ierusalem
is
quite
cut
off
.
Hence
proceedeth
great
desolation
in
that
church
.
But
with
monks
all
places
in
this
Abassin
empire
do
mightily
swarme
.
These
do
not
onely
confine
themselues
in
monasteries
,
wherof
here
are
great
numbers
,
but
also
take
vpon
them
offices
in
the
court
,
and
intangle
themselues
in
militarie
affaires
,
and
in
buying
and
selling
of
merchandize
.
Neither
are
there
anie
kinde
of
people
in
those
easterne
parts
more
conuersant
in
trade
of
merchandize
then
priests
〈◊〉
monkes
.
So
that
the
old
said
sawe
is
most
truelie
verified
:
What
ere
the
world
doth
put
in
vre
,
The
Monke
will
intermeddle
,
sure
.
It
is
〈◊〉
to
be
noted
,
that
the
priests
,
monkes
,
and
other
ministers
of
〈◊〉
Ethiopian
church
,
are
not
maintained
by
tithes
and
almes
as
they
are
in
Europe
.
They
haue
onelie
certaine
fieldes
and
gardens
,
which
must
be
manured
by
the
monkes
and
clergie
themselues
.
To
beg
ought
of
the
common
people
they
are
in
no
wise
permitted
,
vnlesse
perhaps
some
man
will
of
his
owne
accorde
bestowe
somewhat
in
their
churches
for
the
exequies
of
the
dead
,
or
for
some
other
sacred
vses
.
These
Ethiopians
haue
a
certaine
booke
,
which
they
suppose
to
haue
beene
written
by
all
the
Apostles
when
they
were
assembled
at
Ierusalem
.
This
booke
in
their
language
they
call
Manda
and
Abetilis
:
and
do
beleeue
that
all
thinges
therein
contained
are
to
be
holden
for
gospel
.
In
it
,
amongst
other
matters
,
are
contained
certaine
penal
statutes
;
as
for
example
.
If
a
priest
be
conuicted
of
Adultery
,
Man-slaughter
,
Robberie
,
or
periurie
,
he
is
to
receiue
like
punishment
with
other
malefactors
.
Likewise
,
that
aswell
ecclesiasticall
,
as
secular
persons
,
are
to
abstaine
from
comming
to
church
for
the
space
of
fower
and
twentie
howers
after
carnall
copulation
.
Some
lawes
also
there
are
,
concerning
the
purification
of
women
after
their
moneths
,
and
their
child-birth
:
which
,
bicause
we
can
make
but
little
vse
of
them
,
I
do
heere
passe
ouer
in
silence
.
One
thing
there
is
in
this
booke
very
well
prouided
,
namely
,
that
twise
euery
yeere
there
be
a
Synod
assembled
in
the
church
of
Christ
,
for
the
handling
and
discussing
of
all
matters
ecclesiasticall
.
These
are
the
principall
points
of
the
religion
,
faith
,
and
ceremonies
of
the
Ethiopicke
church
vnder
Prete
Ianni
,
which
hitherto
haue
come
to
our
knowledge
.
A
good
part
whereofis
agreeable
vnto
the
scriptures
of
the
old
and
new
testament
.
And
such
in
very
deed
they
are
,
as
represent
vnto
vs
the
acknowledgement
of
one
true
God
,
and
the
faith
and
worship
of
our
onely
Lord
and
Sauiour
Iesus
Christ
.
But
as
neuer
any
church
vpon
earth
was
quite
voide
of
blemish
:
so
neither
is
this
of
Ethiopia
free
from
all
staines
of
errour
.
Which
notwithstanding
may
seeme
the
lesse
strange
,
bicause
in
Ethiopia
there
are
no
schooles
nor
Seminaries
of
liberall
artes
,
saue
only
,
that
the
priests
themselues
(
according
to
their
simple
skill
)
traine
vp
their
sonnes
vnto
such
learning
,
as
may
in
time
make
them
capable
of
priesthood
.
Neither
was
there
euer
any
man
yet
,
that
reformed
their
errors
.
Francis
Aluarez
reporteth
,
that
the
Patriarke
of
this
Ethiopick
church
,
in
a
certaine
priuate
conference
,
did
grieuously
complaine
of
all
such
errours
as
were
there
maintained
,
and
was
most
earnestly
desirous
of
a
reformation
.
Which
desire
of
his
,
as
it
is
most
holy
&
commendable
;
so
is
it
by
al
christians
to
be
approoued
.
God
almightie
grant
,
that
the
Ethiopians
may
one
daie
attaine
to
the
accomplishment
of
this
his
compassionate
well-wishing
,
and
may
haue
a
happie
reformation
of
their
church
.
For
this
to
desire
and
praie
for
,
is
farre
more
conuenient
and
Christian-like
,
then
to
disgrace
them
with
reprochfull
words
,
and
to
bereaue
them
of
the
name
of
Christians
.
Which
harde
and
vnchristian
measure
,
Zagazabo
the
Ethiopian
ambassadour
,
reporteth
with
griefe
,
that
he
found
among
the
Popish
priests
of
Portugall
;
by
whom
he
was
quite
restrained
from
the
vse
and
communion
of
the
〈◊〉
supper
,
as
ifhe
had
beene
a
meere
Gentile
,
or
Anathema
.
It
is
indeed
an
errour
,
or
rather
a
great
infirmitie
,
that
they
do
as
yet
retaine
and
vse
some
of
the
Iewish
ceremonies
.
But
we
are
〈◊〉
to
impute
it
to
their
ignorance
of
Christian
liberty
.
And
wheras
they
permit
mariage
to
their
priests
,
it
is
neither
repugnant
to
the
sacred
word
of
God
,
nor
to
the
institution
of
the
Apostles
.
Wherefore
it
ought
not
to
be
disallowed
of
any
Christians
.
Vnlesse
they
will
preferre
the
decrees
of
the
Pope
before
the
commandement
of
God
,
established
by
Christ
and
his
apostles
.
Wherby
it
may
plainly
appeere
how
impiously
and
sauagely
the
Priests
of
Portugall
dealt
,
in
that
especially
for
this
cause
they
so
sharpely
inneied
against
the
Ethiopick
ambassadour
,
and
so
vnciuilly
entreated
him
.
Their
yeerely
renewing
ofbaptisme
,
was
at
the
first
brought
in
by
errour
,
and
since
by
ancient
vse
and
tradition
,
hath
growen
authenticall
.
For
in
very
deed
so
great
is
the
force
of
antiquitie
and
custome
,
that
where
they
once
take
roote
,
they
can
hardly
be
remooued
.
And
it
is
a
woonder
that
the
Ethiopians
do
so
often
repeat
baptisme
,
when
as
they
cannot
be
circumcised
any
more
then
once
.
But
in
regard
of
all
these
defects
,
what
can
we
better
deuise
to
do
,
then
in
our
daily
praiers
to
wish
them
mindes
better
informed
,
and
the
puritie
and
integritie
of
faith
,
which
is
agreeable
vnto
gods
worde
?
The
Ethiopians
conceiued
exceeding
ioy
at
the
first
arriuall
of
the
Portugals
in
their
countrie
:
hoping
that
their
mutuall
acquaintance
and
familiaritie
,
would
breed
a
similitude
and
coniunction
,
as
well
of
their
religions
,
as
of
their
affections
and
mindes
.
But
I
am
verily
afraid
,
least
the
reprochfull
and
sterne
carriage
of
the
Popish
priests
and
monkes
towards
the
Ethiopick
ambassadours
before
mentioned
,
hath
more
then
euer
in
times
past
estranged
the
mindes
of
that
nation
from
the
Christians
of
Europe
.
Howbeit
the
singular
care
and
industrie
of
those
two
renowmed
Princes
,
Iohn
the
second
,
and
Emanuel
,
kings
of
Portugall
,
is
most
highly
to
be
extolled
and
celebrated
,
who
by
infinit
charges
emploied
vpon
their
nauigations
to
The
east
Indies
,
and
to
these
parts
;
haue
opened
a
way
for
the
European
Christians
,
to
the
southerne
church
of
Ethiopia
;
and
for
the
Ethiopians
to
this
westerne
church
of
Europe
.
Which
had
not
these
two
woorthie
Princes
brought
to
effect
,
we
should
not
so
much
as
haue
knowne
the
name
of
a
Christian
church
in
Ethiopia
.
For
thither
by
the
way
of
Arabia
and
Egypt
,
in
regard
of
the
Arabians
and
Mahumetans
most
deadly
enmitie
to
the
Christian
faith
,
it
is
so
dangerous
and
difficult
to
trauell
,
as
it
seemeth
to
be
quite
barred
and
shut
vp
.
Vnlesse
therefore
ouer
the
Atlantike
Ethiopick
,
and
Indian
seas
the
Portugals
had
thither
found
a
passage
by
nauigation
;
it
had
almost
beene
impossible
for
any
ambassadours
or
other
persons
,
to
haue
come
out
of
Ethiopia
into
these
westerne
parts
.
Thus
〈◊〉
Matthew
Dresserus
.